From 45cb5bb3c0e6edb887cf69b417fcaf7053814a9b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Aron Xu Date: Tue, 20 Dec 2016 20:06:37 +0800 Subject: Imported Upstream version 1.4.4 --- Makefile.in | 12 +- NEWS | 23 + aclocal.m4 | 4 +- clients/cli/connections.c | 10 +- clients/cli/nmcli-completion | 7 +- clients/cli/nmcli.c | 2 +- configure | 26 +- configure.ac | 2 +- docs/api/html/NetworkManager.conf.html | 19 +- docs/api/html/NetworkManager.html | 44 +- docs/api/html/dbus-types.html | 2 +- ...org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AccessPoint.html | 2 +- ...rg.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AgentManager.html | 2 +- ...eedesktop.NetworkManager.Connection.Active.html | 2 +- ...org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.DHCP4Config.html | 2 +- ...org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.DHCP6Config.html | 2 +- ...org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Adsl.html | 2 +- ...reedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bluetooth.html | 2 +- ...org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bond.html | 2 +- ...g.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bridge.html | 2 +- ....freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Generic.html | 2 +- ...freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.IPTunnel.html | 2 +- ...eedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Infiniband.html | 2 +- ....freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Macvlan.html | 2 +- ...rg.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Modem.html | 2 +- ...freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.OlpcMesh.html | 2 +- ...eedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Statistics.html | 2 +- ...org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Team.html | 2 +- ...-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Tun.html | 2 +- ...org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Veth.html | 2 +- ...org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vlan.html | 2 +- ...rg.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vxlan.html | 2 +- ...rg.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.WiMax.html | 2 +- ...rg.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wired.html | 2 +- ...freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wireless.html | 2 +- ...dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.html | 2 +- ...s-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP4Config.html | 2 +- ...s-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP6Config.html | 2 +- .../gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.PPP.html | 2 +- ...org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.SecretAgent.html | 2 +- ...desktop.NetworkManager.Settings.Connection.html | 2 +- ...us-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings.html | 2 +- ....freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Connection.html | 2 +- ...-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Plugin.html | 2 +- .../html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.html | 2 +- docs/api/html/index.html | 4 +- docs/api/html/ix01.html | 718 +++++----- docs/api/html/license.html | 2 +- docs/api/html/manpages.html | 2 +- docs/api/html/nm-dbus-types.html | 42 +- docs/api/html/nm-online.html | 2 +- docs/api/html/nm-settings-ifcfg-rh.html | 40 +- docs/api/html/nm-settings-keyfile.html | 18 +- docs/api/html/nm-settings.html | 62 +- docs/api/html/nm-vpn-dbus-types.html | 10 +- docs/api/html/nmcli-examples.html | 2 +- docs/api/html/nmcli.html | 48 +- docs/api/html/nmtui.html | 2 +- docs/api/html/ref-settings.html | 62 +- docs/api/html/secrets-flags.html | 2 +- docs/api/html/spec.html | 2 +- docs/api/version.xml | 2 +- docs/libnm-glib/html/NMAccessPoint.html | 148 +-- docs/libnm-glib/html/NMActiveConnection.html | 152 +-- docs/libnm-glib/html/NMClient.html | 404 +++--- docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDHCP4Config.html | 36 +- docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDHCP6Config.html | 36 +- docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDevice.html | 334 ++--- docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceAdsl.html | 38 +- docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceBond.html | 54 +- docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceBridge.html | 54 +- docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceBt.html | 52 +- docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceEthernet.html | 60 +- docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceGeneric.html | 38 +- docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceInfiniband.html | 44 +- docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceModem.html | 36 +- docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceOlpcMesh.html | 46 +- docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceTeam.html | 54 +- docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceVlan.html | 56 +- docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceWifi.html | 116 +- docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceWimax.html | 120 +- docs/libnm-glib/html/NMIP4Config.html | 94 +- docs/libnm-glib/html/NMIP6Config.html | 90 +- docs/libnm-glib/html/NMObject.html | 46 +- docs/libnm-glib/html/NMRemoteConnection.html | 126 +- docs/libnm-glib/html/NMRemoteSettings.html | 230 ++-- docs/libnm-glib/html/NMSecretAgent.html | 156 +-- docs/libnm-glib/html/NMVPNConnection.html | 48 +- docs/libnm-glib/html/NMWimaxNsp.html | 72 +- docs/libnm-glib/html/annotation-glossary.html | 2 +- docs/libnm-glib/html/api-index-full.html | 2 +- docs/libnm-glib/html/ch02.html | 2 +- docs/libnm-glib/html/index.html | 4 +- docs/libnm-glib/html/libnm-glib-NMVPNPlugin.html | 38 +- .../html/libnm-glib-NMVpnPluginUiWidget.html | 68 +- docs/libnm-glib/html/libnm-glib-nm-types.html | 2 +- .../html/libnm-glib-nm-vpn-plugin-utils.html | 32 +- docs/libnm-glib/html/object-tree.html | 6 +- docs/libnm-glib/html/ref-overview.html | 2 +- docs/libnm-glib/version.xml | 2 +- docs/libnm-util/html/NMConnection.html | 394 +++--- docs/libnm-util/html/NMSetting.html | 184 +-- docs/libnm-util/html/NMSetting8021x.html | 424 +++--- docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingAdsl.html | 66 +- docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingBluetooth.html | 28 +- docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingBond.html | 82 +- docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingBridge.html | 88 +- docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingBridgePort.html | 46 +- docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingCdma.html | 40 +- docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingConnection.html | 204 +-- docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingDcb.html | 180 +-- docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingGeneric.html | 14 +- docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingGsm.html | 96 +- docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingIP4Config.html | 360 ++--- docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingIP6Config.html | 306 ++--- docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingInfiniband.html | 52 +- docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingOlpcMesh.html | 32 +- docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingPPP.html | 230 ++-- docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingPPPOE.html | 40 +- docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingSerial.html | 62 +- docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingTeam.html | 28 +- docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingTeamPort.html | 22 +- docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingVPN.html | 92 +- docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingVlan.html | 122 +- docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingWimax.html | 28 +- docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingWired.html | 172 +-- docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingWireless.html | 194 +-- .../libnm-util/html/NMSettingWirelessSecurity.html | 204 +-- docs/libnm-util/html/annotation-glossary.html | 2 +- docs/libnm-util/html/api-index-full.html | 22 +- docs/libnm-util/html/ch01.html | 2 +- docs/libnm-util/html/index.html | 4 +- .../libnm-util/html/libnm-util-NetworkManager.html | 32 +- .../html/libnm-util-NetworkManagerVPN.html | 12 +- docs/libnm-util/html/libnm-util-nm-utils.html | 520 ++++---- docs/libnm-util/html/object-tree.html | 4 +- docs/libnm-util/version.xml | 2 +- docs/libnm/html/NMAccessPoint.html | 108 +- docs/libnm/html/NMActiveConnection.html | 106 +- docs/libnm/html/NMClient.html | 700 +++++----- docs/libnm/html/NMConnection.html | 332 ++--- docs/libnm/html/NMDevice.html | 512 +++---- docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceAdsl.html | 24 +- docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceBond.html | 42 +- docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceBridge.html | 42 +- docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceBt.html | 26 +- docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceEthernet.html | 52 +- docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceGeneric.html | 24 +- docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceIPTunnel.html | 94 +- docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceInfiniband.html | 30 +- docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceMacvlan.html | 48 +- docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceModem.html | 16 +- docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceOlpcMesh.html | 32 +- docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceTeam.html | 48 +- docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceTun.html | 76 +- docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceVlan.html | 42 +- docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceVxlan.html | 174 +-- docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceWifi.html | 156 +-- docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceWimax.html | 108 +- docs/libnm/html/NMDhcpConfig.html | 34 +- docs/libnm/html/NMIPConfig.html | 82 +- docs/libnm/html/NMObject.html | 28 +- docs/libnm/html/NMRemoteConnection.html | 230 ++-- docs/libnm/html/NMSecretAgentOld.html | 172 +-- docs/libnm/html/NMSetting.html | 152 +-- docs/libnm/html/NMSetting8021x.html | 458 +++---- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingAdsl.html | 56 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingBluetooth.html | 22 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingBond.html | 74 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingBridge.html | 86 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingBridgePort.html | 40 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingCdma.html | 30 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingConnection.html | 238 ++-- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingDcb.html | 178 +-- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingGeneric.html | 10 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingGsm.html | 80 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingIP4Config.html | 24 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingIP6Config.html | 28 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingIPConfig.html | 530 ++++---- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingIPTunnel.html | 106 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingInfiniband.html | 52 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingMacvlan.html | 44 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingOlpcMesh.html | 32 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingPpp.html | 224 ++-- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingPppoe.html | 30 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingSerial.html | 54 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingTeam.html | 16 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingTeamPort.html | 16 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingTun.html | 70 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingVlan.html | 114 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingVpn.html | 104 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingVxlan.html | 158 +-- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingWimax.html | 22 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingWired.html | 196 +-- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingWireless.html | 204 +-- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingWirelessSecurity.html | 194 +-- docs/libnm/html/NMSimpleConnection.html | 20 +- docs/libnm/html/NMVpnConnection.html | 32 +- docs/libnm/html/NMVpnEditorPlugin.html | 100 +- docs/libnm/html/NMWimaxNsp.html | 54 +- docs/libnm/html/annotation-glossary.html | 2 +- docs/libnm/html/api-index-full.html | 16 +- docs/libnm/html/ch02.html | 2 +- docs/libnm/html/ch03.html | 2 +- docs/libnm/html/ch04.html | 2 +- docs/libnm/html/ch05.html | 2 +- docs/libnm/html/ch06.html | 2 +- docs/libnm/html/index.html | 4 +- docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-dbus-interface.html | 44 +- docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-errors.html | 58 +- docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-utils.html | 646 ++++----- docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-version.html | 6 +- docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-vpn-dbus-interface.html | 12 +- docs/libnm/html/object-tree.html | 4 +- docs/libnm/html/ref-overview.html | 2 +- docs/libnm/version.xml | 2 +- libnm-core/nm-core-internal.h | 5 +- libnm-core/nm-setting-vlan.c | 2 + libnm-core/nm-utils.c | 307 +++-- libnm-core/tests/test-general.c | 2 +- libnm/nm-device-vlan.c | 7 +- libnm/nm-device-vxlan.c | 2 + libnm/nm-manager.c | 22 +- libnm/nm-object.c | 217 +-- libnm/nm-secret-agent-old.c | 1 - libnm/nm-vpn-service-plugin.c | 1 + libnm/tests/test-nm-client.c | 2 +- man/NetworkManager.8 | 59 +- man/NetworkManager.conf.5 | 28 +- man/NetworkManager.conf.xml | 15 +- man/NetworkManager.xml | 41 +- man/nm-online.1 | 8 +- man/nm-settings-ifcfg-rh.5 | 22 +- man/nm-settings-ifcfg-rh.xml | 2 +- man/nm-settings-keyfile.5 | 12 +- man/nm-settings-keyfile.xml | 2 +- man/nm-settings.5 | 24 +- man/nm-settings.xml | 2 +- man/nmcli-examples.7 | 14 +- man/nmcli.1 | 175 +-- man/nmtui.1 | 8 +- po/pl.po | 1404 ++++++++++---------- shared/Makefile.am | 1 + shared/Makefile.in | 1 + shared/nm-utils/nm-macros-internal.h | 63 +- shared/nm-utils/unaligned.h | 129 ++ shared/nm-version-macros.h | 7 +- shared/nm-version-macros.h.in | 5 +- src/devices/adsl/nm-atm-manager.c | 14 +- src/devices/adsl/nm-device-adsl.c | 6 +- src/devices/bluetooth/nm-bluez5-dun.c | 4 +- src/devices/nm-device-bond.c | 2 +- src/devices/nm-device-ethernet.c | 31 +- src/devices/nm-device-factory.c | 18 +- src/devices/nm-device-infiniband.c | 6 +- src/devices/nm-device-ip-tunnel.c | 8 +- src/devices/nm-device-macvlan.c | 4 +- src/devices/nm-device-tun.c | 2 +- src/devices/nm-device-veth.c | 2 +- src/devices/nm-device-vlan.c | 2 +- src/devices/nm-device-vxlan.c | 2 +- src/devices/nm-device.c | 465 ++++--- src/devices/nm-device.h | 10 +- src/devices/tests/test-lldp.c | 4 +- src/devices/wifi/nm-device-wifi.c | 9 +- src/devices/wifi/nm-wifi-factory.c | 2 +- src/devices/wwan/nm-device-modem.c | 4 +- src/devices/wwan/nm-modem.c | 34 +- src/dns-manager/nm-dns-manager.c | 4 +- src/main-utils.c | 2 +- src/nm-config.c | 2 +- src/nm-core-utils.c | 9 +- src/nm-ip4-config.c | 128 +- src/nm-ip4-config.h | 35 +- src/nm-ip6-config.c | 105 +- src/nm-ip6-config.h | 31 +- src/nm-logging.h | 1 - src/nm-manager.c | 54 +- src/nm-rfkill-manager.c | 2 +- src/nm-session-monitor.c | 30 +- src/platform/nm-linux-platform.c | 63 +- src/platform/nm-platform-utils.c | 87 +- src/platform/nm-platform-utils.h | 4 + src/platform/nm-platform.c | 3 +- src/platform/nmp-netns.c | 6 +- src/platform/nmp-object.c | 1 + src/platform/nmp-object.h | 1 - src/platform/tests/test-common.c | 12 +- src/platform/wifi/wifi-utils-nl80211.c | 16 +- src/platform/wifi/wifi-utils-wext.c | 36 +- src/platform/wifi/wifi-utils.c | 32 +- src/platform/wifi/wifi-utils.h | 2 +- src/ppp-manager/nm-ppp-manager.c | 12 +- src/ppp-manager/nm-ppp-manager.h | 1 + src/settings/nm-inotify-helper.c | 2 +- src/settings/nm-settings.c | 2 +- .../plugins/ifcfg-rh/nm-ifcfg-connection.c | 3 +- src/settings/plugins/ifcfg-rh/shvar.c | 6 +- src/settings/plugins/ifupdown/interface_parser.c | 2 +- src/supplicant-manager/nm-supplicant-interface.c | 11 +- src/tests/test-general-with-expect.c | 3 +- src/tests/test-ip6-config.c | 9 +- src/vpn-manager/nm-vpn-connection.c | 10 + tools/run-test-valgrind.sh | 1 + valgrind.suppressions | 2 +- 305 files changed, 10559 insertions(+), 9911 deletions(-) create mode 100644 shared/nm-utils/unaligned.h diff --git a/Makefile.in b/Makefile.in index 3446523b..177c9156 100644 --- a/Makefile.in +++ b/Makefile.in @@ -217,8 +217,8 @@ am__DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(srcdir)/NetworkManager.pc.in \ $(top_srcdir)/build-aux/tap-driver.sh ABOUT-NLS AUTHORS \ COPYING ChangeLog INSTALL NEWS README TODO build-aux/compile \ build-aux/config.guess build-aux/config.rpath \ - build-aux/config.sub build-aux/install-sh build-aux/ltmain.sh \ - build-aux/missing + build-aux/config.sub build-aux/depcomp build-aux/install-sh \ + build-aux/ltmain.sh build-aux/missing DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(DIST_SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST) distdir = $(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION) top_distdir = $(distdir) @@ -812,7 +812,7 @@ distdir: $(DISTFILES) ! -type d ! -perm -444 -exec $(install_sh) -c -m a+r {} {} \; \ || chmod -R a+r "$(distdir)" dist-gzip: distdir - tardir=$(distdir) && $(am__tar) | GZIP=$(GZIP_ENV) gzip -c >$(distdir).tar.gz + tardir=$(distdir) && $(am__tar) | eval GZIP= gzip $(GZIP_ENV) -c >$(distdir).tar.gz $(am__post_remove_distdir) dist-bzip2: distdir @@ -837,7 +837,7 @@ dist-shar: distdir @echo WARNING: "Support for shar distribution archives is" \ "deprecated." >&2 @echo WARNING: "It will be removed altogether in Automake 2.0" >&2 - shar $(distdir) | GZIP=$(GZIP_ENV) gzip -c >$(distdir).shar.gz + shar $(distdir) | eval GZIP= gzip $(GZIP_ENV) -c >$(distdir).shar.gz $(am__post_remove_distdir) dist-zip: distdir @@ -855,7 +855,7 @@ dist dist-all: distcheck: dist case '$(DIST_ARCHIVES)' in \ *.tar.gz*) \ - GZIP=$(GZIP_ENV) gzip -dc $(distdir).tar.gz | $(am__untar) ;;\ + eval GZIP= gzip $(GZIP_ENV) -dc $(distdir).tar.gz | $(am__untar) ;;\ *.tar.bz2*) \ bzip2 -dc $(distdir).tar.bz2 | $(am__untar) ;;\ *.tar.lz*) \ @@ -865,7 +865,7 @@ distcheck: dist *.tar.Z*) \ uncompress -c $(distdir).tar.Z | $(am__untar) ;;\ *.shar.gz*) \ - GZIP=$(GZIP_ENV) gzip -dc $(distdir).shar.gz | unshar ;;\ + eval GZIP= gzip $(GZIP_ENV) -dc $(distdir).shar.gz | unshar ;;\ *.zip*) \ unzip $(distdir).zip ;;\ esac diff --git a/NEWS b/NEWS index 7b7d2187..0bc9743a 100644 --- a/NEWS +++ b/NEWS @@ -1,3 +1,26 @@ +============================================== +NetworkManager-1.4.4 +Overview of changes since NetworkManager-1.4.2 +============================================== + +This is a new stable release of NetworkManager. Notable changes include: + +* Order in which IP addresses are configured is now preserved so that + primary address is selected correctly +* Don't deconfigure devices we can take over on shutdown. Makes it + possible to restart without connection disruption for most device + types +* Avoid reading the permanent MAC address before the device is initialized + by UDEV. This avoids a race where NetworkManager might detect the MAC + address of the wrong interface. +* Fixed race condition when renaming interfaces, for example as done + by UDEV for persistent interface naming. This could cause detecting + a Wi-Fi interface as ethernet. +* Fixed a race condition in libnm that could cause a client hang if a last + value from a property of object array type disappeared +* Fixed a possible nmcli hang on D-Bus object fetch failure +* Other fixes and improvements + ============================================== NetworkManager-1.4.2 Overview of changes since NetworkManager-1.4.0 diff --git a/aclocal.m4 b/aclocal.m4 index 41151f20..376a6f2d 100644 --- a/aclocal.m4 +++ b/aclocal.m4 @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ If you have problems, you may need to regenerate the build system entirely. To do so, use the procedure documented by the package, typically 'autoreconf'.])]) dnl pkg.m4 - Macros to locate and utilise pkg-config. -*- Autoconf -*- -dnl serial 11 (pkg-config-0.29) +dnl serial 11 (pkg-config-0.29.1) dnl dnl Copyright © 2004 Scott James Remnant . dnl Copyright © 2012-2015 Dan Nicholson @@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ dnl dnl See the "Since" comment for each macro you use to see what version dnl of the macros you require. m4_defun([PKG_PREREQ], -[m4_define([PKG_MACROS_VERSION], [0.29]) +[m4_define([PKG_MACROS_VERSION], [0.29.1]) m4_if(m4_version_compare(PKG_MACROS_VERSION, [$1]), -1, [m4_fatal([pkg.m4 version $1 or higher is required but ]PKG_MACROS_VERSION[ found])]) ])dnl PKG_PREREQ diff --git a/clients/cli/connections.c b/clients/cli/connections.c index dfd619cc..36c41ace 100644 --- a/clients/cli/connections.c +++ b/clients/cli/connections.c @@ -2179,6 +2179,10 @@ active_connection_state_cb (NMActiveConnection *active, GParamSpec *pspec, Activ g_print (_("Connection successfully activated (D-Bus active path: %s)\n"), nm_object_get_path (NM_OBJECT (active))); activate_connection_info_finish (info); + } else if (state == NM_ACTIVE_CONNECTION_STATE_DEACTIVATED) { + g_string_printf (nmc->return_text, _("Error: Connection activation failed.")); + nmc->return_value = NMC_RESULT_ERROR_CON_ACTIVATION; + activate_connection_info_finish (info); } else if (state == NM_ACTIVE_CONNECTION_STATE_ACTIVATING) { /* activating master connection does not automatically activate any slaves, so their * active connection state will not progress beyond ACTIVATING state. @@ -4149,7 +4153,8 @@ set_ip4_address (NmCli *nmc, NMConnection *con, OptionInfo *option, const char * NM_SETTING_IP_CONFIG_METHOD, NM_SETTING_IP4_CONFIG_METHOD_MANUAL, NULL); } - return set_property (con, option->setting_name, option->property, value, '\0', error); + return set_property (con, option->setting_name, option->property, value, + option->flags & OPTION_MULTI ? '+' : '\0', error); } static gboolean @@ -4168,7 +4173,8 @@ set_ip6_address (NmCli *nmc, NMConnection *con, OptionInfo *option, const char * NM_SETTING_IP_CONFIG_METHOD, NM_SETTING_IP6_CONFIG_METHOD_MANUAL, NULL); } - return set_property (con, option->setting_name, option->property, value, '\0', error); + return set_property (con, option->setting_name, option->property, value, + option->flags & OPTION_MULTI ? '+' : '\0', error); } diff --git a/clients/cli/nmcli-completion b/clients/cli/nmcli-completion index e78ab85c..e1716f60 100644 --- a/clients/cli/nmcli-completion +++ b/clients/cli/nmcli-completion @@ -25,10 +25,11 @@ _nmcli_list_nl() # [']bla'bla"bla\bla bla --> [']bla'\''bla"bla\bla bla COMPREPLY[$i]="${entry//\'/${escaped_single_quote}}" elif [[ "${cur:0:1}" == '"' ]]; then - # started with double quote, escaping all double quotes and all backslashes + # started with double quote, escaping all double quotes, backslashes and ! # ["]bla'bla"bla\bla bla --> ["]bla'bla\"bla\\bla bla entry="${entry//\\/\\\\}" entry="${entry//\"/\\\"}" + entry="${entry//!/\"\\!\"}" COMPREPLY[$i]="$entry" else # no quotes in front, escaping _everything_ @@ -37,6 +38,10 @@ _nmcli_list_nl() entry="${entry//\'/\'}" entry="${entry//\"/\\\"}" entry="${entry// /\\ }" + entry="${entry//\(/\\(}" + entry="${entry//)/\\)}" + entry="${entry//!/\\!}" + entry="${entry//&/\\&}" COMPREPLY[$i]="$entry" fi (( i++ )) diff --git a/clients/cli/nmcli.c b/clients/cli/nmcli.c index 8bc8828b..62088087 100644 --- a/clients/cli/nmcli.c +++ b/clients/cli/nmcli.c @@ -595,7 +595,7 @@ nmc_get_client (NmCli *nmc) if (!nmc->client) { nmc->client = nm_client_new (NULL, &error); if (!nmc->client) { - g_critical (_("Error: Could not create NMClient object: %s."), error->message); + g_printerr ("%s\n", error->message); g_clear_error (&error); exit (NMC_RESULT_ERROR_UNKNOWN); } diff --git a/configure b/configure index 013461fc..73b65af3 100755 --- a/configure +++ b/configure @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ #! /bin/sh # Guess values for system-dependent variables and create Makefiles. -# Generated by GNU Autoconf 2.69 for NetworkManager 1.4.2. +# Generated by GNU Autoconf 2.69 for NetworkManager 1.4.4. # # Report bugs to . # @@ -591,8 +591,8 @@ MAKEFLAGS= # Identity of this package. PACKAGE_NAME='NetworkManager' PACKAGE_TARNAME='NetworkManager' -PACKAGE_VERSION='1.4.2' -PACKAGE_STRING='NetworkManager 1.4.2' +PACKAGE_VERSION='1.4.4' +PACKAGE_STRING='NetworkManager 1.4.4' PACKAGE_BUGREPORT='http://bugzilla.gnome.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=NetworkManager' PACKAGE_URL='' @@ -1699,7 +1699,7 @@ if test "$ac_init_help" = "long"; then # Omit some internal or obsolete options to make the list less imposing. # This message is too long to be a string in the A/UX 3.1 sh. cat <<_ACEOF -\`configure' configures NetworkManager 1.4.2 to adapt to many kinds of systems. +\`configure' configures NetworkManager 1.4.4 to adapt to many kinds of systems. Usage: $0 [OPTION]... [VAR=VALUE]... @@ -1769,7 +1769,7 @@ fi if test -n "$ac_init_help"; then case $ac_init_help in - short | recursive ) echo "Configuration of NetworkManager 1.4.2:";; + short | recursive ) echo "Configuration of NetworkManager 1.4.4:";; esac cat <<\_ACEOF @@ -2096,7 +2096,7 @@ fi test -n "$ac_init_help" && exit $ac_status if $ac_init_version; then cat <<\_ACEOF -NetworkManager configure 1.4.2 +NetworkManager configure 1.4.4 generated by GNU Autoconf 2.69 Copyright (C) 2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc. @@ -2823,7 +2823,7 @@ cat >config.log <<_ACEOF This file contains any messages produced by compilers while running configure, to aid debugging if configure makes a mistake. -It was created by NetworkManager $as_me 1.4.2, which was +It was created by NetworkManager $as_me 1.4.4, which was generated by GNU Autoconf 2.69. Invocation command line was $ $0 $@ @@ -3693,7 +3693,7 @@ fi # Define the identity of the package. PACKAGE='NetworkManager' - VERSION='1.4.2' + VERSION='1.4.4' cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF @@ -17776,8 +17776,8 @@ ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu NM_MAJOR_VERSION=1 NM_MINOR_VERSION=4 -NM_MICRO_VERSION=2 -NM_VERSION=1.4.2 +NM_MICRO_VERSION=4 +NM_VERSION=1.4.4 @@ -17785,7 +17785,7 @@ NM_VERSION=1.4.2 -NM_GIT_SHA=fa4913a5210586c47806c0833ffdaf3beb486541 +NM_GIT_SHA=3c70a03cf5be420afaaf44f3a0bab5d00cc4e993 if test """" != "no-config-h" ; then @@ -27985,7 +27985,7 @@ cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 # report actual input values of CONFIG_FILES etc. instead of their # values after options handling. ac_log=" -This file was extended by NetworkManager $as_me 1.4.2, which was +This file was extended by NetworkManager $as_me 1.4.4, which was generated by GNU Autoconf 2.69. Invocation command line was CONFIG_FILES = $CONFIG_FILES @@ -28051,7 +28051,7 @@ _ACEOF cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 ac_cs_config="`$as_echo "$ac_configure_args" | sed 's/^ //; s/[\\""\`\$]/\\\\&/g'`" ac_cs_version="\\ -NetworkManager config.status 1.4.2 +NetworkManager config.status 1.4.4 configured by $0, generated by GNU Autoconf 2.69, with options \\"\$ac_cs_config\\" diff --git a/configure.ac b/configure.ac index b6f5b075..6415dd44 100644 --- a/configure.ac +++ b/configure.ac @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ AC_PREREQ([2.63]) dnl The NM version number m4_define([nm_major_version], [1]) m4_define([nm_minor_version], [4]) -m4_define([nm_micro_version], [2]) +m4_define([nm_micro_version], [4]) m4_define([nm_version], [nm_major_version.nm_minor_version.nm_micro_version]) diff --git a/docs/api/html/NetworkManager.conf.html b/docs/api/html/NetworkManager.conf.html index 5c404c47..ffaa8612 100644 --- a/docs/api/html/NetworkManager.conf.html +++ b/docs/api/html/NetworkManager.conf.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NetworkManager.conf: NetworkManager Reference Manual - + @@ -277,7 +277,7 @@ no-auto-default=* nameserver.

unbound: NetworkManager will talk to unbound and dnssec-triggerd, providing a "split DNS" - configuration with DNSSEC support. The /etc/resolv.conf + configuration with DNSSEC support. The /etc/resolv.conf will be managed by dnssec-trigger daemon.

none: NetworkManager will not modify resolv.conf. This implies @@ -354,14 +354,14 @@ no-auto-default=*

hostname

This key is deprecated and has no effect - since the hostname is now stored in /etc/hostname or other - system configuration files according to build options. + since the hostname is now stored in /etc/hostname + or other system configuration files according to build options.

path

The location where keyfiles are read and stored. - This defaults to "${prefix}/etc/NetworkManager/conf.d". + This defaults to "/etc/NetworkManager/conf.d".

@@ -1008,7 +1008,7 @@ enable=nm-version-min:1.3,nm-version-min:1.2.6,nm-version-min:1.0.16 plugin that supports all the connection types and capabilities that NetworkManager has. It writes files out in an .ini-style format in - /etc/NetworkManager/system-connections. + /etc/NetworkManager/system-connections.

The stored connection file may contain passwords and @@ -1066,15 +1066,16 @@ enable=nm-version-min:1.3,nm-version-min:1.2.6,nm-version-min:1.0.16

This plugin allows to read iBFT configuration (iSCSI Boot Firmware Table). - The configuration is read using /sbin/iscsiadm. Users are expected to - configure iBFT connections via the firmware interfaces. + The configuration is read using /sbin/iscsiadm. Users are + expected to configure iBFT connections via the firmware interfaces. If ibft support is available, it is automatically enabled after ifcfg-rh. This can be disabled by no-ibft. You can also explicitly specify ibft to load the plugin without ifcfg-rh or to change the plugin order.

- Note that ibft plugin uses /sbin/iscsiadm and thus requires CAP_SYS_ADMIN capability. + Note that ibft plugin uses /sbin/iscsiadm and thus requires + CAP_SYS_ADMIN capability.

diff --git a/docs/api/html/NetworkManager.html b/docs/api/html/NetworkManager.html index 10704589..3fa72590 100644 --- a/docs/api/html/NetworkManager.html +++ b/docs/api/html/NetworkManager.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NetworkManager: NetworkManager Reference Manual - + @@ -51,7 +51,8 @@

Dispatcher scripts

NetworkManager will execute scripts in the - /etc/NetworkManager/dispatcher.d directory or subdirectories in + /etc/NetworkManager/dispatcher.d + directory or subdirectories in alphabetical order in response to network events. Each script should be a regular executable file owned by root. Furthermore, it must not be writable by group or other, and not setuid. @@ -75,8 +76,8 @@

pre-up

The interface is connected to the network but is not yet fully activated. Scripts acting on this event must be placed or - symlinked into the /etc/NetworkManager/dispatcher.d/pre-up.d directory, - and NetworkManager will wait for script execution to complete before + symlinked into the /etc/NetworkManager/dispatcher.d/pre-up.d + directory, and NetworkManager will wait for script execution to complete before indicating to applications that the interface is fully activated.

@@ -88,7 +89,7 @@

pre-down

The interface will be deactivated but has not yet been disconnected from the network. Scripts acting on this event must be - placed or symlinked into the /etc/NetworkManager/dispatcher.d/pre-down.d + placed or symlinked into the /etc/NetworkManager/dispatcher.d/pre-down.d directory, and NetworkManager will wait for script execution to complete before disconnecting the interface from its network. Note that this event is not emitted for forced disconnections, like when carrier is @@ -106,8 +107,8 @@

vpn-pre-up

The VPN is connected to the network but is not yet fully activated. Scripts acting on this event must be placed or - symlinked into the /etc/NetworkManager/dispatcher.d/pre-up.d directory, - and NetworkManager will wait for script execution to complete before + symlinked into the /etc/NetworkManager/dispatcher.d/pre-up.d + directory, and NetworkManager will wait for script execution to complete before indicating to applications that the VPN is fully activated.

@@ -121,7 +122,7 @@

vpn-pre-down

The VPN will be deactivated but has not yet been disconnected from the network. Scripts acting on this event must be - placed or symlinked into the /etc/NetworkManager/dispatcher.d/pre-down.d + placed or symlinked into the /etc/NetworkManager/dispatcher.d/pre-down.d directory, and NetworkManager will wait for script execution to complete before disconnecting the VPN from its network. Note that this event is not emitted for forced disconnections, like when the VPN @@ -304,7 +305,8 @@ NetworkManager process, and will be killed if they run for too long. If your script might take arbitrarily long to complete, you should spawn a child process and have the parent return immediately. Scripts that are symbolic links pointing inside the - /etc/NetworkManager/dispatcher.d/no-wait.d/ directory are run immediately, without + /etc/NetworkManager/dispatcher.d/no-wait.d/ + directory are run immediately, without waiting for the termination of previous scripts, and in parallel. Also beware that once a script is queued, it will always be run, even if a later event renders it obsolete. (Eg, if an interface goes up, and then back down again quickly, it is @@ -352,14 +354,16 @@

--state-file

Specify file for storing state of the NetworkManager persistently. If not specified, the default - value of /var/lib/NetworkManager/NetworkManager.state is used. + value of /var/lib/NetworkManager/NetworkManager.state + is used.

--config

Specify configuration file to set up various settings for NetworkManager. If not specified, the default - value of /etc/NetworkManager/NetworkManager.conf is used with + value of /etc/NetworkManager/NetworkManager.conf + is used with a fallback to the older 'nm-system-settings.conf' if located in the same directory. See NetworkManager.conf(5) @@ -405,7 +409,7 @@

-

UDEV PROPERTIES

+

Udev Properties

udev(7) device manager is used for the network device discovery. The following @@ -456,8 +460,8 @@ A SIGHUP also involves further reloading actions, like doing a DNS update and restarting the DNS plugin. The latter can be useful for example when using the dnsmasq plugin and changing - its configuration in /etc/NetworkManager/dnsmasq.d. However, - it also means this will shortly interrupt name resolution. + its configuration in /etc/NetworkManager/dnsmasq.d. + However, it also means this will shortly interrupt name resolution. In the future, there may be further actions added. A SIGHUP means to update NetworkManager configuration and reload everything that is supported. Note that this does not reload @@ -495,7 +499,7 @@

-

DEBUGGING

+

Debugging

The following environment variables are supported to help debugging. When used in conjunction with the @@ -512,8 +516,16 @@

-

See Also

+

Bugs

+ Please report any bugs you find in NetworkManager at the + NetworkManager bug tracker. +

+
+
+

See Also

+

+ NetworkManager home page, NetworkManager.conf(5), nmcli(1), nmcli-examples(7), diff --git a/docs/api/html/dbus-types.html b/docs/api/html/dbus-types.html index 23789e20..c1206111 100644 --- a/docs/api/html/dbus-types.html +++ b/docs/api/html/dbus-types.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Types: NetworkManager Reference Manual - + diff --git a/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AccessPoint.html b/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AccessPoint.html index 3810538f..d0113f82 100644 --- a/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AccessPoint.html +++ b/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AccessPoint.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AccessPoint: NetworkManager Reference Manual - + diff --git a/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AgentManager.html b/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AgentManager.html index 61b2cbe9..2c425a52 100644 --- a/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AgentManager.html +++ b/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AgentManager.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AgentManager: NetworkManager Reference Manual - + diff --git a/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Connection.Active.html b/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Connection.Active.html index 2dfd3eac..5ea85290 100644 --- a/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Connection.Active.html +++ b/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Connection.Active.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Connection.Active: NetworkManager Reference Manual - + diff --git a/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.DHCP4Config.html b/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.DHCP4Config.html index 45c5ccda..56a7cde0 100644 --- a/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.DHCP4Config.html +++ b/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.DHCP4Config.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.DHCP4Config: NetworkManager Reference Manual - + diff --git a/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.DHCP6Config.html b/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.DHCP6Config.html index 3f6614f4..84806db8 100644 --- a/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.DHCP6Config.html +++ b/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.DHCP6Config.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.DHCP6Config: NetworkManager Reference Manual - + diff --git a/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Adsl.html b/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Adsl.html index c9264d41..ab5b8192 100644 --- a/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Adsl.html +++ b/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Adsl.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Adsl: NetworkManager Reference Manual - + diff --git a/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bluetooth.html b/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bluetooth.html index b94697c8..c9149fd5 100644 --- a/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bluetooth.html +++ b/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bluetooth.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bluetooth: NetworkManager Reference Manual - + diff --git a/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bond.html b/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bond.html index 9a30db24..80bb5969 100644 --- a/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bond.html +++ b/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bond.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bond: NetworkManager Reference Manual - + diff --git a/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bridge.html b/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bridge.html index 8c7c1c83..99e3e8a1 100644 --- a/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bridge.html +++ b/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bridge.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bridge: NetworkManager Reference Manual - + diff --git a/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Generic.html b/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Generic.html index e4ce7d95..be8471b8 100644 --- a/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Generic.html +++ b/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Generic.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Generic: NetworkManager Reference Manual - + diff --git a/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.IPTunnel.html b/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.IPTunnel.html index 36c23dad..26e618c7 100644 --- a/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.IPTunnel.html +++ b/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.IPTunnel.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.IPTunnel: NetworkManager Reference Manual - + diff --git a/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Infiniband.html b/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Infiniband.html index 658b7af2..1f25e486 100644 --- a/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Infiniband.html +++ b/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Infiniband.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Infiniband: NetworkManager Reference Manual - + diff --git a/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Macvlan.html b/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Macvlan.html index baf63e0b..4fdae193 100644 --- a/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Macvlan.html +++ b/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Macvlan.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Macvlan: NetworkManager Reference Manual - + diff --git a/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Modem.html b/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Modem.html index 36cb7116..43aa3fdb 100644 --- a/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Modem.html +++ b/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Modem.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Modem: NetworkManager Reference Manual - + diff --git a/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.OlpcMesh.html b/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.OlpcMesh.html index c19ad40a..e65395d0 100644 --- a/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.OlpcMesh.html +++ b/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.OlpcMesh.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.OlpcMesh: NetworkManager Reference Manual - + diff --git a/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Statistics.html b/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Statistics.html index e8dcc65b..74a70c07 100644 --- a/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Statistics.html +++ b/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Statistics.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Statistics: NetworkManager Reference Manual - + diff --git a/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Team.html b/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Team.html index 1fb34b46..eac3f29c 100644 --- a/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Team.html +++ b/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Team.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Team: NetworkManager Reference Manual - + diff --git a/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Tun.html b/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Tun.html index ef6ca1ce..780e5495 100644 --- a/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Tun.html +++ b/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Tun.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Tun: NetworkManager Reference Manual - + diff --git a/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Veth.html b/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Veth.html index c5123221..b0eea616 100644 --- a/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Veth.html +++ b/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Veth.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Veth: NetworkManager Reference Manual - + diff --git a/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vlan.html b/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vlan.html index 79e75c3f..06eb9fa8 100644 --- a/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vlan.html +++ b/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vlan.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vlan: NetworkManager Reference Manual - + diff --git a/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vxlan.html b/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vxlan.html index a256f631..657d0bad 100644 --- a/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vxlan.html +++ b/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vxlan.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vxlan: NetworkManager Reference Manual - + diff --git a/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.WiMax.html b/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.WiMax.html index 963ed942..5ba71891 100644 --- a/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.WiMax.html +++ b/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.WiMax.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.WiMax: NetworkManager Reference Manual - + diff --git a/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wired.html b/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wired.html index 9be98e89..9ad5d2cc 100644 --- a/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wired.html +++ b/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wired.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wired: NetworkManager Reference Manual - + diff --git a/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wireless.html b/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wireless.html index 49fa41db..300ad886 100644 --- a/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wireless.html +++ b/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wireless.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wireless: NetworkManager Reference Manual - + diff --git a/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.html b/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.html index ed34dc9c..8e0e3807 100644 --- a/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.html +++ b/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device: NetworkManager Reference Manual - + diff --git a/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP4Config.html b/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP4Config.html index ce2823ba..d1a9bb32 100644 --- a/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP4Config.html +++ b/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP4Config.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP4Config: NetworkManager Reference Manual - + diff --git a/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP6Config.html b/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP6Config.html index a78c156b..93eafcb3 100644 --- a/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP6Config.html +++ b/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP6Config.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP6Config: NetworkManager Reference Manual - + diff --git a/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.PPP.html b/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.PPP.html index 99994305..3b5b0952 100644 --- a/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.PPP.html +++ b/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.PPP.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.PPP: NetworkManager Reference Manual - + diff --git a/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.SecretAgent.html b/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.SecretAgent.html index 552d941f..889b5acf 100644 --- a/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.SecretAgent.html +++ b/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.SecretAgent.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.SecretAgent: NetworkManager Reference Manual - + diff --git a/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings.Connection.html b/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings.Connection.html index 2c80cad8..0e204915 100644 --- a/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings.Connection.html +++ b/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings.Connection.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings.Connection: NetworkManager Reference Manual - + diff --git a/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings.html b/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings.html index f4f5337e..6a5062d0 100644 --- a/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings.html +++ b/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings: NetworkManager Reference Manual - + diff --git a/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Connection.html b/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Connection.html index ae935bd0..339777f2 100644 --- a/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Connection.html +++ b/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Connection.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Connection: NetworkManager Reference Manual - + diff --git a/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Plugin.html b/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Plugin.html index c657a71f..a7c82246 100644 --- a/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Plugin.html +++ b/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Plugin.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Plugin: NetworkManager Reference Manual - + diff --git a/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.html b/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.html index af7e7eba..7f65b793 100644 --- a/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.html +++ b/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ org.freedesktop.NetworkManager: NetworkManager Reference Manual - + diff --git a/docs/api/html/index.html b/docs/api/html/index.html index 18056ec2..431e152f 100644 --- a/docs/api/html/index.html +++ b/docs/api/html/index.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NetworkManager Reference Manual: NetworkManager Reference Manual - + @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@

-

Version 1.4.2 +

Version 1.4.4

diff --git a/docs/api/html/ix01.html b/docs/api/html/ix01.html index 49f669bf..b192f69b 100644 --- a/docs/api/html/ix01.html +++ b/docs/api/html/ix01.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Index: NetworkManager Reference Manual - + @@ -22,753 +22,753 @@

Index

-
+

Symbols

-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AccessPoint, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AccessPoint +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AccessPoint, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AccessPoint
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AccessPoint::PropertiesChanged, The "PropertiesChanged" signal +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AccessPoint::PropertiesChanged, The "PropertiesChanged" signal
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AccessPoint:Flags, The "Flags" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AccessPoint:Flags, The "Flags" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AccessPoint:Frequency, The "Frequency" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AccessPoint:Frequency, The "Frequency" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AccessPoint:HwAddress, The "HwAddress" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AccessPoint:HwAddress, The "HwAddress" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AccessPoint:LastSeen, The "LastSeen" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AccessPoint:LastSeen, The "LastSeen" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AccessPoint:MaxBitrate, The "MaxBitrate" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AccessPoint:MaxBitrate, The "MaxBitrate" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AccessPoint:Mode, The "Mode" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AccessPoint:Mode, The "Mode" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AccessPoint:RsnFlags, The "RsnFlags" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AccessPoint:RsnFlags, The "RsnFlags" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AccessPoint:Ssid, The "Ssid" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AccessPoint:Ssid, The "Ssid" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AccessPoint:Strength, The "Strength" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AccessPoint:Strength, The "Strength" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AccessPoint:WpaFlags, The "WpaFlags" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AccessPoint:WpaFlags, The "WpaFlags" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AgentManager, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AgentManager +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AgentManager, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AgentManager
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AgentManager.Register(), The Register() method +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AgentManager.Register(), The Register() method
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AgentManager.RegisterWithCapabilities(), The RegisterWithCapabilities() method +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AgentManager.RegisterWithCapabilities(), The RegisterWithCapabilities() method
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AgentManager.Unregister(), The Unregister() method +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AgentManager.Unregister(), The Unregister() method
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Adsl, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Adsl +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Adsl, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Adsl
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Adsl::PropertiesChanged, The "PropertiesChanged" signal +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Adsl::PropertiesChanged, The "PropertiesChanged" signal
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Adsl:Carrier, The "Carrier" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Adsl:Carrier, The "Carrier" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bluetooth, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bluetooth +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bluetooth, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bluetooth
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bluetooth::PropertiesChanged, The "PropertiesChanged" signal +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bluetooth::PropertiesChanged, The "PropertiesChanged" signal
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bluetooth:BtCapabilities, The "BtCapabilities" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bluetooth:BtCapabilities, The "BtCapabilities" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bluetooth:HwAddress, The "HwAddress" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bluetooth:HwAddress, The "HwAddress" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bluetooth:Name, The "Name" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bluetooth:Name, The "Name" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bond, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bond +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bond, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bond
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bond::PropertiesChanged, The "PropertiesChanged" signal +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bond::PropertiesChanged, The "PropertiesChanged" signal
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bond:Carrier, The "Carrier" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bond:Carrier, The "Carrier" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bond:HwAddress, The "HwAddress" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bond:HwAddress, The "HwAddress" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bond:Slaves, The "Slaves" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bond:Slaves, The "Slaves" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bridge, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bridge +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bridge, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bridge
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bridge::PropertiesChanged, The "PropertiesChanged" signal +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bridge::PropertiesChanged, The "PropertiesChanged" signal
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bridge:Carrier, The "Carrier" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bridge:Carrier, The "Carrier" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bridge:HwAddress, The "HwAddress" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bridge:HwAddress, The "HwAddress" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bridge:Slaves, The "Slaves" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bridge:Slaves, The "Slaves" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Delete(), The Delete() method +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Delete(), The Delete() method
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Disconnect(), The Disconnect() method +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Disconnect(), The Disconnect() method
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Generic, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Generic +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Generic, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Generic
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Generic::PropertiesChanged, The "PropertiesChanged" signal +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Generic::PropertiesChanged, The "PropertiesChanged" signal
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Generic:HwAddress, The "HwAddress" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Generic:HwAddress, The "HwAddress" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Generic:TypeDescription, The "TypeDescription" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Generic:TypeDescription, The "TypeDescription" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.GetAppliedConnection(), The GetAppliedConnection() method +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.GetAppliedConnection(), The GetAppliedConnection() method
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Infiniband, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Infiniband +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Infiniband, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Infiniband
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Infiniband::PropertiesChanged, The "PropertiesChanged" signal +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Infiniband::PropertiesChanged, The "PropertiesChanged" signal
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Infiniband:Carrier, The "Carrier" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Infiniband:Carrier, The "Carrier" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Infiniband:HwAddress, The "HwAddress" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Infiniband:HwAddress, The "HwAddress" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.IPTunnel, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.IPTunnel +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.IPTunnel, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.IPTunnel
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.IPTunnel::PropertiesChanged, The "PropertiesChanged" signal +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.IPTunnel::PropertiesChanged, The "PropertiesChanged" signal
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.IPTunnel:EncapsulationLimit, The "EncapsulationLimit" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.IPTunnel:EncapsulationLimit, The "EncapsulationLimit" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.IPTunnel:FlowLabel, The "FlowLabel" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.IPTunnel:FlowLabel, The "FlowLabel" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.IPTunnel:InputKey, The "InputKey" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.IPTunnel:InputKey, The "InputKey" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.IPTunnel:Local, The "Local" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.IPTunnel:Local, The "Local" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.IPTunnel:Mode, The "Mode" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.IPTunnel:Mode, The "Mode" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.IPTunnel:OutputKey, The "OutputKey" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.IPTunnel:OutputKey, The "OutputKey" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.IPTunnel:Parent, The "Parent" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.IPTunnel:Parent, The "Parent" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.IPTunnel:PathMtuDiscovery, The "PathMtuDiscovery" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.IPTunnel:PathMtuDiscovery, The "PathMtuDiscovery" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.IPTunnel:Remote, The "Remote" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.IPTunnel:Remote, The "Remote" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.IPTunnel:Tos, The "Tos" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.IPTunnel:Tos, The "Tos" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.IPTunnel:Ttl, The "Ttl" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.IPTunnel:Ttl, The "Ttl" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Macvlan, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Macvlan +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Macvlan, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Macvlan
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Macvlan::PropertiesChanged, The "PropertiesChanged" signal +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Macvlan::PropertiesChanged, The "PropertiesChanged" signal
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Macvlan:Mode, The "Mode" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Macvlan:Mode, The "Mode" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Macvlan:NoPromisc, The "NoPromisc" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Macvlan:NoPromisc, The "NoPromisc" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Macvlan:Parent, The "Parent" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Macvlan:Parent, The "Parent" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Macvlan:Tap, The "Tap" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Macvlan:Tap, The "Tap" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Modem, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Modem +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Modem, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Modem
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Modem::PropertiesChanged, The "PropertiesChanged" signal +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Modem::PropertiesChanged, The "PropertiesChanged" signal
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Modem:CurrentCapabilities, The "CurrentCapabilities" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Modem:CurrentCapabilities, The "CurrentCapabilities" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Modem:ModemCapabilities, The "ModemCapabilities" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Modem:ModemCapabilities, The "ModemCapabilities" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.OlpcMesh, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.OlpcMesh +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.OlpcMesh, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.OlpcMesh
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.OlpcMesh::PropertiesChanged, The "PropertiesChanged" signal +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.OlpcMesh::PropertiesChanged, The "PropertiesChanged" signal
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.OlpcMesh:ActiveChannel, The "ActiveChannel" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.OlpcMesh:ActiveChannel, The "ActiveChannel" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.OlpcMesh:Companion, The "Companion" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.OlpcMesh:Companion, The "Companion" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.OlpcMesh:HwAddress, The "HwAddress" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.OlpcMesh:HwAddress, The "HwAddress" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Reapply(), The Reapply() method +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Reapply(), The Reapply() method
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Statistics, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Statistics +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Statistics, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Statistics
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Statistics::PropertiesChanged, The "PropertiesChanged" signal +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Statistics::PropertiesChanged, The "PropertiesChanged" signal
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Statistics:RefreshRateMs, The "RefreshRateMs" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Statistics:RefreshRateMs, The "RefreshRateMs" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Statistics:RxBytes, The "RxBytes" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Statistics:RxBytes, The "RxBytes" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Statistics:TxBytes, The "TxBytes" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Statistics:TxBytes, The "TxBytes" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Team, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Team +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Team, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Team
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Team::PropertiesChanged, The "PropertiesChanged" signal +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Team::PropertiesChanged, The "PropertiesChanged" signal
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Team:Carrier, The "Carrier" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Team:Carrier, The "Carrier" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Team:Config, The "Config" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Team:Config, The "Config" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Team:HwAddress, The "HwAddress" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Team:HwAddress, The "HwAddress" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Team:Slaves, The "Slaves" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Team:Slaves, The "Slaves" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Tun, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Tun +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Tun, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Tun
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Tun::PropertiesChanged, The "PropertiesChanged" signal +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Tun::PropertiesChanged, The "PropertiesChanged" signal
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Tun:Group, The "Group" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Tun:Group, The "Group" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Tun:HwAddress, The "HwAddress" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Tun:HwAddress, The "HwAddress" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Tun:Mode, The "Mode" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Tun:Mode, The "Mode" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Tun:MultiQueue, The "MultiQueue" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Tun:MultiQueue, The "MultiQueue" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Tun:NoPi, The "NoPi" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Tun:NoPi, The "NoPi" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Tun:Owner, The "Owner" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Tun:Owner, The "Owner" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Tun:VnetHdr, The "VnetHdr" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Tun:VnetHdr, The "VnetHdr" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Veth, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Veth +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Veth, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Veth
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Veth::PropertiesChanged, The "PropertiesChanged" signal +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Veth::PropertiesChanged, The "PropertiesChanged" signal
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Veth:Peer, The "Peer" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Veth:Peer, The "Peer" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vlan, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vlan +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vlan, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vlan
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vlan::PropertiesChanged, The "PropertiesChanged" signal +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vlan::PropertiesChanged, The "PropertiesChanged" signal
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vlan:Carrier, The "Carrier" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vlan:Carrier, The "Carrier" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vlan:HwAddress, The "HwAddress" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vlan:HwAddress, The "HwAddress" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vlan:Parent, The "Parent" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vlan:Parent, The "Parent" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vlan:VlanId, The "VlanId" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vlan:VlanId, The "VlanId" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vxlan, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vxlan +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vxlan, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vxlan
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vxlan::PropertiesChanged, The "PropertiesChanged" signal +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vxlan::PropertiesChanged, The "PropertiesChanged" signal
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vxlan:Ageing, The "Ageing" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vxlan:Ageing, The "Ageing" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vxlan:DstPort, The "DstPort" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vxlan:DstPort, The "DstPort" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vxlan:Group, The "Group" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vxlan:Group, The "Group" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vxlan:HwAddress, The "HwAddress" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vxlan:HwAddress, The "HwAddress" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vxlan:Id, The "Id" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vxlan:Id, The "Id" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vxlan:L2miss, The "L2miss" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vxlan:L2miss, The "L2miss" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vxlan:L3miss, The "L3miss" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vxlan:L3miss, The "L3miss" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vxlan:Learning, The "Learning" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vxlan:Learning, The "Learning" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vxlan:Limit, The "Limit" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vxlan:Limit, The "Limit" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vxlan:Local, The "Local" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vxlan:Local, The "Local" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vxlan:Parent, The "Parent" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vxlan:Parent, The "Parent" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vxlan:Proxy, The "Proxy" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vxlan:Proxy, The "Proxy" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vxlan:Rsc, The "Rsc" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vxlan:Rsc, The "Rsc" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vxlan:SrcPortMax, The "SrcPortMax" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vxlan:SrcPortMax, The "SrcPortMax" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vxlan:SrcPortMin, The "SrcPortMin" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vxlan:SrcPortMin, The "SrcPortMin" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vxlan:Tos, The "Tos" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vxlan:Tos, The "Tos" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vxlan:Ttl, The "Ttl" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vxlan:Ttl, The "Ttl" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.WiMax, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.WiMax +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.WiMax, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.WiMax
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.WiMax.GetNspList(), The GetNspList() method +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.WiMax.GetNspList(), The GetNspList() method
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.WiMax::NspAdded, The "NspAdded" signal +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.WiMax::NspAdded, The "NspAdded" signal
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.WiMax::NspRemoved, The "NspRemoved" signal +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.WiMax::NspRemoved, The "NspRemoved" signal
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.WiMax::PropertiesChanged, The "PropertiesChanged" signal +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.WiMax::PropertiesChanged, The "PropertiesChanged" signal
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.WiMax:ActiveNsp, The "ActiveNsp" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.WiMax:ActiveNsp, The "ActiveNsp" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.WiMax:Bsid, The "Bsid" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.WiMax:Bsid, The "Bsid" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.WiMax:CenterFrequency, The "CenterFrequency" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.WiMax:CenterFrequency, The "CenterFrequency" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.WiMax:Cinr, The "Cinr" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.WiMax:Cinr, The "Cinr" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.WiMax:HwAddress, The "HwAddress" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.WiMax:HwAddress, The "HwAddress" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.WiMax:Nsps, The "Nsps" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.WiMax:Nsps, The "Nsps" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.WiMax:Rssi, The "Rssi" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.WiMax:Rssi, The "Rssi" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.WiMax:TxPower, The "TxPower" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.WiMax:TxPower, The "TxPower" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device::StateChanged, The "StateChanged" signal +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device::StateChanged, The "StateChanged" signal
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device:ActiveConnection, The "ActiveConnection" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device:ActiveConnection, The "ActiveConnection" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device:Autoconnect, The "Autoconnect" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device:Autoconnect, The "Autoconnect" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device:AvailableConnections, The "AvailableConnections" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device:AvailableConnections, The "AvailableConnections" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device:Capabilities, The "Capabilities" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device:Capabilities, The "Capabilities" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device:DeviceType, The "DeviceType" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device:DeviceType, The "DeviceType" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device:Dhcp4Config, The "Dhcp4Config" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device:Dhcp4Config, The "Dhcp4Config" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device:Dhcp6Config, The "Dhcp6Config" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device:Dhcp6Config, The "Dhcp6Config" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device:Driver, The "Driver" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device:Driver, The "Driver" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device:DriverVersion, The "DriverVersion" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device:DriverVersion, The "DriverVersion" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device:FirmwareMissing, The "FirmwareMissing" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device:FirmwareMissing, The "FirmwareMissing" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device:FirmwareVersion, The "FirmwareVersion" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device:FirmwareVersion, The "FirmwareVersion" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device:Interface, The "Interface" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device:Interface, The "Interface" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device:Ip4Address, The "Ip4Address" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device:Ip4Address, The "Ip4Address" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device:Ip4Config, The "Ip4Config" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device:Ip4Config, The "Ip4Config" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device:Ip6Config, The "Ip6Config" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device:Ip6Config, The "Ip6Config" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device:IpInterface, The "IpInterface" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device:IpInterface, The "IpInterface" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device:LldpNeighbors, The "LldpNeighbors" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device:LldpNeighbors, The "LldpNeighbors" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device:Managed, The "Managed" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device:Managed, The "Managed" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device:Metered, The "Metered" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device:Metered, The "Metered" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device:Mtu, The "Mtu" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device:Mtu, The "Mtu" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device:NmPluginMissing, The "NmPluginMissing" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device:NmPluginMissing, The "NmPluginMissing" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device:PhysicalPortId, The "PhysicalPortId" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device:PhysicalPortId, The "PhysicalPortId" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device:Real, The "Real" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device:Real, The "Real" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device:State, The "State" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device:State, The "State" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device:StateReason, The "StateReason" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device:StateReason, The "StateReason" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device:Udi, The "Udi" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device:Udi, The "Udi" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP4Config, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP4Config +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP4Config, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP4Config
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP4Config::PropertiesChanged, The "PropertiesChanged" signal +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP4Config::PropertiesChanged, The "PropertiesChanged" signal
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP4Config:AddressData, The "AddressData" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP4Config:AddressData, The "AddressData" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP4Config:Addresses, The "Addresses" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP4Config:Addresses, The "Addresses" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP4Config:DnsOptions, The "DnsOptions" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP4Config:DnsOptions, The "DnsOptions" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP4Config:DnsPriority, The "DnsPriority" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP4Config:DnsPriority, The "DnsPriority" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP4Config:Domains, The "Domains" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP4Config:Domains, The "Domains" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP4Config:Gateway, The "Gateway" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP4Config:Gateway, The "Gateway" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP4Config:Nameservers, The "Nameservers" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP4Config:Nameservers, The "Nameservers" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP4Config:RouteData, The "RouteData" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP4Config:RouteData, The "RouteData" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP4Config:Routes, The "Routes" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP4Config:Routes, The "Routes" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP4Config:Searches, The "Searches" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP4Config:Searches, The "Searches" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP4Config:WinsServers, The "WinsServers" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP4Config:WinsServers, The "WinsServers" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP6Config, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP6Config +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP6Config, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP6Config
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP6Config::PropertiesChanged, The "PropertiesChanged" signal +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP6Config::PropertiesChanged, The "PropertiesChanged" signal
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP6Config:AddressData, The "AddressData" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP6Config:AddressData, The "AddressData" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP6Config:Addresses, The "Addresses" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP6Config:Addresses, The "Addresses" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP6Config:DnsOptions, The "DnsOptions" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP6Config:DnsOptions, The "DnsOptions" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP6Config:DnsPriority, The "DnsPriority" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP6Config:DnsPriority, The "DnsPriority" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP6Config:Domains, The "Domains" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP6Config:Domains, The "Domains" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP6Config:Gateway, The "Gateway" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP6Config:Gateway, The "Gateway" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP6Config:Nameservers, The "Nameservers" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP6Config:Nameservers, The "Nameservers" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP6Config:RouteData, The "RouteData" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP6Config:RouteData, The "RouteData" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP6Config:Routes, The "Routes" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP6Config:Routes, The "Routes" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP6Config:Searches, The "Searches" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP6Config:Searches, The "Searches" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.SecretAgent, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.SecretAgent +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.SecretAgent, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.SecretAgent
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.SecretAgent.CancelGetSecrets(), The CancelGetSecrets() method +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.SecretAgent.CancelGetSecrets(), The CancelGetSecrets() method
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.SecretAgent.DeleteSecrets(), The DeleteSecrets() method +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.SecretAgent.DeleteSecrets(), The DeleteSecrets() method
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.SecretAgent.GetSecrets(), The GetSecrets() method +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.SecretAgent.GetSecrets(), The GetSecrets() method
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.SecretAgent.SaveSecrets(), The SaveSecrets() method +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.SecretAgent.SaveSecrets(), The SaveSecrets() method
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings.AddConnection(), The AddConnection() method +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings.AddConnection(), The AddConnection() method
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings.AddConnectionUnsaved(), The AddConnectionUnsaved() method +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings.AddConnectionUnsaved(), The AddConnectionUnsaved() method
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings.Connection, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings.Connection +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings.Connection, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings.Connection
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings.Connection.ClearSecrets(), The ClearSecrets() method +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings.Connection.ClearSecrets(), The ClearSecrets() method
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings.Connection.Delete(), The Delete() method +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings.Connection.Delete(), The Delete() method
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings.Connection.GetSecrets(), The GetSecrets() method +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings.Connection.GetSecrets(), The GetSecrets() method
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings.Connection.GetSettings(), The GetSettings() method +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings.Connection.GetSettings(), The GetSettings() method
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings.Connection.Save(), The Save() method +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings.Connection.Save(), The Save() method
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings.Connection.Update(), The Update() method +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings.Connection.Update(), The Update() method
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings.Connection.UpdateUnsaved(), The UpdateUnsaved() method +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings.Connection.UpdateUnsaved(), The UpdateUnsaved() method
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings.Connection::PropertiesChanged, The "PropertiesChanged" signal +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings.Connection::PropertiesChanged, The "PropertiesChanged" signal
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings.Connection::Removed, The "Removed" signal +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings.Connection::Removed, The "Removed" signal
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings.Connection::Updated, The "Updated" signal +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings.Connection::Updated, The "Updated" signal
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings.Connection:Unsaved, The "Unsaved" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings.Connection:Unsaved, The "Unsaved" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings.GetConnectionByUuid(), The GetConnectionByUuid() method +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings.GetConnectionByUuid(), The GetConnectionByUuid() method
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings.ListConnections(), The ListConnections() method +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings.ListConnections(), The ListConnections() method
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings.LoadConnections(), The LoadConnections() method +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings.LoadConnections(), The LoadConnections() method
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings.ReloadConnections(), The ReloadConnections() method +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings.ReloadConnections(), The ReloadConnections() method
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings.SaveHostname(), The SaveHostname() method +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings.SaveHostname(), The SaveHostname() method
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings::ConnectionRemoved, The "ConnectionRemoved" signal +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings::ConnectionRemoved, The "ConnectionRemoved" signal
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings::NewConnection, The "NewConnection" signal +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings::NewConnection, The "NewConnection" signal
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings::PropertiesChanged, The "PropertiesChanged" signal +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings::PropertiesChanged, The "PropertiesChanged" signal
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings:CanModify, The "CanModify" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings:CanModify, The "CanModify" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings:Connections, The "Connections" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings:Connections, The "Connections" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings:Hostname, The "Hostname" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings:Hostname, The "Hostname" property

A

-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Connection.Active, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Connection.Active +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Connection.Active, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Connection.Active
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Connection.Active::PropertiesChanged, The "PropertiesChanged" signal +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Connection.Active::PropertiesChanged, The "PropertiesChanged" signal
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Connection.Active:Connection, The "Connection" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Connection.Active:Connection, The "Connection" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Connection.Active:Default, The "Default" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Connection.Active:Default, The "Default" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Connection.Active:Default6, The "Default6" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Connection.Active:Default6, The "Default6" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Connection.Active:Devices, The "Devices" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Connection.Active:Devices, The "Devices" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Connection.Active:Dhcp4Config, The "Dhcp4Config" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Connection.Active:Dhcp4Config, The "Dhcp4Config" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Connection.Active:Dhcp6Config, The "Dhcp6Config" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Connection.Active:Dhcp6Config, The "Dhcp6Config" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Connection.Active:Id, The "Id" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Connection.Active:Id, The "Id" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Connection.Active:Ip4Config, The "Ip4Config" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Connection.Active:Ip4Config, The "Ip4Config" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Connection.Active:Ip6Config, The "Ip6Config" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Connection.Active:Ip6Config, The "Ip6Config" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Connection.Active:Master, The "Master" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Connection.Active:Master, The "Master" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Connection.Active:SpecificObject, The "SpecificObject" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Connection.Active:SpecificObject, The "SpecificObject" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Connection.Active:State, The "State" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Connection.Active:State, The "State" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Connection.Active:Type, The "Type" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Connection.Active:Type, The "Type" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Connection.Active:Uuid, The "Uuid" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Connection.Active:Uuid, The "Uuid" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Connection.Active:Vpn, The "Vpn" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Connection.Active:Vpn, The "Vpn" property

D

-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wired, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wired +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wired, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wired
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wired::PropertiesChanged, The "PropertiesChanged" signal +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wired::PropertiesChanged, The "PropertiesChanged" signal
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wired:Carrier, The "Carrier" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wired:Carrier, The "Carrier" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wired:HwAddress, The "HwAddress" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wired:HwAddress, The "HwAddress" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wired:PermHwAddress, The "PermHwAddress" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wired:PermHwAddress, The "PermHwAddress" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wired:S390Subchannels, The "S390Subchannels" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wired:S390Subchannels, The "S390Subchannels" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wired:Speed, The "Speed" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wired:Speed, The "Speed" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wireless, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wireless +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wireless, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wireless
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wireless.GetAccessPoints(), The GetAccessPoints() method +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wireless.GetAccessPoints(), The GetAccessPoints() method
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wireless.GetAllAccessPoints(), The GetAllAccessPoints() method +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wireless.GetAllAccessPoints(), The GetAllAccessPoints() method
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wireless.RequestScan(), The RequestScan() method +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wireless.RequestScan(), The RequestScan() method
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wireless::AccessPointAdded, The "AccessPointAdded" signal +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wireless::AccessPointAdded, The "AccessPointAdded" signal
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wireless::AccessPointRemoved, The "AccessPointRemoved" signal +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wireless::AccessPointRemoved, The "AccessPointRemoved" signal
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wireless::PropertiesChanged, The "PropertiesChanged" signal +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wireless::PropertiesChanged, The "PropertiesChanged" signal
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wireless:AccessPoints, The "AccessPoints" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wireless:AccessPoints, The "AccessPoints" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wireless:ActiveAccessPoint, The "ActiveAccessPoint" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wireless:ActiveAccessPoint, The "ActiveAccessPoint" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wireless:Bitrate, The "Bitrate" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wireless:Bitrate, The "Bitrate" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wireless:HwAddress, The "HwAddress" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wireless:HwAddress, The "HwAddress" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wireless:Mode, The "Mode" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wireless:Mode, The "Mode" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wireless:PermHwAddress, The "PermHwAddress" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wireless:PermHwAddress, The "PermHwAddress" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wireless:WirelessCapabilities, The "WirelessCapabilities" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wireless:WirelessCapabilities, The "WirelessCapabilities" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.DHCP4Config, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.DHCP4Config +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.DHCP4Config, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.DHCP4Config
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.DHCP4Config::PropertiesChanged, The "PropertiesChanged" signal +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.DHCP4Config::PropertiesChanged, The "PropertiesChanged" signal
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.DHCP4Config:Options, The "Options" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.DHCP4Config:Options, The "Options" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.DHCP6Config, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.DHCP6Config +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.DHCP6Config, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.DHCP6Config
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.DHCP6Config::PropertiesChanged, The "PropertiesChanged" signal +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.DHCP6Config::PropertiesChanged, The "PropertiesChanged" signal
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.DHCP6Config:Options, The "Options" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.DHCP6Config:Options, The "Options" property

M

-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.ActivateConnection(), The ActivateConnection() method +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.ActivateConnection(), The ActivateConnection() method
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AddAndActivateConnection(), The AddAndActivateConnection() method +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AddAndActivateConnection(), The AddAndActivateConnection() method
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.CheckConnectivity(), The CheckConnectivity() method +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.CheckConnectivity(), The CheckConnectivity() method
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.CheckpointCreate(), The CheckpointCreate() method +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.CheckpointCreate(), The CheckpointCreate() method
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.CheckpointDestroy(), The CheckpointDestroy() method +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.CheckpointDestroy(), The CheckpointDestroy() method
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.CheckpointRollback(), The CheckpointRollback() method +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.CheckpointRollback(), The CheckpointRollback() method
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.DeactivateConnection(), The DeactivateConnection() method +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.DeactivateConnection(), The DeactivateConnection() method
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Enable(), The Enable() method +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Enable(), The Enable() method
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.GetAllDevices(), The GetAllDevices() method +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.GetAllDevices(), The GetAllDevices() method
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.GetDeviceByIpIface(), The GetDeviceByIpIface() method +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.GetDeviceByIpIface(), The GetDeviceByIpIface() method
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.GetDevices(), The GetDevices() method +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.GetDevices(), The GetDevices() method
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.GetLogging(), The GetLogging() method +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.GetLogging(), The GetLogging() method
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.GetPermissions(), The GetPermissions() method +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.GetPermissions(), The GetPermissions() method
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Reload(), The Reload() method +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Reload(), The Reload() method
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.SetLogging(), The SetLogging() method +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.SetLogging(), The SetLogging() method
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Sleep(), The Sleep() method +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Sleep(), The Sleep() method
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.state(), The state() method +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.state(), The state() method
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager::CheckPermissions, The "CheckPermissions" signal +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager::CheckPermissions, The "CheckPermissions" signal
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager::DeviceAdded, The "DeviceAdded" signal +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager::DeviceAdded, The "DeviceAdded" signal
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager::DeviceRemoved, The "DeviceRemoved" signal +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager::DeviceRemoved, The "DeviceRemoved" signal
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager::PropertiesChanged, The "PropertiesChanged" signal +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager::PropertiesChanged, The "PropertiesChanged" signal
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager::StateChanged, The "StateChanged" signal +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager::StateChanged, The "StateChanged" signal
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager:ActivatingConnection, The "ActivatingConnection" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager:ActivatingConnection, The "ActivatingConnection" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager:ActiveConnections, The "ActiveConnections" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager:ActiveConnections, The "ActiveConnections" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager:AllDevices, The "AllDevices" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager:AllDevices, The "AllDevices" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager:Connectivity, The "Connectivity" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager:Connectivity, The "Connectivity" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager:Devices, The "Devices" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager:Devices, The "Devices" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager:GlobalDnsConfiguration, The "GlobalDnsConfiguration" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager:GlobalDnsConfiguration, The "GlobalDnsConfiguration" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager:Metered, The "Metered" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager:Metered, The "Metered" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager:NetworkingEnabled, The "NetworkingEnabled" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager:NetworkingEnabled, The "NetworkingEnabled" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager:PrimaryConnection, The "PrimaryConnection" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager:PrimaryConnection, The "PrimaryConnection" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager:PrimaryConnectionType, The "PrimaryConnectionType" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager:PrimaryConnectionType, The "PrimaryConnectionType" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager:Startup, The "Startup" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager:Startup, The "Startup" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager:State, The "State" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager:State, The "State" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager:Version, The "Version" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager:Version, The "Version" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager:WimaxEnabled, The "WimaxEnabled" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager:WimaxEnabled, The "WimaxEnabled" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager:WimaxHardwareEnabled, The "WimaxHardwareEnabled" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager:WimaxHardwareEnabled, The "WimaxHardwareEnabled" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager:WirelessEnabled, The "WirelessEnabled" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager:WirelessEnabled, The "WirelessEnabled" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager:WirelessHardwareEnabled, The "WirelessHardwareEnabled" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager:WirelessHardwareEnabled, The "WirelessHardwareEnabled" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager:WwanEnabled, The "WwanEnabled" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager:WwanEnabled, The "WwanEnabled" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager:WwanHardwareEnabled, The "WwanHardwareEnabled" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager:WwanHardwareEnabled, The "WwanHardwareEnabled" property

N

-
NM80211ApFlags, enum NM80211ApFlags +
NM80211ApFlags, enum NM80211ApFlags
-
NM80211ApSecurityFlags, enum NM80211ApSecurityFlags +
NM80211ApSecurityFlags, enum NM80211ApSecurityFlags
-
NM80211Mode, enum NM80211Mode +
NM80211Mode, enum NM80211Mode
-
NMActiveConnectionState, enum NMActiveConnectionState +
NMActiveConnectionState, enum NMActiveConnectionState
-
NMBluetoothCapabilities, enum NMBluetoothCapabilities +
NMBluetoothCapabilities, enum NMBluetoothCapabilities
-
NMCheckpointCreateFlags, enum NMCheckpointCreateFlags +
NMCheckpointCreateFlags, enum NMCheckpointCreateFlags
-
NMConnectivityState, enum NMConnectivityState +
NMConnectivityState, enum NMConnectivityState
-
NMDeviceCapabilities, enum NMDeviceCapabilities +
NMDeviceCapabilities, enum NMDeviceCapabilities
-
NMDeviceModemCapabilities, enum NMDeviceModemCapabilities +
NMDeviceModemCapabilities, enum NMDeviceModemCapabilities
-
NMDeviceState, enum NMDeviceState +
NMDeviceState, enum NMDeviceState
-
NMDeviceStateReason, enum NMDeviceStateReason +
NMDeviceStateReason, enum NMDeviceStateReason
-
NMDeviceType, enum NMDeviceType +
NMDeviceType, enum NMDeviceType
-
NMDeviceWifiCapabilities, enum NMDeviceWifiCapabilities +
NMDeviceWifiCapabilities, enum NMDeviceWifiCapabilities
-
NMIPTunnelMode, enum NMIPTunnelMode +
NMIPTunnelMode, enum NMIPTunnelMode
-
NMMetered, enum NMMetered +
NMMetered, enum NMMetered
-
NMRollbackResult, enum NMRollbackResult +
NMRollbackResult, enum NMRollbackResult
-
NMSecretAgentCapabilities, enum NMSecretAgentCapabilities +
NMSecretAgentCapabilities, enum NMSecretAgentCapabilities
-
NMSecretAgentGetSecretsFlags, enum NMSecretAgentGetSecretsFlags +
NMSecretAgentGetSecretsFlags, enum NMSecretAgentGetSecretsFlags
-
NMState, enum NMState +
NMState, enum NMState
-
NMVpnConnectionState, enum NMVpnConnectionState +
NMVpnConnectionState, enum NMVpnConnectionState
-
NMVpnConnectionStateReason, enum NMVpnConnectionStateReason +
NMVpnConnectionStateReason, enum NMVpnConnectionStateReason
-
NMVpnPluginFailure, enum NMVpnPluginFailure +
NMVpnPluginFailure, enum NMVpnPluginFailure
-
NMVpnServiceState, enum NMVpnServiceState +
NMVpnServiceState, enum NMVpnServiceState
-
NMWimaxNspNetworkType, enum NMWimaxNspNetworkType +
NMWimaxNspNetworkType, enum NMWimaxNspNetworkType

P

-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.PPP, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.PPP +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.PPP, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.PPP
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.PPP.NeedSecrets(), The NeedSecrets() method +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.PPP.NeedSecrets(), The NeedSecrets() method
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.PPP.SetIp4Config(), The SetIp4Config() method +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.PPP.SetIp4Config(), The SetIp4Config() method
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.PPP.SetIp6Config(), The SetIp6Config() method +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.PPP.SetIp6Config(), The SetIp6Config() method
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.PPP.SetState(), The SetState() method +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.PPP.SetState(), The SetState() method

V

-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Connection, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Connection +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Connection, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Connection
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Connection::PropertiesChanged, The "PropertiesChanged" signal +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Connection::PropertiesChanged, The "PropertiesChanged" signal
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Connection::VpnStateChanged, The "VpnStateChanged" signal +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Connection::VpnStateChanged, The "VpnStateChanged" signal
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Connection:Banner, The "Banner" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Connection:Banner, The "Banner" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Connection:VpnState, The "VpnState" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Connection:VpnState, The "VpnState" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Plugin, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Plugin +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Plugin, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Plugin
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Plugin.Connect(), The Connect() method +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Plugin.Connect(), The Connect() method
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Plugin.ConnectInteractive(), The ConnectInteractive() method +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Plugin.ConnectInteractive(), The ConnectInteractive() method
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Plugin.Disconnect(), The Disconnect() method +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Plugin.Disconnect(), The Disconnect() method
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Plugin.NeedSecrets(), The NeedSecrets() method +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Plugin.NeedSecrets(), The NeedSecrets() method
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Plugin.NewSecrets(), The NewSecrets() method +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Plugin.NewSecrets(), The NewSecrets() method
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Plugin.SetConfig(), The SetConfig() method +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Plugin.SetConfig(), The SetConfig() method
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Plugin.SetFailure(), The SetFailure() method +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Plugin.SetFailure(), The SetFailure() method
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Plugin.SetIp4Config(), The SetIp4Config() method +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Plugin.SetIp4Config(), The SetIp4Config() method
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Plugin.SetIp6Config(), The SetIp6Config() method +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Plugin.SetIp6Config(), The SetIp6Config() method
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Plugin::Config, The "Config" signal +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Plugin::Config, The "Config" signal
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Plugin::Failure, The "Failure" signal +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Plugin::Failure, The "Failure" signal
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Plugin::Ip4Config, The "Ip4Config" signal +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Plugin::Ip4Config, The "Ip4Config" signal
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Plugin::Ip6Config, The "Ip6Config" signal +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Plugin::Ip6Config, The "Ip6Config" signal
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Plugin::LoginBanner, The "LoginBanner" signal +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Plugin::LoginBanner, The "LoginBanner" signal
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Plugin::SecretsRequired, The "SecretsRequired" signal +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Plugin::SecretsRequired, The "SecretsRequired" signal
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Plugin::StateChanged, The "StateChanged" signal +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Plugin::StateChanged, The "StateChanged" signal
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Plugin:State, The "State" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Plugin:State, The "State" property
diff --git a/docs/api/html/license.html b/docs/api/html/license.html index 211b7445..8c1c8ae0 100644 --- a/docs/api/html/license.html +++ b/docs/api/html/license.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Appendix A. License: NetworkManager Reference Manual - + diff --git a/docs/api/html/manpages.html b/docs/api/html/manpages.html index 8ad2e97e..1e07597e 100644 --- a/docs/api/html/manpages.html +++ b/docs/api/html/manpages.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Manual Pages: NetworkManager Reference Manual - + diff --git a/docs/api/html/nm-dbus-types.html b/docs/api/html/nm-dbus-types.html index b85cc306..0f8c320d 100644 --- a/docs/api/html/nm-dbus-types.html +++ b/docs/api/html/nm-dbus-types.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NetworkManager D-Bus API Types: NetworkManager Reference Manual - + @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@

Values

-
+
@@ -172,7 +172,7 @@

Values

-
+
@@ -266,7 +266,7 @@

Values

-
+
@@ -600,7 +600,7 @@

Values

-
+
@@ -679,7 +679,7 @@

Values

-
+
@@ -878,7 +878,7 @@

Values

-
+
@@ -927,7 +927,7 @@

Values

-
+
@@ -1111,7 +1111,7 @@

Values

-
+
@@ -1190,7 +1190,7 @@

Values

-
+
@@ -1254,7 +1254,7 @@

Values

-
+
@@ -1348,7 +1348,7 @@

Values

-
+
@@ -1426,7 +1426,7 @@

Values

-
+
@@ -1640,7 +1640,7 @@

Values

-
+
@@ -2604,7 +2604,7 @@

Values

-
+
@@ -2698,7 +2698,7 @@

Values

-
+
@@ -2792,7 +2792,7 @@

Values

-
+
@@ -2901,7 +2901,7 @@

Values

-
+
@@ -2951,7 +2951,7 @@

Values

-
+
@@ -3121,7 +3121,7 @@

Values

-
+
@@ -3171,7 +3171,7 @@

Values

-
+
diff --git a/docs/api/html/nm-online.html b/docs/api/html/nm-online.html index 06ff88d8..b13bd4c5 100644 --- a/docs/api/html/nm-online.html +++ b/docs/api/html/nm-online.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ nm-online: NetworkManager Reference Manual - + diff --git a/docs/api/html/nm-settings-ifcfg-rh.html b/docs/api/html/nm-settings-ifcfg-rh.html index e188551a..0883692d 100644 --- a/docs/api/html/nm-settings-ifcfg-rh.html +++ b/docs/api/html/nm-settings-ifcfg-rh.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ nm-settings-ifcfg-rh: NetworkManager Reference Manual - + @@ -253,7 +253,7 @@ DEVICETYPE=TeamPort

Table 62. 802-1x setting

-
+
@@ -528,7 +528,7 @@ Example: IEEE_8021X_PRIVATE_KEY=/home/joe/mykey.p12

Table 63. bond setting

-
+
@@ -553,7 +553,7 @@ Example: BONDING_OPTS="miimon=100 mode=broadcast"

Table 64. bridge-port setting

-
+
@@ -594,7 +594,7 @@ Allowed values: 1 - 65535

Table 65. bridge setting

-
+
@@ -674,7 +674,7 @@ Allowed values: 0 or 1

Table 66. connection setting

-
+
@@ -820,7 +820,7 @@ Allowed values: boolean value or 'rx'

Table 67. dcb setting

-
+
@@ -955,7 +955,7 @@ Example: DCB_PG_UP2TC=01623701

Table 68. infiniband setting

-
+
@@ -1010,7 +1010,7 @@ Example: PHYSDEV=ib0

Table 69. ip-tunnel setting

-
+
@@ -1028,7 +1028,7 @@ Example: PHYSDEV=ib0

Table 70. ipv4 setting

-
+
@@ -1180,7 +1180,7 @@ Example: DHCP_FQDN=foo.bar.com

Table 71. ipv6 setting

-
+
@@ -1317,7 +1317,7 @@ Example: IPV6_TOKEN=::53

Table 72. macvlan setting

-
+
@@ -1335,7 +1335,7 @@ Example: IPV6_TOKEN=::53

Table 73. team-port setting

-
+
@@ -1358,7 +1358,7 @@ Example: IPV6_TOKEN=::53

Table 74. team setting

-
+
@@ -1381,7 +1381,7 @@ Example: IPV6_TOKEN=::53

Table 75. tun setting

-
+
@@ -1399,7 +1399,7 @@ Example: IPV6_TOKEN=::53

Table 76. vlan setting

-
+
@@ -1462,7 +1462,7 @@ Example: PHYSDEV=eth0, VLAN_ID=12; or DEVICE=eth0.12

Table 77. vxlan setting

-
+
@@ -1480,7 +1480,7 @@ Example: PHYSDEV=eth0, VLAN_ID=12; or DEVICE=eth0.12

Table 78. 802-3-ethernet setting

-
+
@@ -1580,7 +1580,7 @@ Allowed values: "qeth", "lcs" or "ctc"

Table 79. 802-11-wireless-security setting

-
+
@@ -1732,7 +1732,7 @@ Example: KEY1=s:ahoj, KEY1=0a1c45bc02, KEY_PASSPHRASE1=mysuperse

Table 80. 802-11-wireless setting

-
+
diff --git a/docs/api/html/nm-settings-keyfile.html b/docs/api/html/nm-settings-keyfile.html index 809d7cd1..03e48042 100644 --- a/docs/api/html/nm-settings-keyfile.html +++ b/docs/api/html/nm-settings-keyfile.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ nm-settings-keyfile: NetworkManager Reference Manual - + @@ -189,7 +189,7 @@ id=4

Table 54. bridge setting (section)

-
+
@@ -214,7 +214,7 @@ Example: mac-address=00:22:68:12:79:A2 mac-address=0;34;104;18;1

Table 55. infiniband setting (section)

-
+
@@ -239,7 +239,7 @@ Example: mac-address= 80:00:00:6d:fe:80:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:02:

Table 56. ipv4 setting (section)

-
+
@@ -290,7 +290,7 @@ Example: route1=8.8.8.0/24,10.1.1.1,77 route2=7.7.0.0/16

Table 57. ipv6 setting (section)

-
+
@@ -341,7 +341,7 @@ Example: route1=2001:4860:4860::/64,2620:52:0:2219:222:68ff:fe11

Table 58. serial setting (section)

-
+
@@ -366,7 +366,7 @@ Example: parity=n

Table 59. vpn setting (section)

-
+
@@ -401,7 +401,7 @@ Example: password=Popocatepetl

Table 60. 802-3-ethernet setting (section)

-
+
@@ -440,7 +440,7 @@ Example: mac-address-blacklist= 00:22:68:12:79:A6;00:22:68:12:79

Table 61. 802-11-wireless setting (section)

-
+
diff --git a/docs/api/html/nm-settings.html b/docs/api/html/nm-settings.html index 6d729dde..3842734c 100644 --- a/docs/api/html/nm-settings.html +++ b/docs/api/html/nm-settings.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ nm-settings: NetworkManager Reference Manual - + @@ -95,7 +95,7 @@

Table 24. 802-1x setting

-
+
@@ -359,7 +359,7 @@

Table 25. adsl setting

-
+
@@ -434,7 +434,7 @@

Table 26. bluetooth setting

-
+
@@ -474,7 +474,7 @@

Table 27. bond setting

-
+
@@ -514,7 +514,7 @@

Table 28. bridge setting

-
+
@@ -603,7 +603,7 @@

Table 29. bridge-port setting

-
+
@@ -650,7 +650,7 @@

Table 30. cdma setting

-
+
@@ -704,7 +704,7 @@

Table 31. connection setting

-
+
@@ -856,7 +856,7 @@

Table 32. dcb setting

-
+
@@ -987,7 +987,7 @@

Table 33. generic setting

-
+
@@ -1011,7 +1011,7 @@

Table 34. gsm setting

-
+
@@ -1121,7 +1121,7 @@

Table 35. infiniband setting

-
+
@@ -1182,7 +1182,7 @@

Table 36. ipv4 setting

-
+
@@ -1355,7 +1355,7 @@

Table 37. ipv6 setting

-
+
@@ -1535,7 +1535,7 @@

Table 38. ip-tunnel setting

-
+
@@ -1645,7 +1645,7 @@

Table 39. macvlan setting

-
+
@@ -1699,7 +1699,7 @@

Table 40. 802-11-olpc-mesh setting

-
+
@@ -1746,7 +1746,7 @@

Table 41. ppp setting

-
+
@@ -1898,7 +1898,7 @@

Table 42. pppoe setting

-
+
@@ -1952,7 +1952,7 @@

Table 43. serial setting

-
+
@@ -2013,7 +2013,7 @@

Table 44. team setting

-
+
@@ -2053,7 +2053,7 @@

Table 45. team-port setting

-
+
@@ -2086,7 +2086,7 @@

Table 46. tun setting

-
+
@@ -2154,7 +2154,7 @@

Table 47. vlan setting

-
+
@@ -2222,7 +2222,7 @@

Table 48. vpn setting

-
+
@@ -2290,7 +2290,7 @@

Table 49. vxlan setting

-
+
@@ -2428,7 +2428,7 @@

Table 50. wimax setting

-
+
@@ -2468,7 +2468,7 @@

Table 51. 802-3-ethernet setting

-
+
@@ -2599,7 +2599,7 @@

Table 52. 802-11-wireless setting

-
+
@@ -2751,7 +2751,7 @@

Table 53. 802-11-wireless-security setting

-
+
diff --git a/docs/api/html/nm-vpn-dbus-types.html b/docs/api/html/nm-vpn-dbus-types.html index 34dd9730..20bb6a55 100644 --- a/docs/api/html/nm-vpn-dbus-types.html +++ b/docs/api/html/nm-vpn-dbus-types.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ VPN Plugin D-Bus API Types: NetworkManager Reference Manual - + @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@

Values

-
+
@@ -158,7 +158,7 @@

Values

-
+
@@ -297,7 +297,7 @@

Values

-
+
@@ -496,7 +496,7 @@

Values

-
+
diff --git a/docs/api/html/nmcli-examples.html b/docs/api/html/nmcli-examples.html index 6200c1f0..5a979cdf 100644 --- a/docs/api/html/nmcli-examples.html +++ b/docs/api/html/nmcli-examples.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ nmcli-examples: NetworkManager Reference Manual - + diff --git a/docs/api/html/nmcli.html b/docs/api/html/nmcli.html index 4a280e99..5a266122 100644 --- a/docs/api/html/nmcli.html +++ b/docs/api/html/nmcli.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ nmcli: NetworkManager Reference Manual - + @@ -1203,7 +1203,7 @@ multiple connection types (such as mtu).

Table 1. Options for all connections

-
+
@@ -1258,7 +1258,7 @@ or id/ to disambiguate it.

Table 2. PPPoE options

-
+
@@ -1285,7 +1285,7 @@ or id/ to disambiguate it.

Table 3. Wired Ethernet options

-
+
@@ -1312,7 +1312,7 @@ or id/ to disambiguate it.

Table 4. Infiniband options

-
+
@@ -1347,7 +1347,7 @@ or id/ to disambiguate it.

Table 5. Wi-Fi options

-
+
@@ -1382,7 +1382,7 @@ or id/ to disambiguate it.

Table 6. WiMax options

-
+
@@ -1405,7 +1405,7 @@ or id/ to disambiguate it.

Table 7. GSM options

-
+
@@ -1432,7 +1432,7 @@ or id/ to disambiguate it.

Table 8. CDMA options

-
+
@@ -1455,7 +1455,7 @@ or id/ to disambiguate it.

Table 9. Bluetooth options

-
+
@@ -1486,7 +1486,7 @@ appropriate gsm.* or cdma.*

Table 10. VLAN options

-
+
@@ -1521,7 +1521,7 @@ appropriate gsm.* or cdma.*

Table 11. Bonding options

-
+
@@ -1551,7 +1551,7 @@ It's equivalent of using the +bond.options 'option=value'<

Table 12. Team options

-
+
@@ -1568,7 +1568,7 @@ It's equivalent of using the +bond.options 'option=value'<

Table 13. Team port options

-
+
@@ -1585,7 +1585,7 @@ It's equivalent of using the +bond.options 'option=value'<

Table 14. Bridge options

-
+
@@ -1644,7 +1644,7 @@ It's equivalent of using the +bond.options 'option=value'<

Table 15. VPN options

-
+
@@ -1667,7 +1667,7 @@ It's equivalent of using the +bond.options 'option=value'<

Table 16. OLPC Mesh options

-
+
@@ -1694,7 +1694,7 @@ It's equivalent of using the +bond.options 'option=value'<

Table 17. ADSL options

-
+
@@ -1725,7 +1725,7 @@ It's equivalent of using the +bond.options 'option=value'<

Table 18. MACVLAN options

-
+
@@ -1752,7 +1752,7 @@ It's equivalent of using the +bond.options 'option=value'<

Table 19. VxLAN options

-
+
@@ -1795,7 +1795,7 @@ It's equivalent of using the +bond.options 'option=value'<

Table 20. Tun options

-
+
@@ -1834,7 +1834,7 @@ It's equivalent of using the +bond.options 'option=value'<

Table 21. IP tunneling options

-
+
@@ -1865,7 +1865,7 @@ It's equivalent of using the +bond.options 'option=value'<

Table 22. IPv4 options

-
+
@@ -1893,7 +1893,7 @@ It's equivalent of using +ipv4.addresses syntax.

Table 23. IPv6 options

-
+
diff --git a/docs/api/html/nmtui.html b/docs/api/html/nmtui.html index ee67dbbb..7a4d5f84 100644 --- a/docs/api/html/nmtui.html +++ b/docs/api/html/nmtui.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ nmtui: NetworkManager Reference Manual - + diff --git a/docs/api/html/ref-settings.html b/docs/api/html/ref-settings.html index dd29c91c..a9046e2b 100644 --- a/docs/api/html/ref-settings.html +++ b/docs/api/html/ref-settings.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Network Configuration Setting Specification: NetworkManager Reference Manual - + @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ Configuration Settings

Table 81. 802-1x setting

-
+
@@ -268,7 +268,7 @@


Table 82. adsl setting

-
+
@@ -336,7 +336,7 @@


Table 83. bluetooth setting

-
+
@@ -374,7 +374,7 @@


Table 84. bond setting

-
+
@@ -412,7 +412,7 @@


Table 85. bridge setting

-
+
@@ -492,7 +492,7 @@


Table 86. bridge-port setting

-
+
@@ -536,7 +536,7 @@


Table 87. cdma setting

-
+
@@ -586,7 +586,7 @@


Table 88. connection setting

-
+
@@ -720,7 +720,7 @@


Table 89. dcb setting

-
+
@@ -836,7 +836,7 @@


Table 90. generic setting

-
+
@@ -860,7 +860,7 @@


Table 91. gsm setting

-
+
@@ -958,7 +958,7 @@


Table 92. infiniband setting

-
+
@@ -1014,7 +1014,7 @@


Table 93. ipv4 setting

-
+
@@ -1166,7 +1166,7 @@


Table 94. ipv6 setting

-
+
@@ -1324,7 +1324,7 @@


Table 95. ip-tunnel setting

-
+
@@ -1422,7 +1422,7 @@


Table 96. macvlan setting

-
+
@@ -1472,7 +1472,7 @@


Table 97. 802-11-olpc-mesh setting

-
+
@@ -1516,7 +1516,7 @@


Table 98. ppp setting

-
+
@@ -1650,7 +1650,7 @@


Table 99. pppoe setting

-
+
@@ -1700,7 +1700,7 @@


Table 100. serial setting

-
+
@@ -1756,7 +1756,7 @@


Table 101. team setting

-
+
@@ -1794,7 +1794,7 @@


Table 102. team-port setting

-
+
@@ -1826,7 +1826,7 @@


Table 103. tun setting

-
+
@@ -1888,7 +1888,7 @@


Table 104. vlan setting

-
+
@@ -1950,7 +1950,7 @@


Table 105. vpn setting

-
+
@@ -2012,7 +2012,7 @@


Table 106. vxlan setting

-
+
@@ -2134,7 +2134,7 @@


Table 107. wimax setting

-
+
@@ -2172,7 +2172,7 @@


Table 108. 802-3-ethernet setting

-
+
@@ -2288,7 +2288,7 @@


Table 109. 802-11-wireless setting

-
+
@@ -2422,7 +2422,7 @@


Table 110. 802-11-wireless-security setting

-
+
diff --git a/docs/api/html/secrets-flags.html b/docs/api/html/secrets-flags.html index d27eb23f..821d977b 100644 --- a/docs/api/html/secrets-flags.html +++ b/docs/api/html/secrets-flags.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Secret flag types: NetworkManager Reference Manual - + diff --git a/docs/api/html/spec.html b/docs/api/html/spec.html index 20919a47..812af8a3 100644 --- a/docs/api/html/spec.html +++ b/docs/api/html/spec.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ D-Bus API Reference: NetworkManager Reference Manual - + diff --git a/docs/api/version.xml b/docs/api/version.xml index 9df886c4..1c99cf0e 100644 --- a/docs/api/version.xml +++ b/docs/api/version.xml @@ -1 +1 @@ -1.4.2 +1.4.4 diff --git a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMAccessPoint.html b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMAccessPoint.html index e592bbe4..933e4c59 100644 --- a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMAccessPoint.html +++ b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMAccessPoint.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMAccessPoint: libnm-glib Reference Manual - + @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@

Functions

-
+
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ -
-GObject * +GObject * nm_access_point_new () @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@
-NM80211ApFlags +NM80211ApFlags nm_access_point_get_flags () @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@
-NM80211ApSecurityFlags +NM80211ApSecurityFlags nm_access_point_get_wpa_flags () @@ -67,14 +67,14 @@
-NM80211ApSecurityFlags +NM80211ApSecurityFlags nm_access_point_get_rsn_flags ()
const GByteArray * +const GByteArray * nm_access_point_get_ssid () @@ -89,7 +89,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_access_point_get_frequency () @@ -97,7 +97,7 @@
-NM80211Mode +NM80211Mode nm_access_point_get_mode () @@ -105,7 +105,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_access_point_get_max_bitrate () @@ -113,7 +113,7 @@
-guint8 +guint8 nm_access_point_get_strength () @@ -121,7 +121,7 @@
-gint +gint nm_access_point_get_last_seen () @@ -129,7 +129,7 @@
-GSList * +GSList * nm_access_point_filter_connections () @@ -137,7 +137,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_access_point_connection_valid () @@ -155,7 +155,7 @@

Properties

-
+
@@ -164,43 +164,43 @@ +gchar * - + - + +gchar * - + - + - + - + @@ -211,12 +211,12 @@ - + - + @@ -225,7 +225,7 @@

Types and Values

-
-gchar * bssid Read
guintguint flags Read
guintguint frequency Read
-gchar * hw-address Read
gintgint last-seen Read
guintguint max-bitrate Read
guintguint mode Read
guintguint rsn-flags Read
Read
gucharguchar strength Read
guintguint wpa-flags Read
+
@@ -280,7 +280,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMAccessPoint
 
@@ -292,13 +292,13 @@

Functions

nm_access_point_new ()

-
GObject *
-nm_access_point_new (DBusGConnection *connection,
+
GObject *
+nm_access_point_new (DBusGConnection *connection,
                      const char *path);

Creates a new NMAccessPoint.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -307,7 +307,7 @@ nm_access_point_new (

connection

-
+ @@ -327,12 +327,12 @@ nm_access_point_new (

nm_access_point_get_flags ()

-
NM80211ApFlags
+
NM80211ApFlags
 nm_access_point_get_flags (NMAccessPoint *ap);

Gets the flags of the access point.

Parameters

-

the DBusGConnection

the DBusGConnection

 
+
@@ -353,12 +353,12 @@ nm_access_point_get_flags (

nm_access_point_get_wpa_flags ()

-
NM80211ApSecurityFlags
+
NM80211ApSecurityFlags
 nm_access_point_get_wpa_flags (NMAccessPoint *ap);

Gets the WPA (version 1) flags of the access point.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -379,13 +379,13 @@ nm_access_point_get_wpa_flags (

nm_access_point_get_rsn_flags ()

-
NM80211ApSecurityFlags
+
NM80211ApSecurityFlags
 nm_access_point_get_rsn_flags (NMAccessPoint *ap);

Gets the RSN (Robust Secure Network, ie WPA version 2) flags of the access point.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -406,12 +406,12 @@ point.


nm_access_point_get_ssid ()

-
const GByteArray *
+
const GByteArray *
 nm_access_point_get_ssid (NMAccessPoint *ap);

Gets the SSID of the access point.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -426,7 +426,7 @@ nm_access_point_get_ssid (

Returns

-

the GByteArray containing the SSID. This is the internal copy used by the +

the GByteArray containing the SSID. This is the internal copy used by the access point, and must not be modified.

@@ -438,7 +438,7 @@ nm_access_point_get_bssid (

Parameters

-
+
@@ -460,12 +460,12 @@ not be modified or freed.


nm_access_point_get_frequency ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_access_point_get_frequency (NMAccessPoint *ap);

Gets the frequency of the access point.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -486,12 +486,12 @@ nm_access_point_get_frequency (

nm_access_point_get_mode ()

-
NM80211Mode
+
NM80211Mode
 nm_access_point_get_mode (NMAccessPoint *ap);

Gets the mode of the access point.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -512,12 +512,12 @@ nm_access_point_get_mode (

nm_access_point_get_max_bitrate ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_access_point_get_max_bitrate (NMAccessPoint *ap);

Gets the maximum bit rate of the access point in kbit/s.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -538,12 +538,12 @@ nm_access_point_get_max_bitrate (

nm_access_point_get_strength ()

-
guint8
+
guint8
 nm_access_point_get_strength (NMAccessPoint *ap);

Gets the current signal strength of the access point.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -564,14 +564,14 @@ nm_access_point_get_strength (

nm_access_point_get_last_seen ()

-
gint
+
gint
 nm_access_point_get_last_seen (NMAccessPoint *ap);

Returns the timestamp (in CLOCK_BOOTTIME seconds) for the last time the access point was found in scan results. A value of -1 means the access point has not been found in a scan.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -593,9 +593,9 @@ point has not been found in a scan.


nm_access_point_filter_connections ()

-
GSList *
+
GSList *
 nm_access_point_filter_connections (NMAccessPoint *ap,
-                                    const GSList *connections);
+ const GSList *connections);

Filters a given list of connections for a given NMAccessPoint object and return connections which may be activated with the access point. Any returned connections will match the ap @@ -607,7 +607,7 @@ for a given

Parameters

-
+
@@ -622,7 +622,7 @@ filter that list with this function.

+NMConnection objects to filter.

@@ -631,20 +631,20 @@ filter that list with this function.

Returns

a -list of NMConnection objects that could be activated with the given ap +list of NMConnection objects that could be activated with the given ap . The elements of the list are owned by their creator and should not be freed by the caller, but the returned list itself is owned by the caller and should -be freed with g_slist_free() when it is no longer required.

+be freed with g_slist_free() when it is no longer required.

[transfer container][element-type NMConnection]


nm_access_point_connection_valid ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_access_point_connection_valid (NMAccessPoint *ap,
-                                  NMConnection *connection);
+ NMConnection *connection);

Validates a given connection against a given Wi-Fi access point to ensure that the connection may be activated with that AP. The connection must match the ap @@ -652,7 +652,7 @@ the connection may be activated with that AP. The connection must match the channel, band, etc.

Parameters

-

connections

a list of -NMConnection objects to filter.

[element-type NMConnection]
+
@@ -667,7 +667,7 @@ against

- @@ -676,8 +676,8 @@ against

Returns

-

TRUE if the connection may be activated with this Wi-Fi AP, -FALSE if it cannot be.

+

TRUE if the connection may be activated with this Wi-Fi AP, +FALSE if it cannot be.


@@ -692,7 +692,7 @@ nm_access_point_get_hw_address (Gets the hardware (MAC) address of the access point.

Parameters

-

connection

an NMConnection to validate against ap +

an NMConnection to validate against ap

 
+
@@ -784,7 +784,7 @@ access point and must not be modified.

Property Details

The “bssid” property

-
  “bssid”                    gchar *
+
  “bssid”                    gchar *

The BSSID of the access point.

Flags: Read

Default value: NULL

@@ -792,7 +792,7 @@ access point and must not be modified.


The “flags” property

-
  “flags”                    guint
+
  “flags”                    guint

The flags of the access point.

Flags: Read

Allowed values: <= 1

@@ -801,7 +801,7 @@ access point and must not be modified.


The “frequency” property

-
  “frequency”                guint
+
  “frequency”                guint

The frequency of the access point.

Flags: Read

Allowed values: <= 10000

@@ -810,7 +810,7 @@ access point and must not be modified.


The “hw-address” property

-
  “hw-address”               gchar *
+
  “hw-address”               gchar *

The hardware address of the access point.

Flags: Read

Default value: NULL

@@ -818,7 +818,7 @@ access point and must not be modified.


The “last-seen” property

-
  “last-seen”                gint
+
  “last-seen”                gint

The timestamp (in CLOCK_BOOTTIME seconds) for the last time the access point was found in scan results. A value of -1 means the access point has not been found in a scan.

@@ -830,7 +830,7 @@ access point has not been found in a scan.


The “max-bitrate” property

-
  “max-bitrate”              guint
+
  “max-bitrate”              guint

The maximum bit rate of the access point in kbit/s.

Flags: Read

Default value: 0

@@ -838,7 +838,7 @@ access point has not been found in a scan.


The “mode” property

-
  “mode”                     guint
+
  “mode”                     guint

The mode of the access point; either "infrastructure" (a central coordinator of the wireless network allowing clients to connect) or "ad-hoc" (a network with no central controller).

@@ -849,7 +849,7 @@ coordinator of the wireless network allowing clients to connect) or

The “rsn-flags” property

-
  “rsn-flags”                guint
+
  “rsn-flags”                guint

The RSN flags of the access point.

Flags: Read

Default value: 0

@@ -864,7 +864,7 @@ coordinator of the wireless network allowing clients to connect) or

The “strength” property

-
  “strength”                 guchar
+
  “strength”                 guchar

The current signal strength of the access point.

Flags: Read

Default value: 0

@@ -872,7 +872,7 @@ coordinator of the wireless network allowing clients to connect) or

The “wpa-flags” property

-
  “wpa-flags”                guint
+
  “wpa-flags”                guint

The WPA flags of the access point.

Flags: Read

Default value: 0

diff --git a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMActiveConnection.html b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMActiveConnection.html index 26fc631c..5e3bd623 100644 --- a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMActiveConnection.html +++ b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMActiveConnection.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMActiveConnection: libnm-glib Reference Manual - + @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@

Functions

-
+
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ -
-GObject * +GObject * nm_active_connection_new () @@ -85,7 +85,7 @@
const GPtrArray * +const GPtrArray * nm_active_connection_get_devices () @@ -93,7 +93,7 @@
-NMActiveConnectionState +NMActiveConnectionState nm_active_connection_get_state () @@ -108,7 +108,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_active_connection_get_default () @@ -132,7 +132,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_active_connection_get_default6 () @@ -156,7 +156,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_active_connection_get_vpn () @@ -167,7 +167,7 @@

Properties

-
+
@@ -176,17 +176,17 @@ +gchar * - + - + @@ -210,7 +210,7 @@ +gchar * @@ -228,35 +228,35 @@ +gchar * +gchar * - + +gchar * +gchar * - + @@ -265,7 +265,7 @@

Types and Values

-
-gchar * connection Read
gbooleangboolean default Read
gbooleangboolean default6 Read
-gchar * id Read
-gchar * master Read
-gchar * specific-object Read
guintguint state Read
-gchar * type Read
-gchar * uuid Read
gbooleangboolean vpn Read
+
@@ -336,7 +336,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMActiveConnection
             ╰── NMVPNConnection
@@ -349,13 +349,13 @@
 

Functions

nm_active_connection_new ()

-
GObject *
-nm_active_connection_new (DBusGConnection *connection,
+
GObject *
+nm_active_connection_new (DBusGConnection *connection,
                           const char *path);

Creates a new NMActiveConnection.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -364,7 +364,7 @@ nm_active_connection_new (

connection

-
+ @@ -386,12 +386,12 @@ nm_active_connection_new (

nm_active_connection_get_connection ()

const char *
 nm_active_connection_get_connection (NMActiveConnection *connection);
-

Gets the NMConnection's DBus object path. This is often used with +

Gets the NMConnection's DBus object path. This is often used with nm_remote_settings_get_connection_by_path() to retrieve the NMRemoteConnection object that describes the connection.

Parameters

-

the DBusGConnection

the DBusGConnection

 
+
@@ -406,7 +406,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_connection (

Returns

-

the object path of the NMConnection which this NMActiveConnection +

the object path of the NMConnection which this NMActiveConnection is an active instance of. This is the internal string used by the connection, and must not be modified.

@@ -416,10 +416,10 @@ connection, and must not be modified.

nm_active_connection_get_id ()

const char *
 nm_active_connection_get_id (NMActiveConnection *connection);
-

Gets the NMConnection's ID.

+

Gets the NMConnection's ID.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -434,7 +434,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_id (

Returns

-

the ID of the NMConnection that backs the NMActiveConnection. +

the ID of the NMConnection that backs the NMActiveConnection. This is the internal string used by the connection, and must not be modified.

Since: 0.9.10

@@ -444,10 +444,10 @@ This is the internal string used by the connection, and must not be modified.

nm_active_connection_get_uuid ()

const char *
 nm_active_connection_get_uuid (NMActiveConnection *connection);
-

Gets the NMConnection's UUID.

+

Gets the NMConnection's UUID.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -462,7 +462,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_uuid (

Returns

-

the UUID of the NMConnection that backs the NMActiveConnection. +

the UUID of the NMConnection that backs the NMActiveConnection. This is the internal string used by the connection, and must not be modified.

@@ -472,10 +472,10 @@ This is the internal string used by the connection, and must not be modified.

const char * nm_active_connection_get_connection_type (NMActiveConnection *connection); -

Gets the NMConnection's type.

+

Gets the NMConnection's type.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -490,7 +490,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_connection_type

Returns

-

the type of the NMConnection that backs the NMActiveConnection. +

the type of the NMConnection that backs the NMActiveConnection. This is the internal string used by the connection, and must not be modified.

Since: 0.9.10

@@ -504,7 +504,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_specific_object

Gets the "specific object" used at the activation.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -526,12 +526,12 @@ connection, and must not be modified.


nm_active_connection_get_devices ()

-
const GPtrArray *
+
const GPtrArray *
 nm_active_connection_get_devices (NMActiveConnection *connection);
-

Gets the NMDevices used for the active connections.

+

Gets the NMDevices used for the active connections.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -546,7 +546,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_devices (

Returns

-

the GPtrArray containing NMDevices. +

the GPtrArray containing NMDevices. This is the internal copy used by the connection, and must not be modified.

[element-type NMDevice]

@@ -554,12 +554,12 @@ This is the internal copy used by the connection, and must not be modified.


nm_active_connection_get_state ()

-
NMActiveConnectionState
+
NMActiveConnectionState
 nm_active_connection_get_state (NMActiveConnection *connection);

Gets the active connection's state.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -585,7 +585,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_master (Gets the path to the master NMDevice of the connection.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -607,13 +607,13 @@ This is the internal string used by the connection, and must not be modified.

nm_active_connection_get_default ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_active_connection_get_default (NMActiveConnection *connection);

Whether the active connection is the default IPv4 one (that is, is used for the default IPv4 route and DNS information).

Parameters

-
+
@@ -628,7 +628,7 @@ the default IPv4 route and DNS information).

Returns

-

TRUE if the active connection is the default IPv4 connection

+

TRUE if the active connection is the default IPv4 connection


@@ -639,7 +639,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_ip4_config (Gets the current NMIP4Config associated with the NMActiveConnection.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -654,8 +654,8 @@ nm_active_connection_get_ip4_config (

Returns

-

the NMIP4Config, or NULL if the -connection is not in the NM_ACTIVE_CONNECTION_STATE_ACTIVATED +

the NMIP4Config, or NULL if the +connection is not in the NM_ACTIVE_CONNECTION_STATE_ACTIVATED state.

[transfer none]

@@ -670,7 +670,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_dhcp4_config (NMActiveConnection.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -685,9 +685,9 @@ nm_active_connection_get_dhcp4_config (

Returns

-

the NMDHCP4Config, or NULL if the +

the NMDHCP4Config, or NULL if the connection does not use DHCP, or is not in the -NM_ACTIVE_CONNECTION_STATE_ACTIVATED state.

+NM_ACTIVE_CONNECTION_STATE_ACTIVATED state.

[transfer none]

Since: 0.9.10

@@ -695,13 +695,13 @@ connection does not use DHCP, or is not in the

nm_active_connection_get_default6 ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_active_connection_get_default6 (NMActiveConnection *connection);

Whether the active connection is the default IPv6 one (that is, is used for the default IPv6 route and DNS information).

Parameters

-
+
@@ -716,7 +716,7 @@ the default IPv6 route and DNS information).

Returns

-

TRUE if the active connection is the default IPv6 connection

+

TRUE if the active connection is the default IPv6 connection


@@ -727,7 +727,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_ip6_config (Gets the current NMIP6Config associated with the NMActiveConnection.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -742,8 +742,8 @@ nm_active_connection_get_ip6_config (

Returns

-

the NMIP6Config, or NULL if the -connection is not in the NM_ACTIVE_CONNECTION_STATE_ACTIVATED +

the NMIP6Config, or NULL if the +connection is not in the NM_ACTIVE_CONNECTION_STATE_ACTIVATED state.

[transfer none]

@@ -758,7 +758,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_dhcp6_config (NMActiveConnection.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -773,9 +773,9 @@ nm_active_connection_get_dhcp6_config (

Returns

-

the NMDHCP6Config, or NULL if the +

the NMDHCP6Config, or NULL if the connection does not use DHCPv6, or is not in the -NM_ACTIVE_CONNECTION_STATE_ACTIVATED state.

+NM_ACTIVE_CONNECTION_STATE_ACTIVATED state.

[transfer none]

Since: 0.9.10

@@ -783,12 +783,12 @@ connection does not use DHCPv6, or is not in the

nm_active_connection_get_vpn ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_active_connection_get_vpn (NMActiveConnection *connection);

Whether the active connection is a VPN connection.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -803,7 +803,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_vpn (

Returns

-

TRUE if the active connection is a VPN connection

+

TRUE if the active connection is a VPN connection

Since: 0.9.10

@@ -904,7 +904,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_vpn (

Property Details

The “connection” property

-
  “connection”               gchar *
+
  “connection”               gchar *

The connection's path of the active connection.

Flags: Read

Default value: NULL

@@ -912,7 +912,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_vpn (

The “default” property

-
  “default”                  gboolean
+
  “default”                  gboolean

Whether the active connection is the default IPv4 one.

Flags: Read

Default value: FALSE

@@ -920,7 +920,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_vpn (

The “default6” property

-
  “default6”                 gboolean
+
  “default6”                 gboolean

Whether the active connection is the default IPv6 one.

Flags: Read

Default value: FALSE

@@ -950,7 +950,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_vpn (

The “id” property

-
  “id”                       gchar *
+
  “id”                       gchar *

The active connection's ID

Flags: Read

Default value: NULL

@@ -975,7 +975,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_vpn (

The “master” property

-
  “master”                   gchar *
+
  “master”                   gchar *

The path of the master device if one exists.

Flags: Read

Default value: NULL

@@ -983,7 +983,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_vpn (

The “specific-object” property

-
  “specific-object”          gchar *
+
  “specific-object”          gchar *

The specific object's path of the active connection.

Flags: Read

Default value: NULL

@@ -991,7 +991,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_vpn (

The “state” property

-
  “state”                    guint
+
  “state”                    guint

The state of the active connection.

Flags: Read

Allowed values: <= 3

@@ -1000,7 +1000,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_vpn (

The “type” property

-
  “type”                     gchar *
+
  “type”                     gchar *

The active connection's type

Flags: Read

Default value: NULL

@@ -1009,7 +1009,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_vpn (

The “uuid” property

-
  “uuid”                     gchar *
+
  “uuid”                     gchar *

The active connection's UUID

Flags: Read

Default value: NULL

@@ -1017,7 +1017,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_vpn (

The “vpn” property

-
  “vpn”                      gboolean
+
  “vpn”                      gboolean

Whether the active connection is a VPN connection.

Flags: Read

Default value: FALSE

diff --git a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMClient.html b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMClient.html index 0a39bdb1..aef7ab18 100644 --- a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMClient.html +++ b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMClient.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMClient: libnm-glib Reference Manual - + @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@

Functions

-
+
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ - - -
-GQuark +GQuark nm_client_error_quark () @@ -75,14 +75,14 @@
const GPtrArray * +const GPtrArray * nm_client_get_devices ()
const GPtrArray * +const GPtrArray * nm_client_get_all_devices () @@ -146,7 +146,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_client_networking_get_enabled () @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_client_wireless_get_enabled () @@ -178,7 +178,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_client_wireless_hardware_get_enabled () @@ -186,7 +186,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_client_wwan_get_enabled () @@ -202,7 +202,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_client_wwan_hardware_get_enabled () @@ -210,7 +210,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_client_wimax_get_enabled () @@ -226,7 +226,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_client_wimax_hardware_get_enabled () @@ -241,7 +241,7 @@
-NMState +NMState nm_client_get_state () @@ -249,7 +249,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_client_get_startup () @@ -257,14 +257,14 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_client_get_manager_running ()
const GPtrArray * +const GPtrArray * nm_client_get_active_connections () @@ -288,7 +288,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_client_get_logging () @@ -296,7 +296,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_client_set_logging () @@ -304,7 +304,7 @@
-NMConnectivityState +NMConnectivityState nm_client_get_connectivity () @@ -312,7 +312,7 @@
-NMConnectivityState +NMConnectivityState nm_client_check_connectivity () @@ -328,7 +328,7 @@
-NMConnectivityState +NMConnectivityState nm_client_check_connectivity_finish () @@ -355,7 +355,7 @@

Properties

-
+
@@ -381,7 +381,7 @@ - + @@ -392,12 +392,12 @@ - + - + @@ -408,48 +408,48 @@ - + - + +gchar * - + - + - + - + - + - + @@ -458,7 +458,7 @@

Signals

-
Read
guintguint connectivity Read
Read
gbooleangboolean manager-running Read
gbooleangboolean networking-enabled Read / Write
Read
gbooleangboolean startup Read
guintguint state Read
-gchar * version Read
gbooleangboolean wimax-enabled Read / Write
gbooleangboolean wimax-hardware-enabled Read
gbooleangboolean wireless-enabled Read / Write
gbooleangboolean wireless-hardware-enabled Read
gbooleangboolean wwan-enabled Read / Write
gbooleangboolean wwan-hardware-enabled Read
+
@@ -468,34 +468,34 @@ - + - + - + - + - +
void any-device-addedRun FirstRun First
void any-device-removedRun FirstRun First
void device-addedRun FirstRun First
void device-removedRun FirstRun First
void permission-changedRun FirstRun First

Types and Values

-
+
@@ -590,7 +590,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMClient
 
@@ -602,7 +602,7 @@

Functions

nm_client_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_client_error_quark (void);

Registers an error quark for NMClient if necessary.

@@ -632,9 +632,9 @@ control them. To access and modify network configuration data, use the

nm_client_new_async ()

void
-nm_client_new_async (GCancellable *cancellable,
-                     GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
-                     gpointer user_data);
+nm_client_new_async (GCancellable *cancellable, + GAsyncReadyCallback callback, + gpointer user_data);

Creates a new NMClient and begins asynchronously initializing it. callback will be called when it is done; use @@ -645,7 +645,7 @@ control them. To access and modify network configuration data, use the NMRemoteSettings object.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -654,7 +654,7 @@ control them. To access and modify network configuration data, use the - + @@ -676,12 +676,12 @@ control them. To access and modify network configuration data, use the

nm_client_new_finish ()

NMClient *
-nm_client_new_finish (GAsyncResult *result,
-                      GError **error);
+nm_client_new_finish (GAsyncResult *result, + GError **error);

Gets the result of an nm_client_new_async() call.

Parameters

-

cancellable

a GCancellable, or NULL

a GCancellable, or NULL

 
+
@@ -690,12 +690,12 @@ nm_client_new_finish (

result

-
+ - + @@ -703,13 +703,13 @@ nm_client_new_finish (

Returns

-

a new NMClient, or NULL on error

+

a new NMClient, or NULL on error


nm_client_get_devices ()

-
const GPtrArray *
+
const GPtrArray *
 nm_client_get_devices (NMClient *client);

Gets all the known network devices. Use nm_device_get_type() or the NM_IS_DEVICE_XXXX functions to determine what kind of @@ -717,7 +717,7 @@ device member of the returned array is, and then you may use device-specific methods such as nm_device_ethernet_get_hw_address().

Parameters

-

a GAsyncResult

a GAsyncResult

 

error

location for a GError, or NULL

location for a GError, or NULL

 
+
@@ -732,8 +732,8 @@ methods such as

Returns

-

a GPtrArray -containing all the NMDevices. The returned array is owned by the +

a GPtrArray +containing all the NMDevices. The returned array is owned by the NMClient object and should not be modified.

[transfer none][element-type NMDevice]

@@ -741,7 +741,7 @@ containing all the

nm_client_get_all_devices ()

-
const GPtrArray *
+
const GPtrArray *
 nm_client_get_all_devices (NMClient *client);

Gets both real devices and device placeholders (eg, software devices which do not currently exist, but could be created automatically by NetworkManager @@ -753,7 +753,7 @@ what kind of device each member of the returned array is, and then you may use device-specific methods such as nm_device_ethernet_get_hw_address().

Parameters

-
+
@@ -768,8 +768,8 @@ use device-specific methods such as

Returns

-

a GPtrArray -containing all the NMDevices. The returned array is owned by the +

a GPtrArray +containing all the NMDevices. The returned array is owned by the NMClient object and should not be modified.

[transfer none][element-type NMDevice]

@@ -784,7 +784,7 @@ nm_client_get_device_by_path (NMDevice from a NMClient.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -807,7 +807,7 @@ nm_client_get_device_by_path (

Returns

the NMDevice for the given object_path -or NULL if none is found.

+or NULL if none is found.

[transfer none]

@@ -820,7 +820,7 @@ nm_client_get_device_by_iface (Gets a NMDevice from a NMClient.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -843,7 +843,7 @@ nm_client_get_device_by_iface (

Returns

the NMDevice for the given iface -or NULL if none is found.

+or NULL if none is found.

[transfer none]

@@ -853,19 +853,19 @@ or void (*NMClientActivateFn) (NMClient *client, NMActiveConnection *active_connection, - GError *error, - gpointer user_data); + GError *error, + gpointer user_data);

nm_client_activate_connection ()

void
 nm_client_activate_connection (NMClient *client,
-                               NMConnection *connection,
+                               NMConnection *connection,
                                NMDevice *device,
                                const char *specific_object,
                                NMClientActivateFn callback,
-                               gpointer user_data);
+ gpointer user_data);

Starts a connection to a particular network using the configuration settings from connection and the network device device @@ -885,7 +885,7 @@ the new connection, not when it finishes. You can used the returned track the activation to its completion.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -899,7 +899,7 @@ track the activation to its completion.

- + @@ -911,7 +911,7 @@ track the activation to its completion.

(*NMClientAddActivateFn) (NMClient *client, NMActiveConnection *connection, const char *new_connection_path, - GError *error, - gpointer user_data); + GError *error, + gpointer user_data);

nm_client_add_and_activate_connection ()

void
 nm_client_add_and_activate_connection (NMClient *client,
-                                       NMConnection *partial,
+                                       NMConnection *partial,
                                        NMDevice *device,
                                        const char *specific_object,
                                        NMClientAddActivateFn callback,
-                                       gpointer user_data);
+ gpointer user_data);

Adds a new connection using the given details (if any) as a template, automatically filling in missing settings with the capabilities of the given device and specific object. The new connection is then activated. @@ -963,7 +963,7 @@ the new connection, not when it finishes. You can used the returned track the activation to its completion.

Parameters

-

connection

an NMConnection.

an NMConnection.

[allow-none]

specific_object

the object path of a connection-type-specific object this activation should use. This parameter is currently ignored for -wired and mobile broadband connections, and the value of NULL should be used +wired and mobile broadband connections, and the value of NULL should be used (ie, no specific object). For Wi-Fi or WiMAX connections, pass the object path of a NMAccessPoint or NMWimaxNsp owned by device , which you can @@ -940,19 +940,19 @@ details of the newly added connection.

+
@@ -977,8 +977,8 @@ track the activation to its completion.

- @@ -993,7 +993,7 @@ before being added.

partial

an NMConnection to add; the connection may be -partially filled (or even NULL) and will be completed by NetworkManager +

an NMConnection to add; the connection may be +partially filled (or even NULL) and will be completed by NetworkManager using the given device and specific_object before being added.

specific_object

the object path of a connection-type-specific object this activation should use. This parameter is currently ignored for -wired and mobile broadband connections, and the value of NULL should be used +wired and mobile broadband connections, and the value of NULL should be used (ie, no specific object). For Wi-Fi or WiMAX connections, pass the object path of a NMAccessPoint or NMWimaxNsp owned by device , which you can @@ -1024,7 +1024,7 @@ nm_client_deactivate_connection (Deactivates an active NMActiveConnection.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1048,12 +1048,12 @@ nm_client_deactivate_connection (

nm_client_networking_get_enabled ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_client_networking_get_enabled (NMClient *client);

Whether networking is enabled or disabled.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1068,7 +1068,7 @@ nm_client_networking_get_enabled (

Returns

-

TRUE if networking is enabled, FALSE if networking is disabled

+

TRUE if networking is enabled, FALSE if networking is disabled


@@ -1076,13 +1076,13 @@ nm_client_networking_get_enabled (

nm_client_networking_set_enabled ()

void
 nm_client_networking_set_enabled (NMClient *client,
-                                  gboolean enabled);
+ gboolean enabled);

Enables or disables networking. When networking is disabled, all controlled interfaces are disconnected and deactivated. When networking is enabled, all controlled interfaces are available for activation.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1096,7 +1096,7 @@ all controlled interfaces are available for activation.

- + @@ -1106,12 +1106,12 @@ all controlled interfaces are available for activation.


nm_client_wireless_get_enabled ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_client_wireless_get_enabled (NMClient *client);

Determines whether the wireless is enabled.

Parameters

-

enabled

TRUE to set networking enabled, FALSE to set networking disabled

TRUE to set networking enabled, FALSE to set networking disabled

 
+
@@ -1126,7 +1126,7 @@ nm_client_wireless_get_enabled (

Returns

-

TRUE if wireless is enabled

+

TRUE if wireless is enabled


@@ -1134,11 +1134,11 @@ nm_client_wireless_get_enabled (

nm_client_wireless_set_enabled ()

void
 nm_client_wireless_set_enabled (NMClient *client,
-                                gboolean enabled);
+ gboolean enabled);

Enables or disables wireless devices.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1152,7 +1152,7 @@ nm_client_wireless_set_enabled ( - + @@ -1162,13 +1162,13 @@ nm_client_wireless_set_enabled (

nm_client_wireless_hardware_get_enabled ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_client_wireless_hardware_get_enabled
                                (NMClient *client);

Determines whether the wireless hardware is enabled.

Parameters

-

enabled

TRUE to enable wireless

TRUE to enable wireless

 
+
@@ -1183,18 +1183,18 @@ nm_client_wireless_hardware_get_enabled

Returns

-

TRUE if the wireless hardware is enabled

+

TRUE if the wireless hardware is enabled


nm_client_wwan_get_enabled ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_client_wwan_get_enabled (NMClient *client);

Determines whether WWAN is enabled.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1209,7 +1209,7 @@ nm_client_wwan_get_enabled (

Returns

-

TRUE if WWAN is enabled

+

TRUE if WWAN is enabled


@@ -1217,11 +1217,11 @@ nm_client_wwan_get_enabled (

nm_client_wwan_set_enabled ()

void
 nm_client_wwan_set_enabled (NMClient *client,
-                            gboolean enabled);
+ gboolean enabled);

Enables or disables WWAN devices.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1235,7 +1235,7 @@ nm_client_wwan_set_enabled (

enabled

-
+ @@ -1245,12 +1245,12 @@ nm_client_wwan_set_enabled (

nm_client_wwan_hardware_get_enabled ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_client_wwan_hardware_get_enabled (NMClient *client);

Determines whether the WWAN hardware is enabled.

Parameters

-

TRUE to enable WWAN

TRUE to enable WWAN

 
+
@@ -1265,18 +1265,18 @@ nm_client_wwan_hardware_get_enabled (

Returns

-

TRUE if the WWAN hardware is enabled

+

TRUE if the WWAN hardware is enabled


nm_client_wimax_get_enabled ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_client_wimax_get_enabled (NMClient *client);

Determines whether WiMAX is enabled.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1291,7 +1291,7 @@ nm_client_wimax_get_enabled (

Returns

-

TRUE if WiMAX is enabled

+

TRUE if WiMAX is enabled


@@ -1299,11 +1299,11 @@ nm_client_wimax_get_enabled (

nm_client_wimax_set_enabled ()

void
 nm_client_wimax_set_enabled (NMClient *client,
-                             gboolean enabled);
+ gboolean enabled);

Enables or disables WiMAX devices.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1317,7 +1317,7 @@ nm_client_wimax_set_enabled (

enabled

-
+ @@ -1327,12 +1327,12 @@ nm_client_wimax_set_enabled (

nm_client_wimax_hardware_get_enabled ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_client_wimax_hardware_get_enabled (NMClient *client);

Determines whether the WiMAX hardware is enabled.

Parameters

-

TRUE to enable WiMAX

TRUE to enable WiMAX

 
+
@@ -1347,7 +1347,7 @@ nm_client_wimax_hardware_get_enabled (

Returns

-

TRUE if the WiMAX hardware is enabled

+

TRUE if the WiMAX hardware is enabled


@@ -1358,7 +1358,7 @@ nm_client_get_version (

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1379,12 +1379,12 @@ nm_client_get_version (

nm_client_get_state ()

-
NMState
+
NMState
 nm_client_get_state (NMClient *client);

Gets the current daemon state.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1399,19 +1399,19 @@ nm_client_get_state (

Returns

-

the current NMState

+

the current NMState


nm_client_get_startup ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_client_get_startup (NMClient *client);

Tests whether the daemon is still in the process of activating connections at startup.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1433,12 +1433,12 @@ connections at startup.


nm_client_get_manager_running ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_client_get_manager_running (NMClient *client);

Determines whether the daemon is running.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1453,18 +1453,18 @@ nm_client_get_manager_running (

Returns

-

TRUE if the daemon is running

+

TRUE if the daemon is running


nm_client_get_active_connections ()

-
const GPtrArray *
+
const GPtrArray *
 nm_client_get_active_connections (NMClient *client);

Gets the active connections.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1479,8 +1479,8 @@ nm_client_get_active_connections (

Returns

-

a GPtrArray -containing all the active NMActiveConnections. +

a GPtrArray +containing all the active NMActiveConnections. The returned array is owned by the client and should not be modified.

[transfer none][element-type NMActiveConnection]

@@ -1490,11 +1490,11 @@ The returned array is owned by the client and should not be modified.

nm_client_sleep ()

void
 nm_client_sleep (NMClient *client,
-                 gboolean sleep_);
+ gboolean sleep_);

Deprecated; use nm_client_networking_set_enabled() instead.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1508,7 +1508,7 @@ nm_client_sleep (

sleep_

-
+ @@ -1525,7 +1525,7 @@ nm_client_get_permission_result (

Parameters

-

TRUE to put the daemon to sleep

TRUE to put the daemon to sleep

 
+
@@ -1553,15 +1553,15 @@ client can or cannot perform the action the permission represents


nm_client_get_logging ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_client_get_logging (NMClient *client,
                        char **level,
                        char **domains,
-                       GError **error);
+ GError **error);

Gets NetworkManager current logging level and domains.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1586,7 +1586,7 @@ a list of domains separated by ",".

- + @@ -1594,22 +1594,22 @@ a list of domains separated by ",".

Returns

-

TRUE on success, FALSE otherwise

+

TRUE on success, FALSE otherwise

Since: 0.9.8


nm_client_set_logging ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_client_set_logging (NMClient *client,
                        const char *level,
                        const char *domains,
-                       GError **error);
+ GError **error);

Sets NetworkManager logging level and/or domains.

Parameters

-

error

return location for a GError, or NULL.

return location for a GError, or NULL.

[allow-none]
+
@@ -1623,18 +1623,18 @@ nm_client_set_logging (

level

-
+ +domains separated by ",". (NULL or an empty string for no change).

- + @@ -1642,14 +1642,14 @@ domains separated by ",". (

Returns

-

TRUE on success, FALSE otherwise

+

TRUE on success, FALSE otherwise

Since: 0.9.8


nm_client_get_connectivity ()

-
NMConnectivityState
+
NMConnectivityState
 nm_client_get_connectivity (NMClient *client);

Gets the current network connectivity state. Contrast nm_client_check_connectivity() and @@ -1657,7 +1657,7 @@ nm_client_get_connectivity (

Parameters

-

logging level to set (NULL or an empty string for no change).

logging level to set (NULL or an empty string for no change).

[allow-none]

domains

logging domains to set. The string should be a list of log -domains separated by ",". (NULL or an empty string for no change).

[allow-none]

error

return location for a GError, or NULL.

return location for a GError, or NULL.

[allow-none]
+
@@ -1679,10 +1679,10 @@ connectivity state first before returning any information.


nm_client_check_connectivity ()

-
NMConnectivityState
+
NMConnectivityState
 nm_client_check_connectivity (NMClient *client,
-                              GCancellable *cancellable,
-                              GError **error);
+ GCancellable *cancellable, + GError **error);

Updates the network connectivity state and returns the (new) current state. Contrast nm_client_get_connectivity(), which returns the most recent known state without re-checking.

@@ -1690,7 +1690,7 @@ the most recent known state without re-checking.

if you do not want to block.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1704,12 +1704,12 @@ if you do not want to block.

- + - + @@ -1726,9 +1726,9 @@ if you do not want to block.

nm_client_check_connectivity_async ()

void
 nm_client_check_connectivity_async (NMClient *client,
-                                    GCancellable *cancellable,
-                                    GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
-                                    gpointer user_data);
+ GCancellable *cancellable, + GAsyncReadyCallback callback, + gpointer user_data);

Asynchronously updates the network connectivity state and invokes callback when complete. Contrast nm_client_get_connectivity(), @@ -1736,7 +1736,7 @@ which (immediately) returns the most recent known state without re-checking, and nm_client_check_connectivity(), which blocks.

Parameters

-

cancellable

a GCancellable

a GCancellable

 

error

return location for a GError

return location for a GError

 
+
@@ -1750,7 +1750,7 @@ re-checking, and

cancellable

-
+ @@ -1772,15 +1772,15 @@ re-checking, and

nm_client_check_connectivity_finish ()

-
NMConnectivityState
+
NMConnectivityState
 nm_client_check_connectivity_finish (NMClient *client,
-                                     GAsyncResult *result,
-                                     GError **error);
+ GAsyncResult *result, + GError **error);

Retrieves the result of an nm_client_check_connectivity_async() call.

Parameters

-

a GCancellable

a GCancellable

 
+
@@ -1794,12 +1794,12 @@ call.

- + - + @@ -1824,10 +1824,10 @@ the default route. If there is a VPN active with the default route, then this function returns the active connection that contains the route to the VPN endpoint.

If there is no default route, or the default route is over a -non-NetworkManager-recognized device, this will return NULL.

+non-NetworkManager-recognized device, this will return NULL.

Parameters

-

result

the GAsyncResult

the GAsyncResult

 

error

return location for a GError

return location for a GError

 
+
@@ -1858,7 +1858,7 @@ currently-activating connection that is expected to become the new “primary-connection” upon successful activation.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1990,7 +1990,7 @@ any.

clients can obtain to perform certain tasks on behalf of the current user.

Members

-
+
@@ -2141,7 +2141,7 @@ clients can obtain to perform certain tasks on behalf of the current user.

the user requires to obtain a given NMClientPermission

Members

-
+
@@ -2188,7 +2188,7 @@ the user requires to obtain a given NMClient.

Members

-
+
@@ -2250,7 +2250,7 @@ Type: GLib.PtrArray


The “connectivity” property

-
  “connectivity”             guint
+
  “connectivity”             guint

The network connectivity state.

Flags: Read

Allowed values: <= 4

@@ -2268,7 +2268,7 @@ Type: GLib.PtrArray


The “manager-running” property

-
  “manager-running”          gboolean
+
  “manager-running”          gboolean

Whether the daemon is running.

Flags: Read

Default value: FALSE

@@ -2276,7 +2276,7 @@ Type: GLib.PtrArray


The “networking-enabled” property

-
  “networking-enabled”       gboolean
+
  “networking-enabled”       gboolean

Whether networking is enabled.

Flags: Read / Write

Default value: TRUE

@@ -2293,7 +2293,7 @@ see

The “startup” property

-
  “startup”                  gboolean
+
  “startup”                  gboolean

Whether the daemon is still starting up.

Flags: Read

Default value: FALSE

@@ -2302,7 +2302,7 @@ see

The “state” property

-
  “state”                    guint
+
  “state”                    guint

The current daemon state.

Flags: Read

Allowed values: <= 70

@@ -2311,7 +2311,7 @@ see

The “version” property

-
  “version”                  gchar *
+
  “version”                  gchar *

The NetworkManager version.

Flags: Read

Default value: NULL

@@ -2319,7 +2319,7 @@ see

The “wimax-enabled” property

-
  “wimax-enabled”            gboolean
+
  “wimax-enabled”            gboolean

Whether WiMAX functionality is enabled.

Flags: Read / Write

Default value: FALSE

@@ -2327,7 +2327,7 @@ see

The “wimax-hardware-enabled” property

-
  “wimax-hardware-enabled”   gboolean
+
  “wimax-hardware-enabled”   gboolean

Whether the WiMAX hardware is enabled.

Flags: Read

Default value: FALSE

@@ -2335,7 +2335,7 @@ see

The “wireless-enabled” property

-
  “wireless-enabled”         gboolean
+
  “wireless-enabled”         gboolean

Whether wireless is enabled.

Flags: Read / Write

Default value: FALSE

@@ -2343,7 +2343,7 @@ see

The “wireless-hardware-enabled” property

-
  “wireless-hardware-enabled” gboolean
+
  “wireless-hardware-enabled” gboolean

Whether the wireless hardware is enabled.

Flags: Read

Default value: TRUE

@@ -2351,7 +2351,7 @@ see

The “wwan-enabled” property

-
  “wwan-enabled”             gboolean
+
  “wwan-enabled”             gboolean

Whether WWAN functionality is enabled.

Flags: Read / Write

Default value: FALSE

@@ -2359,7 +2359,7 @@ see

The “wwan-hardware-enabled” property

-
  “wwan-hardware-enabled”    gboolean
+
  “wwan-hardware-enabled”    gboolean

Whether the WWAN hardware is enabled.

Flags: Read

Default value: FALSE

@@ -2371,13 +2371,13 @@ see

The “any-device-added” signal

void
 user_function (NMClient *client,
-               GObject  *device,
-               gpointer  user_data)
+ GObject *device, + gpointer user_data)

Notifies that a NMDevice is added. This signal is emitted for both regular devices and placeholder devices.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2402,20 +2402,20 @@ regular devices and placeholder devices.

-

Flags: Run First

+

Flags: Run First


The “any-device-removed” signal

void
 user_function (NMClient *client,
-               GObject  *device,
-               gpointer  user_data)
+ GObject *device, + gpointer user_data)

Notifies that a NMDevice is removed. This signal is emitted for both regular devices and placeholder devices.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2440,20 +2440,20 @@ regular devices and placeholder devices.

-

Flags: Run First

+

Flags: Run First


The “device-added” signal

void
 user_function (NMClient *client,
-               GObject  *device,
-               gpointer  user_data)
+ GObject *device, + gpointer user_data)

Notifies that a NMDevice is added. This signal is not emitted for placeholder devices.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2478,20 +2478,20 @@ placeholder devices.

-

Flags: Run First

+

Flags: Run First


The “device-removed” signal

void
 user_function (NMClient *client,
-               GObject  *device,
-               gpointer  user_data)
+ GObject *device, + gpointer user_data)

Notifies that a NMDevice is removed. This signal is not emitted for placeholder devices.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2516,20 +2516,20 @@ placeholder devices.

-

Flags: Run First

+

Flags: Run First


The “permission-changed” signal

void
 user_function (NMClient *client,
-               guint     permission,
-               guint     result,
-               gpointer  user_data)
+ guint permission, + guint result, + gpointer user_data)

Notifies that a permission has changed

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2559,7 +2559,7 @@ user_function (
-

Flags: Run First

+

Flags: Run First

diff --git a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDHCP4Config.html b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDHCP4Config.html index 9691b7df..1d17cab8 100644 --- a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDHCP4Config.html +++ b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDHCP4Config.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMDHCP4Config: libnm-glib Reference Manual - + @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@

Functions

-
+
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
-GObject * +GObject * nm_dhcp4_config_new () @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@
-GHashTable * +GHashTable * nm_dhcp4_config_get_options () @@ -69,7 +69,7 @@

Properties

-
+
@@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ +GHashTable * @@ -85,7 +85,7 @@

Types and Values

-
-GHashTable * options Read
+
@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDHCP4Config
 
@@ -110,13 +110,13 @@

Functions

nm_dhcp4_config_new ()

-
GObject *
-nm_dhcp4_config_new (DBusGConnection *connection,
+
GObject *
+nm_dhcp4_config_new (DBusGConnection *connection,
                      const char *object_path);

Creates a new NMDHCP4Config.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -125,7 +125,7 @@ nm_dhcp4_config_new (

connection

-
+ @@ -145,12 +145,12 @@ nm_dhcp4_config_new (

nm_dhcp4_config_get_options ()

-
GHashTable *
+
GHashTable *
 nm_dhcp4_config_get_options (NMDHCP4Config *config);

Gets all the options contained in the configuration.

Parameters

-

the DBusGConnection

the DBusGConnection

 
+
@@ -165,7 +165,7 @@ nm_dhcp4_config_get_options (

Returns

-

the GHashTable containing strings for keys and values. +

the GHashTable containing strings for keys and values. This is the internal copy used by the configuration, and must not be modified.

[transfer none][element-type utf8 GObject.Value]

@@ -179,7 +179,7 @@ nm_dhcp4_config_get_one_option (Gets one option by option name.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -218,8 +218,8 @@ configuration, and must not be modified.

Property Details

The “options” property

-
  “options”                  GHashTable *
-

The GHashTable containing options of the configuration.

+
  “options”                  GHashTable *
+

The GHashTable containing options of the configuration.

Type: GLib.HashTable(utf8,GObject.Value)

Flags: Read

diff --git a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDHCP6Config.html b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDHCP6Config.html index a46e47b9..243961f4 100644 --- a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDHCP6Config.html +++ b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDHCP6Config.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMDHCP6Config: libnm-glib Reference Manual - + @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@

Functions

-
+
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
-GObject * +GObject * nm_dhcp6_config_new () @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@
-GHashTable * +GHashTable * nm_dhcp6_config_get_options () @@ -69,7 +69,7 @@

Properties

-
+
@@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ +GHashTable * @@ -85,7 +85,7 @@

Types and Values

-
-GHashTable * options Read
+
@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDHCP6Config
 
@@ -110,13 +110,13 @@

Functions

nm_dhcp6_config_new ()

-
GObject *
-nm_dhcp6_config_new (DBusGConnection *connection,
+
GObject *
+nm_dhcp6_config_new (DBusGConnection *connection,
                      const char *object_path);

Creates a new NMDHCP6Config.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -125,7 +125,7 @@ nm_dhcp6_config_new (

connection

-
+ @@ -145,12 +145,12 @@ nm_dhcp6_config_new (

nm_dhcp6_config_get_options ()

-
GHashTable *
+
GHashTable *
 nm_dhcp6_config_get_options (NMDHCP6Config *config);

Gets all the options contained in the configuration.

Parameters

-

the DBusGConnection

the DBusGConnection

 
+
@@ -165,7 +165,7 @@ nm_dhcp6_config_get_options (

Returns

-

the GHashTable containing strings for keys and values. +

the GHashTable containing strings for keys and values. This is the internal copy used by the configuration, and must not be modified.

[transfer none][element-type utf8 GObject.Value]

@@ -179,7 +179,7 @@ nm_dhcp6_config_get_one_option (Gets one option by option name.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -218,8 +218,8 @@ configuration, and must not be modified.

Property Details

The “options” property

-
  “options”                  GHashTable *
-

The GHashTable containing options of the configuration.

+
  “options”                  GHashTable *
+

The GHashTable containing options of the configuration.

Type: GLib.HashTable(utf8,GObject.Value)

Flags: Read

diff --git a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDevice.html b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDevice.html index 09f0ed45..ddd06aaa 100644 --- a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDevice.html +++ b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDevice.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMDevice: libnm-glib Reference Manual - + @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@

Functions

-
+
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ -
-GQuark +GQuark nm_device_error_quark () @@ -52,7 +52,7 @@
-GObject * +GObject * nm_device_new () @@ -74,7 +74,7 @@
-NMDeviceType +NMDeviceType nm_device_get_device_type () @@ -124,7 +124,7 @@
-NMDeviceCapabilities +NMDeviceCapabilities nm_device_get_capabilities () @@ -132,7 +132,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_device_get_managed () @@ -148,7 +148,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_device_get_autoconnect () @@ -164,7 +164,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_device_get_firmware_missing () @@ -204,7 +204,7 @@
-NMDeviceState +NMDeviceState nm_device_get_state () @@ -212,7 +212,7 @@
-NMDeviceState +NMDeviceState nm_device_get_state_reason () @@ -227,7 +227,7 @@
const GPtrArray * +const GPtrArray * nm_device_get_available_connections () @@ -242,7 +242,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_device_get_mtu () @@ -250,7 +250,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_device_is_software () @@ -258,7 +258,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_device_is_real () @@ -319,7 +319,7 @@
-GSList * +GSList * nm_device_filter_connections () @@ -327,7 +327,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_device_connection_valid () @@ -335,7 +335,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_device_connection_compatible () @@ -343,7 +343,7 @@
-GType +GType nm_device_get_setting_type () @@ -362,7 +362,7 @@

Properties

-
+
@@ -376,7 +376,7 @@ - + @@ -387,12 +387,12 @@ - + - + @@ -410,36 +410,36 @@ +gchar * +gchar * - + +gchar * +gchar * +gchar * @@ -456,34 +456,34 @@ - + - + +gchar * +gchar * - + - + @@ -494,13 +494,13 @@ +gchar * +gchar * @@ -509,7 +509,7 @@

Signals

-
Read
gbooleangboolean autoconnect Read / Write
Read
guintguint capabilities Read
guintguint device-type Read
-gchar * driver Read
-gchar * driver-version Read
gbooleangboolean firmware-missing Read
-gchar * firmware-version Read
-gchar * interface Read
-gchar * ip-interface Read
Read
gbooleangboolean managed Read
guintguint mtu Read
-gchar * physical-port-id Read
-gchar * product Read
gbooleangboolean real Read
guintguint state Read
-gchar * udi Read
-gchar * vendor Read
+
@@ -518,13 +518,13 @@ - +
void state-changedRun FirstRun First

Types and Values

-
+
@@ -639,7 +639,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ├── NMDeviceEthernet
@@ -664,7 +664,7 @@
 

Functions

nm_device_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_device_error_quark (void);

Registers an error quark for NMDevice if necessary.

@@ -676,13 +676,13 @@ nm_device_error_quark (void

nm_device_new ()

-
GObject *
-nm_device_new (DBusGConnection *connection,
+
GObject *
+nm_device_new (DBusGConnection *connection,
                const char *path);

Creates a new NMDevice.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -691,7 +691,7 @@ nm_device_new (

connection

-
+ @@ -716,7 +716,7 @@ nm_device_get_iface (NMDevice.

Parameters

-

the DBusGConnection

the DBusGConnection

 
+
@@ -744,7 +744,7 @@ nm_device_get_ip_iface (

Parameters

-
+
@@ -766,12 +766,12 @@ used by the device, and must not be modified.


nm_device_get_device_type ()

-
NMDeviceType
+
NMDeviceType
 nm_device_get_device_type (NMDevice *device);

Returns the numeric type of the NMDevice, ie Ethernet, Wi-Fi, etc.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -797,7 +797,7 @@ nm_device_get_udi (NMDevice.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -825,7 +825,7 @@ nm_device_get_driver (NMDevice.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -852,7 +852,7 @@ nm_device_get_driver_version (NMDevice.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -879,7 +879,7 @@ nm_device_get_firmware_version (Gets the firmware version of the NMDevice.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -908,7 +908,7 @@ nm_device_get_type_description (

Parameters

-
+
@@ -937,7 +937,7 @@ nm_device_get_hw_address (

Parameters

-
+
@@ -952,7 +952,7 @@ nm_device_get_hw_address (

Returns

-

the current MAC of the device, or NULL. +

the current MAC of the device, or NULL. This is the internal string used by the device, and must not be modified.

Since: 0.9.10

@@ -960,12 +960,12 @@ This is the internal string used by the device, and must not be modified.


nm_device_get_capabilities ()

-
NMDeviceCapabilities
+
NMDeviceCapabilities
 nm_device_get_capabilities (NMDevice *device);

Gets the device' capabilities.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -986,12 +986,12 @@ nm_device_get_capabilities (

nm_device_get_managed ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_get_managed (NMDevice *device);

Whether the NMDevice is managed by NetworkManager.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1006,7 +1006,7 @@ nm_device_get_managed (

Returns

-

TRUE if the device is managed by NetworkManager

+

TRUE if the device is managed by NetworkManager


@@ -1014,11 +1014,11 @@ nm_device_get_managed (

nm_device_set_managed ()

void
 nm_device_set_managed (NMDevice *device,
-                       gboolean managed);
+ gboolean managed);

Enables or disables management of NMDevice by NetworkManager.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1032,7 +1032,7 @@ nm_device_set_managed (

managed

-
+ @@ -1043,12 +1043,12 @@ nm_device_set_managed (

nm_device_get_autoconnect ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_get_autoconnect (NMDevice *device);

Whether the NMDevice can be autoconnected.

Parameters

-

TRUE to make the device managed by NetworkManager.

TRUE to make the device managed by NetworkManager.

 
+
@@ -1063,7 +1063,7 @@ nm_device_get_autoconnect (

Returns

-

TRUE if the device is allowed to be autoconnected

+

TRUE if the device is allowed to be autoconnected


@@ -1071,11 +1071,11 @@ nm_device_get_autoconnect (

nm_device_set_autoconnect ()

void
 nm_device_set_autoconnect (NMDevice *device,
-                           gboolean autoconnect);
+ gboolean autoconnect);

Enables or disables automatic activation of the NMDevice.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1089,7 +1089,7 @@ nm_device_set_autoconnect (

autoconnect

-
+ @@ -1099,13 +1099,13 @@ nm_device_set_autoconnect (

nm_device_get_firmware_missing ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_get_firmware_missing (NMDevice *device);

Indicates that firmware required for the device's operation is likely to be missing.

Parameters

-

TRUE to enable autoconnecting

TRUE to enable autoconnecting

 
+
@@ -1120,7 +1120,7 @@ to be missing.

Returns

-

TRUE if firmware required for the device's operation is likely +

TRUE if firmware required for the device's operation is likely to be missing.

@@ -1135,7 +1135,7 @@ nm_device_get_ip4_config (

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1150,7 +1150,7 @@ connections.

Returns

-

the NMIP4Config or NULL if the device is not activated.

+

the NMIP4Config or NULL if the device is not activated.

[transfer none]

@@ -1165,7 +1165,7 @@ nm_device_get_dhcp4_config (

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1180,7 +1180,7 @@ connections.

Returns

-

the NMDHCP4Config or NULL if the device is not activated or not +

the NMDHCP4Config or NULL if the device is not activated or not using DHCP.

[transfer none]

@@ -1196,7 +1196,7 @@ nm_device_get_ip6_config (

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1211,7 +1211,7 @@ connections.

Returns

-

the NMIP6Config or NULL if the device is not activated.

+

the NMIP6Config or NULL if the device is not activated.

[transfer none]

@@ -1226,7 +1226,7 @@ nm_device_get_dhcp6_config (

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1241,7 +1241,7 @@ connections.

Returns

-

the NMDHCP6Config or NULL if the device is not activated or not +

the NMDHCP6Config or NULL if the device is not activated or not using DHCP.

[transfer none]

@@ -1249,12 +1249,12 @@ using DHCP.


nm_device_get_state ()

-
NMDeviceState
+
NMDeviceState
 nm_device_get_state (NMDevice *device);

Gets the current NMDevice state.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1275,15 +1275,15 @@ nm_device_get_state (

nm_device_get_state_reason ()

-
NMDeviceState
+
NMDeviceState
 nm_device_get_state_reason (NMDevice *device,
-                            NMDeviceStateReason *reason);
+ NMDeviceStateReason *reason);

Gets the current NMDevice state (return value) and the reason for entering the state (reason argument).

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1297,7 +1297,7 @@ the state (reason - + @@ -1316,7 +1316,7 @@ nm_device_get_active_connection (Gets the NMActiveConnection object which owns this device during activation.

Parameters

-

reason

location to store reason (NMDeviceStateReason), or NULL.

location to store reason (NMDeviceStateReason), or NULL.

[out][allow-none]
+
@@ -1331,7 +1331,7 @@ nm_device_get_active_connection (

Returns

-

the NMActiveConnection or NULL if the device is +

the NMActiveConnection or NULL if the device is not part of an active connection.

[transfer none]

@@ -1339,14 +1339,14 @@ not part of an active connection.


nm_device_get_available_connections ()

-
const GPtrArray *
+
const GPtrArray *
 nm_device_get_available_connections (NMDevice *device);
-

Gets the NMRemoteConnections currently known to the daemon that could +

Gets the NMRemoteConnections currently known to the daemon that could be activated on device .

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1361,8 +1361,8 @@ be activated on device

Returns

-

the GPtrArray -containing NMRemoteConnections. This is the internal copy used by +

the GPtrArray +containing NMRemoteConnections. This is the internal copy used by the connection, and must not be modified.

[element-type NMRemoteConnection]

@@ -1373,13 +1373,13 @@ the connection, and must not be modified.

nm_device_get_physical_port_id ()

const char *
 nm_device_get_physical_port_id (NMDevice *device);
-

Gets the physical port ID of the NMDevice. If non-NULL, this is +

Gets the physical port ID of the NMDevice. If non-NULL, this is an opaque string that can be used to recognize when -seemingly-unrelated NMDevices are actually just different virtual +seemingly-unrelated NMDevices are actually just different virtual ports on a single physical port. (Eg, NPAR / SR-IOV.)

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1394,7 +1394,7 @@ ports on a single physical port. (Eg, NPAR / SR-IOV.)

Returns

-

the physical port ID of the device, or NULL if the port +

the physical port ID of the device, or NULL if the port ID is unknown. This is the internal string used by the device and must not be modified.

@@ -1403,12 +1403,12 @@ must not be modified.


nm_device_get_mtu ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_device_get_mtu (NMDevice *device);

Gets the MTU of the NMDevice.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1430,12 +1430,12 @@ nm_device_get_mtu (

nm_device_is_software ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_is_software (NMDevice *device);

Whether the device is a software device.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1450,19 +1450,19 @@ nm_device_is_software (

Returns

-

TRUE if device -is a software device, FALSE if it is a hardware device.

+

TRUE if device +is a software device, FALSE if it is a hardware device.

Since: 1.0


nm_device_is_real ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_is_real (NMDevice *device);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1477,7 +1477,7 @@ nm_device_is_real (

Returns

-

TRUE if the device exists, or FALSE if it is a placeholder device +

TRUE if the device exists, or FALSE if it is a placeholder device that could be automatically created by NetworkManager if one of its “available-connections” was activated.

@@ -1491,7 +1491,7 @@ nm_device_get_product (NMDevice.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1518,7 +1518,7 @@ nm_device_get_vendor (NMDevice.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1546,7 +1546,7 @@ nm_device_get_description (

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1578,7 +1578,7 @@ devices in devices .

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1611,8 +1611,8 @@ devices in devices

NMDeviceCallbackFn ()

void
 (*NMDeviceCallbackFn) (NMDevice *device,
-                       GError *error,
-                       gpointer user_data);
+ GError *error, + gpointer user_data);
@@ -1620,13 +1620,13 @@ devices in devices
void
 nm_device_disconnect (NMDevice *device,
                       NMDeviceCallbackFn callback,
-                      gpointer user_data);
+ gpointer user_data);

Disconnects the device if currently connected, and prevents the device from automatically connecting to networks until the next manual network connection request.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1660,11 +1660,11 @@ operation completes.

void
 nm_device_delete (NMDevice *device,
                   NMDeviceCallbackFn callback,
-                  gpointer user_data);
+ gpointer user_data);

Deletes the software device. Hardware devices can't be deleted.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1696,9 +1696,9 @@ operation completes.


nm_device_filter_connections ()

-
GSList *
+
GSList *
 nm_device_filter_connections (NMDevice *device,
-                              const GSList *connections);
+ const GSList *connections);

Filters a given list of connections for a given NMDevice object and return connections which may be activated with the device. For example if device @@ -1711,7 +1711,7 @@ incompatible with the device. To get the full list of connections see nm_remote_settings_list_connections().

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1725,7 +1725,7 @@ incompatible with the device. To get the full list of connections see - + @@ -1734,20 +1734,20 @@ incompatible with the device. To get the full list of connections see

Returns

a -list of NMConnection objects that could be activated with the given device +list of NMConnection objects that could be activated with the given device . The elements of the list are owned by their creator and should not be freed by the caller, but the returned list itself is owned by the caller and should -be freed with g_slist_free() when it is no longer required.

+be freed with g_slist_free() when it is no longer required.

[transfer container][element-type NMConnection]


nm_device_connection_valid ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_connection_valid (NMDevice *device,
-                            NMConnection *connection);
+ NMConnection *connection);

Validates a given connection for a given NMDevice object and returns whether the connection may be activated with the device. For example if device @@ -1758,7 +1758,7 @@ an Ethernet, Bluetooth, WWAN, etc connection that is incompatible with the device.

Parameters

-

connections

a list of NMConnection objects to filter.

a list of NMConnection objects to filter.

[element-type NMConnection]
+
@@ -1773,7 +1773,7 @@ against

- @@ -1782,17 +1782,17 @@ against

Returns

-

TRUE if the connection may be activated with this device, FALSE +

TRUE if the connection may be activated with this device, FALSE if is incompatible with the device's capabilities and characteristics.


nm_device_connection_compatible ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_connection_compatible (NMDevice *device,
-                                 NMConnection *connection,
-                                 GError **error);
+ NMConnection *connection, + GError **error);

Validates a given connection for a given NMDevice object and returns whether the connection may be activated with the device. For example if device @@ -1806,7 +1806,7 @@ compatibility of the given device and connection. But, in addition, it sets GError when FALSE is returned.

Parameters

-

connection

an NMConnection to validate against device +

an NMConnection to validate against device

 
+
@@ -1821,13 +1821,13 @@ against

- - + @@ -1835,21 +1835,21 @@ against

Returns

-

TRUE if the connection may be activated with this device, FALSE +

TRUE if the connection may be activated with this device, FALSE if is incompatible with the device's capabilities and characteristics.


nm_device_get_setting_type ()

-
GType
+
GType
 nm_device_get_setting_type (NMDevice *device);
-

Gets the (primary) NMSetting subtype associated with connections +

Gets the (primary) NMSetting subtype associated with connections that can be used on device .

Parameters

-

connection

an NMConnection to validate against device +

an NMConnection to validate against device

 

error

return location for a GError, or NULL

return location for a GError, or NULL

 
+
@@ -1865,7 +1865,7 @@ that can be used on device

Returns

device -'s associated NMSetting type

+'s associated NMSetting type

Since: 0.9.10

@@ -1874,8 +1874,8 @@ that can be used on device

NMDeviceDeactivateFn ()

void
 (*NMDeviceDeactivateFn) (NMDevice *device,
-                         GError *error,
-                         gpointer user_data);
+ GError *error, + gpointer user_data);

NMDeviceDeactivateFn is deprecated and should not be used in newly-written code.

@@ -1885,7 +1885,7 @@ that can be used on device

enum NMDeviceError

Members

-
+
@@ -2073,7 +2073,7 @@ that can be used on device

The “autoconnect” property

-
  “autoconnect”              gboolean
+
  “autoconnect”              gboolean

Whether the device can auto-activate a connection.

Flags: Read / Write

Default value: TRUE

@@ -2089,7 +2089,7 @@ that can be used on device

The “capabilities” property

-
  “capabilities”             guint
+
  “capabilities”             guint

The capabilities of the device.

Flags: Read

Default value: 0

@@ -2097,7 +2097,7 @@ that can be used on device

The “device-type” property

-
  “device-type”              guint
+
  “device-type”              guint

The numeric type of the device.

Flags: Read

Default value: 0

@@ -2119,7 +2119,7 @@ that can be used on device

The “driver” property

-
  “driver”                   gchar *
+
  “driver”                   gchar *

The driver of the device.

Flags: Read

Default value: NULL

@@ -2127,7 +2127,7 @@ that can be used on device

The “driver-version” property

-
  “driver-version”           gchar *
+
  “driver-version”           gchar *

The version of the device driver.

Flags: Read

Default value: NULL

@@ -2135,8 +2135,8 @@ that can be used on device

The “firmware-missing” property

-
  “firmware-missing”         gboolean
-

When TRUE indicates the device is likely missing firmware required +

  “firmware-missing”         gboolean
+

When TRUE indicates the device is likely missing firmware required for its operation.

Flags: Read

Default value: FALSE

@@ -2144,7 +2144,7 @@ for its operation.


The “firmware-version” property

-
  “firmware-version”         gchar *
+
  “firmware-version”         gchar *

The firmware version of the device.

Flags: Read

Default value: NULL

@@ -2152,7 +2152,7 @@ for its operation.


The “interface” property

-
  “interface”                gchar *
+
  “interface”                gchar *

The interface of the device.

Flags: Read

Default value: NULL

@@ -2160,7 +2160,7 @@ for its operation.


The “ip-interface” property

-
  “ip-interface”             gchar *
+
  “ip-interface”             gchar *

The IP interface of the device which should be used for all IP-related operations like addressing and routing.

Flags: Read

@@ -2183,7 +2183,7 @@ operations like addressing and routing.


The “managed” property

-
  “managed”                  gboolean
+
  “managed”                  gboolean

Whether the device is managed by NetworkManager.

Flags: Read

Default value: FALSE

@@ -2191,7 +2191,7 @@ operations like addressing and routing.


The “mtu” property

-
  “mtu”                      guint
+
  “mtu”                      guint

The MTU of the device.

Flags: Read

Default value: 1500

@@ -2200,7 +2200,7 @@ operations like addressing and routing.


The “physical-port-id” property

-
  “physical-port-id”         gchar *
+
  “physical-port-id”         gchar *

The physical port ID of the device. (See nm_device_get_physical_port_id().)

Flags: Read

@@ -2210,7 +2210,7 @@ operations like addressing and routing.


The “product” property

-
  “product”                  gchar *
+
  “product”                  gchar *

The product string of the device.

Flags: Read

Default value: NULL

@@ -2218,7 +2218,7 @@ operations like addressing and routing.


The “real” property

-
  “real”                     gboolean
+
  “real”                     gboolean

Whether the device is real or is a placeholder device that could be created automatically by NetworkManager if one of its “available-connections” was activated.

@@ -2229,7 +2229,7 @@ be created automatically by NetworkManager if one of its

The “state” property

-
  “state”                    guint
+
  “state”                    guint

The state of the device.

Flags: Read

Default value: 0

@@ -2244,7 +2244,7 @@ be created automatically by NetworkManager if one of its

The “udi” property

-
  “udi”                      gchar *
+
  “udi”                      gchar *

An operating-system specific device hardware identifier; this is not unique to a specific hardware device across reboots or hotplugs. It is an opaque string which for some device types (Bluetooth, Modem) @@ -2257,7 +2257,7 @@ request more information about the device from those services.


The “vendor” property

-
  “vendor”                   gchar *
+
  “vendor”                   gchar *

The vendor string of the device.

Flags: Read

Default value: NULL

@@ -2269,14 +2269,14 @@ request more information about the device from those services.

The “state-changed” signal

void
 user_function (NMDevice *device,
-               guint     new_state,
-               guint     old_state,
-               guint     reason,
-               gpointer  user_data)
+ guint new_state, + guint old_state, + guint reason, + gpointer user_data)

Notifies the state change of a NMDevice.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2311,7 +2311,7 @@ user_function (
-

Flags: Run First

+

Flags: Run First

diff --git a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceAdsl.html b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceAdsl.html index 9eda5381..e856fbbb 100644 --- a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceAdsl.html +++ b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceAdsl.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMDeviceAdsl: libnm-glib Reference Manual - + @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@

Functions

-
+
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
-GQuark +GQuark nm_device_adsl_error_quark () @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@
-GObject * +GObject * nm_device_adsl_new () @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_device_adsl_get_carrier () @@ -70,14 +70,14 @@

Properties

-
+
- + @@ -85,7 +85,7 @@

Types and Values

-
gbooleangboolean carrier Read
+
@@ -108,7 +108,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ╰── NMDeviceAdsl
@@ -121,7 +121,7 @@
 

Functions

nm_device_adsl_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_device_adsl_error_quark (void);

Registers an error quark for NMDeviceAdsl if necessary.

@@ -132,13 +132,13 @@ nm_device_adsl_error_quark (void<

nm_device_adsl_new ()

-
GObject *
-nm_device_adsl_new (DBusGConnection *connection,
+
GObject *
+nm_device_adsl_new (DBusGConnection *connection,
                     const char *path);

Creates a new NMDeviceAdsl.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ nm_device_adsl_new (

connection

-
+ @@ -167,12 +167,12 @@ nm_device_adsl_new (

nm_device_adsl_get_carrier ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_adsl_get_carrier (NMDeviceAdsl *device);

Whether the device has carrier.

Parameters

-

the DBusGConnection

the DBusGConnection

 
+
@@ -187,7 +187,7 @@ nm_device_adsl_get_carrier (

Returns

-

TRUE if the device has carrier

+

TRUE if the device has carrier

@@ -197,7 +197,7 @@ nm_device_adsl_get_carrier (

enum NMDeviceAdslError

Members

-
+
@@ -246,7 +246,7 @@ nm_device_adsl_get_carrier (

Property Details

The “carrier” property

-
  “carrier”                  gboolean
+
  “carrier”                  gboolean

Whether the device has carrier.

Flags: Read

Default value: FALSE

diff --git a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceBond.html b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceBond.html index 4b83120a..34c8ad64 100644 --- a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceBond.html +++ b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceBond.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMDeviceBond: libnm-glib Reference Manual - + @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@

Functions

-
+
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ -
-GQuark +GQuark nm_device_bond_error_quark () @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@
-GObject * +GObject * nm_device_bond_new () @@ -66,14 +66,14 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_device_bond_get_carrier ()
const GPtrArray * +const GPtrArray * nm_device_bond_get_slaves () @@ -84,7 +84,7 @@

Properties

-
+
@@ -92,13 +92,13 @@ - + +gchar * @@ -113,7 +113,7 @@

Types and Values

-
gbooleangboolean carrier Read
-gchar * hw-address Read
+
@@ -144,7 +144,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ╰── NMDeviceBond
@@ -157,7 +157,7 @@
 

Functions

nm_device_bond_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_device_bond_error_quark (void);

Registers an error quark for NMDeviceBond if necessary.

@@ -168,13 +168,13 @@ nm_device_bond_error_quark (void<

nm_device_bond_new ()

-
GObject *
-nm_device_bond_new (DBusGConnection *connection,
+
GObject *
+nm_device_bond_new (DBusGConnection *connection,
                     const char *path);

Creates a new NMDeviceBond.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -183,7 +183,7 @@ nm_device_bond_new (

connection

-
+ @@ -208,7 +208,7 @@ nm_device_bond_get_hw_address (Gets the hardware (MAC) address of the NMDeviceBond

Parameters

-

the DBusGConnection

the DBusGConnection

 
+
@@ -230,12 +230,12 @@ device, and must not be modified.


nm_device_bond_get_carrier ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_bond_get_carrier (NMDeviceBond *device);

Whether the device has carrier.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -250,19 +250,19 @@ nm_device_bond_get_carrier (

Returns

-

TRUE if the device has carrier

+

TRUE if the device has carrier


nm_device_bond_get_slaves ()

-
const GPtrArray *
+
const GPtrArray *
 nm_device_bond_get_slaves (NMDeviceBond *device);

Gets the devices currently slaved to device .

Parameters

-
+
@@ -277,8 +277,8 @@ nm_device_bond_get_slaves (

Returns

-

the GPtrArray containing -NMDevices that are slaves of device +

the GPtrArray containing +NMDevices that are slaves of device . This is the internal copy used by the device, and must not be modified.

[element-type NMDevice]

@@ -292,7 +292,7 @@ copy used by the device, and must not be modified.

enum NMDeviceBondError

Members

-
+
@@ -360,7 +360,7 @@ copy used by the device, and must not be modified.

Property Details

The “carrier” property

-
  “carrier”                  gboolean
+
  “carrier”                  gboolean

Whether the device has carrier.

Flags: Read

Default value: FALSE

@@ -368,7 +368,7 @@ copy used by the device, and must not be modified.


The “hw-address” property

-
  “hw-address”               gchar *
+
  “hw-address”               gchar *

The hardware (MAC) address of the device.

Flags: Read

Default value: NULL

diff --git a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceBridge.html b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceBridge.html index 918be57a..3fa79a8d 100644 --- a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceBridge.html +++ b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceBridge.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMDeviceBridge: libnm-glib Reference Manual - + @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@

Functions

-
+
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ -
-GQuark +GQuark nm_device_bridge_error_quark () @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@
-GObject * +GObject * nm_device_bridge_new () @@ -66,14 +66,14 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_device_bridge_get_carrier ()
const GPtrArray * +const GPtrArray * nm_device_bridge_get_slaves () @@ -84,7 +84,7 @@

Properties

-
+
@@ -92,13 +92,13 @@ - + +gchar * @@ -113,7 +113,7 @@

Types and Values

-
gbooleangboolean carrier Read
-gchar * hw-address Read
+
@@ -144,7 +144,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ╰── NMDeviceBridge
@@ -157,7 +157,7 @@
 

Functions

nm_device_bridge_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_device_bridge_error_quark (void);

Registers an error quark for NMDeviceBridge if necessary.

@@ -169,13 +169,13 @@ nm_device_bridge_error_quark (voi

nm_device_bridge_new ()

-
GObject *
-nm_device_bridge_new (DBusGConnection *connection,
+
GObject *
+nm_device_bridge_new (DBusGConnection *connection,
                       const char *path);

Creates a new NMDeviceBridge.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -184,7 +184,7 @@ nm_device_bridge_new (

connection

-
+ @@ -210,7 +210,7 @@ nm_device_bridge_get_hw_address (Gets the hardware (MAC) address of the NMDeviceBridge

Parameters

-

the DBusGConnection

the DBusGConnection

 
+
@@ -233,12 +233,12 @@ device, and must not be modified.


nm_device_bridge_get_carrier ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_bridge_get_carrier (NMDeviceBridge *device);

Whether the device has carrier.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -253,20 +253,20 @@ nm_device_bridge_get_carrier (

Returns

-

TRUE if the device has carrier

+

TRUE if the device has carrier

Since: 0.9.8


nm_device_bridge_get_slaves ()

-
const GPtrArray *
+
const GPtrArray *
 nm_device_bridge_get_slaves (NMDeviceBridge *device);

Gets the devices currently slaved to device .

Parameters

-
+
@@ -281,8 +281,8 @@ nm_device_bridge_get_slaves (

Returns

-

the GPtrArray containing -NMDevices that are slaves of device +

the GPtrArray containing +NMDevices that are slaves of device . This is the internal copy used by the device, and must not be modified.

[element-type NMDevice]

@@ -296,7 +296,7 @@ copy used by the device, and must not be modified.

enum NMDeviceBridgeError

Members

-
+
@@ -365,7 +365,7 @@ copy used by the device, and must not be modified.

Property Details

The “carrier” property

-
  “carrier”                  gboolean
+
  “carrier”                  gboolean

Whether the device has carrier.

Flags: Read

Default value: FALSE

@@ -374,7 +374,7 @@ copy used by the device, and must not be modified.


The “hw-address” property

-
  “hw-address”               gchar *
+
  “hw-address”               gchar *

The hardware (MAC) address of the device.

Flags: Read

Default value: NULL

diff --git a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceBt.html b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceBt.html index af2d4241..45048e64 100644 --- a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceBt.html +++ b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceBt.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMDeviceBt: libnm-glib Reference Manual - + @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@

Functions

-
+
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
-GQuark +GQuark nm_device_bt_error_quark () @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@
-GObject * +GObject * nm_device_bt_new () @@ -73,7 +73,7 @@
-NMBluetoothCapabilities +NMBluetoothCapabilities nm_device_bt_get_capabilities () @@ -84,7 +84,7 @@

Properties

-
+
@@ -92,19 +92,19 @@ - + +gchar * +gchar * @@ -113,7 +113,7 @@

Types and Values

-
guintguint bt-capabilities Read
-gchar * hw-address Read
-gchar * name Read
+
@@ -144,7 +144,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ╰── NMDeviceBt
@@ -157,7 +157,7 @@
 

Functions

nm_device_bt_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_device_bt_error_quark (void);

Registers an error quark for NMDeviceBt if necessary.

@@ -168,13 +168,13 @@ nm_device_bt_error_quark (void

nm_device_bt_new ()

-
GObject *
-nm_device_bt_new (DBusGConnection *connection,
+
GObject *
+nm_device_bt_new (DBusGConnection *connection,
                   const char *path);

Creates a new NMDeviceBt.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -183,7 +183,7 @@ nm_device_bt_new (

connection

-
+ @@ -208,7 +208,7 @@ nm_device_bt_get_hw_address (NMDeviceBt

Parameters

-

the DBusGConnection

the DBusGConnection

 
+
@@ -235,7 +235,7 @@ nm_device_bt_get_name (NMDeviceBt.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -256,12 +256,12 @@ nm_device_bt_get_name (

nm_device_bt_get_capabilities ()

-
NMBluetoothCapabilities
+
NMBluetoothCapabilities
 nm_device_bt_get_capabilities (NMDeviceBt *device);

Returns the Bluetooth device's usable capabilities.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -276,7 +276,7 @@ nm_device_bt_get_capabilities (

Returns

-

a combination of NMBluetoothCapabilities

+

a combination of NMBluetoothCapabilities

@@ -286,7 +286,7 @@ nm_device_bt_get_capabilities (

enum NMDeviceBtError

Members

-
+
@@ -368,15 +368,15 @@ nm_device_bt_get_capabilities (

Property Details

The “bt-capabilities” property

-
  “bt-capabilities”          guint
-

The device's bluetooth capabilities, a combination of NMBluetoothCapabilities.

+
  “bt-capabilities”          guint
+

The device's bluetooth capabilities, a combination of NMBluetoothCapabilities.

Flags: Read

Default value: 0


The “hw-address” property

-
  “hw-address”               gchar *
+
  “hw-address”               gchar *

The hardware (MAC) address of the device.

Flags: Read

Default value: NULL

@@ -384,7 +384,7 @@ nm_device_bt_get_capabilities (

The “name” property

-
  “name”                     gchar *
+
  “name”                     gchar *

The name of the bluetooth device.

Flags: Read

Default value: NULL

diff --git a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceEthernet.html b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceEthernet.html index 5caa8034..f49cae6a 100644 --- a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceEthernet.html +++ b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceEthernet.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMDeviceEthernet: libnm-glib Reference Manual - + @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@

Functions

-
+
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
-GQuark +GQuark nm_device_ethernet_error_quark () @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@
-GObject * +GObject * nm_device_ethernet_new () @@ -73,7 +73,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_device_ethernet_get_speed () @@ -81,7 +81,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_device_ethernet_get_carrier () @@ -92,7 +92,7 @@

Properties

-
+
@@ -100,24 +100,24 @@ - + +gchar * +gchar * - + @@ -126,7 +126,7 @@

Types and Values

-
gbooleangboolean carrier Read
-gchar * hw-address Read
-gchar * perm-hw-address Read
guintguint speed Read
+
@@ -161,7 +161,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ╰── NMDeviceEthernet
@@ -174,7 +174,7 @@
 

Functions

nm_device_ethernet_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_device_ethernet_error_quark (void);

Registers an error quark for NMDeviceEthernet if necessary.

@@ -185,13 +185,13 @@ nm_device_ethernet_error_quark (v

nm_device_ethernet_new ()

-
GObject *
-nm_device_ethernet_new (DBusGConnection *connection,
+
GObject *
+nm_device_ethernet_new (DBusGConnection *connection,
                         const char *path);

Creates a new NMDeviceEthernet.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -200,7 +200,7 @@ nm_device_ethernet_new (

connection

-
+ @@ -225,7 +225,7 @@ nm_device_ethernet_get_hw_address (Gets the active hardware (MAC) address of the NMDeviceEthernet

Parameters

-

the DBusGConnection

the DBusGConnection

 
+
@@ -253,7 +253,7 @@ nm_device_ethernet_get_permanent_hw_address

Gets the permanent hardware (MAC) address of the NMDeviceEthernet

Parameters

-
+
@@ -275,12 +275,12 @@ device, and must not be modified.


nm_device_ethernet_get_speed ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_device_ethernet_get_speed (NMDeviceEthernet *device);

Gets the speed of the NMDeviceEthernet.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -301,12 +301,12 @@ nm_device_ethernet_get_speed (

nm_device_ethernet_get_carrier ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_ethernet_get_carrier (NMDeviceEthernet *device);

Whether the device has carrier.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -321,7 +321,7 @@ nm_device_ethernet_get_carrier (

Returns

-

TRUE if the device has carrier

+

TRUE if the device has carrier

@@ -331,7 +331,7 @@ nm_device_ethernet_get_carrier (

enum NMDeviceEthernetError

Members

-
+
@@ -412,7 +412,7 @@ nm_device_ethernet_get_carrier (

Property Details

The “carrier” property

-
  “carrier”                  gboolean
+
  “carrier”                  gboolean

Whether the device has carrier.

Flags: Read

Default value: FALSE

@@ -420,7 +420,7 @@ nm_device_ethernet_get_carrier (

The “hw-address” property

-
  “hw-address”               gchar *
+
  “hw-address”               gchar *

The active hardware (MAC) address of the device.

Flags: Read

Default value: NULL

@@ -428,7 +428,7 @@ nm_device_ethernet_get_carrier (

The “perm-hw-address” property

-
  “perm-hw-address”          gchar *
+
  “perm-hw-address”          gchar *

The permanent hardware (MAC) address of the device.

Flags: Read

Default value: NULL

@@ -436,7 +436,7 @@ nm_device_ethernet_get_carrier (

The “speed” property

-
  “speed”                    guint
+
  “speed”                    guint

The speed of the device.

Flags: Read

Default value: 0

diff --git a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceGeneric.html b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceGeneric.html index 2d0873f4..fe5b0ef2 100644 --- a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceGeneric.html +++ b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceGeneric.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMDeviceGeneric: libnm-glib Reference Manual - + @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@

Functions

-
+
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
-GQuark +GQuark nm_device_generic_error_quark () @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@
-GObject * +GObject * nm_device_generic_new () @@ -69,7 +69,7 @@

Properties

-
+
@@ -78,13 +78,13 @@ +gchar * +gchar * @@ -93,7 +93,7 @@

Types and Values

-
-gchar * hw-address Read
-gchar * type-description Read
+
@@ -120,7 +120,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ╰── NMDeviceGeneric
@@ -133,7 +133,7 @@
 

Functions

nm_device_generic_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_device_generic_error_quark (void);

Registers an error quark for NMDeviceGeneric if necessary.

@@ -145,13 +145,13 @@ nm_device_generic_error_quark (vo

nm_device_generic_new ()

-
GObject *
-nm_device_generic_new (DBusGConnection *connection,
+
GObject *
+nm_device_generic_new (DBusGConnection *connection,
                        const char *path);

Creates a new NMDeviceGeneric.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -160,7 +160,7 @@ nm_device_generic_new (

connection

-
+ @@ -186,7 +186,7 @@ nm_device_generic_get_hw_address (Gets the hardware address of the NMDeviceGeneric

Parameters

-

the DBusGConnection

the DBusGConnection

 
+
@@ -213,7 +213,7 @@ device, and must not be modified.

enum NMDeviceGenericError

Members

-
+
@@ -268,7 +268,7 @@ device, and must not be modified.

Property Details

The “hw-address” property

-
  “hw-address”               gchar *
+
  “hw-address”               gchar *

The hardware address of the device.

Flags: Read

Default value: NULL

@@ -276,8 +276,8 @@ device, and must not be modified.


The “type-description” property

-
  “type-description”         gchar *
-

A description of the specific type of device this is, or NULL +

  “type-description”         gchar *
+

A description of the specific type of device this is, or NULL if not known.

Flags: Read

Default value: NULL

diff --git a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceInfiniband.html b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceInfiniband.html index 47e6460a..966ebc78 100644 --- a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceInfiniband.html +++ b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceInfiniband.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMDeviceInfiniband: libnm-glib Reference Manual - + @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@

Functions

-
+
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
-GQuark +GQuark nm_device_infiniband_error_quark () @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@
-GObject * +GObject * nm_device_infiniband_new () @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_device_infiniband_get_carrier () @@ -77,7 +77,7 @@

Properties

-
+
@@ -85,13 +85,13 @@ - + +gchar * @@ -100,7 +100,7 @@

Types and Values

-
gbooleangboolean carrier Read
-gchar * hw-address Read
+
@@ -127,7 +127,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ╰── NMDeviceInfiniband
@@ -140,7 +140,7 @@
 

Functions

nm_device_infiniband_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_device_infiniband_error_quark (void);

Registers an error quark for NMDeviceInfiniband if necessary.

@@ -151,13 +151,13 @@ nm_device_infiniband_error_quark (

nm_device_infiniband_new ()

-
GObject *
-nm_device_infiniband_new (DBusGConnection *connection,
+
GObject *
+nm_device_infiniband_new (DBusGConnection *connection,
                           const char *path);

Creates a new NMDeviceInfiniband.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -166,7 +166,7 @@ nm_device_infiniband_new (

connection

-
+ @@ -191,7 +191,7 @@ nm_device_infiniband_get_hw_address (Gets the hardware (MAC) address of the NMDeviceInfiniband

Parameters

-

the DBusGConnection

the DBusGConnection

 
+
@@ -213,12 +213,12 @@ device, and must not be modified.


nm_device_infiniband_get_carrier ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_infiniband_get_carrier (NMDeviceInfiniband *device);

Whether the device has carrier.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -233,7 +233,7 @@ nm_device_infiniband_get_carrier (

Returns

-

TRUE if the device has carrier

+

TRUE if the device has carrier

@@ -243,7 +243,7 @@ nm_device_infiniband_get_carrier (

enum NMDeviceInfinibandError

Members

-
+
@@ -312,7 +312,7 @@ nm_device_infiniband_get_carrier (

Property Details

The “carrier” property

-
  “carrier”                  gboolean
+
  “carrier”                  gboolean

Whether the device has carrier.

Flags: Read

Default value: FALSE

@@ -320,7 +320,7 @@ nm_device_infiniband_get_carrier (

The “hw-address” property

-
  “hw-address”               gchar *
+
  “hw-address”               gchar *

The hardware (MAC) address of the device.

Flags: Read

Default value: NULL

diff --git a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceModem.html b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceModem.html index 9b784bbc..7b55f6c4 100644 --- a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceModem.html +++ b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceModem.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMDeviceModem: libnm-glib Reference Manual - + @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@

Functions

-
+
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
-GQuark +GQuark nm_device_modem_error_quark () @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@
-NMDeviceModemCapabilities +NMDeviceModemCapabilities nm_device_modem_get_modem_capabilities () @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@
-NMDeviceModemCapabilities +NMDeviceModemCapabilities nm_device_modem_get_current_capabilities () @@ -70,7 +70,7 @@

Properties

-
+
@@ -78,12 +78,12 @@ - + - + @@ -92,7 +92,7 @@

Types and Values

-
guintguint current-capabilities Read
guintguint modem-capabilities Read
+
@@ -119,7 +119,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ╰── NMDeviceModem
@@ -132,7 +132,7 @@
 

Functions

nm_device_modem_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_device_modem_error_quark (void);

Registers an error quark for NMDeviceModem if necessary.

@@ -143,7 +143,7 @@ nm_device_modem_error_quark (void

nm_device_modem_get_modem_capabilities ()

-
NMDeviceModemCapabilities
+
NMDeviceModemCapabilities
 nm_device_modem_get_modem_capabilities
                                (NMDeviceModem *self);

Returns a bitfield of the generic access technology families the modem @@ -151,7 +151,7 @@ supports. Not all capabilities are available concurrently however; some may require a firmware reload or reinitialization.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -172,7 +172,7 @@ may require a firmware reload or reinitialization.


nm_device_modem_get_current_capabilities ()

-
NMDeviceModemCapabilities
+
NMDeviceModemCapabilities
 nm_device_modem_get_current_capabilities
                                (NMDeviceModem *self);

Returns a bitfield of the generic access technology families the modem @@ -180,7 +180,7 @@ supports without a firmware reload or reinitialization. This value represents the network types the modem can immediately connect to.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -206,7 +206,7 @@ a firmware reload or other reinitialization

enum NMDeviceModemError

Members

-
+
@@ -268,7 +268,7 @@ a firmware reload or other reinitialization

Property Details

The “current-capabilities” property

-
  “current-capabilities”     guint
+
  “current-capabilities”     guint

The generic family of access technologies the modem currently supports without a firmware reload or reinitialization.

Flags: Read

@@ -277,7 +277,7 @@ without a firmware reload or reinitialization.


The “modem-capabilities” property

-
  “modem-capabilities”       guint
+
  “modem-capabilities”       guint

The generic family of access technologies the modem supports. Not all capabilities are available at the same time however; some modems require a firmware reload or other reinitialization to switch between eg diff --git a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceOlpcMesh.html b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceOlpcMesh.html index dcf93262..c803d5a0 100644 --- a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceOlpcMesh.html +++ b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceOlpcMesh.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMDeviceOlpcMesh: libnm-glib Reference Manual - + @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@

Functions

-
+
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
-GQuark +GQuark nm_device_olpc_mesh_error_quark () @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@
-GObject * +GObject * nm_device_olpc_mesh_new () @@ -74,7 +74,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_device_olpc_mesh_get_active_channel () @@ -85,7 +85,7 @@

Properties

-
+
@@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ - + @@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ +gchar * @@ -114,7 +114,7 @@

Types and Values

-
guintguint active-channel Read
-gchar * hw-address Read
+
@@ -145,7 +145,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ╰── NMDeviceOlpcMesh
@@ -158,7 +158,7 @@
 

Functions

nm_device_olpc_mesh_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_device_olpc_mesh_error_quark (void);

Registers an error quark for NMDeviceOlpcMesh if necessary.

@@ -169,13 +169,13 @@ nm_device_olpc_mesh_error_quark (

nm_device_olpc_mesh_new ()

-
GObject *
-nm_device_olpc_mesh_new (DBusGConnection *connection,
+
GObject *
+nm_device_olpc_mesh_new (DBusGConnection *connection,
                          const char *path);

Creates a new NMDeviceOlpcMesh.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -184,7 +184,7 @@ nm_device_olpc_mesh_new (

connection

-
+ @@ -209,7 +209,7 @@ nm_device_olpc_mesh_get_hw_address (Gets the hardware (MAC) address of the NMDeviceOlpcMesh

Parameters

-

the DBusGConnection

the DBusGConnection

 
+
@@ -236,7 +236,7 @@ nm_device_olpc_mesh_get_companion (Gets the companion device of the NMDeviceOlpcMesh.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -251,20 +251,20 @@ nm_device_olpc_mesh_get_companion (

Returns

-

the companion of the device of NULL.

+

the companion of the device of NULL.

[transfer none]


nm_device_olpc_mesh_get_active_channel ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_device_olpc_mesh_get_active_channel
                                (NMDeviceOlpcMesh *device);

Returns the active channel of the NMDeviceOlpcMesh device.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -289,7 +289,7 @@ nm_device_olpc_mesh_get_active_channel

enum NMDeviceOlpcMeshError

Members

-
+
@@ -350,7 +350,7 @@ nm_device_olpc_mesh_get_active_channel

Property Details

The “active-channel” property

-
  “active-channel”           guint
+
  “active-channel”           guint

The device's active channel.

Flags: Read

Default value: 0

@@ -365,7 +365,7 @@ nm_device_olpc_mesh_get_active_channel

The “hw-address” property

-
  “hw-address”               gchar *
+
  “hw-address”               gchar *

The hardware (MAC) address of the device.

Flags: Read

Default value: NULL

diff --git a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceTeam.html b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceTeam.html index 61fdf696..df514edb 100644 --- a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceTeam.html +++ b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceTeam.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMDeviceTeam: libnm-glib Reference Manual - + @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@

Functions

-
+
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ -
-GQuark +GQuark nm_device_team_error_quark () @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@
-GObject * +GObject * nm_device_team_new () @@ -66,14 +66,14 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_device_team_get_carrier ()
const GPtrArray * +const GPtrArray * nm_device_team_get_slaves () @@ -84,7 +84,7 @@

Properties

-
+
@@ -92,13 +92,13 @@ - + +gchar * @@ -113,7 +113,7 @@

Types and Values

-
gbooleangboolean carrier Read
-gchar * hw-address Read
+
@@ -144,7 +144,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ╰── NMDeviceTeam
@@ -157,7 +157,7 @@
 

Functions

nm_device_team_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_device_team_error_quark (void);

Registers an error quark for NMDeviceTeam if necessary.

@@ -169,13 +169,13 @@ nm_device_team_error_quark (void<

nm_device_team_new ()

-
GObject *
-nm_device_team_new (DBusGConnection *connection,
+
GObject *
+nm_device_team_new (DBusGConnection *connection,
                     const char *path);

Creates a new NMDeviceTeam.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -184,7 +184,7 @@ nm_device_team_new (

connection

-
+ @@ -210,7 +210,7 @@ nm_device_team_get_hw_address (Gets the hardware (MAC) address of the NMDeviceTeam

Parameters

-

the DBusGConnection

the DBusGConnection

 
+
@@ -233,12 +233,12 @@ device, and must not be modified.


nm_device_team_get_carrier ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_team_get_carrier (NMDeviceTeam *device);

Whether the device has carrier.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -253,20 +253,20 @@ nm_device_team_get_carrier (

Returns

-

TRUE if the device has carrier

+

TRUE if the device has carrier

Since: 0.9.10


nm_device_team_get_slaves ()

-
const GPtrArray *
+
const GPtrArray *
 nm_device_team_get_slaves (NMDeviceTeam *device);

Gets the devices currently enslaved to device .

Parameters

-
+
@@ -281,8 +281,8 @@ nm_device_team_get_slaves (

Returns

-

the GPtrArray containing -NMDevices that are slaves of device +

the GPtrArray containing +NMDevices that are slaves of device . This is the internal copy used by the device, and must not be modified.

[element-type NMDevice]

@@ -296,7 +296,7 @@ copy used by the device, and must not be modified.

enum NMDeviceTeamError

Members

-
+
@@ -364,7 +364,7 @@ copy used by the device, and must not be modified.

Property Details

The “carrier” property

-
  “carrier”                  gboolean
+
  “carrier”                  gboolean

Whether the device has carrier.

Flags: Read

Default value: FALSE

@@ -372,7 +372,7 @@ copy used by the device, and must not be modified.


The “hw-address” property

-
  “hw-address”               gchar *
+
  “hw-address”               gchar *

The hardware (MAC) address of the device.

Flags: Read

Default value: NULL

diff --git a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceVlan.html b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceVlan.html index c15add18..39e35c7b 100644 --- a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceVlan.html +++ b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceVlan.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMDeviceVlan: libnm-glib Reference Manual - + @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@

Functions

-
+
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
-GQuark +GQuark nm_device_vlan_error_quark () @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@
-GObject * +GObject * nm_device_vlan_new () @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_device_vlan_get_carrier () @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@
-guint +guint nm_device_vlan_get_vlan_id () @@ -93,7 +93,7 @@

Properties

-
+
@@ -101,13 +101,13 @@ - + +gchar * @@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ - + @@ -127,7 +127,7 @@

Types and Values

-
gbooleangboolean carrier Read
-gchar * hw-address Read
Read
guintguint vlan-id Read
+
@@ -162,7 +162,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ╰── NMDeviceVlan
@@ -175,7 +175,7 @@
 

Functions

nm_device_vlan_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_device_vlan_error_quark (void);

Registers an error quark for NMDeviceVlan if necessary.

@@ -186,13 +186,13 @@ nm_device_vlan_error_quark (void<

nm_device_vlan_new ()

-
GObject *
-nm_device_vlan_new (DBusGConnection *connection,
+
GObject *
+nm_device_vlan_new (DBusGConnection *connection,
                     const char *path);

Creates a new NMDeviceVlan.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -201,7 +201,7 @@ nm_device_vlan_new (

connection

-
+ @@ -226,7 +226,7 @@ nm_device_vlan_get_hw_address (Gets the hardware (MAC) address of the NMDeviceVlan

Parameters

-

the DBusGConnection

the DBusGConnection

 
+
@@ -248,12 +248,12 @@ device, and must not be modified.


nm_device_vlan_get_carrier ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_vlan_get_carrier (NMDeviceVlan *device);

Whether the device has carrier.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -268,7 +268,7 @@ nm_device_vlan_get_carrier (

Returns

-

TRUE if the device has carrier

+

TRUE if the device has carrier


@@ -278,7 +278,7 @@ nm_device_vlan_get_carrier (NMDeviceVlan *device);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -301,11 +301,11 @@ nm_device_vlan_get_parent (

nm_device_vlan_get_vlan_id ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_device_vlan_get_vlan_id (NMDeviceVlan *device);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -330,7 +330,7 @@ nm_device_vlan_get_vlan_id (

enum NMDeviceVlanError

Members

-
+
@@ -418,7 +418,7 @@ nm_device_vlan_get_vlan_id (

Property Details

The “carrier” property

-
  “carrier”                  gboolean
+
  “carrier”                  gboolean

Whether the device has carrier.

Flags: Read

Default value: FALSE

@@ -426,7 +426,7 @@ nm_device_vlan_get_vlan_id (

The “hw-address” property

-
  “hw-address”               gchar *
+
  “hw-address”               gchar *

The hardware (MAC) address of the device.

Flags: Read

Default value: NULL

@@ -442,7 +442,7 @@ nm_device_vlan_get_vlan_id (

The “vlan-id” property

-
  “vlan-id”                  guint
+
  “vlan-id”                  guint

The device's VLAN ID.

Flags: Read

Allowed values: <= 4095

diff --git a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceWifi.html b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceWifi.html index 2a569f45..2efca39f 100644 --- a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceWifi.html +++ b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceWifi.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMDeviceWifi: libnm-glib Reference Manual - + @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@

Functions

-
+
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ -
-GQuark +GQuark nm_device_wifi_error_quark () @@ -52,7 +52,7 @@
-GObject * +GObject * nm_device_wifi_new () @@ -74,7 +74,7 @@
-NM80211Mode +NM80211Mode nm_device_wifi_get_mode () @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_device_wifi_get_bitrate () @@ -90,7 +90,7 @@
-NMDeviceWifiCapabilities +NMDeviceWifiCapabilities nm_device_wifi_get_capabilities () @@ -113,7 +113,7 @@
const GPtrArray * +const GPtrArray * nm_device_wifi_get_access_points () @@ -140,7 +140,7 @@

Properties

-
+
@@ -160,29 +160,29 @@ - + +gchar * - + +gchar * - + @@ -191,7 +191,7 @@

Signals

-
Read
guintguint bitrate Read
-gchar * hw-address Read
guintguint mode Read
-gchar * perm-hw-address Read
guintguint wireless-capabilities Read
+
@@ -201,19 +201,19 @@ - + - +
void access-point-addedRun FirstRun First
void access-point-removedRun FirstRun First

Types and Values

-
+
@@ -260,7 +260,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ╰── NMDeviceWifi
@@ -273,7 +273,7 @@
 

Functions

nm_device_wifi_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_device_wifi_error_quark (void);

Registers an error quark for NMDeviceWifi if necessary.

@@ -284,13 +284,13 @@ nm_device_wifi_error_quark (void<

nm_device_wifi_new ()

-
GObject *
-nm_device_wifi_new (DBusGConnection *connection,
+
GObject *
+nm_device_wifi_new (DBusGConnection *connection,
                     const char *path);

Creates a new NMDeviceWifi.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -299,7 +299,7 @@ nm_device_wifi_new (

connection

-
+ @@ -324,7 +324,7 @@ nm_device_wifi_get_hw_address (Gets the actual hardware (MAC) address of the NMDeviceWifi

Parameters

-

the DBusGConnection

the DBusGConnection

 
+
@@ -352,7 +352,7 @@ nm_device_wifi_get_permanent_hw_address

Gets the permanent hardware (MAC) address of the NMDeviceWifi

Parameters

-
+
@@ -374,12 +374,12 @@ device, and must not be modified.


nm_device_wifi_get_mode ()

-
NM80211Mode
+
NM80211Mode
 nm_device_wifi_get_mode (NMDeviceWifi *device);

Gets the NMDeviceWifi mode.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -400,12 +400,12 @@ nm_device_wifi_get_mode (

nm_device_wifi_get_bitrate ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_device_wifi_get_bitrate (NMDeviceWifi *device);

Gets the bit rate of the NMDeviceWifi in kbit/s.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -426,12 +426,12 @@ nm_device_wifi_get_bitrate (

nm_device_wifi_get_capabilities ()

-
NMDeviceWifiCapabilities
+
NMDeviceWifiCapabilities
 nm_device_wifi_get_capabilities (NMDeviceWifi *device);

Gets the Wi-Fi capabilities of the NMDeviceWifi.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -458,7 +458,7 @@ nm_device_wifi_get_active_access_point

Gets the active NMAccessPoint.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -473,7 +473,7 @@ nm_device_wifi_get_active_access_point

Returns

-

the access point or NULL if none is active.

+

the access point or NULL if none is active.

[transfer none]

@@ -487,7 +487,7 @@ nm_device_wifi_get_access_point_by_path

Gets a NMAccessPoint by path.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -509,19 +509,19 @@ nm_device_wifi_get_access_point_by_path

Returns

-

the access point or NULL if none is found.

+

the access point or NULL if none is found.

[transfer none]


nm_device_wifi_get_access_points ()

-
const GPtrArray *
+
const GPtrArray *
 nm_device_wifi_get_access_points (NMDeviceWifi *device);

Gets all the scanned access points of the NMDeviceWifi.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -536,8 +536,8 @@ nm_device_wifi_get_access_points (

Returns

-

a GPtrArray containing all the -scanned NMAccessPoints. +

a GPtrArray containing all the +scanned NMAccessPoints. The returned array is owned by the client and should not be modified.

[element-type NMAccessPoint]

@@ -547,8 +547,8 @@ The returned array is owned by the client and should not be modified.

NMDeviceWifiRequestScanFn ()

void
 (*NMDeviceWifiRequestScanFn) (NMDeviceWifi *device,
-                              GError *error,
-                              gpointer user_data);
+ GError *error, + gpointer user_data);
@@ -556,13 +556,13 @@ The returned array is owned by the client and should not be modified.

void
 nm_device_wifi_request_scan_simple (NMDeviceWifi *device,
                                     NMDeviceWifiRequestScanFn callback,
-                                    gpointer user_data);
+ gpointer user_data);

Request NM to scan for access points on the NMDeviceWifi. This function only instructs NM to perform scanning. Use nm_device_wifi_get_access_points() to get available access points.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -596,7 +596,7 @@ to get available access points.

enum NMDeviceWifiError

Members

-
+
@@ -726,7 +726,7 @@ required by the connection


The “bitrate” property

-
  “bitrate”                  guint
+
  “bitrate”                  guint

The bit rate of the device in kbit/s.

Flags: Read

Default value: 0

@@ -734,7 +734,7 @@ required by the connection


The “hw-address” property

-
  “hw-address”               gchar *
+
  “hw-address”               gchar *

The hardware (MAC) address of the device.

Flags: Read

Default value: NULL

@@ -742,7 +742,7 @@ required by the connection


The “mode” property

-
  “mode”                     guint
+
  “mode”                     guint

The mode of the device.

Flags: Read

Allowed values: <= 3

@@ -751,7 +751,7 @@ required by the connection


The “perm-hw-address” property

-
  “perm-hw-address”          gchar *
+
  “perm-hw-address”          gchar *

The hardware (MAC) address of the device.

Flags: Read

Default value: NULL

@@ -759,7 +759,7 @@ required by the connection


The “wireless-capabilities” property

-
  “wireless-capabilities”    guint
+
  “wireless-capabilities”    guint

The wireless capabilities of the device.

Flags: Read

Default value: 0

@@ -771,12 +771,12 @@ required by the connection

The “access-point-added” signal

void
 user_function (NMDeviceWifi *device,
-               GObject      *ap,
-               gpointer      user_data)
+ GObject *ap, + gpointer user_data)

Notifies that a NMAccessPoint is added to the Wi-Fi device.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -801,19 +801,19 @@ user_function (
-

Flags: Run First

+

Flags: Run First


The “access-point-removed” signal

void
 user_function (NMDeviceWifi *device,
-               GObject      *ap,
-               gpointer      user_data)
+ GObject *ap, + gpointer user_data)

Notifies that a NMAccessPoint is removed from the Wi-Fi device.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -838,7 +838,7 @@ user_function (
-

Flags: Run First

+

Flags: Run First

diff --git a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceWimax.html b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceWimax.html index e13ce5d9..65261ea3 100644 --- a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceWimax.html +++ b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceWimax.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMDeviceWimax: libnm-glib Reference Manual - + @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@

Functions

-
+
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ -
-GQuark +GQuark nm_device_wimax_error_quark () @@ -52,7 +52,7 @@
-GObject * +GObject * nm_device_wimax_new () @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@
const GPtrArray * +const GPtrArray * nm_device_wimax_get_nsps () @@ -90,7 +90,7 @@
-guint +guint nm_device_wimax_get_center_frequency () @@ -98,7 +98,7 @@
-gint +gint nm_device_wimax_get_rssi () @@ -106,7 +106,7 @@
-gint +gint nm_device_wimax_get_cinr () @@ -114,7 +114,7 @@
-gint +gint nm_device_wimax_get_tx_power () @@ -132,7 +132,7 @@

Properties

-
+
@@ -147,23 +147,23 @@ +gchar * - + - + +gchar * @@ -174,12 +174,12 @@ - + - + @@ -188,7 +188,7 @@

Signals

-
-gchar * bsid Read
guintguint center-frequency Read
gintgint cinr Read
-gchar * hw-address Read
Read
gintgint rssi Read
gintgint tx-power Read
+
@@ -198,19 +198,19 @@ - + - +
void nsp-addedRun FirstRun First
void nsp-removedRun FirstRun First

Types and Values

-
+
@@ -261,7 +261,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ╰── NMDeviceWimax
@@ -274,7 +274,7 @@
 

Functions

nm_device_wimax_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_device_wimax_error_quark (void);

nm_device_wimax_error_quark has been deprecated since version 1.2 and should not be used in newly-written code.

@@ -289,8 +289,8 @@ nm_device_wimax_error_quark (void

nm_device_wimax_new ()

-
GObject *
-nm_device_wimax_new (DBusGConnection *connection,
+
GObject *
+nm_device_wimax_new (DBusGConnection *connection,
                      const char *path);

nm_device_wimax_new has been deprecated since version 1.2 and should not be used in newly-written code.

@@ -299,7 +299,7 @@ nm_device_wimax_new (NMDeviceWimax.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -308,7 +308,7 @@ nm_device_wimax_new (

connection

-
+ @@ -337,7 +337,7 @@ nm_device_wimax_get_hw_address (Gets the hardware (MAC) address of the NMDeviceWimax

Parameters

-

the DBusGConnection

the DBusGConnection

 
+
@@ -368,7 +368,7 @@ nm_device_wimax_get_active_nsp (Gets the active NMWimaxNsp.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -383,7 +383,7 @@ nm_device_wimax_get_active_nsp (

Returns

-

the access point or NULL if none is active.

+

the access point or NULL if none is active.

[transfer full]

@@ -400,7 +400,7 @@ nm_device_wimax_get_nsp_by_path (Gets a NMWimaxNsp by path.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -422,14 +422,14 @@ nm_device_wimax_get_nsp_by_path (

Returns

-

the access point or NULL if none is found.

+

the access point or NULL if none is found.

[transfer none]


nm_device_wimax_get_nsps ()

-
const GPtrArray *
+
const GPtrArray *
 nm_device_wimax_get_nsps (NMDeviceWimax *wimax);

nm_device_wimax_get_nsps has been deprecated since version 1.2 and should not be used in newly-written code.

@@ -438,7 +438,7 @@ nm_device_wimax_get_nsps (NMDeviceWimax.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -453,8 +453,8 @@ nm_device_wimax_get_nsps (

Returns

-

a GPtrArray containing -all the scanned NMWimaxNsps. +

a GPtrArray containing +all the scanned NMWimaxNsps. The returned array is owned by the client and should not be modified.

[element-type NMWimaxNsp]

@@ -462,7 +462,7 @@ The returned array is owned by the client and should not be modified.


nm_device_wimax_get_center_frequency ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_device_wimax_get_center_frequency (NMDeviceWimax *self);

nm_device_wimax_get_center_frequency has been deprecated since version 1.2 and should not be used in newly-written code.

@@ -473,7 +473,7 @@ to communicate with the network when connected. Has no meaning when the device is not connected.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -494,7 +494,7 @@ device is not connected.


nm_device_wimax_get_rssi ()

-
gint
+
gint
 nm_device_wimax_get_rssi (NMDeviceWimax *self);

nm_device_wimax_get_rssi has been deprecated since version 1.2 and should not be used in newly-written code.

@@ -506,7 +506,7 @@ indicate the overall quality of the radio link. Has no meaning when the device is not connected.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -527,7 +527,7 @@ device is not connected.


nm_device_wimax_get_cinr ()

-
gint
+
gint
 nm_device_wimax_get_cinr (NMDeviceWimax *self);

nm_device_wimax_get_cinr has been deprecated since version 1.2 and should not be used in newly-written code.

@@ -538,7 +538,7 @@ link in dB. CINR is a more accurate measure of radio link quality. Has no meaning when the device is not connected.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -559,7 +559,7 @@ meaning when the device is not connected.


nm_device_wimax_get_tx_power ()

-
gint
+
gint
 nm_device_wimax_get_tx_power (NMDeviceWimax *self);

nm_device_wimax_get_tx_power has been deprecated since version 1.2 and should not be used in newly-written code.

@@ -570,7 +570,7 @@ nm_device_wimax_get_tx_power (

Parameters

-
+
@@ -600,7 +600,7 @@ nm_device_wimax_get_bsid (

Parameters

-
+
@@ -615,7 +615,7 @@ nm_device_wimax_get_bsid (

Returns

-

the ID of the serving Base Station, or NULL

+

the ID of the serving Base Station, or NULL

@@ -625,7 +625,7 @@ nm_device_wimax_get_bsid (

enum NMDeviceWimaxError

Members

-
+
@@ -741,7 +741,7 @@ nm_device_wimax_get_bsid (

The “bsid” property

-
  “bsid”                     gchar *
+
  “bsid”                     gchar *

The ID of the serving base station as received from the network. Has no meaning when the device is not connected.

@@ -754,7 +754,7 @@ no meaning when the device is not connected.


The “center-frequency” property

-
  “center-frequency”         guint
+
  “center-frequency”         guint

The center frequency (in KHz) of the radio channel the device is using to communicate with the network when connected. Has no meaning when the device is not connected.

@@ -768,7 +768,7 @@ device is not connected.


The “cinr” property

-
  “cinr”                     gint
+
  “cinr”                     gint

CINR (Carrier to Interference + Noise Ratio) of the current radio link in dB. CINR is a more accurate measure of radio link quality. Has no meaning when the device is not connected.

@@ -782,7 +782,7 @@ meaning when the device is not connected.


The “hw-address” property

-
  “hw-address”               gchar *
+
  “hw-address”               gchar *

The hardware (MAC) address of the device.

NMDeviceWimax:hw-address has been deprecated since version 1.2 and should not be used in newly-written code.

@@ -806,7 +806,7 @@ meaning when the device is not connected.


The “rssi” property

-
  “rssi”                     gint
+
  “rssi”                     gint

RSSI of the current radio link in dBm. This value indicates how strong the raw received RF signal from the base station is, but does not indicate the overall quality of the radio link. Has no meaning when the @@ -821,7 +821,7 @@ device is not connected.


The “tx-power” property

-
  “tx-power”                 gint
+
  “tx-power”                 gint

Average power of the last burst transmitted by the device, in units of 0.5 dBm. i.e. a TxPower of -11 represents an actual device TX power of -5.5 dBm. Has no meaning when the device is not connected.

@@ -839,8 +839,8 @@ device is not connected.

The “nsp-added” signal

void
 user_function (NMDeviceWimax *self,
-               GObject       *nsp,
-               gpointer       user_data)
+ GObject *nsp, + gpointer user_data)

Notifies that a NMWimaxNsp is added to the wimax device.

NMDeviceWimax::nsp-added has been deprecated since version 1.2 and should not be used in newly-written code.

@@ -848,7 +848,7 @@ user_function (<

Parameters

-
+
@@ -873,15 +873,15 @@ user_function (<
-

Flags: Run First

+

Flags: Run First


The “nsp-removed” signal

void
 user_function (NMDeviceWimax *self,
-               GObject       *nsp,
-               gpointer       user_data)
+ GObject *nsp, + gpointer user_data)

Notifies that a NMWimaxNsp is removed from the wimax device.

NMDeviceWimax::nsp-removed has been deprecated since version 1.2 and should not be used in newly-written code.

@@ -889,7 +889,7 @@ user_function (<

Parameters

-
+
@@ -914,7 +914,7 @@ user_function (<
-

Flags: Run First

+

Flags: Run First

diff --git a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMIP4Config.html b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMIP4Config.html index 51cc764b..51f29f4a 100644 --- a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMIP4Config.html +++ b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMIP4Config.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMIP4Config: libnm-glib Reference Manual - + @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@

Functions

-
+
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ - - - - - -
-GObject * +GObject * nm_ip4_config_new () @@ -57,42 +57,42 @@
const GSList * +const GSList * nm_ip4_config_get_addresses ()
const GSList * +const GSList * nm_ip4_config_get_routes ()
const GArray * +const GArray * nm_ip4_config_get_nameservers ()
const GPtrArray * +const GPtrArray * nm_ip4_config_get_domains ()
const GPtrArray * +const GPtrArray * nm_ip4_config_get_searches ()
const GArray * +const GArray * nm_ip4_config_get_wins_servers () @@ -103,7 +103,7 @@

Properties

-
+
@@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ - + @@ -123,7 +123,7 @@ +gchar * @@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ - + @@ -155,7 +155,7 @@

Types and Values

-
gpointergpointer addresses Read
-gchar * gateway Read
Read
gpointergpointer routes Read
+
@@ -194,7 +194,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMIP4Config
 
@@ -206,13 +206,13 @@

Functions

nm_ip4_config_new ()

-
GObject *
-nm_ip4_config_new (DBusGConnection *connection,
+
GObject *
+nm_ip4_config_new (DBusGConnection *connection,
                    const char *object_path);

Creates a new NMIP4Config.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -221,7 +221,7 @@ nm_ip4_config_new (

connection

-
+ @@ -246,7 +246,7 @@ nm_ip4_config_get_gateway (

Parameters

-

the DBusGConnection

the DBusGConnection

 
+
@@ -268,12 +268,12 @@ nm_ip4_config_get_gateway (

nm_ip4_config_get_addresses ()

-
const GSList *
+
const GSList *
 nm_ip4_config_get_addresses (NMIP4Config *config);

Gets the IP4 addresses (containing the address, prefix, and gateway).

Parameters

-
+
@@ -288,7 +288,7 @@ nm_ip4_config_get_addresses (

Returns

-

the GSList containing NMIP4Addresses. +

the GSList containing NMIP4Addresses. This is the internal copy used by the configuration and must not be modified.

[element-type NMIP4Address]

@@ -296,12 +296,12 @@ This is the internal copy used by the configuration and must not be modified.

nm_ip4_config_get_routes ()

-
const GSList *
+
const GSList *
 nm_ip4_config_get_routes (NMIP4Config *config);

Gets the routes.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -316,7 +316,7 @@ nm_ip4_config_get_routes (

Returns

-

the GSList containing +

the GSList containing NMIP4Routes. This is the internal copy used by the configuration, and must not be modified.

[element-type NMIP4Route]

@@ -325,12 +325,12 @@ and must not be modified.


nm_ip4_config_get_nameservers ()

-
const GArray *
+
const GArray *
 nm_ip4_config_get_nameservers (NMIP4Config *config);

Gets the domain name servers (DNS).

Parameters

-
+
@@ -345,7 +345,7 @@ nm_ip4_config_get_nameservers (

Returns

-

the GArray containing guint32s. +

the GArray containing guint32s. This is the internal copy used by the configuration and must not be modified.

[element-type guint32]

@@ -354,12 +354,12 @@ modified.


nm_ip4_config_get_domains ()

-
const GPtrArray *
+
const GPtrArray *
 nm_ip4_config_get_domains (NMIP4Config *config);

Gets the domain names.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -374,7 +374,7 @@ nm_ip4_config_get_domains (

Returns

-

the GPtrArray containing domains as strings. This is the +

the GPtrArray containing domains as strings. This is the internal copy used by the configuration, and must not be modified.

[element-type utf8]

@@ -382,12 +382,12 @@ internal copy used by the configuration, and must not be modified.


nm_ip4_config_get_searches ()

-
const GPtrArray *
+
const GPtrArray *
 nm_ip4_config_get_searches (NMIP4Config *config);

Gets the dns searches.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -402,7 +402,7 @@ nm_ip4_config_get_searches (

Returns

-

the GPtrArray containing dns searches as strings. This is the +

the GPtrArray containing dns searches as strings. This is the internal copy used by the configuration, and must not be modified.

[element-type utf8]

@@ -411,12 +411,12 @@ internal copy used by the configuration, and must not be modified.


nm_ip4_config_get_wins_servers ()

-
const GArray *
+
const GArray *
 nm_ip4_config_get_wins_servers (NMIP4Config *config);

Gets the Windows Internet Name Service servers (WINS).

Parameters

-
+
@@ -431,7 +431,7 @@ nm_ip4_config_get_wins_servers (

Returns

-

the GArray containing guint32s. +

the GArray containing guint32s. This is the internal copy used by the configuration and must not be modified.

[element-type guint32]

@@ -486,21 +486,21 @@ modified.

Property Details

The “addresses” property

-
  “addresses”                gpointer
-

The GPtrArray containing NMIP4Addresses of the configuration.

+
  “addresses”                gpointer
+

The GPtrArray containing NMIP4Addresses of the configuration.

Flags: Read


The “domains” property

  “domains”                  NMStringArray *
-

The GPtrArray containing domain strings of the configuration.

+

The GPtrArray containing domain strings of the configuration.

Flags: Read


The “gateway” property

-
  “gateway”                  gchar *
+
  “gateway”                  gchar *

The IP4 gateway address of the configuration as string.

Flags: Read

Default value: NULL

@@ -510,21 +510,21 @@ modified.

The “nameservers” property

  “nameservers”              NMUintArray *
-

The GArray containing name servers (guint32s) of the configuration.

+

The GArray containing name servers (guint32s) of the configuration.

Flags: Read


The “routes” property

-
  “routes”                   gpointer
-

The GPtrArray containing NMSettingIP4Routes of the configuration.

+
  “routes”                   gpointer
+

The GPtrArray containing NMSettingIP4Routes of the configuration.

Flags: Read


The “searches” property

  “searches”                 NMStringArray *
-

The GPtrArray containing dns search strings of the configuration.

+

The GPtrArray containing dns search strings of the configuration.

Flags: Read

Since: 0.9.10

@@ -532,7 +532,7 @@ modified.

The “wins-servers” property

  “wins-servers”             NMUintArray *
-

The GArray containing WINS servers (guint32s) of the configuration.

+

The GArray containing WINS servers (guint32s) of the configuration.

Flags: Read

diff --git a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMIP6Config.html b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMIP6Config.html index 100670df..87bdf999 100644 --- a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMIP6Config.html +++ b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMIP6Config.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMIP6Config: libnm-glib Reference Manual - + @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@

Functions

-
+
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ - - - - -
-GObject * +GObject * nm_ip6_config_new () @@ -57,14 +57,14 @@
const GSList * +const GSList * nm_ip6_config_get_addresses ()
const GSList * +const GSList * nm_ip6_config_get_routes () @@ -72,7 +72,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_ip6_config_get_num_nameservers () @@ -86,21 +86,21 @@
const GSList * +const GSList * nm_ip6_config_get_nameservers ()
const GPtrArray * +const GPtrArray * nm_ip6_config_get_domains ()
const GPtrArray * +const GPtrArray * nm_ip6_config_get_searches () @@ -111,7 +111,7 @@

Properties

-
+
@@ -132,7 +132,7 @@ +gchar * @@ -159,7 +159,7 @@

Types and Values

-
-gchar * gateway Read
+
@@ -194,7 +194,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMIP6Config
 
@@ -206,13 +206,13 @@

Functions

nm_ip6_config_new ()

-
GObject *
-nm_ip6_config_new (DBusGConnection *connection,
+
GObject *
+nm_ip6_config_new (DBusGConnection *connection,
                    const char *object_path);

Creates a new NMIP6Config.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -221,7 +221,7 @@ nm_ip6_config_new (

connection

-
+ @@ -246,7 +246,7 @@ nm_ip6_config_get_gateway (

Parameters

-

the DBusGConnection

the DBusGConnection

 
+
@@ -268,12 +268,12 @@ nm_ip6_config_get_gateway (

nm_ip6_config_get_addresses ()

-
const GSList *
+
const GSList *
 nm_ip6_config_get_addresses (NMIP6Config *config);

Gets the IP6 addresses (containing the address, prefix, and gateway).

Parameters

-
+
@@ -288,7 +288,7 @@ nm_ip6_config_get_addresses (

Returns

-

the GSList containing +

the GSList containing NMIP6Addresses. This is the internal copy used by the configuration and must not be modified.

[element-type NMIP6Address]

@@ -297,12 +297,12 @@ and must not be modified.


nm_ip6_config_get_routes ()

-
const GSList *
+
const GSList *
 nm_ip6_config_get_routes (NMIP6Config *config);

Gets the routes.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -317,7 +317,7 @@ nm_ip6_config_get_routes (

Returns

-

the GSList containing +

the GSList containing NMIP6Routes. This is the internal copy used by the configuration, and must not be modified.

[element-type NMIP6Route]

@@ -326,12 +326,12 @@ and must not be modified.


nm_ip6_config_get_num_nameservers ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_ip6_config_get_num_nameservers (NMIP6Config *config);

Gets the number of the domain name servers in the configuration.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -355,12 +355,12 @@ nm_ip6_config_get_num_nameservers (

nm_ip6_config_get_nameserver ()

const struct in6_addr *
 nm_ip6_config_get_nameserver (NMIP6Config *config,
-                              guint32 idx);
+ guint32 idx);

Gets the domain name server at index idx in the configuration.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -391,13 +391,13 @@ nm_ip6_config_get_nameserver (

nm_ip6_config_get_nameservers ()

-
const GSList *
+
const GSList *
 nm_ip6_config_get_nameservers (NMIP6Config *config);

Gets the domain name servers (DNS).

[skip]

Parameters

-
+
@@ -412,7 +412,7 @@ nm_ip6_config_get_nameservers (

Returns

-

a GSList containing elements of type 'struct in6_addr' which +

a GSList containing elements of type 'struct in6_addr' which contain the addresses of nameservers of the configuration. This is the internal copy used by the configuration and must not be modified.

@@ -420,12 +420,12 @@ internal copy used by the configuration and must not be modified.


nm_ip6_config_get_domains ()

-
const GPtrArray *
+
const GPtrArray *
 nm_ip6_config_get_domains (NMIP6Config *config);

Gets the domain names.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -440,7 +440,7 @@ nm_ip6_config_get_domains (

Returns

-

the GPtrArray containing domains as strings. +

the GPtrArray containing domains as strings. This is the internal copy used by the configuration, and must not be modified.

[element-type utf8]

@@ -448,12 +448,12 @@ This is the internal copy used by the configuration, and must not be modified. <

nm_ip6_config_get_searches ()

-
const GPtrArray *
+
const GPtrArray *
 nm_ip6_config_get_searches (NMIP6Config *config);

Gets the dns searches.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -468,7 +468,7 @@ nm_ip6_config_get_searches (

Returns

-

the GPtrArray containing dns searches as strings. +

the GPtrArray containing dns searches as strings. This is the internal copy used by the configuration, and must not be modified.

[element-type utf8]

@@ -518,8 +518,8 @@ This is the internal copy used by the configuration, and must not be modified. <

The “addresses” property

  “addresses”                NMIP6AddressObjectArray *
-

The GPtrArray containing the IPv6 addresses; use -nm_utils_ip6_addresses_from_gvalue() to return a GSList of +

The GPtrArray containing the IPv6 addresses; use +nm_utils_ip6_addresses_from_gvalue() to return a GSList of NMSettingIP6Address objects that is more usable than the raw data.

Flags: Read

@@ -527,13 +527,13 @@ This is the internal copy used by the configuration, and must not be modified. <

The “domains” property

  “domains”                  NMStringArray *
-

The GPtrArray containing domain strings of the configuration.

+

The GPtrArray containing domain strings of the configuration.

Flags: Read


The “gateway” property

-
  “gateway”                  gchar *
+
  “gateway”                  gchar *

The IPv6 gateway as string

Flags: Read

Default value: NULL

@@ -543,7 +543,7 @@ This is the internal copy used by the configuration, and must not be modified. <

The “nameservers” property

  “nameservers”              NMIP6AddressArray *
-

The GPtrArray containing elements of type 'struct ip6_addr' which +

The GPtrArray containing elements of type 'struct ip6_addr' which contain the addresses of nameservers of the configuration.

Flags: Read

@@ -551,8 +551,8 @@ contain the addresses of nameservers of the configuration.

The “routes” property

  “routes”                   NMIP6RouteObjectArray *
-

The GPtrArray containing the IPv6 routes; use -nm_utils_ip6_routes_from_gvalue() to return a GSList of +

The GPtrArray containing the IPv6 routes; use +nm_utils_ip6_routes_from_gvalue() to return a GSList of NMSettingIP6Address objects that is more usable than the raw data.

Flags: Read

@@ -560,7 +560,7 @@ contain the addresses of nameservers of the configuration.

The “searches” property

  “searches”                 NMStringArray *
-

The GPtrArray containing dns search strings of the configuration.

+

The GPtrArray containing dns search strings of the configuration.

Flags: Read

Since: 0.9.10

diff --git a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMObject.html b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMObject.html index 25047109..14735183 100644 --- a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMObject.html +++ b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMObject.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMObject: libnm-glib Reference Manual - + @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@

Functions

-
+
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@
-GQuark +GQuark nm_object_error_quark () @@ -52,7 +52,7 @@
-DBusGConnection * +DBusGConnection * nm_object_get_connection () @@ -70,7 +70,7 @@

Properties

-
+
@@ -79,13 +79,13 @@ +DBusGConnection * +gchar * @@ -94,7 +94,7 @@

Signals

-
-DBusGConnection * dbus-connection Read / Write / Construct Only
-gchar * dbus-path Read / Write / Construct Only
+
@@ -103,13 +103,13 @@ - +
void object-creation-failedRun FirstRun First

Types and Values

-
+
@@ -136,7 +136,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ├── NMClient
         ├── NMDevice
@@ -156,7 +156,7 @@
 

Functions

nm_object_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_object_error_quark (void);

Registers an error quark for NMObject if necessary.

@@ -167,12 +167,12 @@ nm_object_error_quark (void

nm_object_get_connection ()

-
DBusGConnection *
+
DBusGConnection *
 nm_object_get_connection (NMObject *object);

Gets the NMObject's DBusGConnection.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -199,7 +199,7 @@ nm_object_get_path (NMObject.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -226,7 +226,7 @@ device, and must not be modified.

Describes errors that may result from operations involving a NMObject.

Members

-
+
@@ -274,13 +274,13 @@ device, and must not be modified.

Property Details

The “dbus-connection” property

-
  “dbus-connection”          DBusGConnection *
+
  “dbus-connection”          DBusGConnection *

Flags: Read / Write / Construct Only


The “dbus-path” property

-
  “dbus-path”                gchar *
+
  “dbus-path”                gchar *

Flags: Read / Write / Construct Only

Default value: NULL

@@ -291,9 +291,9 @@ device, and must not be modified.

The “object-creation-failed” signal

void
 user_function (NMObject *master_object,
-               gpointer  error,
-               gpointer  failed_path,
-               gpointer  user_data)
+ gpointer error, + gpointer failed_path, + gpointer user_data)

Indicates that an error occured while creating an NMObject object during property handling of master_object .

@@ -301,7 +301,7 @@ during property handling of master_object

Parameters

-
+
@@ -331,7 +331,7 @@ during property handling of master_object
-

Flags: Run First

+

Flags: Run First

diff --git a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMRemoteConnection.html b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMRemoteConnection.html index faee974f..12f56c9f 100644 --- a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMRemoteConnection.html +++ b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMRemoteConnection.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMRemoteConnection: libnm-glib Reference Manual - + @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@

Functions

-
+
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@
-GQuark +GQuark nm_remote_connection_error_quark () @@ -116,7 +116,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_remote_connection_get_unsaved () @@ -127,7 +127,7 @@

Properties

-
+
@@ -136,24 +136,24 @@ +DBusGConnection * +DBusGConnection * +gchar * - + @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@

Signals

-
-DBusGConnection * bus Write / Construct Only
-DBusGConnection * dbus-connection Write / Construct Only
-gchar * dbus-path Write / Construct Only
gbooleangboolean unsaved Read
+
@@ -172,24 +172,24 @@ - + - + - +
void removedRun FirstRun First
void updatedRun FirstRun First
void visibleRun FirstRun First

Types and Values

-
+
@@ -228,8 +228,8 @@

Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
-    ╰── NMConnection
+
    GObject
+    ╰── NMConnection
         ╰── NMRemoteConnection
 
@@ -240,7 +240,7 @@

Functions

nm_remote_connection_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_remote_connection_error_quark (void);

Registers an error quark for NMRemoteConnection if necessary.

@@ -253,13 +253,13 @@ nm_remote_connection_error_quark (

NMRemoteConnectionResultFunc ()

void
 (*NMRemoteConnectionResultFunc) (NMRemoteConnection *connection,
-                                 GError *error,
-                                 gpointer user_data);
+ GError *error, + gpointer user_data);

Called when NetworkManager has finished an asynchronous operation on a connection, like commit changes, deleting, saving, etc.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -290,14 +290,14 @@ connection, like commit changes, deleting, saving, etc.

NMRemoteConnectionGetSecretsFunc ()

void
 (*NMRemoteConnectionGetSecretsFunc) (NMRemoteConnection *connection,
-                                     GHashTable *secrets,
-                                     GError *error,
-                                     gpointer user_data);
+ GHashTable *secrets, + GError *error, + gpointer user_data);

Called when NetworkManager returns secrets in response to a request for secrets via nm_remote_connection_get_secrets().

Parameters

-
+
@@ -312,7 +312,7 @@ secrets via

secrets

@@ -334,12 +334,12 @@ containing that property's value.

nm_remote_connection_new ()

NMRemoteConnection *
-nm_remote_connection_new (DBusGConnection *bus,
+nm_remote_connection_new (DBusGConnection *bus,
                           const char *path);

Creates a new object representing the remote connection.

Parameters

-

on success, a hash table of -hash tables, with each inner hash mapping a setting property to a GValue +hash tables, with each inner hash mapping a setting property to a GValue containing that property's value.

[element-type utf8 GLib.HashTable]
+
@@ -361,7 +361,7 @@ nm_remote_connection_new (

Returns

-

the new remote connection object on success, or NULL on failure

+

the new remote connection object on success, or NULL on failure


@@ -370,12 +370,12 @@ nm_remote_connection_new (void nm_remote_connection_commit_changes (NMRemoteConnection *connection, NMRemoteConnectionResultFunc callback, - gpointer user_data); + gpointer user_data);

Send any local changes to the settings and properties of this connection to NetworkManager, which will immediately save them to disk.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -410,14 +410,14 @@ commit completes.

nm_remote_connection_commit_changes_unsaved (NMRemoteConnection *connection, NMRemoteConnectionResultFunc callback, - gpointer user_data); + gpointer user_data);

Send any local changes to the settings and properties of this connection to NetworkManager. The changes are not saved to disk until either nm_remote_connection_save() or nm_remote_connection_commit_changes() is called.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -452,12 +452,12 @@ commit completes.

void
 nm_remote_connection_save (NMRemoteConnection *connection,
                            NMRemoteConnectionResultFunc callback,
-                           gpointer user_data);
+ gpointer user_data);

Saves the connection to disk if the connection has changes that have not yet been written to disk, or if the connection has never been saved.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -492,11 +492,11 @@ save completes.

void
 nm_remote_connection_delete (NMRemoteConnection *connection,
                              NMRemoteConnectionResultFunc callback,
-                             gpointer user_data);
+ gpointer user_data);

Delete the connection.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -530,11 +530,11 @@ nm_remote_connection_delete (NMRemoteConnection *connection, const char *setting_name, NMRemoteConnectionGetSecretsFunc callback, - gpointer user_data); + gpointer user_data);

Request the connection's secrets.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -548,13 +548,13 @@ nm_remote_connection_get_secrets ( - + +must not be NULL.

@@ -570,11 +570,11 @@ must not be

nm_remote_connection_get_unsaved ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_remote_connection_get_unsaved (NMRemoteConnection *connection);

Parameters

-

setting_name

the NMSetting object name to get secrets for

the NMSetting object name to get secrets for

 

callback

a function to be called when the update completes; -must not be NULL.

[scope async]
+
@@ -589,8 +589,8 @@ nm_remote_connection_get_unsaved (

Returns

-

TRUE if the remote connection contains changes that have not -been saved to disk, FALSE if the connection is the same as its on-disk +

TRUE if the remote connection contains changes that have not +been saved to disk, FALSE if the connection is the same as its on-disk representation.

Since: 0.9.10

@@ -602,7 +602,7 @@ representation.

enum NMRemoteConnectionError

Members

-
+
@@ -668,29 +668,29 @@ representation.

Property Details

The “bus” property

-
  “bus”                      DBusGConnection *
-

The DBusGConnection that the NMRemoteConnection is connected to.

+
  “bus”                      DBusGConnection *
+

The DBusGConnection that the NMRemoteConnection is connected to.

Flags: Write / Construct Only


The “dbus-connection” property

-
  “dbus-connection”          DBusGConnection *
+
  “dbus-connection”          DBusGConnection *

Flags: Write / Construct Only


The “dbus-path” property

-
  “dbus-path”                gchar *
+
  “dbus-path”                gchar *

Flags: Write / Construct Only

Default value: NULL


The “unsaved” property

-
  “unsaved”                  gboolean
-

TRUE if the remote connection contains changes that have not been saved -to disk, FALSE if the connection is the same as its on-disk representation.

+
  “unsaved”                  gboolean
+

TRUE if the remote connection contains changes that have not been saved +to disk, FALSE if the connection is the same as its on-disk representation.

Flags: Read

Default value: FALSE

Since: 0.9.10

@@ -702,12 +702,12 @@ to disk,

The “removed” signal

void
 user_function (NMRemoteConnection *connection,
-               gpointer            user_data)
+ gpointer user_data)

This signal is emitted when a connection is either deleted or becomes invisible to the current user.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -716,7 +716,7 @@ invisible to the current user.

- + @@ -727,19 +727,19 @@ invisible to the current user.

connection

a NMConnection

a NMConnection

 
-

Flags: Run First

+

Flags: Run First


The “updated” signal

void
 user_function (NMRemoteConnection *connection,
-               gpointer            user_data)
+ gpointer user_data)

This signal is emitted when a connection changes, and it is still visible to the user.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -748,7 +748,7 @@ still visible to the user.

- + @@ -759,16 +759,16 @@ still visible to the user.

connection

a NMConnection

a NMConnection

 
-

Flags: Run First

+

Flags: Run First


The “visible” signal

void
 user_function (NMRemoteConnection *nmremoteconnection,
-               gboolean            arg1,
-               gpointer            user_data)
-

Flags: Run First

+ gboolean arg1, + gpointer user_data) +

Flags: Run First

diff --git a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMRemoteSettings.html b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMRemoteSettings.html index 1c47862f..abac4049 100644 --- a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMRemoteSettings.html +++ b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMRemoteSettings.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMRemoteSettings: libnm-glib Reference Manual - + @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@

Functions

-
+
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@
-GQuark +GQuark nm_remote_settings_error_quark () @@ -100,7 +100,7 @@
-GSList * +GSList * nm_remote_settings_list_connections () @@ -132,7 +132,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_remote_settings_add_connection () @@ -140,7 +140,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_remote_settings_add_connection_unsaved () @@ -148,7 +148,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_remote_settings_load_connections () @@ -156,7 +156,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_remote_settings_reload_connections () @@ -164,7 +164,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_remote_settings_save_hostname () @@ -175,7 +175,7 @@

Properties

-
+
@@ -184,23 +184,23 @@ +DBusGConnection * - + +gchar * - + @@ -209,7 +209,7 @@

Signals

-
-DBusGConnection * bus Read / Write / Construct Only
gbooleangboolean can-modify Read
-gchar * hostname Read
gbooleangboolean service-running Read
+
@@ -219,19 +219,19 @@ - + - +
void connections-readRun FirstRun First
void new-connectionRun FirstRun First

Types and Values

-
+
@@ -274,7 +274,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMRemoteSettings
 
@@ -284,13 +284,13 @@ which stores network configuration and allows authenticated clients to add, delete, and modify that configuration. The data required to connect to a specific network is called a "connection" and encapsulated by the -NMConnection object. Once a connection is known to NetworkManager, having +NMConnection object. Once a connection is known to NetworkManager, having either been added by a user or read from on-disk storage, the NMRemoteSettings object creates a NMRemoteConnection object which represents this stored connection. Use the NMRemoteConnection object to perform any operations like modification or deletion.

To add a new network connection to the NetworkManager settings service, first -build up a template NMConnection object. Since this connection is not yet +build up a template NMConnection object. Since this connection is not yet added to NetworkManager, it is known only to your program and is not yet an NMRemoteConnection. Then ask NMRemoteSettings to add your connection. When the connection is added successfully, the supplied callback is called @@ -366,15 +366,15 @@ the stored object known to NetworkManager.

gpointer user_data){ if (error) - g_print ("Error adding connection: %s", error->message); + g_print ("Error adding connection: %s", error->message); else { - g_print ("Added: %s\n", nm_connection_get_path (NM_CONNECTION (remote))); + g_print ("Added: %s\n", nm_connection_get_path (NM_CONNECTION (remote))); /* Use 'remote' with nm_remote_connection_commit_changes() to save * changes and nm_remote_connection_delete() to delete the connection */ }} -static gboolean +static gbooleanadd_wired_connection (const char *human_name){ NMConnection *connection; @@ -383,35 +383,35 @@ the stored object known to NetworkManager.

char *uuid; gboolean success; - connection = nm_connection_new (); + connection = nm_connection_new (); /* Build up the 'connection' setting */ - s_con = (NMSettingConnection *) nm_setting_connection_new (); - uuid = nm_utils_uuid_generate (); - g_object_set (G_OBJECT (s_con), - NM_SETTING_CONNECTION_UUID, uuid, - NM_SETTING_CONNECTION_ID, human_name, - NM_SETTING_CONNECTION_TYPE, NM_SETTING_WIRED_SETTING_NAME, - NULL); - g_free (uuid); - nm_connection_add_setting (connection, NM_SETTING (s_con)); + s_con = (NMSettingConnection *) nm_setting_connection_new (); + uuid = nm_utils_uuid_generate (); + g_object_set (G_OBJECT (s_con), + NM_SETTING_CONNECTION_UUID, uuid, + NM_SETTING_CONNECTION_ID, human_name, + NM_SETTING_CONNECTION_TYPE, NM_SETTING_WIRED_SETTING_NAME, + NULL); + g_free (uuid); + nm_connection_add_setting (connection, NM_SETTING (s_con)); /* Add the required 'wired' setting as this is a wired connection */ - nm_connection_add_setting (connection, nm_setting_wired_new ()); + nm_connection_add_setting (connection, nm_setting_wired_new ()); /* Add an 'ipv4' setting using AUTO configuration (eg DHCP) */ - s_ip4 = (NMSettingIP4Config *) nm_setting_ip4_config_new (); - g_object_set (G_OBJECT (s_ip4), - NM_SETTING_IP4_CONFIG_METHOD, NM_SETTING_IP4_CONFIG_METHOD_AUTO, - NULL); - nm_connection_add_setting (connection, NM_SETTING (s_ip4)); + s_ip4 = (NMSettingIP4Config *) nm_setting_ip4_config_new (); + g_object_set (G_OBJECT (s_ip4), + NM_SETTING_IP4_CONFIG_METHOD, NM_SETTING_IP4_CONFIG_METHOD_AUTO, + NULL); + nm_connection_add_setting (connection, NM_SETTING (s_ip4)); /* Ask NetworkManager to store the connection */ success = nm_remote_settings_add_connection (settings, connection, added_cb, loop); /* Release the template connection; the actual stored connection will * be returned in added_cb() */ - g_object_unref (connection); + g_object_unref (connection); /* Let glib event loop run and added_cb() will be called when NetworkManager * is done adding the new connection. */ @@ -429,7 +429,7 @@ the stored object known to NetworkManager.

Functions

nm_remote_settings_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_remote_settings_error_quark (void);

Registers an error quark for NMRemoteSettings if necessary.

@@ -443,8 +443,8 @@ nm_remote_settings_error_quark (v
void
 (*NMRemoteSettingsAddConnectionFunc) (NMRemoteSettings *settings,
                                       NMRemoteConnection *connection,
-                                      GError *error,
-                                      gpointer user_data);
+ GError *error, + gpointer user_data);

@@ -453,29 +453,29 @@ nm_remote_settings_error_quark (v (*NMRemoteSettingsLoadConnectionsFunc) (NMRemoteSettings *settings, char **failures, - GError *error, - gpointer user_data); + GError *error, + gpointer user_data);

NMRemoteSettingsSaveHostnameFunc ()

void
 (*NMRemoteSettingsSaveHostnameFunc) (NMRemoteSettings *settings,
-                                     GError *error,
-                                     gpointer user_data);
+ GError *error, + gpointer user_data);

nm_remote_settings_new ()

NMRemoteSettings *
-nm_remote_settings_new (DBusGConnection *bus);
+nm_remote_settings_new (DBusGConnection *bus);

Creates a new object representing the remote settings service.

Note that this will do blocking D-Bus calls to initialize the settings object. You can use nm_remote_settings_new_async() if you want to avoid that.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -490,17 +490,17 @@ want to avoid that.

Returns

-

the new remote settings object on success, or NULL on failure

+

the new remote settings object on success, or NULL on failure


nm_remote_settings_new_async ()

void
-nm_remote_settings_new_async (DBusGConnection *bus,
-                              GCancellable *cancellable,
-                              GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
-                              gpointer user_data);
+nm_remote_settings_new_async (DBusGConnection *bus, + GCancellable *cancellable, + GAsyncReadyCallback callback, + gpointer user_data);

Creates a new object representing the remote settings service and begins asynchronously initializing it. callback will be called @@ -508,7 +508,7 @@ when it is done; use

Parameters

-
+
@@ -522,7 +522,7 @@ result.

- + @@ -544,12 +544,12 @@ result.

nm_remote_settings_new_finish ()

NMRemoteSettings *
-nm_remote_settings_new_finish (GAsyncResult *result,
-                               GError **error);
+nm_remote_settings_new_finish (GAsyncResult *result, + GError **error);

Gets the result of an nm_remote_settings_new_async() call.

Parameters

-

cancellable

a GCancellable, or NULL

a GCancellable, or NULL

 
+
@@ -558,12 +558,12 @@ nm_remote_settings_new_finish (

result

-
+ - + @@ -571,17 +571,17 @@ nm_remote_settings_new_finish (

Returns

-

a new NMRemoteSettings object, or NULL on error

+

a new NMRemoteSettings object, or NULL on error


nm_remote_settings_list_connections ()

-
GSList *
+
GSList *
 nm_remote_settings_list_connections (NMRemoteSettings *settings);

Parameters

-

a GAsyncResult

a GAsyncResult

 

error

location for a GError, or NULL

location for a GError, or NULL

 
+
@@ -601,7 +601,7 @@ list containing all connections provided by the remote settings service. Each element of the returned list is a NMRemoteConnection instance, which is owned by the NMRemoteSettings object and should not be freed by the caller. The returned list is, however, owned by the caller and should be freed -using g_slist_free() when no longer required.

+using g_slist_free() when no longer required.

[transfer container][element-type NMRemoteConnection]

@@ -616,7 +616,7 @@ nm_remote_settings_get_connection_by_id .

Parameters

-
+
@@ -638,7 +638,7 @@ nm_remote_settings_get_connection_by_id

Returns

-

the remote connection object on success, or NULL if no +

the remote connection object on success, or NULL if no matching object was found.

[transfer none]

@@ -655,7 +655,7 @@ nm_remote_settings_get_connection_by_path .

Parameters

-
+
@@ -677,7 +677,7 @@ nm_remote_settings_get_connection_by_path

Returns

-

the remote connection object on success, or NULL if the object was +

the remote connection object on success, or NULL if the object was not known.

[transfer none]

@@ -693,7 +693,7 @@ nm_remote_settings_get_connection_by_uuid .

Parameters

-
+
@@ -715,7 +715,7 @@ nm_remote_settings_get_connection_by_uuid

Returns

-

the remote connection object on success, or NULL if the object was +

the remote connection object on success, or NULL if the object was not known.

[transfer none]

@@ -723,11 +723,11 @@ not known.


nm_remote_settings_add_connection ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_remote_settings_add_connection (NMRemoteSettings *settings,
-                                   NMConnection *connection,
+                                   NMConnection *connection,
                                    NMRemoteSettingsAddConnectionFunc callback,
-                                   gpointer user_data);
+ gpointer user_data);

Requests that the remote settings service add the given settings to a new connection. The connection is immediately written to disk. connection is @@ -742,7 +742,7 @@ identical settings to connection completion and/or normalization of connection properties.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -776,25 +776,25 @@ added, not the object itself

Returns

-

TRUE if the request was successful, FALSE if it failed

+

TRUE if the request was successful, FALSE if it failed


nm_remote_settings_add_connection_unsaved ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_remote_settings_add_connection_unsaved
                                (NMRemoteSettings *settings,
-                                NMConnection *connection,
+                                NMConnection *connection,
                                 NMRemoteSettingsAddConnectionFunc callback,
-                                gpointer user_data);
+ gpointer user_data);

Requests that the remote settings service add the given settings to a new connection. The connection is not written to disk, which may be done at a later time by calling the connection's nm_remote_connection_commit_changes() method.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -828,33 +828,33 @@ added, not the object itself

Returns

-

TRUE if the request was successful, FALSE if it failed

+

TRUE if the request was successful, FALSE if it failed

Since: 0.9.10


nm_remote_settings_load_connections ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_remote_settings_load_connections (NMRemoteSettings *settings,
                                      char **filenames,
                                      char ***failures,
-                                     GError **error);
+ GError **error);

Requests that the remote settings service load or reload the given files, adding or updating the connections described within.

The changes to the indicated files will not yet be reflected in settings 's connections array when the function returns.

If all of the indicated files were successfully loaded, the -function will return TRUE, and failures - will be set to NULL. If +function will return TRUE, and failures + will be set to NULL. If NetworkManager tried to load the files, but some (or all) failed, then failures - will be set to a NULL-terminated array of the + will be set to a NULL-terminated array of the filenames that failed to load.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -868,18 +868,18 @@ filenames that failed to load.

- + - - + @@ -887,24 +887,24 @@ filenames that failed to load.

Returns

-

TRUE if NetworkManager at least tried to load filenames +

TRUE if NetworkManager at least tried to load filenames , -FALSE if an error occurred (eg, permission denied).

+FALSE if an error occurred (eg, permission denied).

Since: 0.9.10


nm_remote_settings_reload_connections ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_remote_settings_reload_connections (NMRemoteSettings *settings,
-                                       GError **error);
+ GError **error);

Requests that the remote settings service reload all connection files from disk, adding, updating, and removing connections until the in-memory state matches the on-disk state.

Parameters

-

filenames

NULL-terminated array of filenames to load

NULL-terminated array of filenames to load

 

failures

on return, a NULL-terminated array of +

on return, a NULL-terminated array of filenames that failed to load.

[out][transfer full]

error

return location for GError

return location for GError

 
+
@@ -918,7 +918,7 @@ the in-memory state matches the on-disk state.

- + @@ -926,23 +926,23 @@ the in-memory state matches the on-disk state.

Returns

-

TRUE on success, FALSE on failure

+

TRUE on success, FALSE on failure

Since: 0.9.10


nm_remote_settings_save_hostname ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_remote_settings_save_hostname (NMRemoteSettings *settings,
                                   const char *hostname,
                                   NMRemoteSettingsSaveHostnameFunc callback,
-                                  gpointer user_data);
+ gpointer user_data);

Requests that the machine's persistent hostname be set to the specified value or cleared.

Parameters

-

error

return location for GError

return location for GError

 
+
@@ -956,7 +956,7 @@ or cleared.

- @@ -977,7 +977,7 @@ hostname operation completes.

Returns

-

TRUE if the request was successful, FALSE if it failed

+

TRUE if the request was successful, FALSE if it failed

@@ -988,7 +988,7 @@ hostname operation completes.

Describes errors that may result from operations involving a NMRemoteSettings.

Members

-

hostname

the new persistent hostname to set, or NULL to clear any existing +

the new persistent hostname to set, or NULL to clear any existing persistent hostname

 
+
@@ -1077,23 +1077,23 @@ hostname operation completes.

Property Details

The “bus” property

-
  “bus”                      DBusGConnection *
-

The DBusGConnection that the NMRemoteSettings is connected to. Defaults +

  “bus”                      DBusGConnection *
+

The DBusGConnection that the NMRemoteSettings is connected to. Defaults to the system bus if not specified.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct Only


The “can-modify” property

-
  “can-modify”               gboolean
-

If TRUE, adding and modifying connections is supported.

+
  “can-modify”               gboolean
+

If TRUE, adding and modifying connections is supported.

Flags: Read

Default value: FALSE


The “hostname” property

-
  “hostname”                 gchar *
+
  “hostname”                 gchar *

The machine hostname stored in persistent configuration. This can be modified by calling nm_remote_settings_save_hostname().

Flags: Read

@@ -1102,7 +1102,7 @@ modified by calling

The “service-running” property

-
  “service-running”          gboolean
+
  “service-running”          gboolean

Whether the settings service is running.

Flags: Read

Default value: FALSE

@@ -1114,17 +1114,17 @@ modified by calling

The “connections-read” signal

void
 user_function (NMRemoteSettings *nmremotesettings,
-               gpointer          user_data)
-

Flags: Run First

+ gpointer user_data) +

Flags: Run First


The “new-connection” signal

void
 user_function (NMRemoteSettings *nmremotesettings,
-               GObject          *arg1,
-               gpointer          user_data)
-

Flags: Run First

+ GObject *arg1, + gpointer user_data) +

Flags: Run First

diff --git a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMSecretAgent.html b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMSecretAgent.html index ecf33fea..aac57add 100644 --- a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMSecretAgent.html +++ b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMSecretAgent.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMSecretAgent: libnm-glib Reference Manual - + @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@

Functions

-
+
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@
-GQuark +GQuark nm_secret_agent_error_quark () @@ -76,7 +76,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_secret_agent_register () @@ -84,7 +84,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_secret_agent_unregister () @@ -92,7 +92,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_secret_agent_get_registered () @@ -127,7 +127,7 @@

Properties

-
+
@@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ - + @@ -146,12 +146,12 @@ +gchar * - + @@ -160,7 +160,7 @@

Signals

-
gbooleangboolean auto-register Read / Write / Construct
-gchar * identifier Read / Write / Construct Only
gbooleangboolean registered Read
+
@@ -169,13 +169,13 @@ - +
void registration-resultRun FirstRun First

Types and Values

-
+
@@ -222,7 +222,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMSecretAgent
 
@@ -233,7 +233,7 @@

Functions

nm_secret_agent_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_secret_agent_error_quark (void);

@@ -241,10 +241,10 @@ nm_secret_agent_error_quark (void

NMSecretAgentGetSecretsFunc ()

void
 (*NMSecretAgentGetSecretsFunc) (NMSecretAgent *agent,
-                                NMConnection *connection,
-                                GHashTable *secrets,
-                                GError *error,
-                                gpointer user_data);
+ NMConnection *connection, + GHashTable *secrets, + GError *error, + gpointer user_data);

Called as a result of a request by NM to retrieve secrets. When the NMSecretAgent subclass has finished retrieving secrets and is ready to return them, or to return an error, this function should be called with @@ -277,18 +277,18 @@ something like this:

NMSettingWirelessSecurity *s_wsec; GHashTable *secrets_hash; -secrets = nm_connection_new (); -s_wsec = (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *) nm_setting_wireless_security_new (); -g_object_set (G_OBJECT (s_wsec), - NM_SETTING_WIRELESS_SECURITY_PSK, "my really cool PSK", - NULL); -nm_connection_add_setting (secrets, NM_SETTING (s_wsec)); -secrets_hash = nm_connection_to_hash (secrets, NM_SETTING_HASH_FLAG_ALL); +secrets = nm_connection_new (); +s_wsec = (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *) nm_setting_wireless_security_new (); +g_object_set (G_OBJECT (s_wsec), + NM_SETTING_WIRELESS_SECURITY_PSK, "my really cool PSK", + NULL); +nm_connection_add_setting (secrets, NM_SETTING (s_wsec)); +secrets_hash = nm_connection_to_hash (secrets, NM_SETTING_HASH_FLAG_ALL); (call the NMSecretAgentGetSecretsFunc with secrets_hash) -g_object_unref (secrets); -g_hash_table_unref (secrets_hash); +g_object_unref (secrets); +g_hash_table_unref (secrets_hash);
@@ -297,7 +297,7 @@ something like this:


Parameters

-
+
@@ -313,17 +313,17 @@ something like this:

- @@ -347,15 +347,15 @@ is the secret.

NMSecretAgentSaveSecretsFunc ()

void
 (*NMSecretAgentSaveSecretsFunc) (NMSecretAgent *agent,
-                                 NMConnection *connection,
-                                 GError *error,
-                                 gpointer user_data);
+ NMConnection *connection, + GError *error, + gpointer user_data);

Called as a result of a request by NM to save secrets. When the NMSecretAgent subclass has finished saving the secrets, this function should be called.

Parameters

-

connection

the connection for which secrets were requested, note that this object will be unrefed after the callback has returned, use -g_object_ref()/g_object_unref() if you want to use this object after the callback +g_object_ref()/g_object_unref() if you want to use this object after the callback has returned.

[transfer none]

secrets

the GHashTable containing -the requested secrets in the same format as an NMConnection hash (as -created by nm_connection_to_hash() for example). Each key in secrets -should be the name of a NMSetting object (like "802-11-wireless-security") -and each value should be a GHashTable. The sub-hashes map string:GValue +

the GHashTable containing +the requested secrets in the same format as an NMConnection hash (as +created by nm_connection_to_hash() for example). Each key in secrets +should be the name of a NMSetting object (like "802-11-wireless-security") +and each value should be a GHashTable. The sub-hashes map string:GValue where the string is the setting property name (like "psk") and the value is the secret.

[element-type utf8 GLib.HashTable]
+
@@ -371,7 +371,7 @@ should be called.

@@ -394,15 +394,15 @@ has returned.

NMSecretAgentDeleteSecretsFunc ()

void
 (*NMSecretAgentDeleteSecretsFunc) (NMSecretAgent *agent,
-                                   NMConnection *connection,
-                                   GError *error,
-                                   gpointer user_data);
+ NMConnection *connection, + GError *error, + gpointer user_data);

Called as a result of a request by NM to delete secrets. When the NMSecretAgent subclass has finished deleting the secrets, this function should be called.

Parameters

-

connection

the connection for which secrets were to be saved, note that this object will be unrefed after the callback has returned, use -g_object_ref()/g_object_unref() if you want to use this object after the callback +g_object_ref()/g_object_unref() if you want to use this object after the callback has returned.

[transfer none]
+
@@ -418,7 +418,7 @@ should be called.

@@ -439,7 +439,7 @@ has returned.


nm_secret_agent_register ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_secret_agent_register (NMSecretAgent *self);

Registers the NMSecretAgent with the NetworkManager secret manager, indicating to NetworkManager that the agent is able to provide and save @@ -448,7 +448,7 @@ asynchronous operation and its success or failure is indicated via the 'registration-result' signal.

Parameters

-

connection

the connection for which secrets were to be deleted, note that this object will be unrefed after the callback has returned, use -g_object_ref()/g_object_unref() if you want to use this object after the callback +g_object_ref()/g_object_unref() if you want to use this object after the callback has returned.

[transfer none]
+
@@ -463,22 +463,22 @@ asynchronous operation and its success or failure is indicated via the

Returns

-

a new TRUE if registration was successfully requested (this does -not mean registration itself was successful), FALSE if registration was not +

a new TRUE if registration was successfully requested (this does +not mean registration itself was successful), FALSE if registration was not successfully requested.


nm_secret_agent_unregister ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_secret_agent_unregister (NMSecretAgent *self);

Unregisters the NMSecretAgent with the NetworkManager secret manager, indicating to NetworkManager that the agent is will no longer provide or store secrets on behalf of this user.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -493,17 +493,17 @@ store secrets on behalf of this user.

Returns

-

a new TRUE if unregistration was successful, FALSE if it was not.

+

a new TRUE if unregistration was successful, FALSE if it was not.


nm_secret_agent_get_registered ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_secret_agent_get_registered (NMSecretAgent *self);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -518,7 +518,7 @@ nm_secret_agent_get_registered (

Returns

-

a TRUE if the agent is registered, FALSE if it is not.

+

a TRUE if the agent is registered, FALSE if it is not.


@@ -526,12 +526,12 @@ nm_secret_agent_get_registered (

nm_secret_agent_get_secrets ()

void
 nm_secret_agent_get_secrets (NMSecretAgent *self,
-                             NMConnection *connection,
+                             NMConnection *connection,
                              const char *setting_name,
                              const char **hints,
                              NMSecretAgentGetSecretsFlags flags,
                              NMSecretAgentGetSecretsFunc callback,
-                             gpointer user_data);
+ gpointer user_data);

Asyncronously retrieve secrets belonging to connection for the setting setting_name @@ -543,7 +543,7 @@ secrets from the user.

Virtual: get_secrets

Parameters

-
+
@@ -557,7 +557,7 @@ secrets from the user.

- + @@ -595,16 +595,16 @@ secrets from the user.

nm_secret_agent_save_secrets ()

void
 nm_secret_agent_save_secrets (NMSecretAgent *self,
-                              NMConnection *connection,
+                              NMConnection *connection,
                               NMSecretAgentSaveSecretsFunc callback,
-                              gpointer user_data);
+ gpointer user_data);

Asyncronously ensure that all secrets inside connection are stored to disk.

Virtual: save_secrets

Parameters

-

connection

the NMConnection for which we're asked secrets

the NMConnection for which we're asked secrets

 
+
@@ -618,7 +618,7 @@ are stored to disk.

- + @@ -641,16 +641,16 @@ are stored to disk.

nm_secret_agent_delete_secrets ()

void
 nm_secret_agent_delete_secrets (NMSecretAgent *self,
-                                NMConnection *connection,
+                                NMConnection *connection,
                                 NMSecretAgentDeleteSecretsFunc callback,
-                                gpointer user_data);
+ gpointer user_data);

Asynchronously ask the agent to delete all saved secrets belonging to connection .

Virtual: delete_secrets

Parameters

-

connection

a NMConnection

a NMConnection

 
+
@@ -664,7 +664,7 @@ nm_secret_agent_delete_secrets ( - + @@ -697,7 +697,7 @@ nm_secret_agent_delete_secrets (

Members

-

connection

a NMConnection

a NMConnection

 
+
@@ -761,7 +761,7 @@ when they encounter problems retrieving secrets on behalf of NM.

NMSecretAgentCapabilities indicate various capabilities of the agent.

Members

-
+
@@ -802,7 +802,7 @@ authentication dialogs.

NMSecretAgentGetSecretsFlags values modify the behavior of a GetSecrets request.

Members

-
+
@@ -886,7 +886,7 @@ results or carrier changes.

Property Details

The “auto-register” property

-
  “auto-register”            gboolean
+
  “auto-register”            gboolean

If TRUE, the agent will attempt to automatically register itself after it is created (via an idle handler) and to re-register itself if NetworkManager restarts. If FALSE, the agent does not automatically @@ -907,7 +907,7 @@ called, which re-enables auto-registration.


The “identifier” property

-
  “identifier”               gchar *
+
  “identifier”               gchar *

Identifies this agent; only one agent in each user session may use the same identifier. Identifier formatting follows the same rules as D-Bus bus names with the exception that the ':' character is not @@ -921,8 +921,8 @@ of 3 characters. An example valid identifier is 'org.gnome.nm-applet'


The “registered” property

-
  “registered”               gboolean
-

TRUE if the agent is registered with NetworkManager, FALSE if not.

+
  “registered”               gboolean
+

TRUE if the agent is registered with NetworkManager, FALSE if not.

Flags: Read

Default value: FALSE

@@ -933,14 +933,14 @@ of 3 characters. An example valid identifier is 'org.gnome.nm-applet'

The “registration-result” signal

void
 user_function (NMSecretAgent *agent,
-               gpointer       error,
-               gpointer       user_data)
+ gpointer error, + gpointer user_data)

Indicates the result of a registration request; if error is NULL the request was successful.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -965,7 +965,7 @@ request was successful.

-

Flags: Run First

+

Flags: Run First

diff --git a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMVPNConnection.html b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMVPNConnection.html index 7a1780bd..3c462367 100644 --- a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMVPNConnection.html +++ b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMVPNConnection.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMVPNConnection: libnm-glib Reference Manual - + @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@

Functions

-
+
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@
-GObject * +GObject * nm_vpn_connection_new () @@ -52,7 +52,7 @@
-NMVPNConnectionState +NMVPNConnectionState nm_vpn_connection_get_vpn_state () @@ -70,7 +70,7 @@

Properties

-
+
@@ -79,12 +79,12 @@ +gchar * - + @@ -93,7 +93,7 @@

Signals

-
-gchar * banner Read
guintguint vpn-state Read
+
@@ -102,13 +102,13 @@ - +
void vpn-state-changedRun FirstRun First

Types and Values

-
+
@@ -127,7 +127,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMActiveConnection
             ╰── NMVPNConnection
@@ -140,13 +140,13 @@
 

Functions

nm_vpn_connection_new ()

-
GObject *
-nm_vpn_connection_new (DBusGConnection *connection,
+
GObject *
+nm_vpn_connection_new (DBusGConnection *connection,
                        const char *path);

Creates a new NMVPNConnection.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -155,7 +155,7 @@ nm_vpn_connection_new (

connection

-
+ @@ -175,12 +175,12 @@ nm_vpn_connection_new (

nm_vpn_connection_get_vpn_state ()

-
NMVPNConnectionState
+
NMVPNConnectionState
 nm_vpn_connection_get_vpn_state (NMVPNConnection *vpn);

Gets the current NMVPNConnection state.

Parameters

-

the DBusGConnection

the DBusGConnection

 
+
@@ -206,7 +206,7 @@ nm_vpn_connection_get_banner (NMVPNConnection.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -244,7 +244,7 @@ string used by the connection, and must not be modified.

Property Details

The “banner” property

-
  “banner”                   gchar *
+
  “banner”                   gchar *

The VPN login banner of the active VPN connection.

Flags: Read

Default value: NULL

@@ -252,7 +252,7 @@ string used by the connection, and must not be modified.


The “vpn-state” property

-
  “vpn-state”                guint
+
  “vpn-state”                guint

The VPN state of the active VPN connection.

Flags: Read

Allowed values: <= 7

@@ -265,10 +265,10 @@ string used by the connection, and must not be modified.

The “vpn-state-changed” signal

void
 user_function (NMVPNConnection *nmvpnconnection,
-               guint            arg1,
-               guint            arg2,
-               gpointer         user_data)
-

Flags: Run First

+ guint arg1, + guint arg2, + gpointer user_data) +

Flags: Run First

diff --git a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMWimaxNsp.html b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMWimaxNsp.html index 8c6757cd..be334b61 100644 --- a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMWimaxNsp.html +++ b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMWimaxNsp.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMWimaxNsp: libnm-glib Reference Manual - + @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@

Functions

-
+
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
-GObject * +GObject * nm_wimax_nsp_new () @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_wimax_nsp_get_signal_quality () @@ -74,7 +74,7 @@
-GSList * +GSList * nm_wimax_nsp_filter_connections () @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_wimax_nsp_connection_valid () @@ -93,7 +93,7 @@

Properties

-
+
@@ -102,17 +102,17 @@ +gchar * - + - + @@ -121,7 +121,7 @@

Types and Values

-
-gchar * name Read
guintguint network-type Read
guintguint signal-quality Read
+
@@ -148,7 +148,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMWimaxNsp
 
@@ -160,13 +160,13 @@

Functions

nm_wimax_nsp_new ()

-
GObject *
-nm_wimax_nsp_new (DBusGConnection *connection,
+
GObject *
+nm_wimax_nsp_new (DBusGConnection *connection,
                   const char *path);

Creates a new NMWimaxNsp.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -175,7 +175,7 @@ nm_wimax_nsp_new (

connection

-
+ @@ -200,7 +200,7 @@ nm_wimax_nsp_get_name (

Parameters

-

the DBusGConnection

the DBusGConnection

 
+
@@ -221,12 +221,12 @@ nm_wimax_nsp_get_name (

nm_wimax_nsp_get_signal_quality ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_wimax_nsp_get_signal_quality (NMWimaxNsp *nsp);

Gets the WPA signal quality of the wimax NSP.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -252,7 +252,7 @@ nm_wimax_nsp_get_network_type (Gets the network type of the wimax NSP.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -273,16 +273,16 @@ nm_wimax_nsp_get_network_type (

nm_wimax_nsp_filter_connections ()

-
GSList *
+
GSList *
 nm_wimax_nsp_filter_connections (NMWimaxNsp *nsp,
-                                 const GSList *connections);
+ const GSList *connections);

Filters a given list of connections for a given NMWimaxNsp object and return connections which may be activated with the access point. Any returned connections will match the nsp 's network name and other attributes.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -297,7 +297,7 @@ returned connections will match the nsp +NMConnection objects to filter.

@@ -306,27 +306,27 @@ returned connections will match the nsp

Returns

a -list of NMConnection objects that could be activated with the given nsp +list of NMConnection objects that could be activated with the given nsp . The elements of the list are owned by their creator and should not be freed by the caller, but the returned list itself is owned by the caller and should -be freed with g_slist_free() when it is no longer required.

+be freed with g_slist_free() when it is no longer required.

[transfer container][element-type NMConnection]


nm_wimax_nsp_connection_valid ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_wimax_nsp_connection_valid (NMWimaxNsp *nsp,
-                               NMConnection *connection);
+ NMConnection *connection);

Validates a given connection against a given WiMAX NSP to ensure that the connection may be activated with that NSP. The connection must match the nsp 's network name and other attributes.

Parameters

-

connections

a list of -NMConnection objects to filter.

[element-type NMConnection]
+
@@ -341,7 +341,7 @@ against

- @@ -350,8 +350,8 @@ against

Returns

-

TRUE if the connection may be activated with this WiMAX NSP, -FALSE if it cannot be.

+

TRUE if the connection may be activated with this WiMAX NSP, +FALSE if it cannot be.

@@ -380,7 +380,7 @@ against

WiMAX network type.

Members

-

connection

an NMConnection to validate against nsp +

an NMConnection to validate against nsp

 
+
@@ -424,7 +424,7 @@ against

Property Details

The “name” property

-
  “name”                     gchar *
+
  “name”                     gchar *

The name of the WiMAX NSP.

Flags: Read

Default value: NULL

@@ -432,7 +432,7 @@ against


The “network-type” property

-
  “network-type”             guint
+
  “network-type”             guint

The network type of the WiMAX NSP.

Flags: Read

Default value: 0

@@ -440,7 +440,7 @@ against


The “signal-quality” property

-
  “signal-quality”           guint
+
  “signal-quality”           guint

The signal quality of the WiMAX NSP.

Flags: Read

Allowed values: <= 100

diff --git a/docs/libnm-glib/html/annotation-glossary.html b/docs/libnm-glib/html/annotation-glossary.html index e902553a..5df392d5 100644 --- a/docs/libnm-glib/html/annotation-glossary.html +++ b/docs/libnm-glib/html/annotation-glossary.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Annotation Glossary: libnm-glib Reference Manual - + diff --git a/docs/libnm-glib/html/api-index-full.html b/docs/libnm-glib/html/api-index-full.html index b327be1d..ba795697 100644 --- a/docs/libnm-glib/html/api-index-full.html +++ b/docs/libnm-glib/html/api-index-full.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ API Index: libnm-glib Reference Manual - + diff --git a/docs/libnm-glib/html/ch02.html b/docs/libnm-glib/html/ch02.html index 93b8eb43..19dc79a8 100644 --- a/docs/libnm-glib/html/ch02.html +++ b/docs/libnm-glib/html/ch02.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ libnm-glib API Reference: libnm-glib Reference Manual - + diff --git a/docs/libnm-glib/html/index.html b/docs/libnm-glib/html/index.html index 5fa377e7..0b2bdcc5 100644 --- a/docs/libnm-glib/html/index.html +++ b/docs/libnm-glib/html/index.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ libnm-glib Reference Manual: libnm-glib Reference Manual - + @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@

- for libnm-glib 1.4.2 + for libnm-glib 1.4.4 The latest version of this documentation can be found on-line at https://developer.gnome.org/libnm-glib/stable/. diff --git a/docs/libnm-glib/html/libnm-glib-NMVPNPlugin.html b/docs/libnm-glib/html/libnm-glib-NMVPNPlugin.html index 5f4fe46f..3499fa1f 100644 --- a/docs/libnm-glib/html/libnm-glib-NMVPNPlugin.html +++ b/docs/libnm-glib/html/libnm-glib-NMVPNPlugin.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMVPNPlugin: libnm-glib Reference Manual - + @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@

Functions

-
+
@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@
-GQuark +GQuark nm_vpn_plugin_error_quark () @@ -49,7 +49,7 @@
-DBusGConnection * +DBusGConnection * nm_vpn_plugin_get_connection () @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@
-NMVPNServiceState +NMVPNServiceState nm_vpn_plugin_get_state () @@ -121,7 +121,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_vpn_plugin_disconnect () @@ -132,7 +132,7 @@

Types and Values

-
+
@@ -160,19 +160,19 @@

Functions

nm_vpn_plugin_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_vpn_plugin_error_quark (void);

nm_vpn_plugin_get_connection ()

-
DBusGConnection *
+
DBusGConnection *
 nm_vpn_plugin_get_connection (NMVPNPlugin *plugin);

nm_vpn_plugin_get_state ()

-
NMVPNServiceState
+
NMVPNServiceState
 nm_vpn_plugin_get_state (NMVPNPlugin *plugin);

@@ -180,7 +180,7 @@ nm_vpn_plugin_get_state (NMVPNPlu

nm_vpn_plugin_set_state ()

void
 nm_vpn_plugin_set_state (NMVPNPlugin *plugin,
-                         NMVPNServiceState state);
+ NMVPNServiceState state);
@@ -196,7 +196,7 @@ are insufficient, or the VPN process indicates that it needs additional information to complete the request.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -235,35 +235,35 @@ nm_vpn_plugin_set_login_banner (N

nm_vpn_plugin_failure ()

void
 nm_vpn_plugin_failure (NMVPNPlugin *plugin,
-                       NMVPNPluginFailure reason);
+ NMVPNPluginFailure reason);

nm_vpn_plugin_set_config ()

void
 nm_vpn_plugin_set_config (NMVPNPlugin *plugin,
-                          GHashTable *config);
+ GHashTable *config);

nm_vpn_plugin_set_ip4_config ()

void
 nm_vpn_plugin_set_ip4_config (NMVPNPlugin *plugin,
-                              GHashTable *ip4_config);
+ GHashTable *ip4_config);

nm_vpn_plugin_set_ip6_config ()

void
 nm_vpn_plugin_set_ip6_config (NMVPNPlugin *plugin,
-                              GHashTable *ip6_config);
+ GHashTable *ip6_config);

nm_vpn_plugin_disconnect ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_vpn_plugin_disconnect (NMVPNPlugin *plugin,
-                          GError **err);
+ GError **err);
@@ -285,7 +285,7 @@ nm_vpn_plugin_disconnect (NMVPNPl

Returned by the VPN service plugin to indicate errors.

Members

-
+
diff --git a/docs/libnm-glib/html/libnm-glib-NMVpnPluginUiWidget.html b/docs/libnm-glib/html/libnm-glib-NMVpnPluginUiWidget.html index 0769c923..6a1dd524 100644 --- a/docs/libnm-glib/html/libnm-glib-NMVpnPluginUiWidget.html +++ b/docs/libnm-glib/html/libnm-glib-NMVpnPluginUiWidget.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMVpnPluginUiWidget: libnm-glib Reference Manual - + @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@

Functions

-
+
@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_vpn_plugin_ui_interface_get_capabilities () @@ -73,7 +73,7 @@
-NMConnection * +NMConnection * nm_vpn_plugin_ui_interface_import () @@ -81,7 +81,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_vpn_plugin_ui_interface_export () @@ -97,7 +97,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_vpn_plugin_ui_interface_delete_connection () @@ -105,7 +105,7 @@
-GObject * +GObject * nm_vpn_plugin_ui_widget_interface_get_widget () @@ -113,7 +113,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_vpn_plugin_ui_widget_interface_update_connection () @@ -121,7 +121,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_vpn_plugin_ui_widget_interface_save_secrets () @@ -132,7 +132,7 @@

Types and Values

-
+
@@ -249,45 +249,45 @@

NMVpnPluginUiFactory ()

NMVpnPluginUiInterface *
-(*NMVpnPluginUiFactory) (GError **error);
+(*NMVpnPluginUiFactory) (GError **error);

nm_vpn_plugin_ui_factory ()

NMVpnPluginUiInterface *
-nm_vpn_plugin_ui_factory (GError **error);
+nm_vpn_plugin_ui_factory (GError **error);

nm_vpn_plugin_ui_interface_ui_factory ()

NMVpnPluginUiWidgetInterface *
 nm_vpn_plugin_ui_interface_ui_factory (NMVpnPluginUiInterface *iface,
-                                       NMConnection *connection,
-                                       GError **error);
+ NMConnection *connection, + GError **error);

nm_vpn_plugin_ui_interface_get_capabilities ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_vpn_plugin_ui_interface_get_capabilities
                                (NMVpnPluginUiInterface *iface);

nm_vpn_plugin_ui_interface_import ()

-
NMConnection *
+
NMConnection *
 nm_vpn_plugin_ui_interface_import (NMVpnPluginUiInterface *iface,
                                    const char *path,
-                                   GError **error);
+ GError **error);

nm_vpn_plugin_ui_interface_export ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_vpn_plugin_ui_interface_export (NMVpnPluginUiInterface *iface,
                                    const char *path,
-                                   NMConnection *connection,
-                                   GError **error);
+ NMConnection *connection, + GError **error);

@@ -295,42 +295,42 @@ nm_vpn_plugin_ui_interface_export (char * nm_vpn_plugin_ui_interface_get_suggested_name (NMVpnPluginUiInterface *iface, - NMConnection *connection); + NMConnection *connection);

nm_vpn_plugin_ui_interface_delete_connection ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_vpn_plugin_ui_interface_delete_connection
                                (NMVpnPluginUiInterface *iface,
-                                NMConnection *connection,
-                                GError **error);
+ NMConnection *connection, + GError **error);

nm_vpn_plugin_ui_interface_delete_connection is deprecated and should not be used in newly-written code.


nm_vpn_plugin_ui_widget_interface_get_widget ()

-
GObject *
+
GObject *
 nm_vpn_plugin_ui_widget_interface_get_widget
                                (NMVpnPluginUiWidgetInterface *iface);

nm_vpn_plugin_ui_widget_interface_update_connection ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_vpn_plugin_ui_widget_interface_update_connection
                                (NMVpnPluginUiWidgetInterface *iface,
-                                NMConnection *connection,
-                                GError **error);
+ NMConnection *connection, + GError **error);

nm_vpn_plugin_ui_widget_interface_save_secrets ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_vpn_plugin_ui_widget_interface_save_secrets
                                (NMVpnPluginUiWidgetInterface *iface,
-                                NMConnection *connection,
-                                GError **error);
+ NMConnection *connection, + GError **error);

nm_vpn_plugin_ui_widget_interface_save_secrets is deprecated and should not be used in newly-written code.

@@ -341,7 +341,7 @@ nm_vpn_plugin_ui_widget_interface_save_secrets

Flags that indicate to UI programs certain capabilities of the plugin.

Members

-
+
@@ -401,11 +401,11 @@ nm_vpn_plugin_ui_widget_interface_save_secrets

enum NMVpnPluginUiInterfaceProp

-

GObject property numbers that plugins should override to provide certain +

GObject property numbers that plugins should override to provide certain information to UI programs.

Members

-
+
diff --git a/docs/libnm-glib/html/libnm-glib-nm-types.html b/docs/libnm-glib/html/libnm-glib-nm-types.html index 7b811487..a6ad1a53 100644 --- a/docs/libnm-glib/html/libnm-glib-nm-types.html +++ b/docs/libnm-glib/html/libnm-glib-nm-types.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ nm-types: libnm-glib Reference Manual - + diff --git a/docs/libnm-glib/html/libnm-glib-nm-vpn-plugin-utils.html b/docs/libnm-glib/html/libnm-glib-nm-vpn-plugin-utils.html index 6686a48d..19e34a49 100644 --- a/docs/libnm-glib/html/libnm-glib-nm-vpn-plugin-utils.html +++ b/docs/libnm-glib/html/libnm-glib-nm-vpn-plugin-utils.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ nm-vpn-plugin-utils: libnm-glib Reference Manual - + @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@

Functions

-
+
@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_vpn_plugin_utils_read_vpn_details () @@ -49,7 +49,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_vpn_plugin_utils_get_secret_flags () @@ -65,15 +65,15 @@

Functions

nm_vpn_plugin_utils_read_vpn_details ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_vpn_plugin_utils_read_vpn_details (int fd,
-                                      GHashTable **out_data,
-                                      GHashTable **out_secrets);
+ GHashTable **out_data, + GHashTable **out_secrets);

Parses key/value pairs from a file descriptor (normally stdin) passed by an applet when the applet calls the authentication dialog of the VPN plugin.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -102,23 +102,23 @@ an applet when the applet calls the authentication dialog of the VPN plugin.

Returns

-

TRUE if reading values was successful, FALSE if not

+

TRUE if reading values was successful, FALSE if not


nm_vpn_plugin_utils_get_secret_flags ()

-
gboolean
-nm_vpn_plugin_utils_get_secret_flags (GHashTable *data,
+
gboolean
+nm_vpn_plugin_utils_get_secret_flags (GHashTable *data,
                                       const char *secret_name,
-                                      NMSettingSecretFlags *out_flags);
+ NMSettingSecretFlags *out_flags);

Given a VPN secret key name, attempts to find the corresponding flags data item in data . If found, converts the flags data item to -NMSettingSecretFlags and returns it.

+NMSettingSecretFlags and returns it.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -146,8 +146,8 @@ item in data

Returns

-

TRUE if the flag data item was found and successfully converted -to flags, FALSE if not

+

TRUE if the flag data item was found and successfully converted +to flags, FALSE if not

diff --git a/docs/libnm-glib/html/object-tree.html b/docs/libnm-glib/html/object-tree.html index 3559d08f..dbc56af4 100644 --- a/docs/libnm-glib/html/object-tree.html +++ b/docs/libnm-glib/html/object-tree.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Object Hierarchy: libnm-glib Reference Manual - + @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

-    GObject
+    GObject
     ├── NMObject
        ├── NMClient
        ├── NMDevice
@@ -49,7 +49,7 @@
        ├── NMDHCP4Config
        ╰── NMDHCP6Config
     ├── NMRemoteSettings
-    ├── NMConnection
+    ├── NMConnection
        ╰── NMRemoteConnection
     ╰── NMSecretAgent
 
diff --git a/docs/libnm-glib/html/ref-overview.html b/docs/libnm-glib/html/ref-overview.html index 51c7f86f..9abac6e2 100644 --- a/docs/libnm-glib/html/ref-overview.html +++ b/docs/libnm-glib/html/ref-overview.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Object Overview: libnm-glib Reference Manual - + diff --git a/docs/libnm-glib/version.xml b/docs/libnm-glib/version.xml index 9df886c4..1c99cf0e 100644 --- a/docs/libnm-glib/version.xml +++ b/docs/libnm-glib/version.xml @@ -1 +1 @@ -1.4.2 +1.4.4 diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMConnection.html b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMConnection.html index eb8a18c0..40207970 100644 --- a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMConnection.html +++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMConnection.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMConnection: libnm-util Reference Manual - + @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@

Functions

-
+
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@
-GQuark +GQuark nm_connection_error_quark () @@ -116,7 +116,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_connection_replace_settings () @@ -124,7 +124,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_connection_replace_settings_from_connection () @@ -132,7 +132,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_connection_compare () @@ -140,7 +140,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_connection_diff () @@ -148,7 +148,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_connection_verify () @@ -156,7 +156,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_connection_normalize () @@ -187,7 +187,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_connection_update_secrets () @@ -224,7 +224,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_connection_is_type () @@ -240,7 +240,7 @@
-GHashTable * +GHashTable * nm_connection_to_hash () @@ -256,7 +256,7 @@
-GType +GType nm_connection_lookup_setting_type () @@ -264,7 +264,7 @@
-GType +GType nm_connection_lookup_setting_type_by_quark () @@ -512,7 +512,7 @@

Properties

-
+
@@ -520,7 +520,7 @@ +gchar * @@ -528,7 +528,7 @@

Signals

-
-gchar * path Read / Write / Construct
+
@@ -538,24 +538,24 @@ - + - + - +
void changedRun FirstRun First
void secrets-clearedRun FirstRun First
void secrets-updatedRun FirstRun First

Types and Values

-
+
@@ -600,7 +600,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

    GEnum
     ╰── NMConnectionError
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMConnection
 
@@ -627,7 +627,7 @@ parameters (MTU, SSID, APN, channel, rate, etc) and IP-level parameters

Functions

nm_connection_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_connection_error_quark (void);

Registers an error quark for NMConnection if necessary.

@@ -650,13 +650,13 @@ nm_connection_new (void

nm_connection_new_from_hash ()

NMConnection *
-nm_connection_new_from_hash (GHashTable *hash,
-                             GError **error);
+nm_connection_new_from_hash (GHashTable *hash, + GError **error);

Creates a new NMConnection from a hash table describing the connection. See nm_connection_to_hash() for a description of the expected hash table.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -665,7 +665,7 @@ nm_connection_new_from_hash (

hash

-
@@ -680,7 +680,7 @@ the connection.

Returns

the new NMConnection object, populated with settings created -from the values in the hash table, or NULL if the connection failed to +from the values in the hash table, or NULL if the connection failed to validate

@@ -692,7 +692,7 @@ nm_connection_duplicate (NMConnection.

Parameters

-

the GHashTable describing +

the GHashTable describing the connection.

[element-type utf8 GLib.HashTable]
+
@@ -720,7 +720,7 @@ nm_connection_create_setting (const NMSetting object of the desired type, given a setting name.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -735,7 +735,7 @@ nm_connection_create_setting (const

Returns

-

the new setting object, or NULL if the setting name was unknown.

+

the new setting object, or NULL if the setting name was unknown.

[transfer full]

@@ -751,7 +751,7 @@ connection takes ownership of the

Parameters

-
+
@@ -777,12 +777,12 @@ the setting object's reference count.

nm_connection_remove_setting ()

void
 nm_connection_remove_setting (NMConnection *connection,
-                              GType setting_type);
-

Removes the NMSetting with the given GType from the NMConnection. This + GType setting_type); +

Removes the NMSetting with the given GType from the NMConnection. This operation dereferences the NMSetting object.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -796,7 +796,7 @@ operation dereferences the

setting_type

-
+ @@ -808,12 +808,12 @@ operation dereferences the

nm_connection_get_setting ()

NMSetting *
 nm_connection_get_setting (NMConnection *connection,
-                           GType setting_type);
-

Gets the NMSetting with the given GType, if one has been previously added + GType setting_type); +

Gets the NMSetting with the given GType, if one has been previously added to the NMConnection.

Parameters

-

the GType of the setting object to remove

the GType of the setting object to remove

 
+
@@ -827,7 +827,7 @@ to the - + @@ -835,7 +835,7 @@ to the

Returns

-

the NMSetting, or NULL if no setting of that type was previously +

the NMSetting, or NULL if no setting of that type was previously added to the NMConnection.

[transfer none]

@@ -850,7 +850,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_by_name (NMConnection.

Parameters

-

setting_type

the GType of the setting object to return

the GType of the setting object to return

 
+
@@ -872,7 +872,7 @@ the

Returns

-

the NMSetting, or NULL if no setting with that name was previously +

the NMSetting, or NULL if no setting with that name was previously added to the NMConnection.

[transfer none]

@@ -880,13 +880,13 @@ added to the

nm_connection_replace_settings ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_connection_replace_settings (NMConnection *connection,
-                                GHashTable *new_settings,
-                                GError **error);
+ GHashTable *new_settings, + GError **error);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -900,12 +900,12 @@ nm_connection_replace_settings ( - + - + @@ -913,25 +913,25 @@ nm_connection_replace_settings (

Returns

-

TRUE if the settings were valid and added to the connection, FALSE +

TRUE if the settings were valid and added to the connection, FALSE if they were not


nm_connection_replace_settings_from_connection ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_connection_replace_settings_from_connection
                                (NMConnection *connection,
                                 NMConnection *new_connection,
-                                GError **error);
+ GError **error);

Deep-copies the settings of new_conenction and replaces the settings of connection with the copied settings.

Parameters

-

new_settings

a GHashTable of settings.

a GHashTable of settings.

[element-type utf8 GLib.HashTable]

error

location to store error, or NULL

location to store error, or NULL

 
+
@@ -951,7 +951,7 @@ with

- + @@ -959,9 +959,9 @@ with

Returns

-

TRUE if the settings were valid after replacing the connection, FALSE -if they were not. Regardless of whether TRUE or FALSE is returned, the connection -is successfully replaced. FALSE only means, that the connection does not verify +

TRUE if the settings were valid after replacing the connection, FALSE +if they were not. Regardless of whether TRUE or FALSE is returned, the connection +is successfully replaced. FALSE only means, that the connection does not verify at the end of the operation.

Since: 0.9.10

@@ -969,7 +969,7 @@ at the end of the operation.


nm_connection_compare ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_connection_compare (NMConnection *a,
                        NMConnection *b,
                        NMSettingCompareFlags flags);
@@ -978,7 +978,7 @@ modified by a set of flags. See

Parameters

-

error

location to store error, or NULL

location to store error, or NULL

 
+
@@ -1005,17 +1005,17 @@ each flag's behavior.

Returns

-

TRUE if the comparison succeeds, FALSE if it does not

+

TRUE if the comparison succeeds, FALSE if it does not


nm_connection_diff ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_connection_diff (NMConnection *a,
                     NMConnection *b,
                     NMSettingCompareFlags flags,
-                    GHashTable **out_settings);
+ GHashTable **out_settings);

Compares two NMConnection objects for similarity, with comparison behavior modified by a set of flags. See nm_setting_compare() for a description of each flag's behavior. If the connections differ, settings and keys within @@ -1024,7 +1024,7 @@ each setting that differ are added to the returned o No values are returned, only key names.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1059,16 +1059,16 @@ differ mapped to one or more of

Returns

-

TRUE if the connections contain the same values, FALSE if they do +

TRUE if the connections contain the same values, FALSE if they do not


nm_connection_verify ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_connection_verify (NMConnection *connection,
-                      GError **error);
+ GError **error);

Validates the connection and all its settings. Each setting's properties have allowed values, and some values are dependent on other values. For example, if a Wi-Fi connection is security enabled, the NMSettingWireless @@ -1076,11 +1076,11 @@ setting object's 'security' property must contain the setting name of the NMSettingWirelessSecurity object, which must also be present in the connection for the connection to be valid. As another example, the NMSettingWired object's 'mac-address' property must be a validly formatted -MAC address. The returned GError contains information about which +MAC address. The returned GError contains information about which setting and which property failed validation, and how it failed validation.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1094,7 +1094,7 @@ setting and which property failed validation, and how it failed validation.

- + @@ -1102,28 +1102,28 @@ setting and which property failed validation, and how it failed validation.

Returns

-

TRUE if the connection is valid, FALSE if it is not

+

TRUE if the connection is valid, FALSE if it is not


nm_connection_normalize ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_connection_normalize (NMConnection *connection,
-                         GHashTable *parameters,
-                         gboolean *modified,
-                         GError **error);
+ GHashTable *parameters, + gboolean *modified, + GError **error);

Does some basic normalization and fixup of well known inconsistencies and deprecated fields. If the connection was modified in any way, the output parameter modified - is set TRUE.

-

Finally the connection will be verified and TRUE returns if the connection + is set TRUE.

+

Finally the connection will be verified and TRUE returns if the connection is valid. As this function only performs some specific normalization steps it cannot repair all connections. If the connection has errors that cannot be normalized, the connection will not be modified.

Parameters

-

error

location to store error, or NULL

location to store error, or NULL

 
+
@@ -1137,10 +1137,10 @@ cannot be normalized, the connection will not be modified.

- @@ -1151,7 +1151,7 @@ The values are opaque and depend on the parameter name.

- @@ -1160,7 +1160,7 @@ why the connection is invalid, if the function returns an error.

Returns

-

TRUE if the connection is valid, FALSE if it is not

+

TRUE if the connection is valid, FALSE if it is not

Since: 1.0

@@ -1169,7 +1169,7 @@ why the connection is invalid, if the function returns an error.

nm_connection_need_secrets ()

const char *
 nm_connection_need_secrets (NMConnection *connection,
-                            GPtrArray **hints);
+ GPtrArray **hints);

Returns the name of the first setting object in the connection which would need secrets to make a successful connection. The returned hints are only intended as a guide to what secrets may be required, because in some @@ -1177,7 +1177,7 @@ circumstances, there is no way to conclusively determine exactly which secrets are needed.

Parameters

-

parameters

a GHashTable with +

a GHashTable with normalization parameters to allow customization of the normalization by providing specific arguments. Unknown arguments will be ignored and the default will be -used. The keys must be strings, hashed by g_str_hash() and g_str_equal() functions. +used. The keys must be strings, hashed by g_str_hash() and g_str_equal() functions. The values are opaque and depend on the parameter name.

[allow-none][element-type utf8 gpointer]

error

location to store error, or NULL. Contains the reason, +

location to store error, or NULL. Contains the reason, why the connection is invalid, if the function returns an error.

 
+
@@ -1191,10 +1191,10 @@ secrets are needed.

- @@ -1216,7 +1216,7 @@ nm_connection_clear_secrets (

Parameters

-

hints

the address of a pointer to a GPtrArray, initialized to NULL, which on -return points to an allocated GPtrArray containing the property names of +

the address of a pointer to a GPtrArray, initialized to NULL, which on +return points to an allocated GPtrArray containing the property names of secrets of the NMSetting which may be required; the caller owns the array -and must free the array itself with g_ptr_array_free(), but not free its +and must free the array itself with g_ptr_array_free(), but not free its elements.

[out][element-type utf8][allow-none][transfer container]
+
@@ -1237,12 +1237,12 @@ keeping secret data in memory when not needed.

nm_connection_clear_secrets_with_flags (NMConnection *connection, NMSettingClearSecretsWithFlagsFn func, - gpointer user_data); + gpointer user_data);

Clears and frees secrets determined by func .

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1273,22 +1273,22 @@ specific secret should be cleared or not.


nm_connection_update_secrets ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_connection_update_secrets (NMConnection *connection,
                               const char *setting_name,
-                              GHashTable *secrets,
-                              GError **error);
+ GHashTable *secrets, + GError **error);

Update the specified setting's secrets, given a hash table of secrets intended for that setting (deserialized from D-Bus for example). Will also extract the given setting's secrets hash if given a hash of hashes, as would be returned from nm_connection_to_hash(). If setting_name - is NULL, expects + is NULL, expects a fully serialized NMConnection as returned by nm_connection_to_hash() and will update all secrets from all settings contained in secrets .

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1307,14 +1307,14 @@ will update all secrets from all settings contained in - - + @@ -1322,7 +1322,7 @@ string:

Returns

-

TRUE if the secrets were successfully updated, FALSE if the update +

TRUE if the secrets were successfully updated, FALSE if the update failed (tried to update secrets for a setting that doesn't exist, etc)

@@ -1337,7 +1337,7 @@ is only for the reference of the caller. Sets the

Parameters

-

secrets

a GHashTable mapping -string:GValue of setting property names and secrets of the given setting_name +

a GHashTable mapping +string:GValue of setting property names and secrets of the given setting_name .

[element-type utf8 GObject.Value]

error

location to store error, or NULL

location to store error, or NULL

 
+
@@ -1367,7 +1367,7 @@ nm_connection_get_path (

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1394,10 +1394,10 @@ nm_connection_get_virtual_iface_name (NULL.

+connection types, this function will return NULL.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1412,7 +1412,7 @@ connection types, this function will return

Returns

-

Name of the kernel interface or NULL

+

Name of the kernel interface or NULL


@@ -1421,13 +1421,13 @@ connection types, this function will return const char * nm_connection_get_interface_name (NMConnection *connection);

Returns the interface name as stored in NMSettingConnection:interface_name. -If the connection contains no NMSettingConnection, it will return NULL.

+If the connection contains no NMSettingConnection, it will return NULL.

For hardware devices and software devices created outside of NetworkManager, this name is used to match the device. for software devices created by NetworkManager, this is the name of the created interface.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1442,14 +1442,14 @@ NetworkManager, this is the name of the created interface.

Returns

-

Name of the kernel interface or NULL

+

Name of the kernel interface or NULL

Since: 1.0


nm_connection_is_type ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_connection_is_type (NMConnection *connection,
                        const char *type);

A convenience function to check if the given connection @@ -1459,7 +1459,7 @@ property of the connection and matches that against .

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1482,8 +1482,8 @@ property of the connection and matches that against

Returns

-

TRUE if the connection is of the given type -, FALSE if not

+

TRUE if the connection is of the given type +, FALSE if not


@@ -1492,12 +1492,12 @@ property of the connection and matches that against
void
 nm_connection_for_each_setting_value (NMConnection *connection,
                                       NMSettingValueIterFn func,
-                                      gpointer user_data);
+ gpointer user_data);

Iterates over the properties of each NMSetting object in the NMConnection, calling the supplied user function for each property.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1527,18 +1527,18 @@ at each invocation


nm_connection_to_hash ()

-
GHashTable *
+
GHashTable *
 nm_connection_to_hash (NMConnection *connection,
                        NMSettingHashFlags flags);
-

Converts the NMConnection into a GHashTable describing the connection, +

Converts the NMConnection into a GHashTable describing the connection, suitable for marshalling over D-Bus or serializing. The hash table mapping -is string:GHashTable with each element in the returned hash representing +is string:GHashTable with each element in the returned hash representing a NMSetting object. The keys are setting object names, and the values -are GHashTables mapping string:GValue, each of which represents the +are GHashTables mapping string:GValue, each of which represents the properties of the NMSetting object.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1561,9 +1561,9 @@ properties of the

Returns

a new -GHashTable describing the connection, its settings, and each setting's +GHashTable describing the connection, its settings, and each setting's properties. The caller owns the hash table and must unref the hash table -with g_hash_table_unref() when it is no longer needed.

+with g_hash_table_unref() when it is no longer needed.

[transfer full][element-type utf8 GLib.HashTable]

@@ -1577,7 +1577,7 @@ be used for serialization of the connection or machine-parsed in any way. The output format is not guaranteed to be stable and may change at any time.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1594,12 +1594,12 @@ output format is not guaranteed to be stable and may change at any time.


nm_connection_lookup_setting_type ()

-
GType
+
GType
 nm_connection_lookup_setting_type (const char *name);
-

Returns the GType of the setting's class for a given setting name.

+

Returns the GType of the setting's class for a given setting name.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1614,20 +1614,20 @@ nm_connection_lookup_setting_type (const

Returns

-

the GType of the setting's class

+

the GType of the setting's class


nm_connection_lookup_setting_type_by_quark ()

-
GType
+
GType
 nm_connection_lookup_setting_type_by_quark
-                               (GQuark error_quark);
-

Returns the GType of the setting's class for a given setting error quark. + (GQuark error_quark);

+

Returns the GType of the setting's class for a given setting error quark. Useful for figuring out which setting a returned error is for.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1642,7 +1642,7 @@ Useful for figuring out which setting a returned error is for.

Returns

-

the GType of the setting's class

+

the GType of the setting's class


@@ -1653,7 +1653,7 @@ nm_connection_get_uuid (NMSettingConnection.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1679,7 +1679,7 @@ nm_connection_get_id (NMSettingConnection.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1705,7 +1705,7 @@ nm_connection_get_connection_type (A shortcut to return the type from the connection's NMSettingConnection.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1730,13 +1730,13 @@ nm_connection_get_connection_type (char * nm_connection_get_virtual_device_description (NMConnection *connection); -

Returns the name that nm_device_disambiguate_names() would +

Returns the name that nm_device_disambiguate_names() would return for the virtual device that would be created for connection . Eg, "VLAN (eth1.1)".

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1753,7 +1753,7 @@ Eg, "VLAN (eth1.1)".

Returns

the name of connection 's device, -or NULL if connection +or NULL if connection is not a virtual connection type.

[transfer full]

@@ -1767,7 +1767,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_802_1x (A shortcut to return any NMSetting8021x the connection might contain.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1782,7 +1782,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_802_1x (

Returns

-

an NMSetting8021x if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSetting8021x if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

@@ -1794,7 +1794,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_bluetooth (A shortcut to return any NMSettingBluetooth the connection might contain.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1809,7 +1809,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_bluetooth (

Returns

-

an NMSettingBluetooth if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingBluetooth if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

@@ -1821,7 +1821,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_bond (A shortcut to return any NMSettingBond the connection might contain.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1836,7 +1836,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_bond (

Returns

-

an NMSettingBond if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingBond if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

@@ -1848,7 +1848,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_team (A shortcut to return any NMSettingTeam the connection might contain.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1863,7 +1863,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_team (

Returns

-

an NMSettingTeam if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingTeam if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

Since: 0.9.10

@@ -1876,7 +1876,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_team_port (A shortcut to return any NMSettingTeamPort the connection might contain.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1891,7 +1891,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_team_port (

Returns

-

an NMSettingTeamPort if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingTeamPort if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

Since: 0.9.10

@@ -1904,7 +1904,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_bridge (A shortcut to return any NMSettingBridge the connection might contain.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1919,7 +1919,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_bridge (

Returns

-

an NMSettingBridge if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingBridge if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

@@ -1931,7 +1931,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_bridge_port (NMSettingBridgePort the connection might contain.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1946,7 +1946,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_bridge_port (

Returns

-

an NMSettingBridgePort if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingBridgePort if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

@@ -1958,7 +1958,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_cdma (A shortcut to return any NMSettingCdma the connection might contain.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1973,7 +1973,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_cdma (

Returns

-

an NMSettingCdma if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingCdma if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

@@ -1985,7 +1985,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_connection (NMSettingConnection the connection might contain.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2000,7 +2000,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_connection (

Returns

-

an NMSettingConnection if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingConnection if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

@@ -2012,7 +2012,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_dcb (A shortcut to return any NMSettingDcb the connection might contain.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2040,7 +2040,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_generic (A shortcut to return any NMSettingGeneric the connection might contain.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2068,7 +2068,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_gsm (A shortcut to return any NMSettingGsm the connection might contain.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2083,7 +2083,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_gsm (

Returns

-

an NMSettingGsm if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingGsm if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

@@ -2095,7 +2095,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_infiniband (NMSettingInfiniband the connection might contain.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2110,7 +2110,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_infiniband (

Returns

-

an NMSettingInfiniband if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingInfiniband if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

@@ -2122,7 +2122,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_ip4_config (NMSettingIP4Config the connection might contain.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2137,7 +2137,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_ip4_config (

Returns

-

an NMSettingIP4Config if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingIP4Config if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

@@ -2149,7 +2149,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_ip6_config (NMSettingIP6Config the connection might contain.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2164,7 +2164,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_ip6_config (

Returns

-

an NMSettingIP6Config if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingIP6Config if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

@@ -2176,7 +2176,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_olpc_mesh (A shortcut to return any NMSettingOlpcMesh the connection might contain.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2191,7 +2191,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_olpc_mesh (

Returns

-

an NMSettingOlpcMesh if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingOlpcMesh if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

@@ -2203,7 +2203,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_ppp (A shortcut to return any NMSettingPPP the connection might contain.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2218,7 +2218,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_ppp (

Returns

-

an NMSettingPPP if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingPPP if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

@@ -2230,7 +2230,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_pppoe (A shortcut to return any NMSettingPPPOE the connection might contain.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2245,7 +2245,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_pppoe (

Returns

-

an NMSettingPPPOE if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingPPPOE if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

@@ -2257,7 +2257,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_serial (A shortcut to return any NMSettingSerial the connection might contain.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2272,7 +2272,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_serial (

Returns

-

an NMSettingSerial if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingSerial if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

@@ -2284,7 +2284,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_vpn (A shortcut to return any NMSettingVPN the connection might contain.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2299,7 +2299,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_vpn (

Returns

-

an NMSettingVPN if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingVPN if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

@@ -2311,7 +2311,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_wimax (A shortcut to return any NMSettingWimax the connection might contain.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2326,7 +2326,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_wimax (

Returns

-

an NMSettingWimax if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingWimax if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

@@ -2338,7 +2338,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_adsl (A shortcut to return any NMSettingAdsl the connection might contain.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2353,7 +2353,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_adsl (

Returns

-

an NMSettingAdsl if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingAdsl if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

@@ -2365,7 +2365,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_wired (A shortcut to return any NMSettingWired the connection might contain.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2380,7 +2380,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_wired (

Returns

-

an NMSettingWired if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingWired if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

@@ -2392,7 +2392,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_wireless (A shortcut to return any NMSettingWireless the connection might contain.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2407,7 +2407,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_wireless (

Returns

-

an NMSettingWireless if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingWireless if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

@@ -2420,7 +2420,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_wireless_security

A shortcut to return any NMSettingWirelessSecurity the connection might contain.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2435,7 +2435,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_wireless_security

Returns

-

an NMSettingWirelessSecurity if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingWirelessSecurity if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

@@ -2447,7 +2447,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_vlan (A shortcut to return any NMSettingVlan the connection might contain.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2462,7 +2462,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_vlan (

Returns

-

an NMSettingVlan if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingVlan if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

@@ -2498,7 +2498,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_vlan (Describes errors that may result from operations involving a NMConnection.

Members

-
+
@@ -2575,7 +2575,7 @@ It should only be accessed through the functions described below.

Property Details

The “path” property

-
  “path”                     gchar *
+
  “path”                     gchar *

The connection's D-Bus path, used only by the calling process as a record of the D-Bus path of the connection as provided by a settings service.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

@@ -2588,13 +2588,13 @@ of the D-Bus path of the connection as provided by a settings service.

The “changed” signal

void
 user_function (NMConnection *connection,
-               gpointer      user_data)
+ gpointer user_data)

The ::changed signal is emitted when any property of any property (including secrets) of any setting of the connection is modified, or when settings are added or removed.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2614,7 +2614,7 @@ or when settings are added or removed.

-

Flags: Run First

+

Flags: Run First

Since: 0.9.10


@@ -2622,12 +2622,12 @@ or when settings are added or removed.

The “secrets-cleared” signal

void
 user_function (NMConnection *connection,
-               gpointer      user_data)
+ gpointer user_data)

The ::secrets-cleared signal is emitted when the secrets of a connection are cleared.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2647,20 +2647,20 @@ are cleared.

-

Flags: Run First

+

Flags: Run First


The “secrets-updated” signal

void
 user_function (NMConnection *connection,
-               gchar        *setting_name,
-               gpointer      user_data)
+ gchar *setting_name, + gpointer user_data)

The ::secrets-updated signal is emitted when the secrets of a setting have been changed.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2686,7 +2686,7 @@ updated

-

Flags: Run First

+

Flags: Run First

diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSetting.html b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSetting.html index 2a366f0e..ce49fa96 100644 --- a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSetting.html +++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSetting.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMSetting: libnm-util Reference Manual - + @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@

Functions

-
+
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
-GQuark +GQuark nm_setting_error_quark () @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean (*NMSettingClearSecretsWithFlagsFn) () @@ -67,7 +67,7 @@
-GHashTable * +GHashTable * nm_setting_to_hash () @@ -98,7 +98,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_verify () @@ -106,7 +106,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_compare () @@ -114,7 +114,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_diff () @@ -154,7 +154,7 @@
-GPtrArray * +GPtrArray * nm_setting_need_secrets () @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_update_secrets () @@ -170,7 +170,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_get_secret_flags () @@ -178,7 +178,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_set_secret_flags () @@ -196,7 +196,7 @@

Properties

-
+
@@ -204,7 +204,7 @@ +gchar * @@ -212,7 +212,7 @@

Types and Values

-
-gchar * name Read / Write
+
@@ -277,7 +277,7 @@ ├── NMSettingError ├── NMSettingHashFlags ╰── NMSettingSecretFlags - GObject + GObject╰── NMSetting ├──NMSetting8021x├──NMSettingAdsl @@ -325,7 +325,7 @@ of properties and allowed values.

Functions

nm_setting_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_setting_error_quark (void);

Registers an error quark for NMSetting if necessary.

@@ -336,14 +336,14 @@ nm_setting_error_quark (void

NMSettingClearSecretsWithFlagsFn ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 (*NMSettingClearSecretsWithFlagsFn) (NMSetting *setting,
                                      const char *secret,
                                      NMSettingSecretFlags flags,
-                                     gpointer user_data);
+ gpointer user_data);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -375,7 +375,7 @@ nm_setting_error_quark (void

Returns

-

TRUE to clear the secret, FALSE to not clear the secret

+

TRUE to clear the secret, FALSE to not clear the secret


@@ -384,12 +384,12 @@ nm_setting_error_quark (voidvoid (*NMSettingValueIterFn) (NMSetting *setting, const char *key, - const GValue *value, - GParamFlags flags, - gpointer user_data); + const GValue *value, + GParamFlags flags, + gpointer user_data);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -429,15 +429,15 @@ nm_setting_error_quark (void

nm_setting_to_hash ()

-
GHashTable *
+
GHashTable *
 nm_setting_to_hash (NMSetting *setting,
                     NMSettingHashFlags flags);
-

Converts the NMSetting into a GHashTable mapping each setting property +

Converts the NMSetting into a GHashTable mapping each setting property name to a GValue describing that property, suitable for marshalling over D-Bus or serializing. The mapping is string to GValue.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -459,7 +459,7 @@ D-Bus or serializing. The mapping is string to GValue.

Returns

-

a new GHashTable +

a new GHashTable describing the setting's properties.

[transfer full][element-type utf8 GObject.Value]

@@ -468,8 +468,8 @@ describing the setting's properties.

nm_setting_new_from_hash ()

NMSetting *
-nm_setting_new_from_hash (GType setting_type,
-                          GHashTable *hash);
+nm_setting_new_from_hash (GType setting_type, + GHashTable *hash);

Creates a new NMSetting object and populates that object with the properties contained in the hash table, using each hash key as the property to set, and each hash value as the value to set that property to. Setting properties @@ -478,7 +478,7 @@ See the documentation on each

Parameters

-
+
@@ -492,7 +492,7 @@ property names and value types.

- @@ -502,7 +502,7 @@ string to GValue mapping of properties that apply to the setting.

Returns

a new NMSetting object populated with the properties from the -hash table, or NULL on failure

+hash table, or NULL on failure


@@ -513,7 +513,7 @@ nm_setting_duplicate (NMSetting.

Parameters

-

hash

the GHashTable containing a +

the GHashTable containing a string to GValue mapping of properties that apply to the setting.

[element-type utf8 GObject.Value]
+
@@ -541,7 +541,7 @@ nm_setting_get_name (NMSetting object

Parameters

-
+
@@ -563,18 +563,18 @@ like 'ppp' or 'wireless' or 'wired'.


nm_setting_verify ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_verify (NMSetting *setting,
-                   GSList *all_settings,
-                   GError **error);
+ GSList *all_settings, + GError **error);

Validates the setting. Each setting's properties have allowed values, and some are dependent on other values (hence the need for all_settings ). The -returned GError contains information about which property of the setting +returned GError contains information about which property of the setting failed validation, and in what way that property failed validation.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -588,14 +588,14 @@ failed validation, and in what way that property failed validation.

- - + @@ -603,13 +603,13 @@ came.

Returns

-

TRUE if the setting is valid, FALSE if it is not

+

TRUE if the setting is valid, FALSE if it is not


nm_setting_compare ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_compare (NMSetting *a,
                     NMSetting *b,
                     NMSettingCompareFlags flags);
@@ -618,7 +618,7 @@ modified by a set of flags. See the documentation for

Parameters

-

all_settings

a GSList of all settings +

a GSList of all settings in the connection from which setting came.

[element-type NMSetting]

error

location to store error, or NULL

location to store error, or NULL

 
+
@@ -645,18 +645,18 @@ for a description of each flag's behavior.

Returns

-

TRUE if the comparison succeeds, FALSE if it does not

+

TRUE if the comparison succeeds, FALSE if it does not


nm_setting_diff ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_diff (NMSetting *a,
                  NMSetting *b,
                  NMSettingCompareFlags flags,
-                 gboolean invert_results,
-                 GHashTable **results);
+ gboolean invert_results, + GHashTable **results);

Compares two NMSetting objects for similarity, with comparison behavior modified by a set of flags. See the documentation for NMSettingCompareFlags for a description of each flag's behavior. If the settings differ, the keys @@ -665,7 +665,7 @@ of each setting that differ from the other are added to NMSettingDiffResult values.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -690,7 +690,7 @@ one or more

invert_results

+be set to FALSE. If TRUE inverts the meaning of the NMSettingDiffResult.

@@ -707,7 +707,7 @@ in and the settings differ, a new one is created and returned.

Returns

-

TRUE if the settings contain the same values, FALSE if they do not

+

TRUE if the settings contain the same values, FALSE if they do not


@@ -716,12 +716,12 @@ in and the settings differ, a new one is created and returned.

void
 nm_setting_enumerate_values (NMSetting *setting,
                              NMSettingValueIterFn func,
-                             gpointer user_data);
+ gpointer user_data);

Iterates over each property of the NMSetting object, calling the supplied user function for each property.

Parameters

-

this parameter is used internally by libnm-util and should -be set to FALSE. If TRUE inverts the meaning of the NMSettingDiffResult.

 
+
@@ -758,7 +758,7 @@ be used for serialization of the setting, or machine-parsed in any way. The output format is not guaranteed to be stable and may change at any time.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -775,7 +775,7 @@ output format is not guaranteed to be stable and may change at any time.

Returns

an allocated string containing a textual representation of the setting's properties and values (including secrets!), which the caller should -free with g_free()

+free with g_free()


@@ -788,7 +788,7 @@ setting only when needed, and cleared immediately after use to prevent leakage of information.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -808,12 +808,12 @@ leakage of information.

void
 nm_setting_clear_secrets_with_flags (NMSetting *setting,
                                      NMSettingClearSecretsWithFlagsFn func,
-                                     gpointer user_data);
+ gpointer user_data);

Clears and frees secrets determined by func .

Parameters

-
+
@@ -844,7 +844,7 @@ specific secret should be cleared or not.


nm_setting_need_secrets ()

-
GPtrArray *
+
GPtrArray *
 nm_setting_need_secrets (NMSetting *setting);

Returns an array of property names for each secret which may be required to make a successful connection. The returned hints are only intended as a @@ -852,7 +852,7 @@ guide to what secrets may be required, because in some circumstances, there is no way to conclusively determine exactly which secrets are needed.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -867,9 +867,9 @@ is no way to conclusively determine exactly which secrets are needed.

Returns

-

a GPtrArray containing +

a GPtrArray containing the property names of secrets of the NMSetting which may be required; the -caller owns the array and must free it with g_ptr_array_free(), but must not +caller owns the array and must free it with g_ptr_array_free(), but must not free the elements.

[transfer container][element-type utf8]

@@ -877,15 +877,15 @@ free the elements.


nm_setting_update_secrets ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_update_secrets (NMSetting *setting,
-                           GHashTable *secrets,
-                           GError **error);
+ GHashTable *secrets, + GError **error);

Update the setting's secrets, given a hash table of secrets intended for that setting (deserialized from D-Bus for example).

Parameters

-
+
@@ -899,13 +899,13 @@ setting (deserialized from D-Bus for example).

- + - + @@ -913,23 +913,23 @@ string to

Returns

-

TRUE if the secrets were successfully updated, FALSE on failure to +

TRUE if the secrets were successfully updated, FALSE on failure to update one or more of the secrets.


nm_setting_get_secret_flags ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_get_secret_flags (NMSetting *setting,
                              const char *secret_name,
                              NMSettingSecretFlags *out_flags,
-                             GError **error);
+ GError **error);

For a given secret, retrieves the NMSettingSecretFlags describing how to handle that secret.

Parameters

-

secrets

a GHashTable mapping -string to GValue of setting property names and secrets.

a GHashTable mapping +string to GValue of setting property names and secrets.

[element-type utf8 GObject.Value]

error

location to store error, or NULL

location to store error, or NULL

 
+
@@ -953,7 +953,7 @@ handle that secret.

- + @@ -961,23 +961,23 @@ handle that secret.

Returns

-

TRUE on success (if the given secret name was a valid property of -this setting, and if that property is secret), FALSE if not

+

TRUE on success (if the given secret name was a valid property of +this setting, and if that property is secret), FALSE if not


nm_setting_set_secret_flags ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_set_secret_flags (NMSetting *setting,
                              const char *secret_name,
                              NMSettingSecretFlags flags,
-                             GError **error);
+ GError **error);

For a given secret, stores the NMSettingSecretFlags describing how to handle that secret.

Parameters

-

error

location to store error, or NULL

location to store error, or NULL

 
+
@@ -1001,7 +1001,7 @@ handle that secret.

- + @@ -1009,8 +1009,8 @@ handle that secret.

Returns

-

TRUE on success (if the given secret name was a valid property of -this setting, and if that property is secret), FALSE if not

+

TRUE on success (if the given secret name was a valid property of +this setting, and if that property is secret), FALSE if not


@@ -1022,7 +1022,7 @@ nm_setting_get_virtual_iface_name (

Parameters

-

error

location to store error, or NULL

location to store error, or NULL

 
+
@@ -1037,7 +1037,7 @@ needs to use if specified in the settings.

Returns

-

Name of the virtual interface or NULL if the setting does not +

Name of the virtual interface or NULL if the setting does not support this feature

@@ -1049,7 +1049,7 @@ support this feature

Describes errors that may result from operations involving a NMSetting.

Members

-
+
@@ -1136,7 +1136,7 @@ secret has a corresponding set of these flags which indicate how the secret is to be stored and/or requested when it is needed.

Members

-
+
@@ -1189,7 +1189,7 @@ secret is not required

two connections.

Members

-
+
@@ -1296,7 +1296,7 @@ It should only be accessed through the functions described below.

when calling nm_setting_to_hash().

Members

-
+
@@ -1334,7 +1334,7 @@ when calling

Members

-
+
@@ -1389,7 +1389,7 @@ if you specify NM_SETTING_COMPARE_FLAG_DIFF_RESULT_W

Property Details

The “name” property

-
  “name”                     gchar *
+
  “name”                     gchar *

The setting's name, which uniquely identifies the setting within the connection. Each setting type has a name unique to that type, for example "ppp" or "wireless" or "wired".

diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSetting8021x.html b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSetting8021x.html index ad594fd4..28b6fddb 100644 --- a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSetting8021x.html +++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSetting8021x.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMSetting8021x: libnm-util Reference Manual - + @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@

Functions

-
+
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ - - - - - - -
-GQuark +GQuark nm_setting_802_1x_error_quark () @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_802_1x_get_num_eap_methods () @@ -74,7 +74,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_802_1x_add_eap_method () @@ -90,7 +90,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_802_1x_remove_eap_method_by_value () @@ -127,7 +127,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_802_1x_get_system_ca_certs () @@ -156,7 +156,7 @@
const GByteArray * +const GByteArray * nm_setting_802_1x_get_ca_cert_blob () @@ -171,7 +171,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_802_1x_set_ca_cert () @@ -186,7 +186,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_802_1x_get_num_altsubject_matches () @@ -201,7 +201,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_802_1x_add_altsubject_match () @@ -217,7 +217,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_802_1x_remove_altsubject_match_by_value () @@ -240,7 +240,7 @@
const GByteArray * +const GByteArray * nm_setting_802_1x_get_client_cert_blob () @@ -255,7 +255,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_802_1x_set_client_cert () @@ -305,7 +305,7 @@
const GByteArray * +const GByteArray * nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_ca_cert_blob () @@ -320,7 +320,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_802_1x_set_phase2_ca_cert () @@ -335,7 +335,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_802_1x_get_num_phase2_altsubject_matches () @@ -350,7 +350,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_802_1x_add_phase2_altsubject_match () @@ -366,7 +366,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_802_1x_remove_phase2_altsubject_match_by_value () @@ -389,7 +389,7 @@
const GByteArray * +const GByteArray * nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_client_cert_blob () @@ -404,7 +404,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_802_1x_set_phase2_client_cert () @@ -426,7 +426,7 @@
const GByteArray * +const GByteArray * nm_setting_802_1x_get_password_raw () @@ -464,7 +464,7 @@
const GByteArray * +const GByteArray * nm_setting_802_1x_get_private_key_blob () @@ -479,7 +479,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_802_1x_set_private_key () @@ -517,7 +517,7 @@
const GByteArray * +const GByteArray * nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_private_key_blob () @@ -532,7 +532,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_802_1x_set_phase2_private_key () @@ -566,7 +566,7 @@

Properties

-
+
@@ -581,7 +581,7 @@ +gchar * @@ -593,7 +593,7 @@ +gchar * @@ -611,24 +611,24 @@ +gchar * +gchar * +gchar * - + @@ -639,25 +639,25 @@ - + +gchar * +gchar * +gchar * @@ -669,13 +669,13 @@ +gchar * +gchar * @@ -687,7 +687,7 @@ +gchar * @@ -705,29 +705,29 @@ +gchar * - + +gchar * +gchar * - + @@ -739,23 +739,23 @@ +gchar * - + +gchar * - + @@ -764,7 +764,7 @@

Types and Values

-
-gchar * anonymous-identity Read / Write
-gchar * ca-path Read / Write
-gchar * identity Read / Write
-gchar * pac-file Read / Write
-gchar * password Read / Write
guintguint password-flags Read / Write
Read / Write
guintguint password-raw-flags Read / Write
-gchar * phase1-fast-provisioning Read / Write
-gchar * phase1-peaplabel Read / Write
-gchar * phase1-peapver Read / Write
-gchar * phase2-auth Read / Write
-gchar * phase2-autheap Read / Write
-gchar * phase2-ca-path Read / Write
-gchar * phase2-private-key-password Read / Write
guintguint phase2-private-key-password-flags Read / Write
-gchar * phase2-subject-match Read / Write
-gchar * pin Read / Write
guintguint pin-flags Read / Write
-gchar * private-key-password Read / Write
guintguint private-key-password-flags Read / Write
-gchar * subject-match Read / Write
gbooleangboolean system-ca-certs Read / Write / Construct
+
@@ -927,7 +927,7 @@ ├── NMSetting8021xCKFormat ├── NMSetting8021xCKScheme ╰── NMSetting8021xError - GObject + GObject╰──NMSetting╰── NMSetting8021x @@ -962,7 +962,7 @@ following books.

Functions

nm_setting_802_1x_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_setting_802_1x_error_quark (void);

Registers an error quark for NMSetting8021x if necessary.

@@ -984,7 +984,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_new (void

nm_setting_802_1x_get_num_eap_methods ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_num_eap_methods (NMSetting8021x *setting);

Returns the number of eap methods allowed for use when connecting to the network. Generally only one EAP method is used. Use the functions @@ -993,7 +993,7 @@ and

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1016,12 +1016,12 @@ allowed EAP methods.

nm_setting_802_1x_get_eap_method ()

const char *
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_eap_method (NMSetting8021x *setting,
-                                  guint32 i);
+ guint32 i);

Returns the name of the allowed EAP method at index i .

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1050,7 +1050,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_eap_method (

nm_setting_802_1x_add_eap_method ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_802_1x_add_eap_method (NMSetting8021x *setting,
                                   const char *eap);

Adds an allowed EAP method. The setting is not valid until at least one @@ -1058,7 +1058,7 @@ EAP method has been added. See

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1080,7 +1080,7 @@ allowed EAP methods.

Returns

-

TRUE if the EAP method was successfully added, FALSE if it was +

TRUE if the EAP method was successfully added, FALSE if it was not a valid method or if it was already allowed.

@@ -1089,11 +1089,11 @@ not a valid method or if it was already allowed.

nm_setting_802_1x_remove_eap_method ()

void
 nm_setting_802_1x_remove_eap_method (NMSetting8021x *setting,
-                                     guint32 i);
+ guint32 i);

Removes the allowed EAP method at the specified index.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1117,7 +1117,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_remove_eap_method (

nm_setting_802_1x_remove_eap_method_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_802_1x_remove_eap_method_by_value
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting,
                                 const char *eap);
@@ -1125,7 +1125,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_remove_eap_method_by_value .

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1147,7 +1147,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_remove_eap_method_by_value

Returns

-

TRUE if the EAP method was founs and removed, FALSE if it was not.

+

TRUE if the EAP method was founs and removed, FALSE if it was not.

Since: 0.9.10

@@ -1159,7 +1159,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_clear_eap_methods (Clears all allowed EAP methods.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1182,7 +1182,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_identity (

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1212,7 +1212,7 @@ inner "phase 2" authentication will use the

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1238,7 +1238,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_pac_file (Returns the file containing PAC credentials used by EAP-FAST method.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1259,17 +1259,17 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_pac_file (

nm_setting_802_1x_get_system_ca_certs ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_system_ca_certs (NMSetting8021x *setting);

Sets the “system-ca-certs” property. The “ca-path” and “phase2-ca-path” properties are ignored if the “system-ca-certs” property is -TRUE, in which case a system-wide CA certificate directory specified at +TRUE, in which case a system-wide CA certificate directory specified at compile time (using the --system-ca-path configure option) is used in place of these properties.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1284,7 +1284,7 @@ of these properties.

Returns

-

TRUE if a system CA certificate path should be used, FALSE if not

+

TRUE if a system CA certificate path should be used, FALSE if not


@@ -1299,7 +1299,7 @@ used in addition to the

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1329,7 +1329,7 @@ This may be used in addition to the

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1357,7 +1357,7 @@ is NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_PATH, use nm_setting_802_1x_get_ca_cert_path().

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1378,7 +1378,7 @@ if

nm_setting_802_1x_get_ca_cert_blob ()

-
const GByteArray *
+
const GByteArray *
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_ca_cert_blob (NMSetting8021x *setting);

Returns the CA certificate blob if the CA certificate is stored using the NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_BLOB scheme. Not all EAP methods use a @@ -1388,7 +1388,7 @@ reduces security by allowing man-in-the-middle attacks, because the identity of the network cannot be confirmed by the client.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1419,7 +1419,7 @@ reduces security by allowing man-in-the-middle attacks, because the identity of the network cannot be confirmed by the client.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1440,19 +1440,19 @@ of the network cannot be confirmed by the client.


nm_setting_802_1x_set_ca_cert ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_802_1x_set_ca_cert (NMSetting8021x *setting,
                                const char *cert_path,
                                NMSetting8021xCKScheme scheme,
                                NMSetting8021xCKFormat *out_format,
-                               GError **error);
+ GError **error);

Reads a certificate from disk and sets the “ca-cert” property with the raw certificate data if using the NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_BLOB scheme, or with the path to the certificate file if using the NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_PATH scheme.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1470,7 +1470,7 @@ scheme, or with the path to the certificate file if using the is set to either NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_PATH or NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_BLOB, pass the path of the CA certificate file (PEM or DER format). The path must be UTF-8 encoded; use -g_filename_to_utf8() to convert if needed. Passing NULL with any scheme +g_filename_to_utf8() to convert if needed. Passing NULL with any scheme clears the CA certificate.

@@ -1494,7 +1494,7 @@ clears the CA certificate.

Returns

-

TRUE if the operation succeeded, FALSE if it was unsuccessful

+

TRUE if the operation succeeded, FALSE if it was unsuccessful


@@ -1504,7 +1504,7 @@ clears the CA certificate.

nm_setting_802_1x_get_subject_match (NMSetting8021x *setting);

Parameters

-
 
+
@@ -1521,21 +1521,21 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_subject_match (

Returns

the “subject-match” property. This is the substring to be matched against the subject of the authentication -server certificate, or NULL no subject verification is to be +server certificate, or NULL no subject verification is to be performed.


nm_setting_802_1x_get_num_altsubject_matches ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_num_altsubject_matches
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting);

Returns the number of entries in the “altsubject-matches” property of this setting.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1559,12 +1559,12 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_num_altsubject_matches
const char *
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_altsubject_match
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting,
-                                guint32 i);
+ guint32 i);

Returns the altSubjectName match at index i .

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1593,7 +1593,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_altsubject_match

nm_setting_802_1x_add_altsubject_match ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_802_1x_add_altsubject_match
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting,
                                 const char *altsubject_match);
@@ -1602,7 +1602,7 @@ match is added, the altSubjectName of the remote authentication server is not verified.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1624,8 +1624,8 @@ server is not verified.

Returns

-

TRUE if the alternative subject name match was -successfully added, FALSE if it was already allowed.

+

TRUE if the alternative subject name match was +successfully added, FALSE if it was already allowed.


@@ -1634,11 +1634,11 @@ successfully added, void nm_setting_802_1x_remove_altsubject_match (NMSetting8021x *setting, - guint32 i); + guint32 i);

Removes the allowed altSubjectName at the specified index.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1662,7 +1662,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_remove_altsubject_match

nm_setting_802_1x_remove_altsubject_match_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_802_1x_remove_altsubject_match_by_value
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting,
                                 const char *altsubject_match);
@@ -1670,7 +1670,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_remove_altsubject_match_by_value .

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1692,8 +1692,8 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_remove_altsubject_match_by_value

Returns

-

TRUE if the alternative subject name match was found and removed, -FALSE if it was not.

+

TRUE if the alternative subject name match was found and removed, +FALSE if it was not.

Since: 0.9.10

@@ -1706,7 +1706,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_clear_altsubject_matches

Clears all altSubjectName matches.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1731,7 +1731,7 @@ is NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_PATH, use nm_setting_802_1x_get_client_cert_path().

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1752,7 +1752,7 @@ if

nm_setting_802_1x_get_client_cert_blob ()

-
const GByteArray *
+
const GByteArray *
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_client_cert_blob
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting);

Client certificates are used to identify the connecting client to the network @@ -1760,7 +1760,7 @@ when EAP-TLS is used as either the "phase 1" or "phase 2" 802.1x authentication method.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1789,7 +1789,7 @@ when EAP-TLS is used as either the "phase 1" or "phase 2" 802.1x authentication method.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1810,12 +1810,12 @@ authentication method.


nm_setting_802_1x_set_client_cert ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_802_1x_set_client_cert (NMSetting8021x *setting,
                                    const char *cert_path,
                                    NMSetting8021xCKScheme scheme,
                                    NMSetting8021xCKFormat *out_format,
-                                   GError **error);
+ GError **error);

Reads a certificate from disk and sets the “client-cert” property with the raw certificate data if using the NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_BLOB scheme, or with the path to the certificate @@ -1825,7 +1825,7 @@ when EAP-TLS is used as either the "phase 1" or "phase 2" 802.1x authentication method.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1843,7 +1843,7 @@ authentication method.

is set to either NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_PATH or NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_BLOB, pass the path of the client certificate file (PEM, DER, or PKCS#12 format). The path must be UTF-8 -encoded; use g_filename_to_utf8() to convert if needed. Passing NULL with +encoded; use g_filename_to_utf8() to convert if needed. Passing NULL with any scheme clears the client certificate.

@@ -1868,7 +1868,7 @@ clears the client certificate.

Returns

-

TRUE if the operation succeeded, FALSE if it was unsuccessful

+

TRUE if the operation succeeded, FALSE if it was unsuccessful


@@ -1878,7 +1878,7 @@ clears the client certificate.

nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase1_peapver (NMSetting8021x *setting);

Parameters

-
 
+
@@ -1895,7 +1895,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase1_peapver (

Returns

the "phase 1" PEAP version to be used when authenticating with EAP-PEAP as contained in the “phase1-peapver” property. Valid -values are NULL (unset), "0" (PEAP version 0), and "1" (PEAP version 1).

+values are NULL (unset), "0" (PEAP version 0), and "1" (PEAP version 1).


@@ -1906,7 +1906,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase1_peaplabel (NMSetting8021x *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1923,7 +1923,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase1_peaplabel

Returns

whether the "phase 1" PEAP label is new-style or old-style, to be used when authenticating with EAP-PEAP, as contained in the -“phase1-peaplabel” property. Valid values are NULL (unset), +“phase1-peaplabel” property. Valid values are NULL (unset), "0" (use old-style label), and "1" (use new-style label). See the wpa_supplicant documentation for more details.

@@ -1936,7 +1936,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase1_fast_provisioning (NMSetting8021x *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1963,7 +1963,7 @@ wpa_supplicant documentation for more details.

nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_auth (NMSetting8021x *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1989,7 +1989,7 @@ specified by the NMSetting8021x *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2020,7 +2020,7 @@ returned scheme is nm_setting_802_1x_get_ca_cert_path().

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2041,7 +2041,7 @@ use

nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_ca_cert_blob ()

-
const GByteArray *
+
const GByteArray *
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_ca_cert_blob
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting);

Returns the "phase 2" CA certificate blob if the CA certificate is stored @@ -2052,7 +2052,7 @@ reduces security by allowing man-in-the-middle attacks, because the identity of the network cannot be confirmed by the client.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2084,7 +2084,7 @@ reduces security by allowing man-in-the-middle attacks, because the identity of the network cannot be confirmed by the client.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2105,19 +2105,19 @@ of the network cannot be confirmed by the client.


nm_setting_802_1x_set_phase2_ca_cert ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_802_1x_set_phase2_ca_cert (NMSetting8021x *setting,
                                       const char *cert_path,
                                       NMSetting8021xCKScheme scheme,
                                       NMSetting8021xCKFormat *out_format,
-                                      GError **error);
+ GError **error);

Reads a certificate from disk and sets the “phase2-ca-cert” property with the raw certificate data if using the NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_BLOB scheme, or with the path to the certificate file if using the NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_PATH scheme.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2135,7 +2135,7 @@ file if using the NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_PATH or NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_BLOB, pass the path of the "phase2" CA certificate file (PEM or DER format). The path must be UTF-8 encoded; use -g_filename_to_utf8() to convert if needed. Passing NULL with any scheme +g_filename_to_utf8() to convert if needed. Passing NULL with any scheme clears the "phase2" CA certificate.

@@ -2159,7 +2159,7 @@ clears the "phase2" CA certificate.

Returns

-

TRUE if the operation succeeded, FALSE if it was unsuccessful

+

TRUE if the operation succeeded, FALSE if it was unsuccessful


@@ -2170,7 +2170,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_subject_match (NMSetting8021x *setting);

Parameters

-
 
+
@@ -2187,21 +2187,21 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_subject_match

Returns

the “phase2-subject-match” property. This is the substring to be matched against the subject of the "phase 2" -authentication server certificate, or NULL no subject verification +authentication server certificate, or NULL no subject verification is to be performed.


nm_setting_802_1x_get_num_phase2_altsubject_matches ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_num_phase2_altsubject_matches
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting);

Returns the number of entries in the “phase2-altsubject-matches” property of this setting.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2225,12 +2225,12 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_num_phase2_altsubject_matches
const char *
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_altsubject_match
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting,
-                                guint32 i);
+ guint32 i);

Returns the "phase 2" altSubjectName match at index i .

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2259,7 +2259,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_altsubject_match

nm_setting_802_1x_add_phase2_altsubject_match ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_802_1x_add_phase2_altsubject_match
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting,
                                 const char *phase2_altsubject_match);
@@ -2268,7 +2268,7 @@ at least one match is added, the altSubjectName of the "phase 2" remote authentication server is not verified.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2291,8 +2291,8 @@ connection

Returns

-

TRUE if the "phase 2" alternative subject name match was -successfully added, FALSE if it was already allowed.

+

TRUE if the "phase 2" alternative subject name match was +successfully added, FALSE if it was already allowed.


@@ -2301,11 +2301,11 @@ successfully added, void nm_setting_802_1x_remove_phase2_altsubject_match (NMSetting8021x *setting, - guint32 i); + guint32 i);

Removes the allowed "phase 2" altSubjectName at the specified index.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2329,7 +2329,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_remove_phase2_altsubject_match

nm_setting_802_1x_remove_phase2_altsubject_match_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_802_1x_remove_phase2_altsubject_match_by_value
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting,
                                 const char *phase2_altsubject_match);
@@ -2337,7 +2337,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_remove_phase2_altsubject_match_by_value .

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2359,8 +2359,8 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_remove_phase2_altsubject_match_by_value

Returns

-

TRUE if the alternative subject name match for "phase 2" was found and removed, -FALSE if it was not.

+

TRUE if the alternative subject name match for "phase 2" was found and removed, +FALSE if it was not.

Since: 0.9.10

@@ -2373,7 +2373,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_clear_phase2_altsubject_matches

Clears all "phase 2" altSubjectName matches.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2400,7 +2400,7 @@ returned scheme is nm_setting_802_1x_get_client_cert_path().

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2421,7 +2421,7 @@ returned scheme is

nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_client_cert_blob ()

-
const GByteArray *
+
const GByteArray *
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_client_cert_blob
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting);

Client certificates are used to identify the connecting client to the network @@ -2429,7 +2429,7 @@ when EAP-TLS is used as either the "phase 1" or "phase 2" 802.1x authentication method.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2458,7 +2458,7 @@ when EAP-TLS is used as either the "phase 1" or "phase 2" 802.1x authentication method.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2479,13 +2479,13 @@ authentication method.


nm_setting_802_1x_set_phase2_client_cert ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_802_1x_set_phase2_client_cert
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting,
                                 const char *cert_path,
                                 NMSetting8021xCKScheme scheme,
                                 NMSetting8021xCKFormat *out_format,
-                                GError **error);
+ GError **error);

Reads a certificate from disk and sets the “phase2-client-cert” property with the raw certificate data if using the NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_BLOB scheme, or with the path to the certificate @@ -2495,7 +2495,7 @@ when EAP-TLS is used as either the "phase 1" or "phase 2" 802.1x authentication method.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2513,7 +2513,7 @@ authentication method.

is set to either NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_PATH or NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_BLOB, pass the path of the "phase2" client certificate file (PEM, DER, or PKCS#12 format). The path must be UTF-8 -encoded; use g_filename_to_utf8() to convert if needed. Passing NULL with +encoded; use g_filename_to_utf8() to convert if needed. Passing NULL with any scheme clears the "phase2" client certificate.

@@ -2538,7 +2538,7 @@ clears the "phase2" client certificate.

Returns

-

TRUE if the operation succeeded, FALSE if it was unsuccessful

+

TRUE if the operation succeeded, FALSE if it was unsuccessful


@@ -2548,7 +2548,7 @@ clears the "phase2" client certificate.

nm_setting_802_1x_get_password (NMSetting8021x *setting);

Parameters

-
 
+
@@ -2574,7 +2574,7 @@ by the NMSetting8021x *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2595,11 +2595,11 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_password_flags (

nm_setting_802_1x_get_password_raw ()

-
const GByteArray *
+
const GByteArray *
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_password_raw (NMSetting8021x *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2627,7 +2627,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_password_raw_flags (NMSetting8021x *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2653,7 +2653,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_password_raw_flags nm_setting_802_1x_get_pin (NMSetting8021x *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2679,7 +2679,7 @@ by the NMSetting8021x *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2711,7 +2711,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_private_key_scheme nm_setting_802_1x_get_client_cert_path().

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2732,7 +2732,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_private_key_scheme

nm_setting_802_1x_get_private_key_blob ()

-
const GByteArray *
+
const GByteArray *
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_private_key_blob
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting);

Private keys are used to authenticate the connecting client to the network @@ -2743,7 +2743,7 @@ unencrypted private key data may be readable by unprivileged users. Private keys should always be encrypted with a private key password.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2772,7 +2772,7 @@ when EAP-TLS is used as either the "phase 1" or "phase 2" 802.1x authentication method.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2793,13 +2793,13 @@ authentication method.


nm_setting_802_1x_set_private_key ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_802_1x_set_private_key (NMSetting8021x *setting,
                                    const char *key_path,
                                    const char *password,
                                    NMSetting8021xCKScheme scheme,
                                    NMSetting8021xCKFormat *out_format,
-                                   GError **error);
+ GError **error);

Private keys are used to authenticate the connecting client to the network when EAP-TLS is used as either the "phase 1" or "phase 2" 802.1x authentication method.

@@ -2813,7 +2813,7 @@ verify that password is correct, and if it is, updates the “private-key-password” property with the given password . If -the decryption is unsuccessful, FALSE is returned, error +the decryption is unsuccessful, FALSE is returned, error is set, and no internal data is changed. If no password is given, the private key is @@ -2825,7 +2825,7 @@ unprivileged users. Private keys should always be encrypted with a private key password to prevent unauthorized access to unencrypted private key data.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2843,13 +2843,13 @@ key password to prevent unauthorized access to unencrypted private key data.

is set to either NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_PATH or NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_BLOB, pass the path of the private key file (PEM, DER, or PKCS#12 format). The path must be UTF-8 encoded; use -g_filename_to_utf8() to convert if needed. Passing NULL with any scheme +g_filename_to_utf8() to convert if needed. Passing NULL with any scheme clears the private key.

- @@ -2874,7 +2874,7 @@ an error is returned.

Returns

-

TRUE if the operation succeeded, FALSE if it was unsuccessful

+

TRUE if the operation succeeded, FALSE if it was unsuccessful


@@ -2885,7 +2885,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_private_key_password (NMSetting8021x *setting);

Parameters

-
 

password

password used to decrypt the private key, or NULL if the password +

password used to decrypt the private key, or NULL if the password is unknown. If the password is given but fails to decrypt the private key, an error is returned.

 
+
@@ -2913,7 +2913,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_private_key_password_flags (NMSetting8021x *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2940,7 +2940,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_private_key_format (NMSetting8021x *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2972,7 +2972,7 @@ scheme is nm_setting_802_1x_get_client_cert_path().

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2993,7 +2993,7 @@ scheme is

nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_private_key_blob ()

-
const GByteArray *
+
const GByteArray *
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_private_key_blob
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting);

Private keys are used to authenticate the connecting client to the network @@ -3004,7 +3004,7 @@ unencrypted private key data may be readable by unprivileged users. Private keys should always be encrypted with a private key password.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -3033,7 +3033,7 @@ when EAP-TLS is used as either the "phase 1" or "phase 2" 802.1x authentication method.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -3054,14 +3054,14 @@ authentication method.


nm_setting_802_1x_set_phase2_private_key ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_802_1x_set_phase2_private_key
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting,
                                 const char *key_path,
                                 const char *password,
                                 NMSetting8021xCKScheme scheme,
                                 NMSetting8021xCKFormat *out_format,
-                                GError **error);
+ GError **error);

Private keys are used to authenticate the connecting client to the network when EAP-TLS is used as either the "phase 1" or "phase 2" 802.1x authentication method.

@@ -3075,7 +3075,7 @@ verify that password is correct, and if it is, updates the “phase2-private-key-password” property with the given password -. If the decryption is unsuccessful, FALSE is returned, error +. If the decryption is unsuccessful, FALSE is returned, error is set, and no internal data is changed. If no password is given, the private @@ -3087,7 +3087,7 @@ unprivileged users. Private keys should always be encrypted with a private key password to prevent unauthorized access to unencrypted private key data.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -3105,14 +3105,14 @@ key password to prevent unauthorized access to unencrypted private key data.

is set to either NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_PATH or NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_BLOB, pass the path of the "phase2" private key file (PEM, DER, or PKCS#12 format). The path must be UTF-8 encoded; -use g_filename_to_utf8() to convert if needed. Passing NULL with any +use g_filename_to_utf8() to convert if needed. Passing NULL with any scheme clears the private key.

- @@ -3137,7 +3137,7 @@ an error is returned.

Returns

-

TRUE if the operation succeeded, FALSE if it was unsuccessful

+

TRUE if the operation succeeded, FALSE if it was unsuccessful


@@ -3148,7 +3148,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_private_key_password (NMSetting8021x *setting);

Parameters

-
 

password

password used to decrypt the private key, or NULL if the password +

password used to decrypt the private key, or NULL if the password is unknown. If the password is given but fails to decrypt the private key, an error is returned.

 
+
@@ -3176,7 +3176,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_private_key_password_flags (NMSetting8021x *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -3203,7 +3203,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_private_key_format (NMSetting8021x *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -3231,7 +3231,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_private_key_format or private key

Members

-
+
@@ -3280,7 +3280,7 @@ stored in the setting properties, either as a blob of the item's data, or as a path to a certificate or private key file on the filesystem

Members

-
+
@@ -3326,7 +3326,7 @@ to a file containing the certificate or key data

enum NMSetting8021xError

Members

-
+
@@ -3571,7 +3571,7 @@ no verification of the server certificate's altSubjectName is performed.


The “anonymous-identity” property

-
  “anonymous-identity”       gchar *
+
  “anonymous-identity”       gchar *

Anonymous identity string for EAP authentication methods. Used as the unencrypted identity with EAP types that support different tunneled identity like EAP-TTLS.

@@ -3599,7 +3599,7 @@ but this allows man-in-the-middle attacks and is NOT recommended.


The “ca-path” property

-
  “ca-path”                  gchar *
+
  “ca-path”                  gchar *

UTF-8 encoded path to a directory containing PEM or DER formatted certificates to be added to the verification chain in addition to the certificate specified in the “ca-cert” property.

@@ -3636,7 +3636,7 @@ allowed combinations.


The “identity” property

-
  “identity”                 gchar *
+
  “identity”                 gchar *

Identity string for EAP authentication methods. Often the user's user or login name.

Flags: Read / Write

@@ -3645,7 +3645,7 @@ login name.


The “pac-file” property

-
  “pac-file”                 gchar *
+
  “pac-file”                 gchar *

UTF-8 encoded file path containing PAC for EAP-FAST.

Flags: Read / Write

Default value: NULL

@@ -3653,7 +3653,7 @@ login name.


The “password” property

-
  “password”                 gchar *
+
  “password”                 gchar *

UTF-8 encoded password used for EAP authentication methods. If both the “password” property and the “password-raw” property are specified, “password” is preferred.

@@ -3663,7 +3663,7 @@ property are specified,

The “password-flags” property

-
  “password-flags”           guint
+
  “password-flags”           guint

Flags indicating how to handle the “password” property.

Flags: Read / Write

Allowed values: <= 7

@@ -3682,7 +3682,7 @@ property are specified,

The “password-raw-flags” property

-
  “password-raw-flags”       guint
+
  “password-raw-flags”       guint

Flags indicating how to handle the “password-raw” property.

Flags: Read / Write

Allowed values: <= 7

@@ -3691,7 +3691,7 @@ property are specified,

The “phase1-fast-provisioning” property

-
  “phase1-fast-provisioning” gchar *
+
  “phase1-fast-provisioning” gchar *

Enables or disables in-line provisioning of EAP-FAST credentials when FAST is specified as the EAP method in the “eap” property. Recognized values are "0" (disabled), "1" (allow unauthenticated @@ -3704,7 +3704,7 @@ wpa_supplicant documentation for more details.


The “phase1-peaplabel” property

-
  “phase1-peaplabel”         gchar *
+
  “phase1-peaplabel”         gchar *

Forces use of the new PEAP label during key derivation. Some RADIUS servers may require forcing the new PEAP label to interoperate with PEAPv1. Set to "1" to force use of the new PEAP label. See the @@ -3715,7 +3715,7 @@ wpa_supplicant documentation for more details.


The “phase1-peapver” property

-
  “phase1-peapver”           gchar *
+
  “phase1-peapver”           gchar *

Forces which PEAP version is used when PEAP is set as the EAP method in the “eap” property. When unset, the version reported by the server will be used. Sometimes when using older RADIUS servers, it @@ -3738,7 +3738,7 @@ server certificate's altSubjectName is performed.


The “phase2-auth” property

-
  “phase2-auth”              gchar *
+
  “phase2-auth”              gchar *

Specifies the allowed "phase 2" inner non-EAP authentication methods when an EAP method that uses an inner TLS tunnel is specified in the “eap” property. Recognized non-EAP "phase 2" methods are @@ -3751,7 +3751,7 @@ authentication; see the wpa_supplicant documentation for more details.


The “phase2-autheap” property

-
  “phase2-autheap”           gchar *
+
  “phase2-autheap”           gchar *

Specifies the allowed "phase 2" inner EAP-based authentication methods when an EAP method that uses an inner TLS tunnel is specified in the “eap” property. Recognized EAP-based "phase 2" methods are @@ -3783,7 +3783,7 @@ but this allows man-in-the-middle attacks and is NOT recommended.


The “phase2-ca-path” property

-
  “phase2-ca-path”           gchar *
+
  “phase2-ca-path”           gchar *

UTF-8 encoded path to a directory containing PEM or DER formatted certificates to be added to the verification chain in addition to the certificate specified in the “phase2-ca-cert” property.

@@ -3837,7 +3837,7 @@ the password used to decode the PKCS#12 private key and certificate.


The “phase2-private-key-password” property

-
  “phase2-private-key-password” gchar *
+
  “phase2-private-key-password” gchar *

The password used to decrypt the "phase 2" private key specified in the “phase2-private-key” property when the private key either uses the path scheme, or is a PKCS#12 format key. Setting this property @@ -3850,7 +3850,7 @@ private key by the

The “phase2-private-key-password-flags” property

-
  “phase2-private-key-password-flags” guint
+
  “phase2-private-key-password-flags” guint

Flags indicating how to handle the “phase2-private-key-password” property.

Flags: Read / Write

@@ -3860,7 +3860,7 @@ private key by the

The “phase2-subject-match” property

-
  “phase2-subject-match”     gchar *
+
  “phase2-subject-match”     gchar *

Substring to be matched against the subject of the certificate presented by the authentication server during the inner "phase 2" authentication. When unset, no verification of the authentication server @@ -3871,7 +3871,7 @@ certificate's subject is performed.


The “pin” property

-
  “pin”                      gchar *
+
  “pin”                      gchar *

PIN used for EAP authentication methods.

Flags: Read / Write

Default value: NULL

@@ -3879,7 +3879,7 @@ certificate's subject is performed.


The “pin-flags” property

-
  “pin-flags”                guint
+
  “pin-flags”                guint

Flags indicating how to handle the “pin” property.

Flags: Read / Write

Allowed values: <= 7

@@ -3917,7 +3917,7 @@ private key data.


The “private-key-password” property

-
  “private-key-password”     gchar *
+
  “private-key-password”     gchar *

The password used to decrypt the private key specified in the “private-key” property when the private key either uses the path scheme, or if the private key is a PKCS#12 format key. Setting this @@ -3930,7 +3930,7 @@ the private key by the

The “private-key-password-flags” property

-
  “private-key-password-flags” guint
+
  “private-key-password-flags” guint

Flags indicating how to handle the “private-key-password” property.

Flags: Read / Write

@@ -3940,7 +3940,7 @@ property.


The “subject-match” property

-
  “subject-match”            gchar *
+
  “subject-match”            gchar *

Substring to be matched against the subject of the certificate presented by the authentication server. When unset, no verification of the authentication server certificate's subject is performed.

@@ -3950,8 +3950,8 @@ authentication server certificate's subject is performed.


The “system-ca-certs” property

-
  “system-ca-certs”          gboolean
-

When TRUE, overrides the “ca-path” and +

  “system-ca-certs”          gboolean
+

When TRUE, overrides the “ca-path” and “phase2-ca-path” properties using the system CA directory specified at configure time with the --system-ca-path switch. The certificates in this directory are added to the verification chain in diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingAdsl.html b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingAdsl.html index 6b7df0a4..4afa20f7 100644 --- a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingAdsl.html +++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingAdsl.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMSettingAdsl: libnm-util Reference Manual - + @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@

Functions

-
+
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
-GQuark +GQuark nm_setting_adsl_error_quark () @@ -87,7 +87,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_adsl_get_vpi () @@ -95,7 +95,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_adsl_get_vci () @@ -114,7 +114,7 @@

Properties

-
+
@@ -123,40 +123,40 @@ +gchar * +gchar * - + +gchar * +gchar * - + - + @@ -165,7 +165,7 @@

Types and Values

-
-gchar * encapsulation Read / Write
-gchar * password Read / Write
guintguint password-flags Read / Write
-gchar * protocol Read / Write
-gchar * username Read / Write
guintguint vci Read / Write
guintguint vpi Read / Write
+
@@ -238,7 +238,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

    GEnum
     ╰── NMSettingAdslError
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingAdsl
 
@@ -257,7 +257,7 @@ properties of ADSL connections.

Functions

nm_setting_adsl_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_setting_adsl_error_quark (void);

Registers an error quark for NMSettingAdsl if necessary.

@@ -283,7 +283,7 @@ nm_setting_adsl_new (void< nm_setting_adsl_get_username (NMSettingAdsl *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -308,7 +308,7 @@ nm_setting_adsl_get_username (NMSettingAdsl *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -333,7 +333,7 @@ nm_setting_adsl_get_password (NMSettingAdsl *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -358,7 +358,7 @@ nm_setting_adsl_get_protocol (NMSettingAdsl *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -379,11 +379,11 @@ nm_setting_adsl_get_encapsulation (

nm_setting_adsl_get_vpi ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_adsl_get_vpi (NMSettingAdsl *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -404,11 +404,11 @@ nm_setting_adsl_get_vpi (

nm_setting_adsl_get_vci ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_adsl_get_vci (NMSettingAdsl *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -433,7 +433,7 @@ nm_setting_adsl_get_vci (NMSettingAdsl *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -464,7 +464,7 @@ nm_setting_adsl_get_password_flags (

enum NMSettingAdslError

Members

-
+
@@ -580,7 +580,7 @@ required

Property Details

The “encapsulation” property

-
  “encapsulation”            gchar *
+
  “encapsulation”            gchar *

Encapsulation of ADSL connection. Can be "vcmux" or "llc".

Flags: Read / Write

Default value: NULL

@@ -588,7 +588,7 @@ required


The “password” property

-
  “password”                 gchar *
+
  “password”                 gchar *

Password used to authenticate with the ADSL service.

Flags: Read / Write

Default value: NULL

@@ -596,7 +596,7 @@ required


The “password-flags” property

-
  “password-flags”           guint
+
  “password-flags”           guint

Flags indicating how to handle the “password” property.

Flags: Read / Write

Allowed values: <= 7

@@ -605,7 +605,7 @@ required


The “protocol” property

-
  “protocol”                 gchar *
+
  “protocol”                 gchar *

ADSL connection protocol. Can be "pppoa", "pppoe" or "ipoatm".

Flags: Read / Write

Default value: NULL

@@ -613,7 +613,7 @@ required


The “username” property

-
  “username”                 gchar *
+
  “username”                 gchar *

Username used to authenticate with the ADSL service.

Flags: Read / Write

Default value: NULL

@@ -621,7 +621,7 @@ required


The “vci” property

-
  “vci”                      guint
+
  “vci”                      guint

VCI of ADSL connection

Flags: Read / Write

Allowed values: <= 65536

@@ -630,7 +630,7 @@ required


The “vpi” property

-
  “vpi”                      guint
+
  “vpi”                      guint

VPI of ADSL connection

Flags: Read / Write

Allowed values: <= 65536

diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingBluetooth.html b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingBluetooth.html index 310291e1..2ec55fda 100644 --- a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingBluetooth.html +++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingBluetooth.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMSettingBluetooth: libnm-util Reference Manual - + @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@

Functions

-
+
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ -
-GQuark +GQuark nm_setting_bluetooth_error_quark () @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@
const GByteArray * +const GByteArray * nm_setting_bluetooth_get_bdaddr () @@ -76,7 +76,7 @@

Properties

-
+
@@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ +gchar * @@ -100,7 +100,7 @@

Types and Values

-
-gchar * type Read / Write
+
@@ -141,7 +141,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

    GEnum
     ╰── NMSettingBluetoothError
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingBluetooth
 
@@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ Point (NAP) profiles.

Functions

nm_setting_bluetooth_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_setting_bluetooth_error_quark (void);

Registers an error quark for NMSettingBluetooth if necessary.

@@ -185,13 +185,13 @@ nm_setting_bluetooth_new (void

nm_setting_bluetooth_get_bdaddr ()

-
const GByteArray *
+
const GByteArray *
 nm_setting_bluetooth_get_bdaddr (NMSettingBluetooth *setting);

Gets the Bluetooth address of the remote device which this setting describes a connection to.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -219,7 +219,7 @@ nm_setting_bluetooth_get_connection_type either DUN to a DUN-capable device or PANU to a NAP-capable device).

Parameters

-
+
@@ -251,7 +251,7 @@ either DUN to a DUN-capable device or PANU to a NAP-capable device).

enum NMSettingBluetoothError

Members

-
+
@@ -339,7 +339,7 @@ NAP (Network Access Point) protocol, which accepts connections via PANU.


The “type” property

-
  “type”                     gchar *
+
  “type”                     gchar *

Either "dun" for Dial-Up Networking connections or "panu" for Personal Area Networking connections to devices supporting the NAP profile.

Flags: Read / Write

diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingBond.html b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingBond.html index 0b290535..6ef253ac 100644 --- a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingBond.html +++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingBond.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMSettingBond: libnm-util Reference Manual - + @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@

Functions

-
+
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
-GQuark +GQuark nm_setting_bond_error_quark () @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_bond_get_num_options () @@ -74,7 +74,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_bond_get_option () @@ -89,7 +89,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_bond_add_option () @@ -97,7 +97,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_bond_remove_option () @@ -105,7 +105,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_bond_validate_option () @@ -130,7 +130,7 @@

Properties

-
+
@@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ +gchar * @@ -153,7 +153,7 @@

Types and Values

-
-gchar * interface-name Read / Write
+
@@ -246,7 +246,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

    GEnum
     ╰── NMSettingBondError
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingBond
 
@@ -265,7 +265,7 @@ necessary for bond connections.

Functions

nm_setting_bond_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_setting_bond_error_quark (void);

Registers an error quark for NMSettingBond if necessary.

@@ -292,7 +292,7 @@ nm_setting_bond_new (void< nm_setting_bond_get_interface_name (NMSettingBond *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -313,14 +313,14 @@ nm_setting_bond_get_interface_name (

nm_setting_bond_get_num_options ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_bond_get_num_options (NMSettingBond *setting);

Returns the number of options that should be set for this bond when it is activated. This can be used to retrieve each option individually using nm_setting_bond_get_option().

Parameters

-
+
@@ -341,9 +341,9 @@ using

nm_setting_bond_get_option ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_bond_get_option (NMSettingBond *setting,
-                            guint32 idx,
+                            guint32 idx,
                             const char **out_name,
                             const char **out_value);

Given an index, return the value of the bonding option at that index. Indexes @@ -353,7 +353,7 @@ and should not be used to refer to options except for short periods of time such as during option iteration.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -388,8 +388,8 @@ option; this value is owned by the setting and should not be modified.

Returns

-

TRUE on success if the index was valid and an option was found, -FALSE if the index was invalid (ie, greater than the number of options +

TRUE on success if the index was valid and an option was found, +FALSE if the index was invalid (ie, greater than the number of options currently held by the setting)

@@ -404,7 +404,7 @@ nm_setting_bond_get_option_by_name (

Parameters

-
+
@@ -426,14 +426,14 @@ nm_setting_bond_get_option_by_name (

Returns

-

the value, or NULL if the key/value pair was never added to the +

the value, or NULL if the key/value pair was never added to the setting; the value is owned by the setting and must not be modified


nm_setting_bond_add_option ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_bond_add_option (NMSettingBond *setting,
                             const char *name,
                             const char *value);
@@ -445,7 +445,7 @@ that may already exist.

that conflict with each other.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -472,14 +472,14 @@ that conflict with each other.

Returns

-

TRUE if the option was valid and was added to the internal option -list, FALSE if it was not.

+

TRUE if the option was valid and was added to the internal option +list, FALSE if it was not.


nm_setting_bond_remove_option ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_bond_remove_option (NMSettingBond *setting,
                                const char *name);

Remove the bonding option referenced by name @@ -487,7 +487,7 @@ nm_setting_bond_remove_option (

Parameters

-
+
@@ -509,14 +509,14 @@ list.

Returns

-

TRUE if the option was found and removed from the internal option -list, FALSE if it was not.

+

TRUE if the option was found and removed from the internal option +list, FALSE if it was not.


nm_setting_bond_validate_option ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_bond_validate_option (const char *name,
                                  const char *value);

Checks whether name @@ -524,10 +524,10 @@ nm_setting_bond_validate_option (const name . If value - is NULL, the function only validates the option name.

+ is NULL, the function only validates the option name.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -549,10 +549,10 @@ the name

Returns

-

TRUE, if the value +

TRUE, if the value is valid for the given name. If the name -is not a valid option, FALSE will be returned.

+is not a valid option, FALSE will be returned.

Since: 0.9.10

@@ -564,7 +564,7 @@ nm_setting_bond_get_valid_options (Returns a list of valid bond options.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -579,7 +579,7 @@ nm_setting_bond_get_valid_options (

Returns

-

a NULL-terminated array of strings of valid bond options.

+

a NULL-terminated array of strings of valid bond options.

[transfer none]

@@ -591,7 +591,7 @@ nm_setting_bond_get_option_default (const char *name);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -630,7 +630,7 @@ the

enum NMSettingBondError

Members

-
+
@@ -790,7 +790,7 @@ required

Property Details

The “interface-name” property

-
  “interface-name”           gchar *
+
  “interface-name”           gchar *

The name of the virtual in-kernel bonding network interface

Flags: Read / Write

Default value: NULL

diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingBridge.html b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingBridge.html index ad555e33..1dd0b4a6 100644 --- a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingBridge.html +++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingBridge.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMSettingBridge: libnm-util Reference Manual - + @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@

Functions

-
+
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ -
-GQuark +GQuark nm_setting_bridge_error_quark () @@ -65,7 +65,7 @@
const GByteArray * +const GByteArray * nm_setting_bridge_get_mac_address () @@ -73,7 +73,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_bridge_get_stp () @@ -81,7 +81,7 @@
-guint16 +guint16 nm_setting_bridge_get_priority () @@ -89,7 +89,7 @@
-guint16 +guint16 nm_setting_bridge_get_forward_delay () @@ -97,7 +97,7 @@
-guint16 +guint16 nm_setting_bridge_get_hello_time () @@ -105,7 +105,7 @@
-guint16 +guint16 nm_setting_bridge_get_max_age () @@ -113,7 +113,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_bridge_get_ageing_time () @@ -124,7 +124,7 @@

Properties

-
+
@@ -132,23 +132,23 @@ - + - + - + +gchar * @@ -159,17 +159,17 @@ - + - + - + @@ -178,7 +178,7 @@

Types and Values

-
guintguint ageing-time Read / Write / Construct
guintguint forward-delay Read / Write / Construct
guintguint hello-time Read / Write / Construct
-gchar * interface-name Read / Write
Read / Write
guintguint max-age Read / Write / Construct
guintguint priority Read / Write / Construct
gbooleangboolean stp Read / Write / Construct
+
@@ -235,7 +235,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

    GEnum
     ╰── NMSettingBridgeError
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingBridge
 
@@ -254,7 +254,7 @@ necessary for bridging connections.

Functions

nm_setting_bridge_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_setting_bridge_error_quark (void);

Registers an error quark for NMSettingBridge if necessary.

@@ -283,7 +283,7 @@ nm_setting_bridge_new (voidNMSettingBridge *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -305,11 +305,11 @@ nm_setting_bridge_get_interface_name (

nm_setting_bridge_get_mac_address ()

-
const GByteArray *
+
const GByteArray *
 nm_setting_bridge_get_mac_address (NMSettingBridge *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -331,11 +331,11 @@ nm_setting_bridge_get_mac_address (

nm_setting_bridge_get_stp ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_bridge_get_stp (NMSettingBridge *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -357,11 +357,11 @@ nm_setting_bridge_get_stp (

nm_setting_bridge_get_priority ()

-
guint16
+
guint16
 nm_setting_bridge_get_priority (NMSettingBridge *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -383,11 +383,11 @@ nm_setting_bridge_get_priority (

nm_setting_bridge_get_forward_delay ()

-
guint16
+
guint16
 nm_setting_bridge_get_forward_delay (NMSettingBridge *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -409,11 +409,11 @@ nm_setting_bridge_get_forward_delay (

nm_setting_bridge_get_hello_time ()

-
guint16
+
guint16
 nm_setting_bridge_get_hello_time (NMSettingBridge *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -435,11 +435,11 @@ nm_setting_bridge_get_hello_time (

nm_setting_bridge_get_max_age ()

-
guint16
+
guint16
 nm_setting_bridge_get_max_age (NMSettingBridge *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -461,11 +461,11 @@ nm_setting_bridge_get_max_age (

nm_setting_bridge_get_ageing_time ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_bridge_get_ageing_time (NMSettingBridge *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -497,7 +497,7 @@ nm_setting_bridge_get_ageing_time (

enum NMSettingBridgeError

Members

-
+
@@ -590,7 +590,7 @@ required

Property Details

The “ageing-time” property

-
  “ageing-time”              guint
+
  “ageing-time”              guint

The Ethernet MAC address aging time, in seconds.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

Allowed values: <= 1000000

@@ -600,7 +600,7 @@ required


The “forward-delay” property

-
  “forward-delay”            guint
+
  “forward-delay”            guint

The Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) forwarding delay, in seconds.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

Allowed values: <= 30

@@ -610,7 +610,7 @@ required


The “hello-time” property

-
  “hello-time”               guint
+
  “hello-time”               guint

The Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) hello time, in seconds.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

Allowed values: <= 10

@@ -620,7 +620,7 @@ required


The “interface-name” property

-
  “interface-name”           gchar *
+
  “interface-name”           gchar *

The name of the virtual in-kernel bridging network interface

Flags: Read / Write

Default value: NULL

@@ -639,7 +639,7 @@ NetworkManager created) bridge, this MAC address must match.


The “max-age” property

-
  “max-age”                  guint
+
  “max-age”                  guint

The Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) maximum message age, in seconds.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

Allowed values: <= 40

@@ -649,7 +649,7 @@ NetworkManager created) bridge, this MAC address must match.


The “priority” property

-
  “priority”                 guint
+
  “priority”                 guint

Sets the Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) priority for this bridge. Lower values are "better"; the lowest priority bridge will be elected the root bridge.

@@ -661,7 +661,7 @@ bridge.


The “stp” property

-
  “stp”                      gboolean
+
  “stp”                      gboolean

Controls whether Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) is enabled for this bridge.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

Default value: TRUE

diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingBridgePort.html b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingBridgePort.html index 72b5059f..b8630252 100644 --- a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingBridgePort.html +++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingBridgePort.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMSettingBridgePort: libnm-util Reference Manual - + @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@

Functions

-
+
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
-GQuark +GQuark nm_setting_bridge_port_error_quark () @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@
-guint16 +guint16 nm_setting_bridge_port_get_priority () @@ -67,7 +67,7 @@
-guint16 +guint16 nm_setting_bridge_port_get_path_cost () @@ -75,7 +75,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_bridge_port_get_hairpin_mode () @@ -86,7 +86,7 @@

Properties

-
+
@@ -94,17 +94,17 @@ - + - + - + @@ -113,7 +113,7 @@

Types and Values

-
gbooleangboolean hairpin-mode Read / Write
guintguint path-cost Read / Write / Construct
guintguint priority Read / Write / Construct
+
@@ -150,7 +150,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

    GEnum
     ╰── NMSettingBridgePortError
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingBridgePort
 
@@ -169,7 +169,7 @@ optional properties that apply to bridge ports.

Functions

nm_setting_bridge_port_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_setting_bridge_port_error_quark (void);

Registers an error quark for NMSettingBridgePort if necessary.

@@ -194,11 +194,11 @@ nm_setting_bridge_port_new (void<

nm_setting_bridge_port_get_priority ()

-
guint16
+
guint16
 nm_setting_bridge_port_get_priority (NMSettingBridgePort *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -220,11 +220,11 @@ nm_setting_bridge_port_get_priority (

nm_setting_bridge_port_get_path_cost ()

-
guint16
+
guint16
 nm_setting_bridge_port_get_path_cost (NMSettingBridgePort *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -246,12 +246,12 @@ nm_setting_bridge_port_get_path_cost (

nm_setting_bridge_port_get_hairpin_mode ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_bridge_port_get_hairpin_mode
                                (NMSettingBridgePort *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -283,7 +283,7 @@ nm_setting_bridge_port_get_hairpin_mode

enum NMSettingBridgePortError

Members

-
+
@@ -346,7 +346,7 @@ is required

Property Details

The “hairpin-mode” property

-
  “hairpin-mode”             gboolean
+
  “hairpin-mode”             gboolean

Enables or disabled "hairpin mode" for the port, which allows frames to be sent back out through the port the frame was received on.

Flags: Read / Write

@@ -356,7 +356,7 @@ be sent back out through the port the frame was received on.


The “path-cost” property

-
  “path-cost”                guint
+
  “path-cost”                guint

The Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) port cost for destinations via this port.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

@@ -367,7 +367,7 @@ port.


The “priority” property

-
  “priority”                 guint
+
  “priority”                 guint

The Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) priority of this bridge port.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

Allowed values: <= 63

diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingCdma.html b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingCdma.html index ab1015b0..f9ea1c93 100644 --- a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingCdma.html +++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingCdma.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMSettingCdma: libnm-util Reference Manual - + @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@

Functions

-
+
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
-GQuark +GQuark nm_setting_cdma_error_quark () @@ -91,7 +91,7 @@

Properties

-
+
@@ -100,24 +100,24 @@ +gchar * +gchar * - + +gchar * @@ -126,7 +126,7 @@

Types and Values

-
-gchar * number Read / Write
-gchar * password Read / Write
guintguint password-flags Read / Write
-gchar * username Read / Write
+
@@ -167,7 +167,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

    GEnum
     ╰── NMSettingCdmaError
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingCdma
 
@@ -187,7 +187,7 @@ networks, including those using CDMA2000/EVDO technology.

Functions

nm_setting_cdma_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_setting_cdma_error_quark (void);

Registers an error quark for NMSettingCdma if necessary.

@@ -213,7 +213,7 @@ nm_setting_cdma_new (void< nm_setting_cdma_get_number (NMSettingCdma *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -238,7 +238,7 @@ nm_setting_cdma_get_number (NMSettingCdma *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -263,7 +263,7 @@ nm_setting_cdma_get_username (NMSettingCdma *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -288,7 +288,7 @@ nm_setting_cdma_get_password (NMSettingCdma *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -319,7 +319,7 @@ nm_setting_cdma_get_password_flags (

enum NMSettingCdmaError

Members

-
+
@@ -395,7 +395,7 @@ is missing in the connection

Property Details

The “number” property

-
  “number”                   gchar *
+
  “number”                   gchar *

The number to dial to establish the connection to the CDMA-based mobile broadband network, if any. If not specified, the default number (777) is used when required.

@@ -405,7 +405,7 @@ is used when required.


The “password” property

-
  “password”                 gchar *
+
  “password”                 gchar *

The password used to authenticate with the network, if required. Many providers do not require a password, or accept any password. But if a password is required, it is specified here.

@@ -415,7 +415,7 @@ password is required, it is specified here.


The “password-flags” property

-
  “password-flags”           guint
+
  “password-flags”           guint

Flags indicating how to handle the “password” property.

Flags: Read / Write

Allowed values: <= 7

@@ -424,7 +424,7 @@ password is required, it is specified here.


The “username” property

-
  “username”                 gchar *
+
  “username”                 gchar *

The username used to authenticate with the network, if required. Many providers do not require a username, or accept any username. But if a username is required, it is specified here.

diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingConnection.html b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingConnection.html index 04478293..e1bc30de 100644 --- a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingConnection.html +++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingConnection.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMSettingConnection: libnm-util Reference Manual - + @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@

Functions

-
+
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
-GQuark +GQuark nm_setting_connection_error_quark () @@ -87,7 +87,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_connection_get_autoconnect () @@ -95,7 +95,7 @@
-guint64 +guint64 nm_setting_connection_get_timestamp () @@ -103,7 +103,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_connection_get_read_only () @@ -111,7 +111,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_connection_get_num_permissions () @@ -119,7 +119,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_connection_get_permission () @@ -134,7 +134,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_connection_permissions_user_allowed () @@ -142,7 +142,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_connection_add_permission () @@ -158,7 +158,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_connection_remove_permission_by_value () @@ -173,7 +173,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_connection_is_slave_type () @@ -188,7 +188,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_connection_get_num_secondaries () @@ -203,7 +203,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_connection_add_secondary () @@ -219,7 +219,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_connection_remove_secondary_by_value () @@ -227,7 +227,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_connection_get_gateway_ping_timeout () @@ -238,7 +238,7 @@

Properties

-
+
@@ -246,30 +246,30 @@ - + - + +gchar * +gchar * +gchar * @@ -280,7 +280,7 @@ - + @@ -292,30 +292,30 @@ +gchar * - + +gchar * +gchar * +gchar * @@ -324,7 +324,7 @@

Types and Values

-
gbooleangboolean autoconnect Read / Write / Construct
guintguint gateway-ping-timeout Read / Write / Construct
-gchar * id Read / Write
-gchar * interface-name Read / Write
-gchar * master Read / Write
Read / Write
gbooleangboolean read-only Read / Write / Construct
-gchar * slave-type Read / Write
guint64guint64 timestamp Read / Write / Construct
-gchar * type Read / Write
-gchar * uuid Read / Write
-gchar * zone Read / Write / Construct
+
@@ -405,7 +405,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

    GEnum
     ╰── NMSettingConnectionError
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingConnection
 
@@ -426,7 +426,7 @@ a

Functions

nm_setting_connection_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_setting_connection_error_quark (void);

Registers an error quark for NMSettingConnection if necessary.

@@ -453,7 +453,7 @@ nm_setting_connection_get_id (“id” property of the connection.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -479,7 +479,7 @@ nm_setting_connection_get_uuid (Returns the “uuid” property of the connection.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -506,7 +506,7 @@ nm_setting_connection_get_interface_name

Returns the “interface-name” property of the connection.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -534,7 +534,7 @@ nm_setting_connection_get_connection_type

Returns the “type” property of the connection.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -555,12 +555,12 @@ nm_setting_connection_get_connection_type

nm_setting_connection_get_autoconnect ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_connection_get_autoconnect (NMSettingConnection *setting);

Returns the “autoconnect” property of the connection.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -581,12 +581,12 @@ nm_setting_connection_get_autoconnect (

nm_setting_connection_get_timestamp ()

-
guint64
+
guint64
 nm_setting_connection_get_timestamp (NMSettingConnection *setting);

Returns the “timestamp” property of the connection.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -607,12 +607,12 @@ nm_setting_connection_get_timestamp (

nm_setting_connection_get_read_only ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_connection_get_read_only (NMSettingConnection *setting);

Returns the “read-only” property of the connection.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -627,20 +627,20 @@ nm_setting_connection_get_read_only (

Returns

-

TRUE if the connection is read-only, FALSE if it is not

+

TRUE if the connection is read-only, FALSE if it is not


nm_setting_connection_get_num_permissions ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_connection_get_num_permissions
                                (NMSettingConnection *setting);

Returns the number of entires in the “permissions” property of this setting.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -661,9 +661,9 @@ property of this setting.


nm_setting_connection_get_permission ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_connection_get_permission (NMSettingConnection *setting,
-                                      guint32 idx,
+                                      guint32 idx,
                                       const char **out_ptype,
                                       const char **out_pitem,
                                       const char **out_detail);
@@ -671,7 +671,7 @@ nm_setting_connection_get_permission (

Parameters

-
+
@@ -702,7 +702,7 @@ of this setting.

- + @@ -710,7 +710,7 @@ of this setting.

Returns

-

TRUE if a permission was returned, FALSE if idx +

TRUE if a permission was returned, FALSE if idx was invalid

@@ -722,7 +722,7 @@ nm_setting_connection_get_zone (Returns the “zone” property of the connection.

Parameters

-

out_detail

on return, the permission detail (at this time, always NULL)

on return, the permission detail (at this time, always NULL)

 
+
@@ -743,14 +743,14 @@ nm_setting_connection_get_zone (

nm_setting_connection_permissions_user_allowed ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_connection_permissions_user_allowed
                                (NMSettingConnection *setting,
                                 const char *uname);

Checks whether the given username is allowed to view/access this connection.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -772,14 +772,14 @@ nm_setting_connection_permissions_user_allowed

Returns

-

TRUE if the requested user is allowed to view this connection, -FALSE if the given user is not allowed to view this connection

+

TRUE if the requested user is allowed to view this connection, +FALSE if the given user is not allowed to view this connection


nm_setting_connection_add_permission ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_connection_add_permission (NMSettingConnection *setting,
                                       const char *ptype,
                                       const char *pitem,
@@ -790,7 +790,7 @@ the "user" permission type is supported, and pitem“permissions”: for more details.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -815,7 +815,7 @@ the "user" permission type is supported, and pitem - + @@ -823,8 +823,8 @@ the "user" permission type is supported, and pitem

Returns

-

TRUE if the permission was unique and was successfully added to the -list, FALSE if ptype +

TRUE if the permission was unique and was successfully added to the +list, FALSE if ptype or pitem was invalid or it the permission was already present in the list

@@ -836,12 +836,12 @@ present in the list

void
 nm_setting_connection_remove_permission
                                (NMSettingConnection *setting,
-                                guint32 idx);
+ guint32 idx);

Removes the permission at index idx from the connection.

Parameters

-

detail

unused at this time; must be NULL.

unused at this time; must be NULL.

[allow-none]
+
@@ -865,7 +865,7 @@ nm_setting_connection_remove_permission

nm_setting_connection_remove_permission_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_connection_remove_permission_by_value
                                (NMSettingConnection *setting,
                                 const char *ptype,
@@ -877,7 +877,7 @@ At this time, only the "user" permission type is supported, and “permissions”: for more details.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -902,7 +902,7 @@ be a username. See

detail

-
+ @@ -910,7 +910,7 @@ be a username. See

Returns

-

TRUE if the permission was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

+

TRUE if the permission was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

Since: 0.9.10

@@ -922,7 +922,7 @@ nm_setting_connection_get_master (Returns the “master” property of the connection.

Parameters

-

unused at this time; must be NULL.

unused at this time; must be NULL.

[allow-none]
+
@@ -944,12 +944,12 @@ connection.


nm_setting_connection_is_slave_type ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_connection_is_slave_type (NMSettingConnection *setting,
                                      const char *type);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -973,7 +973,7 @@ against setting

Returns

-

TRUE if connection is of the given slave type +

TRUE if connection is of the given slave type

@@ -985,7 +985,7 @@ nm_setting_connection_get_slave_type (“slave-type” property of the connection.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1006,12 +1006,12 @@ nm_setting_connection_get_slave_type (

nm_setting_connection_get_num_secondaries ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_connection_get_num_secondaries
                                (NMSettingConnection *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1035,10 +1035,10 @@ nm_setting_connection_get_num_secondaries

nm_setting_connection_get_secondary ()

const char *
 nm_setting_connection_get_secondary (NMSettingConnection *setting,
-                                     guint32 idx);
+ guint32 idx);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1068,13 +1068,13 @@ nm_setting_connection_get_secondary (

nm_setting_connection_add_secondary ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_connection_add_secondary (NMSettingConnection *setting,
                                      const char *sec_uuid);

Adds a new secondary connetion UUID to the setting.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1096,7 +1096,7 @@ nm_setting_connection_add_secondary (

Returns

-

TRUE if the secondary connection UUID was added; FALSE if the UUID +

TRUE if the secondary connection UUID was added; FALSE if the UUID was already present

Since: 0.9.8

@@ -1107,12 +1107,12 @@ was already present

void
 nm_setting_connection_remove_secondary
                                (NMSettingConnection *setting,
-                                guint32 idx);
+ guint32 idx);

Removes the secondary coonnection UUID at index idx .

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1137,7 +1137,7 @@ nm_setting_connection_remove_secondary

nm_setting_connection_remove_secondary_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_connection_remove_secondary_by_value
                                (NMSettingConnection *setting,
                                 const char *sec_uuid);
@@ -1145,7 +1145,7 @@ nm_setting_connection_remove_secondary_by_value .

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1167,19 +1167,19 @@ nm_setting_connection_remove_secondary_by_value

Returns

-

TRUE if the secondary connection UUID was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

+

TRUE if the secondary connection UUID was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

Since: 0.9.10


nm_setting_connection_get_gateway_ping_timeout ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_connection_get_gateway_ping_timeout
                                (NMSettingConnection *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1214,7 +1214,7 @@ property.

NMSettingConnection.

Members

-
+
@@ -1361,10 +1361,10 @@ It should only be accessed through the functions described below.

Property Details

The “autoconnect” property

-
  “autoconnect”              gboolean
+
  “autoconnect”              gboolean

Whether or not the connection should be automatically connected by NetworkManager when the resources for the connection are available. -TRUE to automatically activate the connection, FALSE to require manual +TRUE to automatically activate the connection, FALSE to require manual intervention to activate the connection.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

Default value: TRUE

@@ -1372,7 +1372,7 @@ intervention to activate the connection.


The “gateway-ping-timeout” property

-
  “gateway-ping-timeout”     guint
+
  “gateway-ping-timeout”     guint

If greater than zero, delay success of IP addressing until either the timeout is reached, or an IP gateway replies to a ping.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

@@ -1383,7 +1383,7 @@ timeout is reached, or an IP gateway replies to a ping.


The “id” property

-
  “id”                       gchar *
+
  “id”                       gchar *

A human readable unique identifier for the connection, like "Work Wi-Fi" or "T-Mobile 3G".

Flags: Read / Write

@@ -1392,7 +1392,7 @@ or "T-Mobile 3G".


The “interface-name” property

-
  “interface-name”           gchar *
+
  “interface-name”           gchar *

The name of the network interface this connection is bound to. If not set, then the connection can be attached to any interface of the appropriate type (subject to restrictions imposed by other settings).

@@ -1409,7 +1409,7 @@ connection may be applied to the wrong interface.


The “master” property

-
  “master”                   gchar *
+
  “master”                   gchar *

Interface name of the master device or UUID of the master connection.

Flags: Read / Write

Default value: NULL

@@ -1419,7 +1419,7 @@ connection may be applied to the wrong interface.

The “permissions” property

  “permissions”              GSList_gchararray_ *

An array of strings defining what access a given user has to this -connection. If this is NULL or empty, all users are allowed to access +connection. If this is NULL or empty, all users are allowed to access this connection. Otherwise a user is allowed to access this connection if and only if they are in this list. Each entry is of the form "[type]:[id]:[reserved]"; for example, "user:dcbw:blah".

@@ -1433,9 +1433,9 @@ use. All of [type], [id], and [reserved] must be valid UTF-8.


The “read-only” property

-
  “read-only”                gboolean
-

FALSE if the connection can be modified using the provided settings -service's D-Bus interface with the right privileges, or TRUE if the +

  “read-only”                gboolean
+

FALSE if the connection can be modified using the provided settings +service's D-Bus interface with the right privileges, or TRUE if the connection is read-only and cannot be modified.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

Default value: FALSE

@@ -1453,9 +1453,9 @@ supported.


The “slave-type” property

-
  “slave-type”               gchar *
+
  “slave-type”               gchar *

Setting name of the device type of this slave's master connection (eg, -NM_SETTING_BOND_SETTING_NAME), or NULL if this connection is not a +NM_SETTING_BOND_SETTING_NAME), or NULL if this connection is not a slave.

Flags: Read / Write

Default value: NULL

@@ -1463,7 +1463,7 @@ slave.


The “timestamp” property

-
  “timestamp”                guint64
+
  “timestamp”                guint64

The time, in seconds since the Unix Epoch, that the connection was last _successfully_ fully activated.

NetworkManager updates the connection timestamp periodically when the @@ -1476,7 +1476,7 @@ property will not be preserved).


The “type” property

-
  “type”                     gchar *
+
  “type”                     gchar *

Base type of the connection. For hardware-dependent connections, should contain the setting name of the hardware-type specific setting (ie, "802-3-ethernet" or "802-11-wireless" or "bluetooth", etc), and for @@ -1488,7 +1488,7 @@ the setting name of that setting type (ie, "vpn" or "bridge", etc).


The “uuid” property

-
  “uuid”                     gchar *
+
  “uuid”                     gchar *

A universally unique identifier for the connection, for example generated with libuuid. It should be assigned when the connection is created, and never changed as long as the connection still applies to the same @@ -1506,9 +1506,9 @@ be generated by

The “zone” property

-
  “zone”                     gchar *
+
  “zone”                     gchar *

The trust level of a the connection. Free form case-insensitive string -(for example "Home", "Work", "Public"). NULL or unspecified zone means +(for example "Home", "Work", "Public"). NULL or unspecified zone means the connection will be placed in the default zone as defined by the firewall.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingDcb.html b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingDcb.html index 3d6cafb3..896cdfcf 100644 --- a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingDcb.html +++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingDcb.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMSettingDcb: libnm-util Reference Manual - + @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@

Functions

-
+
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
-GQuark +GQuark nm_setting_dcb_error_quark () @@ -67,7 +67,7 @@
-gint +gint nm_setting_dcb_get_app_fcoe_priority () @@ -90,7 +90,7 @@
-gint +gint nm_setting_dcb_get_app_iscsi_priority () @@ -106,7 +106,7 @@
-gint +gint nm_setting_dcb_get_app_fip_priority () @@ -122,7 +122,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_flow_control () @@ -146,7 +146,7 @@
-guint +guint nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_group_id () @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@
-guint +guint nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_group_bandwidth () @@ -178,7 +178,7 @@
-guint +guint nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_bandwidth () @@ -194,7 +194,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_strict_bandwidth () @@ -210,7 +210,7 @@
-guint +guint nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_traffic_class () @@ -229,7 +229,7 @@

Properties

-
+
@@ -237,38 +237,38 @@ - + +gchar * - + - + - + - + - + @@ -285,7 +285,7 @@ - + @@ -296,7 +296,7 @@ - + @@ -323,7 +323,7 @@

Types and Values

-
guintguint app-fcoe-flags Read / Write
-gchar * app-fcoe-mode Read / Write / Construct
gintgint app-fcoe-priority Read / Write / Construct
guintguint app-fip-flags Read / Write
gintgint app-fip-priority Read / Write / Construct
guintguint app-iscsi-flags Read / Write
gintgint app-iscsi-priority Read / Write / Construct
Read / Write
guintguint priority-flow-control-flags Read / Write
Read / Write
guintguint priority-group-flags Read / Write
+
@@ -421,7 +421,7 @@
    GEnum
     ├── NMSettingDcbError
     ╰── NMSettingDcbFlags
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingDcb
 
@@ -443,7 +443,7 @@ of storage technologies like Fibre Channel over Ethernet (FCoE) and iSCSI.

Functions

nm_setting_dcb_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_setting_dcb_error_quark (void);

Registers an error quark for NMSettingDcb if necessary.

@@ -472,7 +472,7 @@ nm_setting_dcb_new (voidNMSettingDcb *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -494,11 +494,11 @@ nm_setting_dcb_get_app_fcoe_flags (

nm_setting_dcb_get_app_fcoe_priority ()

-
gint
+
gint
 nm_setting_dcb_get_app_fcoe_priority (NMSettingDcb *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -524,7 +524,7 @@ nm_setting_dcb_get_app_fcoe_priority (NMSettingDcb *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -550,7 +550,7 @@ nm_setting_dcb_get_app_fcoe_mode (NMSettingDcb *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -572,11 +572,11 @@ nm_setting_dcb_get_app_iscsi_flags (

nm_setting_dcb_get_app_iscsi_priority ()

-
gint
+
gint
 nm_setting_dcb_get_app_iscsi_priority (NMSettingDcb *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -602,7 +602,7 @@ nm_setting_dcb_get_app_iscsi_priority (NMSettingDcb *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -624,11 +624,11 @@ nm_setting_dcb_get_app_fip_flags (

nm_setting_dcb_get_app_fip_priority ()

-
gint
+
gint
 nm_setting_dcb_get_app_fip_priority (NMSettingDcb *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -655,7 +655,7 @@ nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_flow_control_flags (NMSettingDcb *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -677,13 +677,13 @@ nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_flow_control_flags

nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_flow_control ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_flow_control
                                (NMSettingDcb *setting,
-                                guint user_priority);
+ guint user_priority);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -705,9 +705,9 @@ nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_flow_control

Returns

-

TRUE if flow control is enabled for the given user_priority +

TRUE if flow control is enabled for the given user_priority , -FALSE if not enabled

+FALSE if not enabled

Since: 0.9.10

@@ -717,13 +717,13 @@ nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_flow_control
void
 nm_setting_dcb_set_priority_flow_control
                                (NMSettingDcb *setting,
-                                guint user_priority,
-                                gboolean enabled);
+ guint user_priority, + gboolean enabled);

These values are only valid when “priority-flow-control” includes the NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ENABLE flag.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -742,7 +742,7 @@ the - + @@ -758,7 +758,7 @@ nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_group_flags (NMSettingDcb *setting);

Parameters

-

enabled

TRUE to enable flow control for this priority, FALSE to disable it

TRUE to enable flow control for this priority, FALSE to disable it

 
+
@@ -780,12 +780,12 @@ nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_group_flags

nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_group_id ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_group_id (NMSettingDcb *setting,
-                                      guint user_priority);
+ guint user_priority);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -819,13 +819,13 @@ only valid when

nm_setting_dcb_set_priority_group_id ()

void
 nm_setting_dcb_set_priority_group_id (NMSettingDcb *setting,
-                                      guint user_priority,
-                                      guint group_id);
+ guint user_priority, + guint group_id);

These values are only valid when “priority-group-flags” includes the NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ENABLE flag.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -857,13 +857,13 @@ unrestricted group.


nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_group_bandwidth ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_group_bandwidth
                                (NMSettingDcb *setting,
-                                guint group_id);
+ guint group_id);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -898,13 +898,13 @@ only valid when void nm_setting_dcb_set_priority_group_bandwidth (NMSettingDcb *setting, - guint group_id, - guint bandwidth_percent); + guint group_id, + guint bandwidth_percent);

These values are only valid when “priority-group-flags” includes the NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ENABLE flag.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -935,12 +935,12 @@ to


nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_bandwidth ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_bandwidth (NMSettingDcb *setting,
-                                       guint user_priority);
+ guint user_priority);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -974,13 +974,13 @@ These values are only valid when

nm_setting_dcb_set_priority_bandwidth ()

void
 nm_setting_dcb_set_priority_bandwidth (NMSettingDcb *setting,
-                                       guint user_priority,
-                                       guint bandwidth_percent);
+ guint user_priority, + guint bandwidth_percent);

These values are only valid when “priority-group-flags” includes the NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ENABLE flag.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1012,13 +1012,13 @@ allowed to use within its priority group


nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_strict_bandwidth ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_strict_bandwidth
                                (NMSettingDcb *setting,
-                                guint user_priority);
+ guint user_priority);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1040,9 +1040,9 @@ nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_strict_bandwidth

Returns

-

TRUE if user_priority +

TRUE if user_priority may use all of the bandwidth allocated to its -assigned group, or FALSE if not. These values are only valid when +assigned group, or FALSE if not. These values are only valid when “priority-group-flags” includes the NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ENABLE flag.

Since: 0.9.10

@@ -1053,13 +1053,13 @@ assigned group, or void nm_setting_dcb_set_priority_strict_bandwidth (NMSettingDcb *setting, - guint user_priority, - gboolean strict); + guint user_priority, + gboolean strict);

These values are only valid when “priority-group-flags” includes the NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ENABLE flag.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1078,9 +1078,9 @@ the - +its priority group, or FALSE if not

@@ -1091,13 +1091,13 @@ its priority group, or

nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_traffic_class ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_traffic_class
                                (NMSettingDcb *setting,
-                                guint user_priority);
+ guint user_priority);

Parameters

-

strict

TRUE to allow user_priority +

TRUE to allow user_priority to use all the bandwidth allocated to -its priority group, or FALSE if not

 
+
@@ -1132,8 +1132,8 @@ valid when void nm_setting_dcb_set_priority_traffic_class (NMSettingDcb *setting, - guint user_priority, - guint traffic_class); + guint user_priority, + guint traffic_class);
@@ -1148,7 +1148,7 @@ nm_setting_dcb_set_priority_traffic_class

enum NMSettingDcbError

Members

-
+
@@ -1193,7 +1193,7 @@ required

DCB feature flags.

Members

-
+
@@ -1345,7 +1345,7 @@ peer configuration advertisements

Property Details

The “app-fcoe-flags” property

-
  “app-fcoe-flags”           guint
+
  “app-fcoe-flags”           guint

Specifies the NMSettingDcbFlags for the DCB FCoE application. Flags may be any combination of NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ENABLE, NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ADVERTISE, and NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_WILLING.

@@ -1357,7 +1357,7 @@ be any combination of

The “app-fcoe-mode” property

-
  “app-fcoe-mode”            gchar *
+
  “app-fcoe-mode”            gchar *

The FCoE controller mode; either NM_SETTING_DCB_FCOE_MODE_FABRIC (default) or NM_SETTING_DCB_FCOE_MODE_VN2VN.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

@@ -1367,7 +1367,7 @@ be any combination of

The “app-fcoe-priority” property

-
  “app-fcoe-priority”        gint
+
  “app-fcoe-priority”        gint

The highest User Priority (0 - 7) which FCoE frames should use, or -1 for default priority. Only used when the “app-fcoe-flags” property includes the NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ENABLE flag.

@@ -1379,7 +1379,7 @@ property includes the

The “app-fip-flags” property

-
  “app-fip-flags”            guint
+
  “app-fip-flags”            guint

Specifies the NMSettingDcbFlags for the DCB FIP application. Flags may be any combination of NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ENABLE, NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ADVERTISE, and NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_WILLING.

@@ -1391,7 +1391,7 @@ be any combination of

The “app-fip-priority” property

-
  “app-fip-priority”         gint
+
  “app-fip-priority”         gint

The highest User Priority (0 - 7) which FIP frames should use, or -1 for default priority. Only used when the “app-fip-flags” property includes the NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ENABLE flag.

@@ -1403,7 +1403,7 @@ property includes the

The “app-iscsi-flags” property

-
  “app-iscsi-flags”          guint
+
  “app-iscsi-flags”          guint

Specifies the NMSettingDcbFlags for the DCB iSCSI application. Flags may be any combination of NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ENABLE, NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ADVERTISE, and NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_WILLING.

@@ -1415,7 +1415,7 @@ may be any combination of

The “app-iscsi-priority” property

-
  “app-iscsi-priority”       gint
+
  “app-iscsi-priority”       gint

The highest User Priority (0 - 7) which iSCSI frames should use, or -1 for default priority. Only used when the “app-iscsi-flags” property includes the NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ENABLE flag.

@@ -1450,7 +1450,7 @@ transmit pause) and 1 (transmit pause).


The “priority-flow-control-flags” property

-
  “priority-flow-control-flags” guint
+
  “priority-flow-control-flags” guint

Specifies the NMSettingDcbFlags for DCB Priority Flow Control (PFC). Flags may be any combination of NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ENABLE, NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ADVERTISE, and NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_WILLING.

@@ -1473,7 +1473,7 @@ sum of all values must total 100 percent.


The “priority-group-flags” property

-
  “priority-group-flags”     guint
+
  “priority-group-flags”     guint

Specifies the NMSettingDcbFlags for DCB Priority Groups. Flags may be any combination of NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ENABLE, NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ADVERTISE, and NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_WILLING.

diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingGeneric.html b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingGeneric.html index 4fb145d3..3c50a5ac 100644 --- a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingGeneric.html +++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingGeneric.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMSettingGeneric: libnm-util Reference Manual - + @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@

Functions

-
+
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@
-GQuark +GQuark nm_setting_generic_error_quark () @@ -61,7 +61,7 @@

Types and Values

-
+
@@ -86,7 +86,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

    GEnum
     ╰── NMSettingGenericError
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingGeneric
 
@@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ the "connection type" setting on

Functions

nm_setting_generic_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_setting_generic_error_quark (void);

Registers an error quark for NMSettingGeneric if necessary.

@@ -143,7 +143,7 @@ nm_setting_generic_new (void

enum NMSettingGenericError

Members

-
+
diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingGsm.html b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingGsm.html index f31cfe90..4a9398bd 100644 --- a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingGsm.html +++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingGsm.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMSettingGsm: libnm-util Reference Manual - + @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@

Functions

-
+
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
-GQuark +GQuark nm_setting_gsm_error_quark () @@ -101,7 +101,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_gsm_get_home_only () @@ -133,7 +133,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_gsm_get_allowed_bands () @@ -144,7 +144,7 @@

Properties

-
+
@@ -152,63 +152,63 @@ - + +gchar * - + +gchar * - + +gchar * +gchar * - + +gchar * - + +gchar * @@ -217,7 +217,7 @@

Types and Values

-
guintguint allowed-bands Read / Write / Construct
-gchar * apn Read / Write
gbooleangboolean home-only Read / Write
-gchar * network-id Read / Write
gintgint network-type Read / Write / Construct
-gchar * number Read / Write
-gchar * password Read / Write
guintguint password-flags Read / Write
-gchar * pin Read / Write
guintguint pin-flags Read / Write
-gchar * username Read / Write
+
@@ -300,7 +300,7 @@ ├── NMSettingGsmError ├── NMSettingGsmNetworkBand ╰── NMSettingGsmNetworkType - GObject + GObject╰──NMSetting╰── NMSettingGsm @@ -320,7 +320,7 @@ networks, including those using GPRS/EDGE and UMTS/HSPA technology.

Functions

nm_setting_gsm_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_setting_gsm_error_quark (void);

Registers an error quark for NMSettingGsm if necessary.

@@ -346,7 +346,7 @@ nm_setting_gsm_new (voidNMSettingGsm *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -371,7 +371,7 @@ nm_setting_gsm_get_number (NMSettingGsm *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -396,7 +396,7 @@ nm_setting_gsm_get_username (NMSettingGsm *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -421,7 +421,7 @@ nm_setting_gsm_get_password (NMSettingGsm *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -446,7 +446,7 @@ nm_setting_gsm_get_apn (NMSettingGsm *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -471,7 +471,7 @@ nm_setting_gsm_get_network_id (NMSettingGsm *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -492,11 +492,11 @@ nm_setting_gsm_get_pin (

nm_setting_gsm_get_home_only ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_gsm_get_home_only (NMSettingGsm *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -521,7 +521,7 @@ nm_setting_gsm_get_home_only (NMSettingGsm *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -546,7 +546,7 @@ nm_setting_gsm_get_pin_flags (NMSettingGsm *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -575,7 +575,7 @@ nm_setting_gsm_get_network_type (

Parameters

-
+
@@ -596,7 +596,7 @@ nm_setting_gsm_get_network_type (

nm_setting_gsm_get_allowed_bands ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_gsm_get_allowed_bands (NMSettingGsm *setting);

nm_setting_gsm_get_allowed_bands has been deprecated since version 0.9.10 and should not be used in newly-written code.

@@ -604,7 +604,7 @@ nm_setting_gsm_get_allowed_bands (

Parameters

-
+
@@ -635,7 +635,7 @@ nm_setting_gsm_get_allowed_bands (

enum NMSettingGsmError

Members

-
+
@@ -759,7 +759,7 @@ is missing in the connection

the device may use when connecting to this network.

Members

-
+
@@ -836,7 +836,7 @@ technologies may be used

the device may use when connecting to this network.

Members

-
+
@@ -968,7 +968,7 @@ as the allowed frequency bands (

Property Details

The “allowed-bands” property

-
  “allowed-bands”            guint
+
  “allowed-bands”            guint

Bitfield of allowed frequency bands. Note that not all devices allow frequency band control. Permitted values are those specified by NMSettingGsmNetworkBand.

@@ -984,7 +984,7 @@ talking to ModemManager directly.


The “apn” property

-
  “apn”                      gchar *
+
  “apn”                      gchar *

The GPRS Access Point Name specifying the APN used when establishing a data session with the GSM-based network. The APN often determines how the user will be billed for their network usage and whether the user has @@ -998,8 +998,8 @@ The APN may only be composed of the characters a-z, 0-9, ., and - per GSM


The “home-only” property

-
  “home-only”                gboolean
-

When TRUE, only connections to the home network will be allowed. +

  “home-only”                gboolean
+

When TRUE, only connections to the home network will be allowed. Connections to roaming networks will not be made.

Flags: Read / Write

Default value: FALSE

@@ -1007,7 +1007,7 @@ Connections to roaming networks will not be made.


The “network-id” property

-
  “network-id”               gchar *
+
  “network-id”               gchar *

The Network ID (GSM LAI format, ie MCC-MNC) to force specific network registration. If the Network ID is specified, NetworkManager will attempt to force the device to register only on the specified network. @@ -1019,7 +1019,7 @@ roaming control of the device is not otherwise possible.


The “network-type” property

-
  “network-type”             gint
+
  “network-type”             gint

Network preference to force the device to only use specific network technologies. The permitted values are NM_SETTING_GSM_NETWORK_TYPE_ANY, NM_SETTING_GSM_NETWORK_TYPE_UMTS_HSPA, @@ -1041,7 +1041,7 @@ by talking to ModemManager directly.


The “number” property

-
  “number”                   gchar *
+
  “number”                   gchar *

Number to dial when establishing a PPP data session with the GSM-based mobile broadband network. Many modems do not require PPP for connections to the mobile network and thus this property should be left blank, which @@ -1052,7 +1052,7 @@ allows NetworkManager to select the appropriate settings automatically.


The “password” property

-
  “password”                 gchar *
+
  “password”                 gchar *

The password used to authenticate with the network, if required. Many providers do not require a password, or accept any password. But if a password is required, it is specified here.

@@ -1062,7 +1062,7 @@ password is required, it is specified here.


The “password-flags” property

-
  “password-flags”           guint
+
  “password-flags”           guint

Flags indicating how to handle the “password” property.

Flags: Read / Write

Allowed values: <= 7

@@ -1071,7 +1071,7 @@ password is required, it is specified here.


The “pin” property

-
  “pin”                      gchar *
+
  “pin”                      gchar *

If the SIM is locked with a PIN it must be unlocked before any other operations are requested. Specify the PIN here to allow operation of the device.

@@ -1081,7 +1081,7 @@ device.


The “pin-flags” property

-
  “pin-flags”                guint
+
  “pin-flags”                guint

Flags indicating how to handle the “pin” property.

Flags: Read / Write

Allowed values: <= 7

@@ -1090,7 +1090,7 @@ device.


The “username” property

-
  “username”                 gchar *
+
  “username”                 gchar *

The username used to authenticate with the network, if required. Many providers do not require a username, or accept any username. But if a username is required, it is specified here.

diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingIP4Config.html b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingIP4Config.html index a07a6d0a..f549179d 100644 --- a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingIP4Config.html +++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingIP4Config.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMSettingIP4Config: libnm-util Reference Manual - + @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@

Functions

-
+
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
-GQuark +GQuark nm_setting_ip4_config_error_quark () @@ -83,7 +83,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_ip4_address_compare () @@ -91,7 +91,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_ip4_address_get_address () @@ -107,7 +107,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_ip4_address_get_prefix () @@ -123,7 +123,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_ip4_address_get_gateway () @@ -171,7 +171,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_ip4_route_compare () @@ -179,7 +179,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_ip4_route_get_dest () @@ -195,7 +195,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_ip4_route_get_prefix () @@ -211,7 +211,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_ip4_route_get_next_hop () @@ -227,7 +227,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_ip4_route_get_metric () @@ -258,7 +258,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_ip4_config_get_num_dns () @@ -266,7 +266,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_ip4_config_get_dns () @@ -274,7 +274,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ip4_config_add_dns () @@ -290,7 +290,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ip4_config_remove_dns_by_value () @@ -306,7 +306,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_ip4_config_get_num_dns_searches () @@ -321,7 +321,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ip4_config_add_dns_search () @@ -337,7 +337,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ip4_config_remove_dns_search_by_value () @@ -353,7 +353,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_ip4_config_get_num_addresses () @@ -369,7 +369,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ip4_config_add_address () @@ -385,7 +385,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ip4_config_remove_address_by_value () @@ -401,7 +401,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_ip4_config_get_num_routes () @@ -417,7 +417,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ip4_config_add_route () @@ -433,7 +433,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ip4_config_remove_route_by_value () @@ -449,7 +449,7 @@
-gint64 +gint64 nm_setting_ip4_config_get_route_metric () @@ -457,7 +457,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ip4_config_get_ignore_auto_routes () @@ -465,7 +465,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ip4_config_get_ignore_auto_dns () @@ -480,7 +480,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ip4_config_get_dhcp_send_hostname () @@ -503,7 +503,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ip4_config_get_never_default () @@ -511,7 +511,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ip4_config_get_may_fail () @@ -522,7 +522,7 @@

Properties

-
+
@@ -537,23 +537,23 @@ +gchar * +gchar * - + - + @@ -570,33 +570,33 @@ - + - + - + +gchar * - + - + @@ -611,7 +611,7 @@

Types and Values

-
-gchar * dhcp-client-id Read / Write
-gchar * dhcp-hostname Read / Write
gbooleangboolean dhcp-send-hostname Read / Write / Construct
guintguint dhcp-timeout Read / Write
Read / Write
gbooleangboolean ignore-auto-dns Read / Write / Construct
gbooleangboolean ignore-auto-routes Read / Write / Construct
gbooleangboolean may-fail Read / Write / Construct
-gchar * method Read / Write
gbooleangboolean never-default Read / Write / Construct
gint64gint64 route-metric Read / Write / Construct
+
@@ -715,7 +715,7 @@ ╰── NMIP4Route GEnum╰── NMSettingIP4ConfigError - GObject + GObject╰──NMSetting╰── NMSettingIP4Config @@ -734,7 +734,7 @@ properties related to IPv4 addressing, routing, and Domain Name Service

Functions

nm_setting_ip4_config_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_setting_ip4_config_error_quark (void);

Registers an error quark for NMSettingIP4Config if necessary.

@@ -762,7 +762,7 @@ nm_ip4_address_dup (NMIP4Address object and returns the copy.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -789,7 +789,7 @@ nm_ip4_address_ref (

Parameters

-
+
@@ -812,7 +812,7 @@ nm_ip4_address_unref (

Parameters

-
+
@@ -829,13 +829,13 @@ reaches zero, the object will be destroyed.


nm_ip4_address_compare ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_ip4_address_compare (NMIP4Address *address,
                         NMIP4Address *other);

Determines if two NMIP4Address objects contain the same values.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -858,18 +858,18 @@ to.

Returns

-

TRUE if the objects contain the same values, FALSE if they do not.

+

TRUE if the objects contain the same values, FALSE if they do not.


nm_ip4_address_get_address ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_ip4_address_get_address (NMIP4Address *address);

Gets the IPv4 address property of this address object.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -892,11 +892,11 @@ nm_ip4_address_get_address (

nm_ip4_address_set_address ()

void
 nm_ip4_address_set_address (NMIP4Address *address,
-                            guint32 addr);
+ guint32 addr);

Sets the IPv4 address property of this object.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -920,13 +920,13 @@ nm_ip4_address_set_address (

nm_ip4_address_get_prefix ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_ip4_address_get_prefix (NMIP4Address *address);

Gets the IPv4 address prefix (ie "24" or "30" etc) property of this address object.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -949,11 +949,11 @@ object.

nm_ip4_address_set_prefix ()

void
 nm_ip4_address_set_prefix (NMIP4Address *address,
-                           guint32 prefix);
+ guint32 prefix);

Sets the IPv4 address prefix.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -977,12 +977,12 @@ nm_ip4_address_set_prefix (

nm_ip4_address_get_gateway ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_ip4_address_get_gateway (NMIP4Address *address);

Gets the IPv4 default gateway property of this address object.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1005,11 +1005,11 @@ nm_ip4_address_get_gateway (

nm_ip4_address_set_gateway ()

void
 nm_ip4_address_set_gateway (NMIP4Address *address,
-                            guint32 gateway);
+ guint32 gateway);

Sets the IPv4 default gateway property of this address object.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1050,7 +1050,7 @@ nm_ip4_route_dup (NMIP4Route object and returns the copy.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1077,7 +1077,7 @@ nm_ip4_route_ref (

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1100,7 +1100,7 @@ nm_ip4_route_unref (

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1117,13 +1117,13 @@ reaches zero, the object will be destroyed.


nm_ip4_route_compare ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_ip4_route_compare (NMIP4Route *route,
                       NMIP4Route *other);

Determines if two NMIP4Route objects contain the same values.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1146,18 +1146,18 @@ to.

Returns

-

TRUE if the objects contain the same values, FALSE if they do not.

+

TRUE if the objects contain the same values, FALSE if they do not.


nm_ip4_route_get_dest ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_ip4_route_get_dest (NMIP4Route *route);

Gets the IPv4 destination address property of this route object.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1180,11 +1180,11 @@ nm_ip4_route_get_dest (

nm_ip4_route_set_dest ()

void
 nm_ip4_route_set_dest (NMIP4Route *route,
-                       guint32 dest);
+ guint32 dest);

Sets the IPv4 destination address property of this route object.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1208,12 +1208,12 @@ nm_ip4_route_set_dest (

nm_ip4_route_get_prefix ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_ip4_route_get_prefix (NMIP4Route *route);

Gets the IPv4 prefix (ie "24" or "30" etc) of this route.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1236,11 +1236,11 @@ nm_ip4_route_get_prefix (

nm_ip4_route_set_prefix ()

void
 nm_ip4_route_set_prefix (NMIP4Route *route,
-                         guint32 prefix);
+ guint32 prefix);

Sets the IPv4 prefix of this route.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1264,12 +1264,12 @@ nm_ip4_route_set_prefix (

nm_ip4_route_get_next_hop ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_ip4_route_get_next_hop (NMIP4Route *route);

Gets the IPv4 address of the next hop of this route.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1292,11 +1292,11 @@ nm_ip4_route_get_next_hop (

nm_ip4_route_set_next_hop ()

void
 nm_ip4_route_set_next_hop (NMIP4Route *route,
-                           guint32 next_hop);
+ guint32 next_hop);

Sets the IPv4 address of the next hop of this route.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1320,13 +1320,13 @@ nm_ip4_route_set_next_hop (

nm_ip4_route_get_metric ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_ip4_route_get_metric (NMIP4Route *route);

Gets the route metric property of this route object; lower values indicate "better" or more preferred routes.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1349,12 +1349,12 @@ nm_ip4_route_get_metric (

nm_ip4_route_set_metric ()

void
 nm_ip4_route_set_metric (NMIP4Route *route,
-                         guint32 metric);
+ guint32 metric);

Sets the route metric property of this route object; lower values indicate "better" or more preferred routes.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1394,7 +1394,7 @@ nm_setting_ip4_config_new (voidNMSettingIP4Config *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1415,11 +1415,11 @@ nm_setting_ip4_config_get_method (

nm_setting_ip4_config_get_num_dns ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_ip4_config_get_num_dns (NMSettingIP4Config *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1440,12 +1440,12 @@ nm_setting_ip4_config_get_num_dns (

nm_setting_ip4_config_get_dns ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_ip4_config_get_dns (NMSettingIP4Config *setting,
-                               guint32 i);
+ guint32 i);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1475,13 +1475,13 @@ nm_setting_ip4_config_get_dns (

nm_setting_ip4_config_add_dns ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip4_config_add_dns (NMSettingIP4Config *setting,
-                               guint32 dns);
+ guint32 dns);

Adds a new DNS server to the setting.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1503,7 +1503,7 @@ nm_setting_ip4_config_add_dns (

Returns

-

TRUE if the DNS server was added; FALSE if the server was already +

TRUE if the DNS server was added; FALSE if the server was already known

@@ -1512,12 +1512,12 @@ known

nm_setting_ip4_config_remove_dns ()

void
 nm_setting_ip4_config_remove_dns (NMSettingIP4Config *setting,
-                                  guint32 i);
+ guint32 i);

Removes the DNS server at index i .

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1541,15 +1541,15 @@ nm_setting_ip4_config_remove_dns (

nm_setting_ip4_config_remove_dns_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip4_config_remove_dns_by_value
                                (NMSettingIP4Config *setting,
-                                guint32 dns);
+ guint32 dns);

Removes the DNS server dns .

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1571,7 +1571,7 @@ nm_setting_ip4_config_remove_dns_by_value

Returns

-

TRUE if the DNS server was found and removed; FALSE if it was not. +

TRUE if the DNS server was found and removed; FALSE if it was not. domain was already known

Since: 0.9.10

@@ -1584,7 +1584,7 @@ nm_setting_ip4_config_clear_dns (Removes all configured DNS servers.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1601,12 +1601,12 @@ nm_setting_ip4_config_clear_dns (

nm_setting_ip4_config_get_num_dns_searches ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_ip4_config_get_num_dns_searches
                                (NMSettingIP4Config *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1629,10 +1629,10 @@ nm_setting_ip4_config_get_num_dns_searches

nm_setting_ip4_config_get_dns_search ()

const char *
 nm_setting_ip4_config_get_dns_search (NMSettingIP4Config *setting,
-                                      guint32 i);
+ guint32 i);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1661,13 +1661,13 @@ nm_setting_ip4_config_get_dns_search (

nm_setting_ip4_config_add_dns_search ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip4_config_add_dns_search (NMSettingIP4Config *setting,
                                       const char *dns_search);

Adds a new DNS search domain to the setting.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1689,7 +1689,7 @@ nm_setting_ip4_config_add_dns_search (

Returns

-

TRUE if the DNS search domain was added; FALSE if the search +

TRUE if the DNS search domain was added; FALSE if the search domain was already known

@@ -1699,12 +1699,12 @@ domain was already known

void
 nm_setting_ip4_config_remove_dns_search
                                (NMSettingIP4Config *setting,
-                                guint32 i);
+ guint32 i);

Removes the DNS search domain at index i .

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1728,7 +1728,7 @@ nm_setting_ip4_config_remove_dns_search

nm_setting_ip4_config_remove_dns_search_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip4_config_remove_dns_search_by_value
                                (NMSettingIP4Config *setting,
                                 const char *dns_search);
@@ -1736,7 +1736,7 @@ nm_setting_ip4_config_remove_dns_search_by_value .

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1758,7 +1758,7 @@ nm_setting_ip4_config_remove_dns_search_by_value

Returns

-

TRUE if the DNS search domain was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

+

TRUE if the DNS search domain was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

Since 0.9.10

@@ -1771,7 +1771,7 @@ nm_setting_ip4_config_clear_dns_searches

Removes all configured DNS search domains.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1788,12 +1788,12 @@ nm_setting_ip4_config_clear_dns_searches

nm_setting_ip4_config_get_num_addresses ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_ip4_config_get_num_addresses
                                (NMSettingIP4Config *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1816,10 +1816,10 @@ nm_setting_ip4_config_get_num_addresses

nm_setting_ip4_config_get_address ()

NMIP4Address *
 nm_setting_ip4_config_get_address (NMSettingIP4Config *setting,
-                                   guint32 i);
+ guint32 i);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1848,14 +1848,14 @@ nm_setting_ip4_config_get_address (

nm_setting_ip4_config_add_address ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip4_config_add_address (NMSettingIP4Config *setting,
                                    NMIP4Address *address);

Adds a new IPv4 address and associated information to the setting. The given address is duplicated internally and is not changed by this function.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1877,7 +1877,7 @@ given address is duplicated internally and is not changed by this function.

Returns

-

TRUE if the address was added; FALSE if the address was already +

TRUE if the address was added; FALSE if the address was already known.

@@ -1886,12 +1886,12 @@ known.

nm_setting_ip4_config_remove_address ()

void
 nm_setting_ip4_config_remove_address (NMSettingIP4Config *setting,
-                                      guint32 i);
+ guint32 i);

Removes the address at index i .

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1915,7 +1915,7 @@ nm_setting_ip4_config_remove_address (

nm_setting_ip4_config_remove_address_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip4_config_remove_address_by_value
                                (NMSettingIP4Config *setting,
                                 NMIP4Address *address);
@@ -1923,7 +1923,7 @@ nm_setting_ip4_config_remove_address_by_value .

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1945,7 +1945,7 @@ nm_setting_ip4_config_remove_address_by_value

Returns

-

TRUE if the address was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

+

TRUE if the address was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

Since: 0.9.10

@@ -1957,7 +1957,7 @@ nm_setting_ip4_config_clear_addresses (

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1974,11 +1974,11 @@ nm_setting_ip4_config_clear_addresses (

nm_setting_ip4_config_get_num_routes ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_ip4_config_get_num_routes (NMSettingIP4Config *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2001,10 +2001,10 @@ nm_setting_ip4_config_get_num_routes (

nm_setting_ip4_config_get_route ()

NMIP4Route *
 nm_setting_ip4_config_get_route (NMSettingIP4Config *setting,
-                                 guint32 i);
+ guint32 i);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2033,14 +2033,14 @@ nm_setting_ip4_config_get_route (

nm_setting_ip4_config_add_route ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip4_config_add_route (NMSettingIP4Config *setting,
                                  NMIP4Route *route);

Adds a new IPv4 route and associated information to the setting. The given route is duplicated internally and is not changed by this function.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2062,7 +2062,7 @@ given route is duplicated internally and is not changed by this function.

Returns

-

TRUE if the route was added; FALSE if the route was already known.

+

TRUE if the route was added; FALSE if the route was already known.


@@ -2070,12 +2070,12 @@ given route is duplicated internally and is not changed by this function.

nm_setting_ip4_config_remove_route ()

void
 nm_setting_ip4_config_remove_route (NMSettingIP4Config *setting,
-                                    guint32 i);
+ guint32 i);

Removes the route at index i .

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2099,7 +2099,7 @@ nm_setting_ip4_config_remove_route (

nm_setting_ip4_config_remove_route_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip4_config_remove_route_by_value
                                (NMSettingIP4Config *setting,
                                 NMIP4Route *route);
@@ -2107,7 +2107,7 @@ nm_setting_ip4_config_remove_route_by_value .

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2129,7 +2129,7 @@ nm_setting_ip4_config_remove_route_by_value

Returns

-

TRUE if the route was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

+

TRUE if the route was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

Since: 0.9.10

@@ -2141,7 +2141,7 @@ nm_setting_ip4_config_clear_routes (Removes all configured routes.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2158,14 +2158,14 @@ nm_setting_ip4_config_clear_routes (

nm_setting_ip4_config_get_route_metric ()

-
gint64
+
gint64
 nm_setting_ip4_config_get_route_metric
                                (NMSettingIP4Config *setting);

Returns the value contained in the “route-metric” property.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2188,14 +2188,14 @@ specify a metric. See

nm_setting_ip4_config_get_ignore_auto_routes ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip4_config_get_ignore_auto_routes
                                (NMSettingIP4Config *setting);

Returns the value contained in the “ignore-auto-routes” property.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2210,21 +2210,21 @@ property.

Returns

-

TRUE if automatically configured (ie via DHCP) routes should be +

TRUE if automatically configured (ie via DHCP) routes should be ignored.


nm_setting_ip4_config_get_ignore_auto_dns ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip4_config_get_ignore_auto_dns
                                (NMSettingIP4Config *setting);

Returns the value contained in the “ignore-auto-dns” property.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2239,7 +2239,7 @@ property.

Returns

-

TRUE if automatically configured (ie via DHCP) DNS information +

TRUE if automatically configured (ie via DHCP) DNS information should be ignored.

@@ -2253,7 +2253,7 @@ nm_setting_ip4_config_get_dhcp_client_id property.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2275,14 +2275,14 @@ addresses via DHCP.


nm_setting_ip4_config_get_dhcp_send_hostname ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip4_config_get_dhcp_send_hostname
                                (NMSettingIP4Config *setting);

Returns the value contained in the “dhcp-send-hostname” property.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2297,7 +2297,7 @@ property.

Returns

-

TRUE if NetworkManager should send the machine hostname to the +

TRUE if NetworkManager should send the machine hostname to the DHCP server when requesting addresses to allow the server to automatically update DNS information for this machine.

@@ -2312,7 +2312,7 @@ nm_setting_ip4_config_get_dhcp_hostname property.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2340,7 +2340,7 @@ nm_setting_ip4_config_get_dhcp_timeout property.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2362,14 +2362,14 @@ fails or zero for "default".


nm_setting_ip4_config_get_never_default ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip4_config_get_never_default
                                (NMSettingIP4Config *setting);

Returns the value contained in the “never-default” property.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2384,20 +2384,20 @@ property.

Returns

-

TRUE if this connection should never be the default connection +

TRUE if this connection should never be the default connection for IPv4 addressing


nm_setting_ip4_config_get_may_fail ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip4_config_get_may_fail (NMSettingIP4Config *setting);

Returns the value contained in the “may-fail” property.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2412,7 +2412,7 @@ property.

Returns

-

TRUE if this connection doesn't require IPv4 addressing to complete +

TRUE if this connection doesn't require IPv4 addressing to complete for the connection to succeed.

@@ -2429,7 +2429,7 @@ for the connection to succeed.

enum NMSettingIP4ConfigError

Members

-
+
@@ -2623,7 +2623,7 @@ either automatic or disabled with these methods.


The “dhcp-client-id” property

-
  “dhcp-client-id”           gchar *
+
  “dhcp-client-id”           gchar *

A string sent to the DHCP server to identify the local machine which the DHCP server may use to customize the DHCP lease and options.

Flags: Read / Write

@@ -2632,8 +2632,8 @@ DHCP server may use to customize the DHCP lease and options.


The “dhcp-hostname” property

-
  “dhcp-hostname”            gchar *
-

If the “dhcp-send-hostname” property is TRUE, then the +

  “dhcp-hostname”            gchar *
+

If the “dhcp-send-hostname” property is TRUE, then the specified name will be sent to the DHCP server when acquiring a lease.

Flags: Read / Write

Default value: NULL

@@ -2641,19 +2641,19 @@ specified name will be sent to the DHCP server when acquiring a lease.


The “dhcp-send-hostname” property

-
  “dhcp-send-hostname”       gboolean
-

If TRUE, a hostname is sent to the DHCP server when acquiring a lease. +

  “dhcp-send-hostname”       gboolean
+

If TRUE, a hostname is sent to the DHCP server when acquiring a lease. Some DHCP servers use this hostname to update DNS databases, essentially providing a static hostname for the computer. If the “dhcp-hostname” property is empty and this property is -TRUE, the current persistent hostname of the computer is sent.

+TRUE, the current persistent hostname of the computer is sent.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

Default value: TRUE


The “dhcp-timeout” property

-
  “dhcp-timeout”             guint
+
  “dhcp-timeout”             guint

Number of seconds after which the unfinished DHCP transaction fails or zero for default.

Flags: Read / Write

@@ -2685,8 +2685,8 @@ are used as the only search domains for this connection.


The “ignore-auto-dns” property

-
  “ignore-auto-dns”          gboolean
-

When the method is set to "auto" and this property to TRUE, +

  “ignore-auto-dns”          gboolean
+

When the method is set to "auto" and this property to TRUE, automatically configured nameservers and search domains are ignored and only nameservers and search domains specified in the “dns” and “dns-search” properties, if @@ -2697,8 +2697,8 @@ any, are used.


The “ignore-auto-routes” property

-
  “ignore-auto-routes”       gboolean
-

When the method is set to "auto" and this property to TRUE, +

  “ignore-auto-routes”       gboolean
+

When the method is set to "auto" and this property to TRUE, automatically configured routes are ignored and only routes specified in the “routes” property, if any, are used.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

@@ -2707,11 +2707,11 @@ the

The “may-fail” property

-
  “may-fail”                 gboolean
-

If TRUE, allow overall network configuration to proceed even if IPv4 +

  “may-fail”                 gboolean
+

If TRUE, allow overall network configuration to proceed even if IPv4 configuration times out. Note that at least one IP configuration must succeed or overall network configuration will still fail. For example, -in IPv6-only networks, setting this property to TRUE allows the overall +in IPv6-only networks, setting this property to TRUE allows the overall network configuration to succeed if IPv4 configuration fails but IPv6 configuration completes successfully.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

@@ -2720,7 +2720,7 @@ configuration completes successfully.


The “method” property

-
  “method”                   gchar *
+
  “method”                   gchar *

IPv4 configuration method. If "auto" is specified then the appropriate automatic method (DHCP, PPP, etc) is used for the interface and most other properties can be left unset. If "link-local" is specified, then a @@ -2739,8 +2739,8 @@ This property must be set.


The “never-default” property

-
  “never-default”            gboolean
-

If TRUE, this connection will never be the default IPv4 connection, +

  “never-default”            gboolean
+

If TRUE, this connection will never be the default IPv4 connection, meaning it will never be assigned the default route by NetworkManager.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

Default value: FALSE

@@ -2748,7 +2748,7 @@ meaning it will never be assigned the default route by NetworkManager.


The “route-metric” property

-
  “route-metric”             gint64
+
  “route-metric”             gint64

The default metric for routes that don't explicitly specify a metric. The default value -1 means that the metric is choosen automatically based on the device type. diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingIP6Config.html b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingIP6Config.html index e1cbe0c8..a2c9d3a0 100644 --- a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingIP6Config.html +++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingIP6Config.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMSettingIP6Config: libnm-util Reference Manual - + @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@

Functions

-
+
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
-GQuark +GQuark nm_setting_ip6_config_error_quark () @@ -83,7 +83,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_ip6_address_compare () @@ -106,7 +106,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_ip6_address_get_prefix () @@ -169,7 +169,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_ip6_route_compare () @@ -192,7 +192,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_ip6_route_get_prefix () @@ -223,7 +223,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_ip6_route_get_metric () @@ -254,7 +254,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_ip6_config_get_num_dns () @@ -269,7 +269,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ip6_config_add_dns () @@ -285,7 +285,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ip6_config_remove_dns_by_value () @@ -301,7 +301,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_ip6_config_get_num_dns_searches () @@ -316,7 +316,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ip6_config_add_dns_search () @@ -332,7 +332,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ip6_config_remove_dns_search_by_value () @@ -348,7 +348,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_ip6_config_get_num_addresses () @@ -364,7 +364,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ip6_config_add_address () @@ -380,7 +380,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ip6_config_remove_address_by_value () @@ -396,7 +396,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_ip6_config_get_num_routes () @@ -412,7 +412,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ip6_config_add_route () @@ -428,7 +428,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ip6_config_remove_route_by_value () @@ -444,7 +444,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ip6_config_get_ignore_auto_routes () @@ -452,7 +452,7 @@
-gint64 +gint64 nm_setting_ip6_config_get_route_metric () @@ -460,7 +460,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ip6_config_get_ignore_auto_dns () @@ -475,7 +475,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ip6_config_get_never_default () @@ -483,7 +483,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ip6_config_get_may_fail () @@ -502,7 +502,7 @@

Properties

-
+
@@ -516,7 +516,7 @@ +gchar * @@ -533,38 +533,38 @@ - + - + - + - + +gchar * - + - + @@ -578,7 +578,7 @@

Types and Values

-
-gchar * dhcp-hostname Read / Write
Read / Write
gbooleangboolean ignore-auto-dns Read / Write / Construct
gbooleangboolean ignore-auto-routes Read / Write / Construct
gintgint ip6-privacy Read / Write / Construct
gbooleangboolean may-fail Read / Write / Construct
-gchar * method Read / Write
gbooleangboolean never-default Read / Write / Construct
gint64gint64 route-metric Read / Write / Construct
+
@@ -683,7 +683,7 @@ GEnum├── NMSettingIP6ConfigError ╰── NMSettingIP6ConfigPrivacy - GObject + GObject╰──NMSetting╰── NMSettingIP6Config @@ -702,7 +702,7 @@ properties related to IPv6 addressing, routing, and Domain Name Service

Functions

nm_setting_ip6_config_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_setting_ip6_config_error_quark (void);

Registers an error quark for NMSettingIP6Config if necessary.

@@ -730,7 +730,7 @@ nm_ip6_address_dup (NMIP6Address object and returns the copy.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -757,7 +757,7 @@ nm_ip6_address_ref (

Parameters

-
+
@@ -780,7 +780,7 @@ nm_ip6_address_unref (

Parameters

-
+
@@ -797,13 +797,13 @@ reaches zero, the object will be destroyed.


nm_ip6_address_compare ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_ip6_address_compare (NMIP6Address *address,
                         NMIP6Address *other);

Determines if two NMIP6Address objects contain the same values.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -826,7 +826,7 @@ to.

Returns

-

TRUE if the objects contain the same values, FALSE if they do not.

+

TRUE if the objects contain the same values, FALSE if they do not.


@@ -837,7 +837,7 @@ nm_ip6_address_get_address (

Parameters

-
+
@@ -865,7 +865,7 @@ nm_ip6_address_set_address (

Parameters

-
+
@@ -889,12 +889,12 @@ nm_ip6_address_set_address (

nm_ip6_address_get_prefix ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_ip6_address_get_prefix (NMIP6Address *address);

Gets the IPv6 address prefix property of this address object.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -917,11 +917,11 @@ nm_ip6_address_get_prefix (

nm_ip6_address_set_prefix ()

void
 nm_ip6_address_set_prefix (NMIP6Address *address,
-                           guint32 prefix);
+ guint32 prefix);

Sets the IPv6 address prefix.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -950,7 +950,7 @@ nm_ip6_address_get_gateway (

Parameters

-
+
@@ -978,7 +978,7 @@ nm_ip6_address_set_gateway (

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1019,7 +1019,7 @@ nm_ip6_route_dup (NMIP6Route object and returns the copy.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1046,7 +1046,7 @@ nm_ip6_route_ref (

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1069,7 +1069,7 @@ nm_ip6_route_unref (

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1086,13 +1086,13 @@ reaches zero, the object will be destroyed.


nm_ip6_route_compare ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_ip6_route_compare (NMIP6Route *route,
                       NMIP6Route *other);

Determines if two NMIP6Route objects contain the same values.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1115,7 +1115,7 @@ to.

Returns

-

TRUE if the objects contain the same values, FALSE if they do not.

+

TRUE if the objects contain the same values, FALSE if they do not.


@@ -1126,7 +1126,7 @@ nm_ip6_route_get_dest (

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1154,7 +1154,7 @@ nm_ip6_route_set_dest (

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1178,12 +1178,12 @@ nm_ip6_route_set_dest (

nm_ip6_route_get_prefix ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_ip6_route_get_prefix (NMIP6Route *route);

Gets the IPv6 prefix (ie "32" or "64" etc) of this route.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1206,11 +1206,11 @@ nm_ip6_route_get_prefix (

nm_ip6_route_set_prefix ()

void
 nm_ip6_route_set_prefix (NMIP6Route *route,
-                         guint32 prefix);
+ guint32 prefix);

Sets the IPv6 prefix of this route.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1239,7 +1239,7 @@ nm_ip6_route_get_next_hop (

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1267,7 +1267,7 @@ nm_ip6_route_set_next_hop (

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1291,13 +1291,13 @@ nm_ip6_route_set_next_hop (

nm_ip6_route_get_metric ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_ip6_route_get_metric (NMIP6Route *route);

Gets the route metric property of this route object; lower values indicate "better" or more preferred routes.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1320,12 +1320,12 @@ nm_ip6_route_get_metric (

nm_ip6_route_set_metric ()

void
 nm_ip6_route_set_metric (NMIP6Route *route,
-                         guint32 metric);
+ guint32 metric);

Sets the route metric property of this route object; lower values indicate "better" or more preferred routes.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1365,7 +1365,7 @@ nm_setting_ip6_config_new (voidNMSettingIP6Config *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1386,11 +1386,11 @@ nm_setting_ip6_config_get_method (

nm_setting_ip6_config_get_num_dns ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_ip6_config_get_num_dns (NMSettingIP6Config *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1413,10 +1413,10 @@ nm_setting_ip6_config_get_num_dns (

nm_setting_ip6_config_get_dns ()

const struct in6_addr *
 nm_setting_ip6_config_get_dns (NMSettingIP6Config *setting,
-                               guint32 i);
+ guint32 i);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1446,13 +1446,13 @@ nm_setting_ip6_config_get_dns (

nm_setting_ip6_config_add_dns ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip6_config_add_dns (NMSettingIP6Config *setting,
                                const struct in6_addr *dns);

Adds a new DNS server to the setting.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1474,7 +1474,7 @@ nm_setting_ip6_config_add_dns (

Returns

-

TRUE if the DNS server was added; FALSE if the server was already +

TRUE if the DNS server was added; FALSE if the server was already known

@@ -1483,12 +1483,12 @@ known

nm_setting_ip6_config_remove_dns ()

void
 nm_setting_ip6_config_remove_dns (NMSettingIP6Config *setting,
-                                  guint32 i);
+ guint32 i);

Removes the DNS server at index i .

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1512,7 +1512,7 @@ nm_setting_ip6_config_remove_dns (

nm_setting_ip6_config_remove_dns_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip6_config_remove_dns_by_value
                                (NMSettingIP6Config *setting,
                                 const struct in6_addr *dns);
@@ -1520,7 +1520,7 @@ nm_setting_ip6_config_remove_dns_by_value .

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1542,7 +1542,7 @@ nm_setting_ip6_config_remove_dns_by_value

Returns

-

TRUE if the DNS server was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

+

TRUE if the DNS server was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

Since: 0.9.10

@@ -1554,7 +1554,7 @@ nm_setting_ip6_config_clear_dns (Removes all configured DNS servers.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1571,12 +1571,12 @@ nm_setting_ip6_config_clear_dns (

nm_setting_ip6_config_get_num_dns_searches ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_ip6_config_get_num_dns_searches
                                (NMSettingIP6Config *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1599,10 +1599,10 @@ nm_setting_ip6_config_get_num_dns_searches

nm_setting_ip6_config_get_dns_search ()

const char *
 nm_setting_ip6_config_get_dns_search (NMSettingIP6Config *setting,
-                                      guint32 i);
+ guint32 i);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1631,13 +1631,13 @@ nm_setting_ip6_config_get_dns_search (

nm_setting_ip6_config_add_dns_search ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip6_config_add_dns_search (NMSettingIP6Config *setting,
                                       const char *dns_search);

Adds a new DNS search domain to the setting.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1659,7 +1659,7 @@ nm_setting_ip6_config_add_dns_search (

Returns

-

TRUE if the DNS search domain was added; FALSE if the search +

TRUE if the DNS search domain was added; FALSE if the search domain was already known

@@ -1669,12 +1669,12 @@ domain was already known

void
 nm_setting_ip6_config_remove_dns_search
                                (NMSettingIP6Config *setting,
-                                guint32 i);
+ guint32 i);

Removes the DNS search domain at index i .

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1698,7 +1698,7 @@ nm_setting_ip6_config_remove_dns_search

nm_setting_ip6_config_remove_dns_search_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip6_config_remove_dns_search_by_value
                                (NMSettingIP6Config *setting,
                                 const char *dns_search);
@@ -1706,7 +1706,7 @@ nm_setting_ip6_config_remove_dns_search_by_value .

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1728,7 +1728,7 @@ nm_setting_ip6_config_remove_dns_search_by_value

Returns

-

TRUE if the DNS search domain was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

+

TRUE if the DNS search domain was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

Since 0.9.10

@@ -1741,7 +1741,7 @@ nm_setting_ip6_config_clear_dns_searches

Removes all configured DNS search domains.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1758,12 +1758,12 @@ nm_setting_ip6_config_clear_dns_searches

nm_setting_ip6_config_get_num_addresses ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_ip6_config_get_num_addresses
                                (NMSettingIP6Config *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1786,10 +1786,10 @@ nm_setting_ip6_config_get_num_addresses

nm_setting_ip6_config_get_address ()

NMIP6Address *
 nm_setting_ip6_config_get_address (NMSettingIP6Config *setting,
-                                   guint32 i);
+ guint32 i);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1818,14 +1818,14 @@ nm_setting_ip6_config_get_address (

nm_setting_ip6_config_add_address ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip6_config_add_address (NMSettingIP6Config *setting,
                                    NMIP6Address *address);

Adds a new IPv6 address and associated information to the setting. The given address is duplicated internally and is not changed by this function.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1847,7 +1847,7 @@ given address is duplicated internally and is not changed by this function.

Returns

-

TRUE if the address was added; FALSE if the address was already +

TRUE if the address was added; FALSE if the address was already known.

@@ -1856,12 +1856,12 @@ known.

nm_setting_ip6_config_remove_address ()

void
 nm_setting_ip6_config_remove_address (NMSettingIP6Config *setting,
-                                      guint32 i);
+ guint32 i);

Removes the address at index i .

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1885,7 +1885,7 @@ nm_setting_ip6_config_remove_address (

nm_setting_ip6_config_remove_address_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip6_config_remove_address_by_value
                                (NMSettingIP6Config *setting,
                                 NMIP6Address *address);
@@ -1893,7 +1893,7 @@ nm_setting_ip6_config_remove_address_by_value .

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1915,7 +1915,7 @@ nm_setting_ip6_config_remove_address_by_value

Returns

-

TRUE if the address was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

+

TRUE if the address was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

Since: 0.9.10

@@ -1927,7 +1927,7 @@ nm_setting_ip6_config_clear_addresses (

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1944,11 +1944,11 @@ nm_setting_ip6_config_clear_addresses (

nm_setting_ip6_config_get_num_routes ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_ip6_config_get_num_routes (NMSettingIP6Config *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1971,10 +1971,10 @@ nm_setting_ip6_config_get_num_routes (

nm_setting_ip6_config_get_route ()

NMIP6Route *
 nm_setting_ip6_config_get_route (NMSettingIP6Config *setting,
-                                 guint32 i);
+ guint32 i);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2003,14 +2003,14 @@ nm_setting_ip6_config_get_route (

nm_setting_ip6_config_add_route ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip6_config_add_route (NMSettingIP6Config *setting,
                                  NMIP6Route *route);

Adds a new IPv6 route and associated information to the setting. The given route is duplicated internally and is not changed by this function.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2032,7 +2032,7 @@ given route is duplicated internally and is not changed by this function.

Returns

-

TRUE if the route was added; FALSE if the route was already known.

+

TRUE if the route was added; FALSE if the route was already known.


@@ -2040,12 +2040,12 @@ given route is duplicated internally and is not changed by this function.

nm_setting_ip6_config_remove_route ()

void
 nm_setting_ip6_config_remove_route (NMSettingIP6Config *setting,
-                                    guint32 i);
+ guint32 i);

Removes the route at index i .

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2069,7 +2069,7 @@ nm_setting_ip6_config_remove_route (

nm_setting_ip6_config_remove_route_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip6_config_remove_route_by_value
                                (NMSettingIP6Config *setting,
                                 NMIP6Route *route);
@@ -2077,7 +2077,7 @@ nm_setting_ip6_config_remove_route_by_value .

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2099,7 +2099,7 @@ nm_setting_ip6_config_remove_route_by_value

Returns

-

TRUE if the route was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

+

TRUE if the route was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

Since: 0.9.10

@@ -2111,7 +2111,7 @@ nm_setting_ip6_config_clear_routes (Removes all configured routes.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2128,14 +2128,14 @@ nm_setting_ip6_config_clear_routes (

nm_setting_ip6_config_get_ignore_auto_routes ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip6_config_get_ignore_auto_routes
                                (NMSettingIP6Config *setting);

Returns the value contained in the “ignore-auto-routes” property.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2150,21 +2150,21 @@ property.

Returns

-

TRUE if automatically configured (ie via DHCP) routes should be +

TRUE if automatically configured (ie via DHCP) routes should be ignored.


nm_setting_ip6_config_get_route_metric ()

-
gint64
+
gint64
 nm_setting_ip6_config_get_route_metric
                                (NMSettingIP6Config *setting);

Returns the value contained in the “route-metric” property.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2187,14 +2187,14 @@ specify a metric. See

nm_setting_ip6_config_get_ignore_auto_dns ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip6_config_get_ignore_auto_dns
                                (NMSettingIP6Config *setting);

Returns the value contained in the “ignore-auto-dns” property.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2209,7 +2209,7 @@ property.

Returns

-

TRUE if automatically configured (ie via DHCP or router +

TRUE if automatically configured (ie via DHCP or router advertisements) DNS information should be ignored.

@@ -2223,7 +2223,7 @@ nm_setting_ip6_config_get_dhcp_hostname property.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2245,14 +2245,14 @@ property.


nm_setting_ip6_config_get_never_default ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip6_config_get_never_default
                                (NMSettingIP6Config *setting);

Returns the value contained in the “never-default” property.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2267,20 +2267,20 @@ property.

Returns

-

TRUE if this connection should never be the default connection +

TRUE if this connection should never be the default connection for IPv6 addressing


nm_setting_ip6_config_get_may_fail ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip6_config_get_may_fail (NMSettingIP6Config *setting);

Returns the value contained in the “may-fail” property.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2295,7 +2295,7 @@ property.

Returns

-

TRUE if this connection doesn't require IPv6 addressing to complete +

TRUE if this connection doesn't require IPv6 addressing to complete for the connection to succeed.

@@ -2308,7 +2308,7 @@ nm_setting_ip6_config_get_ip6_privacy (

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2339,7 +2339,7 @@ property.

enum NMSettingIP6ConfigError

Members

-
+
@@ -2519,7 +2519,7 @@ supported for IPv6)

Extensions are used (RFC4941).

Members

-
+
@@ -2581,7 +2581,7 @@ assigned an address with these methods.


The “dhcp-hostname” property

-
  “dhcp-hostname”            gchar *
+
  “dhcp-hostname”            gchar *

The specified name will be sent to the DHCP server when acquiring a lease.

Flags: Read / Write

@@ -2615,9 +2615,9 @@ the only search domains for this connection.


The “ignore-auto-dns” property

-
  “ignore-auto-dns”          gboolean
+
  “ignore-auto-dns”          gboolean

When the method is set to "auto" or "dhcp" and this property is set to -TRUE, automatically configured nameservers and search domains are +TRUE, automatically configured nameservers and search domains are ignored and only nameservers and search domains specified in the “dns” and “dns-search” properties, if any, are used.

@@ -2627,9 +2627,9 @@ any, are used.


The “ignore-auto-routes” property

-
  “ignore-auto-routes”       gboolean
+
  “ignore-auto-routes”       gboolean

When the method is set to "auto" or "dhcp" and this property is set to -TRUE, automatically configured routes are ignored and only routes +TRUE, automatically configured routes are ignored and only routes specified in the “routes” property, if any, are used.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

Default value: FALSE

@@ -2637,7 +2637,7 @@ specified in the

The “ip6-privacy” property

-
  “ip6-privacy”              gint
+
  “ip6-privacy”              gint

Configure IPv6 Privacy Extensions for SLAAC, described in RFC4941. If enabled, it makes the kernel generate a temporary IPv6 address in addition to the public one generated from MAC address via modified @@ -2652,11 +2652,11 @@ addresses).


The “may-fail” property

-
  “may-fail”                 gboolean
-

If TRUE, allow overall network configuration to proceed even if IPv6 +

  “may-fail”                 gboolean
+

If TRUE, allow overall network configuration to proceed even if IPv6 configuration times out. Note that at least one IP configuration must succeed or overall network configuration will still fail. For example, -in IPv4-only networks, setting this property to TRUE allows the overall +in IPv4-only networks, setting this property to TRUE allows the overall network configuration to succeed if IPv6 configuration fails but IPv4 configuration completes successfully.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

@@ -2665,7 +2665,7 @@ configuration completes successfully.


The “method” property

-
  “method”                   gchar *
+
  “method”                   gchar *

IPv6 configuration method. If "auto" is specified then the appropriate automatic method (PPP, router advertisement, etc) is used for the device and most other properties can be left unset. To force the use of DHCP @@ -2682,8 +2682,8 @@ yet supported.


The “never-default” property

-
  “never-default”            gboolean
-

If TRUE, this connection will never be the default IPv6 connection, +

  “never-default”            gboolean
+

If TRUE, this connection will never be the default IPv6 connection, meaning it will never be assigned the default IPv6 route by NetworkManager.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

@@ -2692,7 +2692,7 @@ NetworkManager.


The “route-metric” property

-
  “route-metric”             gint64
+
  “route-metric”             gint64

The default metric for routes that don't explicitly specify a metric. The default value -1 means that the metric is choosen automatically based on the device type. diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingInfiniband.html b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingInfiniband.html index 811fcb43..6090bda0 100644 --- a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingInfiniband.html +++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingInfiniband.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMSettingInfiniband: libnm-util Reference Manual - + @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@

Functions

-
+
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ -
-GQuark +GQuark nm_setting_infiniband_error_quark () @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@
const GByteArray * +const GByteArray * nm_setting_infiniband_get_mac_address () @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_infiniband_get_mtu () @@ -99,7 +99,7 @@

Properties

-
+
@@ -113,24 +113,24 @@ - + - + +gchar * +gchar * @@ -139,7 +139,7 @@

Types and Values

-
Read / Write
guintguint mtu Read / Write / Construct
gintgint p-key Read / Write / Construct
-gchar * parent Read / Write / Construct
-gchar * transport-mode Read / Write / Construct
+
@@ -184,7 +184,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

    GEnum
     ╰── NMSettingInfinibandError
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingInfiniband
 
@@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ necessary for connection to IP-over-InfiniBand networks.

Functions

nm_setting_infiniband_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_setting_infiniband_error_quark (void);

Registers an error quark for NMSettingInfiniband if necessary.

@@ -226,11 +226,11 @@ nm_setting_infiniband_new (void

nm_setting_infiniband_get_mac_address ()

-
const GByteArray *
+
const GByteArray *
 nm_setting_infiniband_get_mac_address (NMSettingInfiniband *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -251,11 +251,11 @@ nm_setting_infiniband_get_mac_address (

nm_setting_infiniband_get_mtu ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_infiniband_get_mtu (NMSettingInfiniband *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -283,7 +283,7 @@ nm_setting_infiniband_get_transport_mode 'connected'.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -311,7 +311,7 @@ use the default P_Key (aka "the P_Key at index 0"). Otherwise it is a 16-bit unsigned integer.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -337,7 +337,7 @@ nm_setting_infiniband_get_parent (Returns the parent interface name for this device, if set.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -368,7 +368,7 @@ nm_setting_infiniband_get_parent (

enum NMSettingInfinibandError

Members

-
+
@@ -451,7 +451,7 @@ address of the device (i.e. MAC spoofing).


The “mtu” property

-
  “mtu”                      guint
+
  “mtu”                      guint

If non-zero, only transmit packets of the specified size or smaller, breaking larger packets up into multiple frames.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

@@ -460,7 +460,7 @@ breaking larger packets up into multiple frames.


The “p-key” property

-
  “p-key”                    gint
+
  “p-key”                    gint

The InfiniBand P_Key to use for this device. A value of -1 means to use the default P_Key (aka "the P_Key at index 0"). Otherwise it is a 16-bit unsigned integer, whose high bit is set if it is a "full membership" @@ -472,8 +472,8 @@ P_Key.


The “parent” property

-
  “parent”                   gchar *
-

The interface name of the parent device of this device. Normally NULL, +

  “parent”                   gchar *
+

The interface name of the parent device of this device. Normally NULL, but if the “p_key” property is set, then you must specify the base device by setting either this property or “mac-address”.

@@ -483,7 +483,7 @@ specify the base device by setting either this property or

The “transport-mode” property

-
  “transport-mode”           gchar *
+
  “transport-mode”           gchar *

The IP-over-InfiniBand transport mode. Either "datagram" or "connected".

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingOlpcMesh.html b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingOlpcMesh.html index d7355b91..d296374c 100644 --- a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingOlpcMesh.html +++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingOlpcMesh.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMSettingOlpcMesh: libnm-util Reference Manual - + @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@

Functions

-
+
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ - -
-GQuark +GQuark nm_setting_olpc_mesh_error_quark () @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@
const GByteArray * +const GByteArray * nm_setting_olpc_mesh_get_ssid () @@ -66,14 +66,14 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_olpc_mesh_get_channel ()
const GByteArray * +const GByteArray * nm_setting_olpc_mesh_get_dhcp_anycast_address () @@ -84,7 +84,7 @@

Properties

-
+
@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ - + @@ -113,7 +113,7 @@

Types and Values

-
guintguint channel Read / Write / Construct
+
@@ -150,7 +150,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

    GEnum
     ╰── NMSettingOlpcMeshError
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingOlpcMesh
 
@@ -162,7 +162,7 @@

Functions

nm_setting_olpc_mesh_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_setting_olpc_mesh_error_quark (void);

@@ -179,19 +179,19 @@ nm_setting_olpc_mesh_new (void

nm_setting_olpc_mesh_get_ssid ()

-
const GByteArray *
+
const GByteArray *
 nm_setting_olpc_mesh_get_ssid (NMSettingOlpcMesh *setting);

nm_setting_olpc_mesh_get_channel ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_olpc_mesh_get_channel (NMSettingOlpcMesh *setting);

nm_setting_olpc_mesh_get_dhcp_anycast_address ()

-
const GByteArray *
+
const GByteArray *
 nm_setting_olpc_mesh_get_dhcp_anycast_address
                                (NMSettingOlpcMesh *setting);
@@ -208,7 +208,7 @@ nm_setting_olpc_mesh_get_dhcp_anycast_address

enum NMSettingOlpcMeshError

Members

-
+
@@ -270,7 +270,7 @@ required

Property Details

The “channel” property

-
  “channel”                  guint
+
  “channel”                  guint

Channel on which the mesh network to join is located.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

Default value: 0

diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingPPP.html b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingPPP.html index 8155b2e7..8d62e5e9 100644 --- a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingPPP.html +++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingPPP.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMSettingPPP: libnm-util Reference Manual - + @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

Functions

-
+
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

-GQuark +GQuark nm_setting_ppp_error_quark () @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ppp_get_noauth () @@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_eap () @@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_pap () @@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_chap () @@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_mschap () @@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_mschapv2 () @@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ppp_get_nobsdcomp () @@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ppp_get_nodeflate () @@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ppp_get_no_vj_comp () @@ -132,7 +132,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ppp_get_require_mppe () @@ -140,7 +140,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ppp_get_require_mppe_128 () @@ -148,7 +148,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ppp_get_mppe_stateful () @@ -156,7 +156,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ppp_get_crtscts () @@ -164,7 +164,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

-guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_ppp_get_baud () @@ -172,7 +172,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

-guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_ppp_get_mru () @@ -180,7 +180,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

-guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_ppp_get_mtu () @@ -188,7 +188,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

-guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_ppp_get_lcp_echo_failure () @@ -196,7 +196,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

-guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_ppp_get_lcp_echo_interval () @@ -207,7 +207,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

Properties

-
+
@@ -215,92 +215,92 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

- + - + - + - + - + - + - + - + - + - + - + - + - + - + - + - + - + - + @@ -309,7 +309,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

Types and Values

-
guintguint baud Read / Write / Construct
gbooleangboolean crtscts Read / Write / Construct
guintguint lcp-echo-failure Read / Write / Construct
guintguint lcp-echo-interval Read / Write / Construct
gbooleangboolean mppe-stateful Read / Write / Construct
guintguint mru Read / Write / Construct
guintguint mtu Read / Write / Construct
gbooleangboolean no-vj-comp Read / Write / Construct
gbooleangboolean noauth Read / Write / Construct
gbooleangboolean nobsdcomp Read / Write / Construct
gbooleangboolean nodeflate Read / Write / Construct
gbooleangboolean refuse-chap Read / Write / Construct
gbooleangboolean refuse-eap Read / Write / Construct
gbooleangboolean refuse-mschap Read / Write / Construct
gbooleangboolean refuse-mschapv2 Read / Write / Construct
gbooleangboolean refuse-pap Read / Write / Construct
gbooleangboolean require-mppe Read / Write / Construct
gbooleangboolean require-mppe-128 Read / Write / Construct
+
@@ -406,7 +406,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

Object Hierarchy

    GEnum
     ╰── NMSettingPPPError
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingPPP
 
@@ -426,7 +426,7 @@ cable and DSL modems and some mobile broadband devices.

Functions

nm_setting_ppp_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_setting_ppp_error_quark (void);

Registers an error quark for NMSettingPPP if necessary.

@@ -449,11 +449,11 @@ nm_setting_ppp_new (void

nm_setting_ppp_get_noauth ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ppp_get_noauth (NMSettingPPP *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -474,11 +474,11 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_noauth (

nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_eap ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_eap (NMSettingPPP *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -499,11 +499,11 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_eap (

nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_pap ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_pap (NMSettingPPP *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -524,11 +524,11 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_pap (

nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_chap ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_chap (NMSettingPPP *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -549,11 +549,11 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_chap (

nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_mschap ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_mschap (NMSettingPPP *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -574,11 +574,11 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_mschap (

nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_mschapv2 ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_mschapv2 (NMSettingPPP *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -599,11 +599,11 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_mschapv2 (

nm_setting_ppp_get_nobsdcomp ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ppp_get_nobsdcomp (NMSettingPPP *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -624,11 +624,11 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_nobsdcomp (

nm_setting_ppp_get_nodeflate ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ppp_get_nodeflate (NMSettingPPP *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -649,11 +649,11 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_nodeflate (

nm_setting_ppp_get_no_vj_comp ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ppp_get_no_vj_comp (NMSettingPPP *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -674,11 +674,11 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_no_vj_comp (

nm_setting_ppp_get_require_mppe ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ppp_get_require_mppe (NMSettingPPP *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -699,11 +699,11 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_require_mppe (

nm_setting_ppp_get_require_mppe_128 ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ppp_get_require_mppe_128 (NMSettingPPP *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -724,11 +724,11 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_require_mppe_128 (

nm_setting_ppp_get_mppe_stateful ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ppp_get_mppe_stateful (NMSettingPPP *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -749,11 +749,11 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_mppe_stateful (

nm_setting_ppp_get_crtscts ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ppp_get_crtscts (NMSettingPPP *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -774,11 +774,11 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_crtscts (

nm_setting_ppp_get_baud ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_ppp_get_baud (NMSettingPPP *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -799,11 +799,11 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_baud (

nm_setting_ppp_get_mru ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_ppp_get_mru (NMSettingPPP *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -824,11 +824,11 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_mru (

nm_setting_ppp_get_mtu ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_ppp_get_mtu (NMSettingPPP *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -849,11 +849,11 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_mtu (

nm_setting_ppp_get_lcp_echo_failure ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_ppp_get_lcp_echo_failure (NMSettingPPP *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -874,11 +874,11 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_lcp_echo_failure (

nm_setting_ppp_get_lcp_echo_interval ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_ppp_get_lcp_echo_interval (NMSettingPPP *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -909,7 +909,7 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_lcp_echo_interval (

enum NMSettingPPPError

Members

-
+
@@ -1069,7 +1069,7 @@ with other setting configuration parameters

Property Details

The “baud” property

-
  “baud”                     guint
+
  “baud”                     guint

If non-zero, instruct pppd to set the serial port to the specified baudrate. This value should normally be left as 0 to automatically choose the speed.

@@ -1079,17 +1079,17 @@ choose the speed.


The “crtscts” property

-
  “crtscts”                  gboolean
-

If TRUE, specify that pppd should set the serial port to use hardware +

  “crtscts”                  gboolean
+

If TRUE, specify that pppd should set the serial port to use hardware flow control with RTS and CTS signals. This value should normally be set -to FALSE.

+to FALSE.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

Default value: FALSE


The “lcp-echo-failure” property

-
  “lcp-echo-failure”         guint
+
  “lcp-echo-failure”         guint

If non-zero, instruct pppd to presume the connection to the peer has failed if the specified number of LCP echo-requests go unanswered by the peer. The "lcp-echo-interval" property must also be set to a non-zero @@ -1100,7 +1100,7 @@ value if this property is used.


The “lcp-echo-interval” property

-
  “lcp-echo-interval”        guint
+
  “lcp-echo-interval”        guint

If non-zero, instruct pppd to send an LCP echo-request frame to the peer every n seconds (where n is the specified value). Note that some PPP peers will respond to echo requests and some will not, and it is not @@ -1111,8 +1111,8 @@ possible to autodetect this.


The “mppe-stateful” property

-
  “mppe-stateful”            gboolean
-

If TRUE, stateful MPPE is used. See pppd documentation for more +

  “mppe-stateful”            gboolean
+

If TRUE, stateful MPPE is used. See pppd documentation for more information on stateful MPPE.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

Default value: FALSE

@@ -1120,7 +1120,7 @@ information on stateful MPPE.


The “mru” property

-
  “mru”                      guint
+
  “mru”                      guint

If non-zero, instruct pppd to request that the peer send packets no larger than the specified size. If non-zero, the MRU should be between 128 and 16384.

@@ -1131,7 +1131,7 @@ larger than the specified size. If non-zero, the MRU should be between

The “mtu” property

-
  “mtu”                      guint
+
  “mtu”                      guint

If non-zero, instruct pppd to send packets no larger than the specified size.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

@@ -1140,82 +1140,82 @@ size.


The “no-vj-comp” property

-
  “no-vj-comp”               gboolean
-

If TRUE, Van Jacobsen TCP header compression will not be requested.

+
  “no-vj-comp”               gboolean
+

If TRUE, Van Jacobsen TCP header compression will not be requested.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

Default value: FALSE


The “noauth” property

-
  “noauth”                   gboolean
-

If TRUE, do not require the other side (usually the PPP server) to -authenticate itself to the client. If FALSE, require authentication -from the remote side. In almost all cases, this should be TRUE.

+
  “noauth”                   gboolean
+

If TRUE, do not require the other side (usually the PPP server) to +authenticate itself to the client. If FALSE, require authentication +from the remote side. In almost all cases, this should be TRUE.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

Default value: TRUE


The “nobsdcomp” property

-
  “nobsdcomp”                gboolean
-

If TRUE, BSD compression will not be requested.

+
  “nobsdcomp”                gboolean
+

If TRUE, BSD compression will not be requested.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

Default value: FALSE


The “nodeflate” property

-
  “nodeflate”                gboolean
-

If TRUE, "deflate" compression will not be requested.

+
  “nodeflate”                gboolean
+

If TRUE, "deflate" compression will not be requested.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

Default value: FALSE


The “refuse-chap” property

-
  “refuse-chap”              gboolean
-

If TRUE, the CHAP authentication method will not be used.

+
  “refuse-chap”              gboolean
+

If TRUE, the CHAP authentication method will not be used.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

Default value: FALSE


The “refuse-eap” property

-
  “refuse-eap”               gboolean
-

If TRUE, the EAP authentication method will not be used.

+
  “refuse-eap”               gboolean
+

If TRUE, the EAP authentication method will not be used.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

Default value: FALSE


The “refuse-mschap” property

-
  “refuse-mschap”            gboolean
-

If TRUE, the MSCHAP authentication method will not be used.

+
  “refuse-mschap”            gboolean
+

If TRUE, the MSCHAP authentication method will not be used.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

Default value: FALSE


The “refuse-mschapv2” property

-
  “refuse-mschapv2”          gboolean
-

If TRUE, the MSCHAPv2 authentication method will not be used.

+
  “refuse-mschapv2”          gboolean
+

If TRUE, the MSCHAPv2 authentication method will not be used.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

Default value: FALSE


The “refuse-pap” property

-
  “refuse-pap”               gboolean
-

If TRUE, the PAP authentication method will not be used.

+
  “refuse-pap”               gboolean
+

If TRUE, the PAP authentication method will not be used.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

Default value: FALSE


The “require-mppe” property

-
  “require-mppe”             gboolean
-

If TRUE, MPPE (Microsoft Point-to-Point Encrpytion) will be required for +

  “require-mppe”             gboolean
+

If TRUE, MPPE (Microsoft Point-to-Point Encrpytion) will be required for the PPP session. If either 64-bit or 128-bit MPPE is not available the session will fail. Note that MPPE is not used on mobile broadband connections.

@@ -1225,10 +1225,10 @@ connections.


The “require-mppe-128” property

-
  “require-mppe-128”         gboolean
-

If TRUE, 128-bit MPPE (Microsoft Point-to-Point Encrpytion) will be +

  “require-mppe-128”         gboolean
+

If TRUE, 128-bit MPPE (Microsoft Point-to-Point Encrpytion) will be required for the PPP session, and the "require-mppe" property must also -be set to TRUE. If 128-bit MPPE is not available the session will fail.

+be set to TRUE. If 128-bit MPPE is not available the session will fail.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

Default value: FALSE

diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingPPPOE.html b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingPPPOE.html index d5bd582b..d833c2e1 100644 --- a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingPPPOE.html +++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingPPPOE.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMSettingPPPOE: libnm-util Reference Manual - + @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@

Functions

-
+
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
-GQuark +GQuark nm_setting_pppoe_error_quark () @@ -91,7 +91,7 @@

Properties

-
+
@@ -100,24 +100,24 @@ +gchar * - + +gchar * +gchar * @@ -126,7 +126,7 @@

Types and Values

-
-gchar * password Read / Write
guintguint password-flags Read / Write
-gchar * service Read / Write
-gchar * username Read / Write
+
@@ -167,7 +167,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

    GEnum
     ╰── NMSettingPPPOEError
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingPPPOE
 
@@ -187,7 +187,7 @@ to provide IP transport, for example cable or DSL modems.

Functions

nm_setting_pppoe_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_setting_pppoe_error_quark (void);

Registers an error quark for NMSettingPPPOE if necessary.

@@ -214,7 +214,7 @@ nm_setting_pppoe_new (void nm_setting_pppoe_get_service (NMSettingPPPOE *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -239,7 +239,7 @@ nm_setting_pppoe_get_service (NMSettingPPPOE *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -264,7 +264,7 @@ nm_setting_pppoe_get_username (NMSettingPPPOE *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -289,7 +289,7 @@ nm_setting_pppoe_get_password (NMSettingPPPOE *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -320,7 +320,7 @@ nm_setting_pppoe_get_password_flags (

enum NMSettingPPPOEError

Members

-
+
@@ -396,7 +396,7 @@ did not contain a required PPP setting for PPP related options

Property Details

The “password” property

-
  “password”                 gchar *
+
  “password”                 gchar *

Password used to authenticate with the PPPoE service.

Flags: Read / Write

Default value: NULL

@@ -404,7 +404,7 @@ did not contain a required PPP setting for PPP related options


The “password-flags” property

-
  “password-flags”           guint
+
  “password-flags”           guint

Flags indicating how to handle the “password” property.

Flags: Read / Write

Allowed values: <= 7

@@ -413,7 +413,7 @@ did not contain a required PPP setting for PPP related options


The “service” property

-
  “service”                  gchar *
+
  “service”                  gchar *

If specified, instruct PPPoE to only initiate sessions with access concentrators that provide the specified service. For most providers, this should be left blank. It is only required if there are multiple @@ -424,7 +424,7 @@ access concentrators or a specific service is known to be required.


The “username” property

-
  “username”                 gchar *
+
  “username”                 gchar *

Username used to authenticate with the PPPoE service.

Flags: Read / Write

Default value: NULL

diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingSerial.html b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingSerial.html index 4dc665a3..5a89cd61 100644 --- a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingSerial.html +++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingSerial.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMSettingSerial: libnm-util Reference Manual - + @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ serial communications

Functions

-
+
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ serial communications

-GQuark +GQuark nm_setting_serial_error_quark () @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ serial communications

-guint +guint nm_setting_serial_get_baud () @@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ serial communications

-guint +guint nm_setting_serial_get_bits () @@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ serial communications

-guint +guint nm_setting_serial_get_stopbits () @@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ serial communications

-guint64 +guint64 nm_setting_serial_get_send_delay () @@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ serial communications

Properties

-
+
@@ -111,27 +111,27 @@ serial communications

- + - + - + - + - + @@ -140,7 +140,7 @@ serial communications

Types and Values

-
guintguint baud Read / Write / Construct
guintguint bits Read / Write / Construct
gchargchar parity Read / Write / Construct
guint64guint64 send-delay Read / Write / Construct
guintguint stopbits Read / Write / Construct
+
@@ -185,7 +185,7 @@ serial communications

Object Hierarchy

    GEnum
     ╰── NMSettingSerialError
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingSerial
 
@@ -205,7 +205,7 @@ such as mobile broadband or analog telephone connections.

Functions

nm_setting_serial_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_setting_serial_error_quark (void);

Registers an error quark for NMSettingSerial if necessary.

@@ -228,11 +228,11 @@ nm_setting_serial_new (void

nm_setting_serial_get_baud ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_serial_get_baud (NMSettingSerial *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -253,11 +253,11 @@ nm_setting_serial_get_baud (

nm_setting_serial_get_bits ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_serial_get_bits (NMSettingSerial *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -282,7 +282,7 @@ nm_setting_serial_get_bits (NMSettingSerial *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -303,11 +303,11 @@ nm_setting_serial_get_parity (

nm_setting_serial_get_stopbits ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_serial_get_stopbits (NMSettingSerial *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -328,11 +328,11 @@ nm_setting_serial_get_stopbits (

nm_setting_serial_get_send_delay ()

-
guint64
+
guint64
 nm_setting_serial_get_send_delay (NMSettingSerial *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -363,7 +363,7 @@ nm_setting_serial_get_send_delay (

enum NMSettingSerialError

Members

-
+
@@ -445,7 +445,7 @@ setting requires the connection to contain an

Property Details

The “baud” property

-
  “baud”                     guint
+
  “baud”                     guint

Speed to use for communication over the serial port. Note that this value usually has no effect for mobile broadband modems as they generally ignore speed settings and use the highest available speed.

@@ -455,7 +455,7 @@ ignore speed settings and use the highest available speed.


The “bits” property

-
  “bits”                     guint
+
  “bits”                     guint

Byte-width of the serial communication. The 8 in "8n1" for example.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

Allowed values: [5,8]

@@ -464,7 +464,7 @@ ignore speed settings and use the highest available speed.


The “parity” property

-
  “parity”                   gchar
+
  “parity”                   gchar

Parity setting of the serial port. Either 'E' for even parity, 'o' for odd parity, or 'n' for no parity.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

@@ -474,7 +474,7 @@ odd parity, or 'n' for no parity.


The “send-delay” property

-
  “send-delay”               guint64
+
  “send-delay”               guint64

Time to delay between each byte sent to the modem, in microseconds.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

Default value: 0

@@ -482,7 +482,7 @@ odd parity, or 'n' for no parity.


The “stopbits” property

-
  “stopbits”                 guint
+
  “stopbits”                 guint

Number of stop bits for communication on the serial port. Either 1 or 2. The 1 in "8n1" for example.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingTeam.html b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingTeam.html index 9072a2bb..cf9ddffa 100644 --- a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingTeam.html +++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingTeam.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMSettingTeam: libnm-util Reference Manual - + @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@

Functions

-
+
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
-GQuark +GQuark nm_setting_team_error_quark () @@ -76,7 +76,7 @@

Properties

-
+
@@ -85,13 +85,13 @@ +gchar * +gchar * @@ -100,7 +100,7 @@

Types and Values

-
-gchar * config Read / Write
-gchar * interface-name Read / Write
+
@@ -133,7 +133,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

    GEnum
     ╰── NMSettingTeamError
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingTeam
 
@@ -152,7 +152,7 @@ necessary for team connections.

Functions

nm_setting_team_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_setting_team_error_quark (void);

Registers an error quark for NMSettingTeam if necessary.

@@ -181,7 +181,7 @@ nm_setting_team_new (void< nm_setting_team_get_interface_name (NMSettingTeam *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -207,7 +207,7 @@ nm_setting_team_get_interface_name (NMSettingTeam *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -239,7 +239,7 @@ nm_setting_team_get_config (

enum NMSettingTeamError

Members

-
+
@@ -295,7 +295,7 @@ required

Property Details

The “config” property

-
  “config”                   gchar *
+
  “config”                   gchar *

The JSON configuration for the team network interface. The property should contain raw JSON configuration data suitable for teamd, because the value is passed directly to teamd. If not specified, the default @@ -306,7 +306,7 @@ configuration is used. See man teamd.conf for the format details.


The “interface-name” property

-
  “interface-name”           gchar *
+
  “interface-name”           gchar *

The name of the virtual in-kernel team network interface

Flags: Read / Write

Default value: NULL

diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingTeamPort.html b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingTeamPort.html index e40d64b5..c66c2520 100644 --- a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingTeamPort.html +++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingTeamPort.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMSettingTeamPort: libnm-util Reference Manual - + @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@

Functions

-
+
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
-GQuark +GQuark nm_setting_team_port_error_quark () @@ -69,7 +69,7 @@

Properties

-
+
@@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ +gchar * @@ -85,7 +85,7 @@

Types and Values

-
-gchar * config Read / Write
+
@@ -114,7 +114,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

    GEnum
     ╰── NMSettingTeamPortError
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingTeamPort
 
@@ -133,7 +133,7 @@ optional properties that apply to team ports.

Functions

nm_setting_team_port_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_setting_team_port_error_quark (void);

Registers an error quark for NMSettingTeamPort if necessary.

@@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ nm_setting_team_port_new (voidNMSettingTeamPort *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -194,7 +194,7 @@ nm_setting_team_port_get_config (

enum NMSettingTeamPortError

Members

-
+
@@ -244,7 +244,7 @@ is required

Property Details

The “config” property

-
  “config”                   gchar *
+
  “config”                   gchar *

The JSON configuration for the team port. The property should contain raw JSON configuration data suitable for teamd, because the value is passed directly to teamd. If not specified, the default configuration is diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingVPN.html b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingVPN.html index 83d8f15a..819a102b 100644 --- a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingVPN.html +++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingVPN.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMSettingVPN: libnm-util Reference Manual - + @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@

Functions

-
+
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
-GQuark +GQuark nm_setting_vpn_error_quark () @@ -81,7 +81,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_vpn_get_persistent () @@ -89,7 +89,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_vpn_get_num_data_items () @@ -112,7 +112,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_vpn_remove_data_item () @@ -128,7 +128,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_vpn_get_num_secrets () @@ -151,7 +151,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_vpn_remove_secret () @@ -170,7 +170,7 @@

Properties

-
+
@@ -183,7 +183,7 @@ - + @@ -194,13 +194,13 @@ +gchar * +gchar * @@ -209,7 +209,7 @@

Types and Values

-
Read / Write
gbooleangboolean persistent Read / Write
-gchar * service-type Read / Write
-gchar * user-name Read / Write
+
@@ -258,7 +258,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

    GEnum
     ╰── NMSettingVpnError
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingVPN
 
@@ -282,7 +282,7 @@ properties.

Functions

nm_setting_vpn_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_setting_vpn_error_quark (void);

Registers an error quark for NMSettingVPN if necessary.

@@ -296,10 +296,10 @@ nm_setting_vpn_error_quark (void<
void
 (*NMVPNIterFunc) (const char *key,
                   const char *value,
-                  gpointer user_data);
+ gpointer user_data);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -347,7 +347,7 @@ nm_setting_vpn_get_service_type (

Parameters

-
+
@@ -372,7 +372,7 @@ plugin that should be used to connect to this VPN.

nm_setting_vpn_get_user_name (NMSettingVPN *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -393,11 +393,11 @@ nm_setting_vpn_get_user_name (

nm_setting_vpn_get_persistent ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_vpn_get_persistent (NMSettingVPN *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -418,12 +418,12 @@ nm_setting_vpn_get_persistent (

nm_setting_vpn_get_num_data_items ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_vpn_get_num_data_items (NMSettingVPN *setting);

Gets number of key/value pairs of VPN configuration data.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -455,7 +455,7 @@ setting which may be retrieved later. Should not be used to store passwords or other secrets, which is what nm_setting_vpn_add_secret() is for.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -493,7 +493,7 @@ nm_setting_vpn_get_data_item (nm_setting_vpn_add_data_item().

Parameters

-
+
@@ -521,14 +521,14 @@ by

nm_setting_vpn_remove_data_item ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_vpn_remove_data_item (NMSettingVPN *setting,
                                  const char *key);

Deletes a key/value relationship previously established by nm_setting_vpn_add_data_item().

Parameters

-
+
@@ -550,8 +550,8 @@ nm_setting_vpn_remove_data_item (

Returns

-

TRUE if the data item was found and removed from the internal list, -FALSE if it was not.

+

TRUE if the data item was found and removed from the internal list, +FALSE if it was not.


@@ -560,14 +560,14 @@ nm_setting_vpn_remove_data_item (void nm_setting_vpn_foreach_data_item (NMSettingVPN *setting, NMVPNIterFunc func, - gpointer user_data); + gpointer user_data);

Iterates all data items stored in this setting. It is safe to add, remove, and modify data items inside func , though any additions or removals made during iteration will not be part of the iteration.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -597,12 +597,12 @@ during iteration will not be part of the iteration.


nm_setting_vpn_get_num_secrets ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_vpn_get_num_secrets (NMSettingVPN *setting);

Gets number of VPN plugin specific secrets in the setting.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -633,7 +633,7 @@ nm_setting_vpn_add_secret (

Parameters

-
+
@@ -671,7 +671,7 @@ nm_setting_vpn_get_secret (nm_setting_vpn_add_secret().

Parameters

-
+
@@ -699,14 +699,14 @@ by

nm_setting_vpn_remove_secret ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_vpn_remove_secret (NMSettingVPN *setting,
                               const char *key);

Deletes a key/value relationship previously established by nm_setting_vpn_add_secret().

Parameters

-
+
@@ -728,8 +728,8 @@ nm_setting_vpn_remove_secret (

Returns

-

TRUE if the secret was found and removed from the internal list, -FALSE if it was not.

+

TRUE if the secret was found and removed from the internal list, +FALSE if it was not.


@@ -738,14 +738,14 @@ nm_setting_vpn_remove_secret (void nm_setting_vpn_foreach_secret (NMSettingVPN *setting, NMVPNIterFunc func, - gpointer user_data); + gpointer user_data);

Iterates all secrets stored in this setting. It is safe to add, remove, and modify secrets inside func , though any additions or removals made during iteration will not be part of the iteration.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -785,7 +785,7 @@ iteration will not be part of the iteration.

enum NMSettingVpnError

Members

-
+
@@ -873,8 +873,8 @@ values must be strings.


The “persistent” property

-
  “persistent”               gboolean
-

If the VPN service supports persistence, and this property is TRUE, +

  “persistent”               gboolean
+

If the VPN service supports persistence, and this property is TRUE, the VPN will attempt to stay connected across link changes and outages, until explicitly disconnected.

Flags: Read / Write

@@ -891,7 +891,7 @@ passwords or private keys. Both keys and values must be strings.


The “service-type” property

-
  “service-type”             gchar *
+
  “service-type”             gchar *

D-Bus service name of the VPN plugin that this setting uses to connect to its network. i.e. org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.vpnc for the vpnc plugin.

@@ -901,7 +901,7 @@ plugin.


The “user-name” property

-
  “user-name”                gchar *
+
  “user-name”                gchar *

If the VPN connection requires a user name for authentication, that name should be provided here. If the connection is available to more than one user, and the VPN requires each user to supply a different name, then diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingVlan.html b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingVlan.html index c20926ef..303f4082 100644 --- a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingVlan.html +++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingVlan.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMSettingVlan: libnm-util Reference Manual - + @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@

Functions

-
+
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
-GQuark +GQuark nm_setting_vlan_error_quark () @@ -73,7 +73,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_vlan_get_id () @@ -81,7 +81,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_vlan_get_flags () @@ -89,7 +89,7 @@
-gint32 +gint32 nm_setting_vlan_get_num_priorities () @@ -97,7 +97,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_vlan_get_priority () @@ -105,7 +105,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_vlan_add_priority () @@ -121,7 +121,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_vlan_remove_priority_by_value () @@ -129,7 +129,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_vlan_remove_priority_str_by_value () @@ -145,7 +145,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_vlan_add_priority_str () @@ -156,7 +156,7 @@

Properties

-
+
@@ -170,12 +170,12 @@ - + - + @@ -187,13 +187,13 @@ +gchar * +gchar * @@ -202,7 +202,7 @@

Types and Values

-
Read / Write
guintguint flags Read / Write / Construct
guintguint id Read / Write / Construct
-gchar * interface-name Read / Write / Construct
-gchar * parent Read / Write / Construct
+
@@ -265,7 +265,7 @@ ├── NMSettingVlanError ├── NMVlanFlags ╰── NMVlanPriorityMap - GObject + GObject╰──NMSetting╰── NMSettingVlan @@ -284,7 +284,7 @@ necessary for connection to VLAN interfaces.

Functions

nm_setting_vlan_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_setting_vlan_error_quark (void);

Registers an error quark for NMSettingVlan if necessary.

@@ -311,7 +311,7 @@ nm_setting_vlan_new (void< nm_setting_vlan_get_interface_name (NMSettingVlan *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -336,7 +336,7 @@ nm_setting_vlan_get_interface_name (NMSettingVlan *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -357,11 +357,11 @@ nm_setting_vlan_get_parent (

nm_setting_vlan_get_id ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_vlan_get_id (NMSettingVlan *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -382,11 +382,11 @@ nm_setting_vlan_get_id (

nm_setting_vlan_get_flags ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_vlan_get_flags (NMSettingVlan *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -407,7 +407,7 @@ nm_setting_vlan_get_flags (

nm_setting_vlan_get_num_priorities ()

-
gint32
+
gint32
 nm_setting_vlan_get_num_priorities (NMSettingVlan *setting,
                                     NMVlanPriorityMap map);

Returns the number of entires in the @@ -415,7 +415,7 @@ nm_setting_vlan_get_num_priorities (

Parameters

-
+
@@ -443,17 +443,17 @@ properties of this setting.


nm_setting_vlan_get_priority ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_vlan_get_priority (NMSettingVlan *setting,
                               NMVlanPriorityMap map,
-                              guint32 idx,
-                              guint32 *out_from,
-                              guint32 *out_to);
+ guint32 idx, + guint32 *out_from, + guint32 *out_to);

Retrieve one of the entries of the “ingress_priority_map” or “egress_priority_map” properties of this setting.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -490,17 +490,17 @@ or

Returns

-

TRUE if a priority map was returned, FALSE if error

+

TRUE if a priority map was returned, FALSE if error


nm_setting_vlan_add_priority ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_vlan_add_priority (NMSettingVlan *setting,
                               NMVlanPriorityMap map,
-                              guint32 from,
-                              guint32 to);
+ guint32 from, + guint32 to);

Adds a priority mapping to the “ingress_priority_map” or “egress_priority_map” properties of the setting. If from is @@ -519,7 +519,7 @@ Priority Code Point (PCP) value, and to is the outgoing 802.1q VLAN Priority Code Point (PCP) value.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -553,8 +553,8 @@ to

Returns

-

TRUE if the new priority mapping was successfully added to the -list, FALSE if error

+

TRUE if the new priority mapping was successfully added to the +list, FALSE if error


@@ -563,14 +563,14 @@ list, void nm_setting_vlan_remove_priority (NMSettingVlan *setting, NMVlanPriorityMap map, - guint32 idx); + guint32 idx);

Removes the priority map at index idx from the “ingress_priority_map” or “egress_priority_map” properties.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -599,12 +599,12 @@ properties.


nm_setting_vlan_remove_priority_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_vlan_remove_priority_by_value
                                (NMSettingVlan *setting,
                                 NMVlanPriorityMap map,
-                                guint32 from,
-                                guint32 to);
+ guint32 from, + guint32 to);

Removes the priority map form :to from the “ingress_priority_map” @@ -613,7 +613,7 @@ or

Parameters

-
+
@@ -647,14 +647,14 @@ to

Returns

-

TRUE if the priority mapping was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

+

TRUE if the priority mapping was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

Since: 0.9.10


nm_setting_vlan_remove_priority_str_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_vlan_remove_priority_str_by_value
                                (NMSettingVlan *setting,
                                 NMVlanPriorityMap map,
@@ -666,7 +666,7 @@ or 
 

Parameters

-
+
@@ -693,7 +693,7 @@ properties.

Returns

-

TRUE if the priority mapping was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

+

TRUE if the priority mapping was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

Since: 0.9.10

@@ -707,7 +707,7 @@ nm_setting_vlan_clear_priorities (“egress_priority_map” properties.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -731,7 +731,7 @@ nm_setting_vlan_clear_priorities (

nm_setting_vlan_add_priority_str ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_vlan_add_priority_str (NMSettingVlan *setting,
                                   NMVlanPriorityMap map,
                                   const char *str);
@@ -740,7 +740,7 @@ or the

Parameters

-
+
@@ -767,8 +767,8 @@ the Linux SKB priorities to 802.1p priorities.

Returns

-

TRUE if the entry was successfully added to the list, or it -overwrote the old value, FALSE if error

+

TRUE if the entry was successfully added to the list, or it +overwrote the old value, FALSE if error

@@ -784,7 +784,7 @@ overwrote the old value,

enum NMSettingVlanError

Members

-
+
@@ -874,7 +874,7 @@ overwrote the old value,

Members

-
+
@@ -905,7 +905,7 @@ to 802.1p priorities used in VLANs.

NMVlanFlags values control the behavior of the VLAN interface.

Members

-
+
@@ -968,7 +968,7 @@ both "from" and "to" are unsigned integers, ie "7:3".


The “flags” property

-
  “flags”                    guint
+
  “flags”                    guint

One or more flags which control the behavior and features of the VLAN interface. Flags include NM_VLAN_FLAG_REORDER_HEADERS (reordering of output packet headers), NM_VLAN_FLAG_GVRP (use of the GVRP protocol), @@ -981,7 +981,7 @@ protocol).


The “id” property

-
  “id”                       guint
+
  “id”                       guint

The VLAN identifier that the interface created by this connection should be assigned.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

@@ -1000,7 +1000,7 @@ SKB priorities. The mapping is given in the format "from:to" where both

The “interface-name” property

-
  “interface-name”           gchar *
+
  “interface-name”           gchar *

If given, specifies the kernel name of the VLAN interface. If not given, a default name will be constructed from the interface described by the parent interface and the “id” property, eg "eth2.1". The @@ -1012,7 +1012,7 @@ the

The “parent” property

-
  “parent”                   gchar *
+
  “parent”                   gchar *

If given, specifies the parent interface name or parent connection UUID from which this VLAN interface should be created. If this property is not specified, the connection must contain an NMSettingWired setting diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingWimax.html b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingWimax.html index 9ec5a1d7..fd6cbb22 100644 --- a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingWimax.html +++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingWimax.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMSettingWimax: libnm-util Reference Manual - + @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@

Functions

-
+
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ -
-GQuark +GQuark nm_setting_wimax_error_quark () @@ -65,7 +65,7 @@
const GByteArray * +const GByteArray * nm_setting_wimax_get_mac_address () @@ -76,7 +76,7 @@

Properties

-
+
@@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ +gchar * @@ -100,7 +100,7 @@

Types and Values

-
-gchar * network-name Read / Write
+
@@ -133,7 +133,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

    GEnum
     ╰── NMSettingWimaxError
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingWimax
 
@@ -155,7 +155,7 @@ connections cannot be activated.

Functions

nm_setting_wimax_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_setting_wimax_error_quark (void);

nm_setting_wimax_error_quark has been deprecated since version 1.2 and should not be used in newly-written code.

@@ -195,7 +195,7 @@ nm_setting_wimax_get_network_name (

Parameters

-
+
@@ -216,7 +216,7 @@ specific WiMAX network this setting describes a connection to.


nm_setting_wimax_get_mac_address ()

-
const GByteArray *
+
const GByteArray *
 nm_setting_wimax_get_mac_address (NMSettingWimax *setting);

nm_setting_wimax_get_mac_address has been deprecated since version 1.2 and should not be used in newly-written code.

@@ -226,7 +226,7 @@ nm_setting_wimax_get_mac_address (

Parameters

-
+
@@ -257,7 +257,7 @@ to.

enum NMSettingWimaxError

Members

-
+
@@ -326,7 +326,7 @@ device (known as MAC spoofing).


The “network-name” property

-
  “network-name”             gchar *
+
  “network-name”             gchar *

Network Service Provider (NSP) name of the WiMAX network this connection should use.

diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingWired.html b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingWired.html index 3531bdac..9150cb67 100644 --- a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingWired.html +++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingWired.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMSettingWired: libnm-util Reference Manual - + @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@

Functions

-
+
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ - - - -
-GQuark +GQuark nm_setting_wired_error_quark () @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_wired_get_speed () @@ -81,28 +81,28 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_wired_get_auto_negotiate ()
const GByteArray * +const GByteArray * nm_setting_wired_get_mac_address ()
const GByteArray * +const GByteArray * nm_setting_wired_get_cloned_mac_address ()
const GSList * +const GSList * nm_setting_wired_get_mac_address_blacklist () @@ -110,7 +110,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_wired_get_num_mac_blacklist_items () @@ -125,7 +125,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_wired_add_mac_blacklist_item () @@ -141,7 +141,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_wired_remove_mac_blacklist_item_by_value () @@ -157,14 +157,14 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_wired_get_mtu ()
const GPtrArray * +const GPtrArray * nm_setting_wired_get_s390_subchannels () @@ -179,7 +179,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_wired_get_num_s390_options () @@ -187,7 +187,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_wired_get_s390_option () @@ -202,7 +202,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_wired_add_s390_option () @@ -210,7 +210,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_wired_remove_s390_option () @@ -228,7 +228,7 @@

Properties

-
+
@@ -236,7 +236,7 @@ - + @@ -248,7 +248,7 @@ +gchar * @@ -265,19 +265,19 @@ - + +gchar * +gchar * @@ -293,7 +293,7 @@ - + @@ -302,7 +302,7 @@

Types and Values

-
gbooleangboolean auto-negotiate Read / Write / Construct
-gchar * duplex Read / Write
Read / Write
guintguint mtu Read / Write / Construct
-gchar * port Read / Write
-gchar * s390-nettype Read / Write
Read / Write
guintguint speed Read / Write / Construct
+
@@ -371,7 +371,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

    GEnum
     ╰── NMSettingWiredError
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingWired
 
@@ -390,7 +390,7 @@ necessary for connection to Ethernet networks.

Functions

nm_setting_wired_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_setting_wired_error_quark (void);

Registers an error quark for NMSettingWired if necessary.

@@ -417,7 +417,7 @@ nm_setting_wired_new (void nm_setting_wired_get_port (NMSettingWired *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -438,11 +438,11 @@ nm_setting_wired_get_port (

nm_setting_wired_get_speed ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_wired_get_speed (NMSettingWired *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -467,7 +467,7 @@ nm_setting_wired_get_speed (NMSettingWired *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -488,11 +488,11 @@ nm_setting_wired_get_duplex (

nm_setting_wired_get_auto_negotiate ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wired_get_auto_negotiate (NMSettingWired *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -513,11 +513,11 @@ nm_setting_wired_get_auto_negotiate (

nm_setting_wired_get_mac_address ()

-
const GByteArray *
+
const GByteArray *
 nm_setting_wired_get_mac_address (NMSettingWired *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -538,12 +538,12 @@ nm_setting_wired_get_mac_address (

nm_setting_wired_get_cloned_mac_address ()

-
const GByteArray *
+
const GByteArray *
 nm_setting_wired_get_cloned_mac_address
                                (NMSettingWired *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -564,12 +564,12 @@ nm_setting_wired_get_cloned_mac_address

nm_setting_wired_get_mac_address_blacklist ()

-
const GSList *
+
const GSList *
 nm_setting_wired_get_mac_address_blacklist
                                (NMSettingWired *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -592,12 +592,12 @@ property of the setting.


nm_setting_wired_get_num_mac_blacklist_items ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_wired_get_num_mac_blacklist_items
                                (NMSettingWired *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -622,10 +622,10 @@ nm_setting_wired_get_num_mac_blacklist_items
const char *
 nm_setting_wired_get_mac_blacklist_item
                                (NMSettingWired *setting,
-                                guint32 idx);
+ guint32 idx);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -656,14 +656,14 @@ at index idx

nm_setting_wired_add_mac_blacklist_item ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wired_add_mac_blacklist_item
                                (NMSettingWired *setting,
                                 const char *mac);

Adds a new MAC address to the “mac-address-blacklist” property.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -685,7 +685,7 @@ nm_setting_wired_add_mac_blacklist_item

Returns

-

TRUE if the MAC address was added; FALSE if the MAC address +

TRUE if the MAC address was added; FALSE if the MAC address is invalid or was already present

Since: 0.9.10

@@ -696,12 +696,12 @@ is invalid or was already present

void
 nm_setting_wired_remove_mac_blacklist_item
                                (NMSettingWired *setting,
-                                guint32 idx);
+ guint32 idx);

Removes the MAC address at index idx from the blacklist.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -726,7 +726,7 @@ nm_setting_wired_remove_mac_blacklist_item

nm_setting_wired_remove_mac_blacklist_item_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wired_remove_mac_blacklist_item_by_value
                                (NMSettingWired *setting,
                                 const char *mac);
@@ -734,7 +734,7 @@ nm_setting_wired_remove_mac_blacklist_item_by_value from the blacklist.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -757,7 +757,7 @@ the blacklist

Returns

-

TRUE if the MAC address was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

+

TRUE if the MAC address was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

Since: 0.9.10

@@ -770,7 +770,7 @@ nm_setting_wired_clear_mac_blacklist_items

Removes all blacklisted MAC addresses.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -788,11 +788,11 @@ nm_setting_wired_clear_mac_blacklist_items

nm_setting_wired_get_mtu ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_wired_get_mtu (NMSettingWired *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -813,14 +813,14 @@ nm_setting_wired_get_mtu (

nm_setting_wired_get_s390_subchannels ()

-
const GPtrArray *
+
const GPtrArray *
 nm_setting_wired_get_s390_subchannels (NMSettingWired *setting);

Return the list of s390 subchannels that identify the device that this connection is applicable to. The connection should only be used in conjunction with that device.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -835,7 +835,7 @@ conjunction with that device.

Returns

-

GPtrArray of strings, each specifying one +

GPtrArray of strings, each specifying one subchannel the s390 device uses to communicate to the host.

[element-type utf8]

@@ -849,7 +849,7 @@ nm_setting_wired_get_s390_nettype (

Parameters

-
+
@@ -870,14 +870,14 @@ of 'qeth', 'lcs', or 'ctc'.


nm_setting_wired_get_num_s390_options ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_wired_get_num_s390_options (NMSettingWired *setting);

Returns the number of s390-specific options that should be set for this device when it is activated. This can be used to retrieve each s390 option individually using nm_setting_wired_get_s390_option().

Parameters

-
+
@@ -898,9 +898,9 @@ option individually using

nm_setting_wired_get_s390_option ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wired_get_s390_option (NMSettingWired *setting,
-                                  guint32 idx,
+                                  guint32 idx,
                                   const char **out_key,
                                   const char **out_value);

Given an index, return the value of the s390 option at that index. indexes @@ -910,7 +910,7 @@ and should not be used to refer to options except for short periods of time such as during option iteration.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -945,8 +945,8 @@ option; this value is owned by the setting and should not be modified.

Returns

-

TRUE on success if the index was valid and an option was found, -FALSE if the index was invalid (ie, greater than the number of options +

TRUE on success if the index was valid and an option was found, +FALSE if the index was invalid (ie, greater than the number of options currently held by the setting)

@@ -962,7 +962,7 @@ nm_setting_wired_get_s390_option_by_key , if it exists.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -984,14 +984,14 @@ nm_setting_wired_get_s390_option_by_key

Returns

-

the value, or NULL if the key/value pair was never added to the +

the value, or NULL if the key/value pair was never added to the setting; the value is owned by the setting and must not be modified


nm_setting_wired_add_s390_option ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wired_add_s390_option (NMSettingWired *setting,
                                   const char *key,
                                   const char *value);
@@ -1001,7 +1001,7 @@ of allowed options. Key names may contain only alphanumeric characters may already exist.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1028,14 +1028,14 @@ may already exist.

Returns

-

TRUE if the option was valid and was added to the internal option -list, FALSE if it was not.

+

TRUE if the option was valid and was added to the internal option +list, FALSE if it was not.


nm_setting_wired_remove_s390_option ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wired_remove_s390_option (NMSettingWired *setting,
                                      const char *key);

Remove the s390-specific option referenced by key @@ -1043,7 +1043,7 @@ nm_setting_wired_remove_s390_option (

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1065,8 +1065,8 @@ list.

Returns

-

TRUE if the option was found and removed from the internal option -list, FALSE if it was not.

+

TRUE if the option was found and removed from the internal option +list, FALSE if it was not.


@@ -1078,7 +1078,7 @@ nm_setting_wired_get_valid_s390_options

Returns a list of valid s390 options.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1093,7 +1093,7 @@ nm_setting_wired_get_valid_s390_options

Returns

-

a NULL-terminated array of strings of valid s390 options.

+

a NULL-terminated array of strings of valid s390 options.

[transfer none]

Since: 0.9.10

@@ -1111,7 +1111,7 @@ nm_setting_wired_get_valid_s390_options

enum NMSettingWiredError

Members

-
+
@@ -1221,9 +1221,9 @@ required

Property Details

The “auto-negotiate” property

-
  “auto-negotiate”           gboolean
-

If TRUE, allow auto-negotiation of port speed and duplex mode. If -FALSE, do not allow auto-negotiation, in which case the "speed" and +

  “auto-negotiate”           gboolean
+

If TRUE, allow auto-negotiation of port speed and duplex mode. If +FALSE, do not allow auto-negotiation, in which case the "speed" and "duplex" properties should be set.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

Default value: TRUE

@@ -1239,7 +1239,7 @@ permanent MAC address. This is known as MAC cloning or spoofing.


The “duplex” property

-
  “duplex”                   gchar *
+
  “duplex”                   gchar *

If specified, request that the device only use the specified duplex mode. Either "half" or "full".

Flags: Read / Write

@@ -1267,7 +1267,7 @@ address is in the standard hex-digits-and-colons notation

The “mtu” property

-
  “mtu”                      guint
+
  “mtu”                      guint

If non-zero, only transmit packets of the specified size or smaller, breaking larger packets up into multiple Ethernet frames.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

@@ -1276,7 +1276,7 @@ breaking larger packets up into multiple Ethernet frames.


The “port” property

-
  “port”                     gchar *
+
  “port”                     gchar *

Specific port type to use if multiple the device supports multiple attachment methods. One of "tp" (Twisted Pair), "aui" (Attachment Unit Interface), "bnc" (Thin Ethernet) or "mii" (Media Independent Interface. @@ -1287,7 +1287,7 @@ If the device supports only one port type, this setting is ignored.


The “s390-nettype” property

-
  “s390-nettype”             gchar *
+
  “s390-nettype”             gchar *

s390 network device type; one of "qeth", "lcs", or "ctc", representing the different types of virtual network devices available on s390 systems.

Flags: Read / Write

@@ -1319,7 +1319,7 @@ period (.) character.


The “speed” property

-
  “speed”                    guint
+
  “speed”                    guint

If non-zero, request that the device use only the specified speed. In Mbit/s, ie 100 == 100Mbit/s.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingWireless.html b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingWireless.html index 23a3312f..7ab84a7b 100644 --- a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingWireless.html +++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingWireless.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMSettingWireless: libnm-util Reference Manual - + @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@

Functions

-
+
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ - - - - -
-GQuark +GQuark nm_setting_wireless_error_quark () @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@
const GByteArray * +const GByteArray * nm_setting_wireless_get_ssid () @@ -80,14 +80,14 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_wireless_get_channel ()
const GByteArray * +const GByteArray * nm_setting_wireless_get_bssid () @@ -95,7 +95,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_wireless_get_rate () @@ -103,28 +103,28 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_wireless_get_tx_power ()
const GByteArray * +const GByteArray * nm_setting_wireless_get_mac_address ()
const GByteArray * +const GByteArray * nm_setting_wireless_get_cloned_mac_address ()
const GSList * +const GSList * nm_setting_wireless_get_mac_address_blacklist () @@ -132,7 +132,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_wireless_get_num_mac_blacklist_items () @@ -147,7 +147,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_wireless_add_mac_blacklist_item () @@ -163,7 +163,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_wireless_remove_mac_blacklist_item_by_value () @@ -179,7 +179,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_wireless_get_mtu () @@ -187,7 +187,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_wireless_get_hidden () @@ -195,7 +195,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_wireless_get_powersave () @@ -203,7 +203,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_wireless_add_seen_bssid () @@ -211,7 +211,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_wireless_get_num_seen_bssids () @@ -226,7 +226,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_wireless_ap_security_compatible () @@ -244,7 +244,7 @@

Properties

-
+
@@ -253,7 +253,7 @@ +gchar * @@ -264,7 +264,7 @@ - + @@ -275,7 +275,7 @@ - + @@ -293,28 +293,28 @@ +gchar * - + - + - + +gchar * @@ -331,7 +331,7 @@ - + @@ -340,7 +340,7 @@

Types and Values

-
-gchar * band Read / Write
Read / Write
guintguint channel Read / Write / Construct
Read / Write
gbooleangboolean hidden Read / Write
-gchar * mode Read / Write
guintguint mtu Read / Write / Construct
guintguint powersave Read / Write
guintguint rate Read / Write / Construct
-gchar * security Read / Write
Read / Write
guintguint tx-power Read / Write / Construct
+
@@ -437,7 +437,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

    GEnum
     ╰── NMSettingWirelessError
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingWireless
 
@@ -456,7 +456,7 @@ necessary for connection to 802.11 Wi-Fi networks.

Functions

nm_setting_wireless_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_setting_wireless_error_quark (void);

Registers an error quark for NMSettingWireless if necessary.

@@ -479,11 +479,11 @@ nm_setting_wireless_new (void

nm_setting_wireless_get_ssid ()

-
const GByteArray *
+
const GByteArray *
 nm_setting_wireless_get_ssid (NMSettingWireless *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -508,7 +508,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_get_ssid (NMSettingWireless *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -533,7 +533,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_get_mode (NMSettingWireless *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -554,11 +554,11 @@ nm_setting_wireless_get_band (

nm_setting_wireless_get_channel ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_wireless_get_channel (NMSettingWireless *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -579,11 +579,11 @@ nm_setting_wireless_get_channel (

nm_setting_wireless_get_bssid ()

-
const GByteArray *
+
const GByteArray *
 nm_setting_wireless_get_bssid (NMSettingWireless *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -604,11 +604,11 @@ nm_setting_wireless_get_bssid (

nm_setting_wireless_get_rate ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_wireless_get_rate (NMSettingWireless *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -629,11 +629,11 @@ nm_setting_wireless_get_rate (

nm_setting_wireless_get_tx_power ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_wireless_get_tx_power (NMSettingWireless *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -654,11 +654,11 @@ nm_setting_wireless_get_tx_power (

nm_setting_wireless_get_mac_address ()

-
const GByteArray *
+
const GByteArray *
 nm_setting_wireless_get_mac_address (NMSettingWireless *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -679,12 +679,12 @@ nm_setting_wireless_get_mac_address (

nm_setting_wireless_get_cloned_mac_address ()

-
const GByteArray *
+
const GByteArray *
 nm_setting_wireless_get_cloned_mac_address
                                (NMSettingWireless *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -705,12 +705,12 @@ nm_setting_wireless_get_cloned_mac_address

nm_setting_wireless_get_mac_address_blacklist ()

-
const GSList *
+
const GSList *
 nm_setting_wireless_get_mac_address_blacklist
                                (NMSettingWireless *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -733,12 +733,12 @@ nm_setting_wireless_get_mac_address_blacklist

nm_setting_wireless_get_num_mac_blacklist_items ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_wireless_get_num_mac_blacklist_items
                                (NMSettingWireless *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -763,10 +763,10 @@ nm_setting_wireless_get_num_mac_blacklist_items
const char *
 nm_setting_wireless_get_mac_blacklist_item
                                (NMSettingWireless *setting,
-                                guint32 idx);
+ guint32 idx);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -797,14 +797,14 @@ at index idx

nm_setting_wireless_add_mac_blacklist_item ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wireless_add_mac_blacklist_item
                                (NMSettingWireless *setting,
                                 const char *mac);

Adds a new MAC address to the “mac-address-blacklist” property.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -826,7 +826,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_add_mac_blacklist_item

Returns

-

TRUE if the MAC address was added; FALSE if the MAC address +

TRUE if the MAC address was added; FALSE if the MAC address is invalid or was already present

Since: 0.9.10

@@ -837,12 +837,12 @@ is invalid or was already present

void
 nm_setting_wireless_remove_mac_blacklist_item
                                (NMSettingWireless *setting,
-                                guint32 idx);
+ guint32 idx);

Removes the MAC address at index idx from the blacklist.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -867,7 +867,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_remove_mac_blacklist_item

nm_setting_wireless_remove_mac_blacklist_item_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wireless_remove_mac_blacklist_item_by_value
                                (NMSettingWireless *setting,
                                 const char *mac);
@@ -875,7 +875,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_remove_mac_blacklist_item_by_value from the blacklist.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -898,7 +898,7 @@ the blacklist

Returns

-

TRUE if the MAC address was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

+

TRUE if the MAC address was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

Since: 0.9.10

@@ -911,7 +911,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_clear_mac_blacklist_items

Removes all blacklisted MAC addresses.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -929,11 +929,11 @@ nm_setting_wireless_clear_mac_blacklist_items

nm_setting_wireless_get_mtu ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_wireless_get_mtu (NMSettingWireless *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -954,11 +954,11 @@ nm_setting_wireless_get_mtu (

nm_setting_wireless_get_hidden ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wireless_get_hidden (NMSettingWireless *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -979,11 +979,11 @@ nm_setting_wireless_get_hidden (

nm_setting_wireless_get_powersave ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_wireless_get_powersave (NMSettingWireless *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1005,7 +1005,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_get_powersave (

nm_setting_wireless_add_seen_bssid ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wireless_add_seen_bssid (NMSettingWireless *setting,
                                     const char *bssid);

Adds a new Wi-Fi AP's BSSID to the previously seen BSSID list of the setting. @@ -1014,7 +1014,7 @@ no longer has much use. Actually, changes you make using this function will not be preserved.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1036,19 +1036,19 @@ not be preserved.

Returns

-

TRUE if bssid -was already known, FALSE if not

+

TRUE if bssid +was already known, FALSE if not


nm_setting_wireless_get_num_seen_bssids ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_wireless_get_num_seen_bssids
                                (NMSettingWireless *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1071,10 +1071,10 @@ nm_setting_wireless_get_num_seen_bssids

nm_setting_wireless_get_seen_bssid ()

const char *
 nm_setting_wireless_get_seen_bssid (NMSettingWireless *setting,
-                                    guint32 i);
+ guint32 i);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1103,7 +1103,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_get_seen_bssid (

nm_setting_wireless_ap_security_compatible ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wireless_ap_security_compatible
                                (NMSettingWireless *s_wireless,
                                 NMSettingWirelessSecurity *s_wireless_sec,
@@ -1119,7 +1119,7 @@ against a set of access points and determine which connections are
 compatible with which access points.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1133,7 +1133,7 @@ compatible with which access points.

- + @@ -1163,8 +1163,8 @@ capabilities

Returns

-

TRUE if the given settings are compatible with the access point's -security flags and mode, FALSE if they are not.

+

TRUE if the given settings are compatible with the access point's +security flags and mode, FALSE if they are not.


@@ -1179,7 +1179,7 @@ the presence of NM_SETTING_WIRELESS_SECURITY_SETTING_NAME in the connection.

Parameters

-

s_wireless_sec

a NMSettingWirelessSecurity or NULL

a NMSettingWirelessSecurity or NULL

 
+
@@ -1210,7 +1210,7 @@ the presence of NM_SETTING_WIRELESS_SECURITY_SETTING_NAME in the connection.

enum NMSettingWirelessError

Members

-
+
@@ -1384,7 +1384,7 @@ for this connection.

Property Details

The “band” property

-
  “band”                     gchar *
+
  “band”                     gchar *

802.11 frequency band of the network. One of "a" for 5GHz 802.11a or "bg" for 2.4GHz 802.11. This will lock associations to the Wi-Fi network to the specific band, i.e. if "a" is specified, the device will not @@ -1407,7 +1407,7 @@ creating an Ad-Hoc network and is unlikely to in the future.


The “channel” property

-
  “channel”                  guint
+
  “channel”                  guint

Wireless channel to use for the Wi-Fi connection. The device will only join (or create for Ad-Hoc networks) a Wi-Fi network on the specified channel. Because channel numbers overlap between bands, this property @@ -1426,8 +1426,8 @@ of its permanent MAC address. This is known as MAC cloning or spoofing.


The “hidden” property

-
  “hidden”                   gboolean
-

If TRUE, indicates this network is a non-broadcasting network that hides +

  “hidden”                   gboolean
+

If TRUE, indicates this network is a non-broadcasting network that hides its SSID. In this case various workarounds may take place, such as probe-scanning the SSID for more reliable network discovery. However, these workarounds expose inherent insecurities with hidden SSID networks, @@ -1456,7 +1456,7 @@ standard hex-digits-and-colons notation (eg "00:11:22:33:44:55").


The “mode” property

-
  “mode”                     gchar *
+
  “mode”                     gchar *

Wi-Fi network mode; one of "infrastructure", "adhoc" or "ap". If blank, infrastructure is assumed.

Flags: Read / Write

@@ -1465,7 +1465,7 @@ infrastructure is assumed.


The “mtu” property

-
  “mtu”                      guint
+
  “mtu”                      guint

If non-zero, only transmit packets of the specified size or smaller, breaking larger packets up into multiple Ethernet frames.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

@@ -1474,9 +1474,9 @@ breaking larger packets up into multiple Ethernet frames.


The “powersave” property

-
  “powersave”                guint
-

If set to FALSE, Wi-Fi power saving behavior is disabled. If set to -TRUE, Wi-Fi power saving behavior is enabled. All other values are +

  “powersave”                guint
+

If set to FALSE, Wi-Fi power saving behavior is disabled. If set to +TRUE, Wi-Fi power saving behavior is enabled. All other values are reserved. Note that even though only boolean values are allowed, the property type is an unsigned integer to allow for future expansion.

Flags: Read / Write

@@ -1486,7 +1486,7 @@ property type is an unsigned integer to allow for future expansion.


The “rate” property

-
  “rate”                     guint
+
  “rate”                     guint

If non-zero, directs the device to only use the specified bitrate for communication with the access point. Units are in Kb/s, ie 5500 = 5.5 Mbit/s. This property is highly driver dependent and not all devices @@ -1497,7 +1497,7 @@ support setting a static bitrate.


The “security” property

-
  “security”                 gchar *
+
  “security”                 gchar *

If the wireless connection has any security restrictions, like 802.1x, WEP, or WPA, set this property to NM_SETTING_WIRELESS_SECURITY_SETTING_NAME and ensure the connection @@ -1533,7 +1533,7 @@ preserved.


The “tx-power” property

-
  “tx-power”                 guint
+
  “tx-power”                 guint

If non-zero, directs the device to use the specified transmit power. Units are dBm. This property is highly driver dependent and not all devices support setting a static transmit power.

diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingWirelessSecurity.html b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingWirelessSecurity.html index dbb3ffa5..96894738 100644 --- a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingWirelessSecurity.html +++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingWirelessSecurity.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMSettingWirelessSecurity: libnm-util Reference Manual - + @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

Functions

-
+
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

-GQuark +GQuark nm_setting_wireless_security_error_quark () @@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

-guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_wireless_security_get_num_protos () @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_wireless_security_add_proto () @@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_proto_by_value () @@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

-guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_wireless_security_get_num_pairwise () @@ -129,7 +129,7 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_wireless_security_add_pairwise () @@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_pairwise_by_value () @@ -161,7 +161,7 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

-guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_wireless_security_get_num_groups () @@ -176,7 +176,7 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_wireless_security_add_group () @@ -192,7 +192,7 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_group_by_value () @@ -260,7 +260,7 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

-guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_wireless_security_get_wep_tx_keyidx () @@ -294,7 +294,7 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

Properties

-
+
@@ -303,7 +303,7 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

+gchar * @@ -315,24 +315,24 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

+gchar * +gchar * - + +gchar * @@ -350,51 +350,51 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

+gchar * - + - + - + +gchar * +gchar * +gchar * +gchar * - + @@ -403,7 +403,7 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

Types and Values

-
-gchar * auth-alg Read / Write
-gchar * key-mgmt Read / Write
-gchar * leap-password Read / Write
guintguint leap-password-flags Read / Write
-gchar * leap-username Read / Write
-gchar * psk Read / Write
guintguint psk-flags Read / Write
guintguint wep-key-flags Read / Write
guintguint wep-key-type Read / Write / Construct
-gchar * wep-key0 Read / Write
-gchar * wep-key1 Read / Write
-gchar * wep-key2 Read / Write
-gchar * wep-key3 Read / Write
guintguint wep-tx-keyidx Read / Write / Construct
+
@@ -501,7 +501,7 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

    GEnum
     ├── NMSettingWirelessSecurityError
     ╰── NMWepKeyType
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingWirelessSecurity
 
@@ -530,7 +530,7 @@ of how Wi-Fi security works, you may want to get copies of the following books.<

Functions

nm_setting_wireless_security_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_setting_wireless_security_error_quark
                                (void);

Registers an error quark for NMSettingWired if necessary.

@@ -559,7 +559,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_security_get_key_mgmt (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -580,12 +580,12 @@ nm_setting_wireless_security_get_key_mgmt

nm_setting_wireless_security_get_num_protos ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_wireless_security_get_num_protos
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -610,10 +610,10 @@ connecting to secure Wi-Fi networks

const char *
 nm_setting_wireless_security_get_proto
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting,
-                                guint32 i);
+ guint32 i);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -642,7 +642,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_security_get_proto

nm_setting_wireless_security_add_proto ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wireless_security_add_proto
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting,
                                 const char *proto);
@@ -654,7 +654,7 @@ by this connection only supports WPA2/RSN, the connection cannot be used with the access point.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -676,8 +676,8 @@ with the access point.

Returns

-

TRUE if the protocol was new and and was added to the allowed -protocol list, or FALSE if it was already in the list

+

TRUE if the protocol was new and and was added to the allowed +protocol list, or FALSE if it was already in the list


@@ -686,11 +686,11 @@ protocol list, or void nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_proto (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting, - guint32 i); + guint32 i);

Removes a protocol from the allowed protocol list.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -714,14 +714,14 @@ nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_proto

nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_proto_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_proto_by_value
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting,
                                 const char *proto);

Removes a protocol from the allowed protocol list.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -743,7 +743,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_proto_by_value

Returns

-

TRUE if the protocol was found and removed; FALSE it it was not.

+

TRUE if the protocol was found and removed; FALSE it it was not.

Since: 0.9.10

@@ -757,7 +757,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_security_clear_protos specified then all protocols are allowed.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -774,12 +774,12 @@ specified then all protocols are allowed.


nm_setting_wireless_security_get_num_pairwise ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_wireless_security_get_num_pairwise
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -803,12 +803,12 @@ nm_setting_wireless_security_get_num_pairwise
const char *
 nm_setting_wireless_security_get_pairwise
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting,
-                                guint32 i);
+ guint32 i);

Returns the allowed pairwise encryption algorithm from allowed algorithm list.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -837,7 +837,7 @@ list.


nm_setting_wireless_security_add_pairwise ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wireless_security_add_pairwise
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting,
                                 const char *pairwise);
@@ -847,7 +847,7 @@ one or more of the encryption algorithms in the list will be considered compatible with this connection.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -869,7 +869,7 @@ compatible with this connection.

Returns

-

TRUE if the algorithm was added to the list, FALSE if it was +

TRUE if the algorithm was added to the list, FALSE if it was already in the list

@@ -879,12 +879,12 @@ already in the list

void
 nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_pairwise
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting,
-                                guint32 i);
+ guint32 i);

Removes an encryption algorithm from the allowed pairwise encryption algorithm list.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -908,7 +908,7 @@ algorithm list.


nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_pairwise_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_pairwise_by_value
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting,
                                 const char *pairwise);
@@ -916,7 +916,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_pairwise_by_value algorithm list.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -938,7 +938,7 @@ algorithm list.

Returns

-

TRUE if the encryption algorith was found and removed; FALSE it it was not.

+

TRUE if the encryption algorith was found and removed; FALSE it it was not.

Since: 0.9.10

@@ -952,7 +952,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_security_clear_pairwise specified then all pairwise encryption algorithms are allowed.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -969,12 +969,12 @@ specified then all pairwise encryption algorithms are allowed.


nm_setting_wireless_security_get_num_groups ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_wireless_security_get_num_groups
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -998,12 +998,12 @@ nm_setting_wireless_security_get_num_groups
const char *
 nm_setting_wireless_security_get_group
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting,
-                                guint32 i);
+ guint32 i);

Returns the allowed groupwise encryption algorithm from allowed algorithm list.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1032,7 +1032,7 @@ list.


nm_setting_wireless_security_add_group ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wireless_security_add_group
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting,
                                 const char *group);
@@ -1042,7 +1042,7 @@ one or more of the encryption algorithms in the list will be considered compatible with this connection.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1065,7 +1065,7 @@ compatible with this connection.

Returns

-

TRUE if the algorithm was added to the list, FALSE if it was +

TRUE if the algorithm was added to the list, FALSE if it was already in the list

@@ -1075,12 +1075,12 @@ already in the list

void
 nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_group
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting,
-                                guint32 i);
+ guint32 i);

Removes an encryption algorithm from the allowed groupwise encryption algorithm list.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1104,7 +1104,7 @@ algorithm list.


nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_group_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_group_by_value
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting,
                                 const char *group);
@@ -1112,7 +1112,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_group_by_value algorithm list.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1135,7 +1135,7 @@ algorithm list.

Returns

-

TRUE if the algorithm was found and removed; FALSE it it was not.

+

TRUE if the algorithm was found and removed; FALSE it it was not.

Since: 0.9.10

@@ -1149,7 +1149,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_security_clear_groups specified then all groupwise encryption algorithms are allowed.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1170,7 +1170,7 @@ specified then all groupwise encryption algorithms are allowed.

nm_setting_wireless_security_get_psk (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1196,7 +1196,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_security_get_psk_flags (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1223,7 +1223,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_security_get_leap_username (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1249,7 +1249,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_security_get_leap_password (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1275,7 +1275,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_security_get_leap_password_flags (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1300,10 +1300,10 @@ nm_setting_wireless_security_get_leap_password_flags
const char *
 nm_setting_wireless_security_get_wep_key
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting,
-                                guint32 idx);
+ guint32 idx);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1334,12 +1334,12 @@ nm_setting_wireless_security_get_wep_key
void
 nm_setting_wireless_security_set_wep_key
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting,
-                                guint32 idx,
+                                guint32 idx,
                                 const char *key);

Sets a WEP key in the given index.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1370,12 +1370,12 @@ property.


nm_setting_wireless_security_get_wep_tx_keyidx ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_wireless_security_get_wep_tx_keyidx
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1401,7 +1401,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_security_get_auth_alg (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1427,7 +1427,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_security_get_wep_key_flags (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1453,7 +1453,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_security_get_wep_key_type (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1484,7 +1484,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_security_get_wep_key_type

enum NMSettingWirelessSecurityError

Members

-
+
@@ -1570,7 +1570,7 @@ keys are hashed differently to determine the actual WEP key the type must be specified.

Members

-
+
@@ -1722,7 +1722,7 @@ the actual WEP key using the MD5 hash algorithm.

Property Details

The “auth-alg” property

-
  “auth-alg”                 gchar *
+
  “auth-alg”                 gchar *

When WEP is used (ie, key-mgmt = "none" or "ieee8021x") indicate the 802.11 authentication algorithm required by the AP here. One of "open" for Open System, "shared" for Shared Key, or "leap" for Cisco LEAP. When @@ -1744,7 +1744,7 @@ list element may be one of "wep40", "wep104", "tkip", or "ccmp".


The “key-mgmt” property

-
  “key-mgmt”                 gchar *
+
  “key-mgmt”                 gchar *

Key management used for the connection. One of "none" (WEP), "ieee8021x" (Dynamic WEP), "wpa-none" (Ad-Hoc WPA-PSK), "wpa-psk" (infrastructure WPA-PSK), or "wpa-eap" (WPA-Enterprise). This property must be set for @@ -1755,7 +1755,7 @@ any Wi-Fi connection that uses security.


The “leap-password” property

-
  “leap-password”            gchar *
+
  “leap-password”            gchar *

The login password for legacy LEAP connections (ie, key-mgmt = "ieee8021x" and auth-alg = "leap").

Flags: Read / Write

@@ -1764,7 +1764,7 @@ any Wi-Fi connection that uses security.


The “leap-password-flags” property

-
  “leap-password-flags”      guint
+
  “leap-password-flags”      guint

Flags indicating how to handle the “leap-password” property.

Flags: Read / Write

@@ -1774,7 +1774,7 @@ any Wi-Fi connection that uses security.


The “leap-username” property

-
  “leap-username”            gchar *
+
  “leap-username”            gchar *

The login username for legacy LEAP connections (ie, key-mgmt = "ieee8021x" and auth-alg = "leap").

Flags: Read / Write

@@ -1802,7 +1802,7 @@ not specified, both WPA and RSN connections are allowed.


The “psk” property

-
  “psk”                      gchar *
+
  “psk”                      gchar *

Pre-Shared-Key for WPA networks. If the key is 64-characters long, it must contain only hexadecimal characters and is interpreted as a hexadecimal WPA key. Otherwise, the key must be between 8 and 63 ASCII @@ -1815,7 +1815,7 @@ connecting to the Wi-Fi network.


The “psk-flags” property

-
  “psk-flags”                guint
+
  “psk-flags”                guint

Flags indicating how to handle the “psk” property.

Flags: Read / Write

@@ -1825,7 +1825,7 @@ property.


The “wep-key-flags” property

-
  “wep-key-flags”            guint
+
  “wep-key-flags”            guint

Flags indicating how to handle the “wep-key0”, “wep-key1”, “wep-key2”, and “wep-key3” properties.

@@ -1836,7 +1836,7 @@ and

The “wep-key-type” property

-
  “wep-key-type”             guint
+
  “wep-key-type”             guint

Controls the interpretation of WEP keys. Allowed values are NM_WEP_KEY_TYPE_KEY, in which case the key is either a 10- or 26-character hexadecimal string, or a 5- or 13-character ASCII password; @@ -1850,7 +1850,7 @@ the actual WEP key.


The “wep-key0” property

-
  “wep-key0”                 gchar *
+
  “wep-key0”                 gchar *

Index 0 WEP key. This is the WEP key used in most networks. See the "wep-key-type" property for a description of how this key is interpreted.

Flags: Read / Write

@@ -1859,7 +1859,7 @@ the actual WEP key.


The “wep-key1” property

-
  “wep-key1”                 gchar *
+
  “wep-key1”                 gchar *

Index 1 WEP key. This WEP index is not used by most networks. See the "wep-key-type" property for a description of how this key is interpreted.

Flags: Read / Write

@@ -1868,7 +1868,7 @@ the actual WEP key.


The “wep-key2” property

-
  “wep-key2”                 gchar *
+
  “wep-key2”                 gchar *

Index 2 WEP key. This WEP index is not used by most networks. See the "wep-key-type" property for a description of how this key is interpreted.

Flags: Read / Write

@@ -1877,7 +1877,7 @@ the actual WEP key.


The “wep-key3” property

-
  “wep-key3”                 gchar *
+
  “wep-key3”                 gchar *

Index 3 WEP key. This WEP index is not used by most networks. See the "wep-key-type" property for a description of how this key is interpreted.

Flags: Read / Write

@@ -1886,7 +1886,7 @@ the actual WEP key.


The “wep-tx-keyidx” property

-
  “wep-tx-keyidx”            guint
+
  “wep-tx-keyidx”            guint

When static WEP is used (ie, key-mgmt = "none") and a non-default WEP key index is used by the AP, put that WEP key index here. Valid values are 0 (default key) through 3. Note that some consumer access points (like the diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/annotation-glossary.html b/docs/libnm-util/html/annotation-glossary.html index dea7fb19..012219af 100644 --- a/docs/libnm-util/html/annotation-glossary.html +++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/annotation-glossary.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Annotation Glossary: libnm-util Reference Manual - + diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/api-index-full.html b/docs/libnm-util/html/api-index-full.html index cca08504..9968d44d 100644 --- a/docs/libnm-util/html/api-index-full.html +++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/api-index-full.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ API Index: libnm-util Reference Manual - + @@ -701,43 +701,43 @@ DBUS_TYPE_NM_IP_ROUTES, macro in nm-dbus-glib-types

G

-g_value_array_append, macro in nm-gvaluearray-compat +g_value_array_append, macro in nm-gvaluearray-compat
-g_value_array_copy, macro in nm-gvaluearray-compat +g_value_array_copy, macro in nm-gvaluearray-compat
-g_value_array_free, function in nm-gvaluearray-compat +g_value_array_free, function in nm-gvaluearray-compat
-g_value_array_get_nth, macro in nm-gvaluearray-compat +g_value_array_get_nth, macro in nm-gvaluearray-compat
-g_value_array_insert, macro in nm-gvaluearray-compat +g_value_array_insert, macro in nm-gvaluearray-compat
-g_value_array_new, macro in nm-gvaluearray-compat +g_value_array_new, macro in nm-gvaluearray-compat
-g_value_array_prepend, macro in nm-gvaluearray-compat +g_value_array_prepend, macro in nm-gvaluearray-compat
-g_value_array_remove, macro in nm-gvaluearray-compat +g_value_array_remove, macro in nm-gvaluearray-compat
-g_value_array_sort, macro in nm-gvaluearray-compat +g_value_array_sort, macro in nm-gvaluearray-compat
-g_value_array_sort_with_data, macro in nm-gvaluearray-compat +g_value_array_sort_with_data, macro in nm-gvaluearray-compat

I

diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/ch01.html b/docs/libnm-util/html/ch01.html index d4175ca9..5c7d3cce 100644 --- a/docs/libnm-util/html/ch01.html +++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/ch01.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ libnm-util API Reference: libnm-util Reference Manual - + diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/index.html b/docs/libnm-util/html/index.html index 15a5e7f1..d31ec645 100644 --- a/docs/libnm-util/html/index.html +++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/index.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ libnm-util Reference Manual: libnm-util Reference Manual - + @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@

- for libnm-util 1.4.2 + for libnm-util 1.4.4 The latest version of this documentation can be found on-line at https://developer.gnome.org/libnm-util/stable/. diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/libnm-util-NetworkManager.html b/docs/libnm-util/html/libnm-util-NetworkManager.html index bd887ed1..fc5ae118 100644 --- a/docs/libnm-util/html/libnm-util-NetworkManager.html +++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/libnm-util-NetworkManager.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NetworkManager: libnm-util Reference Manual - + @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@

Types and Values

-
+
@@ -512,7 +512,7 @@

NMState values indicate the current overall networking state.

Members

-
+
@@ -590,7 +590,7 @@

enum NMConnectivityState

Members

-
+
@@ -644,10 +644,10 @@

enum NMDeviceType

NMDeviceType values indicate the type of hardware represented by -an NMDevice.

+an NMDevice.

Members

-
+
@@ -812,7 +812,7 @@ GSM/UMTS, or LTE network access protocols

General device capability flags.

Members

-
+
@@ -857,7 +857,7 @@ GSM/UMTS, or LTE network access protocols

802.11 specific device encryption and authentication capabilities.

Members

-
+
@@ -958,7 +958,7 @@ GSM/UMTS, or LTE network access protocols

802.11 access point flags.

Members

-
+
@@ -992,7 +992,7 @@ the current security requirements of an access point as determined from the access point's beacon.

Members

-
+
@@ -1093,7 +1093,7 @@ is supported

Indicates the 802.11 mode an access point or device is currently in.

Members

-
+
@@ -1145,7 +1145,7 @@ is supported

Bluetooth device.

Members

-
+
@@ -1186,7 +1186,7 @@ specific access technologies the device supports use the ModemManager D-Bus API.

Members

-
+
@@ -1240,7 +1240,7 @@ GPRS, EDGE, UMTS, HSDPA, HSUPA, or HSPA+ packet switched data capability

enum NMDeviceState

Members

-
+
@@ -1370,7 +1370,7 @@ GPRS, EDGE, UMTS, HSDPA, HSUPA, or HSPA+ packet switched data capability

Device state change reason codes

Members

-
+
@@ -1835,7 +1835,7 @@ specific network while it is starting, connected, or disconnecting from that network.

Members

-
+
diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/libnm-util-NetworkManagerVPN.html b/docs/libnm-util/html/libnm-util-NetworkManagerVPN.html index 724ba32c..e5e853e3 100644 --- a/docs/libnm-util/html/libnm-util-NetworkManagerVPN.html +++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/libnm-util-NetworkManagerVPN.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NetworkManagerVPN: libnm-util Reference Manual - + @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@

Types and Values

-
+
@@ -454,7 +454,7 @@

VPN daemon states

Members

-
+
@@ -520,7 +520,7 @@

VPN connection states

Members

-
+
@@ -597,7 +597,7 @@

VPN connection state reasons

Members

-
+
@@ -710,7 +710,7 @@

VPN plugin failure reasons

Members

-
+
diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/libnm-util-nm-utils.html b/docs/libnm-util/html/libnm-util-nm-utils.html index 71248956..2ad2578e 100644 --- a/docs/libnm-util/html/libnm-util-nm-utils.html +++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/libnm-util-nm-utils.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ nm-utils: libnm-util Reference Manual - + @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@

Functions

-
+
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_utils_init () @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_utils_is_empty_ssid () @@ -73,7 +73,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_utils_same_ssid () @@ -89,7 +89,7 @@
-GHashTable * +GHashTable * nm_utils_gvalue_hash_dup () @@ -105,7 +105,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_utils_security_valid () @@ -113,7 +113,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_utils_ap_mode_security_valid () @@ -121,7 +121,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_utils_wep_key_valid () @@ -129,7 +129,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_utils_wpa_psk_valid () @@ -137,7 +137,7 @@
-GSList * +GSList * nm_utils_ip4_addresses_from_gvalue () @@ -153,7 +153,7 @@
-GSList * +GSList * nm_utils_ip4_routes_from_gvalue () @@ -169,7 +169,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_utils_ip4_netmask_to_prefix () @@ -177,7 +177,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_utils_ip4_prefix_to_netmask () @@ -185,7 +185,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_utils_ip4_get_default_prefix () @@ -193,7 +193,7 @@
-GSList * +GSList * nm_utils_ip6_addresses_from_gvalue () @@ -209,7 +209,7 @@
-GSList * +GSList * nm_utils_ip6_routes_from_gvalue () @@ -225,7 +225,7 @@
-GSList * +GSList * nm_utils_ip6_dns_from_gvalue () @@ -257,7 +257,7 @@
-GByteArray * +GByteArray * nm_utils_rsa_key_encrypt () @@ -265,7 +265,7 @@
-GByteArray * +GByteArray * nm_utils_rsa_key_encrypt_aes () @@ -273,7 +273,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_utils_file_is_pkcs12 () @@ -281,7 +281,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean (*NMUtilsFileSearchInPathsPredicate) () @@ -296,7 +296,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_utils_wifi_freq_to_channel () @@ -304,7 +304,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_utils_wifi_channel_to_freq () @@ -312,7 +312,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_utils_wifi_find_next_channel () @@ -320,7 +320,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_utils_wifi_is_channel_valid () @@ -352,7 +352,7 @@
-GByteArray * +GByteArray * nm_utils_hwaddr_atoba () @@ -360,7 +360,7 @@
-guint8 * +guint8 * nm_utils_hwaddr_aton () @@ -376,7 +376,7 @@
-guint8 * +guint8 * nm_utils_hwaddr_aton_len () @@ -384,7 +384,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_utils_hwaddr_valid () @@ -416,7 +416,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_utils_iface_valid_name () @@ -424,7 +424,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_utils_is_uuid () @@ -446,7 +446,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_utils_check_virtual_device_compatibility () @@ -457,7 +457,7 @@

Types and Values

-
+
@@ -498,13 +498,13 @@ access points and devices, among other things.

Functions

nm_utils_init ()

-
gboolean
-nm_utils_init (GError **error);
+
gboolean
+nm_utils_init (GError **error);

Initializes libnm-util; should be called when starting any program that uses libnm-util. This function can be called more than once.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -512,14 +512,14 @@ uses libnm-util. This function can be called more than once.

- +

error

location to store error, or NULL

location to store error, or NULL

 

Returns

-

TRUE if the initialization was successful, FALSE on failure.

+

TRUE if the initialization was successful, FALSE on failure.


@@ -533,15 +533,15 @@ does not have any effect, and does not ever need to be called.


nm_utils_is_empty_ssid ()

-
gboolean
-nm_utils_is_empty_ssid (const guint8 *ssid,
+
gboolean
+nm_utils_is_empty_ssid (const guint8 *ssid,
                         int len);

Different manufacturers use different mechanisms for not broadcasting the AP's SSID. This function attempts to detect blank/empty SSIDs using a number of known SSID-cloaking methods.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -564,22 +564,22 @@ number of known SSID-cloaking methods.

Returns

-

TRUE if the SSID is "empty", FALSE if it is not

+

TRUE if the SSID is "empty", FALSE if it is not


nm_utils_escape_ssid ()

const char *
-nm_utils_escape_ssid (const guint8 *ssid,
-                      guint32 len);
+nm_utils_escape_ssid (const guint8 *ssid, + guint32 len);

This function does a quick printable character conversion of the SSID, simply replacing embedded NULLs and non-printable characters with the hexadecimal representation of that character. Intended for debugging only, should not be used for display of SSIDs.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -609,10 +609,10 @@ and will be overwritten by subsequent calls to this function


nm_utils_same_ssid ()

-
gboolean
-nm_utils_same_ssid (const GByteArray *ssid1,
-                    const GByteArray *ssid2,
-                    gboolean ignore_trailing_null);
+
gboolean
+nm_utils_same_ssid (const GByteArray *ssid1,
+                    const GByteArray *ssid2,
+                    gboolean ignore_trailing_null);

Earlier versions of the Linux kernel added a NULL byte to the end of the SSID to enable easy printing of the SSID on the console or in a terminal, but this behavior was problematic (SSIDs are simply byte arrays, not strings) @@ -621,7 +621,7 @@ cost of some compatibility with odd SSIDs that may legitimately have trailing NULLs, even though that is functionally pointless.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -640,7 +640,7 @@ NULLs, even though that is functionally pointless.

- + @@ -648,14 +648,14 @@ NULLs, even though that is functionally pointless.

Returns

-

TRUE if the SSIDs are the same, FALSE if they are not

+

TRUE if the SSIDs are the same, FALSE if they are not


nm_utils_ssid_to_utf8 ()

char *
-nm_utils_ssid_to_utf8 (const GByteArray *ssid);
+nm_utils_ssid_to_utf8 (const GByteArray *ssid);

Wi-Fi SSIDs are byte arrays, they are _not_ strings. Thus, an SSID may contain embedded NULLs and other unprintable characters. Often it is useful to print the SSID out for debugging purposes, but that should be the @@ -677,7 +677,7 @@ into a printable UTF-8 string, using roughly the following procedure:

_only_.

Parameters

-

ignore_trailing_null

TRUE to ignore one trailing NULL byte

TRUE to ignore one trailing NULL byte

 
+
@@ -693,20 +693,20 @@ _only_.

Returns

an allocated string containing a UTF-8 -representation of the SSID, which must be freed by the caller using g_free(). -Returns NULL on errors.

+representation of the SSID, which must be freed by the caller using g_free(). +Returns NULL on errors.

[transfer full]


nm_utils_gvalue_hash_dup ()

-
GHashTable *
-nm_utils_gvalue_hash_dup (GHashTable *hash);
-

Utility function to duplicate a hash table of GValues.

+
GHashTable *
+nm_utils_gvalue_hash_dup (GHashTable *hash);
+

Utility function to duplicate a hash table of GValues.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -714,15 +714,15 @@ nm_utils_gvalue_hash_dup (

hash

-
+

a GHashTable mapping string:GValue

a GHashTable mapping string:GValue

 

Returns

-

a newly allocated duplicated GHashTable, caller must free the -returned hash with g_hash_table_unref() or g_hash_table_destroy().

+

a newly allocated duplicated GHashTable, caller must free the +returned hash with g_hash_table_unref() or g_hash_table_destroy().

[transfer container][element-type utf8 GObject.Value]

@@ -730,17 +730,17 @@ returned hash with

nm_utils_slist_free ()

void
-nm_utils_slist_free (GSList *list,
-                     GDestroyNotify elem_destroy_fn);
+nm_utils_slist_free (GSList *list, + GDestroyNotify elem_destroy_fn);

nm_utils_slist_free is deprecated and should not be used in newly-written code.

-

use g_slist_free_full().

+

use g_slist_free_full().

-

Utility function to free a GSList.

+

Utility function to free a GSList.

[skip]

Parameters

-
+
@@ -749,7 +749,7 @@ nm_utils_slist_free (

list

-
+ @@ -765,11 +765,11 @@ nm_utils_slist_free (

nm_utils_security_valid ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_utils_security_valid (NMUtilsSecurityType type,
                          NMDeviceWifiCapabilities wifi_caps,
-                         gboolean have_ap,
-                         gboolean adhoc,
+                         gboolean have_ap,
+                         gboolean adhoc,
                          NM80211ApFlags ap_flags,
                          NM80211ApSecurityFlags ap_wpa,
                          NM80211ApSecurityFlags ap_rsn);
@@ -780,7 +780,7 @@ type, and AP capabilities intersect.

use nm_utils_ap_mode_security_valid() instead.

Parameters

-

a GSList

a GSList

 
+
@@ -834,15 +834,15 @@ e.g. (

Returns

-

TRUE if the device capabilities and AP capabilties intersect and are +

TRUE if the device capabilities and AP capabilties intersect and are compatible with the desired type -, FALSE if they are not

+, FALSE if they are not


nm_utils_ap_mode_security_valid ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_utils_ap_mode_security_valid (NMUtilsSecurityType type,
                                  NMDeviceWifiCapabilities wifi_caps);

Given a set of device capabilities, and a desired security type to check @@ -850,7 +850,7 @@ against, determines whether the combination of device capabilities and desired security type are valid for AP/Hotspot connections.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -874,23 +874,23 @@ e.g.

Returns

-

TRUE if the device capabilities are compatible with the desired +

TRUE if the device capabilities are compatible with the desired type -, FALSE if they are not.

+, FALSE if they are not.

Since: 0.9.8


nm_utils_wep_key_valid ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_utils_wep_key_valid (const char *key,
                         NMWepKeyType wep_type);

Checks if key is a valid WEP key

Parameters

-
+
@@ -912,21 +912,21 @@ nm_utils_wep_key_valid (const cha

Returns

-

TRUE if key -is a WEP key, FALSE if not

+

TRUE if key +is a WEP key, FALSE if not

Since: 0.9.8


nm_utils_wpa_psk_valid ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_utils_wpa_psk_valid (const char *psk);

Checks if psk is a valid WPA PSK

Parameters

-
+
@@ -941,24 +941,24 @@ nm_utils_wpa_psk_valid (const cha

Returns

-

TRUE if psk -is a WPA PSK, FALSE if not

+

TRUE if psk +is a WPA PSK, FALSE if not

Since: 0.9.8


nm_utils_ip4_addresses_from_gvalue ()

-
GSList *
-nm_utils_ip4_addresses_from_gvalue (const GValue *value);
-

Utility function to convert a GPtrArray of GArrays of guint32s representing +

GSList *
+nm_utils_ip4_addresses_from_gvalue (const GValue *value);
+

Utility function to convert a GPtrArray of GArrays of guint32s representing a list of NetworkManager IPv4 addresses (which is a tuple of address, gateway, -and prefix) into a GSList of NMIP4Address objects. The specific format of -this serialization is not guaranteed to be stable and the GArray may be +and prefix) into a GSList of NMIP4Address objects. The specific format of +this serialization is not guaranteed to be stable and the GArray may be extended in the future.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -966,14 +966,14 @@ extended in the future.

- +

value

GValue containing a GPtrArray of GArrays of guint32s

GValue containing a GPtrArray of GArrays of guint32s

 

Returns

-

a newly allocated GSList of NMIP4Address objects.

+

a newly allocated GSList of NMIP4Address objects.

[transfer full][element-type NMIP4Address]

@@ -981,16 +981,16 @@ extended in the future.

nm_utils_ip4_addresses_to_gvalue ()

void
-nm_utils_ip4_addresses_to_gvalue (GSList *list,
-                                  GValue *value);
-

Utility function to convert a GSList of NMIP4Address objects into a -GPtrArray of GArrays of guint32s representing a list of NetworkManager IPv4 +nm_utils_ip4_addresses_to_gvalue (GSList *list, + GValue *value); +

Utility function to convert a GSList of NMIP4Address objects into a +GPtrArray of GArrays of guint32s representing a list of NetworkManager IPv4 addresses (which is a tuple of address, gateway, and prefix). The specific format of this serialization is not guaranteed to be stable and may be extended in the future.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1004,9 +1004,9 @@ extended in the future.

- +g_value_unset().

@@ -1016,16 +1016,16 @@ which should be unset by the caller (when no longer needed) with

nm_utils_ip4_routes_from_gvalue ()

-
GSList *
-nm_utils_ip4_routes_from_gvalue (const GValue *value);
-

Utility function to convert a GPtrArray of GArrays of guint32s representing +

GSList *
+nm_utils_ip4_routes_from_gvalue (const GValue *value);
+

Utility function to convert a GPtrArray of GArrays of guint32s representing a list of NetworkManager IPv4 routes (which is a tuple of route, next hop, -prefix, and metric) into a GSList of NMIP4Route objects. The specific +prefix, and metric) into a GSList of NMIP4Route objects. The specific format of this serialization is not guaranteed to be stable and may be extended in the future.

Parameters

-

value

a pointer to a GValue into which to place the converted addresses, +

a pointer to a GValue into which to place the converted addresses, which should be unset by the caller (when no longer needed) with -g_value_unset().

 
+
@@ -1033,14 +1033,14 @@ extended in the future.

- +

value

GValue containing a GPtrArray of GArrays of guint32s

GValue containing a GPtrArray of GArrays of guint32s

 

Returns

-

a newly allocated GSList of NMIP4Route objects.

+

a newly allocated GSList of NMIP4Route objects.

[transfer full][element-type NMIP4Route]

@@ -1048,16 +1048,16 @@ extended in the future.

nm_utils_ip4_routes_to_gvalue ()

void
-nm_utils_ip4_routes_to_gvalue (GSList *list,
-                               GValue *value);
-

Utility function to convert a GSList of NMIP4Route objects into a -GPtrArray of GArrays of guint32s representing a list of NetworkManager IPv4 +nm_utils_ip4_routes_to_gvalue (GSList *list, + GValue *value); +

Utility function to convert a GSList of NMIP4Route objects into a +GPtrArray of GArrays of guint32s representing a list of NetworkManager IPv4 routes (which is a tuple of route, next hop, prefix, and metric). The specific format of this serialization is not guaranteed to be stable and may be extended in the future.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1071,9 +1071,9 @@ be extended in the future.

- +g_value_unset().

@@ -1083,11 +1083,11 @@ which should be unset by the caller (when no longer needed) with

nm_utils_ip4_netmask_to_prefix ()

-
guint32
-nm_utils_ip4_netmask_to_prefix (guint32 netmask);
+
guint32
+nm_utils_ip4_netmask_to_prefix (guint32 netmask);

Parameters

-

value

a pointer to a GValue into which to place the converted routes, +

a pointer to a GValue into which to place the converted routes, which should be unset by the caller (when no longer needed) with -g_value_unset().

 
+
@@ -1108,11 +1108,11 @@ nm_utils_ip4_netmask_to_prefix (

nm_utils_ip4_prefix_to_netmask ()

-
guint32
-nm_utils_ip4_prefix_to_netmask (guint32 prefix);
+
guint32
+nm_utils_ip4_prefix_to_netmask (guint32 prefix);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1133,15 +1133,15 @@ nm_utils_ip4_prefix_to_netmask (

nm_utils_ip4_get_default_prefix ()

-
guint32
-nm_utils_ip4_get_default_prefix (guint32 ip);
+
guint32
+nm_utils_ip4_get_default_prefix (guint32 ip);

When the Internet was originally set up, various ranges of IP addresses were segmented into three network classes: A, B, and C. This function will return a prefix that is associated with the IP address specified defining where it falls in the predefined classes.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1162,16 +1162,16 @@ falls in the predefined classes.


nm_utils_ip6_addresses_from_gvalue ()

-
GSList *
-nm_utils_ip6_addresses_from_gvalue (const GValue *value);
-

Utility function to convert a GPtrArray of GValueArrays of (GArray of guchars) and guint32 +

GSList *
+nm_utils_ip6_addresses_from_gvalue (const GValue *value);
+

Utility function to convert a GPtrArray of GValueArrays of (GArray of guchars) and guint32 representing a list of NetworkManager IPv6 addresses (which is a tuple of address, -prefix, and gateway), into a GSList of NMIP6Address objects. The specific format of -this serialization is not guaranteed to be stable and the GValueArray may be +prefix, and gateway), into a GSList of NMIP6Address objects. The specific format of +this serialization is not guaranteed to be stable and the GValueArray may be extended in the future.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1179,14 +1179,14 @@ extended in the future.

- +

value

gvalue containing a GPtrArray of GValueArrays of (GArray of guchars) and guint32

gvalue containing a GPtrArray of GValueArrays of (GArray of guchars) and guint32

 

Returns

-

a newly allocated GSList of NMIP6Address objects.

+

a newly allocated GSList of NMIP6Address objects.

[transfer full][element-type NMIP6Address]

@@ -1194,16 +1194,16 @@ extended in the future.

nm_utils_ip6_addresses_to_gvalue ()

void
-nm_utils_ip6_addresses_to_gvalue (GSList *list,
-                                  GValue *value);
-

Utility function to convert a GSList of NMIP6Address objects into a -GPtrArray of GValueArrays representing a list of NetworkManager IPv6 addresses +nm_utils_ip6_addresses_to_gvalue (GSList *list, + GValue *value); +

Utility function to convert a GSList of NMIP6Address objects into a +GPtrArray of GValueArrays representing a list of NetworkManager IPv6 addresses (which is a tuple of address, prefix, and gateway). The specific format of this serialization is not guaranteed to be stable and may be extended in the future.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1217,9 +1217,9 @@ future.

- +g_value_unset().

@@ -1229,16 +1229,16 @@ which should be unset by the caller (when no longer needed) with

nm_utils_ip6_routes_from_gvalue ()

-
GSList *
-nm_utils_ip6_routes_from_gvalue (const GValue *value);
-

Utility function GPtrArray of GValueArrays of (GArray of guchars), guint32, -(GArray of guchars), and guint32 representing a list of NetworkManager IPv6 +

GSList *
+nm_utils_ip6_routes_from_gvalue (const GValue *value);
+

Utility function GPtrArray of GValueArrays of (GArray of guchars), guint32, +(GArray of guchars), and guint32 representing a list of NetworkManager IPv6 routes (which is a tuple of destination, prefix, next hop, and metric) -into a GSList of NMIP6Route objects. The specific format of this serialization +into a GSList of NMIP6Route objects. The specific format of this serialization is not guaranteed to be stable and may be extended in the future.

Parameters

-

value

a pointer to a GValue into which to place the converted addresses, +

a pointer to a GValue into which to place the converted addresses, which should be unset by the caller (when no longer needed) with -g_value_unset().

 
+
@@ -1246,15 +1246,15 @@ is not guaranteed to be stable and may be extended in the future.

- +

value

GValue containing a GPtrArray of GValueArrays of (GArray of guchars), guint32, -(GArray of guchars), and guint32

GValue containing a GPtrArray of GValueArrays of (GArray of guchars), guint32, +(GArray of guchars), and guint32

 

Returns

-

a newly allocated GSList of NMIP6Route objects.

+

a newly allocated GSList of NMIP6Route objects.

[transfer full][element-type NMIP6Route]

@@ -1262,16 +1262,16 @@ is not guaranteed to be stable and may be extended in the future.

nm_utils_ip6_routes_to_gvalue ()

void
-nm_utils_ip6_routes_to_gvalue (GSList *list,
-                               GValue *value);
-

Utility function to convert a GSList of NMIP6Route objects into a GPtrArray of -GValueArrays of (GArray of guchars), guint32, (GArray of guchars), and guint32 +nm_utils_ip6_routes_to_gvalue (GSList *list, + GValue *value); +

Utility function to convert a GSList of NMIP6Route objects into a GPtrArray of +GValueArrays of (GArray of guchars), guint32, (GArray of guchars), and guint32 representing a list of NetworkManager IPv6 routes (which is a tuple of destination, prefix, next hop, and metric). The specific format of this serialization is not guaranteed to be stable and may be extended in the future.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1285,9 +1285,9 @@ guaranteed to be stable and may be extended in the future.

- +g_value_unset().

@@ -1297,14 +1297,14 @@ which should be unset by the caller (when no longer needed) with

nm_utils_ip6_dns_from_gvalue ()

-
GSList *
-nm_utils_ip6_dns_from_gvalue (const GValue *value);
-

Converts a GValue containing a GPtrArray of IP6 DNS, represented as -GByteArrays into a GSList of struct in6_addrs.

+
GSList *
+nm_utils_ip6_dns_from_gvalue (const GValue *value);
+

Converts a GValue containing a GPtrArray of IP6 DNS, represented as +GByteArrays into a GSList of struct in6_addrs.

[skip]

Parameters

-

value

a pointer to a GValue into which to place the converted routes, +

a pointer to a GValue into which to place the converted routes, which should be unset by the caller (when no longer needed) with -g_value_unset().

 
+
@@ -1312,31 +1312,31 @@ nm_utils_ip6_dns_from_gvalue (const

value

-
+

a GValue

a GValue

 

Returns

-

a GSList of IP6 addresses.

+

a GSList of IP6 addresses.


nm_utils_ip6_dns_to_gvalue ()

void
-nm_utils_ip6_dns_to_gvalue (GSList *list,
-                            GValue *value);
-

Utility function to convert a GSList of struct -in6_addr structs into a GPtrArray of GByteArrays +nm_utils_ip6_dns_to_gvalue (GSList *list, + GValue *value); +

Utility function to convert a GSList of struct +in6_addr structs into a GPtrArray of GByteArrays representing each server's IPv6 addresses in network byte order. The specific format of this serialization is not guaranteed to be stable and may be extended in the future.

[skip]

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1350,9 +1350,9 @@ stable and may be extended in the future.

- +g_value_unset().

@@ -1367,7 +1367,7 @@ nm_utils_uuid_generate (void

Returns

a newly allocated UUID suitable for use as the NMSettingConnection -object's “id”: property. Should be freed with g_free()

+object's “id”: property. Should be freed with g_free()


@@ -1379,7 +1379,7 @@ nm_utils_uuid_generate_from_string (const

Parameters

-

value

a pointer to a GValue into which to place the converted DNS server +

a pointer to a GValue into which to place the converted DNS server addresses, which should be unset by the caller (when no longer needed) with -g_value_unset().

 
+
@@ -1401,17 +1401,17 @@ object's

nm_utils_rsa_key_encrypt ()

-
GByteArray *
-nm_utils_rsa_key_encrypt (const GByteArray *data,
+
GByteArray *
+nm_utils_rsa_key_encrypt (const GByteArray *data,
                           const char *in_password,
                           char **out_password,
-                          GError **error);
+ GError **error);

Encrypts the given RSA private key data with the given password (or generates a password if no password was given) and converts the data to PEM format suitable for writing to a file. It uses Triple DES cipher for the encryption.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1431,7 +1431,7 @@ suitable for writing to a file. It uses Triple DES cipher for the encryption.

@@ -1453,17 +1453,17 @@ certificate/private key file.


nm_utils_rsa_key_encrypt_aes ()

-
GByteArray *
-nm_utils_rsa_key_encrypt_aes (const GByteArray *data,
+
GByteArray *
+nm_utils_rsa_key_encrypt_aes (const GByteArray *data,
                               const char *in_password,
                               char **out_password,
-                              GError **error);
+ GError **error);

Encrypts the given RSA private key data with the given password (or generates a password if no password was given) and converts the data to PEM format suitable for writing to a file. It uses AES cipher for the encryption.

Parameters

-

out_password

if in_password -was NULL, a random password will be generated +was NULL, a random password will be generated and returned in this argument.

[out][allow-none]
+
@@ -1483,7 +1483,7 @@ suitable for writing to a file. It uses AES cipher for the encryption.

@@ -1505,13 +1505,13 @@ certificate/private key file.


nm_utils_file_is_pkcs12 ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_utils_file_is_pkcs12 (const char *filename);

Utility function to find out if the filename is in PKCS#12 format.

Parameters

-

out_password

if in_password -was NULL, a random password will be generated +was NULL, a random password will be generated and returned in this argument.

[out][allow-none]
+
@@ -1526,15 +1526,15 @@ nm_utils_file_is_pkcs12 (const ch

Returns

-

TRUE if the file is PKCS#12, FALSE if it is not

+

TRUE if the file is PKCS#12, FALSE if it is not


NMUtilsFileSearchInPathsPredicate ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 (*NMUtilsFileSearchInPathsPredicate) (const char *filename,
-                                      gpointer user_data);
+ gpointer user_data);

@@ -1543,16 +1543,16 @@ nm_utils_file_is_pkcs12 (const ch nm_utils_file_search_in_paths (const char *progname, const char *try_first, const char *const *paths, - GFileTest file_test_flags, + GFileTest file_test_flags, NMUtilsFileSearchInPathsPredicate predicate, - gpointer user_data, - GError **error); + gpointer user_data, + GError **error);

Searches for a progname file in a list of search paths .

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1573,16 +1573,16 @@ It is silently ignored if it is empty or not an absolute path.

- - +. Set it to 0 to skip the g_file_test().

@@ -1603,7 +1603,7 @@ function.

- + @@ -1611,7 +1611,7 @@ function.

Returns

-

the full path to the helper, if found, or NULL if not found. +

the full path to the helper, if found, or NULL if not found. The returned string is not owned by the caller, but later invocations of the function might overwrite it.

[transfer none]

@@ -1620,12 +1620,12 @@ invocations of the function might overwrite it.


nm_utils_wifi_freq_to_channel ()

-
guint32
-nm_utils_wifi_freq_to_channel (guint32 freq);
+
guint32
+nm_utils_wifi_freq_to_channel (guint32 freq);

Utility function to translate a Wi-Fi frequency to its corresponding channel.

Parameters

-

paths

a NULL terminated list of search paths. -Can be empty or NULL, in which case only try_first +

a NULL terminated list of search paths. +Can be empty or NULL, in which case only try_first is checked.

[allow-none]

file_test_flags

the flags passed to g_file_test() when searching +

the flags passed to g_file_test() when searching for progname -. Set it to 0 to skip the g_file_test().

 

error

on failure, set a "not found" error G_IO_ERROR G_IO_ERROR_NOT_FOUND.

on failure, set a "not found" error G_IO_ERROR G_IO_ERROR_NOT_FOUND.

[allow-none]
+
@@ -1646,13 +1646,13 @@ nm_utils_wifi_freq_to_channel (

nm_utils_wifi_channel_to_freq ()

-
guint32
-nm_utils_wifi_channel_to_freq (guint32 channel,
+
guint32
+nm_utils_wifi_channel_to_freq (guint32 channel,
                                const char *band);

Utility function to translate a Wi-Fi channel to its corresponding frequency.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1682,14 +1682,14 @@ is invalid


nm_utils_wifi_find_next_channel ()

-
guint32
-nm_utils_wifi_find_next_channel (guint32 channel,
+
guint32
+nm_utils_wifi_find_next_channel (guint32 channel,
                                  int direction,
                                  char *band);

Utility function to find out next/previous Wi-Fi channel for a channel.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1722,13 +1722,13 @@ nm_utils_wifi_find_next_channel (

nm_utils_wifi_is_channel_valid ()

-
gboolean
-nm_utils_wifi_is_channel_valid (guint32 channel,
+
gboolean
+nm_utils_wifi_is_channel_valid (guint32 channel,
                                 const char *band);

Utility function to verify Wi-Fi channel validity.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1750,7 +1750,7 @@ nm_utils_wifi_is_channel_valid (

Returns

-

TRUE or FALSE

+

TRUE or FALSE


@@ -1762,7 +1762,7 @@ nm_utils_hwaddr_len (int t .

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1799,7 +1799,7 @@ a length; but you can just use ARPHRD_INFINIBAND) of the raw address given its length.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1823,7 +1823,7 @@ a length; but you can just use

nm_utils_hwaddr_ntoa ()

char *
-nm_utils_hwaddr_ntoa (gconstpointer addr,
+nm_utils_hwaddr_ntoa (gconstpointer addr,
                       int type);

Converts addr to textual form.

@@ -1831,7 +1831,7 @@ nm_utils_hwaddr_ntoa (

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1862,15 +1862,15 @@ a type.


nm_utils_hwaddr_atoba ()

-
GByteArray *
+
GByteArray *
 nm_utils_hwaddr_atoba (const char *asc,
                        int type);

Parses asc - and converts it to binary form in a GByteArray. See -nm_utils_hwaddr_aton() if you don't want a GByteArray.

+ and converts it to binary form in a GByteArray. See +nm_utils_hwaddr_aton() if you don't want a GByteArray.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1893,7 +1893,7 @@ nm_utils_hwaddr_atoba (const char

Returns

-

a new GByteArray, or NULL if asc +

a new GByteArray, or NULL if asc couldn't be parsed.

[transfer full]

@@ -1902,20 +1902,20 @@ be parsed.


nm_utils_hwaddr_aton ()

-
guint8 *
+
guint8 *
 nm_utils_hwaddr_aton (const char *asc,
                       int type,
-                      gpointer buffer);
+ gpointer buffer);

Parses asc and converts it to binary form in buffer . See nm_utils_hwaddr_atoba() if you'd rather have the result in a -GByteArray.

+GByteArray.

See also nm_utils_hwaddr_aton_len(), which takes an output length instead of a type.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1944,7 +1944,7 @@ instead of a type.

Returns

buffer -, or NULL if asc +, or NULL if asc couldn't be parsed

@@ -1952,13 +1952,13 @@ couldn't be parsed

nm_utils_hwaddr_ntoa_len ()

char *
-nm_utils_hwaddr_ntoa_len (gconstpointer addr,
-                          gsize length);
+nm_utils_hwaddr_ntoa_len (gconstpointer addr, + gsize length);

Converts addr to textual form.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1990,10 +1990,10 @@ nm_utils_hwaddr_ntoa_len (

nm_utils_hwaddr_aton_len ()

-
guint8 *
+
guint8 *
 nm_utils_hwaddr_aton_len (const char *asc,
-                          gpointer buffer,
-                          gsize length);
+ gpointer buffer, + gsize length);

Parses asc and converts it to binary form in buffer . @@ -2001,7 +2001,7 @@ Bytes in asc can be sepatared by colons (:), or hyphens (-), but not mixed.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2030,7 +2030,7 @@ the size of the buffer in bytes.

Returns

buffer -, or NULL if asc +, or NULL if asc couldn't be parsed or would be shorter or longer than length .

@@ -2040,13 +2040,13 @@ or would be shorter or longer than length

nm_utils_hwaddr_valid ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_utils_hwaddr_valid (const char *asc);

Parses asc to see if it is a valid hardware address of some type.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2061,9 +2061,9 @@ nm_utils_hwaddr_valid (const char

Returns

-

TRUE if asc +

TRUE if asc appears to be a valid hardware address -of some type, FALSE if not.

+of some type, FALSE if not.

Since: 0.9.10

@@ -2081,7 +2081,7 @@ If final_len that index (returned_string[final_len] == '\0'),

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2123,7 +2123,7 @@ nm_utils_hex2byte (const charConverts a hex string (2 characters) into its byte representation.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2155,7 +2155,7 @@ length is len /2.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2178,7 +2178,7 @@ string (it has to be even)

Returns

-

a array of bytes, or NULL on error.

+

a array of bytes, or NULL on error.

[transfer full]

Since: 0.9.10

@@ -2186,13 +2186,13 @@ string (it has to be even)


nm_utils_iface_valid_name ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_utils_iface_valid_name (const char *name);

This function is a 1:1 copy of the kernel's interface validation function in net/core/dev.c.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2207,20 +2207,20 @@ function in net/core/dev.c.

Returns

-

TRUE if interface name is valid, otherwise FALSE is returned.

+

TRUE if interface name is valid, otherwise FALSE is returned.

Since: 0.9.8


nm_utils_is_uuid ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_utils_is_uuid (const char *str);

Checks if str is a UUID

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2235,8 +2235,8 @@ nm_utils_is_uuid (const char

Returns

-

TRUE if str -is a UUID, FALSE if not

+

TRUE if str +is a UUID, FALSE if not

Since: 0.9.8

@@ -2250,7 +2250,7 @@ nm_utils_inet4_ntop (in_addr_t[skip]

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2266,7 +2266,7 @@ nm_utils_inet4_ntop (in_addr_t

dst

the destination buffer, it must contain at least INET_ADDRSTRLEN or NM_UTILS_INET_ADDRSTRLEN -characters. If set to NULL, it will return a pointer to an internal, static +characters. If set to NULL, it will return a pointer to an internal, static buffer (shared with nm_utils_inet6_ntop()). Beware, that the internal buffer will be overwritten with ever new call of nm_utils_inet4_ntop() or nm_utils_inet6_ntop() that does not provied it's own dst @@ -2297,7 +2297,7 @@ nm_utils_inet6_ntop (const struct

[skip]

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2313,7 +2313,7 @@ nm_utils_inet6_ntop (const struct

Returns

the input buffer dst , or a pointer to an -internal, static buffer. NULL is not allowed as in6addr +internal, static buffer. NULL is not allowed as in6addr , otherwise, this function cannot fail.

@@ -2339,10 +2339,10 @@ otherwise, this function cannot fail.


nm_utils_check_virtual_device_compatibility ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_utils_check_virtual_device_compatibility
-                               (GType virtual_type,
-                                GType other_type);
+ (GType virtual_type, + GType other_type);

Determines if a connection of type virtual_type can (in the general case) work with connections of type other_type @@ -2356,7 +2356,7 @@ general case) work with connections of type other_ty then this checks if other_type is a valid type for a slave of that master.

-

Note that even if this returns TRUE it is not guaranteed that +

Note that even if this returns TRUE it is not guaranteed that every connection of type other_type is compatible with virtual_type @@ -2365,7 +2365,7 @@ configuration of the two connections, or on the capabilities of an underlying device driver.

Parameters

-

dst

the destination buffer, it must contain at least INET6_ADDRSTRLEN or NM_UTILS_INET_ADDRSTRLEN -characters. If set to NULL, it will return a pointer to an internal, static +characters. If set to NULL, it will return a pointer to an internal, static buffer (shared with nm_utils_inet4_ntop()). Beware, that the internal buffer will be overwritten with ever new call of nm_utils_inet4_ntop() or nm_utils_inet6_ntop() that does not provied it's own dst @@ -2330,7 +2330,7 @@ buffer to avoid these issues.

+
@@ -2388,7 +2388,7 @@ underlying device driver.

Returns

-

TRUE or FALSE

+

TRUE or FALSE

Since: 0.9.10

@@ -2402,7 +2402,7 @@ Used with

Members

-
+
diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/object-tree.html b/docs/libnm-util/html/object-tree.html index cd5d54c8..d8631555 100644 --- a/docs/libnm-util/html/object-tree.html +++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/object-tree.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Object Hierarchy: libnm-util Reference Manual - + @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

-    GObject
+    GObject
     ├── NMSetting
        ├── NMSetting8021x
        ├── NMSettingAdsl
diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/version.xml b/docs/libnm-util/version.xml
index 9df886c4..1c99cf0e 100644
--- a/docs/libnm-util/version.xml
+++ b/docs/libnm-util/version.xml
@@ -1 +1 @@
-1.4.2
+1.4.4
diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMAccessPoint.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMAccessPoint.html
index 1ad00a92..12e70569 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMAccessPoint.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMAccessPoint.html
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 
 
 NMAccessPoint: libnm Reference Manual
-
+
 
 
 
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@
 

Functions

-
+
@@ -68,7 +68,7 @@
-GBytes * +GBytes * nm_access_point_get_ssid () @@ -83,7 +83,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_access_point_get_frequency () @@ -99,7 +99,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_access_point_get_max_bitrate () @@ -107,7 +107,7 @@
-guint8 +guint8 nm_access_point_get_strength () @@ -115,7 +115,7 @@
-gint +gint nm_access_point_get_last_seen () @@ -123,7 +123,7 @@
-GPtrArray * +GPtrArray * nm_access_point_filter_connections () @@ -131,7 +131,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_access_point_connection_valid () @@ -142,7 +142,7 @@

Properties

-
+
@@ -151,7 +151,7 @@ +gchar * @@ -161,23 +161,23 @@ - + +gchar * - + - + @@ -193,12 +193,12 @@ +GBytes * - + @@ -212,7 +212,7 @@

Types and Values

-
-gchar * bssid Read
Read
guintguint frequency Read
-gchar * hw-address Read
gintgint last-seen Read
guintguint max-bitrate Read
-GBytes * ssid Read
gucharguchar strength Read
+
@@ -271,7 +271,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMAccessPoint
 
@@ -280,7 +280,7 @@

Implemented Interfaces

NMAccessPoint implements - GInitable and GAsyncInitable.

+ GInitable and GAsyncInitable.

Description

@@ -294,7 +294,7 @@ nm_access_point_get_flags (

Parameters

-
+
@@ -320,7 +320,7 @@ nm_access_point_get_wpa_flags (Gets the WPA (version 1) flags of the access point.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -347,7 +347,7 @@ nm_access_point_get_rsn_flags (

Parameters

-
+
@@ -368,12 +368,12 @@ point.


nm_access_point_get_ssid ()

-
GBytes *
+
GBytes *
 nm_access_point_get_ssid (NMAccessPoint *ap);

Gets the SSID of the access point.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -388,7 +388,7 @@ nm_access_point_get_ssid (

Returns

-

the GBytes containing the SSID, or NULL if the +

the GBytes containing the SSID, or NULL if the SSID is unknown.

[transfer none]

@@ -401,7 +401,7 @@ nm_access_point_get_bssid (

Parameters

-
+
@@ -423,12 +423,12 @@ not be modified or freed.


nm_access_point_get_frequency ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_access_point_get_frequency (NMAccessPoint *ap);

Gets the frequency of the access point.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -454,7 +454,7 @@ nm_access_point_get_mode (

Parameters

-
+
@@ -475,12 +475,12 @@ nm_access_point_get_mode (

nm_access_point_get_max_bitrate ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_access_point_get_max_bitrate (NMAccessPoint *ap);

Gets the maximum bit rate of the access point in kbit/s.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -501,12 +501,12 @@ nm_access_point_get_max_bitrate (

nm_access_point_get_strength ()

-
guint8
+
guint8
 nm_access_point_get_strength (NMAccessPoint *ap);

Gets the current signal strength of the access point.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -527,14 +527,14 @@ nm_access_point_get_strength (

nm_access_point_get_last_seen ()

-
gint
+
gint
 nm_access_point_get_last_seen (NMAccessPoint *ap);

Returns the timestamp (in CLOCK_BOOTTIME seconds) for the last time the access point was found in scan results. A value of -1 means the access point has not been found in a scan.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -556,9 +556,9 @@ point has not been found in a scan.


nm_access_point_filter_connections ()

-
GPtrArray *
+
GPtrArray *
 nm_access_point_filter_connections (NMAccessPoint *ap,
-                                    const GPtrArray *connections);
+ const GPtrArray *connections);

Filters a given array of connections for a given NMAccessPoint object and returns connections which may be activated with the access point. Any returned connections will match the ap @@ -570,7 +570,7 @@ use

Parameters

-
+
@@ -584,7 +584,7 @@ with this function.

- @@ -594,16 +594,16 @@ filter.

Returns

an array of -NMConnections that could be activated with the given ap +NMConnections that could be activated with the given ap . The array should -be freed with g_ptr_array_unref() when it is no longer required.

+be freed with g_ptr_array_unref() when it is no longer required.

[transfer container][element-type NMConnection]


nm_access_point_connection_valid ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_access_point_connection_valid (NMAccessPoint *ap,
                                   NMConnection *connection);

Validates a given connection against a given Wi-Fi access point to ensure that @@ -613,7 +613,7 @@ the connection may be activated with that AP. The connection must match the channel, band, etc.

Parameters

-

connections

an array of NMConnections to +

an array of NMConnections to filter.

[element-type NMConnection]
+
@@ -637,8 +637,8 @@ against

Returns

-

TRUE if the connection may be activated with this Wi-Fi AP, -FALSE if it cannot be.

+

TRUE if the connection may be activated with this Wi-Fi AP, +FALSE if it cannot be.

@@ -719,7 +719,7 @@ against

Property Details

The “bssid” property

-
  “bssid”                    gchar *
+
  “bssid”                    gchar *

The BSSID of the access point.

Flags: Read

Default value: NULL

@@ -734,7 +734,7 @@ against


The “frequency” property

-
  “frequency”                guint
+
  “frequency”                guint

The frequency of the access point.

Flags: Read

Allowed values: <= 10000

@@ -743,7 +743,7 @@ against


The “hw-address” property

-
  “hw-address”               gchar *
+
  “hw-address”               gchar *

Alias for “bssid”.

NMAccessPoint:hw-address has been deprecated since version 1.0 and should not be used in newly-written code.

@@ -755,7 +755,7 @@ against


The “last-seen” property

-
  “last-seen”                gint
+
  “last-seen”                gint

The timestamp (in CLOCK_BOOTTIME seconds) for the last time the access point was found in scan results. A value of -1 means the access point has not been found in a scan.

@@ -767,7 +767,7 @@ access point has not been found in a scan.


The “max-bitrate” property

-
  “max-bitrate”              guint
+
  “max-bitrate”              guint

The maximum bit rate of the access point in kbit/s.

Flags: Read

Default value: 0

@@ -792,14 +792,14 @@ coordinator of the wireless network allowing clients to connect) or

The “ssid” property

-
  “ssid”                     GBytes *
-

The SSID of the access point, or NULL if it is not known.

+
  “ssid”                     GBytes *
+

The SSID of the access point, or NULL if it is not known.

Flags: Read


The “strength” property

-
  “strength”                 guchar
+
  “strength”                 guchar

The current signal strength of the access point.

Flags: Read

Default value: 0

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMActiveConnection.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMActiveConnection.html index b6b12c94..1cda4441 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMActiveConnection.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMActiveConnection.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMActiveConnection: libnm Reference Manual - + @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@

Functions

-
+
@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ -
const GPtrArray * +const GPtrArray * nm_active_connection_get_devices () @@ -103,7 +103,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_active_connection_get_default () @@ -127,7 +127,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_active_connection_get_default6 () @@ -151,7 +151,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_active_connection_get_vpn () @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@

Properties

-
+
@@ -176,18 +176,18 @@ - + - + +GPtrArray * @@ -205,7 +205,7 @@ +gchar * @@ -229,7 +229,7 @@ +gchar * @@ -240,18 +240,18 @@ +gchar * +gchar * - + @@ -260,7 +260,7 @@

Types and Values

-
Read
gbooleangboolean default Read
gbooleangboolean default6 Read
-GPtrArray * devices Read
-gchar * id Read
-gchar * specific-object-path Read
-gchar * type Read
-gchar * uuid Read
gbooleangboolean vpn Read
+
@@ -335,7 +335,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMActiveConnection
             ╰── NMVpnConnection
@@ -345,7 +345,7 @@
 

Implemented Interfaces

NMActiveConnection implements - GInitable and GAsyncInitable.

+ GInitable and GAsyncInitable.

Description

@@ -360,7 +360,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_connection (

Parameters

-
+
@@ -388,7 +388,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_id (NMConnection's ID.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -415,7 +415,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_uuid (Gets the NMConnection's UUID.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -443,7 +443,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_connection_type

Gets the NMConnection's type.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -477,7 +477,7 @@ connection, then the specific object will be an nm_device_wifi_get_access_point_by_path().)

Parameters

-
+
@@ -499,12 +499,12 @@ by the connection, and must not be modified.


nm_active_connection_get_devices ()

-
const GPtrArray *
+
const GPtrArray *
 nm_active_connection_get_devices (NMActiveConnection *connection);

Gets the NMDevices used for the active connections.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -519,7 +519,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_devices (

Returns

-

the GPtrArray containing NMDevices. +

the GPtrArray containing NMDevices. This is the internal copy used by the connection, and must not be modified.

[element-type NMDevice]

@@ -532,7 +532,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_state (Gets the active connection's state.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -558,7 +558,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_master (Gets the master NMDevice of the connection.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -580,13 +580,13 @@ nm_active_connection_get_master (

nm_active_connection_get_default ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_active_connection_get_default (NMActiveConnection *connection);

Whether the active connection is the default IPv4 one (that is, is used for the default IPv4 route and DNS information).

Parameters

-
+
@@ -601,7 +601,7 @@ the default IPv4 route and DNS information).

Returns

-

TRUE if the active connection is the default IPv4 connection

+

TRUE if the active connection is the default IPv4 connection


@@ -612,7 +612,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_ip4_config (Gets the current IPv4 NMIPConfig associated with the NMActiveConnection.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -627,7 +627,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_ip4_config (

Returns

-

the IPv4 NMIPConfig, or NULL if the connection is +

the IPv4 NMIPConfig, or NULL if the connection is not in the NM_ACTIVE_CONNECTION_STATE_ACTIVATED state.

[transfer none]

@@ -641,7 +641,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_dhcp4_config (NMActiveConnection.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -656,7 +656,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_dhcp4_config (

Returns

-

the IPv4 NMDhcpConfig, or NULL if the connection +

the IPv4 NMDhcpConfig, or NULL if the connection does not use DHCP, or is not in the NM_ACTIVE_CONNECTION_STATE_ACTIVATED state.

[transfer none]

@@ -665,13 +665,13 @@ state.


nm_active_connection_get_default6 ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_active_connection_get_default6 (NMActiveConnection *connection);

Whether the active connection is the default IPv6 one (that is, is used for the default IPv6 route and DNS information).

Parameters

-
+
@@ -686,7 +686,7 @@ the default IPv6 route and DNS information).

Returns

-

TRUE if the active connection is the default IPv6 connection

+

TRUE if the active connection is the default IPv6 connection


@@ -697,7 +697,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_ip6_config (Gets the current IPv6 NMIPConfig associated with the NMActiveConnection.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -712,7 +712,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_ip6_config (

Returns

-

the IPv6 NMIPConfig, or NULL if the connection is +

the IPv6 NMIPConfig, or NULL if the connection is not in the NM_ACTIVE_CONNECTION_STATE_ACTIVATED state.

[transfer none]

@@ -726,7 +726,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_dhcp6_config (NMActiveConnection.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -741,7 +741,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_dhcp6_config (

Returns

-

the IPv6 NMDhcpConfig, or NULL if the connection +

the IPv6 NMDhcpConfig, or NULL if the connection does not use DHCPv6, or is not in the NM_ACTIVE_CONNECTION_STATE_ACTIVATED state.

[transfer none]

@@ -750,12 +750,12 @@ state.


nm_active_connection_get_vpn ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_active_connection_get_vpn (NMActiveConnection *connection);

Whether the active connection is a VPN connection.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -770,7 +770,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_vpn (

Returns

-

TRUE if the active connection is a VPN connection

+

TRUE if the active connection is a VPN connection

@@ -882,7 +882,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_vpn (

The “default” property

-
  “default”                  gboolean
+
  “default”                  gboolean

Whether the active connection is the default IPv4 one.

Flags: Read

Default value: FALSE

@@ -890,7 +890,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_vpn (

The “default6” property

-
  “default6”                 gboolean
+
  “default6”                 gboolean

Whether the active connection is the default IPv6 one.

Flags: Read

Default value: FALSE

@@ -898,7 +898,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_vpn (

The “devices” property

-
  “devices”                  GPtrArray *
+
  “devices”                  GPtrArray *

The devices of the active connection.

Element-type: NMDevice

Flags: Read

@@ -920,7 +920,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_vpn (

The “id” property

-
  “id”                       gchar *
+
  “id”                       gchar *

The active connection's ID

Flags: Read

Default value: NULL

@@ -949,7 +949,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_vpn (

The “specific-object-path” property

-
  “specific-object-path”     gchar *
+
  “specific-object-path”     gchar *

The path to the "specific object" of the active connection; see nm_active_connection_get_specific_object_path() for more details.

Flags: Read

@@ -966,7 +966,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_vpn (

The “type” property

-
  “type”                     gchar *
+
  “type”                     gchar *

The active connection's type

Flags: Read

Default value: NULL

@@ -974,7 +974,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_vpn (

The “uuid” property

-
  “uuid”                     gchar *
+
  “uuid”                     gchar *

The active connection's UUID

Flags: Read

Default value: NULL

@@ -982,7 +982,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_vpn (

The “vpn” property

-
  “vpn”                      gboolean
+
  “vpn”                      gboolean

Whether the active connection is a VPN connection.

Flags: Read

Default value: FALSE

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMClient.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMClient.html index 2c8913a8..487922bc 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMClient.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMClient.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMClient: libnm Reference Manual - + @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@

Functions

-
+
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ - - - -
-GQuark +GQuark nm_client_error_quark () @@ -92,7 +92,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_client_get_startup () @@ -100,7 +100,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_client_get_nm_running () @@ -108,7 +108,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_client_networking_get_enabled () @@ -116,7 +116,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_client_networking_set_enabled () @@ -124,7 +124,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_client_wireless_get_enabled () @@ -140,7 +140,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_client_wireless_hardware_get_enabled () @@ -148,7 +148,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_client_wwan_get_enabled () @@ -164,7 +164,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_client_wwan_hardware_get_enabled () @@ -172,7 +172,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_client_wimax_get_enabled () @@ -188,7 +188,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_client_wimax_hardware_get_enabled () @@ -196,7 +196,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_client_get_logging () @@ -204,7 +204,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_client_set_logging () @@ -252,7 +252,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_client_save_hostname () @@ -268,21 +268,21 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_client_save_hostname_finish ()
const GPtrArray * +const GPtrArray * nm_client_get_devices ()
const GPtrArray * +const GPtrArray * nm_client_get_all_devices () @@ -305,7 +305,7 @@
const GPtrArray * +const GPtrArray * nm_client_get_active_connections () @@ -361,7 +361,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_client_deactivate_connection () @@ -377,14 +377,14 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_client_deactivate_connection_finish ()
const GPtrArray * +const GPtrArray * nm_client_get_connections () @@ -432,7 +432,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_client_load_connections () @@ -448,7 +448,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_client_load_connections_finish () @@ -456,7 +456,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_client_reload_connections () @@ -472,7 +472,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_client_reload_connections_finish () @@ -483,7 +483,7 @@

Types and Values

-
+
@@ -820,7 +820,7 @@ ├── NMClientError ├── NMClientPermission ╰── NMClientPermissionResult - GObject + GObject╰── NMClient @@ -828,7 +828,7 @@

Implemented Interfaces

NMClient implements - GInitable and GAsyncInitable.

+ GInitable and GAsyncInitable.

Description

@@ -837,7 +837,7 @@ NMClient implements

Functions

nm_client_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_client_error_quark (void);

Registers an error quark for NMClient if necessary.

@@ -849,15 +849,15 @@ nm_client_error_quark (void

nm_client_new ()

NMClient *
-nm_client_new (GCancellable *cancellable,
-               GError **error);
+nm_client_new (GCancellable *cancellable, + GError **error);

Creates a new NMClient.

Note that this will do blocking D-Bus calls to initialize the client. You can use nm_client_new_async() if you want to avoid that.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -866,12 +866,12 @@ that.

- + - + @@ -886,9 +886,9 @@ that.

nm_client_new_async ()

void
-nm_client_new_async (GCancellable *cancellable,
-                     GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
-                     gpointer user_data);
+nm_client_new_async (GCancellable *cancellable, + GAsyncReadyCallback callback, + gpointer user_data);

Creates a new NMClient and begins asynchronously initializing it. callback will be called when it is done; use @@ -896,7 +896,7 @@ nm_client_new_async (

Parameters

-

cancellable

a GCancellable, or NULL

a GCancellable, or NULL

 

error

location for a GError, or NULL

location for a GError, or NULL

 
+
@@ -905,7 +905,7 @@ the callback can be invoked with two first parameters as NULL.

- + @@ -927,12 +927,12 @@ the callback can be invoked with two first parameters as NULL.

nm_client_new_finish ()

NMClient *
-nm_client_new_finish (GAsyncResult *result,
-                      GError **error);
+nm_client_new_finish (GAsyncResult *result, + GError **error);

Gets the result of an nm_client_new_async() call.

Parameters

-

cancellable

a GCancellable, or NULL

a GCancellable, or NULL

 
+
@@ -941,12 +941,12 @@ nm_client_new_finish (

result

-
+ - + @@ -954,7 +954,7 @@ nm_client_new_finish (

Returns

-

a new NMClient, or NULL on error

+

a new NMClient, or NULL on error


@@ -965,7 +965,7 @@ nm_client_get_version (

Parameters

-

a GAsyncResult

a GAsyncResult

 

error

location for a GError, or NULL

location for a GError, or NULL

 
+
@@ -980,7 +980,7 @@ nm_client_get_version (

Returns

-

string with the version (or NULL if NetworkManager is not running)

+

string with the version (or NULL if NetworkManager is not running)


@@ -991,7 +991,7 @@ nm_client_get_state (

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1012,13 +1012,13 @@ nm_client_get_state (

nm_client_get_startup ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_client_get_startup (NMClient *client);

Tests whether the daemon is still in the process of activating connections at startup.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1039,12 +1039,12 @@ connections at startup.


nm_client_get_nm_running ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_client_get_nm_running (NMClient *client);

Determines whether the daemon is running.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1059,18 +1059,18 @@ nm_client_get_nm_running (

Returns

-

TRUE if the daemon is running

+

TRUE if the daemon is running


nm_client_networking_get_enabled ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_client_networking_get_enabled (NMClient *client);

Whether networking is enabled or disabled.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1085,22 +1085,22 @@ nm_client_networking_get_enabled (

Returns

-

TRUE if networking is enabled, FALSE if networking is disabled

+

TRUE if networking is enabled, FALSE if networking is disabled


nm_client_networking_set_enabled ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_client_networking_set_enabled (NMClient *client,
-                                  gboolean enabled,
-                                  GError **error);
+ gboolean enabled, + GError **error);

Enables or disables networking. When networking is disabled, all controlled interfaces are disconnected and deactivated. When networking is enabled, all controlled interfaces are available for activation.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1114,12 +1114,12 @@ all controlled interfaces are available for activation.

- + - + @@ -1127,18 +1127,18 @@ all controlled interfaces are available for activation.

Returns

-

TRUE on success, FALSE otherwise

+

TRUE on success, FALSE otherwise


nm_client_wireless_get_enabled ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_client_wireless_get_enabled (NMClient *client);

Determines whether the wireless is enabled.

Parameters

-

enabled

TRUE to set networking enabled, FALSE to set networking disabled

TRUE to set networking enabled, FALSE to set networking disabled

 

error

return location for a GError, or NULL.

return location for a GError, or NULL.

[allow-none]
+
@@ -1153,7 +1153,7 @@ nm_client_wireless_get_enabled (

Returns

-

TRUE if wireless is enabled

+

TRUE if wireless is enabled


@@ -1161,11 +1161,11 @@ nm_client_wireless_get_enabled (

nm_client_wireless_set_enabled ()

void
 nm_client_wireless_set_enabled (NMClient *client,
-                                gboolean enabled);
+ gboolean enabled);

Enables or disables wireless devices.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1179,7 +1179,7 @@ nm_client_wireless_set_enabled ( - + @@ -1189,13 +1189,13 @@ nm_client_wireless_set_enabled (

nm_client_wireless_hardware_get_enabled ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_client_wireless_hardware_get_enabled
                                (NMClient *client);

Determines whether the wireless hardware is enabled.

Parameters

-

enabled

TRUE to enable wireless

TRUE to enable wireless

 
+
@@ -1210,18 +1210,18 @@ nm_client_wireless_hardware_get_enabled

Returns

-

TRUE if the wireless hardware is enabled

+

TRUE if the wireless hardware is enabled


nm_client_wwan_get_enabled ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_client_wwan_get_enabled (NMClient *client);

Determines whether WWAN is enabled.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1236,7 +1236,7 @@ nm_client_wwan_get_enabled (

Returns

-

TRUE if WWAN is enabled

+

TRUE if WWAN is enabled


@@ -1244,11 +1244,11 @@ nm_client_wwan_get_enabled (

nm_client_wwan_set_enabled ()

void
 nm_client_wwan_set_enabled (NMClient *client,
-                            gboolean enabled);
+ gboolean enabled);

Enables or disables WWAN devices.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1262,7 +1262,7 @@ nm_client_wwan_set_enabled (

enabled

-
+ @@ -1272,12 +1272,12 @@ nm_client_wwan_set_enabled (

nm_client_wwan_hardware_get_enabled ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_client_wwan_hardware_get_enabled (NMClient *client);

Determines whether the WWAN hardware is enabled.

Parameters

-

TRUE to enable WWAN

TRUE to enable WWAN

 
+
@@ -1292,18 +1292,18 @@ nm_client_wwan_hardware_get_enabled (

Returns

-

TRUE if the WWAN hardware is enabled

+

TRUE if the WWAN hardware is enabled


nm_client_wimax_get_enabled ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_client_wimax_get_enabled (NMClient *client);

Determines whether WiMAX is enabled.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1318,7 +1318,7 @@ nm_client_wimax_get_enabled (

Returns

-

TRUE if WiMAX is enabled

+

TRUE if WiMAX is enabled


@@ -1326,11 +1326,11 @@ nm_client_wimax_get_enabled (

nm_client_wimax_set_enabled ()

void
 nm_client_wimax_set_enabled (NMClient *client,
-                             gboolean enabled);
+ gboolean enabled);

Enables or disables WiMAX devices.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1344,7 +1344,7 @@ nm_client_wimax_set_enabled (

enabled

-
+ @@ -1354,12 +1354,12 @@ nm_client_wimax_set_enabled (

nm_client_wimax_hardware_get_enabled ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_client_wimax_hardware_get_enabled (NMClient *client);

Determines whether the WiMAX hardware is enabled.

Parameters

-

TRUE to enable WiMAX

TRUE to enable WiMAX

 
+
@@ -1374,21 +1374,21 @@ nm_client_wimax_hardware_get_enabled (

Returns

-

TRUE if the WiMAX hardware is enabled

+

TRUE if the WiMAX hardware is enabled


nm_client_get_logging ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_client_get_logging (NMClient *client,
                        char **level,
                        char **domains,
-                       GError **error);
+ GError **error);

Gets NetworkManager current logging level and domains.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1413,7 +1413,7 @@ a list of domains separated by ",".

- + @@ -1421,21 +1421,21 @@ a list of domains separated by ",".

Returns

-

TRUE on success, FALSE otherwise

+

TRUE on success, FALSE otherwise


nm_client_set_logging ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_client_set_logging (NMClient *client,
                        const char *level,
                        const char *domains,
-                       GError **error);
+ GError **error);

Sets NetworkManager logging level and/or domains.

Parameters

-

error

return location for a GError, or NULL.

return location for a GError, or NULL.

[allow-none]
+
@@ -1449,18 +1449,18 @@ nm_client_set_logging (

level

-
+ +domains separated by ",". (NULL or an empty string for no change).

- + @@ -1468,7 +1468,7 @@ domains separated by ",". (

Returns

-

TRUE on success, FALSE otherwise

+

TRUE on success, FALSE otherwise


@@ -1481,7 +1481,7 @@ nm_client_get_permission_result (

Parameters

-

logging level to set (NULL or an empty string for no change).

logging level to set (NULL or an empty string for no change).

[allow-none]

domains

logging domains to set. The string should be a list of log -domains separated by ",". (NULL or an empty string for no change).

[allow-none]

error

return location for a GError, or NULL.

return location for a GError, or NULL.

[allow-none]
+
@@ -1517,7 +1517,7 @@ nm_client_get_connectivity (

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1540,8 +1540,8 @@ connectivity state first before returning any information.

nm_client_check_connectivity ()

NMConnectivityState
 nm_client_check_connectivity (NMClient *client,
-                              GCancellable *cancellable,
-                              GError **error);
+ GCancellable *cancellable, + GError **error);

Updates the network connectivity state and returns the (new) current state. Contrast nm_client_get_connectivity(), which returns the most recent known state without re-checking.

@@ -1549,7 +1549,7 @@ the most recent known state without re-checking.

if you do not want to block.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1563,12 +1563,12 @@ if you do not want to block.

- + - + @@ -1584,9 +1584,9 @@ if you do not want to block.

nm_client_check_connectivity_async ()

void
 nm_client_check_connectivity_async (NMClient *client,
-                                    GCancellable *cancellable,
-                                    GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
-                                    gpointer user_data);
+ GCancellable *cancellable, + GAsyncReadyCallback callback, + gpointer user_data);

Asynchronously updates the network connectivity state and invokes callback when complete. Contrast nm_client_get_connectivity(), @@ -1594,7 +1594,7 @@ which (immediately) returns the most recent known state without re-checking, and nm_client_check_connectivity(), which blocks.

Parameters

-

cancellable

a GCancellable

a GCancellable

 

error

return location for a GError

return location for a GError

 
+
@@ -1608,7 +1608,7 @@ re-checking, and

cancellable

-
+ @@ -1631,13 +1631,13 @@ re-checking, and

nm_client_check_connectivity_finish ()

NMConnectivityState
 nm_client_check_connectivity_finish (NMClient *client,
-                                     GAsyncResult *result,
-                                     GError **error);
+ GAsyncResult *result, + GError **error);

Retrieves the result of an nm_client_check_connectivity_async() call.

Parameters

-

a GCancellable

a GCancellable

 
+
@@ -1651,12 +1651,12 @@ call.

- + - + @@ -1670,16 +1670,16 @@ call.


nm_client_save_hostname ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_client_save_hostname (NMClient *client,
                          const char *hostname,
-                         GCancellable *cancellable,
-                         GError **error);
+ GCancellable *cancellable, + GError **error);

Requests that the machine's persistent hostname be set to the specified value or cleared.

Parameters

-

result

the GAsyncResult

the GAsyncResult

 

error

return location for a GError

return location for a GError

 
+
@@ -1693,18 +1693,18 @@ or cleared.

- - + - + @@ -1712,7 +1712,7 @@ clear any existing persistent hostname.

Returns

-

TRUE if the request was successful, FALSE if it failed

+

TRUE if the request was successful, FALSE if it failed


@@ -1721,14 +1721,14 @@ clear any existing persistent hostname.

void
 nm_client_save_hostname_async (NMClient *client,
                                const char *hostname,
-                               GCancellable *cancellable,
-                               GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
-                               gpointer user_data);
+ GCancellable *cancellable, + GAsyncReadyCallback callback, + gpointer user_data);

Requests that the machine's persistent hostname be set to the specified value or cleared.

Parameters

-

hostname

the new persistent hostname to set, or NULL to +

the new persistent hostname to set, or NULL to clear any existing persistent hostname.

[allow-none]

cancellable

a GCancellable, or NULL

a GCancellable, or NULL

 

error

return location for GError

return location for GError

 
+
@@ -1742,13 +1742,13 @@ or cleared.

- - + @@ -1769,14 +1769,14 @@ clear any existing persistent hostname.


nm_client_save_hostname_finish ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_client_save_hostname_finish (NMClient *client,
-                                GAsyncResult *result,
-                                GError **error);
+ GAsyncResult *result, + GError **error);

Gets the result of an nm_client_save_hostname_async() call.

Parameters

-

hostname

the new persistent hostname to set, or NULL to +

the new persistent hostname to set, or NULL to clear any existing persistent hostname.

[allow-none]

cancellable

a GCancellable, or NULL

a GCancellable, or NULL

 
+
@@ -1790,12 +1790,12 @@ nm_client_save_hostname_finish ( - + - + @@ -1803,13 +1803,13 @@ nm_client_save_hostname_finish (

Returns

-

TRUE if the request was successful, FALSE if it failed

+

TRUE if the request was successful, FALSE if it failed


nm_client_get_devices ()

-
const GPtrArray *
+
const GPtrArray *
 nm_client_get_devices (NMClient *client);

Gets all the known network devices. Use nm_device_get_type() or the NM_IS_DEVICE_XXXX functions to determine what kind of @@ -1817,7 +1817,7 @@ device member of the returned array is, and then you may use device-specific methods such as nm_device_ethernet_get_hw_address().

Parameters

-

result

the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

 

error

return location for GError

return location for GError

 
+
@@ -1832,7 +1832,7 @@ methods such as

Returns

-

a GPtrArray +

a GPtrArray containing all the NMDevices. The returned array is owned by the NMClient object and should not be modified.

[transfer none][element-type NMDevice]

@@ -1841,7 +1841,7 @@ containing all the NM

nm_client_get_all_devices ()

-
const GPtrArray *
+
const GPtrArray *
 nm_client_get_all_devices (NMClient *client);

Gets both real devices and device placeholders (eg, software devices which do not currently exist, but could be created automatically by NetworkManager @@ -1853,7 +1853,7 @@ what kind of device each member of the returned array is, and then you may use device-specific methods such as nm_device_ethernet_get_hw_address().

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1868,7 +1868,7 @@ use device-specific methods such as

Returns

-

a GPtrArray +

a GPtrArray containing all the NMDevices. The returned array is owned by the NMClient object and should not be modified.

[transfer none][element-type NMDevice]

@@ -1884,7 +1884,7 @@ nm_client_get_device_by_path (NMDevice from a NMClient.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1907,7 +1907,7 @@ nm_client_get_device_by_path (

Returns

the NMDevice for the given object_path -or NULL if none is found.

+or NULL if none is found.

[transfer none]

@@ -1920,7 +1920,7 @@ nm_client_get_device_by_iface (Gets a NMDevice from a NMClient.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1943,19 +1943,19 @@ nm_client_get_device_by_iface (

Returns

the NMDevice for the given iface -or NULL if none is found.

+or NULL if none is found.

[transfer none]


nm_client_get_active_connections ()

-
const GPtrArray *
+
const GPtrArray *
 nm_client_get_active_connections (NMClient *client);

Gets the active connections.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1970,7 +1970,7 @@ nm_client_get_active_connections (

Returns

-

a GPtrArray +

a GPtrArray containing all the active NMActiveConnections. The returned array is owned by the client and should not be modified.

[transfer none][element-type NMActiveConnection]

@@ -1989,10 +1989,10 @@ the default route. If there is a VPN active with the default route, then this function returns the active connection that contains the route to the VPN endpoint.

If there is no default route, or the default route is over a -non-NetworkManager-recognized device, this will return NULL.

+non-NetworkManager-recognized device, this will return NULL.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2022,7 +2022,7 @@ currently-activating connection that is expected to become the new “primary-connection” upon successful activation.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2050,9 +2050,9 @@ nm_client_activate_connection_async (NMConnection *connection, NMDevice *device, const char *specific_object, - GCancellable *cancellable, - GAsyncReadyCallback callback, - gpointer user_data); + GCancellable *cancellable, + GAsyncReadyCallback callback, + gpointer user_data);

Asynchronously starts a connection to a particular network using the configuration settings from connection and the network device device @@ -2073,7 +2073,7 @@ the new connection, not when it finishes. You can used the returned track the activation to its completion.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2099,7 +2099,7 @@ track the activation to its completion.

- + @@ -2132,12 +2132,12 @@ details of the newly added connection.

nm_client_activate_connection_finish ()

NMActiveConnection *
 nm_client_activate_connection_finish (NMClient *client,
-                                      GAsyncResult *result,
-                                      GError **error);
+ GAsyncResult *result, + GError **error);

Gets the result of a call to nm_client_activate_connection_async().

Parameters

-

specific_object

the object path of a connection-type-specific object this activation should use. This parameter is currently ignored for -wired and mobile broadband connections, and the value of NULL should be used +wired and mobile broadband connections, and the value of NULL should be used (ie, no specific object). For Wi-Fi or WiMAX connections, pass the object path of a NMAccessPoint or NMWimaxNsp owned by device , which you can @@ -2109,7 +2109,7 @@ details of the newly added connection.

cancellable

a GCancellable, or NULL

a GCancellable, or NULL

 
+
@@ -2151,12 +2151,12 @@ nm_client_activate_connection_finish (

result

-
+ - + @@ -2164,7 +2164,7 @@ nm_client_activate_connection_finish (

Returns

-

the new NMActiveConnection on success, NULL on +

the new NMActiveConnection on success, NULL on failure, in which case error will be set.

[transfer full]

@@ -2179,9 +2179,9 @@ nm_client_add_and_activate_connection_async NMConnection *partial, NMDevice *device, const char *specific_object, - GCancellable *cancellable, - GAsyncReadyCallback callback, - gpointer user_data); + GCancellable *cancellable, + GAsyncReadyCallback callback, + gpointer user_data);

Adds a new connection using the given details (if any) as a template, automatically filling in missing settings with the capabilities of the given device and specific object. The new connection is then asynchronously @@ -2193,7 +2193,7 @@ the new connection, not when it finishes. You can used the returned track the activation to its completion.

Parameters

-

the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

 

error

location for a GError, or NULL

location for a GError, or NULL

 
+
@@ -2208,7 +2208,7 @@ track the activation to its completion.

@@ -2223,7 +2223,7 @@ before being added.

- + @@ -2257,14 +2257,14 @@ details of the newly added connection.

NMActiveConnection *
 nm_client_add_and_activate_connection_finish
                                (NMClient *client,
-                                GAsyncResult *result,
-                                GError **error);
+ GAsyncResult *result, + GError **error);

Gets the result of a call to nm_client_add_and_activate_connection_async().

You can call nm_active_connection_get_connection() on the returned NMActiveConnection to find the path of the created NMConnection.

Parameters

-

partial

an NMConnection to add; the connection may be -partially filled (or even NULL) and will be completed by NetworkManager +partially filled (or even NULL) and will be completed by NetworkManager using the given device and specific_object before being added.

specific_object

the object path of a connection-type-specific object this activation should use. This parameter is currently ignored for -wired and mobile broadband connections, and the value of NULL should be used +wired and mobile broadband connections, and the value of NULL should be used (ie, no specific object). For Wi-Fi or WiMAX connections, pass the object path of a NMAccessPoint or NMWimaxNsp owned by device , which you can @@ -2233,7 +2233,7 @@ details of the newly added connection.

cancellable

a GCancellable, or NULL

a GCancellable, or NULL

 
+
@@ -2278,12 +2278,12 @@ nm_client_add_and_activate_connection_finish - + - + @@ -2291,7 +2291,7 @@ nm_client_add_and_activate_connection_finish

Returns

-

the new NMActiveConnection on success, NULL on +

the new NMActiveConnection on success, NULL on failure, in which case error will be set.

[transfer full]

@@ -2300,15 +2300,15 @@ will be set.


nm_client_deactivate_connection ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_client_deactivate_connection (NMClient *client,
                                  NMActiveConnection *active,
-                                 GCancellable *cancellable,
-                                 GError **error);
+ GCancellable *cancellable, + GError **error);

Deactivates an active NMActiveConnection.

Parameters

-

result

the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

 

error

location for a GError, or NULL

location for a GError, or NULL

 
+
@@ -2327,12 +2327,12 @@ nm_client_deactivate_connection ( - + - + @@ -2349,13 +2349,13 @@ nm_client_deactivate_connection (void nm_client_deactivate_connection_async (NMClient *client, NMActiveConnection *active, - GCancellable *cancellable, - GAsyncReadyCallback callback, - gpointer user_data); + GCancellable *cancellable, + GAsyncReadyCallback callback, + gpointer user_data);

Asynchronously deactivates an active NMActiveConnection.

Parameters

-

cancellable

a GCancellable, or NULL

a GCancellable, or NULL

 

error

location for a GError, or NULL

location for a GError, or NULL

 
+
@@ -2374,7 +2374,7 @@ nm_client_deactivate_connection_async (

cancellable

-
+ @@ -2395,15 +2395,15 @@ nm_client_deactivate_connection_async (

nm_client_deactivate_connection_finish ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_client_deactivate_connection_finish
                                (NMClient *client,
-                                GAsyncResult *result,
-                                GError **error);
+ GAsyncResult *result, + GError **error);

Gets the result of a call to nm_client_deactivate_connection_async().

Parameters

-

a GCancellable, or NULL

a GCancellable, or NULL

 
+
@@ -2417,12 +2417,12 @@ nm_client_deactivate_connection_finish - + - + @@ -2436,11 +2436,11 @@ nm_client_deactivate_connection_finish

nm_client_get_connections ()

-
const GPtrArray *
+
const GPtrArray *
 nm_client_get_connections (NMClient *client);

Parameters

-

result

the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

 

error

location for a GError, or NULL

location for a GError, or NULL

 
+
@@ -2473,7 +2473,7 @@ nm_client_get_connection_by_id (

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2495,7 +2495,7 @@ nm_client_get_connection_by_id (

Returns

-

the remote connection object on success, or NULL if no +

the remote connection object on success, or NULL if no matching object was found.

The connection is as received from D-Bus and might not validate according to nm_connection_verify().

@@ -2512,7 +2512,7 @@ nm_client_get_connection_by_path (

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2534,7 +2534,7 @@ nm_client_get_connection_by_path (

Returns

-

the remote connection object on success, or NULL if the object was +

the remote connection object on success, or NULL if the object was not known

The connection is as received from D-Bus and might not validate according to nm_connection_verify().

@@ -2551,7 +2551,7 @@ nm_client_get_connection_by_uuid (

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2573,7 +2573,7 @@ nm_client_get_connection_by_uuid (

Returns

-

the remote connection object on success, or NULL if the object was +

the remote connection object on success, or NULL if the object was not known

The connection is as received from D-Bus and might not validate according to nm_connection_verify().

@@ -2586,13 +2586,13 @@ to void nm_client_add_connection_async (NMClient *client, NMConnection *connection, - gboolean save_to_disk, - GCancellable *cancellable, - GAsyncReadyCallback callback, - gpointer user_data); + gboolean save_to_disk, + GCancellable *cancellable, + GAsyncReadyCallback callback, + gpointer user_data);

Requests that the remote settings service add the given settings to a new connection. If save_to_disk - is TRUE, the connection is immediately written + is TRUE, the connection is immediately written to disk; otherwise it is initially only stored in memory, but may be saved later by calling the connection's nm_remote_connection_commit_changes() method.

@@ -2609,7 +2609,7 @@ identical settings to connection completion and/or normalization of connection properties.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2634,7 +2634,7 @@ added, not the object itself

- + @@ -2657,12 +2657,12 @@ added, not the object itself

nm_client_add_connection_finish ()

NMRemoteConnection *
 nm_client_add_connection_finish (NMClient *client,
-                                 GAsyncResult *result,
-                                 GError **error);
+ GAsyncResult *result, + GError **error);

Gets the result of a call to nm_client_add_connection_async().

Parameters

-

cancellable

a GCancellable, or NULL

a GCancellable, or NULL

 
+
@@ -2676,12 +2676,12 @@ nm_client_add_connection_finish ( - + - + @@ -2689,7 +2689,7 @@ nm_client_add_connection_finish (

Returns

-

the new NMRemoteConnection on success, NULL on +

the new NMRemoteConnection on success, NULL on failure, in which case error will be set.

[transfer full]

@@ -2698,27 +2698,27 @@ will be set.


nm_client_load_connections ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_client_load_connections (NMClient *client,
                             char **filenames,
                             char ***failures,
-                            GCancellable *cancellable,
-                            GError **error);
+ GCancellable *cancellable, + GError **error);

Requests that the remote settings service load or reload the given files, adding or updating the connections described within.

The changes to the indicated files will not yet be reflected in client 's connections array when the function returns.

If all of the indicated files were successfully loaded, the -function will return TRUE, and failures - will be set to NULL. If +function will return TRUE, and failures + will be set to NULL. If NetworkManager tried to load the files, but some (or all) failed, then failures - will be set to a NULL-terminated array of the + will be set to a NULL-terminated array of the filenames that failed to load.

Parameters

-

result

the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

 

error

location for a GError, or NULL

location for a GError, or NULL

 
+
@@ -2732,23 +2732,23 @@ filenames that failed to load.

- + - - + - + @@ -2756,9 +2756,9 @@ filenames that failed to load.

Returns

-

TRUE if NetworkManager at least tried to load filenames +

TRUE if NetworkManager at least tried to load filenames , -FALSE if an error occurred (eg, permission denied).

+FALSE if an error occurred (eg, permission denied).


@@ -2767,15 +2767,15 @@ filenames that failed to load.

void
 nm_client_load_connections_async (NMClient *client,
                                   char **filenames,
-                                  GCancellable *cancellable,
-                                  GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
-                                  gpointer user_data);
+ GCancellable *cancellable, + GAsyncReadyCallback callback, + gpointer user_data);

Requests that the remote settings service asynchronously load or reload the given files, adding or updating the connections described within.

See nm_client_load_connections() for more details.

Parameters

-

filenames

NULL-terminated array of filenames to load.

NULL-terminated array of filenames to load.

[array zero-terminated=1]

failures

on return, a NULL-terminated array of +

on return, a NULL-terminated array of filenames that failed to load.

[out][transfer full]

cancellable

a GCancellable, or NULL

a GCancellable, or NULL

 

error

return location for GError

return location for GError

 
+
@@ -2789,12 +2789,12 @@ given files, adding or updating the connections described within.

- + - + @@ -2815,16 +2815,16 @@ given files, adding or updating the connections described within.


nm_client_load_connections_finish ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_client_load_connections_finish (NMClient *client,
                                    char ***failures,
-                                   GAsyncResult *result,
-                                   GError **error);
+ GAsyncResult *result, + GError **error);

Gets the result of an nm_client_load_connections_async() call.

See nm_client_load_connections() for more details.

Parameters

-

filenames

NULL-terminated array of filenames to load.

NULL-terminated array of filenames to load.

[array zero-terminated=1]

cancellable

a GCancellable, or NULL

a GCancellable, or NULL

 
+
@@ -2839,17 +2839,17 @@ nm_client_load_connections_finish ( +NULL-terminated array of filenames that failed to load.

- + - + @@ -2857,24 +2857,24 @@ nm_client_load_connections_finish (

Returns

-

TRUE if NetworkManager at least tried to load filenames +

TRUE if NetworkManager at least tried to load filenames , -FALSE if an error occurred (eg, permission denied).

+FALSE if an error occurred (eg, permission denied).


nm_client_reload_connections ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_client_reload_connections (NMClient *client,
-                              GCancellable *cancellable,
-                              GError **error);
+ GCancellable *cancellable, + GError **error);

Requests that the remote settings service reload all connection files from disk, adding, updating, and removing connections until the in-memory state matches the on-disk state.

Parameters

-

failures

on return, a -NULL-terminated array of filenames that failed to load.

[out][transfer full][array zero-terminated=1]

result

the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

 

error

location for a GError, or NULL

location for a GError, or NULL

 
+
@@ -2888,12 +2888,12 @@ the in-memory state matches the on-disk state.

- + - + @@ -2901,7 +2901,7 @@ the in-memory state matches the on-disk state.

Returns

-

TRUE on success, FALSE on failure

+

TRUE on success, FALSE on failure


@@ -2909,15 +2909,15 @@ the in-memory state matches the on-disk state.

nm_client_reload_connections_async ()

void
 nm_client_reload_connections_async (NMClient *client,
-                                    GCancellable *cancellable,
-                                    GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
-                                    gpointer user_data);
+ GCancellable *cancellable, + GAsyncReadyCallback callback, + gpointer user_data);

Requests that the remote settings service begin reloading all connection files from disk, adding, updating, and removing connections until the in-memory state matches the on-disk state.

Parameters

-

cancellable

a GCancellable, or NULL

a GCancellable, or NULL

 

error

return location for GError

return location for GError

 
+
@@ -2931,7 +2931,7 @@ in-memory state matches the on-disk state.

- + @@ -2952,14 +2952,14 @@ in-memory state matches the on-disk state.


nm_client_reload_connections_finish ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_client_reload_connections_finish (NMClient *client,
-                                     GAsyncResult *result,
-                                     GError **error);
+ GAsyncResult *result, + GError **error);

Gets the result of an nm_client_reload_connections_async() call.

Parameters

-

cancellable

a GCancellable, or NULL

a GCancellable, or NULL

 
+
@@ -2973,12 +2973,12 @@ nm_client_reload_connections_finish ( - + - + @@ -2986,7 +2986,7 @@ nm_client_reload_connections_finish (

Returns

-

TRUE on success, FALSE on failure

+

TRUE on success, FALSE on failure

@@ -3178,7 +3178,7 @@ nm_client_reload_connections_finish (

Members

-

result

the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

 

error

return location for GError

return location for GError

 
+
@@ -3328,7 +3328,7 @@ clients can obtain to perform certain tasks on behalf of the current user.

the user requires to obtain a given NMClientPermission

Members

-
+
@@ -3377,7 +3377,7 @@ the user requires to obtain a given NMManagerError, NMSettingsError, NMAgentManagerError, and NMConnectionError.

Members

-
+
@@ -3437,7 +3437,7 @@ likely to become the new

The “active-connections” property

-
  “active-connections”       GPtrArray *
+
  “active-connections”       GPtrArray *

The active connections.

Element-type: NMActiveConnection

Flags: Read

@@ -3445,7 +3445,7 @@ likely to become the new

The “all-devices” property

-
  “all-devices”              GPtrArray *
+
  “all-devices”              GPtrArray *

List of both real devices and device placeholders.

Element-type: NMDevice

Flags: Read

@@ -3454,15 +3454,15 @@ likely to become the new

The “can-modify” property

-
  “can-modify”               gboolean
-

If TRUE, adding and modifying connections is supported.

+
  “can-modify”               gboolean
+

If TRUE, adding and modifying connections is supported.

Flags: Read

Default value: FALSE


The “connections” property

-
  “connections”              GPtrArray *
+
  “connections”              GPtrArray *

The list of configured connections that are available to the user. (Note that this differs from the underlying D-Bus property, which may also contain the object paths of connections that the user does not have @@ -3481,7 +3481,7 @@ permission to read the details of.)


The “devices” property

-
  “devices”                  GPtrArray *
+
  “devices”                  GPtrArray *

List of real network devices. Does not include placeholder devices.

Element-type: NMDevice

Flags: Read

@@ -3489,7 +3489,7 @@ permission to read the details of.)


The “hostname” property

-
  “hostname”                 gchar *
+
  “hostname”                 gchar *

The machine hostname stored in persistent configuration. This can be modified by calling nm_client_save_hostname().

Flags: Read

@@ -3498,7 +3498,7 @@ modified by calling

The “metered” property

-
  “metered”                  guint
+
  “metered”                  guint

Whether the connectivity is metered.

Flags: Read

Default value: 0

@@ -3507,7 +3507,7 @@ modified by calling

The “networking-enabled” property

-
  “networking-enabled”       gboolean
+
  “networking-enabled”       gboolean

Whether networking is enabled.

Flags: Read / Write

Default value: TRUE

@@ -3515,7 +3515,7 @@ modified by calling

The “nm-running” property

-
  “nm-running”               gboolean
+
  “nm-running”               gboolean

Whether the daemon is running.

Flags: Read

Default value: FALSE

@@ -3531,7 +3531,7 @@ see

The “startup” property

-
  “startup”                  gboolean
+
  “startup”                  gboolean

Whether the daemon is still starting up.

Flags: Read

Default value: FALSE

@@ -3547,7 +3547,7 @@ see

The “version” property

-
  “version”                  gchar *
+
  “version”                  gchar *

The NetworkManager version.

Flags: Read

Default value: NULL

@@ -3555,7 +3555,7 @@ see

The “wimax-enabled” property

-
  “wimax-enabled”            gboolean
+
  “wimax-enabled”            gboolean

Whether WiMAX functionality is enabled.

Flags: Read / Write

Default value: FALSE

@@ -3563,7 +3563,7 @@ see

The “wimax-hardware-enabled” property

-
  “wimax-hardware-enabled”   gboolean
+
  “wimax-hardware-enabled”   gboolean

Whether the WiMAX hardware is enabled.

Flags: Read

Default value: FALSE

@@ -3571,7 +3571,7 @@ see

The “wireless-enabled” property

-
  “wireless-enabled”         gboolean
+
  “wireless-enabled”         gboolean

Whether wireless is enabled.

Flags: Read / Write

Default value: FALSE

@@ -3579,7 +3579,7 @@ see

The “wireless-hardware-enabled” property

-
  “wireless-hardware-enabled” gboolean
+
  “wireless-hardware-enabled” gboolean

Whether the wireless hardware is enabled.

Flags: Read

Default value: TRUE

@@ -3587,7 +3587,7 @@ see

The “wwan-enabled” property

-
  “wwan-enabled”             gboolean
+
  “wwan-enabled”             gboolean

Whether WWAN functionality is enabled.

Flags: Read / Write

Default value: FALSE

@@ -3595,7 +3595,7 @@ see

The “wwan-hardware-enabled” property

-
  “wwan-hardware-enabled”    gboolean
+
  “wwan-hardware-enabled”    gboolean

Whether the WWAN hardware is enabled.

Flags: Read

Default value: FALSE

@@ -3608,11 +3608,11 @@ see void user_function (NMClient *client, NMActiveConnection *active_connection, - gpointer user_data) + gpointer user_data)

Notifies that a NMActiveConnection has been added.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -3637,7 +3637,7 @@ user_function (
-

Flags: Run First

+

Flags: Run First


@@ -3645,11 +3645,11 @@ user_function (void user_function (NMClient *client, NMActiveConnection *active_connection, - gpointer user_data) + gpointer user_data)

Notifies that a NMActiveConnection has been removed.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -3674,20 +3674,20 @@ user_function (
-

Flags: Run First

+

Flags: Run First


The “any-device-added” signal

void
 user_function (NMClient *client,
-               GObject  *device,
-               gpointer  user_data)
+ GObject *device, + gpointer user_data)

Notifies that a NMDevice is added. This signal is emitted for both regular devices and placeholder devices.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -3712,20 +3712,20 @@ regular devices and placeholder devices.

-

Flags: Run First

+

Flags: Run First


The “any-device-removed” signal

void
 user_function (NMClient *client,
-               GObject  *device,
-               gpointer  user_data)
+ GObject *device, + gpointer user_data)

Notifies that a NMDevice is removed. This signal is emitted for both regular devices and placeholder devices.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -3750,7 +3750,7 @@ regular devices and placeholder devices.

-

Flags: Run First

+

Flags: Run First


@@ -3758,11 +3758,11 @@ regular devices and placeholder devices.

void
 user_function (NMClient           *client,
                NMRemoteConnection *connection,
-               gpointer            user_data)
+ gpointer user_data)

Notifies that a NMConnection has been added.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -3787,7 +3787,7 @@ user_function (
-

Flags: Run First

+

Flags: Run First


@@ -3795,11 +3795,11 @@ user_function (void user_function (NMClient *client, NMRemoteConnection *connection, - gpointer user_data) + gpointer user_data)

Notifies that a NMConnection has been removed.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -3824,20 +3824,20 @@ user_function (
-

Flags: Run First

+

Flags: Run First


The “device-added” signal

void
 user_function (NMClient *client,
-               GObject  *device,
-               gpointer  user_data)
+ GObject *device, + gpointer user_data)

Notifies that a NMDevice is added. This signal is not emitted for placeholder devices.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -3862,20 +3862,20 @@ placeholder devices.

-

Flags: Run First

+

Flags: Run First


The “device-removed” signal

void
 user_function (NMClient *client,
-               GObject  *device,
-               gpointer  user_data)
+ GObject *device, + gpointer user_data)

Notifies that a NMDevice is removed. This signal is not emitted for placeholder devices.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -3900,20 +3900,20 @@ placeholder devices.

-

Flags: Run First

+

Flags: Run First


The “permission-changed” signal

void
 user_function (NMClient *client,
-               guint     permission,
-               guint     result,
-               gpointer  user_data)
+ guint permission, + guint result, + gpointer user_data)

Notifies that a permission has changed

Parameters

-
+
@@ -3943,7 +3943,7 @@ user_function (
-

Flags: Run First

+

Flags: Run First

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMConnection.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMConnection.html index 06e33b13..efa99d86 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMConnection.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMConnection.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMConnection: libnm Reference Manual - + @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@

Functions

-
+
@@ -74,7 +74,7 @@
-GVariant * +GVariant * nm_connection_to_dbus () @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_connection_replace_settings () @@ -106,7 +106,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_connection_compare () @@ -114,7 +114,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_connection_diff () @@ -122,7 +122,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_connection_verify () @@ -130,7 +130,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_connection_verify_secrets () @@ -138,7 +138,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_connection_normalize () @@ -169,7 +169,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_connection_update_secrets () @@ -199,7 +199,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_connection_is_type () @@ -244,7 +244,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_connection_is_virtual () @@ -503,7 +503,7 @@

Types and Values

-
+
@@ -573,7 +573,7 @@ connection takes ownership of the

Parameters

-
+
@@ -599,12 +599,12 @@ the setting object's reference count.

nm_connection_remove_setting ()

void
 nm_connection_remove_setting (NMConnection *connection,
-                              GType setting_type);
-

Removes the NMSetting with the given GType from the NMConnection. This + GType setting_type); +

Removes the NMSetting with the given GType from the NMConnection. This operation dereferences the NMSetting object.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -618,7 +618,7 @@ operation dereferences the

setting_type

-
+ @@ -630,12 +630,12 @@ operation dereferences the

nm_connection_get_setting ()

NMSetting *
 nm_connection_get_setting (NMConnection *connection,
-                           GType setting_type);
-

Gets the NMSetting with the given GType, if one has been previously added + GType setting_type); +

Gets the NMSetting with the given GType, if one has been previously added to the NMConnection.

Parameters

-

the GType of the setting object to remove

the GType of the setting object to remove

 
+
@@ -649,7 +649,7 @@ to the - + @@ -657,7 +657,7 @@ to the

Returns

-

the NMSetting, or NULL if no setting of that type was previously +

the NMSetting, or NULL if no setting of that type was previously added to the NMConnection.

[transfer none]

@@ -672,7 +672,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_by_name (NMConnection.

Parameters

-

setting_type

the GType of the setting object to return

the GType of the setting object to return

 
+
@@ -694,7 +694,7 @@ the

Returns

-

the NMSetting, or NULL if no setting with that name was previously +

the NMSetting, or NULL if no setting with that name was previously added to the NMConnection.

[transfer none]

@@ -702,15 +702,15 @@ added to the

nm_connection_to_dbus ()

-
GVariant *
+
GVariant *
 nm_connection_to_dbus (NMConnection *connection,
                        NMConnectionSerializationFlags flags);
-

Converts the NMConnection into a GVariant of type +

Converts the NMConnection into a GVariant of type NM_VARIANT_TYPE_CONNECTION describing the connection, suitable for marshalling over D-Bus or otherwise serializing.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -732,7 +732,7 @@ marshalling over D-Bus or otherwise serializing.

Returns

-

a new floating GVariant describing the connection, +

a new floating GVariant describing the connection, its settings, and each setting's properties.

[transfer none]

@@ -740,10 +740,10 @@ its settings, and each setting's properties.


nm_connection_replace_settings ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_connection_replace_settings (NMConnection *connection,
-                                GVariant *new_settings,
-                                GError **error);
+ GVariant *new_settings, + GError **error);

Replaces connection 's settings with new_settings (which must be @@ -751,7 +751,7 @@ syntactically valid, and describe a known type of connection, but does not need to result in a connection that passes nm_connection_verify()).

Parameters

-
+
@@ -765,12 +765,12 @@ need to result in a connection that passes

new_settings

-
+ - + @@ -778,7 +778,7 @@ need to result in a connection that passes

Returns

-

TRUE if connection was updated, FALSE if new_settings +

TRUE if connection was updated, FALSE if new_settings could not be deserialized (in which case connection will be unchanged).

@@ -797,7 +797,7 @@ nm_connection_replace_settings_from_connection with the copied settings.

Parameters

-

a GVariant of type NM_VARIANT_TYPE_CONNECTION, with the new settings

a GVariant of type NM_VARIANT_TYPE_CONNECTION, with the new settings

 

error

location to store error, or NULL

location to store error, or NULL

 
+
@@ -828,7 +828,7 @@ nm_connection_clear_settings (

Parameters

-
+
@@ -845,7 +845,7 @@ nm_connection_clear_settings (

nm_connection_compare ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_connection_compare (NMConnection *a,
                        NMConnection *b,
                        NMSettingCompareFlags flags);
@@ -854,7 +854,7 @@ modified by a set of flags. See

Parameters

-
+
@@ -881,17 +881,17 @@ each flag's behavior.

Returns

-

TRUE if the comparison succeeds, FALSE if it does not

+

TRUE if the comparison succeeds, FALSE if it does not


nm_connection_diff ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_connection_diff (NMConnection *a,
                     NMConnection *b,
                     NMSettingCompareFlags flags,
-                    GHashTable **out_settings);
+ GHashTable **out_settings);

Compares two NMConnection objects for similarity, with comparison behavior modified by a set of flags. See nm_setting_compare() for a description of each flag's behavior. If the connections differ, settings and keys within @@ -900,7 +900,7 @@ each setting that differ are added to the returned o No values are returned, only key names.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -935,16 +935,16 @@ differ mapped to one or more of

Returns

-

TRUE if the connections contain the same values, FALSE if they do +

TRUE if the connections contain the same values, FALSE if they do not


nm_connection_verify ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_connection_verify (NMConnection *connection,
-                      GError **error);
+ GError **error);

Validates the connection and all its settings. Each setting's properties have allowed values, and some values are dependent on other values. For example, if a Wi-Fi connection is security enabled, the NMSettingWireless @@ -952,11 +952,11 @@ setting object's 'security' property must contain the setting name of the NMSettingWirelessSecurity object, which must also be present in the connection for the connection to be valid. As another example, the NMSettingWired object's 'mac-address' property must be a validly formatted -MAC address. The returned GError contains information about which +MAC address. The returned GError contains information about which setting and which property failed validation, and how it failed validation.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -970,7 +970,7 @@ setting and which property failed validation, and how it failed validation.

- + @@ -978,19 +978,19 @@ setting and which property failed validation, and how it failed validation.

Returns

-

TRUE if the connection is valid, FALSE if it is not

+

TRUE if the connection is valid, FALSE if it is not


nm_connection_verify_secrets ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_connection_verify_secrets (NMConnection *connection,
-                              GError **error);
+ GError **error);

Verifies the secrets in the connection.

Parameters

-

error

location to store error, or NULL

location to store error, or NULL

 
+
@@ -1004,7 +1004,7 @@ nm_connection_verify_secrets (

error

-
+ @@ -1012,29 +1012,29 @@ nm_connection_verify_secrets (

Returns

-

TRUE if the secrets are valid, FALSE if they are not

+

TRUE if the secrets are valid, FALSE if they are not

Since: 1.2


nm_connection_normalize ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_connection_normalize (NMConnection *connection,
-                         GHashTable *parameters,
-                         gboolean *modified,
-                         GError **error);
+ GHashTable *parameters, + gboolean *modified, + GError **error);

Does some basic normalization and fixup of well known inconsistencies and deprecated fields. If the connection was modified in any way, the output parameter modified - is set TRUE.

-

Finally the connection will be verified and TRUE returns if the connection + is set TRUE.

+

Finally the connection will be verified and TRUE returns if the connection is valid. As this function only performs some specific normalization steps it cannot repair all connections. If the connection has errors that cannot be normalized, the connection will not be modified.

Parameters

-

location to store error, or NULL

location to store error, or NULL

 
+
@@ -1048,10 +1048,10 @@ cannot be normalized, the connection will not be modified.

- @@ -1062,7 +1062,7 @@ The values are opaque and depend on the parameter name.

- @@ -1071,7 +1071,7 @@ why the connection is invalid, if the function returns an error.

Returns

-

TRUE if the connection is valid, FALSE if it is not

+

TRUE if the connection is valid, FALSE if it is not


@@ -1079,7 +1079,7 @@ why the connection is invalid, if the function returns an error.

nm_connection_need_secrets ()

const char *
 nm_connection_need_secrets (NMConnection *connection,
-                            GPtrArray **hints);
+ GPtrArray **hints);

Returns the name of the first setting object in the connection which would need secrets to make a successful connection. The returned hints are only intended as a guide to what secrets may be required, because in some @@ -1087,7 +1087,7 @@ circumstances, there is no way to conclusively determine exactly which secrets are needed.

Parameters

-

parameters

a GHashTable with +

a GHashTable with normalization parameters to allow customization of the normalization by providing specific arguments. Unknown arguments will be ignored and the default will be -used. The keys must be strings, hashed by g_str_hash() and g_str_equal() functions. +used. The keys must be strings, hashed by g_str_hash() and g_str_equal() functions. The values are opaque and depend on the parameter name.

[allow-none][element-type utf8 gpointer]

error

location to store error, or NULL. Contains the reason, +

location to store error, or NULL. Contains the reason, why the connection is invalid, if the function returns an error.

 
+
@@ -1101,10 +1101,10 @@ secrets are needed.

- @@ -1126,7 +1126,7 @@ nm_connection_clear_secrets (

Parameters

-

hints

the address of a pointer to a GPtrArray, initialized to NULL, which on -return points to an allocated GPtrArray containing the property names of +

the address of a pointer to a GPtrArray, initialized to NULL, which on +return points to an allocated GPtrArray containing the property names of secrets of the NMSetting which may be required; the caller owns the array -and must free the array itself with g_ptr_array_free(), but not free its +and must free the array itself with g_ptr_array_free(), but not free its elements.

[out][element-type utf8][allow-none][transfer container]
+
@@ -1147,12 +1147,12 @@ keeping secret data in memory when not needed.

nm_connection_clear_secrets_with_flags (NMConnection *connection, NMSettingClearSecretsWithFlagsFn func, - gpointer user_data); + gpointer user_data);

Clears and frees secrets determined by func .

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1183,22 +1183,22 @@ specific secret should be cleared or not.


nm_connection_update_secrets ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_connection_update_secrets (NMConnection *connection,
                               const char *setting_name,
-                              GVariant *secrets,
-                              GError **error);
+ GVariant *secrets, + GError **error);

Update the specified setting's secrets, given a dictionary of secrets intended for that setting (deserialized from D-Bus for example). Will also extract the given setting's secrets hash if given a connection dictionary. If setting_name - is NULL, expects a fully serialized NMConnection as + is NULL, expects a fully serialized NMConnection as returned by nm_connection_to_dbus() and will update all secrets from all settings contained in secrets .

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1217,13 +1217,13 @@ settings contained in secrets - - + @@ -1231,7 +1231,7 @@ or

Returns

-

TRUE if the secrets were successfully updated, FALSE if the update +

TRUE if the secrets were successfully updated, FALSE if the update failed (tried to update secrets for a setting that doesn't exist, etc)

@@ -1242,11 +1242,11 @@ failed (tried to update secrets for a setting that doesn't exist, etc)

nm_connection_set_path (NMConnection *connection, const char *path);

Sets the D-Bus path of the connection. This property is not serialized, and -is only for the reference of the caller. Sets the “path” +is only for the reference of the caller. Sets the “path” property.

Parameters

-

secrets

a GVariant of secrets, of type NM_VARIANT_TYPE_CONNECTION +

a GVariant of secrets, of type NM_VARIANT_TYPE_CONNECTION or NM_VARIANT_TYPE_SETTING

 

error

location to store error, or NULL

location to store error, or NULL

 
+
@@ -1276,7 +1276,7 @@ nm_connection_get_path (

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1301,13 +1301,13 @@ nm_connection_get_path (const char * nm_connection_get_interface_name (NMConnection *connection);

Returns the interface name as stored in NMSettingConnection:interface_name. -If the connection contains no NMSettingConnection, it will return NULL.

+If the connection contains no NMSettingConnection, it will return NULL.

For hardware devices and software devices created outside of NetworkManager, this name is used to match the device. for software devices created by NetworkManager, this is the name of the created interface.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1322,13 +1322,13 @@ NetworkManager, this is the name of the created interface.

Returns

-

Name of the kernel interface or NULL

+

Name of the kernel interface or NULL


nm_connection_is_type ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_connection_is_type (NMConnection *connection,
                        const char *type);

A convenience function to check if the given connection @@ -1338,7 +1338,7 @@ property of the connection and matches that against .

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1361,8 +1361,8 @@ property of the connection and matches that against

Returns

-

TRUE if the connection is of the given type -, FALSE if not

+

TRUE if the connection is of the given type +, FALSE if not


@@ -1371,12 +1371,12 @@ property of the connection and matches that against
void
 nm_connection_for_each_setting_value (NMConnection *connection,
                                       NMSettingValueIterFn func,
-                                      gpointer user_data);
+ gpointer user_data);

Iterates over the properties of each NMSetting object in the NMConnection, calling the supplied user function for each property.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1413,7 +1413,7 @@ be used for serialization of the connection or machine-parsed in any way. The output format is not guaranteed to be stable and may change at any time.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1435,7 +1435,7 @@ nm_connection_get_uuid (NMSettingConnection.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1461,7 +1461,7 @@ nm_connection_get_id (NMSettingConnection.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1487,7 +1487,7 @@ nm_connection_get_connection_type (A shortcut to return the type from the connection's NMSettingConnection.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1508,14 +1508,14 @@ nm_connection_get_connection_type (

nm_connection_is_virtual ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_connection_is_virtual (NMConnection *connection);

Checks if connection refers to a virtual device (and thus can potentially be activated even if the device it refers to doesn't exist).

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1546,7 +1546,7 @@ return for the virtual device that would be created for

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1563,7 +1563,7 @@ Eg, "VLAN (eth1.1)".

Returns

the name of connection 's device, -or NULL if connection +or NULL if connection is not a virtual connection type.

[transfer full]

@@ -1576,7 +1576,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_802_1x (A shortcut to return any NMSetting8021x the connection might contain.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1591,7 +1591,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_802_1x (

Returns

-

an NMSetting8021x if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSetting8021x if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

@@ -1603,7 +1603,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_bluetooth (A shortcut to return any NMSettingBluetooth the connection might contain.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1618,7 +1618,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_bluetooth (

Returns

-

an NMSettingBluetooth if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingBluetooth if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

@@ -1630,7 +1630,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_bond (A shortcut to return any NMSettingBond the connection might contain.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1645,7 +1645,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_bond (

Returns

-

an NMSettingBond if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingBond if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

@@ -1657,7 +1657,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_team (A shortcut to return any NMSettingTeam the connection might contain.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1672,7 +1672,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_team (

Returns

-

an NMSettingTeam if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingTeam if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

@@ -1684,7 +1684,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_team_port (A shortcut to return any NMSettingTeamPort the connection might contain.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1699,7 +1699,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_team_port (

Returns

-

an NMSettingTeamPort if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingTeamPort if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

@@ -1711,7 +1711,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_bridge (A shortcut to return any NMSettingBridge the connection might contain.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1726,7 +1726,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_bridge (

Returns

-

an NMSettingBridge if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingBridge if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

@@ -1738,7 +1738,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_bridge_port (NMSettingBridgePort the connection might contain.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1753,7 +1753,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_bridge_port (

Returns

-

an NMSettingBridgePort if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingBridgePort if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

@@ -1765,7 +1765,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_cdma (A shortcut to return any NMSettingCdma the connection might contain.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1780,7 +1780,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_cdma (

Returns

-

an NMSettingCdma if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingCdma if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

@@ -1792,7 +1792,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_connection (NMSettingConnection the connection might contain.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1807,7 +1807,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_connection (

Returns

-

an NMSettingConnection if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingConnection if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

@@ -1819,7 +1819,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_dcb (A shortcut to return any NMSettingDcb the connection might contain.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1846,7 +1846,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_generic (A shortcut to return any NMSettingGeneric the connection might contain.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1873,7 +1873,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_gsm (A shortcut to return any NMSettingGsm the connection might contain.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1888,7 +1888,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_gsm (

Returns

-

an NMSettingGsm if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingGsm if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

@@ -1900,7 +1900,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_infiniband (NMSettingInfiniband the connection might contain.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1915,7 +1915,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_infiniband (

Returns

-

an NMSettingInfiniband if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingInfiniband if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

@@ -1927,7 +1927,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_ip_tunnel (A shortcut to return any NMSettingIPTunnel the connection might contain.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1942,7 +1942,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_ip_tunnel (

Returns

-

an NMSettingIPTunnel if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingIPTunnel if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

Since: 1.2

@@ -1958,7 +1958,7 @@ majority of IPv4-setting-related methods are on that type, not NMSettingIP4Config.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1974,7 +1974,7 @@ majority of IPv4-setting-related methods are on that type, not

Returns

an NMSettingIP4Config if the -connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[type NMSettingIP4Config][transfer none]

@@ -1989,7 +1989,7 @@ majority of IPv6-setting-related methods are on that type, not NMSettingIP6Config.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2005,7 +2005,7 @@ majority of IPv6-setting-related methods are on that type, not

Returns

an NMSettingIP6Config if the -connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[type NMSettingIP6Config][transfer none]

@@ -2017,7 +2017,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_macvlan (A shortcut to return any NMSettingMacvlan the connection might contain.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2032,7 +2032,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_macvlan (

Returns

-

an NMSettingMacvlan if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingMacvlan if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

Since: 1.2

@@ -2045,7 +2045,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_olpc_mesh (A shortcut to return any NMSettingOlpcMesh the connection might contain.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2060,7 +2060,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_olpc_mesh (

Returns

-

an NMSettingOlpcMesh if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingOlpcMesh if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

@@ -2072,7 +2072,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_ppp (A shortcut to return any NMSettingPpp the connection might contain.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2087,7 +2087,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_ppp (

Returns

-

an NMSettingPpp if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingPpp if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

@@ -2099,7 +2099,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_pppoe (A shortcut to return any NMSettingPppoe the connection might contain.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2114,7 +2114,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_pppoe (

Returns

-

an NMSettingPppoe if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingPppoe if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

@@ -2126,7 +2126,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_serial (A shortcut to return any NMSettingSerial the connection might contain.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2141,7 +2141,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_serial (

Returns

-

an NMSettingSerial if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingSerial if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

@@ -2153,7 +2153,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_tun (A shortcut to return any NMSettingTun the connection might contain.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2168,7 +2168,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_tun (

Returns

-

an NMSettingTun if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingTun if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

Since: 1.2

@@ -2181,7 +2181,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_vpn (A shortcut to return any NMSettingVpn the connection might contain.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2196,7 +2196,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_vpn (

Returns

-

an NMSettingVpn if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingVpn if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

@@ -2208,7 +2208,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_wimax (A shortcut to return any NMSettingWimax the connection might contain.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2223,7 +2223,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_wimax (

Returns

-

an NMSettingWimax if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingWimax if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

@@ -2235,7 +2235,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_adsl (A shortcut to return any NMSettingAdsl the connection might contain.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2250,7 +2250,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_adsl (

Returns

-

an NMSettingAdsl if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingAdsl if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

@@ -2262,7 +2262,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_wired (A shortcut to return any NMSettingWired the connection might contain.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2277,7 +2277,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_wired (

Returns

-

an NMSettingWired if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingWired if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

@@ -2289,7 +2289,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_wireless (A shortcut to return any NMSettingWireless the connection might contain.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2304,7 +2304,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_wireless (

Returns

-

an NMSettingWireless if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingWireless if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

@@ -2317,7 +2317,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_wireless_security

A shortcut to return any NMSettingWirelessSecurity the connection might contain.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2332,7 +2332,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_wireless_security

Returns

-

an NMSettingWirelessSecurity if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingWirelessSecurity if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

@@ -2344,7 +2344,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_vlan (A shortcut to return any NMSettingVlan the connection might contain.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2359,7 +2359,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_vlan (

Returns

-

an NMSettingVlan if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingVlan if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

@@ -2371,7 +2371,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_vxlan (A shortcut to return any NMSettingVxlan the connection might contain.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2386,7 +2386,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_vxlan (

Returns

-

an NMSettingVxlan if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingVxlan if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

Since: 1.2

@@ -2432,7 +2432,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_vxlan (

Members

-
+
@@ -2440,7 +2440,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_vxlan ( - + @@ -2468,8 +2468,8 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_vxlan (

NM_VARIANT_TYPE_SETTING

#define NM_VARIANT_TYPE_SETTING G_VARIANT_TYPE_VARDICT
 
-

GVariantType for a dictionary mapping from property names to values. This is -an alias for G_VARIANT_TYPE_VARDICT, and is the type of each element of +

GVariantType for a dictionary mapping from property names to values. This is +an alias for G_VARIANT_TYPE_VARDICT, and is the type of each element of an NM_VARIANT_TYPE_CONNECTION dictionary.


@@ -2479,7 +2479,7 @@ an NM_VARIANT_TYPE_CONNECTION dictionary.

calling nm_connection_to_dbus().

Members

-

GTypeInterface parent;

GTypeInterface parent;

the parent interace struct

 
+
diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMDevice.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMDevice.html index ba26a21a..7951da7a 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMDevice.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMDevice.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMDevice: libnm Reference Manual - + @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@

Functions

-
+
@@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ - -
-gboolean +gboolean nm_device_get_managed () @@ -133,7 +133,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_device_get_autoconnect () @@ -149,7 +149,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_device_get_firmware_missing () @@ -157,7 +157,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_device_get_nm_plugin_missing () @@ -220,7 +220,7 @@
const GPtrArray * +const GPtrArray * nm_device_get_available_connections () @@ -235,7 +235,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_device_get_mtu () @@ -243,7 +243,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_device_is_real () @@ -251,7 +251,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_device_is_software () @@ -288,7 +288,7 @@
-GPtrArray * +GPtrArray * nm_device_get_lldp_neighbors () @@ -304,7 +304,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_device_reapply () @@ -320,7 +320,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_device_reapply_finish () @@ -352,7 +352,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_device_disconnect () @@ -368,7 +368,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_device_disconnect_finish () @@ -376,7 +376,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_device_delete () @@ -392,7 +392,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_device_delete_finish () @@ -400,7 +400,7 @@
-GPtrArray * +GPtrArray * nm_device_filter_connections () @@ -408,7 +408,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_device_connection_valid () @@ -416,7 +416,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_device_connection_compatible () @@ -424,7 +424,7 @@
-GType +GType nm_device_get_setting_type () @@ -464,7 +464,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_lldp_neighbor_get_attr_string_value () @@ -472,14 +472,14 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_lldp_neighbor_get_attr_uint_value ()
const GVariantType * +const GVariantType * nm_lldp_neighbor_get_attr_type () @@ -490,7 +490,7 @@

Properties

-
+
@@ -504,13 +504,13 @@ - + +GPtrArray * @@ -538,36 +538,36 @@ +gchar * +gchar * - + +gchar * +gchar * +gchar * @@ -585,44 +585,44 @@ +GPtrArray * - + - + - + - + +gchar * +gchar * - + @@ -632,19 +632,19 @@ - + +gchar * +gchar * @@ -653,7 +653,7 @@

Signals

-
Read
gbooleangboolean autoconnect Read / Write
-GPtrArray * available-connections Read
-gchar * driver Read
-gchar * driver-version Read
gbooleangboolean firmware-missing Read
-gchar * firmware-version Read
-gchar * interface Read
-gchar * ip-interface Read
-GPtrArray * lldp-neighbors Read
gbooleangboolean managed Read
guintguint metered Read
guintguint mtu Read
gbooleangboolean nm-plugin-missing Read
-gchar * physical-port-id Read
-gchar * product Read
gbooleangboolean real Read
Read
guintguint state-reason Read
-gchar * udi Read
-gchar * vendor Read
+
@@ -662,13 +662,13 @@ - +
void state-changedRun FirstRun First

Types and Values

-
+
@@ -793,7 +793,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

    GBoxed
     ╰── NMLldpNeighbor
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ├── NMDeviceAdsl
@@ -819,7 +819,7 @@
 

Implemented Interfaces

NMDevice implements - GInitable and GAsyncInitable.

+ GInitable and GAsyncInitable.

Description

@@ -833,7 +833,7 @@ nm_device_get_iface (NMDevice.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -861,7 +861,7 @@ nm_device_get_ip_iface (

Parameters

-
+
@@ -888,7 +888,7 @@ nm_device_get_device_type (NMDevice, ie Ethernet, Wi-Fi, etc.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -914,7 +914,7 @@ nm_device_get_udi (NMDevice.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -942,7 +942,7 @@ nm_device_get_driver (NMDevice.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -969,7 +969,7 @@ nm_device_get_driver_version (NMDevice.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -996,7 +996,7 @@ nm_device_get_firmware_version (Gets the firmware version of the NMDevice.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1025,7 +1025,7 @@ nm_device_get_type_description (

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1053,7 +1053,7 @@ nm_device_get_hw_address (

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1068,7 +1068,7 @@ nm_device_get_hw_address (

Returns

-

the current MAC of the device, or NULL. +

the current MAC of the device, or NULL. This is the internal string used by the device, and must not be modified.

@@ -1080,7 +1080,7 @@ nm_device_get_capabilities (

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1101,12 +1101,12 @@ nm_device_get_capabilities (

nm_device_get_managed ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_get_managed (NMDevice *device);

Whether the NMDevice is managed by NetworkManager.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1121,7 +1121,7 @@ nm_device_get_managed (

Returns

-

TRUE if the device is managed by NetworkManager

+

TRUE if the device is managed by NetworkManager


@@ -1129,11 +1129,11 @@ nm_device_get_managed (

nm_device_set_managed ()

void
 nm_device_set_managed (NMDevice *device,
-                       gboolean managed);
+ gboolean managed);

Enables or disables management of NMDevice by NetworkManager.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1147,7 +1147,7 @@ nm_device_set_managed (

managed

-
+ @@ -1158,12 +1158,12 @@ nm_device_set_managed (

nm_device_get_autoconnect ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_get_autoconnect (NMDevice *device);

Whether the NMDevice can be autoconnected.

Parameters

-

TRUE to make the device managed by NetworkManager.

TRUE to make the device managed by NetworkManager.

 
+
@@ -1178,7 +1178,7 @@ nm_device_get_autoconnect (

Returns

-

TRUE if the device is allowed to be autoconnected

+

TRUE if the device is allowed to be autoconnected


@@ -1186,11 +1186,11 @@ nm_device_get_autoconnect (

nm_device_set_autoconnect ()

void
 nm_device_set_autoconnect (NMDevice *device,
-                           gboolean autoconnect);
+ gboolean autoconnect);

Enables or disables automatic activation of the NMDevice.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1204,7 +1204,7 @@ nm_device_set_autoconnect (

autoconnect

-
+ @@ -1214,13 +1214,13 @@ nm_device_set_autoconnect (

nm_device_get_firmware_missing ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_get_firmware_missing (NMDevice *device);

Indicates that firmware required for the device's operation is likely to be missing.

Parameters

-

TRUE to enable autoconnecting

TRUE to enable autoconnecting

 
+
@@ -1235,19 +1235,19 @@ to be missing.

Returns

-

TRUE if firmware required for the device's operation is likely +

TRUE if firmware required for the device's operation is likely to be missing.


nm_device_get_nm_plugin_missing ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_get_nm_plugin_missing (NMDevice *device);

Indicates that the NetworkManager plugin for the device is not installed.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1262,7 +1262,7 @@ nm_device_get_nm_plugin_missing (

Returns

-

TRUE if the device plugin not installed.

+

TRUE if the device plugin not installed.

Since: 1.2

@@ -1276,7 +1276,7 @@ nm_device_get_ip4_config (

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1291,7 +1291,7 @@ works with VPN connections.

Returns

-

the IPv4 NMIPConfig, or NULL if the device is not +

the IPv4 NMIPConfig, or NULL if the device is not activated.

[transfer none]

@@ -1306,7 +1306,7 @@ nm_device_get_dhcp4_config (

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1321,7 +1321,7 @@ works with VPN connections.

Returns

-

the IPv4 NMDhcpConfig, or NULL if the device is +

the IPv4 NMDhcpConfig, or NULL if the device is not activated or not using DHCP.

[transfer none]

@@ -1336,7 +1336,7 @@ nm_device_get_ip6_config (

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1351,7 +1351,7 @@ works with VPN connections.

Returns

-

the IPv6 NMIPConfig or NULL if the device is not activated.

+

the IPv6 NMIPConfig or NULL if the device is not activated.

[transfer none]

@@ -1365,7 +1365,7 @@ nm_device_get_dhcp6_config (

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1380,7 +1380,7 @@ works with VPN connections.

Returns

-

the IPv6 NMDhcpConfig, or NULL if the device is +

the IPv6 NMDhcpConfig, or NULL if the device is not activated or not using DHCPv6.

[transfer none]

@@ -1393,7 +1393,7 @@ nm_device_get_state (NMDevice state.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1419,7 +1419,7 @@ nm_device_get_state_reason (NMDevice state.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1445,7 +1445,7 @@ nm_device_get_active_connection (Gets the NMActiveConnection object which owns this device during activation.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1460,7 +1460,7 @@ nm_device_get_active_connection (

Returns

-

the NMActiveConnection or NULL if the device is +

the NMActiveConnection or NULL if the device is not part of an active connection.

[transfer none]

@@ -1468,14 +1468,14 @@ not part of an active connection.


nm_device_get_available_connections ()

-
const GPtrArray *
+
const GPtrArray *
 nm_device_get_available_connections (NMDevice *device);

Gets the NMRemoteConnections currently known to the daemon that could be activated on device .

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1490,7 +1490,7 @@ be activated on device

Returns

-

the GPtrArray +

the GPtrArray containing NMRemoteConnections. This is the internal copy used by the connection, and must not be modified.

[element-type NMRemoteConnection]

@@ -1501,13 +1501,13 @@ the connection, and must not be modified.

nm_device_get_physical_port_id ()

const char *
 nm_device_get_physical_port_id (NMDevice *device);
-

Gets the physical port ID of the NMDevice. If non-NULL, this is +

Gets the physical port ID of the NMDevice. If non-NULL, this is an opaque string that can be used to recognize when seemingly-unrelated NMDevices are actually just different virtual ports on a single physical port. (Eg, NPAR / SR-IOV.)

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1522,7 +1522,7 @@ ports on a single physical port. (Eg, NPAR / SR-IOV.)

Returns

-

the physical port ID of the device, or NULL if the port +

the physical port ID of the device, or NULL if the port ID is unknown. This is the internal string used by the device and must not be modified.

@@ -1530,12 +1530,12 @@ must not be modified.


nm_device_get_mtu ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_device_get_mtu (NMDevice *device);

Gets the MTU of the NMDevice.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1556,11 +1556,11 @@ nm_device_get_mtu (

nm_device_is_real ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_is_real (NMDevice *device);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1575,7 +1575,7 @@ nm_device_is_real (

Returns

-

TRUE if the device exists, or FALSE if it is a placeholder device +

TRUE if the device exists, or FALSE if it is a placeholder device that could be automatically created by NetworkManager if one of its “available-connections” was activated.

@@ -1584,12 +1584,12 @@ that could be automatically created by NetworkManager if one of its

nm_device_is_software ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_is_software (NMDevice *device);

Whether the device is a software device.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1604,8 +1604,8 @@ nm_device_is_software (

Returns

-

TRUE if device -is a software device, FALSE if it is a hardware device.

+

TRUE if device +is a software device, FALSE if it is a hardware device.


@@ -1616,7 +1616,7 @@ nm_device_get_product (NMDevice.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1643,7 +1643,7 @@ nm_device_get_vendor (NMDevice.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1671,7 +1671,7 @@ nm_device_get_description (

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1699,7 +1699,7 @@ nm_device_get_metered (NMDevice.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1721,12 +1721,12 @@ nm_device_get_metered (

nm_device_get_lldp_neighbors ()

-
GPtrArray *
+
GPtrArray *
 nm_device_get_lldp_neighbors (NMDevice *device);

Gets the list of neighbors discovered through LLDP.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1741,7 +1741,7 @@ nm_device_get_lldp_neighbors (

Returns

-

the GPtrArray +

the GPtrArray containing NMLldpNeighbors. This is the internal copy used by the device and must not be modified. The library never modifies the returned array and thus it is safe for callers to reference and keep using it.

@@ -1760,7 +1760,7 @@ devices in devices .

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1790,18 +1790,18 @@ devices in devices

nm_device_reapply ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_reapply (NMDevice *device,
                    NMConnection *connection,
-                   guint64 version_id,
-                   guint32 flags,
-                   GCancellable *cancellable,
-                   GError **error);
+ guint64 version_id, + guint32 flags, + GCancellable *cancellable, + GError **error);

Attempts to update device with changes to the currently active connection made since it was last applied.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1815,7 +1815,7 @@ made since it was last applied.

- + @@ -1832,12 +1832,12 @@ catch concurrent accesses.

- + - + @@ -1845,7 +1845,7 @@ catch concurrent accesses.

Returns

-

TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error +

TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error will be set.

Since: 1.2

@@ -1856,16 +1856,16 @@ will be set.

void
 nm_device_reapply_async (NMDevice *device,
                          NMConnection *connection,
-                         guint64 version_id,
-                         guint32 flags,
-                         GCancellable *cancellable,
-                         GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
-                         gpointer user_data);
+ guint64 version_id, + guint32 flags, + GCancellable *cancellable, + GAsyncReadyCallback callback, + gpointer user_data);

Asynchronously begins an attempt to update device with changes to the currently active connection made since it was last applied.

Parameters

-

connection

the NMConnection to replace the applied settings with or NULL to reuse existing

the NMConnection to replace the applied settings with or NULL to reuse existing

 

cancellable

a GCancellable, or NULL

a GCancellable, or NULL

 

error

location for a GError, or NULL

location for a GError, or NULL

 
+
@@ -1879,7 +1879,7 @@ currently active connection made since it was last applied.

- + @@ -1896,7 +1896,7 @@ catch concurrent accesses.

- + @@ -1918,14 +1918,14 @@ catch concurrent accesses.


nm_device_reapply_finish ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_reapply_finish (NMDevice *device,
-                          GAsyncResult *result,
-                          GError **error);
+ GAsyncResult *result, + GError **error);

Gets the result of a call to nm_device_reapply_async().

Parameters

-

connection

the NMConnection to replace the applied settings with or NULL to reuse existing

the NMConnection to replace the applied settings with or NULL to reuse existing

 

cancellable

a GCancellable, or NULL

a GCancellable, or NULL

 
+
@@ -1939,12 +1939,12 @@ nm_device_reapply_finish (

result

-
+ - + @@ -1952,7 +1952,7 @@ nm_device_reapply_finish (

Returns

-

TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error +

TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error will be set.

Since: 1.2

@@ -1962,14 +1962,14 @@ will be set.

nm_device_get_applied_connection ()

NMConnection *
 nm_device_get_applied_connection (NMDevice *device,
-                                  guint32 flags,
-                                  guint64 *version_id,
-                                  GCancellable *cancellable,
-                                  GError **error);
+ guint32 flags, + guint64 *version_id, + GCancellable *cancellable, + GError **error);

Fetch the currently applied connection on the device.

Parameters

-

the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

 

error

location for a GError, or NULL

location for a GError, or NULL

 
+
@@ -1994,12 +1994,12 @@ the applied connection.

- + - + @@ -2008,7 +2008,7 @@ the applied connection.

Returns

a NMConnection with the currently applied settings -or NULL on error.

+or NULL on error.

The connection is as received from D-Bus and might not validate according to nm_connection_verify().

[transfer full]

@@ -2021,14 +2021,14 @@ to void nm_device_get_applied_connection_async (NMDevice *device, - guint32 flags, - GCancellable *cancellable, - GAsyncReadyCallback callback, - gpointer user_data); + guint32 flags, + GCancellable *cancellable, + GAsyncReadyCallback callback, + gpointer user_data);

Asynchronously begins an get the a currently applied connection.

Parameters

-

cancellable

a GCancellable, or NULL

a GCancellable, or NULL

 

error

location for a GError, or NULL

location for a GError, or NULL

 
+
@@ -2047,7 +2047,7 @@ nm_device_get_applied_connection_async - + @@ -2072,13 +2072,13 @@ nm_device_get_applied_connection_async
NMConnection *
 nm_device_get_applied_connection_finish
                                (NMDevice *device,
-                                GAsyncResult *result,
-                                guint64 *version_id,
-                                GError **error);
+ GAsyncResult *result, + guint64 *version_id, + GError **error);

Gets the result of a call to nm_device_get_applied_connection_async().

Parameters

-

cancellable

a GCancellable, or NULL

a GCancellable, or NULL

 
+
@@ -2092,7 +2092,7 @@ nm_device_get_applied_connection_finish - + @@ -2103,7 +2103,7 @@ connection.

- + @@ -2111,7 +2111,7 @@ connection.

Returns

-

a currently applied NMConnection or NULL in case +

a currently applied NMConnection or NULL in case of error.

The connection is as received from D-Bus and might not validate according to nm_connection_verify().

@@ -2122,16 +2122,16 @@ to

nm_device_disconnect ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_disconnect (NMDevice *device,
-                      GCancellable *cancellable,
-                      GError **error);
+ GCancellable *cancellable, + GError **error);

Disconnects the device if currently connected, and prevents the device from automatically connecting to networks until the next manual network connection request.

Parameters

-

result

the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

 

error

location for a GError, or NULL

location for a GError, or NULL

 
+
@@ -2145,12 +2145,12 @@ request.

- + - + @@ -2158,7 +2158,7 @@ request.

Returns

-

TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error +

TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error will be set.

@@ -2167,15 +2167,15 @@ will be set.

nm_device_disconnect_async ()

void
 nm_device_disconnect_async (NMDevice *device,
-                            GCancellable *cancellable,
-                            GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
-                            gpointer user_data);
+ GCancellable *cancellable, + GAsyncReadyCallback callback, + gpointer user_data);

Asynchronously begins disconnecting the device if currently connected, and prevents the device from automatically connecting to networks until the next manual network connection request.

Parameters

-

cancellable

a GCancellable, or NULL

a GCancellable, or NULL

 

error

location for a GError, or NULL

location for a GError, or NULL

 
+
@@ -2189,7 +2189,7 @@ manual network connection request.

- + @@ -2210,14 +2210,14 @@ manual network connection request.


nm_device_disconnect_finish ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_disconnect_finish (NMDevice *device,
-                             GAsyncResult *result,
-                             GError **error);
+ GAsyncResult *result, + GError **error);

Gets the result of a call to nm_device_disconnect_async().

Parameters

-

cancellable

a GCancellable, or NULL

a GCancellable, or NULL

 
+
@@ -2231,12 +2231,12 @@ nm_device_disconnect_finish (

result

-
+ - + @@ -2244,21 +2244,21 @@ nm_device_disconnect_finish (

Returns

-

TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error +

TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error will be set.


nm_device_delete ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_delete (NMDevice *device,
-                  GCancellable *cancellable,
-                  GError **error);
+ GCancellable *cancellable, + GError **error);

Deletes the software device. Hardware devices can't be deleted.

Parameters

-

the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

 

error

location for a GError, or NULL

location for a GError, or NULL

 
+
@@ -2272,12 +2272,12 @@ nm_device_delete (

cancellable

-
+ - + @@ -2285,7 +2285,7 @@ nm_device_delete (

Returns

-

TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error +

TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error will be set.

@@ -2294,14 +2294,14 @@ will be set.

nm_device_delete_async ()

void
 nm_device_delete_async (NMDevice *device,
-                        GCancellable *cancellable,
-                        GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
-                        gpointer user_data);
+ GCancellable *cancellable, + GAsyncReadyCallback callback, + gpointer user_data);

Asynchronously begins deleteing the software device. Hardware devices can't be deleted.

Parameters

-

a GCancellable, or NULL

a GCancellable, or NULL

 

error

location for a GError, or NULL

location for a GError, or NULL

 
+
@@ -2315,7 +2315,7 @@ be deleted.

- + @@ -2336,14 +2336,14 @@ be deleted.


nm_device_delete_finish ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_delete_finish (NMDevice *device,
-                         GAsyncResult *result,
-                         GError **error);
+ GAsyncResult *result, + GError **error);

Gets the result of a call to nm_device_delete_async().

Parameters

-

cancellable

a GCancellable, or NULL

a GCancellable, or NULL

 
+
@@ -2357,12 +2357,12 @@ nm_device_delete_finish (

result

-
+ - + @@ -2370,16 +2370,16 @@ nm_device_delete_finish (

Returns

-

TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error +

TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error will be set.


nm_device_filter_connections ()

-
GPtrArray *
+
GPtrArray *
 nm_device_filter_connections (NMDevice *device,
-                              const GPtrArray *connections);
+ const GPtrArray *connections);

Filters a given array of connections for a given NMDevice object and returns connections which may be activated with the device. For example if device @@ -2392,7 +2392,7 @@ incompatible with the device. To get the full list of connections see nm_client_get_connections().

Parameters

-

the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

 

error

location for a GError, or NULL

location for a GError, or NULL

 
+
@@ -2406,7 +2406,7 @@ incompatible with the device. To get the full list of connections see - + @@ -2415,16 +2415,16 @@ incompatible with the device. To get the full list of connections see

Returns

an array of -NMConnections that could be activated with the given device +NMConnections that could be activated with the given device . The array -should be freed with g_ptr_array_unref() when it is no longer required.

+should be freed with g_ptr_array_unref() when it is no longer required.

[transfer container][element-type NMConnection]


nm_device_connection_valid ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_connection_valid (NMDevice *device,
                             NMConnection *connection);

Validates a given connection for a given NMDevice object and returns @@ -2437,7 +2437,7 @@ an Ethernet, Bluetooth, WWAN, etc connection that is incompatible with the device.

Parameters

-

connections

an array of NMConnections to filter.

an array of NMConnections to filter.

[element-type NMConnection]
+
@@ -2461,17 +2461,17 @@ against

Returns

-

TRUE if the connection may be activated with this device, FALSE +

TRUE if the connection may be activated with this device, FALSE if is incompatible with the device's capabilities and characteristics.


nm_device_connection_compatible ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_connection_compatible (NMDevice *device,
                                  NMConnection *connection,
-                                 GError **error);
+ GError **error);

Validates a given connection for a given NMDevice object and returns whether the connection may be activated with the device. For example if device @@ -2485,7 +2485,7 @@ compatibility of the given device and connection. But, in addition, it sets GError when FALSE is returned.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2506,7 +2506,7 @@ against

- + @@ -2514,21 +2514,21 @@ against

Returns

-

TRUE if the connection may be activated with this device, FALSE +

TRUE if the connection may be activated with this device, FALSE if is incompatible with the device's capabilities and characteristics.


nm_device_get_setting_type ()

-
GType
+
GType
 nm_device_get_setting_type (NMDevice *device);

Gets the (primary) NMSetting subtype associated with connections that can be used on device .

Parameters

-

error

return location for a GError, or NULL

return location for a GError, or NULL

 
+
@@ -2568,7 +2568,7 @@ nm_lldp_neighbor_ref (

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2592,7 +2592,7 @@ nm_lldp_neighbor_unref (

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2616,7 +2616,7 @@ nm_lldp_neighbor_get_attr_names (

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2631,7 +2631,7 @@ nm_lldp_neighbor_get_attr_names (

Returns

-

a NULL-terminated array of attribute names.

+

a NULL-terminated array of attribute names.

[transfer full]

Since: 1.2

@@ -2639,7 +2639,7 @@ nm_lldp_neighbor_get_attr_names (

nm_lldp_neighbor_get_attr_string_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_lldp_neighbor_get_attr_string_value
                                (NMLldpNeighbor *neighbor,
                                 char *name,
@@ -2649,7 +2649,7 @@ nm_lldp_neighbor_get_attr_string_value
 

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2676,24 +2676,24 @@ nm_lldp_neighbor_get_attr_string_value

Returns

-

TRUE if a string attribute with name name -was found, FALSE otherwise

+

TRUE if a string attribute with name name +was found, FALSE otherwise

Since: 1.2


nm_lldp_neighbor_get_attr_uint_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_lldp_neighbor_get_attr_uint_value (NMLldpNeighbor *neighbor,
                                       char *name,
-                                      guint *out_value);
+ guint *out_value);

Gets the uint value of attribute with name name on neighbor

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2720,21 +2720,21 @@ nm_lldp_neighbor_get_attr_uint_value (

Returns

-

TRUE if a uint attribute with name name -was found, FALSE otherwise

+

TRUE if a uint attribute with name name +was found, FALSE otherwise

Since: 1.2


nm_lldp_neighbor_get_attr_type ()

-
const GVariantType *
+
const GVariantType *
 nm_lldp_neighbor_get_attr_type (NMLldpNeighbor *neighbor,
                                 char *name);

Get the type of an attribute.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2756,7 +2756,7 @@ nm_lldp_neighbor_get_attr_type (

Returns

-

the GVariantType of the attribute with name name +

the GVariantType of the attribute with name name

Since: 1.2

@@ -2942,7 +2942,7 @@ nm_lldp_neighbor_get_attr_type (

The “autoconnect” property

-
  “autoconnect”              gboolean
+
  “autoconnect”              gboolean

Whether the device can auto-activate a connection.

Flags: Read / Write

Default value: TRUE

@@ -2950,7 +2950,7 @@ nm_lldp_neighbor_get_attr_type (

The “available-connections” property

-
  “available-connections”    GPtrArray *
+
  “available-connections”    GPtrArray *

The available connections of the device

Element-type: NMRemoteConnection

Flags: Read

@@ -2987,7 +2987,7 @@ nm_lldp_neighbor_get_attr_type (

The “driver” property

-
  “driver”                   gchar *
+
  “driver”                   gchar *

The driver of the device.

Flags: Read

Default value: NULL

@@ -2995,7 +2995,7 @@ nm_lldp_neighbor_get_attr_type (

The “driver-version” property

-
  “driver-version”           gchar *
+
  “driver-version”           gchar *

The version of the device driver.

Flags: Read

Default value: NULL

@@ -3003,8 +3003,8 @@ nm_lldp_neighbor_get_attr_type (

The “firmware-missing” property

-
  “firmware-missing”         gboolean
-

When TRUE indicates the device is likely missing firmware required +

  “firmware-missing”         gboolean
+

When TRUE indicates the device is likely missing firmware required for its operation.

Flags: Read

Default value: FALSE

@@ -3012,7 +3012,7 @@ for its operation.


The “firmware-version” property

-
  “firmware-version”         gchar *
+
  “firmware-version”         gchar *

The firmware version of the device.

Flags: Read

Default value: NULL

@@ -3020,7 +3020,7 @@ for its operation.


The “interface” property

-
  “interface”                gchar *
+
  “interface”                gchar *

The interface of the device.

Flags: Read

Default value: NULL

@@ -3028,7 +3028,7 @@ for its operation.


The “ip-interface” property

-
  “ip-interface”             gchar *
+
  “ip-interface”             gchar *

The IP interface of the device which should be used for all IP-related operations like addressing and routing.

Flags: Read

@@ -3051,14 +3051,14 @@ operations like addressing and routing.


The “lldp-neighbors” property

-
  “lldp-neighbors”           GPtrArray *
+
  “lldp-neighbors”           GPtrArray *

The LLDP neighbors.

Flags: Read


The “managed” property

-
  “managed”                  gboolean
+
  “managed”                  gboolean

Whether the device is managed by NetworkManager.

Flags: Read

Default value: FALSE

@@ -3066,7 +3066,7 @@ operations like addressing and routing.


The “metered” property

-
  “metered”                  guint
+
  “metered”                  guint

Whether the device is metered.

Flags: Read

Default value: 0

@@ -3075,7 +3075,7 @@ operations like addressing and routing.


The “mtu” property

-
  “mtu”                      guint
+
  “mtu”                      guint

The MTU of the device.

Flags: Read

Default value: 1500

@@ -3083,8 +3083,8 @@ operations like addressing and routing.


The “nm-plugin-missing” property

-
  “nm-plugin-missing”        gboolean
-

When TRUE indicates that the NetworkManager plugin for the device +

  “nm-plugin-missing”        gboolean
+

When TRUE indicates that the NetworkManager plugin for the device is not installed.

Flags: Read

Default value: FALSE

@@ -3093,7 +3093,7 @@ is not installed.


The “physical-port-id” property

-
  “physical-port-id”         gchar *
+
  “physical-port-id”         gchar *

The physical port ID of the device. (See nm_device_get_physical_port_id().)

Flags: Read

@@ -3102,7 +3102,7 @@ is not installed.


The “product” property

-
  “product”                  gchar *
+
  “product”                  gchar *

The product string of the device.

Flags: Read

Default value: NULL

@@ -3110,7 +3110,7 @@ is not installed.


The “real” property

-
  “real”                     gboolean
+
  “real”                     gboolean

Whether the device is real or is a placeholder device that could be created automatically by NetworkManager if one of its “available-connections” was activated.

@@ -3129,7 +3129,7 @@ be created automatically by NetworkManager if one of its

The “state-reason” property

-
  “state-reason”             guint
+
  “state-reason”             guint

The reason for the device state.

Flags: Read

Default value: 0

@@ -3137,7 +3137,7 @@ be created automatically by NetworkManager if one of its

The “udi” property

-
  “udi”                      gchar *
+
  “udi”                      gchar *

An operating-system specific device hardware identifier; this is not unique to a specific hardware device across reboots or hotplugs. It is an opaque string which for some device types (Bluetooth, Modem) @@ -3150,7 +3150,7 @@ request more information about the device from those services.


The “vendor” property

-
  “vendor”                   gchar *
+
  “vendor”                   gchar *

The vendor string of the device.

Flags: Read

Default value: NULL

@@ -3162,14 +3162,14 @@ request more information about the device from those services.

The “state-changed” signal

void
 user_function (NMDevice *device,
-               guint     new_state,
-               guint     old_state,
-               guint     reason,
-               gpointer  user_data)
+ guint new_state, + guint old_state, + guint reason, + gpointer user_data)

Notifies the state change of a NMDevice.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -3204,7 +3204,7 @@ user_function (
-

Flags: Run First

+

Flags: Run First

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceAdsl.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceAdsl.html index 0074eabc..c687ebf2 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceAdsl.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceAdsl.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMDeviceAdsl: libnm Reference Manual - + @@ -36,14 +36,14 @@

Functions

-
+
-gboolean +gboolean nm_device_adsl_get_carrier () @@ -53,14 +53,14 @@

Properties

-
+
- + @@ -68,7 +68,7 @@

Types and Values

-
gbooleangboolean carrier Read
+
@@ -87,7 +87,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ╰── NMDeviceAdsl
@@ -97,7 +97,7 @@
 

Implemented Interfaces

NMDeviceAdsl implements - GInitable and GAsyncInitable.

+ GInitable and GAsyncInitable.

Description

@@ -106,12 +106,12 @@ NMDeviceAdsl implements

Functions

nm_device_adsl_get_carrier ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_adsl_get_carrier (NMDeviceAdsl *device);

Whether the device has carrier.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -126,7 +126,7 @@ nm_device_adsl_get_carrier (

Returns

-

TRUE if the device has carrier

+

TRUE if the device has carrier

@@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ nm_device_adsl_get_carrier (

Property Details

The “carrier” property

-
  “carrier”                  gboolean
+
  “carrier”                  gboolean

Whether the device has carrier.

Flags: Read

Default value: FALSE

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceBond.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceBond.html index 44008ee8..74244575 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceBond.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceBond.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMDeviceBond: libnm Reference Manual - + @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@

Functions

-
+
@@ -51,14 +51,14 @@ -
-gboolean +gboolean nm_device_bond_get_carrier ()
const GPtrArray * +const GPtrArray * nm_device_bond_get_slaves () @@ -69,7 +69,7 @@

Properties

-
+
@@ -77,19 +77,19 @@ - + +gchar * +GPtrArray * @@ -98,7 +98,7 @@

Types and Values

-
gbooleangboolean carrier Read
-gchar * hw-address Read
-GPtrArray * slaves Read
+
@@ -125,7 +125,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ╰── NMDeviceBond
@@ -135,7 +135,7 @@
 

Implemented Interfaces

NMDeviceBond implements - GInitable and GAsyncInitable.

+ GInitable and GAsyncInitable.

Description

@@ -149,7 +149,7 @@ nm_device_bond_get_hw_address (Gets the hardware (MAC) address of the NMDeviceBond

Parameters

-
+
@@ -171,12 +171,12 @@ device, and must not be modified.


nm_device_bond_get_carrier ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_bond_get_carrier (NMDeviceBond *device);

Whether the device has carrier.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -191,19 +191,19 @@ nm_device_bond_get_carrier (

Returns

-

TRUE if the device has carrier

+

TRUE if the device has carrier


nm_device_bond_get_slaves ()

-
const GPtrArray *
+
const GPtrArray *
 nm_device_bond_get_slaves (NMDeviceBond *device);

Gets the devices currently slaved to device .

Parameters

-
+
@@ -218,7 +218,7 @@ nm_device_bond_get_slaves (

Returns

-

the GPtrArray containing +

the GPtrArray containing NMDevices that are slaves of device . This is the internal copy used by the device, and must not be modified.

@@ -255,7 +255,7 @@ copy used by the device, and must not be modified.

Property Details

The “carrier” property

-
  “carrier”                  gboolean
+
  “carrier”                  gboolean

Whether the device has carrier.

Flags: Read

Default value: FALSE

@@ -263,7 +263,7 @@ copy used by the device, and must not be modified.


The “hw-address” property

-
  “hw-address”               gchar *
+
  “hw-address”               gchar *

The hardware (MAC) address of the device.

Flags: Read

Default value: NULL

@@ -271,7 +271,7 @@ copy used by the device, and must not be modified.


The “slaves” property

-
  “slaves”                   GPtrArray *
+
  “slaves”                   GPtrArray *

The devices slaved to the bond device.

Element-type: NMDevice

Flags: Read

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceBridge.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceBridge.html index e9868edd..fab0710f 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceBridge.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceBridge.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMDeviceBridge: libnm Reference Manual - + @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@

Functions

-
+
@@ -51,14 +51,14 @@ -
-gboolean +gboolean nm_device_bridge_get_carrier ()
const GPtrArray * +const GPtrArray * nm_device_bridge_get_slaves () @@ -69,7 +69,7 @@

Properties

-
+
@@ -77,19 +77,19 @@ - + +gchar * +GPtrArray * @@ -98,7 +98,7 @@

Types and Values

-
gbooleangboolean carrier Read
-gchar * hw-address Read
-GPtrArray * slaves Read
+
@@ -125,7 +125,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ╰── NMDeviceBridge
@@ -135,7 +135,7 @@
 

Implemented Interfaces

NMDeviceBridge implements - GInitable and GAsyncInitable.

+ GInitable and GAsyncInitable.

Description

@@ -149,7 +149,7 @@ nm_device_bridge_get_hw_address (Gets the hardware (MAC) address of the NMDeviceBridge

Parameters

-
+
@@ -171,12 +171,12 @@ device, and must not be modified.


nm_device_bridge_get_carrier ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_bridge_get_carrier (NMDeviceBridge *device);

Whether the device has carrier.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -191,19 +191,19 @@ nm_device_bridge_get_carrier (

Returns

-

TRUE if the device has carrier

+

TRUE if the device has carrier


nm_device_bridge_get_slaves ()

-
const GPtrArray *
+
const GPtrArray *
 nm_device_bridge_get_slaves (NMDeviceBridge *device);

Gets the devices currently slaved to device .

Parameters

-
+
@@ -218,7 +218,7 @@ nm_device_bridge_get_slaves (

Returns

-

the GPtrArray containing +

the GPtrArray containing NMDevices that are slaves of device . This is the internal copy used by the device, and must not be modified.

@@ -255,7 +255,7 @@ copy used by the device, and must not be modified.

Property Details

The “carrier” property

-
  “carrier”                  gboolean
+
  “carrier”                  gboolean

Whether the device has carrier.

Flags: Read

Default value: FALSE

@@ -263,7 +263,7 @@ copy used by the device, and must not be modified.


The “hw-address” property

-
  “hw-address”               gchar *
+
  “hw-address”               gchar *

The hardware (MAC) address of the device.

Flags: Read

Default value: NULL

@@ -271,7 +271,7 @@ copy used by the device, and must not be modified.


The “slaves” property

-
  “slaves”                   GPtrArray *
+
  “slaves”                   GPtrArray *

The devices slaved to the bridge device.

Element-type: NMDevice

Flags: Read

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceBt.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceBt.html index 960a97f2..df2edac0 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceBt.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceBt.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMDeviceBt: libnm Reference Manual - + @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@

Functions

-
+
@@ -69,7 +69,7 @@

Properties

-
+
@@ -83,13 +83,13 @@ +gchar * +gchar * @@ -98,7 +98,7 @@

Types and Values

-
-gchar * hw-address Read
-gchar * name Read
+
@@ -125,7 +125,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ╰── NMDeviceBt
@@ -135,7 +135,7 @@
 

Implemented Interfaces

NMDeviceBt implements - GInitable and GAsyncInitable.

+ GInitable and GAsyncInitable.

Description

@@ -149,7 +149,7 @@ nm_device_bt_get_hw_address (NMDeviceBt

Parameters

-
+
@@ -176,7 +176,7 @@ nm_device_bt_get_name (NMDeviceBt.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -202,7 +202,7 @@ nm_device_bt_get_capabilities (Returns the Bluetooth device's usable capabilities.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -257,7 +257,7 @@ nm_device_bt_get_capabilities (

The “hw-address” property

-
  “hw-address”               gchar *
+
  “hw-address”               gchar *

The hardware (MAC) address of the device.

Flags: Read

Default value: NULL

@@ -265,7 +265,7 @@ nm_device_bt_get_capabilities (

The “name” property

-
  “name”                     gchar *
+
  “name”                     gchar *

The name of the bluetooth device.

Flags: Read

Default value: NULL

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceEthernet.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceEthernet.html index 441c19e0..0e2b62b6 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceEthernet.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceEthernet.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMDeviceEthernet: libnm Reference Manual - + @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@

Functions

-
+
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_device_ethernet_get_speed () @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_device_ethernet_get_carrier () @@ -84,7 +84,7 @@

Properties

-
+
@@ -92,29 +92,29 @@ - + +gchar * +gchar * - + - + @@ -123,7 +123,7 @@

Types and Values

-
gbooleangboolean carrier Read
-gchar * hw-address Read
-gchar * perm-hw-address Read
GStrvGStrv s390-subchannels Read
guintguint speed Read
+
@@ -158,7 +158,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ╰── NMDeviceEthernet
@@ -168,7 +168,7 @@
 

Implemented Interfaces

NMDeviceEthernet implements - GInitable and GAsyncInitable.

+ GInitable and GAsyncInitable.

Description

@@ -182,7 +182,7 @@ nm_device_ethernet_get_hw_address (Gets the active hardware (MAC) address of the NMDeviceEthernet

Parameters

-
+
@@ -210,7 +210,7 @@ nm_device_ethernet_get_permanent_hw_address

Gets the permanent hardware (MAC) address of the NMDeviceEthernet

Parameters

-
+
@@ -232,12 +232,12 @@ device, and must not be modified.


nm_device_ethernet_get_speed ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_device_ethernet_get_speed (NMDeviceEthernet *device);

Gets the speed of the NMDeviceEthernet.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -258,12 +258,12 @@ nm_device_ethernet_get_speed (

nm_device_ethernet_get_carrier ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_ethernet_get_carrier (NMDeviceEthernet *device);

Whether the device has carrier.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -278,7 +278,7 @@ nm_device_ethernet_get_carrier (

Returns

-

TRUE if the device has carrier

+

TRUE if the device has carrier


@@ -290,7 +290,7 @@ nm_device_ethernet_get_s390_subchannels

Return the list of s390 subchannels if the device supports them.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -353,7 +353,7 @@ one subchannel the s390 device uses to communicate to the host.

Property Details

The “carrier” property

-
  “carrier”                  gboolean
+
  “carrier”                  gboolean

Whether the device has carrier.

Flags: Read

Default value: FALSE

@@ -361,7 +361,7 @@ one subchannel the s390 device uses to communicate to the host.


The “hw-address” property

-
  “hw-address”               gchar *
+
  “hw-address”               gchar *

The active hardware (MAC) address of the device.

Flags: Read

Default value: NULL

@@ -369,7 +369,7 @@ one subchannel the s390 device uses to communicate to the host.


The “perm-hw-address” property

-
  “perm-hw-address”          gchar *
+
  “perm-hw-address”          gchar *

The permanent hardware (MAC) address of the device.

Flags: Read

Default value: NULL

@@ -377,7 +377,7 @@ one subchannel the s390 device uses to communicate to the host.


The “s390-subchannels” property

-
  “s390-subchannels”         GStrv
+
  “s390-subchannels”         GStrv

Identifies subchannels of this network device used for communication with z/VM or s390 host.

Flags: Read

@@ -386,7 +386,7 @@ communication with z/VM or s390 host.


The “speed” property

-
  “speed”                    guint
+
  “speed”                    guint

The speed of the device.

Flags: Read

Default value: 0

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceGeneric.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceGeneric.html index e9b916ee..f61ab469 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceGeneric.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceGeneric.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMDeviceGeneric: libnm Reference Manual - + @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@

Functions

-
+
@@ -52,7 +52,7 @@

Properties

-
+
@@ -61,13 +61,13 @@ +gchar * +gchar * @@ -76,7 +76,7 @@

Types and Values

-
-gchar * hw-address Read
-gchar * type-description Read
+
@@ -99,7 +99,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ╰── NMDeviceGeneric
@@ -109,7 +109,7 @@
 

Implemented Interfaces

NMDeviceGeneric implements - GInitable and GAsyncInitable.

+ GInitable and GAsyncInitable.

Description

@@ -123,7 +123,7 @@ nm_device_generic_get_hw_address (Gets the hardware address of the NMDeviceGeneric

Parameters

-
+
@@ -166,7 +166,7 @@ device, and must not be modified.

Property Details

The “hw-address” property

-
  “hw-address”               gchar *
+
  “hw-address”               gchar *

The hardware address of the device.

Flags: Read

Default value: NULL

@@ -174,8 +174,8 @@ device, and must not be modified.


The “type-description” property

-
  “type-description”         gchar *
-

A description of the specific type of device this is, or NULL +

  “type-description”         gchar *
+

A description of the specific type of device this is, or NULL if not known.

Flags: Read

Default value: NULL

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceIPTunnel.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceIPTunnel.html index 959fe374..0c8a6ee9 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceIPTunnel.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceIPTunnel.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMDeviceIPTunnel: libnm Reference Manual - + @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@

Functions

-
+
@@ -74,7 +74,7 @@
-guint8 +guint8 nm_device_ip_tunnel_get_ttl () @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@
-guint8 +guint8 nm_device_ip_tunnel_get_tos () @@ -90,7 +90,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_device_ip_tunnel_get_path_mtu_discovery () @@ -112,7 +112,7 @@
-guint8 +guint8 nm_device_ip_tunnel_get_encapsulation_limit () @@ -120,7 +120,7 @@
-guint +guint nm_device_ip_tunnel_get_flow_label () @@ -131,7 +131,7 @@

Properties

-
+
@@ -139,35 +139,35 @@ - + - + +gchar * +gchar * - + +gchar * @@ -178,23 +178,23 @@ - + +gchar * - + - + @@ -203,7 +203,7 @@

Types and Values

-
gucharguchar encapsulation-limit Read
guintguint flow-label Read
-gchar * input-key Read
-gchar * local Read
guintguint mode Read
-gchar * output-key Read
Read
gbooleangboolean path-mtu-discovery Read
-gchar * remote Read
gucharguchar tos Read
gucharguchar ttl Read
+
@@ -262,7 +262,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ╰── NMDeviceIPTunnel
@@ -272,7 +272,7 @@
 

Implemented Interfaces

NMDeviceIPTunnel implements - GInitable and GAsyncInitable.

+ GInitable and GAsyncInitable.

Description

@@ -285,7 +285,7 @@ NMDeviceIPTunnel implements nm_device_ip_tunnel_get_parent (NMDeviceIPTunnel *device);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -312,7 +312,7 @@ nm_device_ip_tunnel_get_parent (NMDeviceIPTunnel *device);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -338,7 +338,7 @@ nm_device_ip_tunnel_get_mode (NMDeviceIPTunnel *device);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -364,7 +364,7 @@ nm_device_ip_tunnel_get_local (NMDeviceIPTunnel *device);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -386,11 +386,11 @@ nm_device_ip_tunnel_get_remote (

nm_device_ip_tunnel_get_ttl ()

-
guint8
+
guint8
 nm_device_ip_tunnel_get_ttl (NMDeviceIPTunnel *device);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -412,11 +412,11 @@ nm_device_ip_tunnel_get_ttl (

nm_device_ip_tunnel_get_tos ()

-
guint8
+
guint8
 nm_device_ip_tunnel_get_tos (NMDeviceIPTunnel *device);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -439,12 +439,12 @@ to tunneled packets.


nm_device_ip_tunnel_get_path_mtu_discovery ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_ip_tunnel_get_path_mtu_discovery
                                (NMDeviceIPTunnel *device);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -470,7 +470,7 @@ nm_device_ip_tunnel_get_path_mtu_discovery nm_device_ip_tunnel_get_input_key (NMDeviceIPTunnel *device);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -496,7 +496,7 @@ nm_device_ip_tunnel_get_input_key (NMDeviceIPTunnel *device);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -518,12 +518,12 @@ nm_device_ip_tunnel_get_output_key (

nm_device_ip_tunnel_get_encapsulation_limit ()

-
guint8
+
guint8
 nm_device_ip_tunnel_get_encapsulation_limit
                                (NMDeviceIPTunnel *device);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -545,11 +545,11 @@ nm_device_ip_tunnel_get_encapsulation_limit

nm_device_ip_tunnel_get_flow_label ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_device_ip_tunnel_get_flow_label (NMDeviceIPTunnel *device);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -646,7 +646,7 @@ nm_device_ip_tunnel_get_flow_label (

Property Details

The “encapsulation-limit” property

-
  “encapsulation-limit”      guchar
+
  “encapsulation-limit”      guchar

How many additional levels of encapsulation are permitted to be prepended to packets. This property applies only to IPv6 tunnels.

@@ -657,7 +657,7 @@ tunnels.


The “flow-label” property

-
  “flow-label”               guint
+
  “flow-label”               guint

The flow label to assign to tunnel packets. This property applies only to IPv6 tunnels.

Flags: Read

@@ -668,7 +668,7 @@ applies only to IPv6 tunnels.


The “input-key” property

-
  “input-key”                gchar *
+
  “input-key”                gchar *

The key used for tunneled input packets, if applicable.

Flags: Read

Default value: NULL

@@ -677,7 +677,7 @@ applies only to IPv6 tunnels.


The “local” property

-
  “local”                    gchar *
+
  “local”                    gchar *

The local endpoint of the tunnel.

Flags: Read

Default value: NULL

@@ -686,7 +686,7 @@ applies only to IPv6 tunnels.


The “mode” property

-
  “mode”                     guint
+
  “mode”                     guint

The tunneling mode of the device.

Flags: Read

Default value: 0

@@ -695,7 +695,7 @@ applies only to IPv6 tunnels.


The “output-key” property

-
  “output-key”               gchar *
+
  “output-key”               gchar *

The key used for tunneled output packets, if applicable.

Flags: Read

Default value: NULL

@@ -712,7 +712,7 @@ applies only to IPv6 tunnels.


The “path-mtu-discovery” property

-
  “path-mtu-discovery”       gboolean
+
  “path-mtu-discovery”       gboolean

Whether path MTU discovery is enabled on this tunnel.

Flags: Read

Default value: FALSE

@@ -721,7 +721,7 @@ applies only to IPv6 tunnels.


The “remote” property

-
  “remote”                   gchar *
+
  “remote”                   gchar *

The remote endpoint of the tunnel.

Flags: Read

Default value: NULL

@@ -730,7 +730,7 @@ applies only to IPv6 tunnels.


The “tos” property

-
  “tos”                      guchar
+
  “tos”                      guchar

The type of service (IPv4) or traffic class (IPv6) assigned to tunneled packets.

Flags: Read

@@ -740,7 +740,7 @@ tunneled packets.


The “ttl” property

-
  “ttl”                      guchar
+
  “ttl”                      guchar

The TTL assigned to tunneled packets. 0 is a special value meaning that packets inherit the TTL value

Flags: Read

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceInfiniband.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceInfiniband.html index 371ec69f..912d7c44 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceInfiniband.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceInfiniband.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMDeviceInfiniband: libnm Reference Manual - + @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@

Functions

-
+
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_device_infiniband_get_carrier () @@ -62,7 +62,7 @@

Properties

-
+
@@ -70,13 +70,13 @@ - + +gchar * @@ -85,7 +85,7 @@

Types and Values

-
gbooleangboolean carrier Read
-gchar * hw-address Read
+
@@ -108,7 +108,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ╰── NMDeviceInfiniband
@@ -118,7 +118,7 @@
 

Implemented Interfaces

NMDeviceInfiniband implements - GInitable and GAsyncInitable.

+ GInitable and GAsyncInitable.

Description

@@ -132,7 +132,7 @@ nm_device_infiniband_get_hw_address (Gets the hardware (MAC) address of the NMDeviceInfiniband

Parameters

-
+
@@ -154,12 +154,12 @@ device, and must not be modified.


nm_device_infiniband_get_carrier ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_infiniband_get_carrier (NMDeviceInfiniband *device);

Whether the device has carrier.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -174,7 +174,7 @@ nm_device_infiniband_get_carrier (

Returns

-

TRUE if the device has carrier

+

TRUE if the device has carrier

@@ -201,7 +201,7 @@ nm_device_infiniband_get_carrier (

Property Details

The “carrier” property

-
  “carrier”                  gboolean
+
  “carrier”                  gboolean

Whether the device has carrier.

Flags: Read

Default value: FALSE

@@ -209,7 +209,7 @@ nm_device_infiniband_get_carrier (

The “hw-address” property

-
  “hw-address”               gchar *
+
  “hw-address”               gchar *

The hardware (MAC) address of the device.

Flags: Read

Default value: NULL

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceMacvlan.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceMacvlan.html index 60f73a32..5d0a4b77 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceMacvlan.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceMacvlan.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMDeviceMacvlan: libnm Reference Manual - + @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@

Functions

-
+
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_device_macvlan_get_no_promisc () @@ -67,7 +67,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_device_macvlan_get_tap () @@ -85,7 +85,7 @@

Properties

-
+
@@ -94,18 +94,18 @@ +gchar * +gchar * - + @@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ - + @@ -125,7 +125,7 @@

Types and Values

-
-gchar * hw-address Read
-gchar * mode Read
gbooleangboolean no-promisc Read
Read
gbooleangboolean tap Read
+
@@ -160,7 +160,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ╰── NMDeviceMacvlan
@@ -170,7 +170,7 @@
 

Implemented Interfaces

NMDeviceMacvlan implements - GInitable and GAsyncInitable.

+ GInitable and GAsyncInitable.

Description

@@ -183,7 +183,7 @@ NMDeviceMacvlan implements nm_device_macvlan_get_parent (NMDeviceMacvlan *device);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -211,7 +211,7 @@ nm_device_macvlan_get_mode (

Parameters

-
+
@@ -234,12 +234,12 @@ device, and must not be modified.


nm_device_macvlan_get_no_promisc ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_macvlan_get_no_promisc (NMDeviceMacvlan *device);

Gets the no-promiscuous flag of the device.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -261,12 +261,12 @@ nm_device_macvlan_get_no_promisc (

nm_device_macvlan_get_tap ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_macvlan_get_tap (NMDeviceMacvlan *device);

Gets the device type (MACVLAN or MACVTAP).

Parameters

-
+
@@ -281,7 +281,7 @@ nm_device_macvlan_get_tap (

Returns

-

TRUE if the device is a MACVTAP, FALSE if it is a MACVLAN.

+

TRUE if the device is a MACVTAP, FALSE if it is a MACVLAN.

Since: 1.2

@@ -293,7 +293,7 @@ nm_device_macvlan_get_hw_address (Gets the hardware (MAC) address of the NMDeviceMacvlan

Parameters

-
+
@@ -355,7 +355,7 @@ device, and must not be modified.

Property Details

The “hw-address” property

-
  “hw-address”               gchar *
+
  “hw-address”               gchar *

The hardware (MAC) address of the device.

Flags: Read

Default value: NULL

@@ -364,7 +364,7 @@ device, and must not be modified.


The “mode” property

-
  “mode”                     gchar *
+
  “mode”                     gchar *

The MACVLAN mode.

Flags: Read

Default value: NULL

@@ -373,7 +373,7 @@ device, and must not be modified.


The “no-promisc” property

-
  “no-promisc”               gboolean
+
  “no-promisc”               gboolean

Whether the device has the no-promiscuos flag.

Flags: Read

Default value: FALSE

@@ -390,7 +390,7 @@ device, and must not be modified.


The “tap” property

-
  “tap”                      gboolean
+
  “tap”                      gboolean

Whether the device is a MACVTAP.

Flags: Read

Default value: FALSE

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceModem.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceModem.html index fe0b5262..1042663c 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceModem.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceModem.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMDeviceModem: libnm Reference Manual - + @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@

Functions

-
+
@@ -63,7 +63,7 @@

Properties

-
+
@@ -85,7 +85,7 @@

Types and Values

-
+
@@ -108,7 +108,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ╰── NMDeviceModem
@@ -118,7 +118,7 @@
 

Implemented Interfaces

NMDeviceModem implements - GInitable and GAsyncInitable.

+ GInitable and GAsyncInitable.

Description

@@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ supports. Not all capabilities are available concurrently however; some may require a firmware reload or reinitialization.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -164,7 +164,7 @@ supports without a firmware reload or reinitialization. This value represents the network types the modem can immediately connect to.

Parameters

-
+
diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceOlpcMesh.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceOlpcMesh.html index e11590e6..4f1f18cc 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceOlpcMesh.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceOlpcMesh.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMDeviceOlpcMesh: libnm Reference Manual - + @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@

Functions

-
+
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_device_olpc_mesh_get_active_channel () @@ -70,7 +70,7 @@

Properties

-
+
@@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ - + @@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ +gchar * @@ -99,7 +99,7 @@

Types and Values

-
guintguint active-channel Read
-gchar * hw-address Read
+
@@ -126,7 +126,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ╰── NMDeviceOlpcMesh
@@ -136,7 +136,7 @@
 

Implemented Interfaces

NMDeviceOlpcMesh implements - GInitable and GAsyncInitable.

+ GInitable and GAsyncInitable.

Description

@@ -150,7 +150,7 @@ nm_device_olpc_mesh_get_hw_address (Gets the hardware (MAC) address of the NMDeviceOlpcMesh

Parameters

-
+
@@ -177,7 +177,7 @@ nm_device_olpc_mesh_get_companion (Gets the companion device of the NMDeviceOlpcMesh.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -192,20 +192,20 @@ nm_device_olpc_mesh_get_companion (

Returns

-

the companion of the device of NULL.

+

the companion of the device of NULL.

[transfer none]


nm_device_olpc_mesh_get_active_channel ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_device_olpc_mesh_get_active_channel
                                (NMDeviceOlpcMesh *device);

Returns the active channel of the NMDeviceOlpcMesh device.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -253,7 +253,7 @@ nm_device_olpc_mesh_get_active_channel

Property Details

The “active-channel” property

-
  “active-channel”           guint
+
  “active-channel”           guint

The device's active channel.

Flags: Read

Default value: 0

@@ -268,7 +268,7 @@ nm_device_olpc_mesh_get_active_channel

The “hw-address” property

-
  “hw-address”               gchar *
+
  “hw-address”               gchar *

The hardware (MAC) address of the device.

Flags: Read

Default value: NULL

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceTeam.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceTeam.html index e4be5b80..363a96e1 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceTeam.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceTeam.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMDeviceTeam: libnm Reference Manual - + @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@

Functions

-
+
@@ -51,14 +51,14 @@ -
-gboolean +gboolean nm_device_team_get_carrier ()
const GPtrArray * +const GPtrArray * nm_device_team_get_slaves () @@ -76,7 +76,7 @@

Properties

-
+
@@ -84,25 +84,25 @@ - + +gchar * +gchar * +GPtrArray * @@ -111,7 +111,7 @@

Types and Values

-
gbooleangboolean carrier Read
-gchar * config Read
-gchar * hw-address Read
-GPtrArray * slaves Read
+
@@ -142,7 +142,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ╰── NMDeviceTeam
@@ -152,7 +152,7 @@
 

Implemented Interfaces

NMDeviceTeam implements - GInitable and GAsyncInitable.

+ GInitable and GAsyncInitable.

Description

@@ -166,7 +166,7 @@ nm_device_team_get_hw_address (Gets the hardware (MAC) address of the NMDeviceTeam

Parameters

-
+
@@ -188,12 +188,12 @@ device, and must not be modified.


nm_device_team_get_carrier ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_team_get_carrier (NMDeviceTeam *device);

Whether the device has carrier.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -208,19 +208,19 @@ nm_device_team_get_carrier (

Returns

-

TRUE if the device has carrier

+

TRUE if the device has carrier


nm_device_team_get_slaves ()

-
const GPtrArray *
+
const GPtrArray *
 nm_device_team_get_slaves (NMDeviceTeam *device);

Gets the devices currently enslaved to device .

Parameters

-
+
@@ -235,7 +235,7 @@ nm_device_team_get_slaves (

Returns

-

the GPtrArray containing +

the GPtrArray containing NMDevices that are slaves of device . This is the internal copy used by the device, and must not be modified.

@@ -250,7 +250,7 @@ nm_device_team_get_config (NMDeviceTeam

Parameters

-
+
@@ -306,7 +306,7 @@ device, and must not be modified.

Property Details

The “carrier” property

-
  “carrier”                  gboolean
+
  “carrier”                  gboolean

Whether the device has carrier.

Flags: Read

Default value: FALSE

@@ -314,7 +314,7 @@ device, and must not be modified.


The “config” property

-
  “config”                   gchar *
+
  “config”                   gchar *

The current JSON configuration of the device.

Flags: Read

Default value: NULL

@@ -323,7 +323,7 @@ device, and must not be modified.


The “hw-address” property

-
  “hw-address”               gchar *
+
  “hw-address”               gchar *

The hardware (MAC) address of the device.

Flags: Read

Default value: NULL

@@ -331,7 +331,7 @@ device, and must not be modified.


The “slaves” property

-
  “slaves”                   GPtrArray *
+
  “slaves”                   GPtrArray *

The devices enslaved to the team device.

Element-type: NMDevice

Flags: Read

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceTun.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceTun.html index 1dc758f7..afbe4051 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceTun.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceTun.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMDeviceTun: libnm Reference Manual - + @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@

Functions

-
+
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@
-gint64 +gint64 nm_device_tun_get_owner () @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@
-gint64 +gint64 nm_device_tun_get_group () @@ -74,7 +74,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_device_tun_get_no_pi () @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_device_tun_get_vnet_hdr () @@ -90,7 +90,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_device_tun_get_multi_queue () @@ -101,7 +101,7 @@

Properties

-
+
@@ -109,39 +109,39 @@ - + +gchar * +gchar * - + - + - + - + @@ -150,7 +150,7 @@

Types and Values

-
gint64gint64 group Read
-gchar * hw-address Read
-gchar * mode Read
gbooleangboolean multi-queue Read
gbooleangboolean no-pi Read
gint64gint64 owner Read
gbooleangboolean vnet-hdr Read
+
@@ -193,7 +193,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ╰── NMDeviceTun
@@ -203,7 +203,7 @@
 

Implemented Interfaces

NMDeviceTun implements - GInitable and GAsyncInitable.

+ GInitable and GAsyncInitable.

Description

@@ -217,7 +217,7 @@ nm_device_tun_get_hw_address (NMDeviceTun

Parameters

-
+
@@ -245,7 +245,7 @@ nm_device_tun_get_mode (

Parameters

-
+
@@ -267,12 +267,12 @@ nm_device_tun_get_mode (

nm_device_tun_get_owner ()

-
gint64
+
gint64
 nm_device_tun_get_owner (NMDeviceTun *device);

Gets the tunnel owner.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -294,12 +294,12 @@ nm_device_tun_get_owner (

nm_device_tun_get_group ()

-
gint64
+
gint64
 nm_device_tun_get_group (NMDeviceTun *device);

Gets the tunnel group.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -321,18 +321,18 @@ nm_device_tun_get_group (

nm_device_tun_get_no_pi ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_tun_get_no_pi (NMDeviceTun *device);

nm_device_tun_get_vnet_hdr ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_tun_get_vnet_hdr (NMDeviceTun *device);

Returns whether the NMDeviceTun has the IFF_VNET_HDR flag.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -347,19 +347,19 @@ nm_device_tun_get_vnet_hdr (

Returns

-

TRUE if the device has the flag, FALSE otherwise

+

TRUE if the device has the flag, FALSE otherwise

Since: 1.2


nm_device_tun_get_multi_queue ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_tun_get_multi_queue (NMDeviceTun *device);

Returns whether the NMDeviceTun has the IFF_MULTI_QUEUE flag.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -374,7 +374,7 @@ nm_device_tun_get_multi_queue (

Returns

-

TRUE if the device doesn't have the flag, FALSE otherwise

+

TRUE if the device doesn't have the flag, FALSE otherwise

Since: 1.2

@@ -432,7 +432,7 @@ nm_device_tun_get_multi_queue (

Property Details

The “group” property

-
  “group”                    gint64
+
  “group”                    gint64

The gid of the tunnel group, or -1 if it has no owner.

Flags: Read

Allowed values: [-1,4294967295]

@@ -442,7 +442,7 @@ nm_device_tun_get_multi_queue (

The “hw-address” property

-
  “hw-address”               gchar *
+
  “hw-address”               gchar *

The hardware (MAC) address of the device.

Flags: Read

Default value: NULL

@@ -451,7 +451,7 @@ nm_device_tun_get_multi_queue (

The “mode” property

-
  “mode”                     gchar *
+
  “mode”                     gchar *

The tunnel mode, either "tun" or "tap".

Flags: Read

Default value: NULL

@@ -460,7 +460,7 @@ nm_device_tun_get_multi_queue (

The “multi-queue” property

-
  “multi-queue”              gboolean
+
  “multi-queue”              gboolean

The tunnel's "TUN_TAP_MQ" flag; true if callers can connect to the tap device multiple times, for multiple send/receive queues.

@@ -471,7 +471,7 @@ queues.


The “no-pi” property

-
  “no-pi”                    gboolean
+
  “no-pi”                    gboolean

The tunnel's "TUN_NO_PI" flag; true if no protocol info is prepended to the tunnel packets.

Flags: Read

@@ -481,7 +481,7 @@ prepended to the tunnel packets.


The “owner” property

-
  “owner”                    gint64
+
  “owner”                    gint64

The uid of the tunnel owner, or -1 if it has no owner.

Flags: Read

Allowed values: [-1,4294967295]

@@ -491,7 +491,7 @@ prepended to the tunnel packets.


The “vnet-hdr” property

-
  “vnet-hdr”                 gboolean
+
  “vnet-hdr”                 gboolean

The tunnel's "TUN_VNET_HDR" flag; true if the tunnel packets include a virtio network header.

Flags: Read

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceVlan.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceVlan.html index 7c921b82..1b7c8c73 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceVlan.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceVlan.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMDeviceVlan: libnm Reference Manual - + @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@

Functions

-
+
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_device_vlan_get_carrier () @@ -67,7 +67,7 @@
-guint +guint nm_device_vlan_get_vlan_id () @@ -78,7 +78,7 @@

Properties

-
+
@@ -86,13 +86,13 @@ - + +gchar * @@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ - + @@ -112,7 +112,7 @@

Types and Values

-
gbooleangboolean carrier Read
-gchar * hw-address Read
Read
guintguint vlan-id Read
+
@@ -143,7 +143,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ╰── NMDeviceVlan
@@ -153,7 +153,7 @@
 

Implemented Interfaces

NMDeviceVlan implements - GInitable and GAsyncInitable.

+ GInitable and GAsyncInitable.

Description

@@ -167,7 +167,7 @@ nm_device_vlan_get_hw_address (Gets the hardware (MAC) address of the NMDeviceVlan

Parameters

-
+
@@ -189,12 +189,12 @@ device, and must not be modified.


nm_device_vlan_get_carrier ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_vlan_get_carrier (NMDeviceVlan *device);

Whether the device has carrier.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -209,7 +209,7 @@ nm_device_vlan_get_carrier (

Returns

-

TRUE if the device has carrier

+

TRUE if the device has carrier


@@ -219,7 +219,7 @@ nm_device_vlan_get_carrier (NMDeviceVlan *device);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -241,11 +241,11 @@ nm_device_vlan_get_parent (

nm_device_vlan_get_vlan_id ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_device_vlan_get_vlan_id (NMDeviceVlan *device);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -299,7 +299,7 @@ nm_device_vlan_get_vlan_id (

Property Details

The “carrier” property

-
  “carrier”                  gboolean
+
  “carrier”                  gboolean

Whether the device has carrier.

Flags: Read

Default value: FALSE

@@ -307,7 +307,7 @@ nm_device_vlan_get_vlan_id (

The “hw-address” property

-
  “hw-address”               gchar *
+
  “hw-address”               gchar *

The hardware (MAC) address of the device.

Flags: Read

Default value: NULL

@@ -322,7 +322,7 @@ nm_device_vlan_get_vlan_id (

The “vlan-id” property

-
  “vlan-id”                  guint
+
  “vlan-id”                  guint

The device's VLAN ID.

Flags: Read

Allowed values: <= 4095

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceVxlan.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceVxlan.html index 2a4b5a4f..3e158d90 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceVxlan.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceVxlan.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMDeviceVxlan: libnm Reference Manual - + @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@

Functions

-
+
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_device_vxlan_get_carrier () @@ -67,7 +67,7 @@
-guint +guint nm_device_vxlan_get_id () @@ -89,7 +89,7 @@
-guint +guint nm_device_vxlan_get_src_port_min () @@ -97,7 +97,7 @@
-guint +guint nm_device_vxlan_get_src_port_max () @@ -105,7 +105,7 @@
-guint +guint nm_device_vxlan_get_dst_port () @@ -113,7 +113,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_device_vxlan_get_learning () @@ -121,7 +121,7 @@
-guint +guint nm_device_vxlan_get_ageing () @@ -129,7 +129,7 @@
-guint +guint nm_device_vxlan_get_tos () @@ -137,7 +137,7 @@
-guint +guint nm_device_vxlan_get_ttl () @@ -145,7 +145,7 @@
-guint +guint nm_device_vxlan_get_limit () @@ -153,7 +153,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_device_vxlan_get_proxy () @@ -161,7 +161,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_device_vxlan_get_rsc () @@ -169,7 +169,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_device_vxlan_get_l2miss () @@ -177,7 +177,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_device_vxlan_get_l3miss () @@ -188,7 +188,7 @@

Properties

-
+
@@ -196,60 +196,60 @@ - + - + - + +gchar * +gchar * - + - + - + - + - + +gchar * @@ -260,32 +260,32 @@ - + - + - + - + - + - + @@ -294,7 +294,7 @@

Types and Values

-
guintguint ageing Read
gbooleangboolean carrier Read
guintguint dst-port Read
-gchar * group Read
-gchar * hw-address Read
guintguint id Read
gbooleangboolean l2miss Read
gbooleangboolean l3miss Read
gbooleangboolean learning Read
guintguint limit Read
-gchar * local Read
Read
gbooleangboolean proxy Read
gbooleangboolean rsc Read
guintguint src-port-max Read
guintguint src-port-min Read
gucharguchar tos Read
gucharguchar ttl Read
+
@@ -381,7 +381,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ╰── NMDeviceVxlan
@@ -391,7 +391,7 @@
 

Implemented Interfaces

NMDeviceVxlan implements - GInitable and GAsyncInitable.

+ GInitable and GAsyncInitable.

Description

@@ -405,7 +405,7 @@ nm_device_vxlan_get_hw_address (Gets the hardware (MAC) address of the NMDeviceVxlan

Parameters

-
+
@@ -428,12 +428,12 @@ device, and must not be modified.


nm_device_vxlan_get_carrier ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_vxlan_get_carrier (NMDeviceVxlan *device);

Whether the device has carrier.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -448,7 +448,7 @@ nm_device_vxlan_get_carrier (

Returns

-

TRUE if the device has carrier.

+

TRUE if the device has carrier.

Since: 1.2

@@ -459,7 +459,7 @@ nm_device_vxlan_get_carrier (NMDeviceVxlan *device);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -482,11 +482,11 @@ nm_device_vxlan_get_parent (

nm_device_vxlan_get_id ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_device_vxlan_get_id (NMDeviceVxlan *device);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -512,7 +512,7 @@ nm_device_vxlan_get_id (NMDeviceVxlan *device);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -539,7 +539,7 @@ IP address joined

nm_device_vxlan_get_local (NMDeviceVxlan *device);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -561,11 +561,11 @@ nm_device_vxlan_get_local (

nm_device_vxlan_get_src_port_min ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_device_vxlan_get_src_port_min (NMDeviceVxlan *device);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -587,11 +587,11 @@ nm_device_vxlan_get_src_port_min (

nm_device_vxlan_get_src_port_max ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_device_vxlan_get_src_port_max (NMDeviceVxlan *device);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -613,11 +613,11 @@ nm_device_vxlan_get_src_port_max (

nm_device_vxlan_get_dst_port ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_device_vxlan_get_dst_port (NMDeviceVxlan *device);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -639,11 +639,11 @@ nm_device_vxlan_get_dst_port (

nm_device_vxlan_get_learning ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_vxlan_get_learning (NMDeviceVxlan *device);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -665,11 +665,11 @@ nm_device_vxlan_get_learning (

nm_device_vxlan_get_ageing ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_device_vxlan_get_ageing (NMDeviceVxlan *device);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -691,11 +691,11 @@ nm_device_vxlan_get_ageing (

nm_device_vxlan_get_tos ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_device_vxlan_get_tos (NMDeviceVxlan *device);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -717,11 +717,11 @@ nm_device_vxlan_get_tos (

nm_device_vxlan_get_ttl ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_device_vxlan_get_ttl (NMDeviceVxlan *device);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -743,11 +743,11 @@ nm_device_vxlan_get_ttl (

nm_device_vxlan_get_limit ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_device_vxlan_get_limit (NMDeviceVxlan *device);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -770,11 +770,11 @@ forwarding table


nm_device_vxlan_get_proxy ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_vxlan_get_proxy (NMDeviceVxlan *device);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -796,11 +796,11 @@ nm_device_vxlan_get_proxy (

nm_device_vxlan_get_rsc ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_vxlan_get_rsc (NMDeviceVxlan *device);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -822,11 +822,11 @@ nm_device_vxlan_get_rsc (

nm_device_vxlan_get_l2miss ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_vxlan_get_l2miss (NMDeviceVxlan *device);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -848,11 +848,11 @@ nm_device_vxlan_get_l2miss (

nm_device_vxlan_get_l3miss ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_vxlan_get_l3miss (NMDeviceVxlan *device);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -991,7 +991,7 @@ nm_device_vxlan_get_l3miss (

Property Details

The “ageing” property

-
  “ageing”                   guint
+
  “ageing”                   guint

The lifetime in seconds of FDB entries learnt by the kernel.

Flags: Read

Default value: 0

@@ -1000,7 +1000,7 @@ nm_device_vxlan_get_l3miss (

The “carrier” property

-
  “carrier”                  gboolean
+
  “carrier”                  gboolean

Whether the device has carrier.

Flags: Read

Default value: FALSE

@@ -1009,7 +1009,7 @@ nm_device_vxlan_get_l3miss (

The “dst-port” property

-
  “dst-port”                 guint
+
  “dst-port”                 guint

The UDP destination port used to communicate with the remote VXLAN tunnel endpoint.

Flags: Read

@@ -1020,7 +1020,7 @@ endpoint.


The “group” property

-
  “group”                    gchar *
+
  “group”                    gchar *

The unicast destination IP address used in outgoing packets when the destination link layer address is not known in the VXLAN device forwarding database or the multicast IP address joined.

@@ -1031,7 +1031,7 @@ forwarding database or the multicast IP address joined.


The “hw-address” property

-
  “hw-address”               gchar *
+
  “hw-address”               gchar *

The hardware (MAC) address of the device.

Flags: Read

Default value: NULL

@@ -1040,7 +1040,7 @@ forwarding database or the multicast IP address joined.


The “id” property

-
  “id”                       guint
+
  “id”                       guint

The device's VXLAN ID.

Flags: Read

Allowed values: <= 16777215

@@ -1050,7 +1050,7 @@ forwarding database or the multicast IP address joined.


The “l2miss” property

-
  “l2miss”                   gboolean
+
  “l2miss”                   gboolean

Whether netlink LL ADDR miss notifications are generated.

Flags: Read

Default value: FALSE

@@ -1059,7 +1059,7 @@ forwarding database or the multicast IP address joined.


The “l3miss” property

-
  “l3miss”                   gboolean
+
  “l3miss”                   gboolean

Whether netlink IP ADDR miss notifications are generated.

Flags: Read

Default value: FALSE

@@ -1068,7 +1068,7 @@ forwarding database or the multicast IP address joined.


The “learning” property

-
  “learning”                 gboolean
+
  “learning”                 gboolean

Whether unknown source link layer addresses and IP addresses are entered into the VXLAN device forwarding database.

Flags: Read

@@ -1078,7 +1078,7 @@ into the VXLAN device forwarding database.


The “limit” property

-
  “limit”                    guint
+
  “limit”                    guint

The maximum number of entries that can be added to the forwarding table.

Flags: Read

Default value: 0

@@ -1087,7 +1087,7 @@ into the VXLAN device forwarding database.


The “local” property

-
  “local”                    gchar *
+
  “local”                    gchar *

The source IP address to use in outgoing packets.

Flags: Read

Default value: NULL

@@ -1104,7 +1104,7 @@ into the VXLAN device forwarding database.


The “proxy” property

-
  “proxy”                    gboolean
+
  “proxy”                    gboolean

Whether ARP proxy is turned on.

Flags: Read

Default value: FALSE

@@ -1113,7 +1113,7 @@ into the VXLAN device forwarding database.


The “rsc” property

-
  “rsc”                      gboolean
+
  “rsc”                      gboolean

Whether route short circuit is turned on.

Flags: Read

Default value: FALSE

@@ -1122,7 +1122,7 @@ into the VXLAN device forwarding database.


The “src-port-max” property

-
  “src-port-max”             guint
+
  “src-port-max”             guint

The maximum UDP source port used to communicate with the remote VXLAN tunnel endpoint.

Flags: Read

@@ -1133,7 +1133,7 @@ tunnel endpoint.


The “src-port-min” property

-
  “src-port-min”             guint
+
  “src-port-min”             guint

The minimum UDP source port used to communicate with the remote VXLAN tunnel endpoint.

Flags: Read

@@ -1144,7 +1144,7 @@ tunnel endpoint.


The “tos” property

-
  “tos”                      guchar
+
  “tos”                      guchar

The TOS value to use in outgoing packets.

Flags: Read

Default value: 0

@@ -1153,7 +1153,7 @@ tunnel endpoint.


The “ttl” property

-
  “ttl”                      guchar
+
  “ttl”                      guchar

The time-to-live value to use in outgoing packets.

Flags: Read

Default value: 0

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceWifi.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceWifi.html index 14d3394e..c2e0cbb1 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceWifi.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceWifi.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMDeviceWifi: libnm Reference Manual - + @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@

Functions

-
+
@@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ -
-guint32 +guint32 nm_device_wifi_get_bitrate () @@ -98,7 +98,7 @@
const GPtrArray * +const GPtrArray * nm_device_wifi_get_access_points () @@ -106,7 +106,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_device_wifi_request_scan () @@ -114,7 +114,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_device_wifi_request_scan_options () @@ -138,7 +138,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_device_wifi_request_scan_finish () @@ -149,7 +149,7 @@

Properties

-
+
@@ -158,7 +158,7 @@ +GPtrArray * @@ -169,13 +169,13 @@ - + +gchar * @@ -186,7 +186,7 @@ +gchar * @@ -200,7 +200,7 @@

Signals

-
-GPtrArray * access-points Read
Read
guintguint bitrate Read
-gchar * hw-address Read
-gchar * perm-hw-address Read
+
@@ -210,19 +210,19 @@ - + - +
void access-point-addedRun FirstRun First
void access-point-removedRun FirstRun First

Types and Values

-
+
@@ -265,7 +265,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ╰── NMDeviceWifi
@@ -275,7 +275,7 @@
 

Implemented Interfaces

NMDeviceWifi implements - GInitable and GAsyncInitable.

+ GInitable and GAsyncInitable.

Description

@@ -289,7 +289,7 @@ nm_device_wifi_get_hw_address (Gets the actual hardware (MAC) address of the NMDeviceWifi

Parameters

-
+
@@ -317,7 +317,7 @@ nm_device_wifi_get_permanent_hw_address

Gets the permanent hardware (MAC) address of the NMDeviceWifi

Parameters

-
+
@@ -344,7 +344,7 @@ nm_device_wifi_get_mode (NMDeviceWifi mode.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -365,12 +365,12 @@ nm_device_wifi_get_mode (

nm_device_wifi_get_bitrate ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_device_wifi_get_bitrate (NMDeviceWifi *device);

Gets the bit rate of the NMDeviceWifi in kbit/s.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -396,7 +396,7 @@ nm_device_wifi_get_capabilities (Gets the Wi-Fi capabilities of the NMDeviceWifi.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -423,7 +423,7 @@ nm_device_wifi_get_active_access_point

Gets the active NMAccessPoint.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -438,7 +438,7 @@ nm_device_wifi_get_active_access_point

Returns

-

the access point or NULL if none is active.

+

the access point or NULL if none is active.

[transfer none]

@@ -452,7 +452,7 @@ nm_device_wifi_get_access_point_by_path

Gets a NMAccessPoint by path.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -474,19 +474,19 @@ nm_device_wifi_get_access_point_by_path

Returns

-

the access point or NULL if none is found.

+

the access point or NULL if none is found.

[transfer none]


nm_device_wifi_get_access_points ()

-
const GPtrArray *
+
const GPtrArray *
 nm_device_wifi_get_access_points (NMDeviceWifi *device);

Gets all the scanned access points of the NMDeviceWifi.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -501,7 +501,7 @@ nm_device_wifi_get_access_points (

Returns

-

a GPtrArray containing all the +

a GPtrArray containing all the scanned NMAccessPoints. The returned array is owned by the client and should not be modified.

[element-type NMAccessPoint]

@@ -510,17 +510,17 @@ The returned array is owned by the client and should not be modified.


nm_device_wifi_request_scan ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_wifi_request_scan (NMDeviceWifi *device,
-                             GCancellable *cancellable,
-                             GError **error);
+ GCancellable *cancellable, + GError **error);

Request NM to scan for access points on device . Note that the function returns immediately after requesting the scan, and it may take some time after that for the scan to complete.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -534,12 +534,12 @@ after that for the scan to complete.

- + - + @@ -547,7 +547,7 @@ after that for the scan to complete.

Returns

-

TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error +

TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error will be set.

@@ -555,11 +555,11 @@ set.


nm_device_wifi_request_scan_options ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_wifi_request_scan_options (NMDeviceWifi *device,
-                                     GVariant *options,
-                                     GCancellable *cancellable,
-                                     GError **error);
+ GVariant *options, + GCancellable *cancellable, + GError **error);

Request NM to scan for access points on device . Note that the function returns immediately after requesting the scan, and it may take some time @@ -572,7 +572,7 @@ D-Bus call. Valid otions inside the dictionary are: 'ssids' => array of SSIDs (saay)

Parameters

-

cancellable

a GCancellable, or NULL

a GCancellable, or NULL

 

error

location for a GError, or NULL

location for a GError, or NULL

 
+
@@ -586,17 +586,17 @@ D-Bus call. Valid otions inside the dictionary are: - + - + - + @@ -604,7 +604,7 @@ D-Bus call. Valid otions inside the dictionary are:

Returns

-

TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error +

TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error will be set.

@@ -615,9 +615,9 @@ set.

nm_device_wifi_request_scan_async ()

void
 nm_device_wifi_request_scan_async (NMDeviceWifi *device,
-                                   GCancellable *cancellable,
-                                   GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
-                                   gpointer user_data);
+ GCancellable *cancellable, + GAsyncReadyCallback callback, + gpointer user_data);

Request NM to scan for access points on device . Note that callback will be @@ -625,7 +625,7 @@ called immediately after requesting the scan, and it may take some time after that for the scan to complete.

Parameters

-

options

dictionary with options for RequestScan(), or NULL

dictionary with options for RequestScan(), or NULL

 

cancellable

a GCancellable, or NULL

a GCancellable, or NULL

 

error

location for a GError, or NULL

location for a GError, or NULL

 
+
@@ -639,7 +639,7 @@ that for the scan to complete.

- + @@ -663,10 +663,10 @@ that for the scan to complete.

void
 nm_device_wifi_request_scan_options_async
                                (NMDeviceWifi *device,
-                                GVariant *options,
-                                GCancellable *cancellable,
-                                GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
-                                gpointer user_data);
+ GVariant *options, + GCancellable *cancellable, + GAsyncReadyCallback callback, + gpointer user_data);

Request NM to scan for access points on device . Note that callback will be @@ -680,7 +680,7 @@ D-Bus call. Valid otions inside the dictionary are: 'ssids' => array of SSIDs (saay)

Parameters

-

cancellable

a GCancellable, or NULL

a GCancellable, or NULL

 
+
@@ -694,12 +694,12 @@ D-Bus call. Valid otions inside the dictionary are: - + - + @@ -721,14 +721,14 @@ D-Bus call. Valid otions inside the dictionary are:

nm_device_wifi_request_scan_finish ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_wifi_request_scan_finish (NMDeviceWifi *device,
-                                    GAsyncResult *result,
-                                    GError **error);
+ GAsyncResult *result, + GError **error);

Gets the result of a call to nm_device_wifi_request_scan_async().

Parameters

-

options

dictionary with options for RequestScan(), or NULL

dictionary with options for RequestScan(), or NULL

 

cancellable

a GCancellable, or NULL

a GCancellable, or NULL

 
+
@@ -742,12 +742,12 @@ nm_device_wifi_request_scan_finish ( - + - + @@ -755,7 +755,7 @@ nm_device_wifi_request_scan_finish (

Returns

-

TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error +

TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error will be set.

@@ -814,7 +814,7 @@ set.

Property Details

The “access-points” property

-
  “access-points”            GPtrArray *
+
  “access-points”            GPtrArray *

List of all Wi-Fi access points the device can see.

Element-type: NMAccessPoint

Flags: Read

@@ -829,7 +829,7 @@ set.


The “bitrate” property

-
  “bitrate”                  guint
+
  “bitrate”                  guint

The bit rate of the device in kbit/s.

Flags: Read

Default value: 0

@@ -837,7 +837,7 @@ set.


The “hw-address” property

-
  “hw-address”               gchar *
+
  “hw-address”               gchar *

The hardware (MAC) address of the device.

Flags: Read

Default value: NULL

@@ -853,7 +853,7 @@ set.


The “perm-hw-address” property

-
  “perm-hw-address”          gchar *
+
  “perm-hw-address”          gchar *

The hardware (MAC) address of the device.

Flags: Read

Default value: NULL

@@ -872,12 +872,12 @@ set.

The “access-point-added” signal

void
 user_function (NMDeviceWifi *device,
-               GObject      *ap,
-               gpointer      user_data)
+ GObject *ap, + gpointer user_data)

Notifies that a NMAccessPoint is added to the Wi-Fi device.

Parameters

-

result

the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

 

error

location for a GError, or NULL

location for a GError, or NULL

 
+
@@ -902,19 +902,19 @@ user_function (
-

Flags: Run First

+

Flags: Run First


The “access-point-removed” signal

void
 user_function (NMDeviceWifi *device,
-               GObject      *ap,
-               gpointer      user_data)
+ GObject *ap, + gpointer user_data)

Notifies that a NMAccessPoint is removed from the Wi-Fi device.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -939,7 +939,7 @@ user_function (
-

Flags: Run First

+

Flags: Run First

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceWimax.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceWimax.html index a8b2bcbf..b3a7ec03 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceWimax.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceWimax.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMDeviceWimax: libnm Reference Manual - + @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@

Functions

-
+
@@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ -
const GPtrArray * +const GPtrArray * nm_device_wimax_get_nsps () @@ -75,7 +75,7 @@
-guint +guint nm_device_wimax_get_center_frequency () @@ -83,7 +83,7 @@
-gint +gint nm_device_wimax_get_rssi () @@ -91,7 +91,7 @@
-gint +gint nm_device_wimax_get_cinr () @@ -99,7 +99,7 @@
-gint +gint nm_device_wimax_get_tx_power () @@ -117,7 +117,7 @@

Properties

-
+
@@ -132,39 +132,39 @@ +gchar * - + - + +gchar * +GPtrArray * - + - + @@ -173,7 +173,7 @@

Signals

-
-gchar * bsid Read
guintguint center-frequency Read
gintgint cinr Read
-gchar * hw-address Read
-GPtrArray * nsps Read
gintgint rssi Read
gintgint tx-power Read
+
@@ -183,19 +183,19 @@ - + - +
void nsp-addedRun FirstRun First
void nsp-removedRun FirstRun First

Types and Values

-
+
@@ -242,7 +242,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ╰── NMDeviceWimax
@@ -252,7 +252,7 @@
 

Implemented Interfaces

NMDeviceWimax implements - GInitable and GAsyncInitable.

+ GInitable and GAsyncInitable.

Description

@@ -270,7 +270,7 @@ nm_device_wimax_get_hw_address (Gets the hardware (MAC) address of the NMDeviceWimax

Parameters

-
+
@@ -301,7 +301,7 @@ nm_device_wimax_get_active_nsp (Gets the active NMWimaxNsp.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -316,7 +316,7 @@ nm_device_wimax_get_active_nsp (

Returns

-

the access point or NULL if none is active.

+

the access point or NULL if none is active.

[transfer full]

@@ -333,7 +333,7 @@ nm_device_wimax_get_nsp_by_path (Gets a NMWimaxNsp by path.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -355,14 +355,14 @@ nm_device_wimax_get_nsp_by_path (

Returns

-

the access point or NULL if none is found.

+

the access point or NULL if none is found.

[transfer none]


nm_device_wimax_get_nsps ()

-
const GPtrArray *
+
const GPtrArray *
 nm_device_wimax_get_nsps (NMDeviceWimax *wimax);

nm_device_wimax_get_nsps has been deprecated since version 1.2 and should not be used in newly-written code.

@@ -371,7 +371,7 @@ nm_device_wimax_get_nsps (NMDeviceWimax.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -386,7 +386,7 @@ nm_device_wimax_get_nsps (

Returns

-

a GPtrArray containing +

a GPtrArray containing all the scanned NMWimaxNsps. The returned array is owned by the client and should not be modified.

[element-type NMWimaxNsp]

@@ -395,7 +395,7 @@ The returned array is owned by the client and should not be modified.


nm_device_wimax_get_center_frequency ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_device_wimax_get_center_frequency (NMDeviceWimax *self);

nm_device_wimax_get_center_frequency has been deprecated since version 1.2 and should not be used in newly-written code.

@@ -406,7 +406,7 @@ to communicate with the network when connected. Has no meaning when the device is not connected.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -427,7 +427,7 @@ device is not connected.


nm_device_wimax_get_rssi ()

-
gint
+
gint
 nm_device_wimax_get_rssi (NMDeviceWimax *self);

nm_device_wimax_get_rssi has been deprecated since version 1.2 and should not be used in newly-written code.

@@ -439,7 +439,7 @@ indicate the overall quality of the radio link. Has no meaning when the device is not connected.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -460,7 +460,7 @@ device is not connected.


nm_device_wimax_get_cinr ()

-
gint
+
gint
 nm_device_wimax_get_cinr (NMDeviceWimax *self);

nm_device_wimax_get_cinr has been deprecated since version 1.2 and should not be used in newly-written code.

@@ -471,7 +471,7 @@ link in dB. CINR is a more accurate measure of radio link quality. Has no meaning when the device is not connected.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -492,7 +492,7 @@ meaning when the device is not connected.


nm_device_wimax_get_tx_power ()

-
gint
+
gint
 nm_device_wimax_get_tx_power (NMDeviceWimax *self);

nm_device_wimax_get_tx_power has been deprecated since version 1.2 and should not be used in newly-written code.

@@ -503,7 +503,7 @@ nm_device_wimax_get_tx_power (

Parameters

-
+
@@ -533,7 +533,7 @@ nm_device_wimax_get_bsid (

Parameters

-
+
@@ -548,7 +548,7 @@ nm_device_wimax_get_bsid (

Returns

-

the ID of the serving Base Station, or NULL

+

the ID of the serving Base Station, or NULL

@@ -622,7 +622,7 @@ nm_device_wimax_get_bsid (

The “bsid” property

-
  “bsid”                     gchar *
+
  “bsid”                     gchar *

The ID of the serving base station as received from the network. Has no meaning when the device is not connected.

@@ -635,7 +635,7 @@ no meaning when the device is not connected.


The “center-frequency” property

-
  “center-frequency”         guint
+
  “center-frequency”         guint

The center frequency (in KHz) of the radio channel the device is using to communicate with the network when connected. Has no meaning when the device is not connected.

@@ -649,7 +649,7 @@ device is not connected.


The “cinr” property

-
  “cinr”                     gint
+
  “cinr”                     gint

CINR (Carrier to Interference + Noise Ratio) of the current radio link in dB. CINR is a more accurate measure of radio link quality. Has no meaning when the device is not connected.

@@ -663,7 +663,7 @@ meaning when the device is not connected.


The “hw-address” property

-
  “hw-address”               gchar *
+
  “hw-address”               gchar *

The hardware (MAC) address of the device.

NMDeviceWimax:hw-address has been deprecated since version 1.2 and should not be used in newly-written code.

@@ -675,7 +675,7 @@ meaning when the device is not connected.


The “nsps” property

-
  “nsps”                     GPtrArray *
+
  “nsps”                     GPtrArray *

List of all WiMAX Network Service Providers the device can see.

Element-type: NMWimaxNsp

Flags: Read

@@ -683,7 +683,7 @@ meaning when the device is not connected.


The “rssi” property

-
  “rssi”                     gint
+
  “rssi”                     gint

RSSI of the current radio link in dBm. This value indicates how strong the raw received RF signal from the base station is, but does not indicate the overall quality of the radio link. Has no meaning when the @@ -698,7 +698,7 @@ device is not connected.


The “tx-power” property

-
  “tx-power”                 gint
+
  “tx-power”                 gint

Average power of the last burst transmitted by the device, in units of 0.5 dBm. i.e. a TxPower of -11 represents an actual device TX power of -5.5 dBm. Has no meaning when the device is not connected.

@@ -716,8 +716,8 @@ device is not connected.

The “nsp-added” signal

void
 user_function (NMDeviceWimax *self,
-               GObject       *nsp,
-               gpointer       user_data)
+ GObject *nsp, + gpointer user_data)

Notifies that a NMWimaxNsp is added to the wimax device.

NMDeviceWimax::nsp-added has been deprecated since version 1.2 and should not be used in newly-written code.

@@ -725,7 +725,7 @@ user_function (<

Parameters

-
+
@@ -750,15 +750,15 @@ user_function (<
-

Flags: Run First

+

Flags: Run First


The “nsp-removed” signal

void
 user_function (NMDeviceWimax *self,
-               GObject       *nsp,
-               gpointer       user_data)
+ GObject *nsp, + gpointer user_data)

Notifies that a NMWimaxNsp is removed from the wimax device.

NMDeviceWimax::nsp-removed has been deprecated since version 1.2 and should not be used in newly-written code.

@@ -766,7 +766,7 @@ user_function (<

Parameters

-
+
@@ -791,7 +791,7 @@ user_function (<
-

Flags: Run First

+

Flags: Run First

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMDhcpConfig.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMDhcpConfig.html index cdb83de0..0b712478 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMDhcpConfig.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMDhcpConfig.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMDhcpConfig: libnm Reference Manual - + @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@

Functions

-
+
@@ -52,7 +52,7 @@
-GHashTable * +GHashTable * nm_dhcp_config_get_options () @@ -70,7 +70,7 @@

Properties

-
+
@@ -78,13 +78,13 @@ - + +GHashTable * @@ -93,7 +93,7 @@

Types and Values

-
gintgint family Read
-GHashTable * options Read
+
@@ -116,7 +116,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDhcpConfig
 
@@ -125,7 +125,7 @@

Implemented Interfaces

NMDhcpConfig implements - GInitable and GAsyncInitable.

+ GInitable and GAsyncInitable.

Description

@@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ nm_dhcp_config_get_family (

Parameters

-
+
@@ -161,12 +161,12 @@ nm_dhcp_config_get_family (

nm_dhcp_config_get_options ()

-
GHashTable *
+
GHashTable *
 nm_dhcp_config_get_options (NMDhcpConfig *config);

Gets all the options contained in the configuration.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -181,7 +181,7 @@ nm_dhcp_config_get_options (

Returns

-

the GHashTable containing +

the GHashTable containing strings for keys and values. This is the internal copy used by the configuration, and must not be modified.

[transfer none][element-type utf8 utf8]

@@ -196,7 +196,7 @@ nm_dhcp_config_get_one_option (Gets one option by option name.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -246,7 +246,7 @@ configuration, and must not be modified.

Property Details

The “family” property

-
  “family”                   gint
+
  “family”                   gint

The IP address family of the configuration; either AF_INET or AF_INET6.

Flags: Read

@@ -256,8 +256,8 @@ configuration, and must not be modified.


The “options” property

-
  “options”                  GHashTable *
-

The GHashTable containing options of the configuration.

+
  “options”                  GHashTable *
+

The GHashTable containing options of the configuration.

Type: GLib.HashTable(utf8,utf8)

Flags: Read

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMIPConfig.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMIPConfig.html index 6152d777..1c8f22ef 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMIPConfig.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMIPConfig.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMIPConfig: libnm Reference Manual - + @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@

Functions

-
+
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@
-GPtrArray * +GPtrArray * nm_ip_config_get_addresses () @@ -67,7 +67,7 @@
-GPtrArray * +GPtrArray * nm_ip_config_get_routes () @@ -106,7 +106,7 @@

Properties

-
+
@@ -115,44 +115,44 @@ +GPtrArray * - + - + +gchar * - + +GPtrArray * - + - + @@ -161,7 +161,7 @@

Types and Values

-
-GPtrArray * addresses Read
GStrvGStrv domains Read
gintgint family Read
-gchar * gateway Read
GStrvGStrv nameservers Read
-GPtrArray * routes Read
GStrvGStrv searches Read
GStrvGStrv wins-servers Read
+
@@ -208,7 +208,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMIPConfig
 
@@ -217,7 +217,7 @@

Implemented Interfaces

NMIPConfig implements - GInitable and GAsyncInitable.

+ GInitable and GAsyncInitable.

Description

@@ -231,7 +231,7 @@ nm_ip_config_get_family (

Parameters

-
+
@@ -258,7 +258,7 @@ nm_ip_config_get_gateway (

Parameters

-
+
@@ -280,12 +280,12 @@ nm_ip_config_get_gateway (

nm_ip_config_get_addresses ()

-
GPtrArray *
+
GPtrArray *
 nm_ip_config_get_addresses (NMIPConfig *config);

Gets the IP addresses (containing the address, prefix, and gateway).

Parameters

-
+
@@ -300,7 +300,7 @@ nm_ip_config_get_addresses (

Returns

-

the GPtrArray +

the GPtrArray containing NMIPAddresses. This is the internal copy used by the configuration and must not be modified. The library never modifies the returned array and thus it is safe for callers to reference and keep using it.

@@ -310,12 +310,12 @@ returned array and thus it is safe for callers to reference and keep using it. <

nm_ip_config_get_routes ()

-
GPtrArray *
+
GPtrArray *
 nm_ip_config_get_routes (NMIPConfig *config);

Gets the routes.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -330,7 +330,7 @@ nm_ip_config_get_routes (

Returns

-

the GPtrArray containing +

the GPtrArray containing NMIPRoutes. This is the internal copy used by the configuration, and must not be modified. The library never modifies the returned array and thus it is safe for callers to reference and keep using it.

@@ -345,7 +345,7 @@ nm_ip_config_get_nameservers (

Parameters

-
+
@@ -372,7 +372,7 @@ nm_ip_config_get_domains (

Parameters

-
+
@@ -388,7 +388,7 @@ nm_ip_config_get_domains (

Returns

the array of domains. -(This is never NULL, though it may be 0-length).

+(This is never NULL, though it may be 0-length).

[transfer none]

@@ -400,7 +400,7 @@ nm_ip_config_get_searches (

Parameters

-
+
@@ -416,7 +416,7 @@ nm_ip_config_get_searches (

Returns

the array of DNS search strings. -(This is never NULL, though it may be 0-length).

+(This is never NULL, though it may be 0-length).

[transfer none]

@@ -428,7 +428,7 @@ nm_ip_config_get_wins_servers (Gets the Windows Internet Name Service servers (WINS).

Parameters

-
+
@@ -444,7 +444,7 @@ nm_ip_config_get_wins_servers (

Returns

the arry of WINS server IP address strings. -(This is never NULL, though it may be 0-length.).

+(This is never NULL, though it may be 0-length.).

[transfer none]

@@ -508,21 +508,21 @@ nm_ip_config_get_wins_servers (

Property Details

The “addresses” property

-
  “addresses”                GPtrArray *
-

A GPtrArray containing the addresses (NMIPAddress) of the configuration.

+
  “addresses”                GPtrArray *
+

A GPtrArray containing the addresses (NMIPAddress) of the configuration.

Flags: Read


The “domains” property

-
  “domains”                  GStrv
+
  “domains”                  GStrv

The array containing domain strings of the configuration.

Flags: Read


The “family” property

-
  “family”                   gint
+
  “family”                   gint

The IP address family of the configuration; either AF_INET or AF_INET6.

Flags: Read

@@ -532,7 +532,7 @@ nm_ip_config_get_wins_servers (

The “gateway” property

-
  “gateway”                  gchar *
+
  “gateway”                  gchar *

The IP gateway address of the configuration as string.

Flags: Read

Default value: NULL

@@ -540,28 +540,28 @@ nm_ip_config_get_wins_servers (

The “nameservers” property

-
  “nameservers”              GStrv
+
  “nameservers”              GStrv

The array containing name server IP addresses of the configuration.

Flags: Read


The “routes” property

-
  “routes”                   GPtrArray *
-

A GPtrArray containing the routes (NMIPRoute) of the configuration.

+
  “routes”                   GPtrArray *
+

A GPtrArray containing the routes (NMIPRoute) of the configuration.

Flags: Read


The “searches” property

-
  “searches”                 GStrv
+
  “searches”                 GStrv

The array containing DNS search strings of the configuration.

Flags: Read


The “wins-servers” property

-
  “wins-servers”             GStrv
+
  “wins-servers”             GStrv

The array containing WINS server IP addresses of the configuration. (This will always be empty for IPv6 configurations.)

Flags: Read

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMObject.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMObject.html index 52abc770..8034fb14 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMObject.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMObject.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMObject: libnm Reference Manual - + @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@

Functions

-
+
@@ -52,7 +52,7 @@

Properties

-
+
@@ -61,18 +61,18 @@ +GDBusConnection * - + +gchar * @@ -81,7 +81,7 @@

Types and Values

-
-GDBusConnection * dbus-connection Read / Write / Construct Only
gbooleangboolean nm-running-internal Read
-gchar * path Read / Write / Construct Only
+
@@ -104,7 +104,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ├── NMAccessPoint
         ├── NMActiveConnection
@@ -119,7 +119,7 @@
 

Implemented Interfaces

NMObject implements - GInitable and GAsyncInitable.

+ GInitable and GAsyncInitable.

Description

@@ -133,7 +133,7 @@ nm_object_get_path (NMObject.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -176,22 +176,22 @@ device, and must not be modified.

Property Details

The “dbus-connection” property

-
  “dbus-connection”          GDBusConnection *
-

The GDBusConnection of the object.

+
  “dbus-connection”          GDBusConnection *
+

The GDBusConnection of the object.

[skip]

Flags: Read / Write / Construct Only


The “nm-running-internal” property

-
  “nm-running-internal”      gboolean
+
  “nm-running-internal”      gboolean

Flags: Read

Default value: FALSE


The “path” property

-
  “path”                     gchar *
+
  “path”                     gchar *

The D-Bus object path.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct Only

Default value: NULL

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMRemoteConnection.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMRemoteConnection.html index 7bcbcdd0..4712e60d 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMRemoteConnection.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMRemoteConnection.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMRemoteConnection: libnm Reference Manual - + @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@

Functions

-
+
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_remote_connection_commit_changes () @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_remote_connection_commit_changes_finish () @@ -68,7 +68,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_remote_connection_save () @@ -84,7 +84,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_remote_connection_save_finish () @@ -92,7 +92,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_remote_connection_delete () @@ -108,7 +108,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_remote_connection_delete_finish () @@ -116,7 +116,7 @@
-GVariant * +GVariant * nm_remote_connection_get_secrets () @@ -132,7 +132,7 @@
-GVariant * +GVariant * nm_remote_connection_get_secrets_finish () @@ -140,7 +140,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_remote_connection_get_unsaved () @@ -148,7 +148,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_remote_connection_get_visible () @@ -159,7 +159,7 @@

Properties

-
+
@@ -167,12 +167,12 @@ - + - + @@ -181,7 +181,7 @@

Types and Values

-
gbooleangboolean unsaved Read
gbooleangboolean visible Read
+
@@ -212,7 +212,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMRemoteConnection
 
@@ -221,7 +221,7 @@

Implemented Interfaces

NMRemoteConnection implements - GInitable, GAsyncInitable and NMConnection.

+ GInitable, GAsyncInitable and NMConnection.

Description

@@ -230,19 +230,19 @@ NMRemoteConnection implements

Functions

nm_remote_connection_commit_changes ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_remote_connection_commit_changes (NMRemoteConnection *connection,
-                                     gboolean save_to_disk,
-                                     GCancellable *cancellable,
-                                     GError **error);
+ gboolean save_to_disk, + GCancellable *cancellable, + GError **error);

Send any local changes to the settings and properties of connection to NetworkManager. If save_to_disk - is TRUE, the updated connection will be saved to -disk; if FALSE, then only the in-memory representation will be changed.

+ is TRUE, the updated connection will be saved to +disk; if FALSE, then only the in-memory representation will be changed.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -261,12 +261,12 @@ disk; if

cancellable

-
+ - + @@ -274,7 +274,7 @@ disk; if

Returns

-

TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error +

TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error will be set.

@@ -284,19 +284,19 @@ will be set.

void
 nm_remote_connection_commit_changes_async
                                (NMRemoteConnection *connection,
-                                gboolean save_to_disk,
-                                GCancellable *cancellable,
-                                GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
-                                gpointer user_data);
+ gboolean save_to_disk, + GCancellable *cancellable, + GAsyncReadyCallback callback, + gpointer user_data);

Asynchronously sends any local changes to the settings and properties of connection to NetworkManager. If save - is TRUE, the updated connection will -be saved to disk; if FALSE, then only the in-memory representation will be + is TRUE, the updated connection will +be saved to disk; if FALSE, then only the in-memory representation will be changed.

Parameters

-

a GCancellable, or NULL

a GCancellable, or NULL

 

error

location for a GError, or NULL

location for a GError, or NULL

 
+
@@ -315,7 +315,7 @@ changed.

- + @@ -336,15 +336,15 @@ changed.


nm_remote_connection_commit_changes_finish ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_remote_connection_commit_changes_finish
                                (NMRemoteConnection *connection,
-                                GAsyncResult *result,
-                                GError **error);
+ GAsyncResult *result, + GError **error);

Gets the result of a call to nm_remote_connection_commit_changes_async().

Parameters

-

cancellable

a GCancellable, or NULL

a GCancellable, or NULL

 
+
@@ -358,12 +358,12 @@ nm_remote_connection_commit_changes_finish - + - + @@ -371,22 +371,22 @@ nm_remote_connection_commit_changes_finish

Returns

-

TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error +

TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error will be set.


nm_remote_connection_save ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_remote_connection_save (NMRemoteConnection *connection,
-                           GCancellable *cancellable,
-                           GError **error);
+ GCancellable *cancellable, + GError **error);

Saves the connection to disk if the connection has changes that have not yet been written to disk, or if the connection has never been saved.

Parameters

-

result

the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

 

error

location for a GError, or NULL

location for a GError, or NULL

 
+
@@ -400,12 +400,12 @@ been written to disk, or if the connection has never been saved.

- + - + @@ -413,7 +413,7 @@ been written to disk, or if the connection has never been saved.

Returns

-

TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error +

TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error will be set.

@@ -422,14 +422,14 @@ will be set.

nm_remote_connection_save_async ()

void
 nm_remote_connection_save_async (NMRemoteConnection *connection,
-                                 GCancellable *cancellable,
-                                 GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
-                                 gpointer user_data);
+ GCancellable *cancellable, + GAsyncReadyCallback callback, + gpointer user_data);

Saves the connection to disk if the connection has changes that have not yet been written to disk, or if the connection has never been saved.

Parameters

-

cancellable

a GCancellable, or NULL

a GCancellable, or NULL

 

error

location for a GError, or NULL

location for a GError, or NULL

 
+
@@ -443,7 +443,7 @@ been written to disk, or if the connection has never been saved.

- + @@ -464,14 +464,14 @@ been written to disk, or if the connection has never been saved.


nm_remote_connection_save_finish ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_remote_connection_save_finish (NMRemoteConnection *connection,
-                                  GAsyncResult *result,
-                                  GError **error);
+ GAsyncResult *result, + GError **error);

Gets the result of a call to nm_remote_connection_save_async().

Parameters

-

cancellable

a GCancellable, or NULL

a GCancellable, or NULL

 
+
@@ -485,12 +485,12 @@ nm_remote_connection_save_finish ( - + - + @@ -498,21 +498,21 @@ nm_remote_connection_save_finish (

Returns

-

TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error +

TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error will be set.


nm_remote_connection_delete ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_remote_connection_delete (NMRemoteConnection *connection,
-                             GCancellable *cancellable,
-                             GError **error);
+ GCancellable *cancellable, + GError **error);

Deletes the connection.

Parameters

-

result

the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

 

error

location for a GError, or NULL

location for a GError, or NULL

 
+
@@ -526,12 +526,12 @@ nm_remote_connection_delete (

cancellable

-
+ - + @@ -539,7 +539,7 @@ nm_remote_connection_delete (

Returns

-

TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error +

TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error will be set.

@@ -548,13 +548,13 @@ will be set.

nm_remote_connection_delete_async ()

void
 nm_remote_connection_delete_async (NMRemoteConnection *connection,
-                                   GCancellable *cancellable,
-                                   GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
-                                   gpointer user_data);
+ GCancellable *cancellable, + GAsyncReadyCallback callback, + gpointer user_data);

Asynchronously deletes the connection.

Parameters

-

a GCancellable, or NULL

a GCancellable, or NULL

 

error

location for a GError, or NULL

location for a GError, or NULL

 
+
@@ -568,7 +568,7 @@ nm_remote_connection_delete_async ( - + @@ -589,14 +589,14 @@ nm_remote_connection_delete_async (

nm_remote_connection_delete_finish ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_remote_connection_delete_finish (NMRemoteConnection *connection,
-                                    GAsyncResult *result,
-                                    GError **error);
+ GAsyncResult *result, + GError **error);

Gets the result of a call to nm_remote_connection_delete_async().

Parameters

-

cancellable

a GCancellable, or NULL

a GCancellable, or NULL

 
+
@@ -610,12 +610,12 @@ nm_remote_connection_delete_finish ( - + - + @@ -623,23 +623,23 @@ nm_remote_connection_delete_finish (

Returns

-

TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error +

TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error will be set.


nm_remote_connection_get_secrets ()

-
GVariant *
+
GVariant *
 nm_remote_connection_get_secrets (NMRemoteConnection *connection,
                                   const char *setting_name,
-                                  GCancellable *cancellable,
-                                  GError **error);
+ GCancellable *cancellable, + GError **error);

Request the connection's secrets. Note that this is a blocking D-Bus call, not a simple property accessor.

Parameters

-

result

the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

 

error

location for a GError, or NULL

location for a GError, or NULL

 
+
@@ -658,12 +658,12 @@ not a simple property accessor.

- + - + @@ -671,9 +671,9 @@ not a simple property accessor.

Returns

-

a GVariant of type NM_VARIANT_TYPE_CONNECTION containing +

a GVariant of type NM_VARIANT_TYPE_CONNECTION containing connection -'s secrets, or NULL on error.

+'s secrets, or NULL on error.


@@ -683,13 +683,13 @@ not a simple property accessor.

nm_remote_connection_get_secrets_async (NMRemoteConnection *connection, const char *setting_name, - GCancellable *cancellable, - GAsyncReadyCallback callback, - gpointer user_data); + GCancellable *cancellable, + GAsyncReadyCallback callback, + gpointer user_data);

Asynchronously requests the connection's secrets.

Parameters

-

cancellable

a GCancellable, or NULL

a GCancellable, or NULL

 

error

location for a GError, or NULL

location for a GError, or NULL

 
+
@@ -708,7 +708,7 @@ nm_remote_connection_get_secrets_async - + @@ -729,15 +729,15 @@ nm_remote_connection_get_secrets_async

nm_remote_connection_get_secrets_finish ()

-
GVariant *
+
GVariant *
 nm_remote_connection_get_secrets_finish
                                (NMRemoteConnection *connection,
-                                GAsyncResult *result,
-                                GError **error);
+ GAsyncResult *result, + GError **error);

Gets the result of a call to nm_remote_connection_get_secrets_async().

Parameters

-

cancellable

a GCancellable, or NULL

a GCancellable, or NULL

 
+
@@ -751,12 +751,12 @@ nm_remote_connection_get_secrets_finish - + - + @@ -764,20 +764,20 @@ nm_remote_connection_get_secrets_finish

Returns

-

a GVariant of type NM_VARIANT_TYPE_CONNECTION +

a GVariant of type NM_VARIANT_TYPE_CONNECTION containing connection -'s secrets, or NULL on error.

+'s secrets, or NULL on error.

[transfer full]


nm_remote_connection_get_unsaved ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_remote_connection_get_unsaved (NMRemoteConnection *connection);

Parameters

-

result

the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

 

error

location for a GError, or NULL

location for a GError, or NULL

 
+
@@ -792,15 +792,15 @@ nm_remote_connection_get_unsaved (

Returns

-

TRUE if the remote connection contains changes that have not -been saved to disk, FALSE if the connection is the same as its on-disk +

TRUE if the remote connection contains changes that have not +been saved to disk, FALSE if the connection is the same as its on-disk representation.


nm_remote_connection_get_visible ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_remote_connection_get_visible (NMRemoteConnection *connection);

Checks if the connection is visible to the current user. If the connection is not visible then it is essentially useless; it will @@ -812,7 +812,7 @@ connection's visibility to change after you already have a reference to it.)

Parameters

-
+
@@ -827,8 +827,8 @@ reference to it.)

Returns

-

TRUE if the remote connection is visible to the current -user, FALSE if not.

+

TRUE if the remote connection is visible to the current +user, FALSE if not.

@@ -867,17 +867,17 @@ user,

Property Details

The “unsaved” property

-
  “unsaved”                  gboolean
-

TRUE if the remote connection contains changes that have not been saved -to disk, FALSE if the connection is the same as its on-disk representation.

+
  “unsaved”                  gboolean
+

TRUE if the remote connection contains changes that have not been saved +to disk, FALSE if the connection is the same as its on-disk representation.

Flags: Read

Default value: FALSE


The “visible” property

-
  “visible”                  gboolean
-

TRUE if the remote connection is visible to the current user, FALSE if +

  “visible”                  gboolean
+

TRUE if the remote connection is visible to the current user, FALSE if not. If the connection is not visible then it is essentially useless; it will not contain any settings, and operations such as nm_remote_connection_save() and nm_remote_connection_delete() will always diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSecretAgentOld.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSecretAgentOld.html index cfcdd6e3..4e4fc7d9 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSecretAgentOld.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSecretAgentOld.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMSecretAgentOld: libnm Reference Manual - + @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@

Functions

-
+
@@ -68,7 +68,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_secret_agent_old_register () @@ -84,7 +84,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_secret_agent_old_register_finish () @@ -92,7 +92,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_secret_agent_old_unregister () @@ -108,7 +108,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_secret_agent_old_unregister_finish () @@ -116,7 +116,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_secret_agent_old_get_registered () @@ -151,7 +151,7 @@

Properties

-
+
@@ -159,7 +159,7 @@ - + @@ -170,12 +170,12 @@ +gchar * - + @@ -184,7 +184,7 @@

Types and Values

-
gbooleangboolean auto-register Read / Write / Construct
-gchar * identifier Read / Write / Construct Only
gbooleangboolean registered Read
+
@@ -215,7 +215,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMSecretAgentOld
 
@@ -223,7 +223,7 @@

Implemented Interfaces

NMSecretAgentOld implements - GInitable and GAsyncInitable.

+ GInitable and GAsyncInitable.

Description

@@ -235,9 +235,9 @@ NMSecretAgentOld implements
void
 (*NMSecretAgentOldGetSecretsFunc) (NMSecretAgentOld *agent,
                                    NMConnection *connection,
-                                   GVariant *secrets,
-                                   GError *error,
-                                   gpointer user_data);
+ GVariant *secrets, + GError *error, + gpointer user_data);

Called as a result of a request by NM to retrieve secrets. When the NMSecretAgentOld subclass has finished retrieving secrets and is ready to return them, or to return an error, this function should be called with @@ -272,16 +272,16 @@ something like this:

secrets = nm_simple_connection_new (); s_wsec = (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *) nm_setting_wireless_security_new (); -g_object_set (G_OBJECT (s_wsec), +g_object_set (G_OBJECT (s_wsec), NM_SETTING_WIRELESS_SECURITY_PSK, "my really cool PSK", - NULL); + NULL); nm_connection_add_setting (secrets, NM_SETTING (s_wsec)); secrets_dict = nm_connection_to_dbus (secrets, NM_CONNECTION_SERIALIZE_ALL); (call the NMSecretAgentOldGetSecretsFunc with secrets_dict) -g_object_unref (secrets); -g_variant_unref (secrets_dict); +g_object_unref (secrets); +g_variant_unref (secrets_dict);
@@ -290,7 +290,7 @@ something like this:


Parameters

-
+
@@ -306,13 +306,13 @@ something like this:

-
void
 (*NMSecretAgentOldSaveSecretsFunc) (NMSecretAgentOld *agent,
                                     NMConnection *connection,
-                                    GError *error,
-                                    gpointer user_data);
+ GError *error, + gpointer user_data);

Called as a result of a request by NM to save secrets. When the NMSecretAgentOld subclass has finished saving the secrets, this function should be called.

Parameters

-

connection

the connection for which secrets were requested, note that this object will be unrefed after the callback has returned, use -g_object_ref()/g_object_unref() if you want to use this object after the callback +g_object_ref()/g_object_unref() if you want to use this object after the callback has returned.

[transfer none]

secrets

the GVariant of type NM_VARIANT_TYPE_CONNECTION containing the requested +

the GVariant of type NM_VARIANT_TYPE_CONNECTION containing the requested secrets (as created by nm_connection_to_dbus() for example). Each key in secrets should be the name of a NMSetting object (like "802-11-wireless-security") and each value should be an NM_VARIANT_TYPE_SETTING variant. The sub-dicts @@ -340,14 +340,14 @@ and the value is the secret

+
@@ -363,7 +363,7 @@ should be called.

@@ -387,14 +387,14 @@ has returned.

void
 (*NMSecretAgentOldDeleteSecretsFunc) (NMSecretAgentOld *agent,
                                       NMConnection *connection,
-                                      GError *error,
-                                      gpointer user_data);
+ GError *error, + gpointer user_data);

Called as a result of a request by NM to delete secrets. When the NMSecretAgentOld subclass has finished deleting the secrets, this function should be called.

Parameters

-

connection

the connection for which secrets were to be saved, note that this object will be unrefed after the callback has returned, use -g_object_ref()/g_object_unref() if you want to use this object after the callback +g_object_ref()/g_object_unref() if you want to use this object after the callback has returned.

[transfer none]
+
@@ -410,7 +410,7 @@ should be called.

@@ -431,10 +431,10 @@ has returned.


nm_secret_agent_old_register ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_secret_agent_old_register (NMSecretAgentOld *self,
-                              GCancellable *cancellable,
-                              GError **error);
+ GCancellable *cancellable, + GError **error);

Registers the NMSecretAgentOld with the NetworkManager secret manager, indicating to NetworkManager that the agent is able to provide and save secrets for connections on behalf of its user.

@@ -442,7 +442,7 @@ secrets for connections on behalf of its user.

registered, or in the process of registering.

Parameters

-

connection

the connection for which secrets were to be deleted, note that this object will be unrefed after the callback has returned, use -g_object_ref()/g_object_unref() if you want to use this object after the callback +g_object_ref()/g_object_unref() if you want to use this object after the callback has returned.

[transfer none]
+
@@ -456,12 +456,12 @@ registered, or in the process of registering.

- + - + @@ -469,7 +469,7 @@ registered, or in the process of registering.

Returns

-

TRUE if registration was successful, FALSE on error.

+

TRUE if registration was successful, FALSE on error.


@@ -477,9 +477,9 @@ registered, or in the process of registering.

nm_secret_agent_old_register_async ()

void
 nm_secret_agent_old_register_async (NMSecretAgentOld *self,
-                                    GCancellable *cancellable,
-                                    GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
-                                    gpointer user_data);
+ GCancellable *cancellable, + GAsyncReadyCallback callback, + gpointer user_data);

Asynchronously registers the NMSecretAgentOld with the NetworkManager secret manager, indicating to NetworkManager that the agent is able to provide and save secrets for connections on behalf of its user.

@@ -487,7 +487,7 @@ save secrets for connections on behalf of its user.

registered, or in the process of registering.

Parameters

-

cancellable

a GCancellable, or NULL

a GCancellable, or NULL

 

error

return location for a GError, or NULL

return location for a GError, or NULL

 
+
@@ -501,7 +501,7 @@ registered, or in the process of registering.

- + @@ -522,14 +522,14 @@ registered, or in the process of registering.


nm_secret_agent_old_register_finish ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_secret_agent_old_register_finish (NMSecretAgentOld *self,
-                                     GAsyncResult *result,
-                                     GError **error);
+ GAsyncResult *result, + GError **error);

Gets the result of a call to nm_secret_agent_old_register_async().

Parameters

-

cancellable

a GCancellable, or NULL

a GCancellable, or NULL

 
+
@@ -543,12 +543,12 @@ nm_secret_agent_old_register_finish ( - + - + @@ -556,22 +556,22 @@ nm_secret_agent_old_register_finish (

Returns

-

TRUE if registration was successful, FALSE on error.

+

TRUE if registration was successful, FALSE on error.


nm_secret_agent_old_unregister ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_secret_agent_old_unregister (NMSecretAgentOld *self,
-                                GCancellable *cancellable,
-                                GError **error);
+ GCancellable *cancellable, + GError **error);

Unregisters the NMSecretAgentOld with the NetworkManager secret manager, indicating to NetworkManager that the agent will no longer provide or store secrets on behalf of this user.

Parameters

-

result

the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

 

error

return location for a GError, or NULL

return location for a GError, or NULL

 
+
@@ -585,12 +585,12 @@ store secrets on behalf of this user.

- + - + @@ -598,7 +598,7 @@ store secrets on behalf of this user.

Returns

-

TRUE if unregistration was successful, FALSE on error

+

TRUE if unregistration was successful, FALSE on error


@@ -606,15 +606,15 @@ store secrets on behalf of this user.

nm_secret_agent_old_unregister_async ()

void
 nm_secret_agent_old_unregister_async (NMSecretAgentOld *self,
-                                      GCancellable *cancellable,
-                                      GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
-                                      gpointer user_data);
+ GCancellable *cancellable, + GAsyncReadyCallback callback, + gpointer user_data);

Asynchronously unregisters the NMSecretAgentOld with the NetworkManager secret manager, indicating to NetworkManager that the agent will no longer provide or store secrets on behalf of this user.

Parameters

-

cancellable

a GCancellable, or NULL

a GCancellable, or NULL

 

error

return location for a GError, or NULL

return location for a GError, or NULL

 
+
@@ -628,7 +628,7 @@ or store secrets on behalf of this user.

- + @@ -649,14 +649,14 @@ or store secrets on behalf of this user.


nm_secret_agent_old_unregister_finish ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_secret_agent_old_unregister_finish (NMSecretAgentOld *self,
-                                       GAsyncResult *result,
-                                       GError **error);
+ GAsyncResult *result, + GError **error);

Gets the result of a call to nm_secret_agent_old_unregister_async().

Parameters

-

cancellable

a GCancellable, or NULL

a GCancellable, or NULL

 
+
@@ -670,12 +670,12 @@ nm_secret_agent_old_unregister_finish (

result

-
+ - + @@ -683,17 +683,17 @@ nm_secret_agent_old_unregister_finish (

Returns

-

TRUE if unregistration was successful, FALSE on error.

+

TRUE if unregistration was successful, FALSE on error.


nm_secret_agent_old_get_registered ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_secret_agent_old_get_registered (NMSecretAgentOld *self);

Parameters

-

the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

 

error

return location for a GError, or NULL

return location for a GError, or NULL

 
+
@@ -708,7 +708,7 @@ nm_secret_agent_old_get_registered (

Returns

-

a TRUE if the agent is registered, FALSE if it is not.

+

a TRUE if the agent is registered, FALSE if it is not.


@@ -721,7 +721,7 @@ nm_secret_agent_old_get_secrets (const char **hints, NMSecretAgentGetSecretsFlags flags, NMSecretAgentOldGetSecretsFunc callback, - gpointer user_data); + gpointer user_data);

Asynchronously retrieves secrets belonging to connection for the setting setting_name @@ -733,7 +733,7 @@ secrets from the user.

Virtual: get_secrets

Parameters

-
+
@@ -787,14 +787,14 @@ secrets from the user.

nm_secret_agent_old_save_secrets (NMSecretAgentOld *self, NMConnection *connection, NMSecretAgentOldSaveSecretsFunc callback, - gpointer user_data); + gpointer user_data);

Asynchronously ensures that all secrets inside connection are stored to disk.

Virtual: save_secrets

Parameters

-
+
@@ -833,14 +833,14 @@ disk.

nm_secret_agent_old_delete_secrets (NMSecretAgentOld *self, NMConnection *connection, NMSecretAgentOldDeleteSecretsFunc callback, - gpointer user_data); + gpointer user_data);

Asynchronously asks the agent to delete all saved secrets belonging to connection .

Virtual: delete_secrets

Parameters

-
+
@@ -908,15 +908,15 @@ nm_secret_agent_old_delete_secrets (

Property Details

The “auto-register” property

-
  “auto-register”            gboolean
-

If TRUE (the default), the agent will always be registered when +

  “auto-register”            gboolean
+

If TRUE (the default), the agent will always be registered when NetworkManager is running; if NetworkManager exits and restarts, the agent will re-register itself automatically.

-

In particular, if this property is TRUE at construct time, then the +

In particular, if this property is TRUE at construct time, then the agent will register itself with NetworkManager during construction/initialization, and initialization will fail with an error if the agent is unable to register itself.

-

If the property is FALSE, the agent will not automatically register with +

If the property is FALSE, the agent will not automatically register with NetworkManager, and nm_secret_agent_old_register() or nm_secret_agent_old_register_async() must be called to register it.

Calling nm_secret_agent_old_unregister() will suppress auto-registration @@ -936,7 +936,7 @@ you expect it to be unregistered.


The “identifier” property

-
  “identifier”               gchar *
+
  “identifier”               gchar *

Identifies this agent; only one agent in each user session may use the same identifier. Identifier formatting follows the same rules as D-Bus bus names with the exception that the ':' character is not @@ -950,8 +950,8 @@ of 3 characters. An example valid identifier is 'org.gnome.nm-applet'


The “registered” property

-
  “registered”               gboolean
-

TRUE if the agent is registered with NetworkManager, FALSE if not.

+
  “registered”               gboolean
+

TRUE if the agent is registered with NetworkManager, FALSE if not.

Flags: Read

Default value: FALSE

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSetting.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSetting.html index 923b2132..f3447557 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSetting.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSetting.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMSetting: libnm Reference Manual - + @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@

Functions

-
+
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ -
-gboolean +gboolean (*NMSettingClearSecretsWithFlagsFn) () @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@
-GType +GType nm_setting_lookup_type () @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_verify () @@ -90,7 +90,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_verify_secrets () @@ -98,7 +98,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_compare () @@ -106,7 +106,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_diff () @@ -130,7 +130,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_get_secret_flags () @@ -138,14 +138,14 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_set_secret_flags ()
const GVariantType * +const GVariantType * nm_setting_get_dbus_property_type () @@ -156,7 +156,7 @@

Properties

-
+
@@ -164,7 +164,7 @@ +gchar * @@ -172,7 +172,7 @@

Types and Values

-
-gchar * name Read
+
@@ -225,7 +225,7 @@ ╰── NMSettingMacRandomization GFlags╰── NMSettingSecretFlags - GObject + GObject╰── NMSetting ├──NMSetting8021x├──NMSettingAdsl @@ -271,14 +271,14 @@ of properties and allowed values.

Functions

NMSettingClearSecretsWithFlagsFn ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 (*NMSettingClearSecretsWithFlagsFn) (NMSetting *setting,
                                      const char *secret,
                                      NMSettingSecretFlags flags,
-                                     gpointer user_data);
+ gpointer user_data);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -310,7 +310,7 @@ of properties and allowed values.

Returns

-

TRUE to clear the secret, FALSE to not clear the secret

+

TRUE to clear the secret, FALSE to not clear the secret


@@ -319,12 +319,12 @@ of properties and allowed values.

void
 (*NMSettingValueIterFn) (NMSetting *setting,
                          const char *key,
-                         const GValue *value,
-                         GParamFlags flags,
-                         gpointer user_data);
+ const GValue *value, + GParamFlags flags, + gpointer user_data);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -364,12 +364,12 @@ of properties and allowed values.


nm_setting_lookup_type ()

-
GType
+
GType
 nm_setting_lookup_type (const char *name);
-

Returns the GType of the setting's class for a given setting name.

+

Returns the GType of the setting's class for a given setting name.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -384,7 +384,7 @@ nm_setting_lookup_type (const cha

Returns

-

the GType of the setting's class, or G_TYPE_INVALID if +

the GType of the setting's class, or G_TYPE_INVALID if name is not recognized.

@@ -397,7 +397,7 @@ nm_setting_duplicate (NMSetting.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -425,7 +425,7 @@ nm_setting_get_name (NMSetting object

Parameters

-
+
@@ -447,18 +447,18 @@ like 'ppp' or 'wireless' or 'wired'.


nm_setting_verify ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_verify (NMSetting *setting,
                    NMConnection *connection,
-                   GError **error);
+ GError **error);

Validates the setting. Each setting's properties have allowed values, and some are dependent on other values (hence the need for connection ). The -returned GError contains information about which property of the setting +returned GError contains information about which property of the setting failed validation, and in what way that property failed validation.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -474,13 +474,13 @@ failed validation, and in what way that property failed validation.

- + @@ -488,24 +488,24 @@ is being verified in isolation.

Returns

-

TRUE if the setting is valid, FALSE if it is not

+

TRUE if the setting is valid, FALSE if it is not


nm_setting_verify_secrets ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_verify_secrets (NMSetting *setting,
                            NMConnection *connection,
-                           GError **error);
+ GError **error);

Verifies the secrets in the setting. -The returned GError contains information about which secret of the setting +The returned GError contains information about which secret of the setting failed validation, and in what way that secret failed validation. The secret validation is done separately from main setting validation, because in some cases connection failure is not desired just for the secrets.

Parameters

-

connection

the NMConnection that setting came from, or -NULL if setting +NULL if setting is being verified in isolation.

[allow-none]

error

location to store error, or NULL

location to store error, or NULL

 
+
@@ -521,13 +521,13 @@ in some cases connection failure is not desired just for the secrets.

- + @@ -535,14 +535,14 @@ is being verified in isolation.

Returns

-

TRUE if the setting secrets are valid, FALSE if they are not

+

TRUE if the setting secrets are valid, FALSE if they are not

Since: 1.2


nm_setting_compare ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_compare (NMSetting *a,
                     NMSetting *b,
                     NMSettingCompareFlags flags);
@@ -551,7 +551,7 @@ modified by a set of flags. See the documentation for

Parameters

-

connection

the NMConnection that setting came from, or -NULL if setting +NULL if setting is being verified in isolation.

[allow-none]

error

location to store error, or NULL

location to store error, or NULL

 
+
@@ -578,18 +578,18 @@ for a description of each flag's behavior.

Returns

-

TRUE if the comparison succeeds, FALSE if it does not

+

TRUE if the comparison succeeds, FALSE if it does not


nm_setting_diff ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_diff (NMSetting *a,
                  NMSetting *b,
                  NMSettingCompareFlags flags,
-                 gboolean invert_results,
-                 GHashTable **results);
+ gboolean invert_results, + GHashTable **results);

Compares two NMSetting objects for similarity, with comparison behavior modified by a set of flags. See the documentation for NMSettingCompareFlags for a description of each flag's behavior. If the settings differ, the keys @@ -598,7 +598,7 @@ of each setting that differ from the other are added to NMSettingDiffResult values.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -623,7 +623,7 @@ one or more

invert_results

+be set to FALSE. If TRUE inverts the meaning of the NMSettingDiffResult.

@@ -640,7 +640,7 @@ in and the settings differ, a new one is created and returned.

Returns

-

TRUE if the settings contain the same values, FALSE if they do not

+

TRUE if the settings contain the same values, FALSE if they do not


@@ -649,12 +649,12 @@ in and the settings differ, a new one is created and returned.

void
 nm_setting_enumerate_values (NMSetting *setting,
                              NMSettingValueIterFn func,
-                             gpointer user_data);
+ gpointer user_data);

Iterates over each property of the NMSetting object, calling the supplied user function for each property.

Parameters

-

this parameter is used internally by libnm and should -be set to FALSE. If TRUE inverts the meaning of the NMSettingDiffResult.

 
+
@@ -691,7 +691,7 @@ be used for serialization of the setting, or machine-parsed in any way. The output format is not guaranteed to be stable and may change at any time.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -708,22 +708,22 @@ output format is not guaranteed to be stable and may change at any time.

Returns

an allocated string containing a textual representation of the setting's properties and values (including secrets!), which the caller should -free with g_free()

+free with g_free()


nm_setting_get_secret_flags ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_get_secret_flags (NMSetting *setting,
                              const char *secret_name,
                              NMSettingSecretFlags *out_flags,
-                             GError **error);
+ GError **error);

For a given secret, retrieves the NMSettingSecretFlags describing how to handle that secret.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -747,7 +747,7 @@ handle that secret.

- + @@ -755,23 +755,23 @@ handle that secret.

Returns

-

TRUE on success (if the given secret name was a valid property of -this setting, and if that property is secret), FALSE if not

+

TRUE on success (if the given secret name was a valid property of +this setting, and if that property is secret), FALSE if not


nm_setting_set_secret_flags ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_set_secret_flags (NMSetting *setting,
                              const char *secret_name,
                              NMSettingSecretFlags flags,
-                             GError **error);
+ GError **error);

For a given secret, stores the NMSettingSecretFlags describing how to handle that secret.

Parameters

-

error

location to store error, or NULL

location to store error, or NULL

 
+
@@ -795,7 +795,7 @@ handle that secret.

- + @@ -803,22 +803,22 @@ handle that secret.

Returns

-

TRUE on success (if the given secret name was a valid property of -this setting, and if that property is secret), FALSE if not

+

TRUE on success (if the given secret name was a valid property of +this setting, and if that property is secret), FALSE if not


nm_setting_get_dbus_property_type ()

-
const GVariantType *
+
const GVariantType *
 nm_setting_get_dbus_property_type (NMSetting *setting,
                                    const char *property_name);

Gets the D-Bus marshalling type of a property. property_name is a D-Bus -property name, which may not necessarily be a GObject property.

+property name, which may not necessarily be a GObject property.

Parameters

-

error

location to store error, or NULL

location to store error, or NULL

 
+
@@ -880,7 +880,7 @@ secret has a corresponding set of these flags which indicate how the secret is to be stored and/or requested when it is needed.

Members

-
+
@@ -933,7 +933,7 @@ secret is not required

two connections.

Members

-
+
@@ -1039,7 +1039,7 @@ two connections.

Controls if and how the MAC address of a device is randomzied.

Members

-
+
@@ -1085,7 +1085,7 @@ It should only be accessed through the functions described below.

These values indicate the result of a setting difference operation.

Members

-
+
@@ -1140,7 +1140,7 @@ if you specify NM_SETTING_COMPARE_FLAG_DIFF_RESULT_W

Property Details

The “name” property

-
  “name”                     gchar *
+
  “name”                     gchar *

The setting's name, which uniquely identifies the setting within the connection. Each setting type has a name unique to that type, for example "ppp" or "wireless" or "wired".

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSetting8021x.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSetting8021x.html index 3d134eaf..20def76f 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSetting8021x.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSetting8021x.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMSetting8021x: libnm Reference Manual - + @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@

Functions

-
+
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_802_1x_get_num_eap_methods () @@ -74,7 +74,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_802_1x_add_eap_method () @@ -90,7 +90,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_802_1x_remove_eap_method_by_value () @@ -127,7 +127,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_802_1x_get_system_ca_certs () @@ -157,7 +157,7 @@
-GBytes * +GBytes * nm_setting_802_1x_get_ca_cert_blob () @@ -172,7 +172,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_802_1x_set_ca_cert () @@ -187,7 +187,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_802_1x_get_num_altsubject_matches () @@ -202,7 +202,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_802_1x_add_altsubject_match () @@ -218,7 +218,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_802_1x_remove_altsubject_match_by_value () @@ -249,7 +249,7 @@
-GBytes * +GBytes * nm_setting_802_1x_get_client_cert_blob () @@ -264,7 +264,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_802_1x_set_client_cert () @@ -315,7 +315,7 @@
-GBytes * +GBytes * nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_ca_cert_blob () @@ -330,7 +330,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_802_1x_set_phase2_ca_cert () @@ -345,7 +345,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_802_1x_get_num_phase2_altsubject_matches () @@ -360,7 +360,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_802_1x_add_phase2_altsubject_match () @@ -376,7 +376,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_802_1x_remove_phase2_altsubject_match_by_value () @@ -407,7 +407,7 @@
-GBytes * +GBytes * nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_client_cert_blob () @@ -422,7 +422,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_802_1x_set_phase2_client_cert () @@ -445,7 +445,7 @@
-GBytes * +GBytes * nm_setting_802_1x_get_password_raw () @@ -484,7 +484,7 @@
-GBytes * +GBytes * nm_setting_802_1x_get_private_key_blob () @@ -499,7 +499,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_802_1x_set_private_key () @@ -538,7 +538,7 @@
-GBytes * +GBytes * nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_private_key_blob () @@ -553,7 +553,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_802_1x_set_phase2_private_key () @@ -587,7 +587,7 @@

Properties

-
+
@@ -595,60 +595,60 @@ - + +gchar * +GBytes * +gchar * +GBytes * +gchar * - + +gchar * +gchar * +gchar * @@ -659,7 +659,7 @@ +GBytes * @@ -670,72 +670,72 @@ +gchar * +gchar * +gchar * - + +gchar * +gchar * +GBytes * +gchar * +GBytes * +gchar * +GBytes * +gchar * @@ -746,13 +746,13 @@ +gchar * +gchar * @@ -763,13 +763,13 @@ +GBytes * +gchar * @@ -780,12 +780,12 @@ +gchar * - + @@ -794,7 +794,7 @@

Types and Values

-
GStrvGStrv altsubject-matches Read / Write
-gchar * anonymous-identity Read / Write
-GBytes * ca-cert Read / Write
-gchar * ca-path Read / Write
-GBytes * client-cert Read / Write
-gchar * domain-suffix-match Read / Write
GStrvGStrv eap Read / Write
-gchar * identity Read / Write
-gchar * pac-file Read / Write
-gchar * password Read / Write
-GBytes * password-raw Read / Write
-gchar * phase1-fast-provisioning Read / Write
-gchar * phase1-peaplabel Read / Write
-gchar * phase1-peapver Read / Write
GStrvGStrv phase2-altsubject-matches Read / Write
-gchar * phase2-auth Read / Write
-gchar * phase2-autheap Read / Write
-GBytes * phase2-ca-cert Read / Write
-gchar * phase2-ca-path Read / Write
-GBytes * phase2-client-cert Read / Write
-gchar * phase2-domain-suffix-match Read / Write
-GBytes * phase2-private-key Read / Write
-gchar * phase2-private-key-password Read / Write
-gchar * phase2-subject-match Read / Write
-gchar * pin Read / Write
-GBytes * private-key Read / Write
-gchar * private-key-password Read / Write
-gchar * subject-match Read / Write
gbooleangboolean system-ca-certs Read / Write / Construct
+
@@ -964,7 +964,7 @@
    GEnum
     ├── NMSetting8021xCKFormat
     ╰── NMSetting8021xCKScheme
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSetting8021x
 
@@ -1006,15 +1006,15 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_new (void

nm_setting_802_1x_check_cert_scheme ()

NMSetting8021xCKScheme
-nm_setting_802_1x_check_cert_scheme (gconstpointer pdata,
-                                     gsize length,
-                                     GError **error);
+nm_setting_802_1x_check_cert_scheme (gconstpointer pdata, + gsize length, + GError **error);

Determines and verifies the blob type. When setting certificate properties of NMSetting8021x the blob must be not UNKNOWN (or NULL).

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1049,7 +1049,7 @@ For NULL it also returns NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_UNKNOWN.


nm_setting_802_1x_get_num_eap_methods ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_num_eap_methods (NMSetting8021x *setting);

Returns the number of eap methods allowed for use when connecting to the network. Generally only one EAP method is used. Use the functions @@ -1058,7 +1058,7 @@ and

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1081,12 +1081,12 @@ allowed EAP methods.

nm_setting_802_1x_get_eap_method ()

const char *
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_eap_method (NMSetting8021x *setting,
-                                  guint32 i);
+ guint32 i);

Returns the name of the allowed EAP method at index i .

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1115,7 +1115,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_eap_method (

nm_setting_802_1x_add_eap_method ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_802_1x_add_eap_method (NMSetting8021x *setting,
                                   const char *eap);

Adds an allowed EAP method. The setting is not valid until at least one @@ -1123,7 +1123,7 @@ EAP method has been added. See

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1145,7 +1145,7 @@ allowed EAP methods.

Returns

-

TRUE if the EAP method was successfully added, FALSE if it was +

TRUE if the EAP method was successfully added, FALSE if it was not a valid method or if it was already allowed.

@@ -1154,11 +1154,11 @@ not a valid method or if it was already allowed.

nm_setting_802_1x_remove_eap_method ()

void
 nm_setting_802_1x_remove_eap_method (NMSetting8021x *setting,
-                                     guint32 i);
+ guint32 i);

Removes the allowed EAP method at the specified index.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1182,7 +1182,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_remove_eap_method (

nm_setting_802_1x_remove_eap_method_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_802_1x_remove_eap_method_by_value
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting,
                                 const char *eap);
@@ -1190,7 +1190,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_remove_eap_method_by_value .

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1212,7 +1212,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_remove_eap_method_by_value

Returns

-

TRUE if the EAP method was founs and removed, FALSE if it was not.

+

TRUE if the EAP method was founs and removed, FALSE if it was not.


@@ -1223,7 +1223,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_clear_eap_methods (Clears all allowed EAP methods.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1246,7 +1246,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_identity (

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1276,7 +1276,7 @@ inner "phase 2" authentication will use the

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1302,7 +1302,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_pac_file (Returns the file containing PAC credentials used by EAP-FAST method.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1323,17 +1323,17 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_pac_file (

nm_setting_802_1x_get_system_ca_certs ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_system_ca_certs (NMSetting8021x *setting);

Sets the “system-ca-certs” property. The “ca-path” and “phase2-ca-path” properties are ignored if the “system-ca-certs” property is -TRUE, in which case a system-wide CA certificate directory specified at +TRUE, in which case a system-wide CA certificate directory specified at compile time (using the --system-ca-path configure option) is used in place of these properties.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1348,7 +1348,7 @@ of these properties.

Returns

-

TRUE if a system CA certificate path should be used, FALSE if not

+

TRUE if a system CA certificate path should be used, FALSE if not


@@ -1363,7 +1363,7 @@ used in addition to the

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1393,7 +1393,7 @@ This may be used in addition to the

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1421,7 +1421,7 @@ is NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_PATH, use nm_setting_802_1x_get_ca_cert_path().

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1442,7 +1442,7 @@ if

nm_setting_802_1x_get_ca_cert_blob ()

-
GBytes *
+
GBytes *
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_ca_cert_blob (NMSetting8021x *setting);

Returns the CA certificate blob if the CA certificate is stored using the NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_BLOB scheme. Not all EAP methods use a @@ -1452,7 +1452,7 @@ reduces security by allowing man-in-the-middle attacks, because the identity of the network cannot be confirmed by the client.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1484,7 +1484,7 @@ reduces security by allowing man-in-the-middle attacks, because the identity of the network cannot be confirmed by the client.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1505,19 +1505,19 @@ of the network cannot be confirmed by the client.


nm_setting_802_1x_set_ca_cert ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_802_1x_set_ca_cert (NMSetting8021x *setting,
                                const char *cert_path,
                                NMSetting8021xCKScheme scheme,
                                NMSetting8021xCKFormat *out_format,
-                               GError **error);
+ GError **error);

Reads a certificate from disk and sets the “ca-cert” property with the raw certificate data if using the NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_BLOB scheme, or with the path to the certificate file if using the NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_PATH scheme.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1535,7 +1535,7 @@ scheme, or with the path to the certificate file if using the is set to either NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_PATH or NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_BLOB, pass the path of the CA certificate file (PEM or DER format). The path must be UTF-8 encoded; use -g_filename_to_utf8() to convert if needed. Passing NULL with any scheme +g_filename_to_utf8() to convert if needed. Passing NULL with any scheme clears the CA certificate.

@@ -1559,7 +1559,7 @@ clears the CA certificate.

Returns

-

TRUE if the operation succeeded, FALSE if it was unsuccessful

+

TRUE if the operation succeeded, FALSE if it was unsuccessful


@@ -1569,7 +1569,7 @@ clears the CA certificate.

nm_setting_802_1x_get_subject_match (NMSetting8021x *setting);

Parameters

-
 
+
@@ -1586,21 +1586,21 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_subject_match (

Returns

the “subject-match” property. This is the substring to be matched against the subject of the authentication -server certificate, or NULL no subject verification is to be +server certificate, or NULL no subject verification is to be performed.


nm_setting_802_1x_get_num_altsubject_matches ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_num_altsubject_matches
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting);

Returns the number of entries in the “altsubject-matches” property of this setting.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1624,12 +1624,12 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_num_altsubject_matches
const char *
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_altsubject_match
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting,
-                                guint32 i);
+ guint32 i);

Returns the altSubjectName match at index i .

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1658,7 +1658,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_altsubject_match

nm_setting_802_1x_add_altsubject_match ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_802_1x_add_altsubject_match
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting,
                                 const char *altsubject_match);
@@ -1667,7 +1667,7 @@ match is added, the altSubjectName of the remote authentication server is not verified.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1689,8 +1689,8 @@ server is not verified.

Returns

-

TRUE if the alternative subject name match was -successfully added, FALSE if it was already allowed.

+

TRUE if the alternative subject name match was +successfully added, FALSE if it was already allowed.


@@ -1699,11 +1699,11 @@ successfully added, void nm_setting_802_1x_remove_altsubject_match (NMSetting8021x *setting, - guint32 i); + guint32 i);

Removes the allowed altSubjectName at the specified index.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1727,7 +1727,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_remove_altsubject_match

nm_setting_802_1x_remove_altsubject_match_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_802_1x_remove_altsubject_match_by_value
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting,
                                 const char *altsubject_match);
@@ -1735,7 +1735,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_remove_altsubject_match_by_value .

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1757,8 +1757,8 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_remove_altsubject_match_by_value

Returns

-

TRUE if the alternative subject name match was found and removed, -FALSE if it was not.

+

TRUE if the alternative subject name match was found and removed, +FALSE if it was not.


@@ -1770,7 +1770,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_clear_altsubject_matches

Clears all altSubjectName matches.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1792,7 +1792,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_domain_suffix_match (NMSetting8021x *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1822,7 +1822,7 @@ is NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_PATH, use nm_setting_802_1x_get_client_cert_path().

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1843,7 +1843,7 @@ if

nm_setting_802_1x_get_client_cert_blob ()

-
GBytes *
+
GBytes *
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_client_cert_blob
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting);

Client certificates are used to identify the connecting client to the network @@ -1851,7 +1851,7 @@ when EAP-TLS is used as either the "phase 1" or "phase 2" 802.1x authentication method.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1881,7 +1881,7 @@ when EAP-TLS is used as either the "phase 1" or "phase 2" 802.1x authentication method.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1902,12 +1902,12 @@ authentication method.


nm_setting_802_1x_set_client_cert ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_802_1x_set_client_cert (NMSetting8021x *setting,
                                    const char *cert_path,
                                    NMSetting8021xCKScheme scheme,
                                    NMSetting8021xCKFormat *out_format,
-                                   GError **error);
+ GError **error);

Reads a certificate from disk and sets the “client-cert” property with the raw certificate data if using the NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_BLOB scheme, or with the path to the certificate @@ -1917,7 +1917,7 @@ when EAP-TLS is used as either the "phase 1" or "phase 2" 802.1x authentication method.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1935,7 +1935,7 @@ authentication method.

is set to either NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_PATH or NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_BLOB, pass the path of the client certificate file (PEM, DER, or PKCS#12 format). The path must be UTF-8 -encoded; use g_filename_to_utf8() to convert if needed. Passing NULL with +encoded; use g_filename_to_utf8() to convert if needed. Passing NULL with any scheme clears the client certificate.

@@ -1960,7 +1960,7 @@ clears the client certificate.

Returns

-

TRUE if the operation succeeded, FALSE if it was unsuccessful

+

TRUE if the operation succeeded, FALSE if it was unsuccessful


@@ -1970,7 +1970,7 @@ clears the client certificate.

nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase1_peapver (NMSetting8021x *setting);

Parameters

-
 
+
@@ -1987,7 +1987,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase1_peapver (

Returns

the "phase 1" PEAP version to be used when authenticating with EAP-PEAP as contained in the “phase1-peapver” property. Valid -values are NULL (unset), "0" (PEAP version 0), and "1" (PEAP version 1).

+values are NULL (unset), "0" (PEAP version 0), and "1" (PEAP version 1).


@@ -1998,7 +1998,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase1_peaplabel (NMSetting8021x *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2015,7 +2015,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase1_peaplabel

Returns

whether the "phase 1" PEAP label is new-style or old-style, to be used when authenticating with EAP-PEAP, as contained in the -“phase1-peaplabel” property. Valid values are NULL (unset), +“phase1-peaplabel” property. Valid values are NULL (unset), "0" (use old-style label), and "1" (use new-style label). See the wpa_supplicant documentation for more details.

@@ -2028,7 +2028,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase1_fast_provisioning (NMSetting8021x *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2055,7 +2055,7 @@ wpa_supplicant documentation for more details.

nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_auth (NMSetting8021x *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2081,7 +2081,7 @@ specified by the NMSetting8021x *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2112,7 +2112,7 @@ returned scheme is nm_setting_802_1x_get_ca_cert_path().

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2133,7 +2133,7 @@ use

nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_ca_cert_blob ()

-
GBytes *
+
GBytes *
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_ca_cert_blob
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting);

Returns the "phase 2" CA certificate blob if the CA certificate is stored @@ -2144,7 +2144,7 @@ reduces security by allowing man-in-the-middle attacks, because the identity of the network cannot be confirmed by the client.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2177,7 +2177,7 @@ reduces security by allowing man-in-the-middle attacks, because the identity of the network cannot be confirmed by the client.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2198,19 +2198,19 @@ of the network cannot be confirmed by the client.


nm_setting_802_1x_set_phase2_ca_cert ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_802_1x_set_phase2_ca_cert (NMSetting8021x *setting,
                                       const char *cert_path,
                                       NMSetting8021xCKScheme scheme,
                                       NMSetting8021xCKFormat *out_format,
-                                      GError **error);
+ GError **error);

Reads a certificate from disk and sets the “phase2-ca-cert” property with the raw certificate data if using the NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_BLOB scheme, or with the path to the certificate file if using the NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_PATH scheme.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2228,7 +2228,7 @@ file if using the NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_PATH or NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_BLOB, pass the path of the "phase2" CA certificate file (PEM or DER format). The path must be UTF-8 encoded; use -g_filename_to_utf8() to convert if needed. Passing NULL with any scheme +g_filename_to_utf8() to convert if needed. Passing NULL with any scheme clears the "phase2" CA certificate.

@@ -2252,7 +2252,7 @@ clears the "phase2" CA certificate.

Returns

-

TRUE if the operation succeeded, FALSE if it was unsuccessful

+

TRUE if the operation succeeded, FALSE if it was unsuccessful


@@ -2263,7 +2263,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_subject_match (NMSetting8021x *setting);

Parameters

-
 
+
@@ -2280,21 +2280,21 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_subject_match

Returns

the “phase2-subject-match” property. This is the substring to be matched against the subject of the "phase 2" -authentication server certificate, or NULL no subject verification +authentication server certificate, or NULL no subject verification is to be performed.


nm_setting_802_1x_get_num_phase2_altsubject_matches ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_num_phase2_altsubject_matches
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting);

Returns the number of entries in the “phase2-altsubject-matches” property of this setting.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2318,12 +2318,12 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_num_phase2_altsubject_matches
const char *
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_altsubject_match
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting,
-                                guint32 i);
+ guint32 i);

Returns the "phase 2" altSubjectName match at index i .

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2352,7 +2352,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_altsubject_match

nm_setting_802_1x_add_phase2_altsubject_match ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_802_1x_add_phase2_altsubject_match
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting,
                                 const char *phase2_altsubject_match);
@@ -2361,7 +2361,7 @@ at least one match is added, the altSubjectName of the "phase 2" remote authentication server is not verified.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2384,8 +2384,8 @@ connection

Returns

-

TRUE if the "phase 2" alternative subject name match was -successfully added, FALSE if it was already allowed.

+

TRUE if the "phase 2" alternative subject name match was +successfully added, FALSE if it was already allowed.


@@ -2394,11 +2394,11 @@ successfully added, void nm_setting_802_1x_remove_phase2_altsubject_match (NMSetting8021x *setting, - guint32 i); + guint32 i);

Removes the allowed "phase 2" altSubjectName at the specified index.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2422,7 +2422,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_remove_phase2_altsubject_match

nm_setting_802_1x_remove_phase2_altsubject_match_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_802_1x_remove_phase2_altsubject_match_by_value
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting,
                                 const char *phase2_altsubject_match);
@@ -2430,7 +2430,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_remove_phase2_altsubject_match_by_value .

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2452,8 +2452,8 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_remove_phase2_altsubject_match_by_value

Returns

-

TRUE if the alternative subject name match for "phase 2" was found and removed, -FALSE if it was not.

+

TRUE if the alternative subject name match for "phase 2" was found and removed, +FALSE if it was not.


@@ -2465,7 +2465,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_clear_phase2_altsubject_matches

Clears all "phase 2" altSubjectName matches.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2487,7 +2487,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_domain_suffix_match (NMSetting8021x *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2519,7 +2519,7 @@ returned scheme is nm_setting_802_1x_get_client_cert_path().

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2540,7 +2540,7 @@ returned scheme is

nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_client_cert_blob ()

-
GBytes *
+
GBytes *
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_client_cert_blob
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting);

Client certificates are used to identify the connecting client to the network @@ -2548,7 +2548,7 @@ when EAP-TLS is used as either the "phase 1" or "phase 2" 802.1x authentication method.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2578,7 +2578,7 @@ when EAP-TLS is used as either the "phase 1" or "phase 2" 802.1x authentication method.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2599,13 +2599,13 @@ authentication method.


nm_setting_802_1x_set_phase2_client_cert ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_802_1x_set_phase2_client_cert
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting,
                                 const char *cert_path,
                                 NMSetting8021xCKScheme scheme,
                                 NMSetting8021xCKFormat *out_format,
-                                GError **error);
+ GError **error);

Reads a certificate from disk and sets the “phase2-client-cert” property with the raw certificate data if using the NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_BLOB scheme, or with the path to the certificate @@ -2615,7 +2615,7 @@ when EAP-TLS is used as either the "phase 1" or "phase 2" 802.1x authentication method.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2633,7 +2633,7 @@ authentication method.

is set to either NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_PATH or NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_BLOB, pass the path of the "phase2" client certificate file (PEM, DER, or PKCS#12 format). The path must be UTF-8 -encoded; use g_filename_to_utf8() to convert if needed. Passing NULL with +encoded; use g_filename_to_utf8() to convert if needed. Passing NULL with any scheme clears the "phase2" client certificate.

@@ -2658,7 +2658,7 @@ clears the "phase2" client certificate.

Returns

-

TRUE if the operation succeeded, FALSE if it was unsuccessful

+

TRUE if the operation succeeded, FALSE if it was unsuccessful


@@ -2668,7 +2668,7 @@ clears the "phase2" client certificate.

nm_setting_802_1x_get_password (NMSetting8021x *setting);

Parameters

-
 
+
@@ -2694,7 +2694,7 @@ by the NMSetting8021x *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2715,11 +2715,11 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_password_flags (

nm_setting_802_1x_get_password_raw ()

-
GBytes *
+
GBytes *
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_password_raw (NMSetting8021x *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2748,7 +2748,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_password_raw_flags (NMSetting8021x *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2774,7 +2774,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_password_raw_flags nm_setting_802_1x_get_pin (NMSetting8021x *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2800,7 +2800,7 @@ by the NMSetting8021x *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2832,7 +2832,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_private_key_scheme nm_setting_802_1x_get_client_cert_path().

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2853,7 +2853,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_private_key_scheme

nm_setting_802_1x_get_private_key_blob ()

-
GBytes *
+
GBytes *
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_private_key_blob
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting);

Private keys are used to authenticate the connecting client to the network @@ -2864,7 +2864,7 @@ unencrypted private key data may be readable by unprivileged users. Private keys should always be encrypted with a private key password.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2894,7 +2894,7 @@ when EAP-TLS is used as either the "phase 1" or "phase 2" 802.1x authentication method.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2915,13 +2915,13 @@ authentication method.


nm_setting_802_1x_set_private_key ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_802_1x_set_private_key (NMSetting8021x *setting,
                                    const char *key_path,
                                    const char *password,
                                    NMSetting8021xCKScheme scheme,
                                    NMSetting8021xCKFormat *out_format,
-                                   GError **error);
+ GError **error);

Private keys are used to authenticate the connecting client to the network when EAP-TLS is used as either the "phase 1" or "phase 2" 802.1x authentication method.

@@ -2935,7 +2935,7 @@ verify that password is correct, and if it is, updates the “private-key-password” property with the given password . If -the decryption is unsuccessful, FALSE is returned, error +the decryption is unsuccessful, FALSE is returned, error is set, and no internal data is changed. If no password is given, the private key is @@ -2947,7 +2947,7 @@ unprivileged users. Private keys should always be encrypted with a private key password to prevent unauthorized access to unencrypted private key data.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2965,13 +2965,13 @@ key password to prevent unauthorized access to unencrypted private key data.

is set to either NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_PATH or NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_BLOB, pass the path of the private key file (PEM, DER, or PKCS#12 format). The path must be UTF-8 encoded; use -g_filename_to_utf8() to convert if needed. Passing NULL with any scheme +g_filename_to_utf8() to convert if needed. Passing NULL with any scheme clears the private key.

- @@ -2996,7 +2996,7 @@ an error is returned.

Returns

-

TRUE if the operation succeeded, FALSE if it was unsuccessful

+

TRUE if the operation succeeded, FALSE if it was unsuccessful


@@ -3007,7 +3007,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_private_key_password (NMSetting8021x *setting);

Parameters

-
 

password

password used to decrypt the private key, or NULL if the password +

password used to decrypt the private key, or NULL if the password is unknown. If the password is given but fails to decrypt the private key, an error is returned.

 
+
@@ -3035,7 +3035,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_private_key_password_flags (NMSetting8021x *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -3062,7 +3062,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_private_key_format (NMSetting8021x *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -3094,7 +3094,7 @@ scheme is nm_setting_802_1x_get_client_cert_path().

Parameters

-
+
@@ -3115,7 +3115,7 @@ scheme is

nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_private_key_blob ()

-
GBytes *
+
GBytes *
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_private_key_blob
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting);

Private keys are used to authenticate the connecting client to the network @@ -3126,7 +3126,7 @@ unencrypted private key data may be readable by unprivileged users. Private keys should always be encrypted with a private key password.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -3156,7 +3156,7 @@ when EAP-TLS is used as either the "phase 1" or "phase 2" 802.1x authentication method.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -3177,14 +3177,14 @@ authentication method.


nm_setting_802_1x_set_phase2_private_key ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_802_1x_set_phase2_private_key
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting,
                                 const char *key_path,
                                 const char *password,
                                 NMSetting8021xCKScheme scheme,
                                 NMSetting8021xCKFormat *out_format,
-                                GError **error);
+ GError **error);

Private keys are used to authenticate the connecting client to the network when EAP-TLS is used as either the "phase 1" or "phase 2" 802.1x authentication method.

@@ -3198,7 +3198,7 @@ verify that password is correct, and if it is, updates the “phase2-private-key-password” property with the given password -. If the decryption is unsuccessful, FALSE is returned, error +. If the decryption is unsuccessful, FALSE is returned, error is set, and no internal data is changed. If no password is given, the private @@ -3210,7 +3210,7 @@ unprivileged users. Private keys should always be encrypted with a private key password to prevent unauthorized access to unencrypted private key data.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -3228,14 +3228,14 @@ key password to prevent unauthorized access to unencrypted private key data.

is set to either NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_PATH or NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_BLOB, pass the path of the "phase2" private key file (PEM, DER, or PKCS#12 format). The path must be UTF-8 encoded; -use g_filename_to_utf8() to convert if needed. Passing NULL with any +use g_filename_to_utf8() to convert if needed. Passing NULL with any scheme clears the private key.

- @@ -3260,7 +3260,7 @@ an error is returned.

Returns

-

TRUE if the operation succeeded, FALSE if it was unsuccessful

+

TRUE if the operation succeeded, FALSE if it was unsuccessful


@@ -3271,7 +3271,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_private_key_password (NMSetting8021x *setting);

Parameters

-
 

password

password used to decrypt the private key, or NULL if the password +

password used to decrypt the private key, or NULL if the password is unknown. If the password is given but fails to decrypt the private key, an error is returned.

 
+
@@ -3299,7 +3299,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_private_key_password_flags (NMSetting8021x *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -3326,7 +3326,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_private_key_format (NMSetting8021x *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -3360,7 +3360,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_private_key_format or private key

Members

-
+
@@ -3409,7 +3409,7 @@ stored in the setting properties, either as a blob of the item's data, or as a path to a certificate or private key file on the filesystem

Members

-
+
@@ -3664,7 +3664,7 @@ to a file containing the certificate or key data

Property Details

The “altsubject-matches” property

-
  “altsubject-matches”       GStrv
+
  “altsubject-matches”       GStrv

List of strings to be matched against the altSubjectName of the certificate presented by the authentication server. If the list is empty, no verification of the server certificate's altSubjectName is performed.

@@ -3673,7 +3673,7 @@ no verification of the server certificate's altSubjectName is performed.


The “anonymous-identity” property

-
  “anonymous-identity”       gchar *
+
  “anonymous-identity”       gchar *

Anonymous identity string for EAP authentication methods. Used as the unencrypted identity with EAP types that support different tunneled identity like EAP-TTLS.

@@ -3683,7 +3683,7 @@ identity like EAP-TTLS.


The “ca-cert” property

-
  “ca-cert”                  GBytes *
+
  “ca-cert”                  GBytes *

Contains the CA certificate if used by the EAP method specified in the “eap” property.

Certificate data is specified using a "scheme"; two are currently @@ -3701,7 +3701,7 @@ but this allows man-in-the-middle attacks and is NOT recommended.


The “ca-path” property

-
  “ca-path”                  gchar *
+
  “ca-path”                  gchar *

UTF-8 encoded path to a directory containing PEM or DER formatted certificates to be added to the verification chain in addition to the certificate specified in the “ca-cert” property.

@@ -3711,7 +3711,7 @@ certificate specified in the

The “client-cert” property

-
  “client-cert”              GBytes *
+
  “client-cert”              GBytes *

Contains the client certificate if used by the EAP method specified in the “eap” property.

Certificate data is specified using a "scheme"; two are currently @@ -3727,7 +3727,7 @@ with the string "file://" and ending with a terminating NUL byte.


The “domain-suffix-match” property

-
  “domain-suffix-match”      gchar *
+
  “domain-suffix-match”      gchar *

Constraint for server domain name. If set, this FQDN is used as a suffix match requirement for dNSName element(s) of the certificate presented by the authentication server. If a matching dNSName is found, this @@ -3740,7 +3740,7 @@ matched against SubjectName CN using same suffix match comparison.


The “eap” property

-
  “eap”                      GStrv
+
  “eap”                      GStrv

The allowed EAP method to be used when authenticating to the network with 802.1x. Valid methods are: "leap", "md5", "tls", "peap", "ttls", "pwd", and "fast". Each method requires different configuration using the @@ -3751,7 +3751,7 @@ allowed combinations.


The “identity” property

-
  “identity”                 gchar *
+
  “identity”                 gchar *

Identity string for EAP authentication methods. Often the user's user or login name.

Flags: Read / Write

@@ -3760,7 +3760,7 @@ login name.


The “pac-file” property

-
  “pac-file”                 gchar *
+
  “pac-file”                 gchar *

UTF-8 encoded file path containing PAC for EAP-FAST.

Flags: Read / Write

Default value: NULL

@@ -3768,7 +3768,7 @@ login name.


The “password” property

-
  “password”                 gchar *
+
  “password”                 gchar *

UTF-8 encoded password used for EAP authentication methods. If both the “password” property and the “password-raw” property are specified, “password” is preferred.

@@ -3785,7 +3785,7 @@ property are specified,

The “password-raw” property

-
  “password-raw”             GBytes *
+
  “password-raw”             GBytes *

Password used for EAP authentication methods, given as a byte array to allow passwords in other encodings than UTF-8 to be used. If both the “password” property and the “password-raw” @@ -3802,7 +3802,7 @@ property are specified,

The “phase1-fast-provisioning” property

-
  “phase1-fast-provisioning” gchar *
+
  “phase1-fast-provisioning” gchar *

Enables or disables in-line provisioning of EAP-FAST credentials when FAST is specified as the EAP method in the “eap” property. Recognized values are "0" (disabled), "1" (allow unauthenticated @@ -3815,7 +3815,7 @@ wpa_supplicant documentation for more details.


The “phase1-peaplabel” property

-
  “phase1-peaplabel”         gchar *
+
  “phase1-peaplabel”         gchar *

Forces use of the new PEAP label during key derivation. Some RADIUS servers may require forcing the new PEAP label to interoperate with PEAPv1. Set to "1" to force use of the new PEAP label. See the @@ -3826,7 +3826,7 @@ wpa_supplicant documentation for more details.


The “phase1-peapver” property

-
  “phase1-peapver”           gchar *
+
  “phase1-peapver”           gchar *

Forces which PEAP version is used when PEAP is set as the EAP method in the “eap” property. When unset, the version reported by the server will be used. Sometimes when using older RADIUS servers, it @@ -3839,7 +3839,7 @@ version.


The “phase2-altsubject-matches” property

-
  “phase2-altsubject-matches” GStrv
+
  “phase2-altsubject-matches” GStrv

List of strings to be matched against the altSubjectName of the certificate presented by the authentication server during the inner "phase 2" authentication. If the list is empty, no verification of the @@ -3849,7 +3849,7 @@ server certificate's altSubjectName is performed.


The “phase2-auth” property

-
  “phase2-auth”              gchar *
+
  “phase2-auth”              gchar *

Specifies the allowed "phase 2" inner non-EAP authentication methods when an EAP method that uses an inner TLS tunnel is specified in the “eap” property. Recognized non-EAP "phase 2" methods are @@ -3862,7 +3862,7 @@ authentication; see the wpa_supplicant documentation for more details.


The “phase2-autheap” property

-
  “phase2-autheap”           gchar *
+
  “phase2-autheap”           gchar *

Specifies the allowed "phase 2" inner EAP-based authentication methods when an EAP method that uses an inner TLS tunnel is specified in the “eap” property. Recognized EAP-based "phase 2" methods are @@ -3875,7 +3875,7 @@ wpa_supplicant documentation for more details.


The “phase2-ca-cert” property

-
  “phase2-ca-cert”           GBytes *
+
  “phase2-ca-cert”           GBytes *

Contains the "phase 2" CA certificate if used by the EAP method specified in the “phase2-auth” or “phase2-autheap” properties.

@@ -3894,7 +3894,7 @@ but this allows man-in-the-middle attacks and is NOT recommended.


The “phase2-ca-path” property

-
  “phase2-ca-path”           gchar *
+
  “phase2-ca-path”           gchar *

UTF-8 encoded path to a directory containing PEM or DER formatted certificates to be added to the verification chain in addition to the certificate specified in the “phase2-ca-cert” property.

@@ -3904,7 +3904,7 @@ certificate specified in the

The “phase2-client-cert” property

-
  “phase2-client-cert”       GBytes *
+
  “phase2-client-cert”       GBytes *

Contains the "phase 2" client certificate if used by the EAP method specified in the “phase2-auth” or “phase2-autheap” properties.

@@ -3923,7 +3923,7 @@ but this allows man-in-the-middle attacks and is NOT recommended.


The “phase2-domain-suffix-match” property

-
  “phase2-domain-suffix-match” gchar *
+
  “phase2-domain-suffix-match” gchar *

Constraint for server domain name. If set, this FQDN is used as a suffix match requirement for dNSName element(s) of the certificate presented by the authentication server during the inner "phase 2" authentication. If @@ -3937,7 +3937,7 @@ using same suffix match comparison.


The “phase2-private-key” property

-
  “phase2-private-key”       GBytes *
+
  “phase2-private-key”       GBytes *

Contains the "phase 2" inner private key when the “phase2-auth” or “phase2-autheap” property is set to "tls".

@@ -3963,7 +3963,7 @@ password used to decode the PKCS#12 private key and certificate.


The “phase2-private-key-password” property

-
  “phase2-private-key-password” gchar *
+
  “phase2-private-key-password” gchar *

The password used to decrypt the "phase 2" private key specified in the “phase2-private-key” property when the private key either uses the path scheme, or is a PKCS#12 format key. Setting this @@ -3985,7 +3985,7 @@ function.


The “phase2-subject-match” property

-
  “phase2-subject-match”     gchar *
+
  “phase2-subject-match”     gchar *

Substring to be matched against the subject of the certificate presented by the authentication server during the inner "phase 2" authentication. When unset, no verification of the authentication server @@ -3998,7 +3998,7 @@ NMSetting8021x:phase2-domain-suffix-match.


The “pin” property

-
  “pin”                      gchar *
+
  “pin”                      gchar *

PIN used for EAP authentication methods.

Flags: Read / Write

Default value: NULL

@@ -4013,7 +4013,7 @@ NMSetting8021x:phase2-domain-suffix-match.


The “private-key” property

-
  “private-key”              GBytes *
+
  “private-key”              GBytes *

Contains the private key when the “eap” property is set to "tls".

Key data is specified using a "scheme"; two are currently supported: blob @@ -4043,7 +4043,7 @@ private key data.


The “private-key-password” property

-
  “private-key-password”     gchar *
+
  “private-key-password”     gchar *

The password used to decrypt the private key specified in the “private-key” property when the private key either uses the path scheme, or if the private key is a PKCS#12 format key. Setting this @@ -4064,7 +4064,7 @@ property.


The “subject-match” property

-
  “subject-match”            gchar *
+
  “subject-match”            gchar *

Substring to be matched against the subject of the certificate presented by the authentication server. When unset, no verification of the authentication server certificate's subject is performed. This property @@ -4076,8 +4076,8 @@ NMSetting8021x:domain-suffix-match.


The “system-ca-certs” property

-
  “system-ca-certs”          gboolean
-

When TRUE, overrides the “ca-path” and +

  “system-ca-certs”          gboolean
+

When TRUE, overrides the “ca-path” and “phase2-ca-path” properties using the system CA directory specified at configure time with the --system-ca-path switch. The certificates in this directory are added to the verification chain in diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingAdsl.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingAdsl.html index e309b11e..68eb3947 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingAdsl.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingAdsl.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMSettingAdsl: libnm Reference Manual - + @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@

Functions

-
+
@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_adsl_get_vpi () @@ -87,7 +87,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_adsl_get_vci () @@ -106,7 +106,7 @@

Properties

-
+
@@ -115,13 +115,13 @@ +gchar * +gchar * @@ -132,23 +132,23 @@ +gchar * +gchar * - + - + @@ -157,7 +157,7 @@

Types and Values

-
-gchar * encapsulation Read / Write
-gchar * password Read / Write
-gchar * protocol Read / Write
-gchar * username Read / Write
guintguint vci Read / Write
guintguint vpi Read / Write
+
@@ -224,7 +224,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingAdsl
 
@@ -253,7 +253,7 @@ nm_setting_adsl_new (void< nm_setting_adsl_get_username (NMSettingAdsl *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -278,7 +278,7 @@ nm_setting_adsl_get_username (NMSettingAdsl *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -303,7 +303,7 @@ nm_setting_adsl_get_password (NMSettingAdsl *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -328,7 +328,7 @@ nm_setting_adsl_get_protocol (NMSettingAdsl *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -349,11 +349,11 @@ nm_setting_adsl_get_encapsulation (

nm_setting_adsl_get_vpi ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_adsl_get_vpi (NMSettingAdsl *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -374,11 +374,11 @@ nm_setting_adsl_get_vpi (

nm_setting_adsl_get_vci ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_adsl_get_vci (NMSettingAdsl *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -403,7 +403,7 @@ nm_setting_adsl_get_vci (NMSettingAdsl *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -511,7 +511,7 @@ nm_setting_adsl_get_password_flags (

Property Details

The “encapsulation” property

-
  “encapsulation”            gchar *
+
  “encapsulation”            gchar *

Encapsulation of ADSL connection. Can be "vcmux" or "llc".

Flags: Read / Write

Default value: NULL

@@ -519,7 +519,7 @@ nm_setting_adsl_get_password_flags (

The “password” property

-
  “password”                 gchar *
+
  “password”                 gchar *

Password used to authenticate with the ADSL service.

Flags: Read / Write

Default value: NULL

@@ -534,7 +534,7 @@ nm_setting_adsl_get_password_flags (

The “protocol” property

-
  “protocol”                 gchar *
+
  “protocol”                 gchar *

ADSL connection protocol. Can be "pppoa", "pppoe" or "ipoatm".

Flags: Read / Write

Default value: NULL

@@ -542,7 +542,7 @@ nm_setting_adsl_get_password_flags (

The “username” property

-
  “username”                 gchar *
+
  “username”                 gchar *

Username used to authenticate with the ADSL service.

Flags: Read / Write

Default value: NULL

@@ -550,7 +550,7 @@ nm_setting_adsl_get_password_flags (

The “vci” property

-
  “vci”                      guint
+
  “vci”                      guint

VCI of ADSL connection

Flags: Read / Write

Allowed values: <= 65536

@@ -559,7 +559,7 @@ nm_setting_adsl_get_password_flags (

The “vpi” property

-
  “vpi”                      guint
+
  “vpi”                      guint

VPI of ADSL connection

Flags: Read / Write

Allowed values: <= 65536

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingBluetooth.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingBluetooth.html index f9d31bbf..8f67f71f 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingBluetooth.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingBluetooth.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMSettingBluetooth: libnm Reference Manual - + @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@

Functions

-
+
@@ -68,7 +68,7 @@

Properties

-
+
@@ -77,13 +77,13 @@ +gchar * +gchar * @@ -92,7 +92,7 @@

Types and Values

-
-gchar * bdaddr Read / Write
-gchar * type Read / Write
+
@@ -127,7 +127,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingBluetooth
 
@@ -161,7 +161,7 @@ nm_setting_bluetooth_get_bdaddr (

Parameters

-
+
@@ -189,7 +189,7 @@ nm_setting_bluetooth_get_connection_type either DUN to a DUN-capable device or PANU to a NAP-capable device).

Parameters

-
+
@@ -254,7 +254,7 @@ NAP (Network Access Point) protocol, which accepts connections via PANU.

Property Details

The “bdaddr” property

-
  “bdaddr”                   gchar *
+
  “bdaddr”                   gchar *

The Bluetooth address of the device.

Flags: Read / Write

Default value: NULL

@@ -262,7 +262,7 @@ NAP (Network Access Point) protocol, which accepts connections via PANU.


The “type” property

-
  “type”                     gchar *
+
  “type”                     gchar *

Either "dun" for Dial-Up Networking connections or "panu" for Personal Area Networking connections to devices supporting the NAP profile.

Flags: Read / Write

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingBond.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingBond.html index e0b82f07..32d14559 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingBond.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingBond.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMSettingBond: libnm Reference Manual - + @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@

Functions

-
+
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_bond_get_num_options () @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_bond_get_option () @@ -74,7 +74,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_bond_add_option () @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_bond_remove_option () @@ -90,7 +90,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_bond_validate_option () @@ -115,7 +115,7 @@

Properties

-
+
@@ -123,7 +123,7 @@ +GHashTable * @@ -131,7 +131,7 @@

Types and Values

-
-GHashTable * options Read / Write
+
@@ -262,7 +262,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingBond
 
@@ -288,14 +288,14 @@ nm_setting_bond_new (void<

nm_setting_bond_get_num_options ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_bond_get_num_options (NMSettingBond *setting);

Returns the number of options that should be set for this bond when it is activated. This can be used to retrieve each option individually using nm_setting_bond_get_option().

Parameters

-
+
@@ -316,9 +316,9 @@ using

nm_setting_bond_get_option ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_bond_get_option (NMSettingBond *setting,
-                            guint32 idx,
+                            guint32 idx,
                             const char **out_name,
                             const char **out_value);

Given an index, return the value of the bonding option at that index. Indexes @@ -328,7 +328,7 @@ and should not be used to refer to options except for short periods of time such as during option iteration.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -364,8 +364,8 @@ modified.

Returns

-

TRUE on success if the index was valid and an option was found, -FALSE if the index was invalid (ie, greater than the number of options +

TRUE on success if the index was valid and an option was found, +FALSE if the index was invalid (ie, greater than the number of options currently held by the setting)

@@ -380,7 +380,7 @@ nm_setting_bond_get_option_by_name (

Parameters

-
+
@@ -402,14 +402,14 @@ nm_setting_bond_get_option_by_name (

Returns

-

the value, or NULL if the key/value pair was never added to the +

the value, or NULL if the key/value pair was never added to the setting; the value is owned by the setting and must not be modified


nm_setting_bond_add_option ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_bond_add_option (NMSettingBond *setting,
                             const char *name,
                             const char *value);
@@ -421,7 +421,7 @@ that may already exist.

that conflict with each other.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -448,14 +448,14 @@ that conflict with each other.

Returns

-

TRUE if the option was valid and was added to the internal option -list, FALSE if it was not.

+

TRUE if the option was valid and was added to the internal option +list, FALSE if it was not.


nm_setting_bond_remove_option ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_bond_remove_option (NMSettingBond *setting,
                                const char *name);

Remove the bonding option referenced by name @@ -463,7 +463,7 @@ nm_setting_bond_remove_option (

Parameters

-
+
@@ -485,14 +485,14 @@ list.

Returns

-

TRUE if the option was found and removed from the internal option -list, FALSE if it was not.

+

TRUE if the option was found and removed from the internal option +list, FALSE if it was not.


nm_setting_bond_validate_option ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_bond_validate_option (const char *name,
                                  const char *value);

Checks whether name @@ -500,10 +500,10 @@ nm_setting_bond_validate_option (const name . If value - is NULL, the function only validates the option name.

+ is NULL, the function only validates the option name.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -525,10 +525,10 @@ the name

Returns

-

TRUE, if the value +

TRUE, if the value is valid for the given name. If the name -is not a valid option, FALSE will be returned.

+is not a valid option, FALSE will be returned.


@@ -539,7 +539,7 @@ nm_setting_bond_get_valid_options (Returns a list of valid bond options.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -554,7 +554,7 @@ nm_setting_bond_get_valid_options (

Returns

-

a NULL-terminated array of strings of valid bond options.

+

a NULL-terminated array of strings of valid bond options.

[transfer none]

@@ -566,7 +566,7 @@ nm_setting_bond_get_option_default (const char *name);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -778,7 +778,7 @@ the

Property Details

The “options” property

-
  “options”                  GHashTable *
+
  “options”                  GHashTable *

Dictionary of key/value pairs of bonding options. Both keys and values must be strings. Option names must contain only alphanumeric characters (ie, [a-zA-Z0-9]).

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingBridge.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingBridge.html index 6e10573e..619a2a0d 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingBridge.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingBridge.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMSettingBridge: libnm Reference Manual - + @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@

Functions

-
+
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_bridge_get_stp () @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@
-guint16 +guint16 nm_setting_bridge_get_priority () @@ -74,7 +74,7 @@
-guint16 +guint16 nm_setting_bridge_get_forward_delay () @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@
-guint16 +guint16 nm_setting_bridge_get_hello_time () @@ -90,7 +90,7 @@
-guint16 +guint16 nm_setting_bridge_get_max_age () @@ -98,7 +98,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_bridge_get_ageing_time () @@ -106,7 +106,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_bridge_get_multicast_snooping () @@ -117,7 +117,7 @@

Properties

-
+
@@ -125,43 +125,43 @@ - + - + - + +gchar * - + - + - + - + @@ -170,7 +170,7 @@

Types and Values

-
guintguint ageing-time Read / Write / Construct
guintguint forward-delay Read / Write / Construct
guintguint hello-time Read / Write / Construct
-gchar * mac-address Read / Write
guintguint max-age Read / Write / Construct
gbooleangboolean multicast-snooping Read / Write / Construct
guintguint priority Read / Write / Construct
gbooleangboolean stp Read / Write / Construct
+
@@ -221,7 +221,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingBridge
 
@@ -251,7 +251,7 @@ nm_setting_bridge_new (voidNMSettingBridge *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -272,11 +272,11 @@ nm_setting_bridge_get_mac_address (

nm_setting_bridge_get_stp ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_bridge_get_stp (NMSettingBridge *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -297,11 +297,11 @@ nm_setting_bridge_get_stp (

nm_setting_bridge_get_priority ()

-
guint16
+
guint16
 nm_setting_bridge_get_priority (NMSettingBridge *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -322,11 +322,11 @@ nm_setting_bridge_get_priority (

nm_setting_bridge_get_forward_delay ()

-
guint16
+
guint16
 nm_setting_bridge_get_forward_delay (NMSettingBridge *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -347,11 +347,11 @@ nm_setting_bridge_get_forward_delay (

nm_setting_bridge_get_hello_time ()

-
guint16
+
guint16
 nm_setting_bridge_get_hello_time (NMSettingBridge *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -372,11 +372,11 @@ nm_setting_bridge_get_hello_time (

nm_setting_bridge_get_max_age ()

-
guint16
+
guint16
 nm_setting_bridge_get_max_age (NMSettingBridge *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -397,11 +397,11 @@ nm_setting_bridge_get_max_age (

nm_setting_bridge_get_ageing_time ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_bridge_get_ageing_time (NMSettingBridge *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -422,12 +422,12 @@ nm_setting_bridge_get_ageing_time (

nm_setting_bridge_get_multicast_snooping ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_bridge_get_multicast_snooping
                                (NMSettingBridge *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -512,7 +512,7 @@ nm_setting_bridge_get_multicast_snooping

Property Details

The “ageing-time” property

-
  “ageing-time”              guint
+
  “ageing-time”              guint

The Ethernet MAC address aging time, in seconds.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

Allowed values: <= 1000000

@@ -521,7 +521,7 @@ nm_setting_bridge_get_multicast_snooping

The “forward-delay” property

-
  “forward-delay”            guint
+
  “forward-delay”            guint

The Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) forwarding delay, in seconds.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

Allowed values: <= 30

@@ -530,7 +530,7 @@ nm_setting_bridge_get_multicast_snooping

The “hello-time” property

-
  “hello-time”               guint
+
  “hello-time”               guint

The Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) hello time, in seconds.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

Allowed values: <= 10

@@ -539,7 +539,7 @@ nm_setting_bridge_get_multicast_snooping

The “mac-address” property

-
  “mac-address”              gchar *
+
  “mac-address”              gchar *

If specified, the MAC address of bridge. When creating a new bridge, this MAC address will be set. When matching an existing (outside NetworkManager created) bridge, this MAC address must match.

@@ -549,7 +549,7 @@ NetworkManager created) bridge, this MAC address must match.


The “max-age” property

-
  “max-age”                  guint
+
  “max-age”                  guint

The Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) maximum message age, in seconds.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

Allowed values: <= 40

@@ -558,7 +558,7 @@ NetworkManager created) bridge, this MAC address must match.


The “multicast-snooping” property

-
  “multicast-snooping”       gboolean
+
  “multicast-snooping”       gboolean

Controls whether IGMP snooping is enabled for this bridge. Note that if snooping was automatically disabled due to hash collisions, the system may refuse to enable the feature until the collisions are @@ -570,7 +570,7 @@ resolved.


The “priority” property

-
  “priority”                 guint
+
  “priority”                 guint

Sets the Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) priority for this bridge. Lower values are "better"; the lowest priority bridge will be elected the root bridge.

@@ -581,7 +581,7 @@ bridge.


The “stp” property

-
  “stp”                      gboolean
+
  “stp”                      gboolean

Controls whether Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) is enabled for this bridge.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

Default value: TRUE

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingBridgePort.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingBridgePort.html index 1debac8d..e8c4953b 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingBridgePort.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingBridgePort.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMSettingBridgePort: libnm Reference Manual - + @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@

Functions

-
+
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@
-guint16 +guint16 nm_setting_bridge_port_get_priority () @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@
-guint16 +guint16 nm_setting_bridge_port_get_path_cost () @@ -67,7 +67,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_bridge_port_get_hairpin_mode () @@ -78,7 +78,7 @@

Properties

-
+
@@ -86,17 +86,17 @@ - + - + - + @@ -105,7 +105,7 @@

Types and Values

-
gbooleangboolean hairpin-mode Read / Write
guintguint path-cost Read / Write / Construct
guintguint priority Read / Write / Construct
+
@@ -136,7 +136,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingBridgePort
 
@@ -162,11 +162,11 @@ nm_setting_bridge_port_new (void<

nm_setting_bridge_port_get_priority ()

-
guint16
+
guint16
 nm_setting_bridge_port_get_priority (NMSettingBridgePort *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -187,11 +187,11 @@ nm_setting_bridge_port_get_priority (

nm_setting_bridge_port_get_path_cost ()

-
guint16
+
guint16
 nm_setting_bridge_port_get_path_cost (NMSettingBridgePort *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -212,12 +212,12 @@ nm_setting_bridge_port_get_path_cost (

nm_setting_bridge_port_get_hairpin_mode ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_bridge_port_get_hairpin_mode
                                (NMSettingBridgePort *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -271,7 +271,7 @@ nm_setting_bridge_port_get_hairpin_mode

Property Details

The “hairpin-mode” property

-
  “hairpin-mode”             gboolean
+
  “hairpin-mode”             gboolean

Enables or disabled "hairpin mode" for the port, which allows frames to be sent back out through the port the frame was received on.

Flags: Read / Write

@@ -280,7 +280,7 @@ be sent back out through the port the frame was received on.


The “path-cost” property

-
  “path-cost”                guint
+
  “path-cost”                guint

The Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) port cost for destinations via this port.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

@@ -290,7 +290,7 @@ port.


The “priority” property

-
  “priority”                 guint
+
  “priority”                 guint

The Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) priority of this bridge port.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

Allowed values: <= 63

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingCdma.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingCdma.html index fe5ce192..e43f060a 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingCdma.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingCdma.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMSettingCdma: libnm Reference Manual - + @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@

Functions

-
+
@@ -83,7 +83,7 @@

Properties

-
+
@@ -92,13 +92,13 @@ +gchar * +gchar * @@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ +gchar * @@ -118,7 +118,7 @@

Types and Values

-
-gchar * number Read / Write
-gchar * password Read / Write
-gchar * username Read / Write
+
@@ -153,7 +153,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingCdma
 
@@ -183,7 +183,7 @@ nm_setting_cdma_new (void< nm_setting_cdma_get_number (NMSettingCdma *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -208,7 +208,7 @@ nm_setting_cdma_get_number (NMSettingCdma *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -233,7 +233,7 @@ nm_setting_cdma_get_username (NMSettingCdma *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -258,7 +258,7 @@ nm_setting_cdma_get_password (NMSettingCdma *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -318,7 +318,7 @@ nm_setting_cdma_get_password_flags (

Property Details

The “number” property

-
  “number”                   gchar *
+
  “number”                   gchar *

The number to dial to establish the connection to the CDMA-based mobile broadband network, if any. If not specified, the default number (777) is used when required.

@@ -328,7 +328,7 @@ is used when required.


The “password” property

-
  “password”                 gchar *
+
  “password”                 gchar *

The password used to authenticate with the network, if required. Many providers do not require a password, or accept any password. But if a password is required, it is specified here.

@@ -345,7 +345,7 @@ password is required, it is specified here.


The “username” property

-
  “username”                 gchar *
+
  “username”                 gchar *

The username used to authenticate with the network, if required. Many providers do not require a username, or accept any username. But if a username is required, it is specified here.

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingConnection.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingConnection.html index 6b327d52..db4ce45d 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingConnection.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingConnection.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMSettingConnection: libnm Reference Manual - + @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@

Functions

-
+
@@ -86,7 +86,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_connection_get_autoconnect () @@ -94,7 +94,7 @@
-gint +gint nm_setting_connection_get_autoconnect_priority () @@ -102,7 +102,7 @@
-guint64 +guint64 nm_setting_connection_get_timestamp () @@ -110,7 +110,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_connection_get_read_only () @@ -118,7 +118,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_connection_get_num_permissions () @@ -126,7 +126,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_connection_get_permission () @@ -141,7 +141,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_connection_permissions_user_allowed () @@ -149,7 +149,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_connection_add_permission () @@ -165,7 +165,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_connection_remove_permission_by_value () @@ -180,7 +180,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_connection_is_slave_type () @@ -203,7 +203,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_connection_get_num_secondaries () @@ -218,7 +218,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_connection_add_secondary () @@ -234,7 +234,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_connection_remove_secondary_by_value () @@ -242,7 +242,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_connection_get_gateway_ping_timeout () @@ -269,7 +269,7 @@

Properties

-
+
@@ -277,12 +277,12 @@ - + - + @@ -292,30 +292,30 @@ - + +gchar * +gchar * - + +gchar * @@ -325,52 +325,52 @@ - + - + - + +gchar * +gchar * - + +gchar * +gchar * +gchar * @@ -379,7 +379,7 @@

Types and Values

-
gbooleangboolean autoconnect Read / Write / Construct
gintgint autoconnect-priority Read / Write / Construct
Read / Write / Construct
guintguint gateway-ping-timeout Read / Write / Construct
-gchar * id Read / Write
-gchar * interface-name Read / Write
gintgint lldp Read / Write / Construct
-gchar * master Read / Write
Read / Write
GStrvGStrv permissions Read / Write
gbooleangboolean read-only Read / Write / Construct
GStrvGStrv secondaries Read / Write
-gchar * slave-type Read / Write
-gchar * stable-id Read / Write
guint64guint64 timestamp Read / Write / Construct
-gchar * type Read / Write
-gchar * uuid Read / Write
-gchar * zone Read / Write / Construct
+
@@ -493,7 +493,7 @@
    GEnum
     ├── NMSettingConnectionAutoconnectSlaves
     ╰── NMSettingConnectionLldp
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingConnection
 
@@ -525,7 +525,7 @@ nm_setting_connection_get_id (“id” property of the connection.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -551,7 +551,7 @@ nm_setting_connection_get_uuid (Returns the “uuid” property of the connection.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -577,7 +577,7 @@ nm_setting_connection_get_stable_id (Returns the “stable_id” property of the connection.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -605,7 +605,7 @@ nm_setting_connection_get_interface_name

Returns the “interface-name” property of the connection.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -632,7 +632,7 @@ nm_setting_connection_get_connection_type

Returns the “type” property of the connection.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -653,12 +653,12 @@ nm_setting_connection_get_connection_type

nm_setting_connection_get_autoconnect ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_connection_get_autoconnect (NMSettingConnection *setting);

Returns the “autoconnect” property of the connection.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -679,14 +679,14 @@ nm_setting_connection_get_autoconnect (

nm_setting_connection_get_autoconnect_priority ()

-
gint
+
gint
 nm_setting_connection_get_autoconnect_priority
                                (NMSettingConnection *setting);

Returns the “autoconnect-priority” property of the connection. The higher number, the higher priority.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -707,12 +707,12 @@ The higher number, the higher priority.


nm_setting_connection_get_timestamp ()

-
guint64
+
guint64
 nm_setting_connection_get_timestamp (NMSettingConnection *setting);

Returns the “timestamp” property of the connection.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -733,12 +733,12 @@ nm_setting_connection_get_timestamp (

nm_setting_connection_get_read_only ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_connection_get_read_only (NMSettingConnection *setting);

Returns the “read-only” property of the connection.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -753,20 +753,20 @@ nm_setting_connection_get_read_only (

Returns

-

TRUE if the connection is read-only, FALSE if it is not

+

TRUE if the connection is read-only, FALSE if it is not


nm_setting_connection_get_num_permissions ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_connection_get_num_permissions
                                (NMSettingConnection *setting);

Returns the number of entires in the “permissions” property of this setting.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -787,9 +787,9 @@ property of this setting.


nm_setting_connection_get_permission ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_connection_get_permission (NMSettingConnection *setting,
-                                      guint32 idx,
+                                      guint32 idx,
                                       const char **out_ptype,
                                       const char **out_pitem,
                                       const char **out_detail);
@@ -797,7 +797,7 @@ nm_setting_connection_get_permission (

Parameters

-
+
@@ -828,7 +828,7 @@ of this setting.

- + @@ -836,7 +836,7 @@ of this setting.

Returns

-

TRUE if a permission was returned, FALSE if idx +

TRUE if a permission was returned, FALSE if idx was invalid

@@ -848,7 +848,7 @@ nm_setting_connection_get_zone (Returns the “zone” property of the connection.

Parameters

-

out_detail

on return, the permission detail (at this time, always NULL)

on return, the permission detail (at this time, always NULL)

 
+
@@ -869,14 +869,14 @@ nm_setting_connection_get_zone (

nm_setting_connection_permissions_user_allowed ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_connection_permissions_user_allowed
                                (NMSettingConnection *setting,
                                 const char *uname);

Checks whether the given username is allowed to view/access this connection.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -898,14 +898,14 @@ nm_setting_connection_permissions_user_allowed

Returns

-

TRUE if the requested user is allowed to view this connection, -FALSE if the given user is not allowed to view this connection

+

TRUE if the requested user is allowed to view this connection, +FALSE if the given user is not allowed to view this connection


nm_setting_connection_add_permission ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_connection_add_permission (NMSettingConnection *setting,
                                       const char *ptype,
                                       const char *pitem,
@@ -916,7 +916,7 @@ the "user" permission type is supported, and pitem“permissions”: for more details.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -941,7 +941,7 @@ the "user" permission type is supported, and pitem - + @@ -949,8 +949,8 @@ the "user" permission type is supported, and pitem

Returns

-

TRUE if the permission was unique and was successfully added to the -list, FALSE if ptype +

TRUE if the permission was unique and was successfully added to the +list, FALSE if ptype or pitem was invalid or it the permission was already present in the list

@@ -962,12 +962,12 @@ present in the list

void
 nm_setting_connection_remove_permission
                                (NMSettingConnection *setting,
-                                guint32 idx);
+ guint32 idx);

Removes the permission at index idx from the connection.

Parameters

-

detail

unused at this time; must be NULL.

unused at this time; must be NULL.

[allow-none]
+
@@ -991,7 +991,7 @@ nm_setting_connection_remove_permission

nm_setting_connection_remove_permission_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_connection_remove_permission_by_value
                                (NMSettingConnection *setting,
                                 const char *ptype,
@@ -1003,7 +1003,7 @@ At this time, only the "user" permission type is supported, and “permissions”: for more details.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1028,7 +1028,7 @@ be a username. See

detail

-
+ @@ -1036,7 +1036,7 @@ be a username. See

Returns

-

TRUE if the permission was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

+

TRUE if the permission was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.


@@ -1047,7 +1047,7 @@ nm_setting_connection_get_master (Returns the “master” property of the connection.

Parameters

-

unused at this time; must be NULL.

unused at this time; must be NULL.

[allow-none]
+
@@ -1069,12 +1069,12 @@ connection.


nm_setting_connection_is_slave_type ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_connection_is_slave_type (NMSettingConnection *setting,
                                      const char *type);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1098,7 +1098,7 @@ against setting

Returns

-

TRUE if connection is of the given slave type +

TRUE if connection is of the given slave type

@@ -1110,7 +1110,7 @@ nm_setting_connection_get_slave_type (“slave-type” property of the connection.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1137,7 +1137,7 @@ nm_setting_connection_get_autoconnect_slaves

Returns the “autoconnect-slaves” property of the connection.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1160,12 +1160,12 @@ with the connection.


nm_setting_connection_get_num_secondaries ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_connection_get_num_secondaries
                                (NMSettingConnection *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1188,10 +1188,10 @@ nm_setting_connection_get_num_secondaries

nm_setting_connection_get_secondary ()

const char *
 nm_setting_connection_get_secondary (NMSettingConnection *setting,
-                                     guint32 idx);
+ guint32 idx);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1220,13 +1220,13 @@ nm_setting_connection_get_secondary (

nm_setting_connection_add_secondary ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_connection_add_secondary (NMSettingConnection *setting,
                                      const char *sec_uuid);

Adds a new secondary connetion UUID to the setting.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1248,7 +1248,7 @@ nm_setting_connection_add_secondary (

Returns

-

TRUE if the secondary connection UUID was added; FALSE if the UUID +

TRUE if the secondary connection UUID was added; FALSE if the UUID was already present

@@ -1258,12 +1258,12 @@ was already present

void
 nm_setting_connection_remove_secondary
                                (NMSettingConnection *setting,
-                                guint32 idx);
+ guint32 idx);

Removes the secondary coonnection UUID at index idx .

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1287,7 +1287,7 @@ nm_setting_connection_remove_secondary

nm_setting_connection_remove_secondary_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_connection_remove_secondary_by_value
                                (NMSettingConnection *setting,
                                 const char *sec_uuid);
@@ -1295,7 +1295,7 @@ nm_setting_connection_remove_secondary_by_value .

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1317,18 +1317,18 @@ nm_setting_connection_remove_secondary_by_value

Returns

-

TRUE if the secondary connection UUID was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

+

TRUE if the secondary connection UUID was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.


nm_setting_connection_get_gateway_ping_timeout ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_connection_get_gateway_ping_timeout
                                (NMSettingConnection *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1354,7 +1354,7 @@ property.

nm_setting_connection_get_metered (NMSettingConnection *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1381,7 +1381,7 @@ nm_setting_connection_get_lldp (Returns the “lldp” property of the connection.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1542,7 +1542,7 @@ enabled for the connection.

should be activated when master is activated.

Members

-
+
@@ -1582,7 +1582,7 @@ should be activated when master is activated.

NMSettingConnectionLldp values indicate whether LLDP should be enabled.

Members

-
+
@@ -1626,10 +1626,10 @@ It should only be accessed through the functions described below.

Property Details

The “autoconnect” property

-
  “autoconnect”              gboolean
+
  “autoconnect”              gboolean

Whether or not the connection should be automatically connected by NetworkManager when the resources for the connection are available. -TRUE to automatically activate the connection, FALSE to require manual +TRUE to automatically activate the connection, FALSE to require manual intervention to activate the connection.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

Default value: TRUE

@@ -1637,7 +1637,7 @@ intervention to activate the connection.


The “autoconnect-priority” property

-
  “autoconnect-priority”     gint
+
  “autoconnect-priority”     gint

The autoconnect priority. If the connection is set to autoconnect, connections with higher priority will be preferred. Defaults to 0. The higher number means higher priority.

@@ -1663,7 +1663,7 @@ determine the real value. If it is default as well, this fallbacks to 0.


The “gateway-ping-timeout” property

-
  “gateway-ping-timeout”     guint
+
  “gateway-ping-timeout”     guint

If greater than zero, delay success of IP addressing until either the timeout is reached, or an IP gateway replies to a ping.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

@@ -1673,7 +1673,7 @@ timeout is reached, or an IP gateway replies to a ping.


The “id” property

-
  “id”                       gchar *
+
  “id”                       gchar *

A human readable unique identifier for the connection, like "Work Wi-Fi" or "T-Mobile 3G".

Flags: Read / Write

@@ -1682,7 +1682,7 @@ or "T-Mobile 3G".


The “interface-name” property

-
  “interface-name”           gchar *
+
  “interface-name”           gchar *

The name of the network interface this connection is bound to. If not set, then the connection can be attached to any interface of the appropriate type (subject to restrictions imposed by other settings).

@@ -1698,7 +1698,7 @@ connection may be applied to the wrong interface.


The “lldp” property

-
  “lldp”                     gint
+
  “lldp”                     gint

Whether LLDP is enabled for the connection.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

Default value: -1

@@ -1707,7 +1707,7 @@ connection may be applied to the wrong interface.


The “master” property

-
  “master”                   gchar *
+
  “master”                   gchar *

Interface name of the master device or UUID of the master connection.

Flags: Read / Write

Default value: NULL

@@ -1726,9 +1726,9 @@ the change takes effect immediately.


The “permissions” property

-
  “permissions”              GStrv
+
  “permissions”              GStrv

An array of strings defining what access a given user has to this -connection. If this is NULL or empty, all users are allowed to access +connection. If this is NULL or empty, all users are allowed to access this connection. Otherwise a user is allowed to access this connection if and only if they are in this list. Each entry is of the form "[type]:[id]:[reserved]"; for example, "user:dcbw:blah".

@@ -1742,9 +1742,9 @@ use. All of [type], [id], and [reserved] must be valid UTF-8.


The “read-only” property

-
  “read-only”                gboolean
-

FALSE if the connection can be modified using the provided settings -service's D-Bus interface with the right privileges, or TRUE if the +

  “read-only”                gboolean
+

FALSE if the connection can be modified using the provided settings +service's D-Bus interface with the right privileges, or TRUE if the connection is read-only and cannot be modified.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

Default value: FALSE

@@ -1752,7 +1752,7 @@ connection is read-only and cannot be modified.


The “secondaries” property

-
  “secondaries”              GStrv
+
  “secondaries”              GStrv

List of connection UUIDs that should be activated when the base connection itself is activated. Currently only VPN connections are supported.

@@ -1761,9 +1761,9 @@ supported.


The “slave-type” property

-
  “slave-type”               gchar *
+
  “slave-type”               gchar *

Setting name of the device type of this slave's master connection (eg, -NM_SETTING_BOND_SETTING_NAME), or NULL if this connection is not a +NM_SETTING_BOND_SETTING_NAME), or NULL if this connection is not a slave.

Flags: Read / Write

Default value: NULL

@@ -1771,7 +1771,7 @@ slave.


The “stable-id” property

-
  “stable-id”                gchar *
+
  “stable-id”                gchar *

This token to generate stable IDs for the connection. If unset, the UUID will be used instead.

The stable-id is used instead of the connection UUID for generating @@ -1785,7 +1785,7 @@ ethernet.cloned-mac-address=stable and wifi.cloned-mac-address=stable.


The “timestamp” property

-
  “timestamp”                guint64
+
  “timestamp”                guint64

The time, in seconds since the Unix Epoch, that the connection was last _successfully_ fully activated.

NetworkManager updates the connection timestamp periodically when the @@ -1798,7 +1798,7 @@ property will not be preserved).


The “type” property

-
  “type”                     gchar *
+
  “type”                     gchar *

Base type of the connection. For hardware-dependent connections, should contain the setting name of the hardware-type specific setting (ie, "802-3-ethernet" or "802-11-wireless" or "bluetooth", etc), and for @@ -1810,7 +1810,7 @@ the setting name of that setting type (ie, "vpn" or "bridge", etc).


The “uuid” property

-
  “uuid”                     gchar *
+
  “uuid”                     gchar *

A universally unique identifier for the connection, for example generated with libuuid. It should be assigned when the connection is created, and never changed as long as the connection still applies to the same @@ -1821,16 +1821,16 @@ provider, or nm_utils_uuid_generate() or -nm_utils_uuid_generate_from_string().

+nm_utils_uuid_generate_from_string().

Flags: Read / Write

Default value: NULL


The “zone” property

-
  “zone”                     gchar *
+
  “zone”                     gchar *

The trust level of a the connection. Free form case-insensitive string -(for example "Home", "Work", "Public"). NULL or unspecified zone means +(for example "Home", "Work", "Public"). NULL or unspecified zone means the connection will be placed in the default zone as defined by the firewall.

When updating this property on a currently activated connection, diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingDcb.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingDcb.html index 661e8fd0..c7e74cfd 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingDcb.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingDcb.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMSettingDcb: libnm Reference Manual - + @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@

Functions

-
+
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@
-gint +gint nm_setting_dcb_get_app_fcoe_priority () @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@
-gint +gint nm_setting_dcb_get_app_iscsi_priority () @@ -98,7 +98,7 @@
-gint +gint nm_setting_dcb_get_app_fip_priority () @@ -114,7 +114,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_flow_control () @@ -138,7 +138,7 @@
-guint +guint nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_group_id () @@ -154,7 +154,7 @@
-guint +guint nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_group_bandwidth () @@ -170,7 +170,7 @@
-guint +guint nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_bandwidth () @@ -186,7 +186,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_strict_bandwidth () @@ -202,7 +202,7 @@
-guint +guint nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_traffic_class () @@ -221,7 +221,7 @@

Properties

-
+
@@ -235,12 +235,12 @@ +gchar * - + @@ -250,7 +250,7 @@ - + @@ -260,19 +260,19 @@ - + +GArray * +GArray * @@ -283,7 +283,7 @@ +GArray * @@ -294,19 +294,19 @@ +GArray * +GArray * +GArray * @@ -315,7 +315,7 @@

Types and Values

-
-gchar * app-fcoe-mode Read / Write / Construct
gintgint app-fcoe-priority Read / Write / Construct
Read / Write
gintgint app-fip-priority Read / Write / Construct
Read / Write
gintgint app-iscsi-priority Read / Write / Construct
-GArray * priority-bandwidth Read / Write
-GArray * priority-flow-control Read / Write
-GArray * priority-group-bandwidth Read / Write
-GArray * priority-group-id Read / Write
-GArray * priority-strict-bandwidth Read / Write
-GArray * priority-traffic-class Read / Write
+
@@ -408,7 +408,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

    GFlags
     ╰── NMSettingDcbFlags
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingDcb
 
@@ -441,7 +441,7 @@ nm_setting_dcb_new (voidNMSettingDcb *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -462,11 +462,11 @@ nm_setting_dcb_get_app_fcoe_flags (

nm_setting_dcb_get_app_fcoe_priority ()

-
gint
+
gint
 nm_setting_dcb_get_app_fcoe_priority (NMSettingDcb *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -491,7 +491,7 @@ nm_setting_dcb_get_app_fcoe_priority (NMSettingDcb *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -516,7 +516,7 @@ nm_setting_dcb_get_app_fcoe_mode (NMSettingDcb *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -537,11 +537,11 @@ nm_setting_dcb_get_app_iscsi_flags (

nm_setting_dcb_get_app_iscsi_priority ()

-
gint
+
gint
 nm_setting_dcb_get_app_iscsi_priority (NMSettingDcb *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -566,7 +566,7 @@ nm_setting_dcb_get_app_iscsi_priority (NMSettingDcb *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -587,11 +587,11 @@ nm_setting_dcb_get_app_fip_flags (

nm_setting_dcb_get_app_fip_priority ()

-
gint
+
gint
 nm_setting_dcb_get_app_fip_priority (NMSettingDcb *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -617,7 +617,7 @@ nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_flow_control_flags (NMSettingDcb *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -638,13 +638,13 @@ nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_flow_control_flags

nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_flow_control ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_flow_control
                                (NMSettingDcb *setting,
-                                guint user_priority);
+ guint user_priority);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -666,9 +666,9 @@ nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_flow_control

Returns

-

TRUE if flow control is enabled for the given user_priority +

TRUE if flow control is enabled for the given user_priority , -FALSE if not enabled

+FALSE if not enabled


@@ -677,13 +677,13 @@ nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_flow_control
void
 nm_setting_dcb_set_priority_flow_control
                                (NMSettingDcb *setting,
-                                guint user_priority,
-                                gboolean enabled);
+ guint user_priority, + gboolean enabled);

These values are only valid when “priority-flow-control” includes the NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ENABLE flag.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -702,7 +702,7 @@ the - + @@ -717,7 +717,7 @@ nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_group_flags (NMSettingDcb *setting);

Parameters

-

enabled

TRUE to enable flow control for this priority, FALSE to disable it

TRUE to enable flow control for this priority, FALSE to disable it

 
+
@@ -738,12 +738,12 @@ nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_group_flags

nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_group_id ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_group_id (NMSettingDcb *setting,
-                                      guint user_priority);
+ guint user_priority);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -776,13 +776,13 @@ only valid when

nm_setting_dcb_set_priority_group_id ()

void
 nm_setting_dcb_set_priority_group_id (NMSettingDcb *setting,
-                                      guint user_priority,
-                                      guint group_id);
+ guint user_priority, + guint group_id);

These values are only valid when “priority-group-flags” includes the NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ENABLE flag.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -813,13 +813,13 @@ unrestricted group.


nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_group_bandwidth ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_group_bandwidth
                                (NMSettingDcb *setting,
-                                guint group_id);
+ guint group_id);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -853,13 +853,13 @@ only valid when void nm_setting_dcb_set_priority_group_bandwidth (NMSettingDcb *setting, - guint group_id, - guint bandwidth_percent); + guint group_id, + guint bandwidth_percent);

These values are only valid when “priority-group-flags” includes the NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ENABLE flag.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -889,12 +889,12 @@ to


nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_bandwidth ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_bandwidth (NMSettingDcb *setting,
-                                       guint user_priority);
+ guint user_priority);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -927,13 +927,13 @@ These values are only valid when

nm_setting_dcb_set_priority_bandwidth ()

void
 nm_setting_dcb_set_priority_bandwidth (NMSettingDcb *setting,
-                                       guint user_priority,
-                                       guint bandwidth_percent);
+ guint user_priority, + guint bandwidth_percent);

These values are only valid when “priority-group-flags” includes the NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ENABLE flag.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -964,13 +964,13 @@ allowed to use within its priority group


nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_strict_bandwidth ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_strict_bandwidth
                                (NMSettingDcb *setting,
-                                guint user_priority);
+ guint user_priority);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -992,9 +992,9 @@ nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_strict_bandwidth

Returns

-

TRUE if user_priority +

TRUE if user_priority may use all of the bandwidth allocated to its -assigned group, or FALSE if not. These values are only valid when +assigned group, or FALSE if not. These values are only valid when “priority-group-flags” includes the NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ENABLE flag.

@@ -1004,13 +1004,13 @@ assigned group, or void nm_setting_dcb_set_priority_strict_bandwidth (NMSettingDcb *setting, - guint user_priority, - gboolean strict); + guint user_priority, + gboolean strict);

These values are only valid when “priority-group-flags” includes the NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ENABLE flag.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1029,9 +1029,9 @@ the - +its priority group, or FALSE if not

@@ -1041,13 +1041,13 @@ its priority group, or

nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_traffic_class ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_traffic_class
                                (NMSettingDcb *setting,
-                                guint user_priority);
+ guint user_priority);

Parameters

-

strict

TRUE to allow user_priority +

TRUE to allow user_priority to use all the bandwidth allocated to -its priority group, or FALSE if not

 
+
@@ -1081,8 +1081,8 @@ valid when void nm_setting_dcb_set_priority_traffic_class (NMSettingDcb *setting, - guint user_priority, - guint traffic_class); + guint user_priority, + guint traffic_class);
@@ -1098,7 +1098,7 @@ nm_setting_dcb_set_priority_traffic_class

DCB feature flags.

Members

-
+
@@ -1261,7 +1261,7 @@ be any combination of

The “app-fcoe-mode” property

-
  “app-fcoe-mode”            gchar *
+
  “app-fcoe-mode”            gchar *

The FCoE controller mode; either NM_SETTING_DCB_FCOE_MODE_FABRIC (default) or NM_SETTING_DCB_FCOE_MODE_VN2VN.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

@@ -1270,7 +1270,7 @@ be any combination of

The “app-fcoe-priority” property

-
  “app-fcoe-priority”        gint
+
  “app-fcoe-priority”        gint

The highest User Priority (0 - 7) which FCoE frames should use, or -1 for default priority. Only used when the “app-fcoe-flags” property includes the NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ENABLE flag.

@@ -1290,7 +1290,7 @@ be any combination of

The “app-fip-priority” property

-
  “app-fip-priority”         gint
+
  “app-fip-priority”         gint

The highest User Priority (0 - 7) which FIP frames should use, or -1 for default priority. Only used when the “app-fip-flags” property includes the NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ENABLE flag.

@@ -1310,7 +1310,7 @@ may be any combination of

The “app-iscsi-priority” property

-
  “app-iscsi-priority”       gint
+
  “app-iscsi-priority”       gint

The highest User Priority (0 - 7) which iSCSI frames should use, or -1 for default priority. Only used when the “app-iscsi-flags” property includes the NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ENABLE flag.

@@ -1321,7 +1321,7 @@ property includes the

The “priority-bandwidth” property

-
  “priority-bandwidth”       GArray *
+
  “priority-bandwidth”       GArray *

An array of 8 uint values, where the array index corresponds to the User Priority (0 - 7) and the value indicates the percentage of bandwidth of the priority's assigned group that the priority may use. The sum of all @@ -1333,7 +1333,7 @@ percent.


The “priority-flow-control” property

-
  “priority-flow-control”    GArray *
+
  “priority-flow-control”    GArray *

An array of 8 boolean values, where the array index corresponds to the User Priority (0 - 7) and the value indicates whether or not the corresponding priority should transmit priority pause.

@@ -1352,7 +1352,7 @@ Flags may be any combination of

The “priority-group-bandwidth” property

-
  “priority-group-bandwidth” GArray *
+
  “priority-group-bandwidth” GArray *

An array of 8 uint values, where the array index corresponds to the Priority Group ID (0 - 7) and the value indicates the percentage of link bandwidth allocated to that group. Allowed values are 0 - 100, and the @@ -1372,7 +1372,7 @@ any combination of

The “priority-group-id” property

-
  “priority-group-id”        GArray *
+
  “priority-group-id”        GArray *

An array of 8 uint values, where the array index corresponds to the User Priority (0 - 7) and the value indicates the Priority Group ID. Allowed Priority Group ID values are 0 - 7 or 15 for the unrestricted group.

@@ -1382,7 +1382,7 @@ Priority Group ID values are 0 - 7 or 15 for the unrestricted group.


The “priority-strict-bandwidth” property

-
  “priority-strict-bandwidth” GArray *
+
  “priority-strict-bandwidth” GArray *

An array of 8 boolean values, where the array index corresponds to the User Priority (0 - 7) and the value indicates whether or not the priority may use all of the bandwidth allocated to its assigned group.

@@ -1392,7 +1392,7 @@ use all of the bandwidth allocated to its assigned group.


The “priority-traffic-class” property

-
  “priority-traffic-class”   GArray *
+
  “priority-traffic-class”   GArray *

An array of 8 uint values, where the array index corresponds to the User Priority (0 - 7) and the value indicates the traffic class (0 - 7) to which the priority is mapped.

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingGeneric.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingGeneric.html index d70b1e2a..7b85b691 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingGeneric.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingGeneric.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMSettingGeneric: libnm Reference Manual - + @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@

Functions

-
+
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@

Types and Values

-
+
@@ -70,7 +70,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingGeneric
 
@@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ optional properties that apply to "generic" devices (ie, devices that NetworkManager does not specifically recognize).

There are currently no properties on this object; it exists only to be -the "connection type" setting on NMConnections for generic devices.

+the "connection type" setting on NMConnections for generic devices.

Functions

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingGsm.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingGsm.html index 1e760541..b271da20 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingGsm.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingGsm.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMSettingGsm: libnm Reference Manual - + @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@

Functions

-
+
@@ -93,7 +93,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_gsm_get_home_only () @@ -141,7 +141,7 @@

Properties

-
+
@@ -150,36 +150,36 @@ +gchar * +gchar * - + +gchar * +gchar * +gchar * @@ -190,7 +190,7 @@ +gchar * @@ -201,19 +201,19 @@ +gchar * +gchar * +gchar * @@ -222,7 +222,7 @@

Types and Values

-
-gchar * apn Read / Write
-gchar * device-id Read / Write
gbooleangboolean home-only Read / Write
-gchar * network-id Read / Write
-gchar * number Read / Write
-gchar * password Read / Write
-gchar * pin Read / Write
-gchar * sim-id Read / Write
-gchar * sim-operator-id Read / Write
-gchar * username Read / Write
+
@@ -289,7 +289,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingGsm
 
@@ -319,7 +319,7 @@ nm_setting_gsm_new (voidNMSettingGsm *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -344,7 +344,7 @@ nm_setting_gsm_get_number (NMSettingGsm *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -369,7 +369,7 @@ nm_setting_gsm_get_username (NMSettingGsm *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -394,7 +394,7 @@ nm_setting_gsm_get_password (NMSettingGsm *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -419,7 +419,7 @@ nm_setting_gsm_get_apn (NMSettingGsm *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -444,7 +444,7 @@ nm_setting_gsm_get_network_id (NMSettingGsm *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -465,11 +465,11 @@ nm_setting_gsm_get_pin (

nm_setting_gsm_get_home_only ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_gsm_get_home_only (NMSettingGsm *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -494,7 +494,7 @@ nm_setting_gsm_get_home_only (NMSettingGsm *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -520,7 +520,7 @@ nm_setting_gsm_get_device_id (NMSettingGsm *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -546,7 +546,7 @@ nm_setting_gsm_get_sim_id (NMSettingGsm *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -572,7 +572,7 @@ nm_setting_gsm_get_sim_operator_id (NMSettingGsm *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -597,7 +597,7 @@ nm_setting_gsm_get_pin_flags (NMSettingGsm *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -705,7 +705,7 @@ nm_setting_gsm_get_password_flags (

Property Details

The “apn” property

-
  “apn”                      gchar *
+
  “apn”                      gchar *

The GPRS Access Point Name specifying the APN used when establishing a data session with the GSM-based network. The APN often determines how the user will be billed for their network usage and whether the user has @@ -719,7 +719,7 @@ The APN may only be composed of the characters a-z, 0-9, ., and - per GSM


The “device-id” property

-
  “device-id”                gchar *
+
  “device-id”                gchar *

The device unique identifier (as given by the WWAN management service) which this connection applies to. If given, the connection will only apply to the specified device.

@@ -730,8 +730,8 @@ apply to the specified device.


The “home-only” property

-
  “home-only”                gboolean
-

When TRUE, only connections to the home network will be allowed. +

  “home-only”                gboolean
+

When TRUE, only connections to the home network will be allowed. Connections to roaming networks will not be made.

Flags: Read / Write

Default value: FALSE

@@ -739,7 +739,7 @@ Connections to roaming networks will not be made.


The “network-id” property

-
  “network-id”               gchar *
+
  “network-id”               gchar *

The Network ID (GSM LAI format, ie MCC-MNC) to force specific network registration. If the Network ID is specified, NetworkManager will attempt to force the device to register only on the specified network. @@ -751,7 +751,7 @@ roaming control of the device is not otherwise possible.


The “number” property

-
  “number”                   gchar *
+
  “number”                   gchar *

Number to dial when establishing a PPP data session with the GSM-based mobile broadband network. Many modems do not require PPP for connections to the mobile network and thus this property should be left blank, which @@ -762,7 +762,7 @@ allows NetworkManager to select the appropriate settings automatically.


The “password” property

-
  “password”                 gchar *
+
  “password”                 gchar *

The password used to authenticate with the network, if required. Many providers do not require a password, or accept any password. But if a password is required, it is specified here.

@@ -779,7 +779,7 @@ password is required, it is specified here.


The “pin” property

-
  “pin”                      gchar *
+
  “pin”                      gchar *

If the SIM is locked with a PIN it must be unlocked before any other operations are requested. Specify the PIN here to allow operation of the device.

@@ -796,7 +796,7 @@ device.


The “sim-id” property

-
  “sim-id”                   gchar *
+
  “sim-id”                   gchar *

The SIM card unique identifier (as given by the WWAN management service) which this connection applies to. If given, the connection will apply to any device also allowed by “device-id” which contains a @@ -808,7 +808,7 @@ SIM card matching the given identifier.


The “sim-operator-id” property

-
  “sim-operator-id”          gchar *
+
  “sim-operator-id”          gchar *

A MCC/MNC string like "310260" or "21601" identifying the specific mobile network operator which this connection applies to. If given, the connection will apply to any device also allowed by @@ -821,7 +821,7 @@ card provisioined by the given operator.


The “username” property

-
  “username”                 gchar *
+
  “username”                 gchar *

The username used to authenticate with the network, if required. Many providers do not require a username, or accept any username. But if a username is required, it is specified here.

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingIP4Config.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingIP4Config.html index 93eeac44..84d9366f 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingIP4Config.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingIP4Config.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMSettingIP4Config: libnm Reference Manual - + @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@

Functions

-
+
@@ -68,7 +68,7 @@

Properties

-
+
@@ -77,13 +77,13 @@ +gchar * +gchar * @@ -92,7 +92,7 @@

Types and Values

-
-gchar * dhcp-client-id Read / Write
-gchar * dhcp-fqdn Read / Write
+
@@ -139,7 +139,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingIPConfig
             ╰── NMSettingIP4Config
@@ -187,7 +187,7 @@ nm_setting_ip4_config_get_dhcp_client_id
 property.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -215,7 +215,7 @@ nm_setting_ip4_config_get_dhcp_fqdn (

Parameters

-
+
@@ -308,7 +308,7 @@ through that interface to the default network.

Property Details

The “dhcp-client-id” property

-
  “dhcp-client-id”           gchar *
+
  “dhcp-client-id”           gchar *

A string sent to the DHCP server to identify the local machine which the DHCP server may use to customize the DHCP lease and options.

Flags: Read / Write

@@ -317,8 +317,8 @@ DHCP server may use to customize the DHCP lease and options.


The “dhcp-fqdn” property

-
  “dhcp-fqdn”                gchar *
-

If the “dhcp-send-hostname” property is TRUE, then the +

  “dhcp-fqdn”                gchar *
+

If the “dhcp-send-hostname” property is TRUE, then the specified FQDN will be sent to the DHCP server when acquiring a lease. This property and “dhcp-hostname” are mutually exclusive and cannot be set at the same time.

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingIP6Config.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingIP6Config.html index 641f0005..4a136aa4 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingIP6Config.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingIP6Config.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMSettingIP6Config: libnm Reference Manual - + @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@

Functions

-
+
@@ -77,7 +77,7 @@

Properties

-
+
@@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ - + @@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ +gchar * @@ -105,7 +105,7 @@

Types and Values

-
gintgint addr-gen-mode Read / Write / Construct
-gchar * token Read / Write
+
@@ -171,7 +171,7 @@
    GEnum
     ├── NMSettingIP6ConfigAddrGenMode
     ╰── NMSettingIP6ConfigPrivacy
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingIPConfig
             ╰── NMSettingIP6Config
@@ -216,7 +216,7 @@ nm_setting_ip6_config_get_ip6_privacy (
 

Parameters

-
+
@@ -244,7 +244,7 @@ nm_setting_ip6_config_get_addr_gen_mode property.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -272,7 +272,7 @@ nm_setting_ip6_config_get_token (

Parameters

-
+
@@ -378,7 +378,7 @@ supported for IPv6)

Extensions are used (RFC4941).

Members

-
+
@@ -426,7 +426,7 @@ are enabled and temporary addresses are preferred over public addresses

RFC4862 Stateless Address Autoconfiguration is created.

Members

-
+
@@ -466,7 +466,7 @@ specified by RFC7217.

Property Details

The “addr-gen-mode” property

-
  “addr-gen-mode”            gint
+
  “addr-gen-mode”            gint

Configure method for creating the address for use with RFC4862 IPv6 Stateless Address Autoconfiguration. The permitted values are: "eui64", or "stable-privacy".

@@ -516,7 +516,7 @@ setting as another way of avoiding host tracking with IPv6 addresses.


The “token” property

-
  “token”                    gchar *
+
  “token”                    gchar *

Configure the token for draft-chown-6man-tokenised-ipv6-identifiers-02 IPv6 tokenized interface identifiers. Useful with eui64 addr-gen-mode.

Flags: Read / Write

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingIPConfig.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingIPConfig.html index ecb2347e..88b0074f 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingIPConfig.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingIPConfig.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMSettingIPConfig: libnm Reference Manual - + @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@

Functions

-
+
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_ip_address_equal () @@ -131,7 +131,7 @@
-guint +guint nm_ip_address_get_prefix () @@ -155,7 +155,7 @@
-GVariant * +GVariant * nm_ip_address_get_attribute () @@ -203,7 +203,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_ip_route_equal () @@ -258,7 +258,7 @@
-guint +guint nm_ip_route_get_prefix () @@ -289,7 +289,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_ip_route_get_next_hop_binary () @@ -305,7 +305,7 @@
-gint64 +gint64 nm_ip_route_get_metric () @@ -329,7 +329,7 @@
-GVariant * +GVariant * nm_ip_route_get_attribute () @@ -352,7 +352,7 @@
-guint +guint nm_setting_ip_config_get_num_dns () @@ -367,7 +367,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ip_config_add_dns () @@ -383,7 +383,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ip_config_remove_dns_by_value () @@ -399,7 +399,7 @@
-guint +guint nm_setting_ip_config_get_num_dns_searches () @@ -414,7 +414,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ip_config_add_dns_search () @@ -430,7 +430,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ip_config_remove_dns_search_by_value () @@ -446,7 +446,7 @@
-guint +guint nm_setting_ip_config_get_num_dns_options () @@ -454,7 +454,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ip_config_has_dns_options () @@ -469,7 +469,7 @@
-gint +gint nm_setting_ip_config_next_valid_dns_option () @@ -477,7 +477,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ip_config_add_dns_option () @@ -493,7 +493,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ip_config_remove_dns_option_by_value () @@ -509,7 +509,7 @@
-gint +gint nm_setting_ip_config_get_dns_priority () @@ -517,7 +517,7 @@
-guint +guint nm_setting_ip_config_get_num_addresses () @@ -533,7 +533,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ip_config_add_address () @@ -549,7 +549,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ip_config_remove_address_by_value () @@ -572,7 +572,7 @@
-guint +guint nm_setting_ip_config_get_num_routes () @@ -588,7 +588,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ip_config_add_route () @@ -604,7 +604,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ip_config_remove_route_by_value () @@ -620,7 +620,7 @@
-gint64 +gint64 nm_setting_ip_config_get_route_metric () @@ -628,7 +628,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ip_config_get_ignore_auto_routes () @@ -636,7 +636,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ip_config_get_ignore_auto_dns () @@ -651,7 +651,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ip_config_get_dhcp_send_hostname () @@ -659,7 +659,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ip_config_get_never_default () @@ -667,7 +667,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ip_config_get_may_fail () @@ -675,7 +675,7 @@
-gint +gint nm_setting_ip_config_get_dad_timeout () @@ -683,7 +683,7 @@
-gint +gint nm_setting_ip_config_get_dhcp_timeout () @@ -694,7 +694,7 @@

Properties

-
+
@@ -703,91 +703,91 @@ +GPtrArray * - + +gchar * - + - + - + - + - + - + +gchar * - + - + - + +gchar * - + - + +GPtrArray * @@ -796,7 +796,7 @@

Types and Values

-
-GPtrArray * addresses Read / Write
gintgint dad-timeout Read / Write / Construct
-gchar * dhcp-hostname Read / Write
gbooleangboolean dhcp-send-hostname Read / Write / Construct
gintgint dhcp-timeout Read / Write
GStrvGStrv dns Read / Write
GStrvGStrv dns-options Read / Write
gintgint dns-priority Read / Write / Construct
GStrvGStrv dns-search Read / Write
-gchar * gateway Read / Write
gbooleangboolean ignore-auto-dns Read / Write / Construct
gbooleangboolean ignore-auto-routes Read / Write / Construct
gbooleangboolean may-fail Read / Write / Construct
-gchar * method Read / Write
gbooleangboolean never-default Read / Write / Construct
gint64gint64 route-metric Read / Write / Construct
-GPtrArray * routes Read / Write
+
@@ -946,7 +946,7 @@
    GBoxed
     ├── NMIPAddress
     ╰── NMIPRoute
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingIPConfig
             ├── NMSettingIP4Config
@@ -971,12 +971,12 @@ related to IP addressing, routing, and Domain Name Service.

NMIPAddress *
 nm_ip_address_new (int family,
                    const char *addr,
-                   guint prefix,
-                   GError **error);
+ guint prefix, + GError **error);

Creates a new NMIPAddress object.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1001,7 +1001,7 @@ nm_ip_address_new (int fam - + @@ -1009,7 +1009,7 @@ nm_ip_address_new (int fam

Returns

-

the new NMIPAddress object, or NULL on error.

+

the new NMIPAddress object, or NULL on error.

[transfer full]

@@ -1018,16 +1018,16 @@ nm_ip_address_new (int fam

nm_ip_address_new_binary ()

NMIPAddress *
 nm_ip_address_new_binary (int family,
-                          gconstpointer addr,
-                          guint prefix,
-                          GError **error);
+ gconstpointer addr, + guint prefix, + GError **error);

Creates a new NMIPAddress object. addr must point to a buffer of the correct size for family .

Parameters

-

error

location to store error, or NULL

location to store error, or NULL

 
+
@@ -1052,7 +1052,7 @@ correct size for family - + @@ -1060,7 +1060,7 @@ correct size for family

Returns

-

the new NMIPAddress object, or NULL on error.

+

the new NMIPAddress object, or NULL on error.

[transfer full]

@@ -1072,7 +1072,7 @@ nm_ip_address_ref (

Parameters

-

error

location to store error, or NULL

location to store error, or NULL

 
+
@@ -1095,7 +1095,7 @@ nm_ip_address_unref (

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1112,14 +1112,14 @@ reaches zero, the object will be destroyed.


nm_ip_address_equal ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_ip_address_equal (NMIPAddress *address,
                      NMIPAddress *other);

Determines if two NMIPAddress objects contain the same address and prefix (attributes are not compared).

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1142,7 +1142,7 @@ to.

Returns

-

TRUE if the objects contain the same values, FALSE if they do not.

+

TRUE if the objects contain the same values, FALSE if they do not.


@@ -1154,7 +1154,7 @@ nm_ip_address_dup (

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1183,7 +1183,7 @@ nm_ip_address_get_family (

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1209,7 +1209,7 @@ nm_ip_address_get_address (

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1240,7 +1240,7 @@ nm_ip_address_set_address (nm_utils_ipaddr_valid() to check it.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1266,7 +1266,7 @@ have a valid address, use

nm_ip_address_get_address_binary ()

void
 nm_ip_address_get_address_binary (NMIPAddress *address,
-                                  gpointer addr);
+ gpointer addr);

Gets the IP address property of this address object.

addr must point to a buffer that is the correct size for address @@ -1274,7 +1274,7 @@ nm_ip_address_get_address_binary ([skip]

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1300,7 +1300,7 @@ nm_ip_address_get_address_binary (

nm_ip_address_set_address_binary ()

void
 nm_ip_address_set_address_binary (NMIPAddress *address,
-                                  gconstpointer addr);
+ gconstpointer addr);

Sets the IP address property of this address object.

addr must point to a buffer that is the correct size for address @@ -1308,7 +1308,7 @@ nm_ip_address_set_address_binary ([skip]

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1332,13 +1332,13 @@ nm_ip_address_set_address_binary (

nm_ip_address_get_prefix ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_ip_address_get_prefix (NMIPAddress *address);

Gets the IP address prefix (ie "24" or "30" etc) property of this address object.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1361,11 +1361,11 @@ object.

nm_ip_address_set_prefix ()

void
 nm_ip_address_set_prefix (NMIPAddress *address,
-                          guint prefix);
+ guint prefix);

Sets the IP address prefix property of this address object.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1395,7 +1395,7 @@ nm_ip_address_get_attribute_names (

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1410,14 +1410,14 @@ nm_ip_address_get_attribute_names (

Returns

-

a NULL-terminated array of attribute names,.

+

a NULL-terminated array of attribute names,.

[transfer full]


nm_ip_address_get_attribute ()

-
GVariant *
+
GVariant *
 nm_ip_address_get_attribute (NMIPAddress *address,
                              const char *name);

Gets the value of the attribute with name name @@ -1425,7 +1425,7 @@ nm_ip_address_get_attribute (

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1450,7 +1450,7 @@ nm_ip_address_get_attribute (name on address -, or NULL if address +, or NULL if address has no such attribute.

[transfer none]

@@ -1461,12 +1461,12 @@ has no such attribute.

void
 nm_ip_address_set_attribute (NMIPAddress *address,
                              const char *name,
-                             GVariant *value);
+ GVariant *value);

Sets or clears the named attribute on address to the given value.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1498,14 +1498,14 @@ nm_ip_address_set_attribute (NMIPRoute * nm_ip_route_new (int family, const char *dest, - guint prefix, + guint prefix, const char *next_hop, - gint64 metric, - GError **error); + gint64 metric, + GError **error);

Creates a new NMIPRoute object.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1530,7 +1530,7 @@ nm_ip_route_new (int famil - + @@ -1540,7 +1540,7 @@ nm_ip_route_new (int famil - + @@ -1548,7 +1548,7 @@ nm_ip_route_new (int famil

Returns

-

the new NMIPRoute object, or NULL on error.

+

the new NMIPRoute object, or NULL on error.

[transfer full]

@@ -1557,19 +1557,19 @@ nm_ip_route_new (int famil

nm_ip_route_new_binary ()

NMIPRoute *
 nm_ip_route_new_binary (int family,
-                        gconstpointer dest,
-                        guint prefix,
-                        gconstpointer next_hop,
-                        gint64 metric,
-                        GError **error);
+ gconstpointer dest, + guint prefix, + gconstpointer next_hop, + gint64 metric, + GError **error);

Creates a new NMIPRoute object. dest and next_hop - (if non-NULL) must + (if non-NULL) must point to buffers of the correct size for family .

Parameters

-

next_hop

the IP address of the next hop (or NULL).

the IP address of the next hop (or NULL).

[allow-none]

error

location to store error, or NULL

location to store error, or NULL

 
+
@@ -1594,7 +1594,7 @@ point to buffers of the correct size for family - + @@ -1604,7 +1604,7 @@ point to buffers of the correct size for family - + @@ -1612,7 +1612,7 @@ point to buffers of the correct size for family

Returns

-

the new NMIPRoute object, or NULL on error.

+

the new NMIPRoute object, or NULL on error.

[transfer full]

@@ -1624,7 +1624,7 @@ nm_ip_route_ref (

Parameters

-

next_hop

the IP address of the next hop (or NULL).

the IP address of the next hop (or NULL).

[allow-none]

error

location to store error, or NULL

location to store error, or NULL

 
+
@@ -1647,7 +1647,7 @@ nm_ip_route_unref (

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1664,14 +1664,14 @@ reaches zero, the object will be destroyed.


nm_ip_route_equal ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_ip_route_equal (NMIPRoute *route,
                    NMIPRoute *other);

Determines if two NMIPRoute objects contain the same destination, prefix, next hop, and metric. (Attributes are not compared.)

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1694,7 +1694,7 @@ to.

Returns

-

TRUE if the objects contain the same values, FALSE if they do not.

+

TRUE if the objects contain the same values, FALSE if they do not.


@@ -1706,7 +1706,7 @@ nm_ip_route_dup (

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1735,7 +1735,7 @@ nm_ip_route_get_family (

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1761,7 +1761,7 @@ nm_ip_route_get_dest (

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1792,7 +1792,7 @@ nm_ip_route_set_dest (nm_utils_ipaddr_valid() to check it.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1818,7 +1818,7 @@ have a valid address, use

nm_ip_route_get_dest_binary ()

void
 nm_ip_route_get_dest_binary (NMIPRoute *route,
-                             gpointer dest);
+ gpointer dest);

Gets the destination property of this route object.

dest must point to a buffer that is the correct size for route @@ -1826,7 +1826,7 @@ nm_ip_route_get_dest_binary ([skip]

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1852,7 +1852,7 @@ nm_ip_route_get_dest_binary (

nm_ip_route_set_dest_binary ()

void
 nm_ip_route_set_dest_binary (NMIPRoute *route,
-                             gconstpointer dest);
+ gconstpointer dest);

Sets the destination property of this route object.

dest must point to a buffer that is the correct size for route @@ -1860,7 +1860,7 @@ nm_ip_route_set_dest_binary ([skip]

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1884,12 +1884,12 @@ nm_ip_route_set_dest_binary (

nm_ip_route_get_prefix ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_ip_route_get_prefix (NMIPRoute *route);

Gets the IP prefix (ie "24" or "30" etc) of this route.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1912,11 +1912,11 @@ nm_ip_route_get_prefix (

nm_ip_route_set_prefix ()

void
 nm_ip_route_set_prefix (NMIPRoute *route,
-                        guint prefix);
+ guint prefix);

Sets the prefix property of this route object.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1942,11 +1942,11 @@ nm_ip_route_set_prefix (

nm_ip_route_get_next_hop ()

const char *
 nm_ip_route_get_next_hop (NMIPRoute *route);
-

Gets the IP address of the next hop of this route; this will be NULL if the +

Gets the IP address of the next hop of this route; this will be NULL if the route has no next hop.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1961,7 +1961,7 @@ route has no next hop.

Returns

-

the IP address of the next hop, or NULL if this is a device route.

+

the IP address of the next hop, or NULL if this is a device route.


@@ -1972,13 +1972,13 @@ nm_ip_route_set_next_hop (const char *next_hop);

Sets the next-hop property of this route object.

next_hop - (if non-NULL) must be a valid address of route + (if non-NULL) must be a valid address of route 's family. If you aren't sure you have a valid address, use nm_utils_ipaddr_valid() to check it.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2002,9 +2002,9 @@ it.


nm_ip_route_get_next_hop_binary ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_ip_route_get_next_hop_binary (NMIPRoute *route,
-                                 gpointer next_hop);
+ gpointer next_hop);

Gets the next hop property of this route object.

next_hop must point to a buffer that is the correct size for route @@ -2012,7 +2012,7 @@ nm_ip_route_get_next_hop_binary ([skip]

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2034,8 +2034,8 @@ nm_ip_route_get_next_hop_binary (

Returns

-

TRUE if route -has a next hop, FALSE if not (in which case +

TRUE if route +has a next hop, FALSE if not (in which case next_hop will be zeroed out)

@@ -2045,16 +2045,16 @@ will be zeroed out)

nm_ip_route_set_next_hop_binary ()

void
 nm_ip_route_set_next_hop_binary (NMIPRoute *route,
-                                 gconstpointer next_hop);
+ gconstpointer next_hop);

Sets the destination property of this route object.

next_hop - (if non-NULL) must point to a buffer that is the correct size for + (if non-NULL) must point to a buffer that is the correct size for route 's family.

[skip]

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2078,14 +2078,14 @@ nm_ip_route_set_next_hop_binary (

nm_ip_route_get_metric ()

-
gint64
+
gint64
 nm_ip_route_get_metric (NMIPRoute *route);

Gets the route metric property of this route object; lower values indicate "better" or more preferred routes; -1 indicates "default" (meaning NetworkManager will set it appropriately).

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2108,11 +2108,11 @@ indicate "better" or more preferred routes; -1 indicates "default"

nm_ip_route_set_metric ()

void
 nm_ip_route_set_metric (NMIPRoute *route,
-                        gint64 metric);
+ gint64 metric);

Sets the metric property of this route object.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2142,7 +2142,7 @@ nm_ip_route_get_attribute_names (

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2157,14 +2157,14 @@ nm_ip_route_get_attribute_names (

Returns

-

a NULL-terminated array of attribute names.

+

a NULL-terminated array of attribute names.

[transfer full]


nm_ip_route_get_attribute ()

-
GVariant *
+
GVariant *
 nm_ip_route_get_attribute (NMIPRoute *route,
                            const char *name);

Gets the value of the attribute with name name @@ -2172,7 +2172,7 @@ nm_ip_route_get_attribute (

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2197,7 +2197,7 @@ nm_ip_route_get_attribute (name on route -, or NULL if route +, or NULL if route has no such attribute.

[transfer none]

@@ -2208,12 +2208,12 @@ has no such attribute.

void
 nm_ip_route_set_attribute (NMIPRoute *route,
                            const char *name,
-                           GVariant *value);
+ GVariant *value);

Sets the named attribute on route to the given value.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2246,7 +2246,7 @@ nm_ip_route_set_attribute (NMSettingIPConfig *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2269,11 +2269,11 @@ methods available with each type.


nm_setting_ip_config_get_num_dns ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_ip_config_get_num_dns (NMSettingIPConfig *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2299,7 +2299,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_get_dns (int idx);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2328,13 +2328,13 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_get_dns (

nm_setting_ip_config_add_dns ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip_config_add_dns (NMSettingIPConfig *setting,
                               const char *dns);

Adds a new DNS server to the setting.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2356,7 +2356,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_add_dns (

Returns

-

TRUE if the DNS server was added; FALSE if the server was already +

TRUE if the DNS server was added; FALSE if the server was already known

@@ -2370,7 +2370,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_remove_dns (

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2394,7 +2394,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_remove_dns (

nm_setting_ip_config_remove_dns_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip_config_remove_dns_by_value
                                (NMSettingIPConfig *setting,
                                 const char *dns);
@@ -2402,7 +2402,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_remove_dns_by_value .

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2424,7 +2424,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_remove_dns_by_value

Returns

-

TRUE if the DNS server was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

+

TRUE if the DNS server was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.


@@ -2435,7 +2435,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_clear_dns (Removes all configured DNS servers.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2452,12 +2452,12 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_clear_dns (

nm_setting_ip_config_get_num_dns_searches ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_ip_config_get_num_dns_searches
                                (NMSettingIPConfig *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2483,7 +2483,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_get_dns_search (int idx);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2512,13 +2512,13 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_get_dns_search (

nm_setting_ip_config_add_dns_search ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip_config_add_dns_search (NMSettingIPConfig *setting,
                                      const char *dns_search);

Adds a new DNS search domain to the setting.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2540,7 +2540,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_add_dns_search (

Returns

-

TRUE if the DNS search domain was added; FALSE if the search +

TRUE if the DNS search domain was added; FALSE if the search domain was already known

@@ -2555,7 +2555,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_remove_dns_search .

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2579,7 +2579,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_remove_dns_search

nm_setting_ip_config_remove_dns_search_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip_config_remove_dns_search_by_value
                                (NMSettingIPConfig *setting,
                                 const char *dns_search);
@@ -2587,7 +2587,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_remove_dns_search_by_value .

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2609,7 +2609,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_remove_dns_search_by_value

Returns

-

TRUE if the DNS search domain was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

+

TRUE if the DNS search domain was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

Since 0.9.10

@@ -2622,7 +2622,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_clear_dns_searches

Removes all configured DNS search domains.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2639,12 +2639,12 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_clear_dns_searches

nm_setting_ip_config_get_num_dns_options ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_ip_config_get_num_dns_options
                                (NMSettingIPConfig *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2666,7 +2666,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_get_num_dns_options

nm_setting_ip_config_has_dns_options ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip_config_has_dns_options (NMSettingIPConfig *setting);

NMSettingIPConfig can have a list of dns-options. If the list is empty, there are two similar (but differentiated) states. @@ -2675,7 +2675,7 @@ or the options are left undefined. The latter means to use a default configuration, while the former explicitly means "no-options".

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2698,10 +2698,10 @@ a default configuration, while the former explicitly means "no-options".

nm_setting_ip_config_get_dns_option ()

const char *
 nm_setting_ip_config_get_dns_option (NMSettingIPConfig *setting,
-                                     guint idx);
+ guint idx);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2731,13 +2731,13 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_get_dns_option (

nm_setting_ip_config_next_valid_dns_option ()

-
gint
+
gint
 nm_setting_ip_config_next_valid_dns_option
                                (NMSettingIPConfig *setting,
-                                guint idx);
+ guint idx);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2768,13 +2768,13 @@ DNS option, or -1 if no valid option is found


nm_setting_ip_config_add_dns_option ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip_config_add_dns_option (NMSettingIPConfig *setting,
                                      const char *dns_option);

Adds a new DNS option to the setting.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2796,7 +2796,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_add_dns_option (

Returns

-

TRUE if the DNS option was added; FALSE otherwise

+

TRUE if the DNS option was added; FALSE otherwise

Since: 1.2

@@ -2811,7 +2811,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_remove_dns_option .

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2836,7 +2836,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_remove_dns_option

nm_setting_ip_config_remove_dns_option_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip_config_remove_dns_option_by_value
                                (NMSettingIPConfig *setting,
                                 const char *dns_option);
@@ -2844,7 +2844,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_remove_dns_option_by_value .

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2866,7 +2866,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_remove_dns_option_by_value

Returns

-

TRUE if the DNS option was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

+

TRUE if the DNS option was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

Since: 1.2

@@ -2876,11 +2876,11 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_remove_dns_option_by_value
void
 nm_setting_ip_config_clear_dns_options
                                (NMSettingIPConfig *setting,
-                                gboolean is_set);
+ gboolean is_set);

Removes all configured DNS options.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2906,11 +2906,11 @@ Specify how to clear the options.


nm_setting_ip_config_get_dns_priority ()

-
gint
+
gint
 nm_setting_ip_config_get_dns_priority (NMSettingIPConfig *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2932,12 +2932,12 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_get_dns_priority (

nm_setting_ip_config_get_num_addresses ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_ip_config_get_num_addresses
                                (NMSettingIPConfig *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2963,7 +2963,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_get_address (int idx);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2993,14 +2993,14 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_get_address (

nm_setting_ip_config_add_address ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip_config_add_address (NMSettingIPConfig *setting,
                                   NMIPAddress *address);

Adds a new IP address and associated information to the setting. The given address is duplicated internally and is not changed by this function.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -3022,7 +3022,7 @@ given address is duplicated internally and is not changed by this function.

Returns

-

TRUE if the address was added; FALSE if the address was already +

TRUE if the address was added; FALSE if the address was already known.

@@ -3036,7 +3036,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_remove_address (

Parameters

-
+
@@ -3060,7 +3060,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_remove_address (

nm_setting_ip_config_remove_address_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip_config_remove_address_by_value
                                (NMSettingIPConfig *setting,
                                 NMIPAddress *address);
@@ -3068,7 +3068,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_remove_address_by_value .

Parameters

-
+
@@ -3090,7 +3090,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_remove_address_by_value

Returns

-

TRUE if the address was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

+

TRUE if the address was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.


@@ -3101,7 +3101,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_clear_addresses (

Parameters

-
+
@@ -3122,7 +3122,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_clear_addresses (NMSettingIPConfig *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -3138,17 +3138,17 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_get_gateway (

Returns

the IP address of the gateway associated with this configuration, or -NULL.

+NULL.


nm_setting_ip_config_get_num_routes ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_ip_config_get_num_routes (NMSettingIPConfig *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -3174,7 +3174,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_get_route (int idx);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -3204,14 +3204,14 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_get_route (

nm_setting_ip_config_add_route ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip_config_add_route (NMSettingIPConfig *setting,
                                 NMIPRoute *route);

Adds a new route and associated information to the setting. The given route is duplicated internally and is not changed by this function.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -3233,7 +3233,7 @@ given route is duplicated internally and is not changed by this function.

Returns

-

TRUE if the route was added; FALSE if the route was already known.

+

TRUE if the route was added; FALSE if the route was already known.


@@ -3246,7 +3246,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_remove_route (

Parameters

-
+
@@ -3270,7 +3270,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_remove_route (

nm_setting_ip_config_remove_route_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip_config_remove_route_by_value
                                (NMSettingIPConfig *setting,
                                 NMIPRoute *route);
@@ -3278,7 +3278,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_remove_route_by_value .

Parameters

-
+
@@ -3300,7 +3300,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_remove_route_by_value

Returns

-

TRUE if the route was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

+

TRUE if the route was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.


@@ -3311,7 +3311,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_clear_routes (Removes all configured routes.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -3328,13 +3328,13 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_clear_routes (

nm_setting_ip_config_get_route_metric ()

-
gint64
+
gint64
 nm_setting_ip_config_get_route_metric (NMSettingIPConfig *setting);

Returns the value contained in the “route-metric” property.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -3356,14 +3356,14 @@ specify a metric. See

nm_setting_ip_config_get_ignore_auto_routes ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip_config_get_ignore_auto_routes
                                (NMSettingIPConfig *setting);

Returns the value contained in the “ignore-auto-routes” property.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -3378,21 +3378,21 @@ property.

Returns

-

TRUE if automatically configured (ie via DHCP) routes should be +

TRUE if automatically configured (ie via DHCP) routes should be ignored.


nm_setting_ip_config_get_ignore_auto_dns ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip_config_get_ignore_auto_dns
                                (NMSettingIPConfig *setting);

Returns the value contained in the “ignore-auto-dns” property.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -3407,7 +3407,7 @@ property.

Returns

-

TRUE if automatically configured (ie via DHCP) DNS information +

TRUE if automatically configured (ie via DHCP) DNS information should be ignored.

@@ -3421,7 +3421,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_get_dhcp_hostname property.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -3442,14 +3442,14 @@ property.


nm_setting_ip_config_get_dhcp_send_hostname ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip_config_get_dhcp_send_hostname
                                (NMSettingIPConfig *setting);

Returns the value contained in the “dhcp-send-hostname” property.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -3464,7 +3464,7 @@ property.

Returns

-

TRUE if NetworkManager should send the machine hostname to the +

TRUE if NetworkManager should send the machine hostname to the DHCP server when requesting addresses to allow the server to automatically update DNS information for this machine.

@@ -3472,14 +3472,14 @@ update DNS information for this machine.


nm_setting_ip_config_get_never_default ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip_config_get_never_default
                                (NMSettingIPConfig *setting);

Returns the value contained in the “never-default” property.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -3494,20 +3494,20 @@ property.

Returns

-

TRUE if this connection should never be the default +

TRUE if this connection should never be the default connection


nm_setting_ip_config_get_may_fail ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip_config_get_may_fail (NMSettingIPConfig *setting);

Returns the value contained in the “may-fail” property.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -3522,18 +3522,18 @@ property.

Returns

-

TRUE if this connection doesn't require this type of IP +

TRUE if this connection doesn't require this type of IP addressing to complete for the connection to succeed.


nm_setting_ip_config_get_dad_timeout ()

-
gint
+
gint
 nm_setting_ip_config_get_dad_timeout (NMSettingIPConfig *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -3555,13 +3555,13 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_get_dad_timeout (

nm_setting_ip_config_get_dhcp_timeout ()

-
gint
+
gint
 nm_setting_ip_config_get_dhcp_timeout (NMSettingIPConfig *setting);

Returns the value contained in the “dhcp-timeout” property.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -3791,7 +3791,7 @@ the particular kind of device.

Property Details

The “addresses” property

-
  “addresses”                GPtrArray *
+
  “addresses”                GPtrArray *

Array of IP addresses.

Element-Type: NMIPAddress

Flags: Read / Write

@@ -3799,7 +3799,7 @@ the particular kind of device.


The “dad-timeout” property

-
  “dad-timeout”              gint
+
  “dad-timeout”              gint

Timeout in milliseconds used to check for the presence of duplicate IP addresses on the network. If an address conflict is detected, the activation will fail. A zero value means that no duplicate address @@ -3814,8 +3814,8 @@ timeout in milliseconds.


The “dhcp-hostname” property

-
  “dhcp-hostname”            gchar *
-

If the “dhcp-send-hostname” property is TRUE, then the +

  “dhcp-hostname”            gchar *
+

If the “dhcp-send-hostname” property is TRUE, then the specified name will be sent to the DHCP server when acquiring a lease. This property and “dhcp-fqdn” are mutually exclusive and cannot be set at the same time.

@@ -3825,19 +3825,19 @@ cannot be set at the same time.


The “dhcp-send-hostname” property

-
  “dhcp-send-hostname”       gboolean
-

If TRUE, a hostname is sent to the DHCP server when acquiring a lease. +

  “dhcp-send-hostname”       gboolean
+

If TRUE, a hostname is sent to the DHCP server when acquiring a lease. Some DHCP servers use this hostname to update DNS databases, essentially providing a static hostname for the computer. If the -“dhcp-hostname” property is NULL and this property is -TRUE, the current persistent hostname of the computer is sent.

+“dhcp-hostname” property is NULL and this property is +TRUE, the current persistent hostname of the computer is sent.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

Default value: TRUE


The “dhcp-timeout” property

-
  “dhcp-timeout”             gint
+
  “dhcp-timeout”             gint

A timeout for a DHCP transaction in seconds.

Flags: Read / Write

Allowed values: >= 0

@@ -3846,16 +3846,16 @@ providing a static hostname for the computer. If the

The “dns” property

-
  “dns”                      GStrv
+
  “dns”                      GStrv

Array of IP addresses of DNS servers.

Flags: Read / Write


The “dns-options” property

-
  “dns-options”              GStrv
+
  “dns-options”              GStrv

Array of DNS options.

-

NULL means that the options are unset and left at the default. +

NULL means that the options are unset and left at the default. In this case NetworkManager will use default options. This is distinct from an empty list of properties.

Flags: Read / Write

@@ -3864,7 +3864,7 @@ distinct from an empty list of properties.


The “dns-priority” property

-
  “dns-priority”             gint
+
  “dns-priority”             gint

DNS priority.

The relative priority to be used when determining the order of DNS servers in resolv.conf. A lower value means that servers will be on top @@ -3884,14 +3884,14 @@ value will be used.


The “dns-search” property

-
  “dns-search”               GStrv
+
  “dns-search”               GStrv

Array of DNS search domains.

Flags: Read / Write


The “gateway” property

-
  “gateway”                  gchar *
+
  “gateway”                  gchar *

The gateway associated with this configuration. This is only meaningful if “addresses” is also set.

Flags: Read / Write

@@ -3900,9 +3900,9 @@ if

The “ignore-auto-dns” property

-
  “ignore-auto-dns”          gboolean
+
  “ignore-auto-dns”          gboolean

When “method” is set to "auto" and this property to -TRUE, automatically configured nameservers and search domains are +TRUE, automatically configured nameservers and search domains are ignored and only nameservers and search domains specified in the “dns” and “dns-search” properties, if any, are used.

@@ -3912,9 +3912,9 @@ any, are used.


The “ignore-auto-routes” property

-
  “ignore-auto-routes”       gboolean
+
  “ignore-auto-routes”       gboolean

When “method” is set to "auto" and this property to -TRUE, automatically configured routes are ignored and only routes +TRUE, automatically configured routes are ignored and only routes specified in the “routes” property, if any, are used.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

Default value: FALSE

@@ -3922,12 +3922,12 @@ specified in the

The “may-fail” property

-
  “may-fail”                 gboolean
-

If TRUE, allow overall network configuration to proceed even if the +

  “may-fail”                 gboolean
+

If TRUE, allow overall network configuration to proceed even if the configuration specified by this property times out. Note that at least one IP configuration must succeed or overall network configuration will still fail. For example, in IPv6-only networks, setting this property to -TRUE on the NMSettingIP4Config allows the overall network configuration +TRUE on the NMSettingIP4Config allows the overall network configuration to succeed if IPv4 configuration fails but IPv6 configuration completes successfully.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

@@ -3936,7 +3936,7 @@ successfully.


The “method” property

-
  “method”                   gchar *
+
  “method”                   gchar *

IP configuration method.

NMSettingIP4Config and NMSettingIP6Config both support "auto", "manual", and "link-local". See the subclass-specific documentation for @@ -3956,8 +3956,8 @@ manual IPv4 address or otherwise 10.42.x.0/24 is chosen.


The “never-default” property

-
  “never-default”            gboolean
-

If TRUE, this connection will never be the default connection for this +

  “never-default”            gboolean
+

If TRUE, this connection will never be the default connection for this IP type, meaning it will never be assigned the default route by NetworkManager.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

@@ -3966,7 +3966,7 @@ NetworkManager.


The “route-metric” property

-
  “route-metric”             gint64
+
  “route-metric”             gint64

The default metric for routes that don't explicitly specify a metric. The default value -1 means that the metric is choosen automatically based on the device type. @@ -3984,7 +3984,7 @@ For IPv4, zero is a regular value for the metric.


The “routes” property

-
  “routes”                   GPtrArray *
+
  “routes”                   GPtrArray *

Array of IP routes.

Element-Type: NMIPRoute

Flags: Read / Write

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingIPTunnel.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingIPTunnel.html index 52f209c1..f87f9668 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingIPTunnel.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingIPTunnel.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMSettingIPTunnel: libnm Reference Manual - + @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@

Functions

-
+
@@ -80,7 +80,7 @@
-guint +guint nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_ttl () @@ -88,7 +88,7 @@
-guint +guint nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_tos () @@ -96,7 +96,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_path_mtu_discovery () @@ -118,7 +118,7 @@
-guint +guint nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_encapsulation_limit () @@ -126,7 +126,7 @@
-guint +guint nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_flow_label () @@ -134,7 +134,7 @@
-guint +guint nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_mtu () @@ -145,7 +145,7 @@

Properties

-
+
@@ -153,67 +153,67 @@ - + - + +gchar * +gchar * - + - + +gchar * +gchar * - + +gchar * - + - + @@ -222,7 +222,7 @@

Types and Values

-
guintguint encapsulation-limit Read / Write / Construct
guintguint flow-label Read / Write / Construct
-gchar * input-key Read / Write
-gchar * local Read / Write
guintguint mode Read / Write
guintguint mtu Read / Write / Construct
-gchar * output-key Read / Write
-gchar * parent Read / Write
gbooleangboolean path-mtu-discovery Read / Write / Construct
-gchar * remote Read / Write
guintguint tos Read / Write / Construct
guintguint ttl Read / Write / Construct
+
@@ -289,7 +289,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingIPTunnel
 
@@ -319,7 +319,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_parent (Returns the “parent” property of the setting

Parameters

-
+
@@ -346,7 +346,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_mode (Returns the “mode” property of the setting.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -373,7 +373,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_local (Returns the “local” property of the setting.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -400,7 +400,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_remote (Returns the “remote” property of the setting.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -422,12 +422,12 @@ nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_remote (

nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_ttl ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_ttl (NMSettingIPTunnel *setting);

Returns the “ttl” property of the setting.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -449,12 +449,12 @@ nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_ttl (

nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_tos ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_tos (NMSettingIPTunnel *setting);

Returns the “tos” property of the setting.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -476,13 +476,13 @@ nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_tos (

nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_path_mtu_discovery ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_path_mtu_discovery
                                (NMSettingIPTunnel *setting);

Returns the “path-mtu-discovery” property of the setting.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -509,7 +509,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_input_key (Returns the “input-key” property of the setting.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -536,7 +536,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_output_key (Returns the “output-key” property of the setting.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -558,13 +558,13 @@ nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_output_key (

nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_encapsulation_limit ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_encapsulation_limit
                                (NMSettingIPTunnel *setting);

Returns the “encapsulation-limit” property of the setting.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -586,12 +586,12 @@ nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_encapsulation_limit

nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_flow_label ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_flow_label (NMSettingIPTunnel *setting);

Returns the “flow-label” property of the setting.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -613,12 +613,12 @@ nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_flow_label (

nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_mtu ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_mtu (NMSettingIPTunnel *setting);

Returns the “mtu” property of the setting.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -727,7 +727,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_mtu (

Property Details

The “encapsulation-limit” property

-
  “encapsulation-limit”      guint
+
  “encapsulation-limit”      guint

How many additional levels of encapsulation are permitted to be prepended to packets. This property applies only to IPv6 tunnels.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

@@ -738,7 +738,7 @@ to packets. This property applies only to IPv6 tunnels.


The “flow-label” property

-
  “flow-label”               guint
+
  “flow-label”               guint

The flow label to assign to tunnel packets. This property applies only to IPv6 tunnels.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

@@ -749,7 +749,7 @@ IPv6 tunnels.


The “input-key” property

-
  “input-key”                gchar *
+
  “input-key”                gchar *

The key used for tunnel input packets; the property is valid only for certain tunnel modes (GRE, IP6GRE). If empty, no key is used.

Flags: Read / Write

@@ -759,7 +759,7 @@ certain tunnel modes (GRE, IP6GRE). If empty, no key is used.


The “local” property

-
  “local”                    gchar *
+
  “local”                    gchar *

The local endpoint of the tunnel; the value can be empty, otherwise it must contain an IPv4 or IPv6 address.

Flags: Read / Write

@@ -769,7 +769,7 @@ must contain an IPv4 or IPv6 address.


The “mode” property

-
  “mode”                     guint
+
  “mode”                     guint

The tunneling mode, for example NM_IP_TUNNEL_MODE_IPIP or NM_IP_TUNNEL_MODE_GRE.

Flags: Read / Write

@@ -779,14 +779,14 @@ must contain an IPv4 or IPv6 address.


The “mtu” property

-
  “mtu”                      guint
+
  “mtu”                      guint

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

Default value: 0


The “output-key” property

-
  “output-key”               gchar *
+
  “output-key”               gchar *

The key used for tunnel output packets; the property is valid only for certain tunnel modes (GRE, IP6GRE). If empty, no key is used.

Flags: Read / Write

@@ -796,7 +796,7 @@ certain tunnel modes (GRE, IP6GRE). If empty, no key is used.


The “parent” property

-
  “parent”                   gchar *
+
  “parent”                   gchar *

If given, specifies the parent interface name or parent connection UUID the new device will be bound to so that tunneled packets will only be routed via that interface.

@@ -807,7 +807,7 @@ routed via that interface.


The “path-mtu-discovery” property

-
  “path-mtu-discovery”       gboolean
+
  “path-mtu-discovery”       gboolean

Whether to enable Path MTU Discovery on this tunnel.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

Default value: TRUE

@@ -816,7 +816,7 @@ routed via that interface.


The “remote” property

-
  “remote”                   gchar *
+
  “remote”                   gchar *

The remote endpoint of the tunnel; the value must contain an IPv4 or IPv6 address.

Flags: Read / Write

@@ -826,7 +826,7 @@ address.


The “tos” property

-
  “tos”                      guint
+
  “tos”                      guint

The type of service (IPv4) or traffic class (IPv6) field to be set on tunneled packets.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

@@ -837,7 +837,7 @@ tunneled packets.


The “ttl” property

-
  “ttl”                      guint
+
  “ttl”                      guint

The TTL to assign to tunneled packets. 0 is a special value meaning that packets inherit the TTL value.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingInfiniband.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingInfiniband.html index c2fd7ef3..1d076ee3 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingInfiniband.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingInfiniband.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMSettingInfiniband: libnm Reference Manual - + @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@

Functions

-
+
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_infiniband_get_mtu () @@ -98,7 +98,7 @@

Properties

-
+
@@ -107,29 +107,29 @@ +gchar * - + - + +gchar * +gchar * @@ -138,7 +138,7 @@

Types and Values

-
-gchar * mac-address Read / Write
guintguint mtu Read / Write / Construct
gintgint p-key Read / Write / Construct
-gchar * parent Read / Write / Construct
-gchar * transport-mode Read / Write / Construct
+
@@ -177,7 +177,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingInfiniband
 
@@ -207,7 +207,7 @@ nm_setting_infiniband_new (voidNMSettingInfiniband *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -228,11 +228,11 @@ nm_setting_infiniband_get_mac_address (

nm_setting_infiniband_get_mtu ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_infiniband_get_mtu (NMSettingInfiniband *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -260,7 +260,7 @@ nm_setting_infiniband_get_transport_mode 'connected'.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -288,7 +288,7 @@ use the default P_Key (aka "the P_Key at index 0"). Otherwise it is a 16-bit unsigned integer.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -314,7 +314,7 @@ nm_setting_infiniband_get_parent (Returns the parent interface name for this device, if set.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -340,10 +340,10 @@ nm_setting_infiniband_get_virtual_interface_name (NMSettingInfiniband *setting);

Returns the interface name created by combining “parent” and “p-key”. (If either property is unset, this will -return NULL.)

+return NULL.)

Parameters

-
+
@@ -358,7 +358,7 @@ return

Returns

-

the interface name, or NULL

+

the interface name, or NULL

@@ -409,7 +409,7 @@ return

Property Details

The “mac-address” property

-
  “mac-address”              gchar *
+
  “mac-address”              gchar *

If specified, this connection will only apply to the IPoIB device whose permanent MAC address matches. This property does not change the MAC address of the device (i.e. MAC spoofing).

@@ -419,7 +419,7 @@ address of the device (i.e. MAC spoofing).


The “mtu” property

-
  “mtu”                      guint
+
  “mtu”                      guint

If non-zero, only transmit packets of the specified size or smaller, breaking larger packets up into multiple frames.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

@@ -428,7 +428,7 @@ breaking larger packets up into multiple frames.


The “p-key” property

-
  “p-key”                    gint
+
  “p-key”                    gint

The InfiniBand P_Key to use for this device. A value of -1 means to use the default P_Key (aka "the P_Key at index 0"). Otherwise it is a 16-bit unsigned integer, whose high bit is set if it is a "full membership" @@ -440,8 +440,8 @@ P_Key.


The “parent” property

-
  “parent”                   gchar *
-

The interface name of the parent device of this device. Normally NULL, +

  “parent”                   gchar *
+

The interface name of the parent device of this device. Normally NULL, but if the “p_key” property is set, then you must specify the base device by setting either this property or “mac-address”.

@@ -451,7 +451,7 @@ specify the base device by setting either this property or

The “transport-mode” property

-
  “transport-mode”           gchar *
+
  “transport-mode”           gchar *

The IP-over-InfiniBand transport mode. Either "datagram" or "connected".

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingMacvlan.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingMacvlan.html index 140fc088..ed25ec8a 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingMacvlan.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingMacvlan.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMSettingMacvlan: libnm Reference Manual - + @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@

Functions

-
+
@@ -66,7 +66,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_macvlan_get_promiscuous () @@ -74,7 +74,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_macvlan_get_tap () @@ -85,7 +85,7 @@

Properties

-
+
@@ -93,23 +93,23 @@ - + +gchar * - + - + @@ -118,7 +118,7 @@

Types and Values

-
guintguint mode Read / Write / Construct
-gchar * parent Read / Write / Construct
gbooleangboolean promiscuous Read / Write / Construct
gbooleangboolean tap Read / Write / Construct
+
@@ -159,7 +159,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

    GEnum
     ╰── NMSettingMacvlanMode
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingMacvlan
 
@@ -190,7 +190,7 @@ nm_setting_macvlan_new (voidNMSettingMacvlan *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -216,7 +216,7 @@ nm_setting_macvlan_get_parent (NMSettingMacvlan *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -238,11 +238,11 @@ nm_setting_macvlan_get_mode (

nm_setting_macvlan_get_promiscuous ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_macvlan_get_promiscuous (NMSettingMacvlan *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -264,11 +264,11 @@ nm_setting_macvlan_get_promiscuous (

nm_setting_macvlan_get_tap ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_macvlan_get_tap (NMSettingMacvlan *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -329,7 +329,7 @@ nm_setting_macvlan_get_tap (

enum NMSettingMacvlanMode

Members

-
+
@@ -397,7 +397,7 @@ nm_setting_macvlan_get_tap (

Property Details

The “mode” property

-
  “mode”                     guint
+
  “mode”                     guint

The macvlan mode, which specifies the communication mechanism between multiple macvlans on the same lower device.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

@@ -407,7 +407,7 @@ macvlans on the same lower device.


The “parent” property

-
  “parent”                   gchar *
+
  “parent”                   gchar *

If given, specifies the parent interface name or parent connection UUID from which this MAC-VLAN interface should be created. If this property is not specified, the connection must contain an NMSettingWired setting @@ -419,7 +419,7 @@ with a

The “promiscuous” property

-
  “promiscuous”              gboolean
+
  “promiscuous”              gboolean

Whether the interface should be put in promiscuous mode.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

Default value: TRUE

@@ -428,7 +428,7 @@ with a

The “tap” property

-
  “tap”                      gboolean
+
  “tap”                      gboolean

Whether the interface should be a MACVTAP.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

Default value: FALSE

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingOlpcMesh.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingOlpcMesh.html index ac964279..a7bb2b97 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingOlpcMesh.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingOlpcMesh.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMSettingOlpcMesh: libnm Reference Manual - + @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@

Functions

-
+
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@
-GBytes * +GBytes * nm_setting_olpc_mesh_get_ssid () @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_olpc_mesh_get_channel () @@ -77,7 +77,7 @@

Properties

-
+
@@ -85,19 +85,19 @@ - + +gchar * +GBytes * @@ -106,7 +106,7 @@

Types and Values

-
guintguint channel Read / Write / Construct
-gchar * dhcp-anycast-address Read / Write
-GBytes * ssid Read / Write
+
@@ -137,7 +137,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingOlpcMesh
 
@@ -162,11 +162,11 @@ nm_setting_olpc_mesh_new (void

nm_setting_olpc_mesh_get_ssid ()

-
GBytes *
+
GBytes *
 nm_setting_olpc_mesh_get_ssid (NMSettingOlpcMesh *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -188,7 +188,7 @@ nm_setting_olpc_mesh_get_ssid (

nm_setting_olpc_mesh_get_channel ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_olpc_mesh_get_channel (NMSettingOlpcMesh *setting);

@@ -234,7 +234,7 @@ nm_setting_olpc_mesh_get_dhcp_anycast_address

Property Details

The “channel” property

-
  “channel”                  guint
+
  “channel”                  guint

Channel on which the mesh network to join is located.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

Default value: 0

@@ -242,7 +242,7 @@ nm_setting_olpc_mesh_get_dhcp_anycast_address

The “dhcp-anycast-address” property

-
  “dhcp-anycast-address”     gchar *
+
  “dhcp-anycast-address”     gchar *

Anycast DHCP MAC address used when requesting an IP address via DHCP. The specific anycast address used determines which DHCP server class answers the request.

@@ -252,7 +252,7 @@ answers the request.


The “ssid” property

-
  “ssid”                     GBytes *
+
  “ssid”                     GBytes *

SSID of the mesh network to join.

Flags: Read / Write

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingPpp.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingPpp.html index 3115d526..a2891108 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingPpp.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingPpp.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMSettingPpp: libnm Reference Manual - + @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

Functions

-
+
@@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ppp_get_noauth () @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_eap () @@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_pap () @@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_chap () @@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_mschap () @@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_mschapv2 () @@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ppp_get_nobsdcomp () @@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ppp_get_nodeflate () @@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ppp_get_no_vj_comp () @@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ppp_get_require_mppe () @@ -132,7 +132,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ppp_get_require_mppe_128 () @@ -140,7 +140,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ppp_get_mppe_stateful () @@ -148,7 +148,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ppp_get_crtscts () @@ -156,7 +156,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

-guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_ppp_get_baud () @@ -164,7 +164,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

-guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_ppp_get_mru () @@ -172,7 +172,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

-guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_ppp_get_mtu () @@ -180,7 +180,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

-guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_ppp_get_lcp_echo_failure () @@ -188,7 +188,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

-guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_ppp_get_lcp_echo_interval () @@ -199,7 +199,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

Properties

-
+
@@ -207,92 +207,92 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

- + - + - + - + - + - + - + - + - + - + - + - + - + - + - + - + - + - + @@ -301,7 +301,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

Types and Values

-
guintguint baud Read / Write / Construct
gbooleangboolean crtscts Read / Write / Construct
guintguint lcp-echo-failure Read / Write / Construct
guintguint lcp-echo-interval Read / Write / Construct
gbooleangboolean mppe-stateful Read / Write / Construct
guintguint mru Read / Write / Construct
guintguint mtu Read / Write / Construct
gbooleangboolean no-vj-comp Read / Write / Construct
gbooleangboolean noauth Read / Write / Construct
gbooleangboolean nobsdcomp Read / Write / Construct
gbooleangboolean nodeflate Read / Write / Construct
gbooleangboolean refuse-chap Read / Write / Construct
gbooleangboolean refuse-eap Read / Write / Construct
gbooleangboolean refuse-mschap Read / Write / Construct
gbooleangboolean refuse-mschapv2 Read / Write / Construct
gbooleangboolean refuse-pap Read / Write / Construct
gbooleangboolean require-mppe Read / Write / Construct
gbooleangboolean require-mppe-128 Read / Write / Construct
+
@@ -392,7 +392,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingPpp
 
@@ -419,11 +419,11 @@ nm_setting_ppp_new (void

nm_setting_ppp_get_noauth ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ppp_get_noauth (NMSettingPpp *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -444,11 +444,11 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_noauth (

nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_eap ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_eap (NMSettingPpp *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -469,11 +469,11 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_eap (

nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_pap ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_pap (NMSettingPpp *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -494,11 +494,11 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_pap (

nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_chap ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_chap (NMSettingPpp *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -519,11 +519,11 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_chap (

nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_mschap ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_mschap (NMSettingPpp *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -544,11 +544,11 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_mschap (

nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_mschapv2 ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_mschapv2 (NMSettingPpp *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -569,11 +569,11 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_mschapv2 (

nm_setting_ppp_get_nobsdcomp ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ppp_get_nobsdcomp (NMSettingPpp *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -594,11 +594,11 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_nobsdcomp (

nm_setting_ppp_get_nodeflate ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ppp_get_nodeflate (NMSettingPpp *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -619,11 +619,11 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_nodeflate (

nm_setting_ppp_get_no_vj_comp ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ppp_get_no_vj_comp (NMSettingPpp *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -644,11 +644,11 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_no_vj_comp (

nm_setting_ppp_get_require_mppe ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ppp_get_require_mppe (NMSettingPpp *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -669,11 +669,11 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_require_mppe (

nm_setting_ppp_get_require_mppe_128 ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ppp_get_require_mppe_128 (NMSettingPpp *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -694,11 +694,11 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_require_mppe_128 (

nm_setting_ppp_get_mppe_stateful ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ppp_get_mppe_stateful (NMSettingPpp *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -719,11 +719,11 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_mppe_stateful (

nm_setting_ppp_get_crtscts ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ppp_get_crtscts (NMSettingPpp *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -744,11 +744,11 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_crtscts (

nm_setting_ppp_get_baud ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_ppp_get_baud (NMSettingPpp *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -769,11 +769,11 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_baud (

nm_setting_ppp_get_mru ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_ppp_get_mru (NMSettingPpp *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -794,11 +794,11 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_mru (

nm_setting_ppp_get_mtu ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_ppp_get_mtu (NMSettingPpp *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -819,11 +819,11 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_mtu (

nm_setting_ppp_get_lcp_echo_failure ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_ppp_get_lcp_echo_failure (NMSettingPpp *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -844,11 +844,11 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_lcp_echo_failure (

nm_setting_ppp_get_lcp_echo_interval ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_ppp_get_lcp_echo_interval (NMSettingPpp *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -992,7 +992,7 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_lcp_echo_interval (

Property Details

The “baud” property

-
  “baud”                     guint
+
  “baud”                     guint

If non-zero, instruct pppd to set the serial port to the specified baudrate. This value should normally be left as 0 to automatically choose the speed.

@@ -1002,17 +1002,17 @@ choose the speed.


The “crtscts” property

-
  “crtscts”                  gboolean
-

If TRUE, specify that pppd should set the serial port to use hardware +

  “crtscts”                  gboolean
+

If TRUE, specify that pppd should set the serial port to use hardware flow control with RTS and CTS signals. This value should normally be set -to FALSE.

+to FALSE.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

Default value: FALSE


The “lcp-echo-failure” property

-
  “lcp-echo-failure”         guint
+
  “lcp-echo-failure”         guint

If non-zero, instruct pppd to presume the connection to the peer has failed if the specified number of LCP echo-requests go unanswered by the peer. The "lcp-echo-interval" property must also be set to a non-zero @@ -1023,7 +1023,7 @@ value if this property is used.


The “lcp-echo-interval” property

-
  “lcp-echo-interval”        guint
+
  “lcp-echo-interval”        guint

If non-zero, instruct pppd to send an LCP echo-request frame to the peer every n seconds (where n is the specified value). Note that some PPP peers will respond to echo requests and some will not, and it is not @@ -1034,8 +1034,8 @@ possible to autodetect this.


The “mppe-stateful” property

-
  “mppe-stateful”            gboolean
-

If TRUE, stateful MPPE is used. See pppd documentation for more +

  “mppe-stateful”            gboolean
+

If TRUE, stateful MPPE is used. See pppd documentation for more information on stateful MPPE.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

Default value: FALSE

@@ -1043,7 +1043,7 @@ information on stateful MPPE.


The “mru” property

-
  “mru”                      guint
+
  “mru”                      guint

If non-zero, instruct pppd to request that the peer send packets no larger than the specified size. If non-zero, the MRU should be between 128 and 16384.

@@ -1054,7 +1054,7 @@ larger than the specified size. If non-zero, the MRU should be between

The “mtu” property

-
  “mtu”                      guint
+
  “mtu”                      guint

If non-zero, instruct pppd to send packets no larger than the specified size.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

@@ -1063,82 +1063,82 @@ size.


The “no-vj-comp” property

-
  “no-vj-comp”               gboolean
-

If TRUE, Van Jacobsen TCP header compression will not be requested.

+
  “no-vj-comp”               gboolean
+

If TRUE, Van Jacobsen TCP header compression will not be requested.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

Default value: FALSE


The “noauth” property

-
  “noauth”                   gboolean
-

If TRUE, do not require the other side (usually the PPP server) to -authenticate itself to the client. If FALSE, require authentication -from the remote side. In almost all cases, this should be TRUE.

+
  “noauth”                   gboolean
+

If TRUE, do not require the other side (usually the PPP server) to +authenticate itself to the client. If FALSE, require authentication +from the remote side. In almost all cases, this should be TRUE.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

Default value: TRUE


The “nobsdcomp” property

-
  “nobsdcomp”                gboolean
-

If TRUE, BSD compression will not be requested.

+
  “nobsdcomp”                gboolean
+

If TRUE, BSD compression will not be requested.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

Default value: FALSE


The “nodeflate” property

-
  “nodeflate”                gboolean
-

If TRUE, "deflate" compression will not be requested.

+
  “nodeflate”                gboolean
+

If TRUE, "deflate" compression will not be requested.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

Default value: FALSE


The “refuse-chap” property

-
  “refuse-chap”              gboolean
-

If TRUE, the CHAP authentication method will not be used.

+
  “refuse-chap”              gboolean
+

If TRUE, the CHAP authentication method will not be used.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

Default value: FALSE


The “refuse-eap” property

-
  “refuse-eap”               gboolean
-

If TRUE, the EAP authentication method will not be used.

+
  “refuse-eap”               gboolean
+

If TRUE, the EAP authentication method will not be used.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

Default value: FALSE


The “refuse-mschap” property

-
  “refuse-mschap”            gboolean
-

If TRUE, the MSCHAP authentication method will not be used.

+
  “refuse-mschap”            gboolean
+

If TRUE, the MSCHAP authentication method will not be used.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

Default value: FALSE


The “refuse-mschapv2” property

-
  “refuse-mschapv2”          gboolean
-

If TRUE, the MSCHAPv2 authentication method will not be used.

+
  “refuse-mschapv2”          gboolean
+

If TRUE, the MSCHAPv2 authentication method will not be used.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

Default value: FALSE


The “refuse-pap” property

-
  “refuse-pap”               gboolean
-

If TRUE, the PAP authentication method will not be used.

+
  “refuse-pap”               gboolean
+

If TRUE, the PAP authentication method will not be used.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

Default value: FALSE


The “require-mppe” property

-
  “require-mppe”             gboolean
-

If TRUE, MPPE (Microsoft Point-to-Point Encrpytion) will be required for +

  “require-mppe”             gboolean
+

If TRUE, MPPE (Microsoft Point-to-Point Encrpytion) will be required for the PPP session. If either 64-bit or 128-bit MPPE is not available the session will fail. Note that MPPE is not used on mobile broadband connections.

@@ -1148,10 +1148,10 @@ connections.


The “require-mppe-128” property

-
  “require-mppe-128”         gboolean
-

If TRUE, 128-bit MPPE (Microsoft Point-to-Point Encrpytion) will be +

  “require-mppe-128”         gboolean
+

If TRUE, 128-bit MPPE (Microsoft Point-to-Point Encrpytion) will be required for the PPP session, and the "require-mppe" property must also -be set to TRUE. If 128-bit MPPE is not available the session will fail.

+be set to TRUE. If 128-bit MPPE is not available the session will fail.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

Default value: FALSE

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingPppoe.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingPppoe.html index 88052816..72088d99 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingPppoe.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingPppoe.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMSettingPppoe: libnm Reference Manual - + @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@

Functions

-
+
@@ -83,7 +83,7 @@

Properties

-
+
@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ +gchar * @@ -103,13 +103,13 @@ +gchar * +gchar * @@ -118,7 +118,7 @@

Types and Values

-
-gchar * password Read / Write
-gchar * service Read / Write
-gchar * username Read / Write
+
@@ -153,7 +153,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingPppoe
 
@@ -184,7 +184,7 @@ nm_setting_pppoe_new (void nm_setting_pppoe_get_service (NMSettingPppoe *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -209,7 +209,7 @@ nm_setting_pppoe_get_service (NMSettingPppoe *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -234,7 +234,7 @@ nm_setting_pppoe_get_username (NMSettingPppoe *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -259,7 +259,7 @@ nm_setting_pppoe_get_password (NMSettingPppoe *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -319,7 +319,7 @@ nm_setting_pppoe_get_password_flags (

Property Details

The “password” property

-
  “password”                 gchar *
+
  “password”                 gchar *

Password used to authenticate with the PPPoE service.

Flags: Read / Write

Default value: NULL

@@ -334,7 +334,7 @@ nm_setting_pppoe_get_password_flags (

The “service” property

-
  “service”                  gchar *
+
  “service”                  gchar *

If specified, instruct PPPoE to only initiate sessions with access concentrators that provide the specified service. For most providers, this should be left blank. It is only required if there are multiple @@ -345,7 +345,7 @@ access concentrators or a specific service is known to be required.


The “username” property

-
  “username”                 gchar *
+
  “username”                 gchar *

Username used to authenticate with the PPPoE service.

Flags: Read / Write

Default value: NULL

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingSerial.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingSerial.html index 6a0bfa93..232d6b74 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingSerial.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingSerial.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMSettingSerial: libnm Reference Manual - + @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ serial communications

Functions

-
+
@@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ serial communications

-guint +guint nm_setting_serial_get_baud () @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ serial communications

-guint +guint nm_setting_serial_get_bits () @@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ serial communications

-guint +guint nm_setting_serial_get_stopbits () @@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ serial communications

-guint64 +guint64 nm_setting_serial_get_send_delay () @@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ serial communications

Properties

-
+
@@ -103,12 +103,12 @@ serial communications

- + - + @@ -118,12 +118,12 @@ serial communications

- + - + @@ -132,7 +132,7 @@ serial communications

Types and Values

-
guintguint baud Read / Write / Construct
guintguint bits Read / Write / Construct
Read / Write / Construct
guint64guint64 send-delay Read / Write / Construct
guintguint stopbits Read / Write / Construct
+
@@ -177,7 +177,7 @@ serial communications

Object Hierarchy

    GEnum
     ╰── NMSettingSerialParity
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingSerial
 
@@ -204,11 +204,11 @@ nm_setting_serial_new (void

nm_setting_serial_get_baud ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_serial_get_baud (NMSettingSerial *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -229,11 +229,11 @@ nm_setting_serial_get_baud (

nm_setting_serial_get_bits ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_serial_get_bits (NMSettingSerial *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -258,7 +258,7 @@ nm_setting_serial_get_bits (NMSettingSerial *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -279,11 +279,11 @@ nm_setting_serial_get_parity (

nm_setting_serial_get_stopbits ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_serial_get_stopbits (NMSettingSerial *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -304,11 +304,11 @@ nm_setting_serial_get_stopbits (

nm_setting_serial_get_send_delay ()

-
guint64
+
guint64
 nm_setting_serial_get_send_delay (NMSettingSerial *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -340,7 +340,7 @@ nm_setting_serial_get_send_delay (The parity setting of a serial port.

Members

-
+
@@ -412,7 +412,7 @@ nm_setting_serial_get_send_delay (

Property Details

The “baud” property

-
  “baud”                     guint
+
  “baud”                     guint

Speed to use for communication over the serial port. Note that this value usually has no effect for mobile broadband modems as they generally ignore speed settings and use the highest available speed.

@@ -422,7 +422,7 @@ ignore speed settings and use the highest available speed.


The “bits” property

-
  “bits”                     guint
+
  “bits”                     guint

Byte-width of the serial communication. The 8 in "8n1" for example.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

Allowed values: [5,8]

@@ -439,7 +439,7 @@ ignore speed settings and use the highest available speed.


The “send-delay” property

-
  “send-delay”               guint64
+
  “send-delay”               guint64

Time to delay between each byte sent to the modem, in microseconds.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

Default value: 0

@@ -447,7 +447,7 @@ ignore speed settings and use the highest available speed.


The “stopbits” property

-
  “stopbits”                 guint
+
  “stopbits”                 guint

Number of stop bits for communication on the serial port. Either 1 or 2. The 1 in "8n1" for example.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingTeam.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingTeam.html index 052b9e55..ba7289c9 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingTeam.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingTeam.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMSettingTeam: libnm Reference Manual - + @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@

Functions

-
+
@@ -61,7 +61,7 @@

Properties

-
+
@@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ +gchar * @@ -77,7 +77,7 @@

Types and Values

-
-gchar * config Read / Write
+
@@ -100,7 +100,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingTeam
 
@@ -130,7 +130,7 @@ nm_setting_team_new (void< nm_setting_team_get_config (NMSettingTeam *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -172,7 +172,7 @@ nm_setting_team_get_config (

Property Details

The “config” property

-
  “config”                   gchar *
+
  “config”                   gchar *

The JSON configuration for the team network interface. The property should contain raw JSON configuration data suitable for teamd, because the value is passed directly to teamd. If not specified, the default diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingTeamPort.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingTeamPort.html index ee1cd8f2..d014af92 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingTeamPort.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingTeamPort.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMSettingTeamPort: libnm Reference Manual - + @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@

Functions

-
+
@@ -61,7 +61,7 @@

Properties

-
+
@@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ +gchar * @@ -77,7 +77,7 @@

Types and Values

-
-gchar * config Read / Write
+
@@ -100,7 +100,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingTeamPort
 
@@ -130,7 +130,7 @@ nm_setting_team_port_new (voidNMSettingTeamPort *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -172,7 +172,7 @@ nm_setting_team_port_get_config (

Property Details

The “config” property

-
  “config”                   gchar *
+
  “config”                   gchar *

The JSON configuration for the team port. The property should contain raw JSON configuration data suitable for teamd, because the value is passed directly to teamd. If not specified, the default configuration is diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingTun.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingTun.html index 7da17396..71960a11 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingTun.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingTun.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMSettingTun: libnm Reference Manual - + @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@

Functions

-
+
@@ -73,7 +73,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_tun_get_pi () @@ -81,7 +81,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_tun_get_vnet_hdr () @@ -89,7 +89,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_tun_get_multi_queue () @@ -100,7 +100,7 @@

Properties

-
+
@@ -109,33 +109,33 @@ +gchar * - + - + +gchar * - + - + @@ -144,7 +144,7 @@

Types and Values

-
-gchar * group Read / Write
guintguint mode Read / Write / Construct
gbooleangboolean multi-queue Read / Write
-gchar * owner Read / Write
gbooleangboolean pi Read / Write
gbooleangboolean vnet-hdr Read / Write
+
@@ -193,7 +193,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

    GEnum
     ╰── NMSettingTunMode
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingTun
 
@@ -224,7 +224,7 @@ nm_setting_tun_new (voidNMSettingTun *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -250,7 +250,7 @@ nm_setting_tun_get_mode (NMSettingTun *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -276,7 +276,7 @@ nm_setting_tun_get_owner (NMSettingTun *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -298,11 +298,11 @@ nm_setting_tun_get_group (

nm_setting_tun_get_pi ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_tun_get_pi (NMSettingTun *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -324,11 +324,11 @@ nm_setting_tun_get_pi (

nm_setting_tun_get_vnet_hdr ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_tun_get_vnet_hdr (NMSettingTun *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -350,11 +350,11 @@ nm_setting_tun_get_vnet_hdr (

nm_setting_tun_get_multi_queue ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_tun_get_multi_queue (NMSettingTun *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -423,7 +423,7 @@ nm_setting_tun_get_multi_queue (NMSettingTunMode values indicate the device type (TUN/TAP)

Members

-
+
@@ -465,8 +465,8 @@ nm_setting_tun_get_multi_queue (

Property Details

The “group” property

-
  “group”                    gchar *
-

The group ID which will own the device. If set to NULL everyone +

  “group”                    gchar *
+

The group ID which will own the device. If set to NULL everyone will be able to use the device.

Flags: Read / Write

Default value: NULL

@@ -475,7 +475,7 @@ will be able to use the device.


The “mode” property

-
  “mode”                     guint
+
  “mode”                     guint

The operating mode of the virtual device. Allowed values are NM_SETTING_TUN_MODE_TUN to create a layer 3 device and NM_SETTING_TUN_MODE_TAP to create an Ethernet-like layer 2 @@ -487,8 +487,8 @@ one.


The “multi-queue” property

-
  “multi-queue”              gboolean
-

If the property is set to TRUE, the interface will support +

  “multi-queue”              gboolean
+

If the property is set to TRUE, the interface will support multiple file descriptors (queues) to parallelize packet sending or receiving. Otherwise, the interface will only support a single queue.

@@ -499,8 +499,8 @@ support a single queue.


The “owner” property

-
  “owner”                    gchar *
-

The user ID which will own the device. If set to NULL everyone +

  “owner”                    gchar *
+

The user ID which will own the device. If set to NULL everyone will be able to use the device.

Flags: Read / Write

Default value: NULL

@@ -509,8 +509,8 @@ will be able to use the device.


The “pi” property

-
  “pi”                       gboolean
-

If TRUE the interface will prepend a 4 byte header describing the +

  “pi”                       gboolean
+

If TRUE the interface will prepend a 4 byte header describing the physical interface to the packets.

Flags: Read / Write

Default value: FALSE

@@ -519,8 +519,8 @@ physical interface to the packets.


The “vnet-hdr” property

-
  “vnet-hdr”                 gboolean
-

If TRUE the IFF_VNET_HDR the tunnel packets will include a virtio +

  “vnet-hdr”                 gboolean
+

If TRUE the IFF_VNET_HDR the tunnel packets will include a virtio network header.

Flags: Read / Write

Default value: FALSE

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingVlan.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingVlan.html index 21cf8873..2f0b1346 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingVlan.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingVlan.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMSettingVlan: libnm Reference Manual - + @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@

Functions

-
+
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_vlan_get_id () @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_vlan_get_flags () @@ -74,7 +74,7 @@
-gint32 +gint32 nm_setting_vlan_get_num_priorities () @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_vlan_get_priority () @@ -90,7 +90,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_vlan_add_priority () @@ -106,7 +106,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_vlan_remove_priority_by_value () @@ -114,7 +114,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_vlan_remove_priority_str_by_value () @@ -130,7 +130,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_vlan_add_priority_str () @@ -141,7 +141,7 @@

Properties

-
+
@@ -149,7 +149,7 @@ - + @@ -159,18 +159,18 @@ - + - + +gchar * @@ -179,7 +179,7 @@

Types and Values

-
GStrvGStrv egress-priority-map Read / Write
Read / Write / Construct
guintguint id Read / Write / Construct
GStrvGStrv ingress-priority-map Read / Write
-gchar * parent Read / Write / Construct
+
@@ -234,7 +234,7 @@ ╰── NMVlanPriorityMap GFlags╰── NMVlanFlags - GObject + GObject╰──NMSetting╰── NMSettingVlan @@ -264,7 +264,7 @@ nm_setting_vlan_new (void< nm_setting_vlan_get_parent (NMSettingVlan *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -285,11 +285,11 @@ nm_setting_vlan_get_parent (

nm_setting_vlan_get_id ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_vlan_get_id (NMSettingVlan *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -310,11 +310,11 @@ nm_setting_vlan_get_id (

nm_setting_vlan_get_flags ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_vlan_get_flags (NMSettingVlan *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -335,7 +335,7 @@ nm_setting_vlan_get_flags (

nm_setting_vlan_get_num_priorities ()

-
gint32
+
gint32
 nm_setting_vlan_get_num_priorities (NMSettingVlan *setting,
                                     NMVlanPriorityMap map);

Returns the number of entires in the @@ -343,7 +343,7 @@ nm_setting_vlan_get_num_priorities (

Parameters

-
+
@@ -371,17 +371,17 @@ properties of this setting.


nm_setting_vlan_get_priority ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_vlan_get_priority (NMSettingVlan *setting,
                               NMVlanPriorityMap map,
-                              guint32 idx,
-                              guint32 *out_from,
-                              guint32 *out_to);
+ guint32 idx, + guint32 *out_from, + guint32 *out_to);

Retrieve one of the entries of the “ingress_priority_map” or “egress_priority_map” properties of this setting.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -418,17 +418,17 @@ or

Returns

-

TRUE if a priority map was returned, FALSE if error

+

TRUE if a priority map was returned, FALSE if error


nm_setting_vlan_add_priority ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_vlan_add_priority (NMSettingVlan *setting,
                               NMVlanPriorityMap map,
-                              guint32 from,
-                              guint32 to);
+ guint32 from, + guint32 to);

Adds a priority mapping to the “ingress_priority_map” or “egress_priority_map” properties of the setting. If from is @@ -447,7 +447,7 @@ Priority Code Point (PCP) value, and to is the outgoing 802.1q VLAN Priority Code Point (PCP) value.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -481,8 +481,8 @@ to

Returns

-

TRUE if the new priority mapping was successfully added to the -list, FALSE if error

+

TRUE if the new priority mapping was successfully added to the +list, FALSE if error


@@ -491,14 +491,14 @@ list, void nm_setting_vlan_remove_priority (NMSettingVlan *setting, NMVlanPriorityMap map, - guint32 idx); + guint32 idx);

Removes the priority map at index idx from the “ingress_priority_map” or “egress_priority_map” properties.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -527,12 +527,12 @@ properties.


nm_setting_vlan_remove_priority_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_vlan_remove_priority_by_value
                                (NMSettingVlan *setting,
                                 NMVlanPriorityMap map,
-                                guint32 from,
-                                guint32 to);
+ guint32 from, + guint32 to);

Removes the priority map form :to from the “ingress_priority_map” @@ -541,7 +541,7 @@ or

Parameters

-
+
@@ -575,13 +575,13 @@ to

Returns

-

TRUE if the priority mapping was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

+

TRUE if the priority mapping was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.


nm_setting_vlan_remove_priority_str_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_vlan_remove_priority_str_by_value
                                (NMSettingVlan *setting,
                                 NMVlanPriorityMap map,
@@ -593,7 +593,7 @@ or 
 

Parameters

-
+
@@ -620,7 +620,7 @@ properties.

Returns

-

TRUE if the priority mapping was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

+

TRUE if the priority mapping was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.


@@ -633,7 +633,7 @@ nm_setting_vlan_clear_priorities (“egress_priority_map” properties.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -657,7 +657,7 @@ nm_setting_vlan_clear_priorities (

nm_setting_vlan_add_priority_str ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_vlan_add_priority_str (NMSettingVlan *setting,
                                   NMVlanPriorityMap map,
                                   const char *str);
@@ -666,7 +666,7 @@ or the

Parameters

-
+
@@ -693,8 +693,8 @@ the Linux SKB priorities to 802.1p priorities.

Returns

-

TRUE if the entry was successfully added to the list, or it -overwrote the old value, FALSE if error

+

TRUE if the entry was successfully added to the list, or it +overwrote the old value, FALSE if error

@@ -747,7 +747,7 @@ overwrote the old value,

Members

-
+
@@ -778,7 +778,7 @@ to 802.1p priorities used in VLANs.

NMVlanFlags values control the behavior of the VLAN interface.

Members

-
+
@@ -832,7 +832,7 @@ to 802.1p priorities used in VLANs.

Property Details

The “egress-priority-map” property

-
  “egress-priority-map”      GStrv
+
  “egress-priority-map”      GStrv

For outgoing packets, a list of mappings from Linux SKB priorities to 802.1p priorities. The mapping is given in the format "from:to" where both "from" and "to" are unsigned integers, ie "7:3".

@@ -858,7 +858,7 @@ is still considered as 0.


The “id” property

-
  “id”                       guint
+
  “id”                       guint

The VLAN identifier that the interface created by this connection should be assigned. The valid range is from 0 to 4094, without the reserved id 4095.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

@@ -868,7 +868,7 @@ be assigned. The valid range is from 0 to 4094, without the reserved id 4095.

The “ingress-priority-map” property

-
  “ingress-priority-map”     GStrv
+
  “ingress-priority-map”     GStrv

For incoming packets, a list of mappings from 802.1p priorities to Linux SKB priorities. The mapping is given in the format "from:to" where both "from" and "to" are unsigned integers, ie "7:3".

@@ -877,7 +877,7 @@ SKB priorities. The mapping is given in the format "from:to" where both

The “parent” property

-
  “parent”                   gchar *
+
  “parent”                   gchar *

If given, specifies the parent interface name or parent connection UUID from which this VLAN interface should be created. If this property is not specified, the connection must contain an NMSettingWired setting diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingVpn.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingVpn.html index d870d2d9..f82d0388 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingVpn.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingVpn.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMSettingVpn: libnm Reference Manual - + @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@

Functions

-
+
@@ -73,7 +73,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_vpn_get_persistent () @@ -81,7 +81,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_vpn_get_num_data_items () @@ -104,7 +104,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_vpn_remove_data_item () @@ -120,7 +120,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_vpn_get_num_secrets () @@ -143,7 +143,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_vpn_remove_secret () @@ -159,7 +159,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_vpn_get_timeout () @@ -170,7 +170,7 @@

Properties

-
+
@@ -179,35 +179,35 @@ +GHashTable * - + +GHashTable * +gchar * - + +gchar * @@ -216,7 +216,7 @@

Types and Values

-
-GHashTable * data Read / Write
gbooleangboolean persistent Read / Write
-GHashTable * secrets Read / Write
-gchar * service-type Read / Write
guintguint timeout Read / Write
-gchar * user-name Read / Write
+
@@ -259,7 +259,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingVpn
 
@@ -281,10 +281,10 @@ properties.

void
 (*NMVpnIterFunc) (const char *key,
                   const char *value,
-                  gpointer user_data);
+ gpointer user_data);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -332,7 +332,7 @@ nm_setting_vpn_get_service_type (

Parameters

-
+
@@ -357,7 +357,7 @@ plugin that should be used to connect to this VPN.

nm_setting_vpn_get_user_name (NMSettingVpn *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -378,11 +378,11 @@ nm_setting_vpn_get_user_name (

nm_setting_vpn_get_persistent ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_vpn_get_persistent (NMSettingVpn *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -403,12 +403,12 @@ nm_setting_vpn_get_persistent (

nm_setting_vpn_get_num_data_items ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_vpn_get_num_data_items (NMSettingVpn *setting);

Gets number of key/value pairs of VPN configuration data.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -440,7 +440,7 @@ setting which may be retrieved later. Should not be used to store passwords or other secrets, which is what nm_setting_vpn_add_secret() is for.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -478,7 +478,7 @@ nm_setting_vpn_get_data_item (nm_setting_vpn_add_data_item().

Parameters

-
+
@@ -506,14 +506,14 @@ by

nm_setting_vpn_remove_data_item ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_vpn_remove_data_item (NMSettingVpn *setting,
                                  const char *key);

Deletes a key/value relationship previously established by nm_setting_vpn_add_data_item().

Parameters

-
+
@@ -535,8 +535,8 @@ nm_setting_vpn_remove_data_item (

Returns

-

TRUE if the data item was found and removed from the internal list, -FALSE if it was not.

+

TRUE if the data item was found and removed from the internal list, +FALSE if it was not.


@@ -545,14 +545,14 @@ nm_setting_vpn_remove_data_item (void nm_setting_vpn_foreach_data_item (NMSettingVpn *setting, NMVpnIterFunc func, - gpointer user_data); + gpointer user_data);

Iterates all data items stored in this setting. It is safe to add, remove, and modify data items inside func , though any additions or removals made during iteration will not be part of the iteration.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -582,12 +582,12 @@ during iteration will not be part of the iteration.


nm_setting_vpn_get_num_secrets ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_vpn_get_num_secrets (NMSettingVpn *setting);

Gets number of VPN plugin specific secrets in the setting.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -618,7 +618,7 @@ nm_setting_vpn_add_secret (

Parameters

-
+
@@ -656,7 +656,7 @@ nm_setting_vpn_get_secret (nm_setting_vpn_add_secret().

Parameters

-
+
@@ -684,14 +684,14 @@ by

nm_setting_vpn_remove_secret ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_vpn_remove_secret (NMSettingVpn *setting,
                               const char *key);

Deletes a key/value relationship previously established by nm_setting_vpn_add_secret().

Parameters

-
+
@@ -713,8 +713,8 @@ nm_setting_vpn_remove_secret (

Returns

-

TRUE if the secret was found and removed from the internal list, -FALSE if it was not.

+

TRUE if the secret was found and removed from the internal list, +FALSE if it was not.


@@ -723,14 +723,14 @@ nm_setting_vpn_remove_secret (void nm_setting_vpn_foreach_secret (NMSettingVpn *setting, NMVpnIterFunc func, - gpointer user_data); + gpointer user_data);

Iterates all secrets stored in this setting. It is safe to add, remove, and modify secrets inside func , though any additions or removals made during iteration will not be part of the iteration.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -760,11 +760,11 @@ iteration will not be part of the iteration.


nm_setting_vpn_get_timeout ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_vpn_get_timeout (NMSettingVpn *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -837,7 +837,7 @@ nm_setting_vpn_get_timeout (

Property Details

The “data” property

-
  “data”                     GHashTable *
+
  “data”                     GHashTable *

Dictionary of key/value pairs of VPN plugin specific data. Both keys and values must be strings.

Type: GHashTable(utf8,utf8)

@@ -846,8 +846,8 @@ values must be strings.


The “persistent” property

-
  “persistent”               gboolean
-

If the VPN service supports persistence, and this property is TRUE, +

  “persistent”               gboolean
+

If the VPN service supports persistence, and this property is TRUE, the VPN will attempt to stay connected across link changes and outages, until explicitly disconnected.

Flags: Read / Write

@@ -856,7 +856,7 @@ until explicitly disconnected.


The “secrets” property

-
  “secrets”                  GHashTable *
+
  “secrets”                  GHashTable *

Dictionary of key/value pairs of VPN plugin specific secrets like passwords or private keys. Both keys and values must be strings.

Type: GHashTable(utf8,utf8)

@@ -865,7 +865,7 @@ passwords or private keys. Both keys and values must be strings.


The “service-type” property

-
  “service-type”             gchar *
+
  “service-type”             gchar *

D-Bus service name of the VPN plugin that this setting uses to connect to its network. i.e. org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.vpnc for the vpnc plugin.

@@ -875,7 +875,7 @@ plugin.


The “timeout” property

-
  “timeout”                  guint
+
  “timeout”                  guint

Timeout for the VPN service to establish the connection. Some services may take quite a long time to connect. Value of 0 means a default timeout, which is 60 seconds (unless overriden @@ -888,7 +888,7 @@ timeout in seconds.


The “user-name” property

-
  “user-name”                gchar *
+
  “user-name”                gchar *

If the VPN connection requires a user name for authentication, that name should be provided here. If the connection is available to more than one user, and the VPN requires each user to supply a different name, then diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingVxlan.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingVxlan.html index bcec9196..d7a5b19f 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingVxlan.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingVxlan.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMSettingVxlan: libnm Reference Manual - + @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@

Functions

-
+
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@
-guint +guint nm_setting_vxlan_get_id () @@ -80,7 +80,7 @@
-guint +guint nm_setting_vxlan_get_source_port_min () @@ -88,7 +88,7 @@
-guint +guint nm_setting_vxlan_get_source_port_max () @@ -96,7 +96,7 @@
-guint +guint nm_setting_vxlan_get_destination_port () @@ -104,7 +104,7 @@
-guint +guint nm_setting_vxlan_get_tos () @@ -112,7 +112,7 @@
-guint +guint nm_setting_vxlan_get_ttl () @@ -120,7 +120,7 @@
-guint +guint nm_setting_vxlan_get_ageing () @@ -128,7 +128,7 @@
-guint +guint nm_setting_vxlan_get_limit () @@ -136,7 +136,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_vxlan_get_proxy () @@ -144,7 +144,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_vxlan_get_learning () @@ -152,7 +152,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_vxlan_get_rsc () @@ -160,7 +160,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_vxlan_get_l2_miss () @@ -168,7 +168,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_vxlan_get_l3_miss () @@ -179,7 +179,7 @@

Properties

-
+
@@ -187,85 +187,85 @@ - + - + - + - + - + - + - + +gchar * +gchar * - + +gchar * - + - + - + - + - + @@ -274,7 +274,7 @@

Types and Values

-
guintguint ageing Read / Write / Construct
guintguint destination-port Read / Write / Construct
guintguint id Read / Write / Construct
gbooleangboolean l2-miss Read / Write / Construct
gbooleangboolean l3-miss Read / Write / Construct
gbooleangboolean learning Read / Write / Construct
guintguint limit Read / Write / Construct
-gchar * local Read / Write / Construct
-gchar * parent Read / Write / Construct
gbooleangboolean proxy Read / Write / Construct
-gchar * remote Read / Write / Construct
gbooleangboolean rsc Read / Write / Construct
guintguint source-port-max Read / Write / Construct
guintguint source-port-min Read / Write / Construct
guintguint tos Read / Write / Construct
guintguint ttl Read / Write / Construct
+
@@ -357,7 +357,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingVxlan
 
@@ -388,7 +388,7 @@ nm_setting_vxlan_new (void nm_setting_vxlan_get_parent (NMSettingVxlan *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -410,11 +410,11 @@ nm_setting_vxlan_get_parent (

nm_setting_vxlan_get_id ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_vxlan_get_id (NMSettingVxlan *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -440,7 +440,7 @@ nm_setting_vxlan_get_id (NMSettingVxlan *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -466,7 +466,7 @@ nm_setting_vxlan_get_local (NMSettingVxlan *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -488,11 +488,11 @@ nm_setting_vxlan_get_remote (

nm_setting_vxlan_get_source_port_min ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_vxlan_get_source_port_min (NMSettingVxlan *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -514,11 +514,11 @@ nm_setting_vxlan_get_source_port_min (

nm_setting_vxlan_get_source_port_max ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_vxlan_get_source_port_max (NMSettingVxlan *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -540,11 +540,11 @@ nm_setting_vxlan_get_source_port_max (

nm_setting_vxlan_get_destination_port ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_vxlan_get_destination_port (NMSettingVxlan *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -566,11 +566,11 @@ nm_setting_vxlan_get_destination_port (

nm_setting_vxlan_get_tos ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_vxlan_get_tos (NMSettingVxlan *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -592,11 +592,11 @@ nm_setting_vxlan_get_tos (

nm_setting_vxlan_get_ttl ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_vxlan_get_ttl (NMSettingVxlan *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -618,11 +618,11 @@ nm_setting_vxlan_get_ttl (

nm_setting_vxlan_get_ageing ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_vxlan_get_ageing (NMSettingVxlan *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -644,11 +644,11 @@ nm_setting_vxlan_get_ageing (

nm_setting_vxlan_get_limit ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_vxlan_get_limit (NMSettingVxlan *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -670,11 +670,11 @@ nm_setting_vxlan_get_limit (

nm_setting_vxlan_get_proxy ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_vxlan_get_proxy (NMSettingVxlan *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -696,11 +696,11 @@ nm_setting_vxlan_get_proxy (

nm_setting_vxlan_get_learning ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_vxlan_get_learning (NMSettingVxlan *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -722,11 +722,11 @@ nm_setting_vxlan_get_learning (

nm_setting_vxlan_get_rsc ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_vxlan_get_rsc (NMSettingVxlan *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -748,11 +748,11 @@ nm_setting_vxlan_get_rsc (

nm_setting_vxlan_get_l2_miss ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_vxlan_get_l2_miss (NMSettingVxlan *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -774,11 +774,11 @@ nm_setting_vxlan_get_l2_miss (

nm_setting_vxlan_get_l3_miss ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_vxlan_get_l3_miss (NMSettingVxlan *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -911,7 +911,7 @@ nm_setting_vxlan_get_l3_miss (

Property Details

The “ageing” property

-
  “ageing”                   guint
+
  “ageing”                   guint

Specifies the lifetime in seconds of FDB entries learnt by the kernel.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

Default value: 300

@@ -920,7 +920,7 @@ nm_setting_vxlan_get_l3_miss (

The “destination-port” property

-
  “destination-port”         guint
+
  “destination-port”         guint

Specifies the UDP destination port to communicate to the remote VXLAN tunnel endpoint.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

@@ -931,7 +931,7 @@ tunnel endpoint.


The “id” property

-
  “id”                       guint
+
  “id”                       guint

Specifies the VXLAN Network Identifer (or VXLAN Segment Identifier) to use.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

@@ -942,7 +942,7 @@ use.


The “l2-miss” property

-
  “l2-miss”                  gboolean
+
  “l2-miss”                  gboolean

Specifies whether netlink LL ADDR miss notifications are generated.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

Default value: FALSE

@@ -951,7 +951,7 @@ use.


The “l3-miss” property

-
  “l3-miss”                  gboolean
+
  “l3-miss”                  gboolean

Specifies whether netlink IP ADDR miss notifications are generated.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

Default value: FALSE

@@ -960,7 +960,7 @@ use.


The “learning” property

-
  “learning”                 gboolean
+
  “learning”                 gboolean

Specifies whether unknown source link layer addresses and IP addresses are entered into the VXLAN device forwarding database.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

@@ -970,7 +970,7 @@ are entered into the VXLAN device forwarding database.


The “limit” property

-
  “limit”                    guint
+
  “limit”                    guint

Specifies the maximum number of FDB entries. A value of zero means that the kernel will store unlimited entries.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

@@ -980,7 +980,7 @@ the kernel will store unlimited entries.


The “local” property

-
  “local”                    gchar *
+
  “local”                    gchar *

If given, specifies the source IP address to use in outgoing packets.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

Default value: NULL

@@ -989,7 +989,7 @@ the kernel will store unlimited entries.


The “parent” property

-
  “parent”                   gchar *
+
  “parent”                   gchar *

If given, specifies the parent interface name or parent connection UUID.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

Default value: NULL

@@ -998,7 +998,7 @@ the kernel will store unlimited entries.


The “proxy” property

-
  “proxy”                    gboolean
+
  “proxy”                    gboolean

Specifies whether ARP proxy is turned on.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

Default value: FALSE

@@ -1007,7 +1007,7 @@ the kernel will store unlimited entries.


The “remote” property

-
  “remote”                   gchar *
+
  “remote”                   gchar *

Specifies the unicast destination IP address to use in outgoing packets when the destination link layer address is not known in the VXLAN device forwarding database, or the multicast IP address to join.

@@ -1018,7 +1018,7 @@ forwarding database, or the multicast IP address to join.


The “rsc” property

-
  “rsc”                      gboolean
+
  “rsc”                      gboolean

Specifies whether route short circuit is turned on.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

Default value: FALSE

@@ -1027,7 +1027,7 @@ forwarding database, or the multicast IP address to join.


The “source-port-max” property

-
  “source-port-max”          guint
+
  “source-port-max”          guint

Specifies the maximum UDP source port to communicate to the remote VXLAN tunnel endpoint.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

@@ -1038,7 +1038,7 @@ tunnel endpoint.


The “source-port-min” property

-
  “source-port-min”          guint
+
  “source-port-min”          guint

Specifies the minimum UDP source port to communicate to the remote VXLAN tunnel endpoint.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

@@ -1049,7 +1049,7 @@ tunnel endpoint.


The “tos” property

-
  “tos”                      guint
+
  “tos”                      guint

Specifies the TOS value to use in outgoing packets.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

Allowed values: <= 255

@@ -1059,7 +1059,7 @@ tunnel endpoint.


The “ttl” property

-
  “ttl”                      guint
+
  “ttl”                      guint

Specifies the time-to-live value to use in outgoing packets.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

Allowed values: <= 255

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingWimax.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingWimax.html index f284bf52..a8c0e8ba 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingWimax.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingWimax.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMSettingWimax: libnm Reference Manual - + @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@

Functions

-
+
@@ -68,7 +68,7 @@

Properties

-
+
@@ -77,13 +77,13 @@ +gchar * +gchar * @@ -92,7 +92,7 @@

Types and Values

-
-gchar * mac-address Read / Write
-gchar * network-name Read / Write
+
@@ -119,7 +119,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingWimax
 
@@ -161,7 +161,7 @@ nm_setting_wimax_get_network_name (

Parameters

-
+
@@ -192,7 +192,7 @@ nm_setting_wimax_get_mac_address (

Parameters

-
+
@@ -240,7 +240,7 @@ to.

Property Details

The “mac-address” property

-
  “mac-address”              gchar *
+
  “mac-address”              gchar *

If specified, this connection will only apply to the WiMAX device whose MAC address matches. This property does not change the MAC address of the device (known as MAC spoofing).

@@ -254,7 +254,7 @@ device (known as MAC spoofing).


The “network-name” property

-
  “network-name”             gchar *
+
  “network-name”             gchar *

Network Service Provider (NSP) name of the WiMAX network this connection should use.

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingWired.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingWired.html index 9ebe77ac..e1126e8a 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingWired.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingWired.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMSettingWired: libnm Reference Manual - + @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@

Functions

-
+
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_wired_get_speed () @@ -73,7 +73,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_wired_get_auto_negotiate () @@ -109,7 +109,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_wired_get_num_mac_blacklist_items () @@ -124,7 +124,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_wired_add_mac_blacklist_item () @@ -140,7 +140,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_wired_remove_mac_blacklist_item_by_value () @@ -156,7 +156,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_wired_get_mtu () @@ -178,7 +178,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_wired_get_num_s390_options () @@ -186,7 +186,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_wired_get_s390_option () @@ -201,7 +201,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_wired_add_s390_option () @@ -209,7 +209,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_wired_remove_s390_option () @@ -242,7 +242,7 @@

Properties

-
+
@@ -250,80 +250,80 @@ - + +gchar * +gchar * +gchar * +gchar * - + - + +gchar * +gchar * +GHashTable * - + - + - + +gchar * @@ -332,7 +332,7 @@

Types and Values

-
gbooleangboolean auto-negotiate Read / Write / Construct
-gchar * cloned-mac-address Read / Write
-gchar * duplex Read / Write
-gchar * generate-mac-address-mask Read / Write
-gchar * mac-address Read / Write
GStrvGStrv mac-address-blacklist Read / Write
guintguint mtu Read / Write / Construct
-gchar * port Read / Write
-gchar * s390-nettype Read / Write
-GHashTable * s390-options Read / Write
GStrvGStrv s390-subchannels Read / Write
guintguint speed Read / Write / Construct
guintguint wake-on-lan Read / Write / Construct
-gchar * wake-on-lan-password Read / Write
+
@@ -413,7 +413,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

    GFlags
     ╰── NMSettingWiredWakeOnLan
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingWired
 
@@ -443,7 +443,7 @@ nm_setting_wired_new (void nm_setting_wired_get_port (NMSettingWired *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -464,11 +464,11 @@ nm_setting_wired_get_port (

nm_setting_wired_get_speed ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_wired_get_speed (NMSettingWired *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -493,7 +493,7 @@ nm_setting_wired_get_speed (NMSettingWired *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -514,11 +514,11 @@ nm_setting_wired_get_duplex (

nm_setting_wired_get_auto_negotiate ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wired_get_auto_negotiate (NMSettingWired *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -543,7 +543,7 @@ nm_setting_wired_get_auto_negotiate (NMSettingWired *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -569,7 +569,7 @@ nm_setting_wired_get_cloned_mac_address (NMSettingWired *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -595,7 +595,7 @@ nm_setting_wired_get_generate_mac_address_mask (NMSettingWired *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -622,7 +622,7 @@ nm_setting_wired_get_mac_address_blacklist (NMSettingWired *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -643,12 +643,12 @@ nm_setting_wired_get_mac_address_blacklist

nm_setting_wired_get_num_mac_blacklist_items ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_wired_get_num_mac_blacklist_items
                                (NMSettingWired *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -672,10 +672,10 @@ nm_setting_wired_get_num_mac_blacklist_items
const char *
 nm_setting_wired_get_mac_blacklist_item
                                (NMSettingWired *setting,
-                                guint32 idx);
+ guint32 idx);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -705,14 +705,14 @@ at index idx

nm_setting_wired_add_mac_blacklist_item ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wired_add_mac_blacklist_item
                                (NMSettingWired *setting,
                                 const char *mac);

Adds a new MAC address to the “mac-address-blacklist” property.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -734,7 +734,7 @@ nm_setting_wired_add_mac_blacklist_item

Returns

-

TRUE if the MAC address was added; FALSE if the MAC address +

TRUE if the MAC address was added; FALSE if the MAC address is invalid or was already present

@@ -744,12 +744,12 @@ is invalid or was already present

void
 nm_setting_wired_remove_mac_blacklist_item
                                (NMSettingWired *setting,
-                                guint32 idx);
+ guint32 idx);

Removes the MAC address at index idx from the blacklist.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -773,7 +773,7 @@ nm_setting_wired_remove_mac_blacklist_item

nm_setting_wired_remove_mac_blacklist_item_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wired_remove_mac_blacklist_item_by_value
                                (NMSettingWired *setting,
                                 const char *mac);
@@ -781,7 +781,7 @@ nm_setting_wired_remove_mac_blacklist_item_by_value from the blacklist.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -804,7 +804,7 @@ the blacklist

Returns

-

TRUE if the MAC address was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

+

TRUE if the MAC address was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.


@@ -816,7 +816,7 @@ nm_setting_wired_clear_mac_blacklist_items

Removes all blacklisted MAC addresses.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -833,11 +833,11 @@ nm_setting_wired_clear_mac_blacklist_items

nm_setting_wired_get_mtu ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_wired_get_mtu (NMSettingWired *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -865,7 +865,7 @@ connection is applicable to. The connection should only be used in conjunction with that device.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -894,7 +894,7 @@ nm_setting_wired_get_s390_nettype (

Parameters

-
+
@@ -915,14 +915,14 @@ of 'qeth', 'lcs', or 'ctc'.


nm_setting_wired_get_num_s390_options ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_wired_get_num_s390_options (NMSettingWired *setting);

Returns the number of s390-specific options that should be set for this device when it is activated. This can be used to retrieve each s390 option individually using nm_setting_wired_get_s390_option().

Parameters

-
+
@@ -943,9 +943,9 @@ option individually using

nm_setting_wired_get_s390_option ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wired_get_s390_option (NMSettingWired *setting,
-                                  guint32 idx,
+                                  guint32 idx,
                                   const char **out_key,
                                   const char **out_value);

Given an index, return the value of the s390 option at that index. indexes @@ -955,7 +955,7 @@ and should not be used to refer to options except for short periods of time such as during option iteration.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -991,8 +991,8 @@ modified.

Returns

-

TRUE on success if the index was valid and an option was found, -FALSE if the index was invalid (ie, greater than the number of options +

TRUE on success if the index was valid and an option was found, +FALSE if the index was invalid (ie, greater than the number of options currently held by the setting)

@@ -1008,7 +1008,7 @@ nm_setting_wired_get_s390_option_by_key , if it exists.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1030,14 +1030,14 @@ nm_setting_wired_get_s390_option_by_key

Returns

-

the value, or NULL if the key/value pair was never added to the +

the value, or NULL if the key/value pair was never added to the setting; the value is owned by the setting and must not be modified


nm_setting_wired_add_s390_option ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wired_add_s390_option (NMSettingWired *setting,
                                   const char *key,
                                   const char *value);
@@ -1047,7 +1047,7 @@ of allowed options. Key names may contain only alphanumeric characters may already exist.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1074,14 +1074,14 @@ may already exist.

Returns

-

TRUE if the option was valid and was added to the internal option -list, FALSE if it was not.

+

TRUE if the option was valid and was added to the internal option +list, FALSE if it was not.


nm_setting_wired_remove_s390_option ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wired_remove_s390_option (NMSettingWired *setting,
                                      const char *key);

Remove the s390-specific option referenced by key @@ -1089,7 +1089,7 @@ nm_setting_wired_remove_s390_option (

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1111,8 +1111,8 @@ list.

Returns

-

TRUE if the option was found and removed from the internal option -list, FALSE if it was not.

+

TRUE if the option was found and removed from the internal option +list, FALSE if it was not.


@@ -1124,7 +1124,7 @@ nm_setting_wired_get_valid_s390_options

Returns a list of valid s390 options.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1139,7 +1139,7 @@ nm_setting_wired_get_valid_s390_options

Returns

-

a NULL-terminated array of strings of valid s390 options.

+

a NULL-terminated array of strings of valid s390 options.

[transfer none]

@@ -1151,7 +1151,7 @@ nm_setting_wired_get_wake_on_lan (Returns the Wake-on-LAN options enabled for the connection

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1180,7 +1180,7 @@ nm_setting_wired_get_wake_on_lan_password NM_SETTING_WIRED_WAKE_ON_LAN_MAGIC.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1195,7 +1195,7 @@ nm_setting_wired_get_wake_on_lan_password

Returns

-

the Wake-on-LAN setting password, or NULL if there is no password.

+

the Wake-on-LAN setting password, or NULL if there is no password.

Since: 1.2

@@ -1214,7 +1214,7 @@ nm_setting_wired_get_wake_on_lan_password are supported by all devices.

Members

-
+
@@ -1407,9 +1407,9 @@ are supported by all devices.

Property Details

The “auto-negotiate” property

-
  “auto-negotiate”           gboolean
-

If TRUE, allow auto-negotiation of port speed and duplex mode. If -FALSE, do not allow auto-negotiation, in which case the "speed" and +

  “auto-negotiate”           gboolean
+

If TRUE, allow auto-negotiation of port speed and duplex mode. If +FALSE, do not allow auto-negotiation, in which case the "speed" and "duplex" properties should be set.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

Default value: TRUE

@@ -1417,7 +1417,7 @@ are supported by all devices.


The “cloned-mac-address” property

-
  “cloned-mac-address”       gchar *
+
  “cloned-mac-address”       gchar *

If specified, request that the device use this MAC address instead of its permanent MAC address. This is known as MAC cloning or spoofing.

Beside explicitly specifing a MAC address, the special values "preserve", "permanent", @@ -1437,7 +1437,7 @@ of NetworkManager.conf. If still unspecified, it defaults to "permanent".


The “duplex” property

-
  “duplex”                   gchar *
+
  “duplex”                   gchar *

If specified, request that the device only use the specified duplex mode. Either "half" or "full".

Flags: Read / Write

@@ -1446,14 +1446,14 @@ Either "half" or "full".


The “generate-mac-address-mask” property

-
  “generate-mac-address-mask” gchar *
+
  “generate-mac-address-mask” gchar *

With “cloned-mac-address” setting "random" or "stable", by default all bits of the MAC address are scrambled and a locally-administered, unicast MAC address is created. This property allows to specify that certain bits are fixed. Note that the least significant bit of the first MAC address will always be unset to create a unicast MAC address.

-

If the property is NULL, it is eligible to be overwritten by a default -connection setting. If the value is still NULL or an empty string, the +

If the property is NULL, it is eligible to be overwritten by a default +connection setting. If the value is still NULL or an empty string, the default is to create a locally-administered, unicast MAC address.

If the value contains one MAC address, this address is used as mask. The set bits of the mask are to be filled with the current MAC address of the device, @@ -1477,7 +1477,7 @@ administered.


The “mac-address” property

-
  “mac-address”              gchar *
+
  “mac-address”              gchar *

If specified, this connection will only apply to the Ethernet device whose permanent MAC address matches. This property does not change the MAC address of the device (i.e. MAC spoofing).

@@ -1487,7 +1487,7 @@ MAC address of the device (i.e. MAC spoofing).


The “mac-address-blacklist” property

-
  “mac-address-blacklist”    GStrv
+
  “mac-address-blacklist”    GStrv

If specified, this connection will never apply to the Ethernet device whose permanent MAC address matches an address in the list. Each MAC address is in the standard hex-digits-and-colons notation @@ -1497,7 +1497,7 @@ address is in the standard hex-digits-and-colons notation


The “mtu” property

-
  “mtu”                      guint
+
  “mtu”                      guint

If non-zero, only transmit packets of the specified size or smaller, breaking larger packets up into multiple Ethernet frames.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

@@ -1506,7 +1506,7 @@ breaking larger packets up into multiple Ethernet frames.


The “port” property

-
  “port”                     gchar *
+
  “port”                     gchar *

Specific port type to use if multiple the device supports multiple attachment methods. One of "tp" (Twisted Pair), "aui" (Attachment Unit Interface), "bnc" (Thin Ethernet) or "mii" (Media Independent Interface. @@ -1517,7 +1517,7 @@ If the device supports only one port type, this setting is ignored.


The “s390-nettype” property

-
  “s390-nettype”             gchar *
+
  “s390-nettype”             gchar *

s390 network device type; one of "qeth", "lcs", or "ctc", representing the different types of virtual network devices available on s390 systems.

Flags: Read / Write

@@ -1526,7 +1526,7 @@ the different types of virtual network devices available on s390 systems.


The “s390-options” property

-
  “s390-options”             GHashTable *
+
  “s390-options”             GHashTable *

Dictionary of key/value pairs of s390-specific device options. Both keys and values must be strings. Allowed keys include "portno", "layer2", "portname", "protocol", among others. Key names must contain only @@ -1537,7 +1537,7 @@ alphanumeric characters (ie, [a-zA-Z0-9]).


The “s390-subchannels” property

-
  “s390-subchannels”         GStrv
+
  “s390-subchannels”         GStrv

Identifies specific subchannels that this network device uses for communication with z/VM or s390 host. Like the “mac-address” property for non-z/VM devices, this property @@ -1550,7 +1550,7 @@ period (.) character.


The “speed” property

-
  “speed”                    guint
+
  “speed”                    guint

If non-zero, request that the device use only the specified speed. In Mbit/s, ie 100 == 100Mbit/s.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

@@ -1559,7 +1559,7 @@ Mbit/s, ie 100 == 100Mbit/s.


The “wake-on-lan” property

-
  “wake-on-lan”              guint
+
  “wake-on-lan”              guint

The NMSettingWiredWakeOnLan options to enable. Not all devices support all options. May be any combination of NM_SETTING_WIRED_WAKE_ON_LAN_PHY, NM_SETTING_WIRED_WAKE_ON_LAN_UNICAST, NM_SETTING_WIRED_WAKE_ON_LAN_MULTICAST, @@ -1575,9 +1575,9 @@ NetworkManager).


The “wake-on-lan-password” property

-
  “wake-on-lan-password”     gchar *
+
  “wake-on-lan-password”     gchar *

If specified, the password used with magic-packet-based -Wake-on-LAN, represented as an Ethernet MAC address. If NULL, +Wake-on-LAN, represented as an Ethernet MAC address. If NULL, no password will be required.

Flags: Read / Write

Default value: NULL

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingWireless.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingWireless.html index 98c7a146..7fd3ffe9 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingWireless.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingWireless.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMSettingWireless: libnm Reference Manual - + @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@

Functions

-
+
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@
-GBytes * +GBytes * nm_setting_wireless_get_ssid () @@ -73,7 +73,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_wireless_get_channel () @@ -88,7 +88,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_wireless_get_rate () @@ -96,7 +96,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_wireless_get_tx_power () @@ -132,7 +132,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_wireless_get_num_mac_blacklist_items () @@ -147,7 +147,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_wireless_add_mac_blacklist_item () @@ -163,7 +163,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_wireless_remove_mac_blacklist_item_by_value () @@ -179,7 +179,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_wireless_get_mtu () @@ -187,7 +187,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_wireless_get_hidden () @@ -195,7 +195,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_wireless_get_powersave () @@ -211,7 +211,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_wireless_add_seen_bssid () @@ -219,7 +219,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_wireless_get_num_seen_bssids () @@ -234,7 +234,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_wireless_ap_security_compatible () @@ -245,7 +245,7 @@

Properties

-
+
@@ -254,88 +254,88 @@ +gchar * +gchar * - + +gchar * +gchar * - + +gchar * - + - + +gchar * - + - + - + - + +GBytes * - + @@ -344,7 +344,7 @@

Types and Values

-
-gchar * band Read / Write
-gchar * bssid Read / Write
guintguint channel Read / Write / Construct
-gchar * cloned-mac-address Read / Write
-gchar * generate-mac-address-mask Read / Write
gbooleangboolean hidden Read / Write
-gchar * mac-address Read / Write
GStrvGStrv mac-address-blacklist Read / Write
guintguint mac-address-randomization Read / Write
-gchar * mode Read / Write
guintguint mtu Read / Write / Construct
guintguint powersave Read / Write
guintguint rate Read / Write / Construct
GStrvGStrv seen-bssids Read / Write
-GBytes * ssid Read / Write
guintguint tx-power Read / Write / Construct
+
@@ -445,7 +445,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

    GEnum
     ╰── NMSettingWirelessPowersave
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingWireless
 
@@ -471,11 +471,11 @@ nm_setting_wireless_new (void

nm_setting_wireless_get_ssid ()

-
GBytes *
+
GBytes *
 nm_setting_wireless_get_ssid (NMSettingWireless *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -501,7 +501,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_get_ssid (NMSettingWireless *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -526,7 +526,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_get_mode (NMSettingWireless *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -547,11 +547,11 @@ nm_setting_wireless_get_band (

nm_setting_wireless_get_channel ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_wireless_get_channel (NMSettingWireless *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -576,7 +576,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_get_channel (NMSettingWireless *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -597,11 +597,11 @@ nm_setting_wireless_get_bssid (

nm_setting_wireless_get_rate ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_wireless_get_rate (NMSettingWireless *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -622,11 +622,11 @@ nm_setting_wireless_get_rate (

nm_setting_wireless_get_tx_power ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_wireless_get_tx_power (NMSettingWireless *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -651,7 +651,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_get_tx_power (NMSettingWireless *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -677,7 +677,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_get_cloned_mac_address (NMSettingWireless *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -703,7 +703,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_get_generate_mac_address_mask (NMSettingWireless *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -730,7 +730,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_get_mac_address_blacklist (NMSettingWireless *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -751,12 +751,12 @@ nm_setting_wireless_get_mac_address_blacklist

nm_setting_wireless_get_num_mac_blacklist_items ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_wireless_get_num_mac_blacklist_items
                                (NMSettingWireless *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -780,10 +780,10 @@ nm_setting_wireless_get_num_mac_blacklist_items
const char *
 nm_setting_wireless_get_mac_blacklist_item
                                (NMSettingWireless *setting,
-                                guint32 idx);
+ guint32 idx);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -813,14 +813,14 @@ at index idx

nm_setting_wireless_add_mac_blacklist_item ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wireless_add_mac_blacklist_item
                                (NMSettingWireless *setting,
                                 const char *mac);

Adds a new MAC address to the “mac-address-blacklist” property.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -842,7 +842,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_add_mac_blacklist_item

Returns

-

TRUE if the MAC address was added; FALSE if the MAC address +

TRUE if the MAC address was added; FALSE if the MAC address is invalid or was already present

@@ -852,12 +852,12 @@ is invalid or was already present

void
 nm_setting_wireless_remove_mac_blacklist_item
                                (NMSettingWireless *setting,
-                                guint32 idx);
+ guint32 idx);

Removes the MAC address at index idx from the blacklist.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -881,7 +881,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_remove_mac_blacklist_item

nm_setting_wireless_remove_mac_blacklist_item_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wireless_remove_mac_blacklist_item_by_value
                                (NMSettingWireless *setting,
                                 const char *mac);
@@ -889,7 +889,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_remove_mac_blacklist_item_by_value from the blacklist.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -912,7 +912,7 @@ the blacklist

Returns

-

TRUE if the MAC address was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

+

TRUE if the MAC address was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.


@@ -924,7 +924,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_clear_mac_blacklist_items

Removes all blacklisted MAC addresses.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -941,11 +941,11 @@ nm_setting_wireless_clear_mac_blacklist_items

nm_setting_wireless_get_mtu ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_wireless_get_mtu (NMSettingWireless *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -966,11 +966,11 @@ nm_setting_wireless_get_mtu (

nm_setting_wireless_get_hidden ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wireless_get_hidden (NMSettingWireless *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -991,11 +991,11 @@ nm_setting_wireless_get_hidden (

nm_setting_wireless_get_powersave ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_wireless_get_powersave (NMSettingWireless *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1022,7 +1022,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_get_mac_address_randomization (NMSettingWireless *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1045,7 +1045,7 @@ setting


nm_setting_wireless_add_seen_bssid ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wireless_add_seen_bssid (NMSettingWireless *setting,
                                     const char *bssid);

Adds a new Wi-Fi AP's BSSID to the previously seen BSSID list of the setting. @@ -1054,7 +1054,7 @@ no longer has much use. Actually, changes you make using this function will not be preserved.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1076,19 +1076,19 @@ not be preserved.

Returns

-

TRUE if bssid -was already known, FALSE if not

+

TRUE if bssid +was already known, FALSE if not


nm_setting_wireless_get_num_seen_bssids ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_wireless_get_num_seen_bssids
                                (NMSettingWireless *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1111,10 +1111,10 @@ nm_setting_wireless_get_num_seen_bssids

nm_setting_wireless_get_seen_bssid ()

const char *
 nm_setting_wireless_get_seen_bssid (NMSettingWireless *setting,
-                                    guint32 i);
+ guint32 i);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1143,7 +1143,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_get_seen_bssid (

nm_setting_wireless_ap_security_compatible ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wireless_ap_security_compatible
                                (NMSettingWireless *s_wireless,
                                 NMSettingWirelessSecurity *s_wireless_sec,
@@ -1159,7 +1159,7 @@ against a set of access points and determine which connections are
 compatible with which access points.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1173,7 +1173,7 @@ compatible with which access points.

- + @@ -1203,8 +1203,8 @@ capabilities

Returns

-

TRUE if the given settings are compatible with the access point's -security flags and mode, FALSE if they are not.

+

TRUE if the given settings are compatible with the access point's +security flags and mode, FALSE if they are not.

@@ -1340,7 +1340,7 @@ for this connection.

These flags indicate whether wireless powersave must be enabled.

Members

-

s_wireless_sec

a NMSettingWirelessSecurity or NULL

a NMSettingWirelessSecurity or NULL

 
+
@@ -1399,7 +1399,7 @@ for this connection.

Property Details

The “band” property

-
  “band”                     gchar *
+
  “band”                     gchar *

802.11 frequency band of the network. One of "a" for 5GHz 802.11a or "bg" for 2.4GHz 802.11. This will lock associations to the Wi-Fi network to the specific band, i.e. if "a" is specified, the device will not @@ -1412,7 +1412,7 @@ capability and may not work with all drivers.


The “bssid” property

-
  “bssid”                    gchar *
+
  “bssid”                    gchar *

If specified, directs the device to only associate with the given access point. This capability is highly driver dependent and not supported by all devices. Note: this property does not control the BSSID used when @@ -1423,7 +1423,7 @@ creating an Ad-Hoc network and is unlikely to in the future.


The “channel” property

-
  “channel”                  guint
+
  “channel”                  guint

Wireless channel to use for the Wi-Fi connection. The device will only join (or create for Ad-Hoc networks) a Wi-Fi network on the specified channel. Because channel numbers overlap between bands, this property @@ -1434,7 +1434,7 @@ also requires the "band" property to be set.


The “cloned-mac-address” property

-
  “cloned-mac-address”       gchar *
+
  “cloned-mac-address”       gchar *

If specified, request that the device use this MAC address instead of its permanent MAC address. This is known as MAC cloning or spoofing.

Beside explicitly specifing a MAC address, the special values "preserve", "permanent", @@ -1454,14 +1454,14 @@ of NetworkManager.conf. If still unspecified, it defaults to "permanent".


The “generate-mac-address-mask” property

-
  “generate-mac-address-mask” gchar *
+
  “generate-mac-address-mask” gchar *

With “cloned-mac-address” setting "random" or "stable", by default all bits of the MAC address are scrambled and a locally-administered, unicast MAC address is created. This property allows to specify that certain bits are fixed. Note that the least significant bit of the first MAC address will always be unset to create a unicast MAC address.

-

If the property is NULL, it is eligible to be overwritten by a default -connection setting. If the value is still NULL or an empty string, the +

If the property is NULL, it is eligible to be overwritten by a default +connection setting. If the value is still NULL or an empty string, the default is to create a locally-administered, unicast MAC address.

If the value contains one MAC address, this address is used as mask. The set bits of the mask are to be filled with the current MAC address of the device, @@ -1485,8 +1485,8 @@ administered.


The “hidden” property

-
  “hidden”                   gboolean
-

If TRUE, indicates this network is a non-broadcasting network that hides +

  “hidden”                   gboolean
+

If TRUE, indicates this network is a non-broadcasting network that hides its SSID. In this case various workarounds may take place, such as probe-scanning the SSID for more reliable network discovery. However, these workarounds expose inherent insecurities with hidden SSID networks, @@ -1497,7 +1497,7 @@ and thus hidden SSID networks should be used with caution.


The “mac-address” property

-
  “mac-address”              gchar *
+
  “mac-address”              gchar *

If specified, this connection will only apply to the Wi-Fi device whose permanent MAC address matches. This property does not change the MAC address of the device (i.e. MAC spoofing).

@@ -1507,7 +1507,7 @@ address of the device (i.e. MAC spoofing).


The “mac-address-blacklist” property

-
  “mac-address-blacklist”    GStrv
+
  “mac-address-blacklist”    GStrv

A list of permanent MAC addresses of Wi-Fi devices to which this connection should never apply. Each MAC address should be given in the standard hex-digits-and-colons notation (eg "00:11:22:33:44:55").

@@ -1516,7 +1516,7 @@ standard hex-digits-and-colons notation (eg "00:11:22:33:44:55").


The “mac-address-randomization” property

-
  “mac-address-randomization” guint
+
  “mac-address-randomization” guint

One of NM_SETTING_MAC_RANDOMIZATION_DEFAULT (never randomize unless the user has set a global default to randomize and the supplicant supports randomization), NM_SETTING_MAC_RANDOMIZATION_NEVER (never @@ -1533,7 +1533,7 @@ randomize the MAC address), or

The “mode” property

-
  “mode”                     gchar *
+
  “mode”                     gchar *

Wi-Fi network mode; one of "infrastructure", "adhoc" or "ap". If blank, infrastructure is assumed.

Flags: Read / Write

@@ -1542,7 +1542,7 @@ infrastructure is assumed.


The “mtu” property

-
  “mtu”                      guint
+
  “mtu”                      guint

If non-zero, only transmit packets of the specified size or smaller, breaking larger packets up into multiple Ethernet frames.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

@@ -1551,7 +1551,7 @@ breaking larger packets up into multiple Ethernet frames.


The “powersave” property

-
  “powersave”                guint
+
  “powersave”                guint

One of NM_SETTING_WIRELESS_POWERSAVE_DISABLE (disable Wi-Fi power saving), NM_SETTING_WIRELESS_POWERSAVE_ENABLE (enable Wi-Fi power saving), NM_SETTING_WIRELESS_POWERSAVE_IGNORE (don't touch currently @@ -1564,7 +1564,7 @@ globally configured value). All other values are reserved.


The “rate” property

-
  “rate”                     guint
+
  “rate”                     guint

If non-zero, directs the device to only use the specified bitrate for communication with the access point. Units are in Kb/s, ie 5500 = 5.5 Mbit/s. This property is highly driver dependent and not all devices @@ -1575,7 +1575,7 @@ support setting a static bitrate.


The “seen-bssids” property

-
  “seen-bssids”              GStrv
+
  “seen-bssids”              GStrv

A list of BSSIDs (each BSSID formatted as a MAC address like "00:11:22:33:44:55") that have been detected as part of the Wi-Fi network. NetworkManager internally tracks previously seen BSSIDs. The @@ -1587,14 +1587,14 @@ preserved.


The “ssid” property

-
  “ssid”                     GBytes *
+
  “ssid”                     GBytes *

SSID of the Wi-Fi network. Must be specified.

Flags: Read / Write


The “tx-power” property

-
  “tx-power”                 guint
+
  “tx-power”                 guint

If non-zero, directs the device to use the specified transmit power. Units are dBm. This property is highly driver dependent and not all devices support setting a static transmit power.

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingWirelessSecurity.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingWirelessSecurity.html index 5b5f96df..a30037bf 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingWirelessSecurity.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingWirelessSecurity.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMSettingWirelessSecurity: libnm Reference Manual - + @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

Functions

-
+
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

-guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_wireless_security_get_num_protos () @@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_wireless_security_add_proto () @@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_proto_by_value () @@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

-guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_wireless_security_get_num_pairwise () @@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_wireless_security_add_pairwise () @@ -137,7 +137,7 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_pairwise_by_value () @@ -153,7 +153,7 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

-guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_wireless_security_get_num_groups () @@ -168,7 +168,7 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_wireless_security_add_group () @@ -184,7 +184,7 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_group_by_value () @@ -252,7 +252,7 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

-guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_wireless_security_get_wep_tx_keyidx () @@ -286,7 +286,7 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

Properties

-
+
@@ -295,24 +295,24 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

+gchar * - + +gchar * +gchar * @@ -323,23 +323,23 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

+gchar * - + - + +gchar * @@ -360,30 +360,30 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

+gchar * +gchar * +gchar * +gchar * - + @@ -392,7 +392,7 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

Types and Values

-
-gchar * auth-alg Read / Write
GStrvGStrv group Read / Write
-gchar * key-mgmt Read / Write
-gchar * leap-password Read / Write
-gchar * leap-username Read / Write
GStrvGStrv pairwise Read / Write
GStrvGStrv proto Read / Write
-gchar * psk Read / Write
-gchar * wep-key0 Read / Write
-gchar * wep-key1 Read / Write
-gchar * wep-key2 Read / Write
-gchar * wep-key3 Read / Write
guintguint wep-tx-keyidx Read / Write / Construct
+
@@ -485,7 +485,7 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

Object Hierarchy

    GEnum
     ╰── NMWepKeyType
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingWirelessSecurity
 
@@ -526,7 +526,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_security_get_key_mgmt (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -547,12 +547,12 @@ nm_setting_wireless_security_get_key_mgmt

nm_setting_wireless_security_get_num_protos ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_wireless_security_get_num_protos
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -577,10 +577,10 @@ connecting to secure Wi-Fi networks

const char *
 nm_setting_wireless_security_get_proto
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting,
-                                guint32 i);
+ guint32 i);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -609,7 +609,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_security_get_proto

nm_setting_wireless_security_add_proto ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wireless_security_add_proto
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting,
                                 const char *proto);
@@ -621,7 +621,7 @@ by this connection only supports WPA2/RSN, the connection cannot be used with the access point.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -643,8 +643,8 @@ with the access point.

Returns

-

TRUE if the protocol was new and and was added to the allowed -protocol list, or FALSE if it was already in the list

+

TRUE if the protocol was new and and was added to the allowed +protocol list, or FALSE if it was already in the list


@@ -653,11 +653,11 @@ protocol list, or void nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_proto (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting, - guint32 i); + guint32 i);

Removes a protocol from the allowed protocol list.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -681,14 +681,14 @@ nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_proto

nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_proto_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_proto_by_value
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting,
                                 const char *proto);

Removes a protocol from the allowed protocol list.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -710,7 +710,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_proto_by_value

Returns

-

TRUE if the protocol was found and removed; FALSE it it was not.

+

TRUE if the protocol was found and removed; FALSE it it was not.


@@ -723,7 +723,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_security_clear_protos specified then all protocols are allowed.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -740,12 +740,12 @@ specified then all protocols are allowed.


nm_setting_wireless_security_get_num_pairwise ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_wireless_security_get_num_pairwise
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -769,12 +769,12 @@ nm_setting_wireless_security_get_num_pairwise
const char *
 nm_setting_wireless_security_get_pairwise
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting,
-                                guint32 i);
+ guint32 i);

Returns the allowed pairwise encryption algorithm from allowed algorithm list.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -803,7 +803,7 @@ list.


nm_setting_wireless_security_add_pairwise ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wireless_security_add_pairwise
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting,
                                 const char *pairwise);
@@ -813,7 +813,7 @@ one or more of the encryption algorithms in the list will be considered compatible with this connection.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -835,7 +835,7 @@ compatible with this connection.

Returns

-

TRUE if the algorithm was added to the list, FALSE if it was +

TRUE if the algorithm was added to the list, FALSE if it was already in the list

@@ -845,12 +845,12 @@ already in the list

void
 nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_pairwise
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting,
-                                guint32 i);
+ guint32 i);

Removes an encryption algorithm from the allowed pairwise encryption algorithm list.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -874,7 +874,7 @@ algorithm list.


nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_pairwise_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_pairwise_by_value
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting,
                                 const char *pairwise);
@@ -882,7 +882,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_pairwise_by_value algorithm list.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -904,7 +904,7 @@ algorithm list.

Returns

-

TRUE if the encryption algorith was found and removed; FALSE it it was not.

+

TRUE if the encryption algorith was found and removed; FALSE it it was not.


@@ -917,7 +917,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_security_clear_pairwise specified then all pairwise encryption algorithms are allowed.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -934,12 +934,12 @@ specified then all pairwise encryption algorithms are allowed.


nm_setting_wireless_security_get_num_groups ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_wireless_security_get_num_groups
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -963,12 +963,12 @@ nm_setting_wireless_security_get_num_groups
const char *
 nm_setting_wireless_security_get_group
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting,
-                                guint32 i);
+ guint32 i);

Returns the allowed groupwise encryption algorithm from allowed algorithm list.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -997,7 +997,7 @@ list.


nm_setting_wireless_security_add_group ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wireless_security_add_group
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting,
                                 const char *group);
@@ -1007,7 +1007,7 @@ one or more of the encryption algorithms in the list will be considered compatible with this connection.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1030,7 +1030,7 @@ compatible with this connection.

Returns

-

TRUE if the algorithm was added to the list, FALSE if it was +

TRUE if the algorithm was added to the list, FALSE if it was already in the list

@@ -1040,12 +1040,12 @@ already in the list

void
 nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_group
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting,
-                                guint32 i);
+ guint32 i);

Removes an encryption algorithm from the allowed groupwise encryption algorithm list.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1069,7 +1069,7 @@ algorithm list.


nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_group_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_group_by_value
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting,
                                 const char *group);
@@ -1077,7 +1077,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_group_by_value algorithm list.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1100,7 +1100,7 @@ algorithm list.

Returns

-

TRUE if the algorithm was found and removed; FALSE it it was not.

+

TRUE if the algorithm was found and removed; FALSE it it was not.


@@ -1113,7 +1113,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_security_clear_groups specified then all groupwise encryption algorithms are allowed.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1134,7 +1134,7 @@ specified then all groupwise encryption algorithms are allowed.

nm_setting_wireless_security_get_psk (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1160,7 +1160,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_security_get_psk_flags (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1187,7 +1187,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_security_get_leap_username (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1213,7 +1213,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_security_get_leap_password (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1239,7 +1239,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_security_get_leap_password_flags (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1264,10 +1264,10 @@ nm_setting_wireless_security_get_leap_password_flags
const char *
 nm_setting_wireless_security_get_wep_key
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting,
-                                guint32 idx);
+ guint32 idx);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1298,12 +1298,12 @@ nm_setting_wireless_security_get_wep_key
void
 nm_setting_wireless_security_set_wep_key
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting,
-                                guint32 idx,
+                                guint32 idx,
                                 const char *key);

Sets a WEP key in the given index.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1334,12 +1334,12 @@ property.


nm_setting_wireless_security_get_wep_tx_keyidx ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_wireless_security_get_wep_tx_keyidx
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1365,7 +1365,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_security_get_auth_alg (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1391,7 +1391,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_security_get_wep_key_flags (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1417,7 +1417,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_security_get_wep_key_type (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1457,7 +1457,7 @@ keys are hashed differently to determine the actual WEP key the type must be specified.

Members

-
+
@@ -1614,7 +1614,7 @@ the actual WEP key using the MD5 hash algorithm.

Property Details

The “auth-alg” property

-
  “auth-alg”                 gchar *
+
  “auth-alg”                 gchar *

When WEP is used (ie, key-mgmt = "none" or "ieee8021x") indicate the 802.11 authentication algorithm required by the AP here. One of "open" for Open System, "shared" for Shared Key, or "leap" for Cisco LEAP. When @@ -1626,7 +1626,7 @@ using Cisco LEAP (ie, key-mgmt = "ieee8021x" and auth-alg = "leap") the


The “group” property

-
  “group”                    GStrv
+
  “group”                    GStrv

A list of group/broadcast encryption algorithms which prevents connections to Wi-Fi networks that do not utilize one of the algorithms in the list. For maximum compatibility leave this property empty. Each @@ -1636,7 +1636,7 @@ list element may be one of "wep40", "wep104", "tkip", or "ccmp".


The “key-mgmt” property

-
  “key-mgmt”                 gchar *
+
  “key-mgmt”                 gchar *

Key management used for the connection. One of "none" (WEP), "ieee8021x" (Dynamic WEP), "wpa-none" (Ad-Hoc WPA-PSK), "wpa-psk" (infrastructure WPA-PSK), or "wpa-eap" (WPA-Enterprise). This property must be set for @@ -1647,7 +1647,7 @@ any Wi-Fi connection that uses security.


The “leap-password” property

-
  “leap-password”            gchar *
+
  “leap-password”            gchar *

The login password for legacy LEAP connections (ie, key-mgmt = "ieee8021x" and auth-alg = "leap").

Flags: Read / Write

@@ -1664,7 +1664,7 @@ any Wi-Fi connection that uses security.


The “leap-username” property

-
  “leap-username”            gchar *
+
  “leap-username”            gchar *

The login username for legacy LEAP connections (ie, key-mgmt = "ieee8021x" and auth-alg = "leap").

Flags: Read / Write

@@ -1673,7 +1673,7 @@ any Wi-Fi connection that uses security.


The “pairwise” property

-
  “pairwise”                 GStrv
+
  “pairwise”                 GStrv

A list of pairwise encryption algorithms which prevents connections to Wi-Fi networks that do not utilize one of the algorithms in the list. For maximum compatibility leave this property empty. Each list element @@ -1683,7 +1683,7 @@ may be one of "tkip" or "ccmp".


The “proto” property

-
  “proto”                    GStrv
+
  “proto”                    GStrv

List of strings specifying the allowed WPA protocol versions to use. Each element may be one "wpa" (allow WPA) or "rsn" (allow WPA2/RSN). If not specified, both WPA and RSN connections are allowed.

@@ -1692,7 +1692,7 @@ not specified, both WPA and RSN connections are allowed.


The “psk” property

-
  “psk”                      gchar *
+
  “psk”                      gchar *

Pre-Shared-Key for WPA networks. If the key is 64-characters long, it must contain only hexadecimal characters and is interpreted as a hexadecimal WPA key. Otherwise, the key must be between 8 and 63 ASCII @@ -1735,7 +1735,7 @@ the actual WEP key.


The “wep-key0” property

-
  “wep-key0”                 gchar *
+
  “wep-key0”                 gchar *

Index 0 WEP key. This is the WEP key used in most networks. See the "wep-key-type" property for a description of how this key is interpreted.

Flags: Read / Write

@@ -1744,7 +1744,7 @@ the actual WEP key.


The “wep-key1” property

-
  “wep-key1”                 gchar *
+
  “wep-key1”                 gchar *

Index 1 WEP key. This WEP index is not used by most networks. See the "wep-key-type" property for a description of how this key is interpreted.

Flags: Read / Write

@@ -1753,7 +1753,7 @@ the actual WEP key.


The “wep-key2” property

-
  “wep-key2”                 gchar *
+
  “wep-key2”                 gchar *

Index 2 WEP key. This WEP index is not used by most networks. See the "wep-key-type" property for a description of how this key is interpreted.

Flags: Read / Write

@@ -1762,7 +1762,7 @@ the actual WEP key.


The “wep-key3” property

-
  “wep-key3”                 gchar *
+
  “wep-key3”                 gchar *

Index 3 WEP key. This WEP index is not used by most networks. See the "wep-key-type" property for a description of how this key is interpreted.

Flags: Read / Write

@@ -1771,7 +1771,7 @@ the actual WEP key.


The “wep-tx-keyidx” property

-
  “wep-tx-keyidx”            guint
+
  “wep-tx-keyidx”            guint

When static WEP is used (ie, key-mgmt = "none") and a non-default WEP key index is used by the AP, put that WEP key index here. Valid values are 0 (default key) through 3. Note that some consumer access points (like the diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSimpleConnection.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSimpleConnection.html index c7ee43e3..323b4db0 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSimpleConnection.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSimpleConnection.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMSimpleConnection: libnm Reference Manual - + @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@

Functions

-
+
@@ -70,7 +70,7 @@

Types and Values

-
+
@@ -83,7 +83,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMSimpleConnection
 
@@ -115,14 +115,14 @@ but might be used in the process of creating a new one.

nm_simple_connection_new_from_dbus ()

NMConnection *
-nm_simple_connection_new_from_dbus (GVariant *dict,
-                                    GError **error);
+nm_simple_connection_new_from_dbus (GVariant *dict, + GError **error);

Creates a new NMSimpleConnection from a hash table describing the connection and normalize the connection. See nm_connection_to_dbus() for a description of the expected hash table.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ description of the expected hash table.

- + @@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ description of the expected hash table.

Returns

the new NMSimpleConnection object, populated with -settings created from the values in the hash table, or NULL if the +settings created from the values in the hash table, or NULL if the connection failed to normalize.

[transfer full]

@@ -158,7 +158,7 @@ nm_simple_connection_new_clone (Clones an NMConnection as an NMSimpleConnection.

Parameters

-

dict

a GVariant of type NM_VARIANT_TYPE_CONNECTION describing the connection

a GVariant of type NM_VARIANT_TYPE_CONNECTION describing the connection

 
+
diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMVpnConnection.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMVpnConnection.html index 28b6cd12..30374ebb 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMVpnConnection.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMVpnConnection.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMVpnConnection: libnm Reference Manual - + @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@

Functions

-
+
@@ -63,7 +63,7 @@

Properties

-
+
@@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ +gchar * @@ -86,7 +86,7 @@

Signals

-
-gchar * banner Read
+
@@ -95,13 +95,13 @@ - +
void vpn-state-changedRun FirstRun First

Types and Values

-
+
@@ -124,7 +124,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMActiveConnection
             ╰── NMVpnConnection
@@ -134,7 +134,7 @@
 

Implemented Interfaces

NMVpnConnection implements - GInitable and GAsyncInitable.

+ GInitable and GAsyncInitable.

Description

@@ -148,7 +148,7 @@ nm_vpn_connection_get_vpn_state (Gets the current NMVpnConnection state.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -174,7 +174,7 @@ nm_vpn_connection_get_banner (NMVpnConnection.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -217,7 +217,7 @@ string used by the connection, and must not be modified.

Property Details

The “banner” property

-
  “banner”                   gchar *
+
  “banner”                   gchar *

The VPN login banner of the active VPN connection.

Flags: Read

Default value: NULL

@@ -237,10 +237,10 @@ string used by the connection, and must not be modified.

The “vpn-state-changed” signal

void
 user_function (NMVpnConnection *nmvpnconnection,
-               guint            arg1,
-               guint            arg2,
-               gpointer         user_data)
-

Flags: Run First

+ guint arg1, + guint arg2, + gpointer user_data) +

Flags: Run First

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMVpnEditorPlugin.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMVpnEditorPlugin.html index baa30eed..46da86ab 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMVpnEditorPlugin.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMVpnEditorPlugin.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMVpnEditorPlugin: libnm Reference Manual - + @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@

Functions

-
+
@@ -77,7 +77,7 @@
-gsize +gsize nm_vpn_editor_plugin_get_vt () @@ -93,7 +93,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_vpn_editor_plugin_export () @@ -143,7 +143,7 @@

Properties

-
+
@@ -152,19 +152,19 @@ +gchar * +gchar * +gchar * @@ -173,7 +173,7 @@

Signals

-
-gchar * description Read
-gchar * name Read
-gchar * service Read
+
@@ -182,13 +182,13 @@ - +
void changedRun FirstRun First

Types and Values

-
+
@@ -238,7 +238,7 @@

Prerequisites

NMVpnEditor requires - GObject.

+ GObject.

Description

@@ -248,13 +248,13 @@ NMVpnEditor requires

NMVpnEditorPluginFactory ()

NMVpnEditorPlugin *
-(*NMVpnEditorPluginFactory) (GError **error);
+(*NMVpnEditorPluginFactory) (GError **error);

nm_vpn_editor_plugin_factory ()

NMVpnEditorPlugin *
-nm_vpn_editor_plugin_factory (GError **error);
+nm_vpn_editor_plugin_factory (GError **error);

@@ -262,10 +262,10 @@ nm_vpn_editor_plugin_factory (NMVpnEditor * nm_vpn_editor_plugin_get_editor (NMVpnEditorPlugin *plugin, NMConnection *connection, - GError **error); + GError **error);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -284,7 +284,7 @@ nm_vpn_editor_plugin_get_editor ( - + @@ -292,7 +292,7 @@ nm_vpn_editor_plugin_get_editor (

Returns

-

a new NMVpnEditor or NULL on error.

+

a new NMVpnEditor or NULL on error.

[transfer full]

@@ -305,10 +305,10 @@ nm_vpn_editor_plugin_get_capabilities (

nm_vpn_editor_plugin_get_vt ()

-
gsize
+
gsize
 nm_vpn_editor_plugin_get_vt (NMVpnEditorPlugin *plugin,
                              NMVpnEditorPluginVT *vt,
-                             gsize vt_size);
+ gsize vt_size);

Returns an opaque VT function table for the plugin to extend functionality. The actual meaning of NMVpnEditorPluginVT is not defined in public API of libnm, instead it must be agreed by @@ -316,7 +316,7 @@ both the plugin and the caller. See the header-only file 'nm-vpn-editor-plugin-call.h' which defines the meaning.

Parameters

-

error

on return, an error or NULL

on return, an error or NULL

 
+
@@ -355,10 +355,10 @@ size of plugin's VT.

NMConnection *
 nm_vpn_editor_plugin_import (NMVpnEditorPlugin *plugin,
                              const char *path,
-                             GError **error);
+ GError **error);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -377,7 +377,7 @@ nm_vpn_editor_plugin_import (

error

-
+ @@ -386,7 +386,7 @@ nm_vpn_editor_plugin_import (

Returns

a new NMConnection imported from path -, or NULL +, or NULL on error or if the file at path was not recognized by this plugin.

[transfer full]

@@ -395,11 +395,11 @@ was not recognized by this plugin.


nm_vpn_editor_plugin_export ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_vpn_editor_plugin_export (NMVpnEditorPlugin *plugin,
                              const char *path,
                              NMConnection *connection,
-                             GError **error);
+ GError **error);

@@ -417,8 +417,8 @@ nm_vpn_editor_plugin_load_from_file (const const char *check_service, int check_owner, NMUtilsCheckFilePredicate check_file, - gpointer user_data, - GError **error); + gpointer user_data, + GError **error);

Load the shared libary plugin_name and create a new NMVpnEditorPlugin instace via the NMVpnEditorPluginFactory @@ -431,7 +431,7 @@ A consequence for that is, that you cannot omit the ".so" suffix as you could for nm_vpn_editor_plugin_load().

Parameters

-

on return, an error or NULL

on return, an error or NULL

 
+
@@ -482,7 +482,7 @@ loading the shared library.

Returns

-

a new plugin instance or NULL on error.

+

a new plugin instance or NULL on error.

[transfer full]

Since: 1.2

@@ -493,7 +493,7 @@ loading the shared library.

NMVpnEditorPlugin *
 nm_vpn_editor_plugin_load (const char *plugin_name,
                            const char *check_service,
-                           GError **error);
+ GError **error);

Load the shared libary plugin_name and create a new NMVpnEditorPlugin instace via the NMVpnEditorPluginFactory @@ -504,7 +504,7 @@ to dlopen(). If you have the full path to a plugin nm_vpn_editor_plugin_load_from_file() is preferred.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -534,7 +534,7 @@ the given service.

Returns

-

a new plugin instance or NULL on error.

+

a new plugin instance or NULL on error.

[transfer full]

Since: 1.4

@@ -546,7 +546,7 @@ the given service.

nm_vpn_editor_plugin_get_plugin_info (NMVpnEditorPlugin *plugin);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -578,7 +578,7 @@ This takes a weak reference on plugin_info

Parameters

-
+
@@ -592,7 +592,7 @@ reference as the plugin-info might also reference the editor-plugin.

- + @@ -608,7 +608,7 @@ reference as the plugin-info might also reference the editor-plugin.

Flags that indicate certain capabilities of the plugin to editor programs.

Members

-

plugin_info

a NMVpnPluginInfo instance or NULL.

a NMVpnPluginInfo instance or NULL.

[allow-none]
+
@@ -698,7 +698,7 @@ reference as the plugin-info might also reference the editor-plugin.

Interface for VPN editor plugins.

Members

-
+
@@ -708,7 +708,7 @@ reference as the plugin-info might also reference the editor-plugin.

+if non-NULL.

@@ -719,27 +719,27 @@ if non- @@ -773,7 +773,7 @@ the plugin, without requiring to update libnm. Used by

Property Details

The “description” property

-
  “description”              gchar *
+
  “description”              gchar *

Longer description of the VPN plugin.

Flags: Read

Default value: NULL

@@ -781,7 +781,7 @@ the plugin, without requiring to update libnm. Used by

The “name” property

-
  “name”                     gchar *
+
  “name”                     gchar *

Short display name of the VPN plugin.

Flags: Read

Default value: NULL

@@ -789,7 +789,7 @@ the plugin, without requiring to update libnm. Used by

The “service” property

-
  “service”                  gchar *
+
  “service”                  gchar *

D-Bus service name of the plugin's VPN service.

Flags: Read

Default value: NULL

@@ -801,8 +801,8 @@ the plugin, without requiring to update libnm. Used by

The “changed” signal

void
 user_function (NMVpnEditor *nmvpneditor,
-               gpointer     user_data)
-

Flags: Run First

+ gpointer user_data) +

Flags: Run First

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMWimaxNsp.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMWimaxNsp.html index 424afa56..569ffd11 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMWimaxNsp.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMWimaxNsp.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMWimaxNsp: libnm Reference Manual - + @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@

get_editor ()

returns an NMVpnEditor, pre-filled with values from connection -if non-NULL.

 

import_from_file ()

Try to import a connection from the specified path. On -success, return a partial NMConnection object. On error, return NULL and +success, return a partial NMConnection object. On error, return NULL and set error with additional information. Note that error -can be NULL, in +can be NULL, in which case no additional error information should be provided.

 

export_to_file ()

Export the given connection to the specified path. Return -TRUE on success. On error, return FALSE and set error +TRUE on success. On error, return FALSE and set error with additional error information. Note that error -can be NULL, in which case no +can be NULL, in which case no additional error information should be provided.

 

get_suggested_filename ()

For a given connection, return a suggested file -name. Returned value will be NULL or a suggested file name to be freed by +name. Returned value will be NULL or a suggested file name to be freed by the caller.

 

Functions

-
+
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_wimax_nsp_get_signal_quality () @@ -67,7 +67,7 @@
-GPtrArray * +GPtrArray * nm_wimax_nsp_filter_connections () @@ -75,7 +75,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_wimax_nsp_connection_valid () @@ -86,7 +86,7 @@

Properties

-
+
@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ +gchar * @@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ - + @@ -114,7 +114,7 @@

Types and Values

-
-gchar * name Read
Read
guintguint signal-quality Read
+
@@ -141,7 +141,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMWimaxNsp
 
@@ -150,7 +150,7 @@

Implemented Interfaces

NMWimaxNsp implements - GInitable and GAsyncInitable.

+ GInitable and GAsyncInitable.

Description

@@ -164,7 +164,7 @@ nm_wimax_nsp_get_name (

Parameters

-
+
@@ -185,12 +185,12 @@ nm_wimax_nsp_get_name (

nm_wimax_nsp_get_signal_quality ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_wimax_nsp_get_signal_quality (NMWimaxNsp *nsp);

Gets the WPA signal quality of the wimax NSP.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -216,7 +216,7 @@ nm_wimax_nsp_get_network_type (Gets the network type of the wimax NSP.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -237,16 +237,16 @@ nm_wimax_nsp_get_network_type (

nm_wimax_nsp_filter_connections ()

-
GPtrArray *
+
GPtrArray *
 nm_wimax_nsp_filter_connections (NMWimaxNsp *nsp,
-                                 const GPtrArray *connections);
+ const GPtrArray *connections);

Filters a given array of connections for a given NMWimaxNsp object and return connections which may be activated with the NSP. Any returned connections will match the nsp 's network name and other attributes.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -260,7 +260,7 @@ connections will match the nsp - @@ -270,16 +270,16 @@ filter.

Returns

an array of -NMConnections that could be activated with the given nsp +NMConnections that could be activated with the given nsp . The array should -be freed with g_ptr_array_unref() when it is no longer required.

+be freed with g_ptr_array_unref() when it is no longer required.

[transfer container][element-type NMConnection]


nm_wimax_nsp_connection_valid ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_wimax_nsp_connection_valid (NMWimaxNsp *nsp,
                                NMConnection *connection);

Validates a given connection against a given WiMAX NSP to ensure that the @@ -288,7 +288,7 @@ connection may be activated with that NSP. The connection must match the 's network name and other attributes.

Parameters

-

connections

an array of NMConnections to +

an array of NMConnections to filter.

[element-type NMConnection]
+
@@ -312,8 +312,8 @@ against

Returns

-

TRUE if the connection may be activated with this WiMAX NSP, -FALSE if it cannot be.

+

TRUE if the connection may be activated with this WiMAX NSP, +FALSE if it cannot be.

@@ -346,7 +346,7 @@ against

Property Details

The “name” property

-
  “name”                     gchar *
+
  “name”                     gchar *

The name of the WiMAX NSP.

Flags: Read

Default value: NULL

@@ -362,7 +362,7 @@ against


The “signal-quality” property

-
  “signal-quality”           guint
+
  “signal-quality”           guint

The signal quality of the WiMAX NSP.

Flags: Read

Allowed values: <= 100

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/annotation-glossary.html b/docs/libnm/html/annotation-glossary.html index 536d9dc2..82a162a8 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/annotation-glossary.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/annotation-glossary.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Annotation Glossary: libnm Reference Manual - + diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/api-index-full.html b/docs/libnm/html/api-index-full.html index 8580254b..c898fb3a 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/api-index-full.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/api-index-full.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ API Index: libnm Reference Manual - + @@ -909,19 +909,19 @@
-NMConnection, struct in nm-core-types +NMConnection, struct in nm-core-types
-NMConnection::changed, object signal in nm-core-types +NMConnection::changed, object signal in nm-core-types
-NMConnection::secrets-cleared, object signal in nm-core-types +NMConnection::secrets-cleared, object signal in nm-core-types
-NMConnection::secrets-updated, object signal in nm-core-types +NMConnection::secrets-updated, object signal in nm-core-types
@@ -8562,7 +8562,7 @@
-NMVpnEditorInterface, struct in NMVpnEditor +NMVpnEditorInterface, struct in NMVpnEditor
@@ -8638,7 +8638,7 @@ NMVpnPluginInfo, struct in nm-vpn-plugin-info
-nm_vpn_editor_get_widget, function in NMVpnEditor +nm_vpn_editor_get_widget, function in NMVpnEditor
@@ -8698,7 +8698,7 @@ NMVpnPluginInfo, struct in nm-vpn-plugin-info
-nm_vpn_editor_update_connection, function in NMVpnEditor +nm_vpn_editor_update_connection, function in NMVpnEditor
diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/ch02.html b/docs/libnm/html/ch02.html index c1e74fc1..82f3f9b7 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/ch02.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/ch02.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Client Object API Reference: libnm Reference Manual - + diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/ch03.html b/docs/libnm/html/ch03.html index e500c1ec..9b411960 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/ch03.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/ch03.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Connection and Setting API Reference: libnm Reference Manual - + diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/ch04.html b/docs/libnm/html/ch04.html index 71a344e8..bd207fa5 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/ch04.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/ch04.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Device and Runtime Configuration API Reference: libnm Reference Manual - + diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/ch05.html b/docs/libnm/html/ch05.html index 467f6474..96ebc473 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/ch05.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/ch05.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Utility API Reference: libnm Reference Manual - + diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/ch06.html b/docs/libnm/html/ch06.html index b214f75e..962d2c83 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/ch06.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/ch06.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ VPN Plugin API Reference: libnm Reference Manual - + diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/index.html b/docs/libnm/html/index.html index d0e7f283..6d21a7b2 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/index.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/index.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ libnm Reference Manual: libnm Reference Manual - + @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@

- for libnm 1.4.2 + for libnm 1.4.4 The latest version of this documentation can be found on-line at https://developer.gnome.org/libnm/stable/. diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-dbus-interface.html b/docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-dbus-interface.html index 829ec98a..9602bec1 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-dbus-interface.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-dbus-interface.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ nm-dbus-interface: libnm Reference Manual - + @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@

Types and Values

-
+
@@ -658,7 +658,7 @@

NMState values indicate the current overall networking state.

Members

-
+
@@ -730,7 +730,7 @@

enum NMConnectivityState

Members

-
+
@@ -786,7 +786,7 @@ device object.

Members

-
+
@@ -951,7 +951,7 @@ GSM/UMTS, or LTE network access protocols

General device capability flags.

Members

-
+
@@ -996,7 +996,7 @@ GSM/UMTS, or LTE network access protocols

802.11 specific device encryption and authentication capabilities.

Members

-
+
@@ -1097,7 +1097,7 @@ GSM/UMTS, or LTE network access protocols

802.11 access point flags.

Members

-
+
@@ -1131,7 +1131,7 @@ the current security requirements of an access point as determined from the access point's beacon.

Members

-
+
@@ -1232,7 +1232,7 @@ is supported

Indicates the 802.11 mode an access point or device is currently in.

Members

-
+
@@ -1284,7 +1284,7 @@ is supported

Bluetooth device.

Members

-
+
@@ -1325,7 +1325,7 @@ specific access technologies the device supports use the ModemManager D-Bus API.

Members

-
+
@@ -1380,7 +1380,7 @@ GPRS, EDGE, UMTS, HSDPA, HSUPA, or HSPA+ packet switched data capability

WiMAX network type.

Members

-
+
@@ -1424,7 +1424,7 @@ GPRS, EDGE, UMTS, HSDPA, HSUPA, or HSPA+ packet switched data capability

enum NMDeviceState

Members

-
+
@@ -1554,7 +1554,7 @@ GPRS, EDGE, UMTS, HSDPA, HSUPA, or HSPA+ packet switched data capability

Device state change reason codes

Members

-
+
@@ -2011,7 +2011,7 @@ GPRS, EDGE, UMTS, HSDPA, HSUPA, or HSPA+ packet switched data capability

enum NMMetered

Members

-
+
@@ -2066,7 +2066,7 @@ specific network while it is starting, connected, or disconnecting from that network.

Members

-
+
@@ -2120,7 +2120,7 @@ network.

NMSecretAgentGetSecretsFlags values modify the behavior of a GetSecrets request.

Members

-
+
@@ -2191,7 +2191,7 @@ network.

NMSecretAgentCapabilities indicate various capabilities of the agent.

Members

-
+
@@ -2332,7 +2332,7 @@ VPN plugin authentication dialogs.

The tunneling mode.

Members

-
+
@@ -2420,7 +2420,7 @@ VPN plugin authentication dialogs.

The flags for CheckpointCreate call

Members

-
+
@@ -2453,7 +2453,7 @@ VPN plugin authentication dialogs.

The result of a checkpoint Rollback() operation for a specific device.

Members

-
+
diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-errors.html b/docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-errors.html index 5b4e5994..dd46f127 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-errors.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-errors.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ nm-errors: libnm Reference Manual - + @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@

Functions

-
+
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@
-GQuark +GQuark nm_agent_manager_error_quark () @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@
-GQuark +GQuark nm_connection_error_quark () @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@
-GQuark +GQuark nm_crypto_error_quark () @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@
-GQuark +GQuark nm_device_error_quark () @@ -74,7 +74,7 @@
-GQuark +GQuark nm_manager_error_quark () @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@
-GQuark +GQuark nm_secret_agent_error_quark () @@ -90,7 +90,7 @@
-GQuark +GQuark nm_settings_error_quark () @@ -98,7 +98,7 @@
-GQuark +GQuark nm_vpn_plugin_error_quark () @@ -109,7 +109,7 @@

Types and Values

-
+
@@ -202,49 +202,49 @@

Functions

nm_agent_manager_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_agent_manager_error_quark (void);

nm_connection_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_connection_error_quark (void);

nm_crypto_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_crypto_error_quark (void);

nm_device_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_device_error_quark (void);

nm_manager_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_manager_error_quark (void);

nm_secret_agent_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_secret_agent_error_quark (void);

nm_settings_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_settings_error_quark (void);

nm_vpn_plugin_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_vpn_plugin_error_quark (void);
@@ -254,11 +254,11 @@ nm_vpn_plugin_error_quark (void

enum NMAgentManagerError

Errors returned from the secret-agent manager.

These errors may be returned from operations that could cause secrets to be -requested (such as nm_client_activate_connection()), and correspond to D-Bus +requested (such as nm_client_activate_connection()), and correspond to D-Bus errors in the "org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AgentManager" namespace.

Members

-
+
@@ -333,7 +333,7 @@ methods, or may be returned from D-Bus operations (eg on

Members

-
+
@@ -430,7 +430,7 @@ methods, or may be returned from D-Bus operations (eg on NMSetting8021x operations.

Members

-
+
@@ -499,7 +499,7 @@ returned from D-Bus operations (where they correspond to errors in the "org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device" namespace).

Members

-
+
@@ -593,7 +593,7 @@ the "org.freedesktop.NetworkManager" interface, and correspond to D-Bus errors in that namespace.

Members

-
+
@@ -714,12 +714,12 @@ errors in that namespace.

when they encounter problems retrieving secrets on behalf of NM. They correspond to errors in the "org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.SecretManager" namespace.

-

Client APIs such as nm_client_activate_connection() will not see these error +

Client APIs such as nm_client_activate_connection() will not see these error codes; instead, the secret agent manager will translate them to the corresponding NMAgentManagerError codes.

Members

-
+
@@ -792,7 +792,7 @@ the "org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings" interface, and correspond to D-Bus errors in that namespace.

Members

-
+
@@ -866,7 +866,7 @@ D-Bus errors in that namespace.

to errors in the "org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Error" namespace.

Members

-
+
diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-utils.html b/docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-utils.html index 8c329f36..3e2b725e 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-utils.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-utils.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ nm-utils: libnm Reference Manual - + @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@

Functions

-
+
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ - -
-gboolean +gboolean nm_utils_is_empty_ssid () @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_utils_same_ssid () @@ -73,7 +73,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_utils_security_valid () @@ -81,7 +81,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_utils_ap_mode_security_valid () @@ -89,7 +89,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_utils_wep_key_valid () @@ -97,7 +97,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_utils_wpa_psk_valid () @@ -105,7 +105,7 @@
-GVariant * +GVariant * nm_utils_ip4_dns_to_variant () @@ -121,7 +121,7 @@
-GVariant * +GVariant * nm_utils_ip4_addresses_to_variant () @@ -129,7 +129,7 @@
-GPtrArray * +GPtrArray * nm_utils_ip4_addresses_from_variant () @@ -137,7 +137,7 @@
-GVariant * +GVariant * nm_utils_ip4_routes_to_variant () @@ -145,7 +145,7 @@
-GPtrArray * +GPtrArray * nm_utils_ip4_routes_from_variant () @@ -153,7 +153,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_utils_ip4_netmask_to_prefix () @@ -161,7 +161,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_utils_ip4_prefix_to_netmask () @@ -169,7 +169,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_utils_ip4_get_default_prefix () @@ -177,7 +177,7 @@
-GVariant * +GVariant * nm_utils_ip6_dns_to_variant () @@ -193,7 +193,7 @@
-GVariant * +GVariant * nm_utils_ip6_addresses_to_variant () @@ -201,7 +201,7 @@
-GPtrArray * +GPtrArray * nm_utils_ip6_addresses_from_variant () @@ -209,7 +209,7 @@
-GVariant * +GVariant * nm_utils_ip6_routes_to_variant () @@ -217,7 +217,7 @@
-GPtrArray * +GPtrArray * nm_utils_ip6_routes_from_variant () @@ -225,7 +225,7 @@
-GVariant * +GVariant * nm_utils_ip_addresses_to_variant () @@ -233,7 +233,7 @@
-GPtrArray * +GPtrArray * nm_utils_ip_addresses_from_variant () @@ -241,7 +241,7 @@
-GVariant * +GVariant * nm_utils_ip_routes_to_variant () @@ -249,7 +249,7 @@
-GPtrArray * +GPtrArray * nm_utils_ip_routes_from_variant () @@ -265,7 +265,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_utils_file_is_certificate () @@ -273,7 +273,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_utils_file_is_private_key () @@ -281,7 +281,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_utils_file_is_pkcs12 () @@ -289,7 +289,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean (*NMUtilsFileSearchInPathsPredicate) () @@ -297,7 +297,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean (*NMUtilsCheckFilePredicate) () @@ -312,7 +312,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_utils_wifi_freq_to_channel () @@ -320,7 +320,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_utils_wifi_channel_to_freq () @@ -328,7 +328,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_utils_wifi_find_next_channel () @@ -336,21 +336,21 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_utils_wifi_is_channel_valid ()
const guint * +const guint * nm_utils_wifi_2ghz_freqs ()
const guint * +const guint * nm_utils_wifi_5ghz_freqs () @@ -365,7 +365,7 @@
-gsize +gsize nm_utils_hwaddr_len () @@ -381,7 +381,7 @@
-GByteArray * +GByteArray * nm_utils_hwaddr_atoba () @@ -389,7 +389,7 @@
-guint8 * +guint8 * nm_utils_hwaddr_aton () @@ -397,7 +397,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_utils_hwaddr_valid () @@ -413,7 +413,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_utils_hwaddr_matches () @@ -429,7 +429,7 @@
-GBytes * +GBytes * nm_utils_hexstr2bin () @@ -437,7 +437,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_utils_iface_valid_name () @@ -445,7 +445,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_utils_is_uuid () @@ -467,7 +467,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_utils_ipaddr_valid () @@ -475,7 +475,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_utils_check_virtual_device_compatibility () @@ -506,7 +506,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_utils_enum_from_str () @@ -524,7 +524,7 @@

Types and Values

-
+
@@ -564,15 +564,15 @@ access points and devices, among other things.

Functions

nm_utils_is_empty_ssid ()

-
gboolean
-nm_utils_is_empty_ssid (const guint8 *ssid,
-                        gsize len);
+
gboolean
+nm_utils_is_empty_ssid (const guint8 *ssid,
+                        gsize len);

Different manufacturers use different mechanisms for not broadcasting the AP's SSID. This function attempts to detect blank/empty SSIDs using a number of known SSID-cloaking methods.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -595,22 +595,22 @@ number of known SSID-cloaking methods.

Returns

-

TRUE if the SSID is "empty", FALSE if it is not

+

TRUE if the SSID is "empty", FALSE if it is not


nm_utils_escape_ssid ()

const char *
-nm_utils_escape_ssid (const guint8 *ssid,
-                      gsize len);
+nm_utils_escape_ssid (const guint8 *ssid, + gsize len);

This function does a quick printable character conversion of the SSID, simply replacing embedded NULLs and non-printable characters with the hexadecimal representation of that character. Intended for debugging only, should not be used for display of SSIDs.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -640,12 +640,12 @@ and will be overwritten by subsequent calls to this function


nm_utils_same_ssid ()

-
gboolean
-nm_utils_same_ssid (const guint8 *ssid1,
-                    gsize len1,
-                    const guint8 *ssid2,
-                    gsize len2,
-                    gboolean ignore_trailing_null);
+
gboolean
+nm_utils_same_ssid (const guint8 *ssid1,
+                    gsize len1,
+                    const guint8 *ssid2,
+                    gsize len2,
+                    gboolean ignore_trailing_null);

Earlier versions of the Linux kernel added a NULL byte to the end of the SSID to enable easy printing of the SSID on the console or in a terminal, but this behavior was problematic (SSIDs are simply byte arrays, not strings) @@ -654,7 +654,7 @@ cost of some compatibility with odd SSIDs that may legitimately have trailing NULLs, even though that is functionally pointless.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -685,7 +685,7 @@ NULLs, even though that is functionally pointless.

- + @@ -693,15 +693,15 @@ NULLs, even though that is functionally pointless.

Returns

-

TRUE if the SSIDs are the same, FALSE if they are not

+

TRUE if the SSIDs are the same, FALSE if they are not


nm_utils_ssid_to_utf8 ()

char *
-nm_utils_ssid_to_utf8 (const guint8 *ssid,
-                       gsize len);
+nm_utils_ssid_to_utf8 (const guint8 *ssid, + gsize len);

Wi-Fi SSIDs are byte arrays, they are _not_ strings. Thus, an SSID may contain embedded NULLs and other unprintable characters. Often it is useful to print the SSID out for debugging purposes, but that should be the @@ -723,7 +723,7 @@ into a printable UTF-8 string, using roughly the following procedure:

_only_.

Parameters

-

ignore_trailing_null

TRUE to ignore one trailing NULL byte

TRUE to ignore one trailing NULL byte

 
+
@@ -747,19 +747,19 @@ _only_.

Returns

an allocated string containing a UTF-8 -representation of the SSID, which must be freed by the caller using g_free(). -Returns NULL on errors.

+representation of the SSID, which must be freed by the caller using g_free(). +Returns NULL on errors.

[transfer full]


nm_utils_security_valid ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_utils_security_valid (NMUtilsSecurityType type,
                          NMDeviceWifiCapabilities wifi_caps,
-                         gboolean have_ap,
-                         gboolean adhoc,
+                         gboolean have_ap,
+                         gboolean adhoc,
                          NM80211ApFlags ap_flags,
                          NM80211ApSecurityFlags ap_wpa,
                          NM80211ApSecurityFlags ap_rsn);
@@ -770,7 +770,7 @@ type, and AP capabilities intersect.

use nm_utils_ap_mode_security_valid() instead.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -824,15 +824,15 @@ e.g. (

Returns

-

TRUE if the device capabilities and AP capabilties intersect and are +

TRUE if the device capabilities and AP capabilties intersect and are compatible with the desired type -, FALSE if they are not

+, FALSE if they are not


nm_utils_ap_mode_security_valid ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_utils_ap_mode_security_valid (NMUtilsSecurityType type,
                                  NMDeviceWifiCapabilities wifi_caps);

Given a set of device capabilities, and a desired security type to check @@ -840,7 +840,7 @@ against, determines whether the combination of device capabilities and desired security type are valid for AP/Hotspot connections.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -864,22 +864,22 @@ e.g.

Returns

-

TRUE if the device capabilities are compatible with the desired +

TRUE if the device capabilities are compatible with the desired type -, FALSE if they are not.

+, FALSE if they are not.


nm_utils_wep_key_valid ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_utils_wep_key_valid (const char *key,
                         NMWepKeyType wep_type);

Checks if key is a valid WEP key

Parameters

-
+
@@ -901,20 +901,20 @@ nm_utils_wep_key_valid (const cha

Returns

-

TRUE if key -is a WEP key, FALSE if not

+

TRUE if key +is a WEP key, FALSE if not


nm_utils_wpa_psk_valid ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_utils_wpa_psk_valid (const char *psk);

Checks if psk is a valid WPA PSK

Parameters

-
+
@@ -929,20 +929,20 @@ nm_utils_wpa_psk_valid (const cha

Returns

-

TRUE if psk -is a WPA PSK, FALSE if not

+

TRUE if psk +is a WPA PSK, FALSE if not


nm_utils_ip4_dns_to_variant ()

-
GVariant *
+
GVariant *
 nm_utils_ip4_dns_to_variant (char **dns);
-

Utility function to convert an array of IP address strings int a GVariant of +

Utility function to convert an array of IP address strings int a GVariant of type 'au' representing an array of IPv4 addresses.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -957,7 +957,7 @@ type 'au' representing an array of IPv4 addresses.

Returns

-

a new floating GVariant representing dns +

a new floating GVariant representing dns .

[transfer none]

@@ -966,12 +966,12 @@ type 'au' representing an array of IPv4 addresses.

nm_utils_ip4_dns_from_variant ()

char **
-nm_utils_ip4_dns_from_variant (GVariant *value);
-

Utility function to convert a GVariant of type 'au' representing a list of +nm_utils_ip4_dns_from_variant (GVariant *value); +

Utility function to convert a GVariant of type 'au' representing a list of IPv4 addresses into an array of IP address strings.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -979,32 +979,32 @@ IPv4 addresses into an array of IP address strings.

- +

value

a GVariant of type 'au'

a GVariant of type 'au'

 

Returns

-

a NULL-terminated array of IP address strings.

+

a NULL-terminated array of IP address strings.

[transfer full][type utf8]


nm_utils_ip4_addresses_to_variant ()

-
GVariant *
-nm_utils_ip4_addresses_to_variant (GPtrArray *addresses,
+
GVariant *
+nm_utils_ip4_addresses_to_variant (GPtrArray *addresses,
                                    const char *gateway);
-

Utility function to convert a GPtrArray of NMIPAddress objects representing -IPv4 addresses into a GVariant of type 'aau' representing an array of +

Utility function to convert a GPtrArray of NMIPAddress objects representing +IPv4 addresses into a GVariant of type 'aau' representing an array of NetworkManager IPv4 addresses (which are tuples of address, prefix, and gateway). The "gateway" field of the first address will get the value of gateway - (if non-NULL). In all of the other addresses, that field will be 0.

+ (if non-NULL). In all of the other addresses, that field will be 0.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1026,7 +1026,7 @@ gateway). The "gateway" field of the first address will get the value of

Returns

-

a new floating GVariant representing addresses +

a new floating GVariant representing addresses .

[transfer none]

@@ -1034,18 +1034,18 @@ gateway). The "gateway" field of the first address will get the value of

nm_utils_ip4_addresses_from_variant ()

-
GPtrArray *
-nm_utils_ip4_addresses_from_variant (GVariant *value,
+
GPtrArray *
+nm_utils_ip4_addresses_from_variant (GVariant *value,
                                      char **out_gateway);
-

Utility function to convert a GVariant of type 'aau' representing a list of +

Utility function to convert a GVariant of type 'aau' representing a list of NetworkManager IPv4 addresses (which are tuples of address, prefix, and -gateway) into a GPtrArray of NMIPAddress objects. The "gateway" field of +gateway) into a GPtrArray of NMIPAddress objects. The "gateway" field of the first address (if set) will be returned in out_gateway ; the "gateway" fields of the other addresses are ignored.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1054,7 +1054,7 @@ of the other addresses are ignored.

- + @@ -1068,22 +1068,22 @@ of the other addresses are ignored.

Returns

a newly allocated -GPtrArray of NMIPAddress objects.

+GPtrArray of NMIPAddress objects.

[transfer full][element-type NMIPAddress]


nm_utils_ip4_routes_to_variant ()

-
GVariant *
-nm_utils_ip4_routes_to_variant (GPtrArray *routes);
-

Utility function to convert a GPtrArray of NMIPRoute objects representing -IPv4 routes into a GVariant of type 'aau' representing an array of +

GVariant *
+nm_utils_ip4_routes_to_variant (GPtrArray *routes);
+

Utility function to convert a GPtrArray of NMIPRoute objects representing +IPv4 routes into a GVariant of type 'aau' representing an array of NetworkManager IPv4 routes (which are tuples of route, prefix, next hop, and metric).

Parameters

-

value

a GVariant of type 'aau'

a GVariant of type 'aau'

 
+
@@ -1098,7 +1098,7 @@ metric).

Returns

-

a new floating GVariant representing routes +

a new floating GVariant representing routes .

[transfer none]

@@ -1106,14 +1106,14 @@ metric).


nm_utils_ip4_routes_from_variant ()

-
GPtrArray *
-nm_utils_ip4_routes_from_variant (GVariant *value);
-

Utility function to convert a GVariant of type 'aau' representing an array +

GPtrArray *
+nm_utils_ip4_routes_from_variant (GVariant *value);
+

Utility function to convert a GVariant of type 'aau' representing an array of NetworkManager IPv4 routes (which are tuples of route, prefix, next hop, -and metric) into a GPtrArray of NMIPRoute objects.

+and metric) into a GPtrArray of NMIPRoute objects.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1121,7 +1121,7 @@ and metric) into a

value

-
+

GVariant of type 'aau'

GVariant of type 'aau'

 
@@ -1129,18 +1129,18 @@ and metric) into a

Returns

a newly allocated -GPtrArray of NMIPRoute objects.

+GPtrArray of NMIPRoute objects.

[transfer full][element-type NMIPRoute]


nm_utils_ip4_netmask_to_prefix ()

-
guint32
-nm_utils_ip4_netmask_to_prefix (guint32 netmask);
+
guint32
+nm_utils_ip4_netmask_to_prefix (guint32 netmask);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1161,11 +1161,11 @@ nm_utils_ip4_netmask_to_prefix (

nm_utils_ip4_prefix_to_netmask ()

-
guint32
-nm_utils_ip4_prefix_to_netmask (guint32 prefix);
+
guint32
+nm_utils_ip4_prefix_to_netmask (guint32 prefix);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1186,15 +1186,15 @@ nm_utils_ip4_prefix_to_netmask (

nm_utils_ip4_get_default_prefix ()

-
guint32
-nm_utils_ip4_get_default_prefix (guint32 ip);
+
guint32
+nm_utils_ip4_get_default_prefix (guint32 ip);

When the Internet was originally set up, various ranges of IP addresses were segmented into three network classes: A, B, and C. This function will return a prefix that is associated with the IP address specified defining where it falls in the predefined classes.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1215,13 +1215,13 @@ falls in the predefined classes.


nm_utils_ip6_dns_to_variant ()

-
GVariant *
+
GVariant *
 nm_utils_ip6_dns_to_variant (char **dns);
-

Utility function to convert an array of IP address strings int a GVariant of +

Utility function to convert an array of IP address strings int a GVariant of type 'aay' representing an array of IPv6 addresses.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1236,7 +1236,7 @@ type 'aay' representing an array of IPv6 addresses.

Returns

-

a new floating GVariant representing dns +

a new floating GVariant representing dns .

[transfer none]

@@ -1245,12 +1245,12 @@ type 'aay' representing an array of IPv6 addresses.

nm_utils_ip6_dns_from_variant ()

char **
-nm_utils_ip6_dns_from_variant (GVariant *value);
-

Utility function to convert a GVariant of type 'aay' representing a list of +nm_utils_ip6_dns_from_variant (GVariant *value); +

Utility function to convert a GVariant of type 'aay' representing a list of IPv6 addresses into an array of IP address strings.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1258,33 +1258,33 @@ IPv6 addresses into an array of IP address strings.

- +

value

a GVariant of type 'aay'

a GVariant of type 'aay'

 

Returns

-

a NULL-terminated array of IP address strings.

+

a NULL-terminated array of IP address strings.

[transfer full][type utf8]


nm_utils_ip6_addresses_to_variant ()

-
GVariant *
-nm_utils_ip6_addresses_to_variant (GPtrArray *addresses,
+
GVariant *
+nm_utils_ip6_addresses_to_variant (GPtrArray *addresses,
                                    const char *gateway);
-

Utility function to convert a GPtrArray of NMIPAddress objects representing -IPv6 addresses into a GVariant of type 'a(ayuay)' representing an array of +

Utility function to convert a GPtrArray of NMIPAddress objects representing +IPv6 addresses into a GVariant of type 'a(ayuay)' representing an array of NetworkManager IPv6 addresses (which are tuples of address, prefix, and gateway). The "gateway" field of the first address will get the value of gateway - (if non-NULL). In all of the other addresses, that field will be + (if non-NULL). In all of the other addresses, that field will be all 0s.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1306,7 +1306,7 @@ all 0s.

Returns

-

a new floating GVariant representing addresses +

a new floating GVariant representing addresses .

[transfer none]

@@ -1314,18 +1314,18 @@ all 0s.


nm_utils_ip6_addresses_from_variant ()

-
GPtrArray *
-nm_utils_ip6_addresses_from_variant (GVariant *value,
+
GPtrArray *
+nm_utils_ip6_addresses_from_variant (GVariant *value,
                                      char **out_gateway);
-

Utility function to convert a GVariant of type 'a(ayuay)' representing a +

Utility function to convert a GVariant of type 'a(ayuay)' representing a list of NetworkManager IPv6 addresses (which are tuples of address, prefix, -and gateway) into a GPtrArray of NMIPAddress objects. The "gateway" field +and gateway) into a GPtrArray of NMIPAddress objects. The "gateway" field of the first address (if set) will be returned in out_gateway ; the "gateway" fields of the other addresses are ignored.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1334,7 +1334,7 @@ fields of the other addresses are ignored.

- + @@ -1348,22 +1348,22 @@ fields of the other addresses are ignored.

Returns

a newly allocated -GPtrArray of NMIPAddress objects.

+GPtrArray of NMIPAddress objects.

[transfer full][element-type NMIPAddress]


nm_utils_ip6_routes_to_variant ()

-
GVariant *
-nm_utils_ip6_routes_to_variant (GPtrArray *routes);
-

Utility function to convert a GPtrArray of NMIPRoute objects representing -IPv6 routes into a GVariant of type 'a(ayuayu)' representing an array of +

GVariant *
+nm_utils_ip6_routes_to_variant (GPtrArray *routes);
+

Utility function to convert a GPtrArray of NMIPRoute objects representing +IPv6 routes into a GVariant of type 'a(ayuayu)' representing an array of NetworkManager IPv6 routes (which are tuples of route, prefix, next hop, and metric).

Parameters

-

value

a GVariant of type 'a(ayuay)'

a GVariant of type 'a(ayuay)'

 
+
@@ -1378,7 +1378,7 @@ metric).

Returns

-

a new floating GVariant representing routes +

a new floating GVariant representing routes .

[transfer none]

@@ -1386,14 +1386,14 @@ metric).


nm_utils_ip6_routes_from_variant ()

-
GPtrArray *
-nm_utils_ip6_routes_from_variant (GVariant *value);
-

Utility function to convert a GVariant of type 'a(ayuayu)' representing an +

GPtrArray *
+nm_utils_ip6_routes_from_variant (GVariant *value);
+

Utility function to convert a GVariant of type 'a(ayuayu)' representing an array of NetworkManager IPv6 routes (which are tuples of route, prefix, next -hop, and metric) into a GPtrArray of NMIPRoute objects.

+hop, and metric) into a GPtrArray of NMIPRoute objects.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1401,7 +1401,7 @@ hop, and metric) into a

value

-
+

GVariant of type 'a(ayuayu)'

GVariant of type 'a(ayuayu)'

 
@@ -1409,23 +1409,23 @@ hop, and metric) into a

Returns

a newly allocated -GPtrArray of NMIPRoute objects.

+GPtrArray of NMIPRoute objects.

[transfer full][element-type NMIPRoute]


nm_utils_ip_addresses_to_variant ()

-
GVariant *
-nm_utils_ip_addresses_to_variant (GPtrArray *addresses);
-

Utility function to convert a GPtrArray of NMIPAddress objects representing -IPv4 or IPv6 addresses into a GVariant of type 'aa{sv}' representing an +

GVariant *
+nm_utils_ip_addresses_to_variant (GPtrArray *addresses);
+

Utility function to convert a GPtrArray of NMIPAddress objects representing +IPv4 or IPv6 addresses into a GVariant of type 'aa{sv}' representing an array of new-style NetworkManager IP addresses. All addresses will include "address" (an IP address string), and "prefix" (a uint). Some addresses may include additional attributes.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1440,7 +1440,7 @@ include additional attributes.

Returns

-

a new floating GVariant representing addresses +

a new floating GVariant representing addresses .

[transfer none]

@@ -1448,16 +1448,16 @@ include additional attributes.


nm_utils_ip_addresses_from_variant ()

-
GPtrArray *
-nm_utils_ip_addresses_from_variant (GVariant *value,
+
GPtrArray *
+nm_utils_ip_addresses_from_variant (GVariant *value,
                                     int family);
-

Utility function to convert a GVariant representing a list of new-style +

Utility function to convert a GVariant representing a list of new-style NetworkManager IPv4 or IPv6 addresses (as described in the documentation for -nm_utils_ip_addresses_to_variant()) into a GPtrArray of NMIPAddress +nm_utils_ip_addresses_to_variant()) into a GPtrArray of NMIPAddress objects.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1466,7 +1466,7 @@ objects.

- + @@ -1480,22 +1480,22 @@ objects.

Returns

a newly allocated -GPtrArray of NMIPAddress objects.

+GPtrArray of NMIPAddress objects.

[transfer full][element-type NMIPAddress]


nm_utils_ip_routes_to_variant ()

-
GVariant *
-nm_utils_ip_routes_to_variant (GPtrArray *routes);
-

Utility function to convert a GPtrArray of NMIPRoute objects representing -IPv4 or IPv6 routes into a GVariant of type 'aa{sv}' representing an array +

GVariant *
+nm_utils_ip_routes_to_variant (GPtrArray *routes);
+

Utility function to convert a GPtrArray of NMIPRoute objects representing +IPv4 or IPv6 routes into a GVariant of type 'aa{sv}' representing an array of new-style NetworkManager IP routes (which are tuples of destination, prefix, next hop, metric, and additional attributes).

Parameters

-

value

a GVariant of type 'aa{sv}'

a GVariant of type 'aa{sv}'

 
+
@@ -1510,7 +1510,7 @@ prefix, next hop, metric, and additional attributes).

Returns

-

a new floating GVariant representing routes +

a new floating GVariant representing routes .

[transfer none]

@@ -1518,16 +1518,16 @@ prefix, next hop, metric, and additional attributes).


nm_utils_ip_routes_from_variant ()

-
GPtrArray *
-nm_utils_ip_routes_from_variant (GVariant *value,
+
GPtrArray *
+nm_utils_ip_routes_from_variant (GVariant *value,
                                  int family);
-

Utility function to convert a GVariant representing a list of new-style +

Utility function to convert a GVariant representing a list of new-style NetworkManager IPv4 or IPv6 addresses (which are tuples of destination, -prefix, next hop, metric, and additional attributes) into a GPtrArray of +prefix, next hop, metric, and additional attributes) into a GPtrArray of NMIPRoute objects.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1536,7 +1536,7 @@ prefix, next hop, metric, and additional attributes) into a

value

-
+ @@ -1550,7 +1550,7 @@ prefix, next hop, metric, and additional attributes) into a

Returns

a newly allocated -GPtrArray of NMIPRoute objects.

+GPtrArray of NMIPRoute objects.

[transfer full][element-type NMIPRoute]

@@ -1562,13 +1562,13 @@ nm_utils_uuid_generate (void

Returns

a newly allocated UUID suitable for use as the NMSettingConnection -object's “id”: property. Should be freed with g_free()

+object's “id”: property. Should be freed with g_free()


nm_utils_file_is_certificate ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_utils_file_is_certificate (const char *filename);

Tests if filename has a valid extension for an X.509 certificate file @@ -1576,7 +1576,7 @@ nm_utils_file_is_certificate (const

Parameters

-

a GVariant of type 'aa{sv}'

a GVariant of type 'aa{sv}'

 
+
@@ -1591,22 +1591,22 @@ recognized by NetworkManager.

Returns

-

TRUE if the file is a certificate, FALSE if it is not

+

TRUE if the file is a certificate, FALSE if it is not


nm_utils_file_is_private_key ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_utils_file_is_private_key (const char *filename,
-                              gboolean *out_encrypted);
+ gboolean *out_encrypted);

Tests if filename has a valid extension for an X.509 private key file (".der", ".key", ".pem", or ".p12"), and contains a private key in a format recognized by NetworkManager.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1628,19 +1628,19 @@ recognized by NetworkManager.

Returns

-

TRUE if the file is a private key, FALSE if it is not

+

TRUE if the file is a private key, FALSE if it is not


nm_utils_file_is_pkcs12 ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_utils_file_is_pkcs12 (const char *filename);

Tests if filename is a PKCS#12 file.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1655,24 +1655,24 @@ nm_utils_file_is_pkcs12 (const ch

Returns

-

TRUE if the file is PKCS#12, FALSE if it is not

+

TRUE if the file is PKCS#12, FALSE if it is not


NMUtilsFileSearchInPathsPredicate ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 (*NMUtilsFileSearchInPathsPredicate) (const char *filename,
-                                      gpointer user_data);
+ gpointer user_data);

NMUtilsCheckFilePredicate ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 (*NMUtilsCheckFilePredicate) (const char *filename,
                               const struct stat *stat,
-                              gpointer user_data,
-                              GError **error);
+ gpointer user_data, + GError **error);

@@ -1681,16 +1681,16 @@ nm_utils_file_is_pkcs12 (const ch nm_utils_file_search_in_paths (const char *progname, const char *try_first, const char *const *paths, - GFileTest file_test_flags, + GFileTest file_test_flags, NMUtilsFileSearchInPathsPredicate predicate, - gpointer user_data, - GError **error); + gpointer user_data, + GError **error);

Searches for a progname file in a list of search paths .

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1711,16 +1711,16 @@ It is silently ignored if it is empty or not an absolute path.

- - +. Set it to 0 to skip the g_file_test().

@@ -1741,7 +1741,7 @@ function.

- + @@ -1749,7 +1749,7 @@ function.

Returns

-

the full path to the helper, if found, or NULL if not found. +

the full path to the helper, if found, or NULL if not found. The returned string is not owned by the caller, but later invocations of the function might overwrite it.

[transfer none]

@@ -1758,12 +1758,12 @@ invocations of the function might overwrite it.


nm_utils_wifi_freq_to_channel ()

-
guint32
-nm_utils_wifi_freq_to_channel (guint32 freq);
+
guint32
+nm_utils_wifi_freq_to_channel (guint32 freq);

Utility function to translate a Wi-Fi frequency to its corresponding channel.

Parameters

-

paths

a NULL terminated list of search paths. -Can be empty or NULL, in which case only try_first +

a NULL terminated list of search paths. +Can be empty or NULL, in which case only try_first is checked.

[allow-none]

file_test_flags

the flags passed to g_file_test() when searching +

the flags passed to g_file_test() when searching for progname -. Set it to 0 to skip the g_file_test().

 

error

on failure, set a "not found" error G_IO_ERROR G_IO_ERROR_NOT_FOUND.

on failure, set a "not found" error G_IO_ERROR G_IO_ERROR_NOT_FOUND.

[allow-none]
+
@@ -1784,13 +1784,13 @@ nm_utils_wifi_freq_to_channel (

nm_utils_wifi_channel_to_freq ()

-
guint32
-nm_utils_wifi_channel_to_freq (guint32 channel,
+
guint32
+nm_utils_wifi_channel_to_freq (guint32 channel,
                                const char *band);

Utility function to translate a Wi-Fi channel to its corresponding frequency.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1820,14 +1820,14 @@ is invalid


nm_utils_wifi_find_next_channel ()

-
guint32
-nm_utils_wifi_find_next_channel (guint32 channel,
+
guint32
+nm_utils_wifi_find_next_channel (guint32 channel,
                                  int direction,
                                  char *band);

Utility function to find out next/previous Wi-Fi channel for a channel.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1860,13 +1860,13 @@ nm_utils_wifi_find_next_channel (

nm_utils_wifi_is_channel_valid ()

-
gboolean
-nm_utils_wifi_is_channel_valid (guint32 channel,
+
gboolean
+nm_utils_wifi_is_channel_valid (guint32 channel,
                                 const char *band);

Utility function to verify Wi-Fi channel validity.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1888,13 +1888,13 @@ nm_utils_wifi_is_channel_valid (

Returns

-

TRUE or FALSE

+

TRUE or FALSE


nm_utils_wifi_2ghz_freqs ()

-
const guint *
+
const guint *
 nm_utils_wifi_2ghz_freqs (void);

Utility function to return 2.4 GHz Wi-Fi frequencies (802.11bg band).

@@ -1906,7 +1906,7 @@ nm_utils_wifi_2ghz_freqs (void

nm_utils_wifi_5ghz_freqs ()

-
const guint *
+
const guint *
 nm_utils_wifi_5ghz_freqs (void);

Utility function to return 5 GHz Wi-Fi frequencies (802.11a band).

@@ -1919,7 +1919,7 @@ nm_utils_wifi_5ghz_freqs (void

nm_utils_wifi_strength_bars ()

const char *
-nm_utils_wifi_strength_bars (guint8 strength);
+nm_utils_wifi_strength_bars (guint8 strength);

Converts strength into a 4-character-wide graphical representation of strength suitable for printing to stdout. If the current locale and terminal @@ -1927,7 +1927,7 @@ support it, this will use unicode graphics characters to represent "bars". Otherwise it will use 0 to 4 asterisks.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1948,7 +1948,7 @@ support it, this will use unicode graphics characters to represent

nm_utils_hwaddr_len ()

-
gsize
+
gsize
 nm_utils_hwaddr_len (int type);

Returns the length in octets of a hardware address of type type .

@@ -1956,7 +1956,7 @@ nm_utils_hwaddr_len (int t ARPHRD_ETHER or ARPHRD_INFINIBAND.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1979,13 +1979,13 @@ nm_utils_hwaddr_len (int t

nm_utils_hwaddr_ntoa ()

char *
-nm_utils_hwaddr_ntoa (gconstpointer addr,
-                      gsize length);
+nm_utils_hwaddr_ntoa (gconstpointer addr, + gsize length);

Converts addr to textual form.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2016,15 +2016,15 @@ nm_utils_hwaddr_ntoa (

nm_utils_hwaddr_atoba ()

-
GByteArray *
+
GByteArray *
 nm_utils_hwaddr_atoba (const char *asc,
-                       gsize length);
+ gsize length);

Parses asc - and converts it to binary form in a GByteArray. See -nm_utils_hwaddr_aton() if you don't want a GByteArray.

+ and converts it to binary form in a GByteArray. See +nm_utils_hwaddr_aton() if you don't want a GByteArray.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2046,7 +2046,7 @@ nm_utils_hwaddr_atoba (const char

Returns

-

a new GByteArray, or NULL if asc +

a new GByteArray, or NULL if asc couldn't be parsed.

[transfer full]

@@ -2055,10 +2055,10 @@ be parsed.


nm_utils_hwaddr_aton ()

-
guint8 *
+
guint8 *
 nm_utils_hwaddr_aton (const char *asc,
-                      gpointer buffer,
-                      gsize length);
+ gpointer buffer, + gsize length);

Parses asc and converts it to binary form in buffer . @@ -2066,7 +2066,7 @@ Bytes in asc can be sepatared by colons (:), or hyphens (-), but not mixed.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2095,7 +2095,7 @@ the size of the buffer in bytes.

Returns

buffer -, or NULL if asc +, or NULL if asc couldn't be parsed or would be shorter or longer than length .

@@ -2104,15 +2104,15 @@ or would be shorter or longer than length

nm_utils_hwaddr_valid ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_utils_hwaddr_valid (const char *asc,
-                       gssize length);
+ gssize length);

Parses asc to see if it is a valid hardware address of the given length.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2136,9 +2136,9 @@ is expected to convert to

Returns

-

TRUE if asc +

TRUE if asc appears to be a valid hardware address -of the indicated length, FALSE if not.

+of the indicated length, FALSE if not.


@@ -2146,14 +2146,14 @@ of the indicated length,

nm_utils_hwaddr_canonical ()

char *
 nm_utils_hwaddr_canonical (const char *asc,
-                           gssize length);
+ gssize length);

Parses asc to see if it is a valid hardware address of the given length, and if so, returns it in canonical form (uppercase, with leading 0s as needed, and with colons rather than hyphens).

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2179,18 +2179,18 @@ is expected to convert to

Returns

the canonicalized address if asc appears to -be a valid hardware address of the indicated length, NULL if not.

+be a valid hardware address of the indicated length, NULL if not.

[transfer full]


nm_utils_hwaddr_matches ()

-
gboolean
-nm_utils_hwaddr_matches (gconstpointer hwaddr1,
-                         gssize hwaddr1_len,
-                         gconstpointer hwaddr2,
-                         gssize hwaddr2_len);
+
gboolean
+nm_utils_hwaddr_matches (gconstpointer hwaddr1,
+                         gssize hwaddr1_len,
+                         gconstpointer hwaddr2,
+                         gssize hwaddr2_len);

Generalized hardware address comparison function. Tests if hwaddr1 and hwaddr2 @@ -2204,7 +2204,7 @@ over a simple memcmp():

before being compared.

  • If hwaddr1 or hwaddr2 - is NULL, it is treated instead as though it was + is NULL, it is treated instead as though it was a zero-filled buffer hwaddr1_len or hwaddr2_len bytes long.

  • @@ -2224,7 +2224,7 @@ sanity-checked before comparing them against known good addresses; they are guaranteed to not match if they are invalid.)

    Parameters

    -
    +
    @@ -2233,7 +2233,7 @@ guaranteed to not match if they are invalid.)

    - + @@ -2245,7 +2245,7 @@ is ASCII

    - + @@ -2260,9 +2260,9 @@ is ASCII

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if hwaddr1 +

    TRUE if hwaddr1 and hwaddr2 -are equivalent, FALSE if they are +are equivalent, FALSE if they are different (or either of them is invalid).

    @@ -2270,8 +2270,8 @@ different (or either of them is invalid).

    nm_utils_bin2hexstr ()

    char *
    -nm_utils_bin2hexstr (gconstpointer src,
    -                     gsize len,
    +nm_utils_bin2hexstr (gconstpointer src,
    +                     gsize len,
                          int final_len);

    Converts the byte array src into a hexadecimal string. If final_len @@ -2280,7 +2280,7 @@ greater than -1, the returned string is terminated at that index (returned_string[final_len] == '\0'),

    Parameters

    -

    hwaddr1

    pointer to a binary or ASCII hardware address, or NULL

    pointer to a binary or ASCII hardware address, or NULL

     

    hwaddr2

    pointer to a binary or ASCII hardware address, or NULL

    pointer to a binary or ASCII hardware address, or NULL

     
    +
    @@ -2316,7 +2316,7 @@ array


    nm_utils_hexstr2bin ()

    -
    GBytes *
    +
    GBytes *
     nm_utils_hexstr2bin (const char *hex);

    Converts a hexadecimal string hex into an array of bytes. The optional @@ -2327,7 +2327,7 @@ eg "00:11" or "0:1". Any "0x" at the beginning of h may not start or end with ':'.

    Parameters

    -
    +
    @@ -2342,20 +2342,20 @@ may not start or end with ':'.

    Returns

    -

    the converted bytes, or NULL on error.

    +

    the converted bytes, or NULL on error.

    [transfer full]


    nm_utils_iface_valid_name ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_utils_iface_valid_name (const char *name);

    This function is a 1:1 copy of the kernel's interface validation function in net/core/dev.c.

    Parameters

    -
    +
    @@ -2370,19 +2370,19 @@ function in net/core/dev.c.

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if interface name is valid, otherwise FALSE is returned.

    +

    TRUE if interface name is valid, otherwise FALSE is returned.


    nm_utils_is_uuid ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_utils_is_uuid (const char *str);

    Checks if str is a UUID

    Parameters

    -
    +
    @@ -2397,8 +2397,8 @@ nm_utils_is_uuid (const char

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if str -is a UUID, FALSE if not

    +

    TRUE if str +is a UUID, FALSE if not


    @@ -2411,7 +2411,7 @@ nm_utils_inet4_ntop (in_addr_t[skip]

    Parameters

    -
    +
    @@ -2427,7 +2427,7 @@ nm_utils_inet4_ntop (in_addr_t

    dst

    the destination buffer, it must contain at least INET_ADDRSTRLEN or NM_UTILS_INET_ADDRSTRLEN -characters. If set to NULL, it will return a pointer to an internal, static +characters. If set to NULL, it will return a pointer to an internal, static buffer (shared with nm_utils_inet6_ntop()). Beware, that the internal buffer will be overwritten with ever new call of nm_utils_inet4_ntop() or nm_utils_inet6_ntop() that does not provied it's own dst @@ -2457,7 +2457,7 @@ nm_utils_inet6_ntop (const struct

    [skip]

    Parameters

    -
    +
    @@ -2473,7 +2473,7 @@ nm_utils_inet6_ntop (const struct

    Returns

    the input buffer dst , or a pointer to an -internal, static buffer. NULL is not allowed as in6addr +internal, static buffer. NULL is not allowed as in6addr , otherwise, this function cannot fail.

    @@ -2498,14 +2498,14 @@ otherwise, this function cannot fail.


    nm_utils_ipaddr_valid ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_utils_ipaddr_valid (int family,
                            const char *ip);

    Checks if ip contains a valid IP address of the given family.

    Parameters

    -

    dst

    the destination buffer, it must contain at least INET6_ADDRSTRLEN or NM_UTILS_INET_ADDRSTRLEN -characters. If set to NULL, it will return a pointer to an internal, static +characters. If set to NULL, it will return a pointer to an internal, static buffer (shared with nm_utils_inet4_ntop()). Beware, that the internal buffer will be overwritten with ever new call of nm_utils_inet4_ntop() or nm_utils_inet6_ntop() that does not provied it's own dst @@ -2490,7 +2490,7 @@ buffer to avoid these issues.

    +
    @@ -2528,16 +2528,16 @@ nm_utils_ipaddr_valid (int

    Returns

    -

    TRUE or FALSE

    +

    TRUE or FALSE


    nm_utils_check_virtual_device_compatibility ()

    -
    gboolean
    +
    gboolean
     nm_utils_check_virtual_device_compatibility
    -                               (GType virtual_type,
    -                                GType other_type);
    + (GType virtual_type, + GType other_type);

    Determines if a connection of type virtual_type can (in the general case) work with connections of type other_type @@ -2551,7 +2551,7 @@ general case) work with connections of type other_ty then this checks if other_type is a valid type for a slave of that master.

    -

    Note that even if this returns TRUE it is not guaranteed that +

    Note that even if this returns TRUE it is not guaranteed that every connection of type other_type is compatible with virtual_type @@ -2560,7 +2560,7 @@ configuration of the two connections, or on the capabilities of an underlying device driver.

    Parameters

    -
    +
    @@ -2583,7 +2583,7 @@ underlying device driver.

    Returns

    -

    TRUE or FALSE

    +

    TRUE or FALSE


    @@ -2598,7 +2598,7 @@ The mode string can be either a descriptive name or a number (as string).

    Parameters

    -
    +
    @@ -2627,7 +2627,7 @@ See https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/networking/bonding.txt for available modes.

    Parameters

    -
    +
    @@ -2650,15 +2650,15 @@ available modes.

    nm_utils_enum_to_str ()

    char *
    -nm_utils_enum_to_str (GType type,
    +nm_utils_enum_to_str (GType type,
                           int value);

    Converts an enum value to its string representation. If the enum is a -G_TYPE_FLAGS the function returns a comma-separated list of matching values. -If the enum is a G_TYPE_ENUM and the given value is not valid the -function returns NULL.

    +G_TYPE_FLAGS the function returns a comma-separated list of matching values. +If the enum is a G_TYPE_ENUM and the given value is not valid the +function returns NULL.

    Parameters

    -
    +
    @@ -2667,7 +2667,7 @@ function returns

    type

    -
    + @@ -2680,27 +2680,27 @@ function returns

    Returns

    -

    a newly allocated string or NULL

    +

    a newly allocated string or NULL

    Since: 1.2


    nm_utils_enum_from_str ()

    -
    gboolean
    -nm_utils_enum_from_str (GType type,
    +
    gboolean
    +nm_utils_enum_from_str (GType type,
                             const char *str,
                             int *out_value,
                             char **err_token);

    Converts a string to the matching enum value.

    -

    If the enum is a G_TYPE_FLAGS the function returns the logical OR of values +

    If the enum is a G_TYPE_FLAGS the function returns the logical OR of values matching the comma-separated tokens in the string; if an unknown token is found -the function returns FALSE and stores a pointer to a newly allocated string +the function returns FALSE and stores a pointer to a newly allocated string containing the unrecognized token in err_token .

    Parameters

    -

    the GType of the enum

    the GType of the enum

     
    +
    @@ -2709,7 +2709,7 @@ containing the unrecognized token in err_token - + @@ -2732,7 +2732,7 @@ containing the unrecognized token in err_token

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the conversion was successful, FALSE otherwise

    +

    TRUE if the conversion was successful, FALSE otherwise

    Since: 1.2

    @@ -2740,13 +2740,13 @@ containing the unrecognized token in err_token

    nm_utils_enum_get_values ()

    const char **
    -nm_utils_enum_get_values (GType type,
    -                          gint from,
    -                          gint to);
    +nm_utils_enum_get_values (GType type, + gint from, + gint to);

    Returns the list of possible values for a given enum.

    Parameters

    -

    type

    the GType of the enum

    the GType of the enum

     
    +
    @@ -2755,7 +2755,7 @@ nm_utils_enum_get_values (

    type

    -
    + @@ -2774,7 +2774,7 @@ nm_utils_enum_get_values (

    Returns

    a NULL-terminated dynamically-allocated array of static strings -or NULL on error.

    +or NULL on error.

    [transfer full]

    Since: 1.2

    @@ -2789,7 +2789,7 @@ Used with

    Members

    -

    the GType of the enum

    the GType of the enum

     
    +
    diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-version.html b/docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-version.html index 73166291..a9aaa90d 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-version.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-version.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ nm-version: libnm Reference Manual - + @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@

    Functions

    -
    +
    @@ -68,7 +68,7 @@

    Types and Values

    -
    +
    diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-vpn-dbus-interface.html b/docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-vpn-dbus-interface.html index 1437c8d1..7fd305c1 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-vpn-dbus-interface.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-vpn-dbus-interface.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ nm-vpn-dbus-interface: libnm Reference Manual - + @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@

    Types and Values

    -
    +
    @@ -472,7 +472,7 @@

    VPN daemon states

    Members

    -
    +
    @@ -538,7 +538,7 @@

    VPN connection states

    Members

    -
    +
    @@ -615,7 +615,7 @@

    VPN connection state reasons

    Members

    -
    +
    @@ -728,7 +728,7 @@

    VPN plugin failure reasons

    Members

    -
    +
    diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/object-tree.html b/docs/libnm/html/object-tree.html index 00711e15..acd04b42 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/object-tree.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/object-tree.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Object Hierarchy: libnm Reference Manual - + @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@

    Object Hierarchy

    -    GObject
    +    GObject
         ├── NMSetting
            ├── NMSetting8021x
            ├── NMSettingAdsl
    diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/ref-overview.html b/docs/libnm/html/ref-overview.html
    index e5b0b936..f1b5e704 100644
    --- a/docs/libnm/html/ref-overview.html
    +++ b/docs/libnm/html/ref-overview.html
    @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
     
     
     Overview: libnm Reference Manual
    -
    +
     
     
     
    diff --git a/docs/libnm/version.xml b/docs/libnm/version.xml
    index 9df886c4..1c99cf0e 100644
    --- a/docs/libnm/version.xml
    +++ b/docs/libnm/version.xml
    @@ -1 +1 @@
    -1.4.2
    +1.4.4
    diff --git a/libnm-core/nm-core-internal.h b/libnm-core/nm-core-internal.h
    index e491bce6..5d3c190a 100644
    --- a/libnm-core/nm-core-internal.h
    +++ b/libnm-core/nm-core-internal.h
    @@ -123,7 +123,10 @@ guint32 _nm_setting_get_setting_priority (NMSetting *setting);
     
     gboolean _nm_setting_get_property (NMSetting *setting, const char *name, GValue *value);
     
    -guint _nm_utils_hwaddr_length (const char *asc);
    +#define NM_UTILS_HWADDR_LEN_MAX_STR (NM_UTILS_HWADDR_LEN_MAX * 3)
    +
    +guint8 *_nm_utils_hwaddr_aton (const char *asc, gpointer buffer, gsize buffer_length, gsize *out_length);
    +const char *nm_utils_hwaddr_ntoa_buf (gconstpointer addr, gsize addr_len, gboolean upper_case, char *buf, gsize buf_len);
     
     char *_nm_utils_bin2str (gconstpointer addr, gsize length, gboolean upper_case);
     
    diff --git a/libnm-core/nm-setting-vlan.c b/libnm-core/nm-setting-vlan.c
    index 827a47af..020f448c 100644
    --- a/libnm-core/nm-setting-vlan.c
    +++ b/libnm-core/nm-setting-vlan.c
    @@ -720,6 +720,8 @@ priority_strv_to_maplist (NMVlanPriorityMap map, char **strv)
     		if (item) {
     			if (!check_replace_duplicate_priority (list, item->from, item->to))
     				list = g_slist_prepend (list, item);
    +			else
    +				g_free (item);
     		}
     	}
     	return g_slist_sort (list, prio_map_compare);
    diff --git a/libnm-core/nm-utils.c b/libnm-core/nm-utils.c
    index df75d565..fe8a3714 100644
    --- a/libnm-core/nm-utils.c
    +++ b/libnm-core/nm-utils.c
    @@ -2965,17 +2965,64 @@ nm_utils_wifi_strength_bars (guint8 strength)
     gsize
     nm_utils_hwaddr_len (int type)
     {
    -	g_return_val_if_fail (type == ARPHRD_ETHER || type == ARPHRD_INFINIBAND, 0);
    -
     	if (type == ARPHRD_ETHER)
     		return ETH_ALEN;
     	else if (type == ARPHRD_INFINIBAND)
     		return INFINIBAND_ALEN;
     
    -	g_assert_not_reached ();
    +	g_return_val_if_reached (0);
     }
     
    -#define HEXVAL(c) ((c) <= '9' ? (c) - '0' : ((c) & 0x4F) - 'A' + 10)
    +static guint8 *
    +hwaddr_aton (const char *asc, guint8 *buffer, gsize buffer_length, gsize *out_len)
    +{
    +	const char *in = asc;
    +	guint8 *out = buffer;
    +	guint8 delimiter = '\0';
    +
    +	nm_assert (asc);
    +	nm_assert (buffer);
    +	nm_assert (buffer_length);
    +	nm_assert (out_len);
    +
    +	while (TRUE) {
    +		const guint8 d1 = in[0];
    +		guint8 d2;
    +
    +		if (!g_ascii_isxdigit (d1))
    +			return NULL;
    +
    +#define HEXVAL(c) ((c) <= '9' ? (c) - '0' : ((c) & 0x4F) - ('A' - 10))
    +
    +		/* If there's no leading zero (ie "aa:b:cc") then fake it */
    +		d2 = in[1];
    +		if (d2 && g_ascii_isxdigit (d2)) {
    +			*out++ = (HEXVAL (d1) << 4) + HEXVAL (d2);
    +			d2 = in[2];
    +			in += 3;
    +		} else {
    +			/* Fake leading zero */
    +			*out++ = HEXVAL (d1);
    +			in += 2;
    +		}
    +
    +		if (!d2)
    +			break;
    +		if (--buffer_length == 0)
    +			return NULL;
    +
    +		if (d2 != delimiter) {
    +			if (   delimiter == '\0'
    +			    && (d2 == ':' || d2 == '-'))
    +				delimiter = d2;
    +			else
    +				return NULL;
    +		}
    +	}
    +
    +	*out_len = out - buffer;
    +	return buffer;
    +}
     
     /**
      * nm_utils_hwaddr_atoba:
    @@ -2992,18 +3039,52 @@ GByteArray *
     nm_utils_hwaddr_atoba (const char *asc, gsize length)
     {
     	GByteArray *ba;
    +	gsize l;
     
    -	g_return_val_if_fail (asc != NULL, NULL);
    +	g_return_val_if_fail (asc, NULL);
     	g_return_val_if_fail (length > 0 && length <= NM_UTILS_HWADDR_LEN_MAX, NULL);
     
     	ba = g_byte_array_sized_new (length);
     	g_byte_array_set_size (ba, length);
    -	if (!nm_utils_hwaddr_aton (asc, ba->data, length)) {
    -		g_byte_array_unref (ba);
    -		return NULL;
    -	}
    +	if (!hwaddr_aton (asc, ba->data, length, &l))
    +		goto fail;
    +	if (length != l)
    +		goto fail;
     
     	return ba;
    +fail:
    +	g_byte_array_unref (ba);
    +	return NULL;
    +}
    +
    +/**
    + * _nm_utils_hwaddr_aton:
    + * @asc: the ASCII representation of a hardware address
    + * @buffer: buffer to store the result into. Must have
    + *   at least a size of @buffer_length.
    + * @buffer_length: the length of the input buffer @buffer.
    + *   The result must fit into that buffer, otherwise
    + *   the function fails and returns %NULL.
    + * @out_length: the output length in case of success.
    + *
    + * Parses @asc and converts it to binary form in @buffer.
    + * Bytes in @asc can be sepatared by colons (:), or hyphens (-), but not mixed.
    + *
    + * It is like nm_utils_hwaddr_aton(), but contrary to that it
    + * can parse addresses of any length. That is, you don't need
    + * to know the length before-hand.
    + *
    + * Return value: @buffer, or %NULL if @asc couldn't be parsed.
    + */
    +guint8 *
    +_nm_utils_hwaddr_aton (const char *asc, gpointer buffer, gsize buffer_length, gsize *out_length)
    +{
    +	g_return_val_if_fail (asc, NULL);
    +	g_return_val_if_fail (buffer, NULL);
    +	g_return_val_if_fail (buffer_length > 0, NULL);
    +	g_return_val_if_fail (out_length, NULL);
    +
    +	return hwaddr_aton (asc, buffer, buffer_length, out_length);
     }
     
     /**
    @@ -3022,72 +3103,55 @@ nm_utils_hwaddr_atoba (const char *asc, gsize length)
     guint8 *
     nm_utils_hwaddr_aton (const char *asc, gpointer buffer, gsize length)
     {
    -	const char *in = asc;
    -	guint8 *out = (guint8 *)buffer;
    -	char delimiter = '\0';
    +	gsize l;
     
    -	g_return_val_if_fail (asc != NULL, NULL);
    -	g_return_val_if_fail (buffer != NULL, NULL);
    +	g_return_val_if_fail (asc, NULL);
    +	g_return_val_if_fail (buffer, NULL);
     	g_return_val_if_fail (length > 0 && length <= NM_UTILS_HWADDR_LEN_MAX, NULL);
     
    -	while (length && *in) {
    -		guint8 d1 = in[0], d2 = in[1];
    -
    -		if (!g_ascii_isxdigit (d1))
    -			return NULL;
    -
    -		/* If there's no leading zero (ie "aa:b:cc") then fake it */
    -		if (d2 && g_ascii_isxdigit (d2)) {
    -			*out++ = (HEXVAL (d1) << 4) + HEXVAL (d2);
    -			in += 2;
    -		} else {
    -			/* Fake leading zero */
    -			*out++ = (HEXVAL ('0') << 4) + HEXVAL (d1);
    -			in += 1;
    -		}
    -
    -		length--;
    -		if (*in) {
    -			if (delimiter == '\0') {
    -				if (*in == ':' || *in == '-')
    -					delimiter = *in;
    -				else
    -					return NULL;
    -			} else {
    -				if (*in != delimiter)
    -					return NULL;
    -			}
    -			in++;
    -		}
    -	}
    -
    -	if (length == 0 && !*in)
    -		return buffer;
    -	else
    +	if (!hwaddr_aton (asc, buffer, length, &l))
    +		return NULL;
    +	if (length != l)
     		return NULL;
    +	return buffer;
     }
     
    -static char *
    -_bin2str (gconstpointer addr, gsize length, gboolean upper_case)
    +static void
    +_bin2str_buf (gconstpointer addr, gsize length, gboolean upper_case, char *out)
     {
     	const guint8 *in = addr;
    -	char *out, *result;
     	const char *LOOKUP = upper_case ? "0123456789ABCDEF" : "0123456789abcdef";
     
    -	g_return_val_if_fail (addr != NULL, g_strdup (""));
    -	g_return_val_if_fail (length > 0, g_strdup (""));
    +	nm_assert (addr);
    +	nm_assert (out);
    +	nm_assert (length > 0);
     
    -	result = out = g_malloc (length * 3);
    -	while (length--) {
    -		guint8 v = *in++;
    +	/* @out must contain at least @length*3 bytes */
    +
    +	for (;;) {
    +		const guint8 v = *in++;
     
     		*out++ = LOOKUP[v >> 4];
     		*out++ = LOOKUP[v & 0x0F];
    -		if (length)
    -			*out++ = ':';
    +		length--;
    +		if (!length)
    +			break;
    +		*out++ = ':';
     	}
     
     	*out = 0;
    +}
    +
    +static char *
    +_bin2str (gconstpointer addr, gsize length, gboolean upper_case)
    +{
    +	char *result;
    +
    +	nm_assert (addr);
    +	nm_assert (length > 0);
    +
    +	result = g_malloc (length * 3);
    +	_bin2str_buf (addr, length, upper_case, result);
     	return result;
     }
     
    @@ -3103,9 +3167,25 @@ _bin2str (gconstpointer addr, gsize length, gboolean upper_case)
     char *
     nm_utils_hwaddr_ntoa (gconstpointer addr, gsize length)
     {
    +	g_return_val_if_fail (addr, g_strdup (""));
    +	g_return_val_if_fail (length > 0, g_strdup (""));
    +
     	return _bin2str (addr, length, TRUE);
     }
     
    +const char *
    +nm_utils_hwaddr_ntoa_buf (gconstpointer addr, gsize addr_len, gboolean upper_case, char *buf, gsize buf_len)
    +{
    +	g_return_val_if_fail (addr, NULL);
    +	g_return_val_if_fail (addr_len > 0, NULL);
    +	g_return_val_if_fail (buf, NULL);
    +	if (buf_len < addr_len * 3)
    +		g_return_val_if_reached (NULL);
    +
    +	_bin2str_buf (addr, addr_len, TRUE, buf);
    +	return buf;
    +}
    +
     /**
      * _nm_utils_bin2str:
      * @addr: (type guint8) (array length=length): a binary hardware address
    @@ -3119,49 +3199,10 @@ nm_utils_hwaddr_ntoa (gconstpointer addr, gsize length)
     char *
     _nm_utils_bin2str (gconstpointer addr, gsize length, gboolean upper_case)
     {
    -	return _bin2str (addr, length, upper_case);
    -}
    -
    -static int
    -hwaddr_binary_len (const char *asc)
    -{
    -	int octets = 1;
    -
    -	if (!*asc)
    -		return 0;
    -
    -	for (; *asc; asc++) {
    -		if (*asc == ':' || *asc == '-')
    -			octets++;
    -	}
    -	return octets;
    -}
    -
    -/**
    - * _nm_utils_hwaddr_length:
    - * @asc: the ASCII representation of the hardware address
    - *
    - * Validates that @asc is a valid representation of a hardware
    - * address up to (including) %NM_UTILS_HWADDR_LEN_MAX bytes.
    - *
    - * Returns: binary length of the hardware address @asc or
    - *   0 on error.
    - */
    -guint
    -_nm_utils_hwaddr_length (const char *asc)
    -{
    -	int l;
    -
    -	if (!asc)
    -		return 0;
    -
    -	l = hwaddr_binary_len (asc);
    -	if (l <= 0 || l > NM_UTILS_HWADDR_LEN_MAX)
    -		return 0;
    +	g_return_val_if_fail (addr, g_strdup (""));
    +	g_return_val_if_fail (length > 0, g_strdup (""));
     
    -	if (!nm_utils_hwaddr_valid (asc, l))
    -		return 0;
    -	return l;
    +	return _bin2str (addr, length, upper_case);
     }
     
     /**
    @@ -3180,17 +3221,18 @@ gboolean
     nm_utils_hwaddr_valid (const char *asc, gssize length)
     {
     	guint8 buf[NM_UTILS_HWADDR_LEN_MAX];
    +	gsize l;
     
     	g_return_val_if_fail (asc != NULL, FALSE);
    -	g_return_val_if_fail (length == -1 || (length > 0 && length <= NM_UTILS_HWADDR_LEN_MAX), FALSE);
     
    -	if (length == -1) {
    -		length = hwaddr_binary_len (asc);
    -		if (length == 0 || length > NM_UTILS_HWADDR_LEN_MAX)
    +	if (length > 0 && length <= NM_UTILS_HWADDR_LEN_MAX) {
    +		if (!hwaddr_aton (asc, buf, length, &l))
     			return FALSE;
    -	}
    -
    -	return nm_utils_hwaddr_aton (asc, buf, length) != NULL;
    +		return length == l;
    +	} else if (length == -1) {
    +		return !!hwaddr_aton (asc, buf, sizeof (buf), &l);
    +	} else
    +		g_return_val_if_reached (FALSE);
     }
     
     /**
    @@ -3210,20 +3252,23 @@ char *
     nm_utils_hwaddr_canonical (const char *asc, gssize length)
     {
     	guint8 buf[NM_UTILS_HWADDR_LEN_MAX];
    +	gsize l;
     
    -	g_return_val_if_fail (asc != NULL, NULL);
    +	g_return_val_if_fail (asc, NULL);
     	g_return_val_if_fail (length == -1 || (length > 0 && length <= NM_UTILS_HWADDR_LEN_MAX), NULL);
     
    -	if (length == -1) {
    -		length = hwaddr_binary_len (asc);
    -		if (length == 0 || length > NM_UTILS_HWADDR_LEN_MAX)
    +	if (length > 0 && length <= NM_UTILS_HWADDR_LEN_MAX) {
    +		if (!hwaddr_aton (asc, buf, length, &l))
     			return NULL;
    -	}
    -
    -	if (nm_utils_hwaddr_aton (asc, buf, length) == NULL)
    -		return NULL;
    +		if (l != length)
    +			return NULL;
    +	} else if (length == -1) {
    +		if (!hwaddr_aton (asc, buf, NM_UTILS_HWADDR_LEN_MAX, &l))
    +			return NULL;
    +	} else
    +		g_return_val_if_reached (NULL);
     
    -	return nm_utils_hwaddr_ntoa (buf, length);
    +	return nm_utils_hwaddr_ntoa (buf, l);
     }
     
     /* This is used to possibly canonicalize values passed to MAC address property
    @@ -3287,17 +3332,17 @@ nm_utils_hwaddr_matches (gconstpointer hwaddr1,
                              gssize        hwaddr2_len)
     {
     	guint8 buf1[NM_UTILS_HWADDR_LEN_MAX], buf2[NM_UTILS_HWADDR_LEN_MAX];
    +	gsize l;
     
     	if (hwaddr1_len == -1) {
     		g_return_val_if_fail (hwaddr1 != NULL, FALSE);
     
    -		hwaddr1_len = hwaddr_binary_len (hwaddr1);
    -		if (hwaddr1_len == 0 || hwaddr1_len > NM_UTILS_HWADDR_LEN_MAX)
    -			return FALSE;
    -		if (!nm_utils_hwaddr_aton (hwaddr1, buf1, hwaddr1_len))
    +		if (!hwaddr_aton (hwaddr1, buf1, sizeof (buf1), &l)) {
    +			g_return_val_if_fail ((hwaddr2_len == -1 && hwaddr2) || (hwaddr2_len > 0 && hwaddr2_len <= NM_UTILS_HWADDR_LEN_MAX), FALSE);
     			return FALSE;
    -
    +		}
     		hwaddr1 = buf1;
    +		hwaddr1_len = l;
     	} else {
     		g_return_val_if_fail (hwaddr1_len > 0 && hwaddr1_len <= NM_UTILS_HWADDR_LEN_MAX, FALSE);
     
    @@ -3310,23 +3355,24 @@ nm_utils_hwaddr_matches (gconstpointer hwaddr1,
     	if (hwaddr2_len == -1) {
     		g_return_val_if_fail (hwaddr2 != NULL, FALSE);
     
    -		if (!nm_utils_hwaddr_aton (hwaddr2, buf2, hwaddr1_len))
    +		if (!hwaddr_aton (hwaddr2, buf2, sizeof (buf2), &l))
    +			return FALSE;
    +		if (l != hwaddr1_len)
     			return FALSE;
    -
     		hwaddr2 = buf2;
     		hwaddr2_len = hwaddr1_len;
     	} else {
     		g_return_val_if_fail (hwaddr2_len > 0 && hwaddr2_len <= NM_UTILS_HWADDR_LEN_MAX, FALSE);
     
    +		if (hwaddr2_len != hwaddr1_len)
    +			return FALSE;
    +
     		if (!hwaddr2) {
     			memset (buf2, 0, hwaddr2_len);
     			hwaddr2 = buf2;
     		}
     	}
     
    -	if (hwaddr1_len != hwaddr2_len)
    -		return FALSE;
    -
     	if (hwaddr1_len == INFINIBAND_ALEN) {
     		hwaddr1 = (guint8 *)hwaddr1 + INFINIBAND_ALEN - 8;
     		hwaddr2 = (guint8 *)hwaddr2 + INFINIBAND_ALEN - 8;
    @@ -3342,16 +3388,11 @@ static GVariant *
     _nm_utils_hwaddr_to_dbus_impl (const char *str)
     {
     	guint8 buf[NM_UTILS_HWADDR_LEN_MAX];
    -	int len;
    +	gsize len;
     
     	if (!str)
     		return NULL;
    -
    -	len = _nm_utils_hwaddr_length (str);
    -	if (len == 0)
    -		return NULL;
    -
    -	if (!nm_utils_hwaddr_aton (str, buf, len))
    +	if (!hwaddr_aton (str, buf, sizeof (buf), &len))
     		return NULL;
     
     	return g_variant_new_fixed_array (G_VARIANT_TYPE_BYTE, buf, len, 1);
    diff --git a/libnm-core/tests/test-general.c b/libnm-core/tests/test-general.c
    index f7945071..6631c896 100644
    --- a/libnm-core/tests/test-general.c
    +++ b/libnm-core/tests/test-general.c
    @@ -2527,7 +2527,7 @@ test_setting_compare_wireless_cloned_mac_address (void)
     	g_assert_cmpstr ("stable-bia", ==, nm_setting_wireless_get_cloned_mac_address ((NMSettingWireless *) new));
     	g_object_get (new, NM_SETTING_WIRELESS_CLONED_MAC_ADDRESS, &str1, NULL);
     	g_assert_cmpstr ("stable-bia", ==, str1);
    -	g_clear_pointer (&str1, g_free);
    +	nm_clear_g_free (&str1);
     
     	success = nm_setting_compare (old, new, NM_SETTING_COMPARE_FLAG_EXACT);
     	g_assert (!success);
    diff --git a/libnm/nm-device-vlan.c b/libnm/nm-device-vlan.c
    index 843dda02..330d6f4a 100644
    --- a/libnm/nm-device-vlan.c
    +++ b/libnm/nm-device-vlan.c
    @@ -116,6 +116,7 @@ nm_device_vlan_get_vlan_id (NMDeviceVlan *device)
     static gboolean
     connection_compatible (NMDevice *device, NMConnection *connection, GError **error)
     {
    +	NMDeviceVlanPrivate *priv;
     	NMSettingVlan *s_vlan;
     	NMSettingWired *s_wired;
     	const char *setting_hwaddr;
    @@ -142,8 +143,10 @@ connection_compatible (NMDevice *device, NMConnection *connection, GError **erro
     	else
     		setting_hwaddr = NULL;
     	if (setting_hwaddr) {
    -		if (!nm_utils_hwaddr_matches (setting_hwaddr, -1,
    -		                              NM_DEVICE_VLAN_GET_PRIVATE (device)->hw_address, -1)) {
    +		priv = NM_DEVICE_VLAN_GET_PRIVATE (device);
    +		if (   !priv->hw_address
    +		    || !nm_utils_hwaddr_matches (setting_hwaddr, -1,
    +		                                 priv->hw_address, -1)) {
     			g_set_error_literal (error, NM_DEVICE_ERROR, NM_DEVICE_ERROR_INCOMPATIBLE_CONNECTION,
     			                     _("The hardware address of the device and the connection didn't match."));
     		}
    diff --git a/libnm/nm-device-vxlan.c b/libnm/nm-device-vxlan.c
    index 335498ee..c8da6c64 100644
    --- a/libnm/nm-device-vxlan.c
    +++ b/libnm/nm-device-vxlan.c
    @@ -458,6 +458,8 @@ finalize (GObject *object)
     
     	g_free (priv->hw_address);
     	g_clear_object (&priv->parent);
    +	g_free (priv->group);
    +	g_free (priv->local);
     
     	G_OBJECT_CLASS (nm_device_vxlan_parent_class)->finalize (object);
     }
    diff --git a/libnm/nm-manager.c b/libnm/nm-manager.c
    index c3d0c51d..dc14f83d 100644
    --- a/libnm/nm-manager.c
    +++ b/libnm/nm-manager.c
    @@ -1201,12 +1201,11 @@ free_devices (NMManager *manager, gboolean in_dispose)
     	if (in_dispose) {
     		priv->devices = NULL;
     		priv->all_devices = NULL;
    -		return;
    +	} else {
    +		priv->devices = g_ptr_array_new_with_free_func (g_object_unref);
    +		priv->all_devices = g_ptr_array_new_with_free_func (g_object_unref);
     	}
     
    -	priv->devices = g_ptr_array_new_with_free_func (g_object_unref);
    -	priv->all_devices = g_ptr_array_new_with_free_func (g_object_unref);
    -
     	if (all_devices && all_devices->len > 0)
     		devices = all_devices;
     	else if (real_devices && real_devices->len > 0)
    @@ -1222,14 +1221,23 @@ free_devices (NMManager *manager, gboolean in_dispose)
     						goto next;
     				}
     			}
    -			g_signal_emit (manager, signals[DEVICE_REMOVED], 0, d);
    +			if (in_dispose)
    +				device_removed (manager, d);
    +			else
    +				g_signal_emit (manager, signals[DEVICE_REMOVED], 0, d);
     next:
     			;
     		}
     	}
     	if (devices) {
    -		for (i = 0; i < devices->len; i++)
    -			g_signal_emit (manager, signals[DEVICE_REMOVED], 0, devices->pdata[i]);
    +		for (i = 0; i < devices->len; i++) {
    +			NMDevice *d = devices->pdata[i];
    +
    +			if (in_dispose)
    +				device_removed (manager, d);
    +			else
    +				g_signal_emit (manager, signals[DEVICE_REMOVED], 0, d);
    +		}
     	}
     }
     
    diff --git a/libnm/nm-object.c b/libnm/nm-object.c
    index 3b41041e..20395ce8 100644
    --- a/libnm/nm-object.c
    +++ b/libnm/nm-object.c
    @@ -95,6 +95,8 @@ typedef struct {
     	GSList *reload_results;
     	guint reload_remaining;
     	GError *reload_error;
    +
    +	GSList *pending;        /* ordered list of pending property updates. */
     } NMObjectPrivate;
     
     enum {
    @@ -447,7 +449,7 @@ typedef struct {
     	GObject **objects;
     	int length, remaining;
     
    -	GPtrArray *array;
    +	gboolean array;
     	const char *property_name;
     } ObjectCreatedData;
     
    @@ -458,12 +460,10 @@ odata_free (gpointer data)
     
     	g_object_unref (odata->self);
     	g_free (odata->objects);
    -	if (odata->array)
    -		g_ptr_array_unref (odata->array);
     	g_slice_free (ObjectCreatedData, odata);
     }
     
    -static void object_property_maybe_complete (ObjectCreatedData *odata);
    +static void object_property_maybe_complete (NMObject *self);
     
     
     typedef void (*NMObjectCreateCallbackFunc) (GObject *, const char *, gpointer);
    @@ -488,14 +488,29 @@ create_async_complete (GObject *object, NMObjectTypeAsyncData *async_data)
     static void
     create_async_inited (GObject *object, GAsyncResult *result, gpointer user_data)
     {
    +	NMObjectPrivate *priv = NM_OBJECT_GET_PRIVATE (object);
    +	NMObjectPrivate *odata_priv;
     	NMObjectTypeAsyncData *async_data = user_data;
     	GError *error = NULL;
    +	ObjectCreatedData *odata;
     
    -	NM_OBJECT_GET_PRIVATE (object)->inited = TRUE;
    +	priv->inited = TRUE;
     	if (!g_async_initable_init_finish (G_ASYNC_INITABLE (object), result, &error)) {
     		dbgmsg ("Could not create object for %s: %s",
     		        nm_object_get_path (NM_OBJECT (object)),
     		        error->message);
    +
    +		while (priv->waiters) {
    +			odata = priv->waiters->data;
    +			odata_priv = NM_OBJECT_GET_PRIVATE (odata->self);
    +
    +			priv->waiters = g_slist_remove (priv->waiters, odata);
    +			if (!odata_priv->reload_error)
    +				odata_priv->reload_error = g_error_copy (error);
    +			odata_priv->reload_remaining--;
    +			reload_complete (odata->self, FALSE);
    +		}
    +
     		g_error_free (error);
     		g_clear_object (&object);
     	}
    @@ -503,15 +518,12 @@ create_async_inited (GObject *object, GAsyncResult *result, gpointer user_data)
     	create_async_complete (object, async_data);
     
     	if (object) {
    -		NMObjectPrivate *priv = NM_OBJECT_GET_PRIVATE (object);
    -
     		/* There are some object properties whose creation couldn't proceed
     		 * because it depended on this object. */
     		while (priv->waiters) {
    -			ObjectCreatedData *odata = priv->waiters->data;
    -
    +			odata = priv->waiters->data;
     			priv->waiters = g_slist_remove (priv->waiters, odata);
    -			object_property_maybe_complete (odata);
    +			object_property_maybe_complete (odata->self);
     		}
     	}
     }
    @@ -716,104 +728,117 @@ already_awaits (ObjectCreatedData *odata, GObject *object)
     }
     
     static void
    -object_property_maybe_complete (ObjectCreatedData *odata)
    +object_property_maybe_complete (NMObject *self)
     {
    -	NMObject *self = odata->self;
     	NMObjectPrivate *priv = NM_OBJECT_GET_PRIVATE (self);
    -	PropertyInfo *pi = odata->pi;
    -	gboolean different = TRUE;
    +	/* The odata may hold the last reference. */
    +	_nm_unused gs_unref_object NMObject *self_keep_alive = g_object_ref (self);
     	int i;
     
    -	/* Only complete the array property load when all the objects are initialized. */
    -	for (i = 0; i < odata->length; i++) {
    -		GObject *obj = odata->objects[i];
    -		NMObjectPrivate *obj_priv;
    -
    -		/* Could not load the object. Perhaps it was removed. */
    -		if (!obj)
    -			continue;
    +	while (priv->pending) {
    +		ObjectCreatedData *odata = priv->pending->data;
    +		PropertyInfo *pi = odata->pi;
    +		gboolean different = TRUE;
     
    -		obj_priv = NM_OBJECT_GET_PRIVATE (obj);
    -		if (!obj_priv->inited) {
    -
    -			/* The object is not finished because we block its creation. */
    -			if (already_awaits (odata, obj))
    -				continue;
    -
    -			if (!g_slist_find (obj_priv->waiters, odata))
    -				obj_priv->waiters = g_slist_prepend (obj_priv->waiters, odata);
    +		if (odata->remaining > 0)
     			return;
    -		}
    -	}
    -
    -	if (odata->array) {
    -		GPtrArray *pi_old = *((GPtrArray **) pi->field);
    -		GPtrArray *old = odata->array;
    -		GPtrArray *new;
    -
    -		/* Build up new array */
    -		new = g_ptr_array_new_full (odata->length, g_object_unref);
    -		for (i = 0; i < odata->length; i++)
    -			add_to_object_array_unique (new, odata->objects[i]);
     
    -		*((GPtrArray **) pi->field) = new;
    +		/* Only complete the array property load when all the objects are initialized. */
    +		for (i = 0; i < odata->length; i++) {
    +			GObject *obj = odata->objects[i];
    +			NMObjectPrivate *obj_priv;
     
    -		if (pi->signal_prefix) {
    -			GPtrArray *added = g_ptr_array_sized_new (3);
    -			GPtrArray *removed = g_ptr_array_sized_new (3);
    +			/* Could not load the object. Perhaps it was removed. */
    +			if (!obj)
    +				continue;
     
    -			/* Find objects in 'old' that do not exist in 'new' */
    -			array_diff (old, new, removed);
    +			obj_priv = NM_OBJECT_GET_PRIVATE (obj);
    +			if (!obj_priv->inited) {
     
    -			/* Find objects in 'new' that do not exist in old */
    -			array_diff (new, old, added);
    +				/* The object is not finished because we block its creation. */
    +				if (already_awaits (odata, obj))
    +					continue;
     
    -			/* Emit added & removed */
    -			for (i = 0; i < removed->len; i++) {
    -				queue_added_removed_signal (self,
    -				                            pi->signal_prefix,
    -				                            g_ptr_array_index (removed, i),
    -				                            FALSE);
    +				if (!g_slist_find (obj_priv->waiters, odata))
    +					obj_priv->waiters = g_slist_prepend (obj_priv->waiters, odata);
    +				return;
     			}
    +		}
     
    -			for (i = 0; i < added->len; i++) {
    -				queue_added_removed_signal (self,
    -				                            pi->signal_prefix,
    -				                            g_ptr_array_index (added, i),
    -				                            TRUE);
    +		if (odata->array) {
    +			GPtrArray *old = *((GPtrArray **) pi->field);
    +			GPtrArray *new;
    +
    +			/* Build up new array */
    +			new = g_ptr_array_new_full (odata->length, g_object_unref);
    +			for (i = 0; i < odata->length; i++)
    +				add_to_object_array_unique (new, odata->objects[i]);
    +
    +			*((GPtrArray **) pi->field) = new;
    +
    +			if (pi->signal_prefix) {
    +				GPtrArray *added = g_ptr_array_sized_new (3);
    +				GPtrArray *removed = g_ptr_array_sized_new (3);
    +
    +				if (old) {
    +					/* Find objects in 'old' that do not exist in 'new' */
    +					array_diff (old, new, removed);
    +
    +					/* Find objects in 'new' that do not exist in old */
    +					array_diff (new, old, added);
    +				} else {
    +					for (i = 0; i < new->len; i++)
    +						g_ptr_array_add (added, g_ptr_array_index (new, i));
    +				}
    +
    +				/* Emit added & removed */
    +				for (i = 0; i < removed->len; i++) {
    +					queue_added_removed_signal (self,
    +								    pi->signal_prefix,
    +								    g_ptr_array_index (removed, i),
    +								    FALSE);
    +				}
    +
    +				for (i = 0; i < added->len; i++) {
    +					queue_added_removed_signal (self,
    +								    pi->signal_prefix,
    +								    g_ptr_array_index (added, i),
    +								    TRUE);
    +				}
    +
    +				different = removed->len || added->len;
    +				g_ptr_array_unref (added);
    +				g_ptr_array_unref (removed);
    +			} else {
    +				/* No added/removed signals to send, just replace the property with
    +				 * the new values.
    +				 */
    +				different = TRUE;
     			}
     
    -			different = removed->len || added->len;
    -			g_ptr_array_unref (added);
    -			g_ptr_array_unref (removed);
    -		} else {
    -			/* No added/removed signals to send, just replace the property with
    -			 * the new values.
    +			/* Free old array last since it will release references, thus freeing
    +			 * any objects in the 'removed' array.
     			 */
    -			different = TRUE;
    -		}
    -
    -		/* Free old array last since it will release references, thus freeing
    -		 * any objects in the 'removed' array.
    -		 */
    -		if (pi_old)
    -			g_ptr_array_unref (pi_old);
    -	} else {
    -		GObject **obj_p = pi->field;
    +			if (old)
    +				g_ptr_array_unref (old);
    +		} else {
    +			GObject **obj_p = pi->field;
     
    -		different = (*obj_p != odata->objects[0]);
    -		if (*obj_p)
    -			g_object_unref (*obj_p);
    -		*obj_p = odata->objects[0];
    -	}
    +			different = (*obj_p != odata->objects[0]);
    +			if (*obj_p)
    +				g_object_unref (*obj_p);
    +			*obj_p = odata->objects[0];
    +		}
     
    -	if (different && odata->property_name)
    -		_nm_object_queue_notify (self, odata->property_name);
    +		if (different && odata->property_name)
    +			_nm_object_queue_notify (self, odata->property_name);
     
    -	if (--priv->reload_remaining == 0)
    -		reload_complete (self, FALSE);
    +		if (--priv->reload_remaining == 0)
    +			reload_complete (self, TRUE);
     
    -	odata_free (odata);
    +		priv->pending = g_slist_remove (priv->pending, odata);
    +		odata_free (odata);
    +	}
     }
     
     static void
    @@ -831,8 +856,7 @@ object_created (GObject *obj, const char *path, gpointer user_data)
     	}
     
     	odata->objects[--odata->remaining] = obj;
    -	if (!odata->remaining)
    -		object_property_maybe_complete (odata);
    +	object_property_maybe_complete (odata->self);
     }
     
     static gboolean
    @@ -849,9 +873,10 @@ handle_object_property (NMObject *self, const char *property_name, GVariant *val
     	odata->pi = pi;
     	odata->objects = g_new (GObject *, 1);
     	odata->length = odata->remaining = 1;
    -	odata->array = NULL;
    +	odata->array = FALSE;
     	odata->property_name = property_name;
     
    +	priv->pending = g_slist_append (priv->pending, odata);
     	priv->reload_remaining++;
     
     	path = g_variant_get_string (value, NULL);
    @@ -888,7 +913,6 @@ handle_object_array_property (NMObject *self, const char *property_name, GVarian
     	GPtrArray **array = pi->field;
     	const char *path;
     	ObjectCreatedData *odata;
    -	guint i, len = *array ? (*array)->len : 0;
     
     	npaths = g_variant_n_children (value);
     
    @@ -897,17 +921,14 @@ handle_object_array_property (NMObject *self, const char *property_name, GVarian
     	odata->pi = pi;
     	odata->objects = g_new0 (GObject *, npaths);
     	odata->length = odata->remaining = npaths;
    +	odata->array = TRUE;
     	odata->property_name = property_name;
     
    -	/* Objects known at this point. */
    -	odata->array = g_ptr_array_new_full (len, g_object_unref);
    -	for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
    -		g_ptr_array_add (odata->array, g_object_ref (g_ptr_array_index (*array, i)));
    -
    +	priv->pending = g_slist_append (priv->pending, odata);
     	priv->reload_remaining++;
     
     	if (npaths == 0) {
    -		object_property_maybe_complete (odata);
    +		object_property_maybe_complete (self);
     		return TRUE;
     	}
     
    diff --git a/libnm/nm-secret-agent-old.c b/libnm/nm-secret-agent-old.c
    index 02a3f685..5f9ca216 100644
    --- a/libnm/nm-secret-agent-old.c
    +++ b/libnm/nm-secret-agent-old.c
    @@ -613,7 +613,6 @@ reg_request_cb (GObject *proxy,
     	if (!nmdbus_agent_manager_call_register_finish (NMDBUS_AGENT_MANAGER (proxy), result, &error))
     		g_dbus_error_strip_remote_error (error);
     	reg_result (self, simple, error);
    -	g_clear_error (&error);
     }
     
     static void
    diff --git a/libnm/nm-vpn-service-plugin.c b/libnm/nm-vpn-service-plugin.c
    index 64316296..8272943d 100644
    --- a/libnm/nm-vpn-service-plugin.c
    +++ b/libnm/nm-vpn-service-plugin.c
    @@ -225,6 +225,7 @@ nm_vpn_service_plugin_disconnect (NMVpnServicePlugin *plugin, GError **err)
     		break;
     	case NM_VPN_SERVICE_STATE_INIT:
     		ret = TRUE;
    +		nm_vpn_service_plugin_set_state (plugin, NM_VPN_SERVICE_STATE_STOPPED);
     		break;
     
     	default:
    diff --git a/libnm/tests/test-nm-client.c b/libnm/tests/test-nm-client.c
    index 3a7c4d5d..bc219aa3 100644
    --- a/libnm/tests/test-nm-client.c
    +++ b/libnm/tests/test-nm-client.c
    @@ -1346,7 +1346,7 @@ test_connection_invalid (void)
     	                               &path3);
     
     
    -	nmtst_main_loop_run (loop, 100);
    +	nmtst_main_loop_run (loop, 1000);
     
     
     	connections = nm_client_get_connections (client);
    diff --git a/man/NetworkManager.8 b/man/NetworkManager.8
    index 1a19daf4..e35bc1cb 100644
    --- a/man/NetworkManager.8
    +++ b/man/NetworkManager.8
    @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@
     '\" t
     .\"     Title: NetworkManager
     .\"    Author: 
    -.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.78.1 
    -.\"      Date: 09/30/2016
    +.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
    +.\"      Date: 12/16/2016
     .\"    Manual: Network management daemons
    -.\"    Source: NetworkManager 1.4.2
    +.\"    Source: NetworkManager 1.4.4
     .\"  Language: English
     .\"
    -.TH "NETWORKMANAGER" "8" "" "NetworkManager 1\&.4\&.2" "Network management daemons"
    +.TH "NETWORKMANAGER" "8" "" "NetworkManager 1\&.4\&.4" "Network management daemons"
     .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     .\" * Define some portability stuff
     .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    @@ -37,7 +37,9 @@ NetworkManager \- network management daemon
     The NetworkManager daemon attempts to make networking configuration and operation as painless and automatic as possible by managing the primary network connection and other network interfaces, like Ethernet, WiFi, and Mobile Broadband devices\&. NetworkManager will connect any network device when a connection for that device becomes available, unless that behavior is disabled\&. Information about networking is exported via a D\-Bus interface to any interested application, providing a rich API with which to inspect and control network settings and operation\&.
     .SH "DISPATCHER SCRIPTS"
     .PP
    -NetworkManager will execute scripts in the /etc/NetworkManager/dispatcher\&.d directory or subdirectories in alphabetical order in response to network events\&. Each script should be a regular executable file owned by root\&. Furthermore, it must not be writable by group or other, and not setuid\&.
    +NetworkManager will execute scripts in the
    +/etc/NetworkManager/dispatcher\&.d
    +directory or subdirectories in alphabetical order in response to network events\&. Each script should be a regular executable file owned by root\&. Furthermore, it must not be writable by group or other, and not setuid\&.
     .PP
     Each script receives two arguments, the first being the interface name of the device an operation just happened on, and second the action\&. For device actions, the interface is the name of the kernel interface suitable for IP configuration\&. Thus it is either VPN_IP_IFACE, DEVICE_IP_IFACE, or DEVICE_IFACE, as applicable\&. For the
     \fIhostname\fR
    @@ -49,7 +51,9 @@ The actions are:
     .PP
     \fIpre\-up\fR
     .RS 4
    -The interface is connected to the network but is not yet fully activated\&. Scripts acting on this event must be placed or symlinked into the /etc/NetworkManager/dispatcher\&.d/pre\-up\&.d directory, and NetworkManager will wait for script execution to complete before indicating to applications that the interface is fully activated\&.
    +The interface is connected to the network but is not yet fully activated\&. Scripts acting on this event must be placed or symlinked into the
    +/etc/NetworkManager/dispatcher\&.d/pre\-up\&.d
    +directory, and NetworkManager will wait for script execution to complete before indicating to applications that the interface is fully activated\&.
     .RE
     .PP
     \fIup\fR
    @@ -59,7 +63,9 @@ The interface has been activated\&.
     .PP
     \fIpre\-down\fR
     .RS 4
    -The interface will be deactivated but has not yet been disconnected from the network\&. Scripts acting on this event must be placed or symlinked into the /etc/NetworkManager/dispatcher\&.d/pre\-down\&.d directory, and NetworkManager will wait for script execution to complete before disconnecting the interface from its network\&. Note that this event is not emitted for forced disconnections, like when carrier is lost or a wireless signal fades\&. It is only emitted when there is an opportunity to cleanly handle a network disconnection event\&.
    +The interface will be deactivated but has not yet been disconnected from the network\&. Scripts acting on this event must be placed or symlinked into the
    +/etc/NetworkManager/dispatcher\&.d/pre\-down\&.d
    +directory, and NetworkManager will wait for script execution to complete before disconnecting the interface from its network\&. Note that this event is not emitted for forced disconnections, like when carrier is lost or a wireless signal fades\&. It is only emitted when there is an opportunity to cleanly handle a network disconnection event\&.
     .RE
     .PP
     \fIdown\fR
    @@ -69,7 +75,9 @@ The interface has been deactivated\&.
     .PP
     \fIvpn\-pre\-up\fR
     .RS 4
    -The VPN is connected to the network but is not yet fully activated\&. Scripts acting on this event must be placed or symlinked into the /etc/NetworkManager/dispatcher\&.d/pre\-up\&.d directory, and NetworkManager will wait for script execution to complete before indicating to applications that the VPN is fully activated\&.
    +The VPN is connected to the network but is not yet fully activated\&. Scripts acting on this event must be placed or symlinked into the
    +/etc/NetworkManager/dispatcher\&.d/pre\-up\&.d
    +directory, and NetworkManager will wait for script execution to complete before indicating to applications that the VPN is fully activated\&.
     .RE
     .PP
     \fIvpn\-up\fR
    @@ -79,7 +87,9 @@ A VPN connection has been activated\&.
     .PP
     \fIvpn\-pre\-down\fR
     .RS 4
    -The VPN will be deactivated but has not yet been disconnected from the network\&. Scripts acting on this event must be placed or symlinked into the /etc/NetworkManager/dispatcher\&.d/pre\-down\&.d directory, and NetworkManager will wait for script execution to complete before disconnecting the VPN from its network\&. Note that this event is not emitted for forced disconnections, like when the VPN terminates unexpectedly or general connectivity is lost\&. It is only emitted when there is an opportunity to cleanly handle a VPN disconnection event\&.
    +The VPN will be deactivated but has not yet been disconnected from the network\&. Scripts acting on this event must be placed or symlinked into the
    +/etc/NetworkManager/dispatcher\&.d/pre\-down\&.d
    +directory, and NetworkManager will wait for script execution to complete before disconnecting the VPN from its network\&. Note that this event is not emitted for forced disconnections, like when the VPN terminates unexpectedly or general connectivity is lost\&. It is only emitted when there is an opportunity to cleanly handle a VPN disconnection event\&.
     .RE
     .PP
     \fIvpn\-down\fR
    @@ -197,7 +207,9 @@ The network connectivity state, which can take the values defined by the NMConne
     .PP
     In case of VPN, VPN_IP_IFACE is set, and IP4_*, IP6_* variables with VPN prefix are exported too, like VPN_IP4_ADDRESS_0, VPN_IP4_NUM_ADDRESSES\&.
     .PP
    -Dispatcher scripts are run one at a time, but asynchronously from the main NetworkManager process, and will be killed if they run for too long\&. If your script might take arbitrarily long to complete, you should spawn a child process and have the parent return immediately\&. Scripts that are symbolic links pointing inside the /etc/NetworkManager/dispatcher\&.d/no\-wait\&.d/ directory are run immediately, without waiting for the termination of previous scripts, and in parallel\&. Also beware that once a script is queued, it will always be run, even if a later event renders it obsolete\&. (Eg, if an interface goes up, and then back down again quickly, it is possible that one or more "up" scripts will be run after the interface has gone down\&.)
    +Dispatcher scripts are run one at a time, but asynchronously from the main NetworkManager process, and will be killed if they run for too long\&. If your script might take arbitrarily long to complete, you should spawn a child process and have the parent return immediately\&. Scripts that are symbolic links pointing inside the
    +/etc/NetworkManager/dispatcher\&.d/no\-wait\&.d/
    +directory are run immediately, without waiting for the termination of previous scripts, and in parallel\&. Also beware that once a script is queued, it will always be run, even if a later event renders it obsolete\&. (Eg, if an interface goes up, and then back down again quickly, it is possible that one or more "up" scripts will be run after the interface has gone down\&.)
     .SH "OPTIONS"
     .PP
     The following options are understood:
    @@ -229,12 +241,16 @@ Specify location of a PID file\&. The PID file is used for storing PID of the ru
     .PP
     \fB\-\-state\-file\fR
     .RS 4
    -Specify file for storing state of the NetworkManager persistently\&. If not specified, the default value of /var/lib/NetworkManager/NetworkManager\&.state is used\&.
    +Specify file for storing state of the NetworkManager persistently\&. If not specified, the default value of
    +/var/lib/NetworkManager/NetworkManager\&.state
    +is used\&.
     .RE
     .PP
     \fB\-\-config\fR
     .RS 4
    -Specify configuration file to set up various settings for NetworkManager\&. If not specified, the default value of /etc/NetworkManager/NetworkManager\&.conf is used with a fallback to the older \*(Aqnm\-system\-settings\&.conf\*(Aq if located in the same directory\&. See
    +Specify configuration file to set up various settings for NetworkManager\&. If not specified, the default value of
    +/etc/NetworkManager/NetworkManager\&.conf
    +is used with a fallback to the older \*(Aqnm\-system\-settings\&.conf\*(Aq if located in the same directory\&. See
     \fBNetworkManager.conf\fR(5)
     for more information on configuration file\&.
     .RE
    @@ -286,7 +302,8 @@ NetworkManager process handles the following signals:
     .PP
     \fISIGHUP\fR
     .RS 4
    -The signal causes a reload of NetworkManager\*(Aqs configuration\&. Note that not all configuration parameters can be changed at runtime and therefore some changes may be applied only after the next restart of the daemon\&. A SIGHUP also involves further reloading actions, like doing a DNS update and restarting the DNS plugin\&. The latter can be useful for example when using the dnsmasq plugin and changing its configuration in /etc/NetworkManager/dnsmasq\&.d\&. However, it also means this will shortly interrupt name resolution\&. In the future, there may be further actions added\&. A SIGHUP means to update NetworkManager configuration and reload everything that is supported\&. Note that this does not reload connections from disk\&. For that there is a D\-Bus API and nmcli\*(Aqs reload action
    +The signal causes a reload of NetworkManager\*(Aqs configuration\&. Note that not all configuration parameters can be changed at runtime and therefore some changes may be applied only after the next restart of the daemon\&. A SIGHUP also involves further reloading actions, like doing a DNS update and restarting the DNS plugin\&. The latter can be useful for example when using the dnsmasq plugin and changing its configuration in
    +/etc/NetworkManager/dnsmasq\&.d\&. However, it also means this will shortly interrupt name resolution\&. In the future, there may be further actions added\&. A SIGHUP means to update NetworkManager configuration and reload everything that is supported\&. Note that this does not reload connections from disk\&. For that there is a D\-Bus API and nmcli\*(Aqs reload action
     .RE
     .PP
     \fISIGUSR1\fR
    @@ -311,8 +328,13 @@ and
     to enable debug logging inside NetworkManager itself\&.
     .PP
     \fBNM_PPP_DEBUG\fR: When set to anything, causes NetworkManager to turn on PPP debugging in pppd, which logs all PPP and PPTP frames and client/server exchanges\&.
    +.SH "BUGS"
    +.PP
    +Please report any bugs you find in NetworkManager at the
    +\m[blue]\fBNetworkManager bug tracker\fR\m[]\&\s-2\u[1]\d\s+2\&.
     .SH "SEE ALSO"
     .PP
    +\m[blue]\fBNetworkManager home page\fR\m[]\&\s-2\u[2]\d\s+2,
     \fBNetworkManager.conf\fR(5),
     \fBnmcli\fR(1),
     \fBnmcli-examples\fR(7),
    @@ -321,3 +343,14 @@ to enable debug logging inside NetworkManager itself\&.
     \fBnm-applet\fR(1),
     \fBnm-connection-editor\fR(1),
     \fBudev\fR(7)
    +.SH "NOTES"
    +.IP " 1." 4
    +NetworkManager bug tracker
    +.RS 4
    +\%https://bugzilla.gnome.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=NetworkManager
    +.RE
    +.IP " 2." 4
    +NetworkManager home page
    +.RS 4
    +\%https://wiki.gnome.org/Projects/NetworkManager
    +.RE
    diff --git a/man/NetworkManager.conf.5 b/man/NetworkManager.conf.5
    index fed80761..a020d177 100644
    --- a/man/NetworkManager.conf.5
    +++ b/man/NetworkManager.conf.5
    @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@
     '\" t
     .\"     Title: NetworkManager.conf
     .\"    Author: 
    -.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.78.1 
    -.\"      Date: 09/30/2016
    +.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
    +.\"      Date: 12/16/2016
     .\"    Manual: Configuration
    -.\"    Source: NetworkManager 1.4.2
    +.\"    Source: NetworkManager 1.4.4
     .\"  Language: English
     .\"
    -.TH "NETWORKMANAGER\&.CON" "5" "" "NetworkManager 1\&.4\&.2" "Configuration"
    +.TH "NETWORKMANAGER\&.CON" "5" "" "NetworkManager 1\&.4\&.4" "Configuration"
     .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     .\" * Define some portability stuff
     .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    @@ -208,7 +208,9 @@ dnsmasq: NetworkManager will run dnsmasq as a local caching nameserver, using a
     resolv\&.conf
     to point to the local nameserver\&.
     .sp
    -unbound: NetworkManager will talk to unbound and dnssec\-triggerd, providing a "split DNS" configuration with DNSSEC support\&. The /etc/resolv\&.conf will be managed by dnssec\-trigger daemon\&.
    +unbound: NetworkManager will talk to unbound and dnssec\-triggerd, providing a "split DNS" configuration with DNSSEC support\&. The
    +/etc/resolv\&.conf
    +will be managed by dnssec\-trigger daemon\&.
     .sp
     none: NetworkManager will not modify resolv\&.conf\&. This implies
     rc\-manager\ \&unmanaged
    @@ -259,12 +261,14 @@ This section contains keyfile\-plugin\-specific options, and is normally only us
     .PP
     \fIhostname\fR
     .RS 4
    -This key is deprecated and has no effect since the hostname is now stored in /etc/hostname or other system configuration files according to build options\&.
    +This key is deprecated and has no effect since the hostname is now stored in
    +/etc/hostname
    +or other system configuration files according to build options\&.
     .RE
     .PP
     \fIpath\fR
     .RS 4
    -The location where keyfiles are read and stored\&. This defaults to "${prefix}/etc/NetworkManager/conf\&.d"\&.
    +The location where keyfiles are read and stored\&. This defaults to "/etc/NetworkManager/conf\&.d"\&.
     .RE
     .PP
     \fIunmanaged\-devices\fR
    @@ -875,7 +879,8 @@ enable=nm\-version\-min:1\&.3,nm\-version\-min:1\&.2\&.6,nm\-version\-min:1\&.0\
     .RS 4
     The
     keyfile
    -plugin is the generic plugin that supports all the connection types and capabilities that NetworkManager has\&. It writes files out in an \&.ini\-style format in /etc/NetworkManager/system\-connections\&.
    +plugin is the generic plugin that supports all the connection types and capabilities that NetworkManager has\&. It writes files out in an \&.ini\-style format in
    +/etc/NetworkManager/system\-connections\&.
     .sp
     The stored connection file may contain passwords and private keys, so it will be made readable only to root, and the plugin will ignore files that are readable or writable by any user or group other than root\&.
     .sp
    @@ -913,7 +918,8 @@ plugin instead\&.
     .PP
     \fIibft\fR, \fIno\-ibft\fR
     .RS 4
    -This plugin allows to read iBFT configuration (iSCSI Boot Firmware Table)\&. The configuration is read using /sbin/iscsiadm\&. Users are expected to configure iBFT connections via the firmware interfaces\&. If ibft support is available, it is automatically enabled after
    +This plugin allows to read iBFT configuration (iSCSI Boot Firmware Table)\&. The configuration is read using
    +/sbin/iscsiadm\&. Users are expected to configure iBFT connections via the firmware interfaces\&. If ibft support is available, it is automatically enabled after
     ifcfg\-rh\&. This can be disabled by
     no\-ibft\&. You can also explicitly specify
     ibft
    @@ -921,7 +927,9 @@ to load the plugin without
     ifcfg\-rh
     or to change the plugin order\&.
     .sp
    -Note that ibft plugin uses /sbin/iscsiadm and thus requires CAP_SYS_ADMIN capability\&.
    +Note that ibft plugin uses
    +/sbin/iscsiadm
    +and thus requires CAP_SYS_ADMIN capability\&.
     .RE
     .SH "APPENDIX"
     .SS "Device List Format"
    diff --git a/man/NetworkManager.conf.xml b/man/NetworkManager.conf.xml
    index acb75c2e..6295b821 100644
    --- a/man/NetworkManager.conf.xml
    +++ b/man/NetworkManager.conf.xml
    @@ -286,7 +286,7 @@ no-auto-default=*
             nameserver.
             unbound: NetworkManager will talk
             to unbound and dnssec-triggerd, providing a "split DNS"
    -        configuration with DNSSEC support. The /etc/resolv.conf
    +        configuration with DNSSEC support. The /etc/resolv.conf
             will be managed by dnssec-trigger daemon.
             none: NetworkManager will not
             modify resolv.conf. This implies
    @@ -358,8 +358,8 @@ no-auto-default=*
             
               hostname
               This key is deprecated and has no effect
    -          since the hostname is now stored in /etc/hostname or other
    -          system configuration files according to build options.
    +          since the hostname is now stored in /etc/hostname
    +          or other system configuration files according to build options.
               
             
             
    @@ -986,7 +986,7 @@ enable=nm-version-min:1.3,nm-version-min:1.2.6,nm-version-min:1.0.16
                 plugin that supports all the connection types and
                 capabilities that NetworkManager has. It writes files out
                 in an .ini-style format in
    -            /etc/NetworkManager/system-connections.
    +            /etc/NetworkManager/system-connections.
               
               
                 The stored connection file may contain passwords and
    @@ -1051,15 +1051,16 @@ enable=nm-version-min:1.3,nm-version-min:1.2.6,nm-version-min:1.0.16
             
               
                 This plugin allows to read iBFT configuration (iSCSI Boot Firmware Table).
    -            The configuration is read using /sbin/iscsiadm. Users are expected to
    -            configure iBFT connections via the firmware interfaces.
    +            The configuration is read using /sbin/iscsiadm. Users are
    +            expected to configure iBFT connections via the firmware interfaces.
                 If ibft support is available, it is automatically enabled after
                 ifcfg-rh. This can be disabled by no-ibft.
                 You can also explicitly specify ibft to load the
                 plugin without ifcfg-rh or to change the plugin order.
               
               
    -            Note that ibft plugin uses /sbin/iscsiadm and thus requires CAP_SYS_ADMIN capability.
    +            Note that ibft plugin uses /sbin/iscsiadm and thus requires
    +            CAP_SYS_ADMIN capability.
               
             
           
    diff --git a/man/NetworkManager.xml b/man/NetworkManager.xml
    index 2cb458a2..60dbe7d7 100644
    --- a/man/NetworkManager.xml
    +++ b/man/NetworkManager.xml
    @@ -69,7 +69,8 @@
         Dispatcher scripts
         
           NetworkManager will execute scripts in the
    -      /etc/NetworkManager/dispatcher.d directory or subdirectories in
    +      /etc/NetworkManager/dispatcher.d
    +      directory or subdirectories in
           alphabetical order in response to network events.  Each script should
           be a regular executable file owned by root.  Furthermore, it must not be
           writable by group or other, and not setuid.
    @@ -88,8 +89,8 @@
             pre-up
             The interface is connected to the network but is not
             yet fully activated.  Scripts acting on this event must be placed or
    -        symlinked into the /etc/NetworkManager/dispatcher.d/pre-up.d directory,
    -        and NetworkManager will wait for script execution to complete before
    +        symlinked into the /etc/NetworkManager/dispatcher.d/pre-up.d
    +        directory, and NetworkManager will wait for script execution to complete before
             indicating to applications that the interface is fully activated.
             
           
    @@ -101,7 +102,7 @@
             pre-down
             The interface will be deactivated but has not yet been
             disconnected from the network.  Scripts acting on this event must be
    -        placed or symlinked into the /etc/NetworkManager/dispatcher.d/pre-down.d
    +        placed or symlinked into the /etc/NetworkManager/dispatcher.d/pre-down.d
             directory, and NetworkManager will wait for script execution to complete
             before disconnecting the interface from its network.  Note that this
             event is not emitted for forced disconnections, like when carrier is
    @@ -119,8 +120,8 @@
             vpn-pre-up
             The VPN is connected to the network but is not yet
             fully activated.  Scripts acting on this event must be placed or
    -        symlinked into the /etc/NetworkManager/dispatcher.d/pre-up.d directory,
    -        and NetworkManager will wait for script execution to complete before
    +        symlinked into the /etc/NetworkManager/dispatcher.d/pre-up.d
    +        directory, and NetworkManager will wait for script execution to complete before
             indicating to applications that the VPN is fully activated.
             
           
    @@ -134,7 +135,7 @@
             vpn-pre-down
             The VPN will be deactivated but has not yet been
             disconnected from the network.  Scripts acting on this event must be
    -        placed or symlinked into the /etc/NetworkManager/dispatcher.d/pre-down.d
    +        placed or symlinked into the /etc/NetworkManager/dispatcher.d/pre-down.d
             directory, and NetworkManager will wait for script execution to complete
             before disconnecting the VPN from its network.  Note that this
             event is not emitted for forced disconnections, like when the VPN
    @@ -308,7 +309,8 @@
           NetworkManager process, and will be killed if they run for too long. If your script
           might take arbitrarily long to complete, you should spawn a child process and have the
           parent return immediately. Scripts that are symbolic links pointing inside the
    -      /etc/NetworkManager/dispatcher.d/no-wait.d/ directory are run immediately, without
    +      /etc/NetworkManager/dispatcher.d/no-wait.d/
    +      directory are run immediately, without
           waiting for the termination of previous scripts, and in parallel. Also beware that
           once a script is queued, it will always be run, even if a later event renders it
           obsolete. (Eg, if an interface goes up, and then back down again quickly, it is
    @@ -354,14 +356,16 @@
             
             Specify file for storing state of the
             NetworkManager persistently.  If not specified, the default
    -        value of /var/lib/NetworkManager/NetworkManager.state is used.
    +        value of /var/lib/NetworkManager/NetworkManager.state
    +        is used.
             
           
           
             
              Specify configuration file to set up various
             settings for NetworkManager.  If not specified, the default
    -        value of /etc/NetworkManager/NetworkManager.conf is used with
    +        value of /etc/NetworkManager/NetworkManager.conf
    +        is used with
             a fallback to the older 'nm-system-settings.conf' if located
             in the same directory.  See
             NetworkManager.conf5
    @@ -407,7 +411,7 @@
       
     
       
    -    UDEV PROPERTIES
    +    Udev Properties
     
         
           udev7
    @@ -448,8 +452,8 @@
               A SIGHUP also involves further reloading actions, like doing
               a DNS update and restarting the DNS plugin. The latter can be
               useful for example when using the dnsmasq plugin and changing
    -          its configuration in /etc/NetworkManager/dnsmasq.d. However,
    -          it also means this will shortly interrupt name resolution.
    +          its configuration in /etc/NetworkManager/dnsmasq.d.
    +          However, it also means this will shortly interrupt name resolution.
               In the future, there may be further actions added.
               A SIGHUP means to update NetworkManager configuration and reload
               everything that is supported. Note that this does not reload
    @@ -486,7 +490,7 @@
       
     
       
    -    DEBUGGING
    +    Debugging
         
           The following environment variables are supported to help
           debugging.  When used in conjunction with the
    @@ -503,9 +507,18 @@
         
       
     
    +  
    +    Bugs
    +    
    +      Please report any bugs you find in NetworkManager at the
    +      NetworkManager bug tracker.
    +    
    +  
    +
       
         See Also
         
    +      NetworkManager home page,
           NetworkManager.conf5,
           nmcli1,
           nmcli-examples7,
    diff --git a/man/nm-online.1 b/man/nm-online.1
    index ff02e2df..7192ea3a 100644
    --- a/man/nm-online.1
    +++ b/man/nm-online.1
    @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@
     '\" t
     .\"     Title: nm-online
     .\"    Author: 
    -.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.78.1 
    -.\"      Date: 09/30/2016
    +.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
    +.\"      Date: 12/16/2016
     .\"    Manual: General Commands Manual
    -.\"    Source: NetworkManager 1.4.2
    +.\"    Source: NetworkManager 1.4.4
     .\"  Language: English
     .\"
    -.TH "NM\-ONLINE" "1" "" "NetworkManager 1\&.4\&.2" "General Commands Manual"
    +.TH "NM\-ONLINE" "1" "" "NetworkManager 1\&.4\&.4" "General Commands Manual"
     .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     .\" * Define some portability stuff
     .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    diff --git a/man/nm-settings-ifcfg-rh.5 b/man/nm-settings-ifcfg-rh.5
    index 7576df50..e69d4c45 100644
    --- a/man/nm-settings-ifcfg-rh.5
    +++ b/man/nm-settings-ifcfg-rh.5
    @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@
     '\" t
     .\"     Title: nm-settings-ifcfg-rh
     .\"    Author: 
    -.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.78.1 
    -.\"      Date: 09/30/2016
    +.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
    +.\"      Date: 12/16/2016
     .\"    Manual: Configuration
    -.\"    Source: NetworkManager 1.4.2
    +.\"    Source: NetworkManager 1.4.3
     .\"  Language: English
     .\"
    -.TH "NM\-SETTINGS\-IFCFG\" "5" "" "NetworkManager 1\&.4\&.2" "Configuration"
    +.TH "NM\-SETTINGS\-IFCFG\" "5" "" "NetworkManager 1\&.4\&.3" "Configuration"
     .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     .\" * Define some portability stuff
     .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    @@ -336,7 +336,7 @@ are NetworkManager specific extensions not understood by traditional initscripts
     .nr an-no-space-flag 1
     .nr an-break-flag 1
     .br
    -.B Table\ \&1.\ \&802-1x setting
    +.B Table\ \&1.\ \&802\-1x setting
     .TS
     allbox tab(:);
     lB lB lB lB.
    @@ -748,7 +748,7 @@ T}
     .nr an-no-space-flag 1
     .nr an-break-flag 1
     .br
    -.B Table\ \&3.\ \&bridge-port setting
    +.B Table\ \&3.\ \&bridge\-port setting
     .TS
     allbox tab(:);
     lB lB lB lB.
    @@ -1391,7 +1391,7 @@ T}
     .nr an-no-space-flag 1
     .nr an-break-flag 1
     .br
    -.B Table\ \&8.\ \&ip-tunnel setting
    +.B Table\ \&8.\ \&ip\-tunnel setting
     .TS
     allbox tab(:);
     lB lB lB lB.
    @@ -1851,7 +1851,7 @@ T}
     .nr an-no-space-flag 1
     .nr an-break-flag 1
     .br
    -.B Table\ \&12.\ \&team-port setting
    +.B Table\ \&12.\ \&team\-port setting
     .TS
     allbox tab(:);
     lB lB lB lB.
    @@ -2046,7 +2046,7 @@ T}
     .nr an-no-space-flag 1
     .nr an-break-flag 1
     .br
    -.B Table\ \&17.\ \&802-3-ethernet setting
    +.B Table\ \&17.\ \&802\-3\-ethernet setting
     .TS
     allbox tab(:);
     lB lB lB lB.
    @@ -2195,7 +2195,7 @@ T}
     .nr an-no-space-flag 1
     .nr an-break-flag 1
     .br
    -.B Table\ \&18.\ \&802-11-wireless-security setting
    +.B Table\ \&18.\ \&802\-11\-wireless\-security setting
     .TS
     allbox tab(:);
     lB lB lB lB.
    @@ -2402,7 +2402,7 @@ T}
     .nr an-no-space-flag 1
     .nr an-break-flag 1
     .br
    -.B Table\ \&19.\ \&802-11-wireless setting
    +.B Table\ \&19.\ \&802\-11\-wireless setting
     .TS
     allbox tab(:);
     lB lB lB lB.
    diff --git a/man/nm-settings-ifcfg-rh.xml b/man/nm-settings-ifcfg-rh.xml
    index cbba4d2a..2490019e 100644
    --- a/man/nm-settings-ifcfg-rh.xml
    +++ b/man/nm-settings-ifcfg-rh.xml
    @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
     
     
    -nm-settings-ifcfg-rhNetworkManager developersnm-settings-ifcfg-rh5NetworkManagerConfiguration1.4.2nm-settings-ifcfg-rhDescription of ifcfg-rh settings pluginDescription
    +nm-settings-ifcfg-rhNetworkManager developersnm-settings-ifcfg-rh5NetworkManagerConfiguration1.4.3nm-settings-ifcfg-rhDescription of ifcfg-rh settings pluginDescription
               NetworkManager is based on the concept of connection profiles that contain
               network configuration (see nm-settings5 for details). The profiles can be
               stored in various formats. NetworkManager uses plugins for reading and writing
    diff --git a/man/nm-settings-keyfile.5 b/man/nm-settings-keyfile.5
    index ffebaa09..433ba14d 100644
    --- a/man/nm-settings-keyfile.5
    +++ b/man/nm-settings-keyfile.5
    @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@
     '\" t
     .\"     Title: nm-settings-keyfile
     .\"    Author: 
    -.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.78.1 
    -.\"      Date: 09/30/2016
    +.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
    +.\"      Date: 12/16/2016
     .\"    Manual: Configuration
    -.\"    Source: NetworkManager 1.4.2
    +.\"    Source: NetworkManager 1.4.3
     .\"  Language: English
     .\"
    -.TH "NM\-SETTINGS\-KEYFIL" "5" "" "NetworkManager 1\&.4\&.2" "Configuration"
    +.TH "NM\-SETTINGS\-KEYFIL" "5" "" "NetworkManager 1\&.4\&.3" "Configuration"
     .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     .\" * Define some portability stuff
     .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    @@ -513,7 +513,7 @@ T}
     .nr an-no-space-flag 1
     .nr an-break-flag 1
     .br
    -.B Table\ \&7.\ \&802-3-ethernet setting (section)
    +.B Table\ \&7.\ \&802\-3\-ethernet setting (section)
     .TS
     allbox tab(:);
     lB lB lB lB.
    @@ -566,7 +566,7 @@ T}
     .nr an-no-space-flag 1
     .nr an-break-flag 1
     .br
    -.B Table\ \&8.\ \&802-11-wireless setting (section)
    +.B Table\ \&8.\ \&802\-11\-wireless setting (section)
     .TS
     allbox tab(:);
     lB lB lB lB.
    diff --git a/man/nm-settings-keyfile.xml b/man/nm-settings-keyfile.xml
    index b28395c5..e281e882 100644
    --- a/man/nm-settings-keyfile.xml
    +++ b/man/nm-settings-keyfile.xml
    @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
     
     
    -nm-settings-keyfileNetworkManager developersnm-settings-keyfile5NetworkManagerConfiguration1.4.2nm-settings-keyfileDescription of keyfile settings pluginDescription
    +nm-settings-keyfileNetworkManager developersnm-settings-keyfile5NetworkManagerConfiguration1.4.3nm-settings-keyfileDescription of keyfile settings pluginDescription
               NetworkManager is based on the concept of connection profiles that contain
               network configuration (see nm-settings5 for details). The profiles can be
               stored in various formats. NetworkManager uses plugins for reading and writing
    diff --git a/man/nm-settings.5 b/man/nm-settings.5
    index eb4818a9..dde324fc 100644
    --- a/man/nm-settings.5
    +++ b/man/nm-settings.5
    @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@
     '\" t
     .\"     Title: nm-settings
     .\"    Author: 
    -.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.78.1 
    -.\"      Date: 09/30/2016
    +.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
    +.\"      Date: 12/16/2016
     .\"    Manual: Configuration
    -.\"    Source: NetworkManager 1.4.2
    +.\"    Source: NetworkManager 1.4.3
     .\"  Language: English
     .\"
    -.TH "NM\-SETTINGS" "5" "" "NetworkManager 1\&.4\&.2" "Configuration"
    +.TH "NM\-SETTINGS" "5" "" "NetworkManager 1\&.4\&.3" "Configuration"
     .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     .\" * Define some portability stuff
     .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    @@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ command that can display description of particular settings and properties of th
     .nr an-no-space-flag 1
     .nr an-break-flag 1
     .br
    -.B Table\ \&1.\ \&802-1x setting
    +.B Table\ \&1.\ \&802\-1x setting
     .TS
     allbox tab(:);
     lB lB lB lB.
    @@ -758,7 +758,7 @@ T}
     .nr an-no-space-flag 1
     .nr an-break-flag 1
     .br
    -.B Table\ \&6.\ \&bridge-port setting
    +.B Table\ \&6.\ \&bridge\-port setting
     .TS
     allbox tab(:);
     lB lB lB lB.
    @@ -2037,7 +2037,7 @@ T}
     .nr an-no-space-flag 1
     .nr an-break-flag 1
     .br
    -.B Table\ \&15.\ \&ip-tunnel setting
    +.B Table\ \&15.\ \&ip\-tunnel setting
     .TS
     allbox tab(:);
     lB lB lB lB.
    @@ -2259,7 +2259,7 @@ T}
     .nr an-no-space-flag 1
     .nr an-break-flag 1
     .br
    -.B Table\ \&17.\ \&802-11-olpc-mesh setting
    +.B Table\ \&17.\ \&802\-11\-olpc\-mesh setting
     .TS
     allbox tab(:);
     lB lB lB lB.
    @@ -2734,7 +2734,7 @@ T}
     .nr an-no-space-flag 1
     .nr an-break-flag 1
     .br
    -.B Table\ \&22.\ \&team-port setting
    +.B Table\ \&22.\ \&team\-port setting
     .TS
     allbox tab(:);
     lB lB lB lB.
    @@ -3290,7 +3290,7 @@ T}
     .nr an-no-space-flag 1
     .nr an-break-flag 1
     .br
    -.B Table\ \&28.\ \&802-3-ethernet setting
    +.B Table\ \&28.\ \&802\-3\-ethernet setting
     .TS
     allbox tab(:);
     lB lB lB lB.
    @@ -3471,7 +3471,7 @@ T}
     .nr an-no-space-flag 1
     .nr an-break-flag 1
     .br
    -.B Table\ \&29.\ \&802-11-wireless setting
    +.B Table\ \&29.\ \&802\-11\-wireless setting
     .TS
     allbox tab(:);
     lB lB lB lB.
    @@ -3682,7 +3682,7 @@ T}
     .nr an-no-space-flag 1
     .nr an-break-flag 1
     .br
    -.B Table\ \&30.\ \&802-11-wireless-security setting
    +.B Table\ \&30.\ \&802\-11\-wireless\-security setting
     .TS
     allbox tab(:);
     lB lB lB lB.
    diff --git a/man/nm-settings.xml b/man/nm-settings.xml
    index 94925278..d107231d 100644
    --- a/man/nm-settings.xml
    +++ b/man/nm-settings.xml
    @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
     
     
    -nm-settingsNetworkManager developersnm-settings5NetworkManagerConfiguration1.4.2nm-settingsDescription of settings and properties of NetworkManager connection profilesDescription
    +nm-settingsNetworkManager developersnm-settings5NetworkManagerConfiguration1.4.3nm-settingsDescription of settings and properties of NetworkManager connection profilesDescription
               NetworkManager is based on a concept of connection profiles, sometimes referred to as
               connections only. These connection profiles contain a network configuration. When
               NetworkManager activates a connection profile on a network device the configuration will
    diff --git a/man/nmcli-examples.7 b/man/nmcli-examples.7
    index 69a627bc..2bfc2190 100644
    --- a/man/nmcli-examples.7
    +++ b/man/nmcli-examples.7
    @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@
     '\" t
     .\"     Title: nmcli-examples
     .\"    Author: 
    -.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.78.1 
    -.\"      Date: 09/30/2016
    +.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
    +.\"      Date: 12/16/2016
     .\"    Manual: Examples
    -.\"    Source: NetworkManager 1.4.2
    +.\"    Source: NetworkManager 1.4.4
     .\"  Language: English
     .\"
    -.TH "NMCLI\-EXAMPLES" "7" "" "NetworkManager 1\&.4\&.2" "Examples"
    +.TH "NMCLI\-EXAMPLES" "7" "" "NetworkManager 1\&.4\&.4" "Examples"
     .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     .\" * Define some portability stuff
     .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ The purpose of this manual page is to provide you with various examples and usag
     \fInmcli\fR\&.
     .SH "EXAMPLES"
     .PP
    -\fBExample\ \&1.\ \&Listing available Wi-Fi APs\fR
    +\fBExample\ \&1.\ \&Listing available Wi\-Fi APs\fR
     .sp
     .if n \{\
     .RS 4
    @@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ option for displaying different columns\&.
     \fBnmcli \-f all dev wifi list\fR
     will show all of them\&.
     .PP
    -\fBExample\ \&2.\ \&Showing general information and properties for a Wi-Fi interface\fR
    +\fBExample\ \&2.\ \&Showing general information and properties for a Wi\-Fi interface\fR
     .sp
     .if n \{\
     .RS 4
    @@ -331,7 +331,7 @@ nager/ActiveConnection/9
     .PP
     This example shows escaping colon characters in tabular mode\&. It may be useful for script processing, because \*(Aq:\*(Aq is used as a field separator\&.
     .PP
    -\fBExample\ \&11.\ \&nmcli usage in a NetworkManager dispatcher script to make Ethernet and Wi-Fi mutually exclusive\fR
    +\fBExample\ \&11.\ \&nmcli usage in a NetworkManager dispatcher script to make Ethernet and Wi\-Fi mutually exclusive\fR
     .sp
     .if n \{\
     .RS 4
    diff --git a/man/nmcli.1 b/man/nmcli.1
    index 5023c0e4..13fc769e 100644
    --- a/man/nmcli.1
    +++ b/man/nmcli.1
    @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@
     '\" t
     .\"     Title: nmcli
     .\"    Author: 
    -.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.78.1 
    -.\"      Date: 09/30/2016
    +.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
    +.\"      Date: 12/16/2016
     .\"    Manual: General Commands Manual
    -.\"    Source: NetworkManager 1.4.2
    +.\"    Source: NetworkManager 1.4.4
     .\"  Language: English
     .\"
    -.TH "NMCLI" "1" "" "NetworkManager 1\&.4\&.2" "General Commands Manual"
    +.TH "NMCLI" "1" "" "NetworkManager 1\&.4\&.4" "General Commands Manual"
     .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     .\" * Define some portability stuff
     .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    @@ -529,6 +529,7 @@ For 802\&.1X password, the line would be
     .RE
     .\}
     .sp
    +
     \fBnmcli\fR
     also accepts
     wifi\-sec
    @@ -1321,7 +1322,7 @@ l l l.
     T{
     type
     T}:T{
    -connection.type
    +connection\&.type
     T}:T{
     This option also accepts values of \fBbond\-slave\fR,
     \fBteam\-slave\fR and \fBbridge\-slave\fR\&. They create
    @@ -1331,21 +1332,21 @@ T}
     T{
     con\-name
     T}:T{
    -connection.id
    +connection\&.id
     T}:T{
     When not provided a default name is generated: [\-][\-])\&.
     T}
     T{
     autoconnect
     T}:T{
    -connection.autoconnect
    +connection\&.autoconnect
     T}:T{
     \ \&
     T}
     T{
     ifname
     T}:T{
    -connection.interface-name
    +connection\&.interface\-name
     T}:T{
     A value of * will be interpreted as
     no value, making the connection profile interface\-independent\&.
    @@ -1355,7 +1356,7 @@ T}
     T{
     master
     T}:T{
    -connection.master
    +connection\&.master
     T}:T{
     Value specified here will be canonicalized\&.
     It can be prefixed with ifname/, uuid/
    @@ -1364,7 +1365,7 @@ T}
     T{
     slave\-type
     T}:T{
    -connection.slave-type
    +connection\&.slave\-type
     T}:T{
     \ \&
     T}
    @@ -1391,17 +1392,17 @@ l l.
     T{
     username
     T}:T{
    -pppoe.username
    +pppoe\&.username
     T}
     T{
     password
     T}:T{
    -pppoe.password
    +pppoe\&.password
     T}
     T{
     service
     T}:T{
    -pppoe.service
    +pppoe\&.service
     T}
     .TE
     .sp 1
    @@ -1426,17 +1427,17 @@ l l.
     T{
     mtu
     T}:T{
    -wired.mtu
    +wired\&.mtu
     T}
     T{
     mac
     T}:T{
    -wired.mac-address
    +wired\&.mac\-address
     T}
     T{
     cloned\-mac
     T}:T{
    -wired.cloned-mac-address
    +wired\&.cloned\-mac\-address
     T}
     .TE
     .sp 1
    @@ -1463,27 +1464,27 @@ l l.
     T{
     mtu
     T}:T{
    -infiniband.mtu
    +infiniband\&.mtu
     T}
     T{
     mac
     T}:T{
    -infiniband.mac-address
    +infiniband\&.mac\-address
     T}
     T{
     transport\-mode
     T}:T{
    -infiniband.transport-mode
    +infiniband\&.transport\-mode
     T}
     T{
     parent
     T}:T{
    -infiniband.parent
    +infiniband\&.parent
     T}
     T{
     p\-key
     T}:T{
    -infiniband.p-key
    +infiniband\&.p\-key
     T}
     .TE
     .sp 1
    @@ -1492,7 +1493,7 @@ T}
     .nr an-no-space-flag 1
     .nr an-break-flag 1
     .br
    -.B Table\ \&5.\ \&Wi-Fi options
    +.B Table\ \&5.\ \&Wi\-Fi options
     .TS
     allbox tab(:);
     lB lB.
    @@ -1510,27 +1511,27 @@ l l.
     T{
     ssid
     T}:T{
    -wireless.ssid
    +wireless\&.ssid
     T}
     T{
     mode
     T}:T{
    -wireless.mode
    +wireless\&.mode
     T}
     T{
     mtu
     T}:T{
    -wireless.mtu
    +wireless\&.mtu
     T}
     T{
     mac
     T}:T{
    -wireless.mac-address
    +wireless\&.mac\-address
     T}
     T{
     cloned\-mac
     T}:T{
    -wireless.cloned-mac-address
    +wireless\&.cloned\-mac\-address
     T}
     .TE
     .sp 1
    @@ -1554,12 +1555,12 @@ l l.
     T{
     nsp
     T}:T{
    -wimax.network-name
    +wimax\&.network\-name
     T}
     T{
     mac
     T}:T{
    -wimax.mac-address
    +wimax\&.mac\-address
     T}
     .TE
     .sp 1
    @@ -1584,17 +1585,17 @@ l l.
     T{
     apn
     T}:T{
    -gsm.apn
    +gsm\&.apn
     T}
     T{
     user
     T}:T{
    -gsm.username
    +gsm\&.username
     T}
     T{
     password
     T}:T{
    -gsm.password
    +gsm\&.password
     T}
     .TE
     .sp 1
    @@ -1618,12 +1619,12 @@ l l.
     T{
     user
     T}:T{
    -cdma.username
    +cdma\&.username
     T}
     T{
     password
     T}:T{
    -cdma.password
    +cdma\&.password
     T}
     .TE
     .sp 1
    @@ -1649,14 +1650,14 @@ l l lt.
     T{
     addr
     T}:T{
    -bluetooth.bdaddr
    +bluetooth\&.bdaddr
     T}:T{
     \ \&
     T}
     T{
     bt\-type
     T}:T{
    -bluetooth.type
    +bluetooth\&.type
     T}:T{
     Apart from the usual dun and
     panu options, the values of dun\-gsm
    @@ -1689,27 +1690,27 @@ l l.
     T{
     dev
     T}:T{
    -vlan.parent
    +vlan\&.parent
     T}
     T{
     id
     T}:T{
    -vlan.id
    +vlan\&.id
     T}
     T{
     flags
     T}:T{
    -vlan.flags
    +vlan\&.flags
     T}
     T{
     ingress
     T}:T{
    -vlan.ingress-priority-map
    +vlan\&.ingress\-priority\-map
     T}
     T{
     egress
     T}:T{
    -vlan.egress-priority-map
    +vlan\&.egress\-priority\-map
     T}
     .TE
     .sp 1
    @@ -1788,7 +1789,7 @@ l l.
     T{
     config
     T}:T{
    -team.config
    +team\&.config
     T}
     .TE
     .sp 1
    @@ -1811,7 +1812,7 @@ l l.
     T{
     config
     T}:T{
    -team-port.config
    +team\-port\&.config
     T}
     .TE
     .sp 1
    @@ -1844,57 +1845,57 @@ l l.
     T{
     stp
     T}:T{
    -bridge.stp
    +bridge\&.stp
     T}
     T{
     priority
     T}:T{
    -bridge.priority
    +bridge\&.priority
     T}
     T{
     forward\-delay
     T}:T{
    -bridge.forward-delay
    +bridge\&.forward\-delay
     T}
     T{
     hello\-time
     T}:T{
    -bridge.hello-time
    +bridge\&.hello\-time
     T}
     T{
     max\-age
     T}:T{
    -bridge.max-age
    +bridge\&.max\-age
     T}
     T{
     ageing\-time
     T}:T{
    -bridge.ageing-time
    +bridge\&.ageing\-time
     T}
     T{
     multicast\-snooping
     T}:T{
    -bridge.multicast-snooping
    +bridge\&.multicast\-snooping
     T}
     T{
     mac
     T}:T{
    -bridge.mac-address
    +bridge\&.mac\-address
     T}
     T{
     priority
     T}:T{
    -bridge-port.priority
    +bridge\-port\&.priority
     T}
     T{
     path\-cost
     T}:T{
    -bridge-port.path-cost
    +bridge\-port\&.path\-cost
     T}
     T{
     hairpin
     T}:T{
    -bridge-port.hairpin-mode
    +bridge\-port\&.hairpin\-mode
     T}
     .TE
     .sp 1
    @@ -1918,12 +1919,12 @@ l l.
     T{
     vpn\-type
     T}:T{
    -vpn.service-type
    +vpn\&.service\-type
     T}
     T{
     user
     T}:T{
    -vpn.user-name
    +vpn\&.user\-name
     T}
     .TE
     .sp 1
    @@ -1948,17 +1949,17 @@ l l.
     T{
     ssid
     T}:T{
    -olpc-mesh.ssid
    +olpc\-mesh\&.ssid
     T}
     T{
     channel
     T}:T{
    -olpc-mesh.channel
    +olpc\-mesh\&.channel
     T}
     T{
     dhcp\-anycast
     T}:T{
    -olpc-mesh.dhcp-anycast-address
    +olpc\-mesh\&.dhcp\-anycast\-address
     T}
     .TE
     .sp 1
    @@ -1984,22 +1985,22 @@ l l.
     T{
     username
     T}:T{
    -adsl.username
    +adsl\&.username
     T}
     T{
     protocol
     T}:T{
    -adsl.protocol
    +adsl\&.protocol
     T}
     T{
     password
     T}:T{
    -adsl.password
    +adsl\&.password
     T}
     T{
     encapsulation
     T}:T{
    -adsl.encapsulation
    +adsl\&.encapsulation
     T}
     .TE
     .sp 1
    @@ -2024,17 +2025,17 @@ l l.
     T{
     dev
     T}:T{
    -macvlan.parent
    +macvlan\&.parent
     T}
     T{
     mode
     T}:T{
    -macvlan.mode
    +macvlan\&.mode
     T}
     T{
     tap
     T}:T{
    -macvlan.tap
    +macvlan\&.tap
     T}
     .TE
     .sp 1
    @@ -2063,37 +2064,37 @@ l l.
     T{
     id
     T}:T{
    -vxlan.id
    +vxlan\&.id
     T}
     T{
     remote
     T}:T{
    -vxlan.remote
    +vxlan\&.remote
     T}
     T{
     dev
     T}:T{
    -vxlan.parent
    +vxlan\&.parent
     T}
     T{
     local
     T}:T{
    -vxlan.local
    +vxlan\&.local
     T}
     T{
     source\-port\-min
     T}:T{
    -vxlan.source-port-min
    +vxlan\&.source\-port\-min
     T}
     T{
     source\-port\-max
     T}:T{
    -vxlan.source-port-max
    +vxlan\&.source\-port\-max
     T}
     T{
     destination\-port
     T}:T{
    -vxlan.destination-port
    +vxlan\&.destination\-port
     T}
     .TE
     .sp 1
    @@ -2121,32 +2122,32 @@ l l.
     T{
     mode
     T}:T{
    -tun.mode
    +tun\&.mode
     T}
     T{
     owner
     T}:T{
    -tun.owner
    +tun\&.owner
     T}
     T{
     group
     T}:T{
    -tun.group
    +tun\&.group
     T}
     T{
     pi
     T}:T{
    -tun.pi
    +tun\&.pi
     T}
     T{
     vnet\-hdr
     T}:T{
    -tun.vnet-hdr
    +tun\&.vnet\-hdr
     T}
     T{
     multi\-queue
     T}:T{
    -tun.multi-queue
    +tun\&.multi\-queue
     T}
     .TE
     .sp 1
    @@ -2172,22 +2173,22 @@ l l.
     T{
     mode
     T}:T{
    -ip-tunnel.mode
    +ip\-tunnel\&.mode
     T}
     T{
     local
     T}:T{
    -ip-tunnel.local
    +ip\-tunnel\&.local
     T}
     T{
     remote
     T}:T{
    -ip-tunnel.remote
    +ip\-tunnel\&.remote
     T}
     T{
     dev
     T}:T{
    -ip-tunnel.parent
    +ip\-tunnel\&.parent
     T}
     .TE
     .sp 1
    @@ -2213,7 +2214,7 @@ l l l.
     T{
     ip4
     T}:T{
    -ipv4.addresses
    +ipv4\&.addresses
     T}:T{
     This option can be specified multiple times\&.
     It\*(Aqs equivalent of using +ipv4\&.addresses syntax\&.
    @@ -2221,7 +2222,7 @@ T}
     T{
     gw4
     T}:T{
    -ipv4.gateway
    +ipv4\&.gateway
     T}:T{
     \ \&
     T}
    @@ -2249,7 +2250,7 @@ l l l.
     T{
     ip6
     T}:T{
    -ipv6.addresses
    +ipv6\&.addresses
     T}:T{
     This option can be specified multiple times\&.
     It\*(Aqs equivalent of using +ipv6\&.addresses syntax\&.
    @@ -2257,7 +2258,7 @@ T}
     T{
     gw6
     T}:T{
    -ipv6.gateway
    +ipv6\&.gateway
     T}:T{
     \ \&
     T}
    diff --git a/man/nmtui.1 b/man/nmtui.1
    index 7b6f2bf6..2e6e1a1b 100644
    --- a/man/nmtui.1
    +++ b/man/nmtui.1
    @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@
     '\" t
     .\"     Title: nmtui
     .\"    Author: 
    -.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.78.1 
    -.\"      Date: 09/30/2016
    +.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
    +.\"      Date: 12/16/2016
     .\"    Manual: General Commands Manual
    -.\"    Source: NetworkManager 1.4.2
    +.\"    Source: NetworkManager 1.4.4
     .\"  Language: English
     .\"
    -.TH "NMTUI" "1" "" "NetworkManager 1\&.4\&.2" "General Commands Manual"
    +.TH "NMTUI" "1" "" "NetworkManager 1\&.4\&.4" "General Commands Manual"
     .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     .\" * Define some portability stuff
     .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    diff --git a/po/pl.po b/po/pl.po
    index 6569054d..09787378 100644
    --- a/po/pl.po
    +++ b/po/pl.po
    @@ -11,8 +11,8 @@ msgid ""
     msgstr ""
     "Project-Id-Version: NetworkManager\n"
     "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
    -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-17 17:15+0200\n"
    -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-17 17:17+0200\n"
    +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-11-27 16:59+0100\n"
    +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-11-27 17:00+0100\n"
     "Last-Translator: Piotr Drąg \n"
     "Language-Team: Polish \n"
     "Language: pl\n"
    @@ -85,30 +85,30 @@ msgstr ""
     "Uruchamia program nmcli jako agenta haseł i polkit usługi NetworkManager.\n"
     "\n"
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/agent.c:152
    +#: ../clients/cli/agent.c:156
     #, c-format
     msgid "nmcli successfully registered as a NetworkManager's secret agent.\n"
     msgstr ""
     "Pomyślnie zarejestrowano program nmcli jako agenta haseł usługi "
     "NetworkManager.\n"
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/agent.c:154
    +#: ../clients/cli/agent.c:158
     #, c-format
     msgid "Error: secret agent initialization failed"
     msgstr "Błąd: zainicjowanie agenta haseł się nie powiodło"
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/agent.c:172
    +#: ../clients/cli/agent.c:176
     #, c-format
     msgid "Error: polkit agent initialization failed: %s"
     msgstr "Błąd: zainicjowanie agenta polkit się nie powiodło: %s"
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/agent.c:180
    +#: ../clients/cli/agent.c:184
     #, c-format
     msgid "nmcli successfully registered as a polkit agent.\n"
     msgstr "Pomyślnie zarejestrowano program nmcli jako agenta polkit.\n"
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/agent.c:223 ../clients/cli/connections.c:8748
    -#: ../clients/cli/devices.c:3894 ../clients/cli/general.c:346
    +#: ../clients/cli/agent.c:227 ../clients/cli/connections.c:8838
    +#: ../clients/cli/devices.c:3871 ../clients/cli/general.c:346
     #: ../clients/cli/general.c:496 ../clients/cli/general.c:1161
     #, c-format
     msgid "Error: NetworkManager is not running."
    @@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ msgstr "Błąd: usługa NetworkManager nie jest uruchomiona."
     
     #: ../clients/cli/common.c:38 ../clients/cli/common.c:51
     #: ../clients/cli/common.c:59 ../clients/cli/common.c:71
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:207 ../clients/cli/connections.c:229
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:208 ../clients/cli/connections.c:230
     msgid "GROUP"
     msgstr "GRUPA"
     
    @@ -128,7 +128,7 @@ msgstr "ADRES"
     #. 1
     #. 2
     #: ../clients/cli/common.c:40 ../clients/cli/common.c:61
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:232
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:233
     msgid "GATEWAY"
     msgstr "BRAMA"
     
    @@ -229,7 +229,7 @@ msgstr "łączenie (uruchamianie drugorzędnych połączeń)"
     msgid "connected"
     msgstr "połączono"
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/common.c:518 ../clients/cli/connections.c:624
    +#: ../clients/cli/common.c:518 ../clients/cli/connections.c:625
     msgid "deactivating"
     msgstr "dezaktywowanie"
     
    @@ -238,25 +238,25 @@ msgid "connection failed"
     msgstr "połączenie się nie powiodło"
     
     #: ../clients/cli/common.c:522 ../clients/cli/common.c:539
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:629 ../clients/cli/connections.c:652
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:2121 ../clients/cli/devices.c:1190
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:630 ../clients/cli/connections.c:653
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:2122 ../clients/cli/devices.c:1190
     #: ../clients/cli/devices.c:1231 ../clients/cli/devices.c:1233
     #: ../clients/cli/general.c:251 ../clients/cli/general.c:289
     #: ../clients/cli/general.c:445 ../clients/cli/general.c:460
     #: ../clients/cli/settings.c:853 ../clients/cli/settings.c:939
     #: ../clients/cli/settings.c:1324 ../clients/cli/settings.c:1965
    -#: ../clients/cli/settings.c:3349
    +#: ../clients/cli/settings.c:3346
     #, c-format
     msgid "unknown"
     msgstr "nieznane"
     
     #. "CAPABILITIES"
    -#: ../clients/cli/common.c:531 ../clients/cli/connections.c:940
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:942 ../clients/cli/connections.c:944
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:978 ../clients/cli/connections.c:1047
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:1048 ../clients/cli/connections.c:1050
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:3446 ../clients/cli/connections.c:4565
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:6377 ../clients/cli/connections.c:6378
    +#: ../clients/cli/common.c:531 ../clients/cli/connections.c:941
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:943 ../clients/cli/connections.c:945
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:979 ../clients/cli/connections.c:1048
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:1049 ../clients/cli/connections.c:1051
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:3454 ../clients/cli/connections.c:4645
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:6459 ../clients/cli/connections.c:6460
     #: ../clients/cli/devices.c:868 ../clients/cli/devices.c:1155
     #: ../clients/cli/devices.c:1156 ../clients/cli/devices.c:1157
     #: ../clients/cli/devices.c:1158 ../clients/cli/devices.c:1159
    @@ -266,16 +266,16 @@ msgstr "nieznane"
     #: ../clients/cli/devices.c:1228 ../clients/cli/devices.c:1229
     #: ../clients/cli/devices.c:1230 ../clients/cli/devices.c:1232
     #: ../clients/cli/devices.c:1234 ../clients/cli/general.c:454
    -#: ../clients/cli/settings.c:3344
    +#: ../clients/cli/settings.c:3341
     msgid "yes"
     msgstr "tak"
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/common.c:533 ../clients/cli/connections.c:940
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:942 ../clients/cli/connections.c:944
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:1047 ../clients/cli/connections.c:1048
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:1050 ../clients/cli/connections.c:3447
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:4564 ../clients/cli/connections.c:6377
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:6378 ../clients/cli/devices.c:868
    +#: ../clients/cli/common.c:533 ../clients/cli/connections.c:941
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:943 ../clients/cli/connections.c:945
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:1048 ../clients/cli/connections.c:1049
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:1051 ../clients/cli/connections.c:3455
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:4644 ../clients/cli/connections.c:6459
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:6460 ../clients/cli/devices.c:868
     #: ../clients/cli/devices.c:1155 ../clients/cli/devices.c:1156
     #: ../clients/cli/devices.c:1157 ../clients/cli/devices.c:1158
     #: ../clients/cli/devices.c:1159 ../clients/cli/devices.c:1194
    @@ -284,7 +284,7 @@ msgstr "tak"
     #: ../clients/cli/devices.c:1227 ../clients/cli/devices.c:1228
     #: ../clients/cli/devices.c:1229 ../clients/cli/devices.c:1230
     #: ../clients/cli/devices.c:1232 ../clients/cli/devices.c:1234
    -#: ../clients/cli/general.c:456 ../clients/cli/settings.c:3346
    +#: ../clients/cli/general.c:456 ../clients/cli/settings.c:3343
     msgid "no"
     msgstr "nie"
     
    @@ -301,7 +301,7 @@ msgid "No reason given"
     msgstr "Nie podano przyczyny"
     
     #. We should not really come here
    -#: ../clients/cli/common.c:551 ../clients/cli/connections.c:3295
    +#: ../clients/cli/common.c:551 ../clients/cli/connections.c:3303
     #, c-format
     msgid "Unknown error"
     msgstr "Nieznany błąd"
    @@ -590,7 +590,7 @@ msgstr "Błąd: polecenie openconnect się nie powiodło ze stanem %d\n"
     msgid "Error: openconnect failed with signal %d\n"
     msgstr "Błąd: polecenie openconnect się nie powiodło z sygnałem %d\n"
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/common.c:1068
    +#: ../clients/cli/common.c:1070
     #, c-format
     msgid ""
     "Warning: password for '%s' not given in 'passwd-file' and nmcli cannot ask "
    @@ -599,17 +599,21 @@ msgstr ""
     "Ostrzeżenie: w „passwd-file” nie podano hasła dla „%s”, a program nmcli nie "
     "może zapytać bez opcji „--ask”.\n"
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/common.c:1465
    +#: ../clients/cli/common.c:1494
     #, c-format
     msgid "Error: argument '%s' not understood. Try passing --help instead."
     msgstr "Błąd: nie zrozumiano parametru „%s”. Można użyć „--help” zamiast tego."
     
     #. No command and no default handler.
    -#: ../clients/cli/common.c:1473
    +#: ../clients/cli/common.c:1502
     #, c-format
     msgid "Error: missing argument. Try passing --help."
     msgstr "Błąd: brak parametru. Można użyć „--help” zamiast tego."
     
    +#: ../clients/cli/common.c:1556
    +msgid "access denied"
    +msgstr "odmowa dostępu"
    +
     #. define some prompts for connection editor
     #: ../clients/cli/connections.c:62
     msgid "Setting name? "
    @@ -629,71 +633,75 @@ msgid "Connection type"
     msgstr "Typ połączenia"
     
     #: ../clients/cli/connections.c:68
    +msgid "Interface name [*]"
    +msgstr "Nazwa interfejsu [*]"
    +
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:69
     msgid "VPN type"
     msgstr "Typ VPN"
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:69
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:70
     msgid "Master"
     msgstr "Master"
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:71 ../clients/tui/nmt-page-infiniband.c:88
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:72 ../clients/tui/nmt-page-infiniband.c:88
     msgid "Transport mode"
     msgstr "Tryb przesyłania"
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:76
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:77
     msgid "Bluetooth type"
     msgstr "Typ Bluetooth"
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:82
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:83
     msgid "Bonding mode"
     msgstr "Tryb wiązania"
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:84 ../clients/cli/connections.c:4169
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:85 ../clients/cli/connections.c:4233
     msgid "Bonding monitoring mode"
     msgstr "Tryb monitorowania wiązania"
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:89
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:90
     msgid "Protocol"
     msgstr "Protokół"
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:92
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:93
     msgid "Wi-Fi mode"
     msgstr "Tryb Wi-Fi"
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:98
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:99
     msgid "ADSL encapsulation"
     msgstr "Kapsułkowanie ADSL"
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:101
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:102
     msgid "Tun mode"
     msgstr "Tryb TUN"
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:106
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:107
     msgid "IP Tunnel mode"
     msgstr "Tryb tunelu IP"
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:108
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:109
     msgid "MACVLAN mode"
     msgstr "Tryb MACVLAN"
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:110
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:111
     msgid "Connection (name, UUID, or path)"
     msgstr "Połączenie (nazwa, UUID lub ścieżka)"
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:111
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:112
     msgid "VPN connection (name, UUID, or path)"
     msgstr "Połączenie VPN (nazwa, UUID lub ścieżka)"
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:112
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:113
     msgid "Connection(s) (name, UUID, or path)"
     msgstr "Połączenia (nazwa, UUID lub ścieżka)"
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:113
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:114
     msgid "Connection(s) (name, UUID, path or apath)"
     msgstr "Połączenia (nazwa, UUID, ścieżka lub „apath”)"
     
     #. 0
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:119 ../clients/cli/connections.c:208
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:120 ../clients/cli/connections.c:209
     #: ../clients/cli/devices.c:56 ../clients/cli/devices.c:90
     #: ../clients/cli/devices.c:100 ../clients/cli/devices.c:111
     #: ../clients/cli/devices.c:121 ../clients/cli/devices.c:138
    @@ -706,7 +714,7 @@ msgstr "NAZWA"
     
     #. 0
     #. 1
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:120 ../clients/cli/connections.c:209
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:121 ../clients/cli/connections.c:210
     msgid "UUID"
     msgstr "UUID"
     
    @@ -714,35 +722,35 @@ msgstr "UUID"
     #. 0
     #. 1
     #. 2
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:121 ../clients/cli/connections.c:230
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:122 ../clients/cli/connections.c:231
     #: ../clients/cli/devices.c:42 ../clients/cli/devices.c:58
     #: ../clients/cli/devices.c:180
     msgid "TYPE"
     msgstr "TYP"
     
     #. 2
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:122
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:123
     msgid "TIMESTAMP"
     msgstr "OKRES-CZASU"
     
     #. 3
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:123
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:124
     msgid "TIMESTAMP-REAL"
     msgstr "RZECZYWISTY-OKRES-CZASU"
     
     #. 4
     #. 16
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:124 ../clients/cli/devices.c:73
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:125 ../clients/cli/devices.c:73
     msgid "AUTOCONNECT"
     msgstr "ŁĄCZENIE-AUTOMATYCZNE"
     
     #. 5
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:125
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:126
     msgid "AUTOCONNECT-PRIORITY"
     msgstr "PRIORYTET-AUTOMATYCZNEGO-ŁĄCZENIA"
     
     #. 6
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:126
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:127
     msgid "READONLY"
     msgstr "TYLKO-DO-ODCZYTU"
     
    @@ -751,7 +759,7 @@ msgstr "TYLKO-DO-ODCZYTU"
     #. 2
     #. 15
     #. 5
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:127 ../clients/cli/connections.c:216
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:128 ../clients/cli/connections.c:217
     #: ../clients/cli/devices.c:44 ../clients/cli/devices.c:167
     #: ../clients/cli/devices.c:183
     msgid "DBUS-PATH"
    @@ -760,7 +768,7 @@ msgstr "ŚCIEŻKA-DBUS"
     #. 8
     #. 13
     #. 4
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:128 ../clients/cli/devices.c:165
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:129 ../clients/cli/devices.c:165
     #: ../clients/cli/devices.c:182
     msgid "ACTIVE"
     msgstr "AKTYWNOŚĆ"
    @@ -770,7 +778,7 @@ msgstr "AKTYWNOŚĆ"
     #. 12
     #. 3
     #. 0
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:129 ../clients/cli/devices.c:41
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:130 ../clients/cli/devices.c:41
     #: ../clients/cli/devices.c:57 ../clients/cli/devices.c:164
     #: ../clients/cli/devices.c:181 ../clients/cli/devices.c:263
     msgid "DEVICE"
    @@ -781,40 +789,40 @@ msgstr "URZĄDZENIE"
     #. 1
     #. 10
     #. 1
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:130 ../clients/cli/connections.c:211
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:131 ../clients/cli/connections.c:212
     #: ../clients/cli/devices.c:43 ../clients/cli/devices.c:67
     #: ../clients/cli/general.c:39
     msgid "STATE"
     msgstr "STAN"
     
     #. 11
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:131
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:132
     msgid "ACTIVE-PATH"
     msgstr "AKTYWNA-ŚCIEŻKA"
     
     #. 2
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:210
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:211
     msgid "DEVICES"
     msgstr "URZĄDZENIA"
     
     #. 4
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:212
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:213
     msgid "DEFAULT"
     msgstr "DOMYŚLNE"
     
     #. 5
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:213
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:214
     msgid "DEFAULT6"
     msgstr "DOMYŚLNE6"
     
     #. 6
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:214
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:215
     msgid "SPEC-OBJECT"
     msgstr "KONKRETNY-OBIEKT"
     
     #. 7
     #. 4
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:215 ../clients/cli/connections.c:253
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:216 ../clients/cli/connections.c:254
     #: ../clients/cli/general.c:1087 ../clients/tui/nm-editor-utils.c:233
     #: ../clients/tui/nmt-connect-connection-list.c:405
     msgid "VPN"
    @@ -823,70 +831,70 @@ msgstr "VPN"
     #. 9
     #. 5
     #. 22
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:217 ../clients/cli/devices.c:47
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:218 ../clients/cli/devices.c:47
     #: ../clients/cli/devices.c:79
     msgid "CON-PATH"
     msgstr "ŚCIEŻKA-POŁĄCZENIA"
     
     #. 10
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:218
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:219
     msgid "ZONE"
     msgstr "STREFA"
     
     #. 11
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:219
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:220
     msgid "MASTER-PATH"
     msgstr "GŁÓWNA-ŚCIEŻKA"
     
     #. 1
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:231
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:232
     msgid "USERNAME"
     msgstr "NAZWA-UŻYTKOWNIKA"
     
     #. 3
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:233
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:234
     msgid "BANNER"
     msgstr "BANER"
     
     #. 4
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:234
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:235
     msgid "VPN-STATE"
     msgstr "STAN-VPN"
     
     #. 5
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:235
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:236
     msgid "CFG"
     msgstr "KONFIGURACJA"
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:248 ../clients/cli/devices.c:236
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:249 ../clients/cli/devices.c:236
     msgid "GENERAL"
     msgstr "OGÓLNE"
     
     #. 0
     #. 6
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:249 ../clients/cli/devices.c:243
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:250 ../clients/cli/devices.c:243
     msgid "IP4"
     msgstr "IP4"
     
     #. 1
     #. 7
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:250 ../clients/cli/devices.c:244
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:251 ../clients/cli/devices.c:244
     msgid "DHCP4"
     msgstr "DHCP4"
     
     #. 2
     #. 8
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:251 ../clients/cli/devices.c:245
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:252 ../clients/cli/devices.c:245
     msgid "IP6"
     msgstr "IP6"
     
     #. 3
     #. 9
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:252 ../clients/cli/devices.c:246
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:253 ../clients/cli/devices.c:246
     msgid "DHCP6"
     msgstr "DHCP6"
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:284
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:285
     #, c-format
     msgid ""
     "Usage: nmcli connection { COMMAND | help }\n"
    @@ -962,7 +970,7 @@ msgstr ""
     "  export [id | uuid | path]  []\n"
     "\n"
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:306
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:307
     #, c-format
     msgid ""
     "Usage: nmcli connection show { ARGUMENTS | help }\n"
    @@ -1007,7 +1015,7 @@ msgstr ""
     "więcej informacji. Podanie opcji „--active” spowoduje uwzględnienie tylko\n"
     "aktywnych profili. Opcja „--show-secrets” ujawni także powiązane hasła.\n"
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:327
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:328
     #, c-format
     msgid ""
     "Usage: nmcli connection up { ARGUMENTS | help }\n"
    @@ -1052,7 +1060,7 @@ msgstr ""
     "passwd-file — plik z hasłami wymaganymi do aktywowania połączenia\n"
     "\n"
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:348
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:349
     #, c-format
     msgid ""
     "Usage: nmcli connection down { ARGUMENTS | help }\n"
    @@ -1074,7 +1082,7 @@ msgstr ""
     "identyfikowany po swojej nazwie, UUID lub ścieżce D-Bus.\n"
     "\n"
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:360
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:361
     #, c-format
     msgid ""
     "Usage: nmcli connection add { ARGUMENTS | help }\n"
    @@ -1361,7 +1369,7 @@ msgstr ""
     "                  [ip4 ] [gw4 ]\n"
     "                  [ip6 ] [gw6 ]\n"
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:472
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:473
     #, c-format
     msgid ""
     "Usage: nmcli connection modify { ARGUMENTS | help }\n"
    @@ -1408,7 +1416,7 @@ msgstr ""
     "nmcli con mod bond0 -bond.options downdelay\n"
     "\n"
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:495
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:496
     #, c-format
     msgid ""
     "Usage: nmcli connection clone { ARGUMENTS | help }\n"
    @@ -1430,7 +1438,7 @@ msgstr ""
     "utworzona) oraz „id” (podana jako parametr ).\n"
     "\n"
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:507
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:508
     #, c-format
     msgid ""
     "Usage: nmcli connection edit { ARGUMENTS | help }\n"
    @@ -1458,7 +1466,7 @@ msgstr ""
     "Dodaje nowy profil połączenia w interaktywnym edytorze.\n"
     "\n"
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:522
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:523
     #, c-format
     msgid ""
     "Usage: nmcli connection delete { ARGUMENTS | help }\n"
    @@ -1477,7 +1485,7 @@ msgstr ""
     "Profil jest identyfikowany po swojej nazwie, UUID lub ścieżce D-Bus.\n"
     "\n"
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:533
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:534
     #, c-format
     msgid ""
     "Usage: nmcli connection monitor { ARGUMENTS | help }\n"
    @@ -1498,7 +1506,7 @@ msgstr ""
     "Monitoruje wszystkie profile połączeń, jeśli żaden nie zostanie podany.\n"
     "\n"
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:545
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:546
     #, c-format
     msgid ""
     "Usage: nmcli connection reload { help }\n"
    @@ -1511,7 +1519,7 @@ msgstr ""
     "Wczytuje ponownie wszystkie pliki połączeń z dysku.\n"
     "\n"
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:553
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:554
     #, c-format
     msgid ""
     "Usage: nmcli connection load { ARGUMENTS | help }\n"
    @@ -1533,7 +1541,7 @@ msgstr ""
     "usługa NetworkManager zna jego najnowszy stan.\n"
     "\n"
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:565
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:566
     #, c-format
     msgid ""
     "Usage: nmcli connection import { ARGUMENTS | help }\n"
    @@ -1558,7 +1566,7 @@ msgstr ""
     "importowana przez wtyczki VPN usługi NetworkManager.\n"
     "\n"
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:578
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:579
     #, c-format
     msgid ""
     "Usage: nmcli connection export { ARGUMENTS | help }\n"
    @@ -1578,145 +1586,145 @@ msgstr ""
     "nazwę.\n"
     "\n"
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:620
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:621
     msgid "activating"
     msgstr "aktywowanie"
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:622
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:623
     msgid "activated"
     msgstr "aktywowano"
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:626
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:627
     msgid "deactivated"
     msgstr "dezaktywowano"
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:638
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:639
     msgid "VPN connecting (prepare)"
     msgstr "Łączenie z VPN (przygotowanie)"
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:640
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:641
     msgid "VPN connecting (need authentication)"
     msgstr "Łączenie z VPN (wymaga uwierzytelnienia)"
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:642
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:643
     msgid "VPN connecting"
     msgstr "Łączenie z VPN"
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:644
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:645
     msgid "VPN connecting (getting IP configuration)"
     msgstr "Łączenie z VPN (pobieranie konfiguracji adresu IP)"
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:646
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:647
     msgid "VPN connected"
     msgstr "Połączono z VPN"
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:648
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:649
     msgid "VPN connection failed"
     msgstr "Połączenie z VPN się nie powiodło"
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:650
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:651
     msgid "VPN disconnected"
     msgstr "Rozłączono z VPN"
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:720
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:721
     #, c-format
     msgid "Error updating secrets for %s: %s\n"
     msgstr "Błąd podczas aktualizowania haseł dla %s: %s\n"
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:740
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:741
     msgid "Connection profile details"
     msgstr "Szczegóły profilu połączenia"
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:752 ../clients/cli/connections.c:1176
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:753 ../clients/cli/connections.c:1177
     #, c-format
     msgid "Error: 'connection show': %s"
     msgstr "Błąd: „connection show”: %s"
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:939 ../clients/cli/settings.c:1961
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:940 ../clients/cli/settings.c:1961
     msgid "never"
     msgstr "nigdy"
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:1164
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:1165
     msgid "Activate connection details"
     msgstr "Szczegóły aktywowania połączenia"
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:1400
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:1401
     #, c-format
     msgid "invalid field '%s'; allowed fields: %s and %s, or %s,%s"
     msgstr "nieprawidłowe pole „%s”; dozwolone pola: %s i %s, albo %s,%s"
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:1415 ../clients/cli/connections.c:1423
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:1416 ../clients/cli/connections.c:1424
     #, c-format
     msgid "'%s' has to be alone"
     msgstr "„%s” musi być same"
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:1621
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:1622
     #, c-format
     msgid "incorrect string '%s' of '--order' option"
     msgstr "niepoprawny ciąg „%s” opcji „--order”"
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:1647
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:1648
     #, c-format
     msgid "incorrect item '%s' in '--order' option"
     msgstr "niepoprawny element „%s” w opcji „--order”"
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:1676
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:1677
     msgid "No connection specified"
     msgstr "Nie podano połączenia"
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:1689
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:1690
     #, c-format
     msgid "%s argument is missing"
     msgstr "Brak parametru %s"
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:1698
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:1699
     #, c-format
     msgid "unknown connection '%s'"
     msgstr "nieznane połączenie „%s”"
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:1739
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:1740
     msgid "'--order' argument is missing"
     msgstr "Brak parametru „--order”"
     
     #. Add headers
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:1780
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:1781
     msgid "NetworkManager active profiles"
     msgstr "Aktywne profile usługi NetworkManager"
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:1781
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:1782
     msgid "NetworkManager connection profiles"
     msgstr "Profile połączeń usługi NetworkManager"
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:1830 ../clients/cli/connections.c:2603
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:2613 ../clients/cli/connections.c:2623
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:2789 ../clients/cli/connections.c:8427
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:8438 ../clients/cli/devices.c:2638
    -#: ../clients/cli/devices.c:2646 ../clients/cli/devices.c:2881
    -#: ../clients/cli/devices.c:2889 ../clients/cli/devices.c:2905
    -#: ../clients/cli/devices.c:2912 ../clients/cli/devices.c:2931
    -#: ../clients/cli/devices.c:2939 ../clients/cli/devices.c:2954
    -#: ../clients/cli/devices.c:3329 ../clients/cli/devices.c:3337
    -#: ../clients/cli/devices.c:3343 ../clients/cli/devices.c:3353
    -#: ../clients/cli/devices.c:3366 ../clients/cli/devices.c:3372
    -#: ../clients/cli/devices.c:3540 ../clients/cli/devices.c:3549
    -#: ../clients/cli/devices.c:3722
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:1831 ../clients/cli/connections.c:2611
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:2621 ../clients/cli/connections.c:2631
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:2797 ../clients/cli/connections.c:8517
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:8528 ../clients/cli/devices.c:2642
    +#: ../clients/cli/devices.c:2650 ../clients/cli/devices.c:2885
    +#: ../clients/cli/devices.c:2893 ../clients/cli/devices.c:2909
    +#: ../clients/cli/devices.c:2916 ../clients/cli/devices.c:2935
    +#: ../clients/cli/devices.c:2943 ../clients/cli/devices.c:2958
    +#: ../clients/cli/devices.c:3333 ../clients/cli/devices.c:3341
    +#: ../clients/cli/devices.c:3347 ../clients/cli/devices.c:3357
    +#: ../clients/cli/devices.c:3370 ../clients/cli/devices.c:3376
    +#: ../clients/cli/devices.c:3544 ../clients/cli/devices.c:3553
    +#: ../clients/cli/devices.c:3726
     #, c-format
     msgid "Error: %s argument is missing."
     msgstr "Błąd: brak parametru %s."
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:1848
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:1849
     #, c-format
     msgid "Error: %s - no such connection profile."
     msgstr "Błąd: %s — nie ma takiego profilu połączenia."
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:1912 ../clients/cli/connections.c:2592
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:2651 ../clients/cli/connections.c:7953
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:8062 ../clients/cli/connections.c:8549
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:1913 ../clients/cli/connections.c:2600
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:2659 ../clients/cli/connections.c:8043
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:8152 ../clients/cli/connections.c:8639
     #: ../clients/cli/devices.c:1496 ../clients/cli/devices.c:1554
    -#: ../clients/cli/devices.c:1840 ../clients/cli/devices.c:2006
    -#: ../clients/cli/devices.c:2113 ../clients/cli/devices.c:2301
    -#: ../clients/cli/devices.c:3506 ../clients/cli/devices.c:3616
    -#: ../clients/cli/devices.c:3728 ../clients/cli/devices.c:3786
    +#: ../clients/cli/devices.c:1840 ../clients/cli/devices.c:2010
    +#: ../clients/cli/devices.c:2117 ../clients/cli/devices.c:2305
    +#: ../clients/cli/devices.c:3510 ../clients/cli/devices.c:3620
    +#: ../clients/cli/devices.c:3732 ../clients/cli/devices.c:3790
     #: ../clients/cli/general.c:399 ../clients/cli/general.c:524
     #: ../clients/cli/general.c:568 ../clients/cli/general.c:595
     #: ../clients/cli/general.c:792 ../clients/cli/general.c:841
    @@ -1724,85 +1732,85 @@ msgstr "Błąd: %s — nie ma takiego profilu połączenia."
     msgid "Error: %s."
     msgstr "Błąd: %s."
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:2010
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:2011
     #, c-format
     msgid "no active connection on device '%s'"
     msgstr "brak aktywnych połączeń na urządzeniu „%s”"
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:2018
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:2019
     msgid "no active connection or device"
     msgstr "brak aktywnych połączeń na urządzeń"
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:2038
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:2039
     #, c-format
     msgid "device '%s' not compatible with connection '%s':"
     msgstr "urządzenie „%s” jest niezgodne z połączeniem „%s”:"
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:2074
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:2075
     #, c-format
     msgid "device '%s' not compatible with connection '%s'"
     msgstr "urządzenie „%s” jest niezgodne z połączeniem „%s”"
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:2077
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:2078
     #, c-format
     msgid "no device found for connection '%s'"
     msgstr "nie odnaleziono urządzenia dla połączenia „%s”"
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:2097
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:2098
     msgid "unknown reason"
     msgstr "nieznany powód"
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:2099 ../clients/cli/general.c:280
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:2100 ../clients/cli/general.c:280
     msgid "none"
     msgstr "brak"
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:2101
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:2102
     msgid "the user was disconnected"
     msgstr "rozłączono użytkownika"
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:2103
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:2104
     msgid "the base network connection was interrupted"
     msgstr "przerwano podstawowe połączenie sieciowe"
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:2105
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:2106
     msgid "the VPN service stopped unexpectedly"
     msgstr "usługa VPN została nieoczekiwanie zatrzymana"
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:2107
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:2108
     msgid "the VPN service returned invalid configuration"
     msgstr "usługa VPN zwróciła nieprawidłową konfigurację"
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:2109
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:2110
     msgid "the connection attempt timed out"
     msgstr "próba połączenia przekroczyła czas oczekiwania"
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:2111
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:2112
     msgid "the VPN service did not start in time"
     msgstr "usługa VPN nie została uruchomiona w czasie"
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:2113
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:2114
     msgid "the VPN service failed to start"
     msgstr "uruchomienie usługi VPN się nie powiodło"
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:2115
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:2116
     msgid "no valid VPN secrets"
     msgstr "brak prawidłowych haseł VPN"
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:2117
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:2118
     msgid "invalid VPN secrets"
     msgstr "nieprawidłowe hasła VPN"
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:2119
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:2120
     msgid "the connection was removed"
     msgstr "usunięto połączenie"
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:2141 ../clients/cli/connections.c:2178
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:2353 ../clients/cli/connections.c:6268
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:2142 ../clients/cli/connections.c:2179
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:2358 ../clients/cli/connections.c:6350
     #, c-format
     msgid "Connection successfully activated (D-Bus active path: %s)\n"
     msgstr "Pomyślnie aktywowano połączenie (ścieżka aktywacji D-Bus: %s)\n"
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:2149
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:2150
     #, c-format
     msgid ""
     "Connection successfully activated (master waiting for slaves) (D-Bus active "
    @@ -1811,342 +1819,337 @@ msgstr ""
     "Pomyślnie aktywowano połączenie (główne oczekujące na podrzędne) (ścieżka "
     "aktywacji D-Bus: %s)\n"
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:2161
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:2162 ../clients/cli/connections.c:2183
     #, c-format
     msgid "Error: Connection activation failed."
     msgstr "Błąd: aktywacja połączenia się nie powiodła."
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:2226
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:2231
     #, c-format
     msgid "VPN connection successfully activated (D-Bus active path: %s)\n"
     msgstr "Pomyślnie aktywowano połączenie VPN (ścieżka aktywacji D-Bus: %s)\n"
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:2233
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:2238
     #, c-format
     msgid "Error: Connection activation failed: %s."
     msgstr "Błąd: aktywacja połączenia się nie powiodła: %s."
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:2247
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:2252
     #, c-format
     msgid "Error: Timeout expired (%d seconds)"
     msgstr "Błąd: przekroczono czas oczekiwania (%d s)"
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:2333
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:2338
     #, c-format
     msgid "Error: Connection activation failed: %s"
     msgstr "Błąd: aktywacja połączenia się nie powiodła: %s"
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:2422
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:2427
     #, c-format
     msgid "failed to read passwd-file '%s': %s"
     msgstr "odczytanie passwd-file „%s” się nie powiodło: %s"
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:2434
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:2439
     #, c-format
     msgid "missing colon in 'password' entry '%s'"
     msgstr "brak dwukropka we wpisie „password” „%s”"
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:2442
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:2447
     #, c-format
     msgid "missing dot in 'password' entry '%s'"
     msgstr "brak kropki we wpisie „password” „%s”"
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:2455
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:2460
     #, c-format
     msgid "invalid setting name in 'password' entry '%s'"
     msgstr "nieprawidłowa nazwa ustawienia we wpisie „password” „%s”"
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:2511
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:2516
     #, c-format
     msgid "unknown device '%s'."
     msgstr "nieznane urządzenie „%s”."
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:2516
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:2521
     msgid "neither a valid connection nor device given"
     msgstr "nie podano prawidłowego połączenia ani urządzenia"
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:2633 ../clients/cli/devices.c:1502
    -#: ../clients/cli/devices.c:2653 ../clients/cli/devices.c:2967
    -#: ../clients/cli/devices.c:3555
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:2641 ../clients/cli/devices.c:1502
    +#: ../clients/cli/devices.c:2657 ../clients/cli/devices.c:2971
    +#: ../clients/cli/devices.c:3559
     #, c-format
     msgid "Unknown parameter: %s\n"
     msgstr "Nieznany parametr: %s\n"
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:2659
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:2667
     msgid "preparing"
     msgstr "przygotowywanie"
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:2678
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:2686
     #, c-format
     msgid "Connection '%s' (%s) successfully deleted.\n"
     msgstr "Pomyślnie usunięto połączenie „%s” (%s).\n"
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:2694
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:2702
     #, c-format
     msgid "Connection '%s' successfully deactivated (D-Bus active path: %s)\n"
     msgstr ""
     "Pomyślnie dezaktywowano połączenie „%s” (ścieżka aktywacji D-Bus: %s)\n"
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:2768 ../clients/cli/connections.c:8171
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:8203 ../clients/cli/connections.c:8355
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:2776 ../clients/cli/connections.c:8261
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:8293 ../clients/cli/connections.c:8445
     #, c-format
     msgid "Error: No connection specified."
     msgstr "Błąd: nie podano połączenia."
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:2805
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:2813
     #, c-format
     msgid "Error: '%s' is not an active connection.\n"
     msgstr "Błąd: „%s” nie jest aktywnym połączeniem.\n"
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:2806
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:2814
     #, c-format
     msgid "Error: not all active connections found."
     msgstr "Błąd: nie odnaleziono wszystkich aktywnych połączeń."
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:2815
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:2823
     #, c-format
     msgid "Error: no active connection provided."
     msgstr "Błąd: nie podano aktywnego połączenia."
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:3275 ../clients/cli/utils.c:648
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:3283 ../clients/cli/utils.c:646
     #, c-format
     msgid "'%s' not among [%s]"
     msgstr "„%s” nie jest w [%s]"
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:3435
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:3443
     #, c-format
     msgid "Warning: master='%s' doesn't refer to any existing profile.\n"
     msgstr ""
     "Ostrzeżenie: master=„%s” nie odnosi się do żadnego istniejącego profilu.\n"
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:3606
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:3614
     #, c-format
     msgid "Error: don't know how to create '%s' setting."
     msgstr "Błąd: nie wiadomo, jak utworzyć ustawienie „%s”."
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:3617
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:3625
     #, c-format
     msgid "Error: invalid property '%s': %s."
     msgstr "Błąd: nieprawidłowa właściwość „%s”: %s."
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:3634
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:3642
     #, c-format
     msgid "Error: failed to modify %s.%s: %s."
     msgstr "Błąd: zmodyfikowanie %s.%s się nie powiodło: %s."
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:3653
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:3661
     #, c-format
     msgid "Error: failed to remove a value from %s.%s: %s."
     msgstr "Błąd: usunięcie wartości z %s.%s się nie powiodło: %s."
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:3679
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:3687
     #, c-format
     msgid "Error: '%s' is mandatory."
     msgstr "Błąd: „%s” jest wymagane."
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:3711
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:3719
     #, c-format
     msgid "Error: invalid slave type; %s."
     msgstr "Błąd: nieznany typ podrzędnego; %s."
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:3724
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:3732
     #, c-format
     msgid "Error: invalid connection type; %s."
     msgstr "Błąd: nieznany typ połączenia; %s."
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:3899
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:3919
     #, c-format
     msgid "Error: bad connection type: %s."
     msgstr "Błąd: błędny typ połączenia; %s."
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:3957
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:3977
     #, c-format
     msgid "Error: '%s' is not a valid interface nor '*'."
     msgstr "Błąd: „%s” nie jest prawidłowym interfejsem ani „*”."
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:3980
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:4000
     msgid "Error: master is required"
     msgstr "Błąd: „master” jest wymagane"
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:4038
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:4058
     #, c-format
     msgid "Error: error adding bond option '%s=%s'."
     msgstr "Błąd: błąd podczas dodawania opcji wiązania „%s=%s”."
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:4069
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:4089
     #, c-format
     msgid "Error: '%s' is not a valid monitoring mode; use '%s' or '%s'.\n"
     msgstr ""
     "Błąd: „%s” nie jest prawidłowym trybem monitorowania; należy użyć „%s” lub "
     "„%s”.\n"
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:4100
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:4120
     #, c-format
     msgid "Error: 'bt-type': '%s' not valid; use [%s, %s (%s), %s]."
     msgstr ""
     "Błąd: „bt-type”: „%s” jest nieprawidłowe; należy użyć [%s, %s (%s), %s]."
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:4127
    -msgid "Interface name [*]"
    -msgstr "Nazwa interfejsu [*]"
    -
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:4131
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:4195
     msgid "PPPoE username"
     msgstr "Nazwa użytkownika PPPoE"
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:4132 ../clients/cli/connections.c:4153
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:4155 ../clients/cli/connections.c:4204
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:4196 ../clients/cli/connections.c:4217
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:4219 ../clients/cli/connections.c:4268
     msgid "Password [none]"
     msgstr "Hasło [none]"
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:4133
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:4197
     msgid "Service [none]"
     msgstr "Usługa [none]"
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:4134 ../clients/cli/connections.c:4137
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:4146
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:4198 ../clients/cli/connections.c:4201
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:4210
     msgid "MTU [auto]"
     msgstr "MTU [auto]"
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:4135 ../clients/cli/connections.c:4138
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:4147 ../clients/cli/connections.c:4150
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:4191
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:4199 ../clients/cli/connections.c:4202
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:4211 ../clients/cli/connections.c:4214
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:4255
     msgid "MAC [none]"
     msgstr "MAC [none]"
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:4136 ../clients/cli/connections.c:4148
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:4200 ../clients/cli/connections.c:4212
     msgid "Cloned MAC [none]"
     msgstr "Sklonowany MAC [none]"
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:4141
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:4205
     msgid "Parent interface [none]"
     msgstr "Interfejs nadrzędny [none]"
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:4142
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:4206
     msgid "P_KEY [none]"
     msgstr "P_KEY [none]"
     
     #. 0
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:4143 ../clients/cli/connections.c:4198
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:4207 ../clients/cli/connections.c:4262
     #: ../clients/cli/devices.c:152 ../clients/tui/nmt-page-wifi.c:224
     msgid "SSID"
     msgstr "SSID"
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:4149
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:4213
     msgid "WiMAX NSP name"
     msgstr "Nazwa NSP sieci WiMAX"
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:4151
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:4215
     msgid "APN"
     msgstr "APN"
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:4152 ../clients/cli/connections.c:4154
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:4197
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:4216 ../clients/cli/connections.c:4218
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:4261
     msgid "Username [none]"
     msgstr "Nazwa użytkownika [none]"
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:4156
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:4220
     msgid "Bluetooth device address"
     msgstr "Adres urządzenia Bluetooth"
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:4159
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:4223
     msgid "VLAN parent device or connection UUID"
     msgstr "Urządzenie nadrzędne VLAN lub UUID połączenia"
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:4161
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:4225
     msgid "VLAN ID (<0-4094>)"
     msgstr "Identyfikator VLAN (<0-4094>)"
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:4162
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:4226
     msgid "VLAN flags (<0-7>) [none]"
     msgstr "Flagi VLAN (<0-7>) [none]"
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:4163
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:4227
     msgid "Ingress priority maps [none]"
     msgstr "Wejściowe mapy priorytetów [none]"
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:4164
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:4228
     msgid "Egress priority maps [none]"
     msgstr "Wyjściowe mapy priorytetów [none]"
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:4167
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:4231
     msgid "Bonding primary interface [none]"
     msgstr "Główny interfejs wiązania [none]"
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:4171
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:4235
     msgid "Bonding miimon [100]"
     msgstr "„miimon” wiązania [100]"
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:4172
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:4236
     msgid "Bonding downdelay [0]"
     msgstr "„downdelay” wiązania [0]"
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:4173
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:4237
     msgid "Bonding updelay [0]"
     msgstr "„updelay” wiązania [0]"
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:4174
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:4238
     msgid "Bonding arp-interval [0]"
     msgstr "„arp-interval” wiązania [0]"
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:4176
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:4240
     msgid "Bonding arp-ip-target [none]"
     msgstr "„arp-ip-target” wiązania [none]"
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:4178
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:4242
     msgid "LACP rate ('slow' or 'fast') [slow]"
     msgstr "Prędkość LACP („slow” lub „fast”) [slow]"
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:4180 ../clients/cli/connections.c:4181
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:4244 ../clients/cli/connections.c:4245
     msgid "Team JSON configuration [none]"
     msgstr "Konfiguracja JSON zespołu [none]"
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:4182
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:4246
     msgid "Enable STP [no]"
     msgstr "Włączenie STP [no]"
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:4184
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:4248
     msgid "STP priority [32768]"
     msgstr "Priorytet STP [32768]"
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:4185
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:4249
     msgid "Forward delay [15]"
     msgstr "Forward-delay [15]"
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:4186
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:4250
     msgid "Hello time [2]"
     msgstr "Hello-time [2]"
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:4187
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:4251
     msgid "Max age [20]"
     msgstr "Max-age [20]"
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:4188
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:4252
     msgid "MAC address ageing time [300]"
     msgstr "Czas starzenia adresu MAC [300]"
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:4189
    -#, c-format
    -msgid "Enable IGMP snooping %s [no]"
    -msgstr "Włączenie węszenia IGMP %s [no]"
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:4253
    +msgid "Enable IGMP snooping [no]"
    +msgstr "Włączenie węszenia IGMP [no]"
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:4192
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:4256
     msgid "Bridge port priority [32]"
     msgstr "Priorytet portu mostku [32]"
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:4193
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:4257
     msgid "Bridge port STP path cost [100]"
     msgstr "Koszt ścieżki STP portu mostku [100]"
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:4194
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:4258
     msgid "Hairpin [no]"
     msgstr "Hairpin [no]"
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:4199
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:4263
     msgid "OLPC Mesh channel [1]"
     msgstr "Kanał sieci kratowej OLPC [1]"
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:4200
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:4264
     msgid "DHCP anycast MAC address [none]"
     msgstr "Adres MAC „anycast” DHCP [none]"
     
    @@ -2154,124 +2157,124 @@ msgstr "Adres MAC „anycast” DHCP [none]"
     #. * is not visible here since we only care about phase2 authentication
     #. * (and don't even care of which one)
     #.
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:4201
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:4265
     #: ../clients/common/nm-secret-agent-simple.c:223
     #: ../clients/common/nm-secret-agent-simple.c:328
     #: ../clients/tui/nmt-page-dsl.c:66 ../clients/tui/nmt-page-wifi.c:332
     msgid "Username"
     msgstr "Nazwa użytkownika"
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:4207
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:4271
     msgid "MACVLAN parent device or connection UUID"
     msgstr "Urządzenie nadrzędne MACVLAN lub UUID połączenia"
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:4210
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:4275
     msgid "Tap [no]"
     msgstr "Tap [no]"
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:4212
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:4277
     msgid "VXLAN ID"
     msgstr "Identyfikator VXLAN"
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:4213 ../clients/cli/connections.c:4231
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:4278 ../clients/cli/connections.c:4297
     msgid "Remote"
     msgstr "Zdalne"
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:4214 ../clients/cli/connections.c:4232
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:4279 ../clients/cli/connections.c:4298
     msgid "Parent device [none]"
     msgstr "Urządzenie nadrzędne [none]"
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:4215
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:4281
     msgid "Local address [none]"
     msgstr "Lokalny adres [none]"
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:4216
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:4282
     msgid "Minimum source port [0]"
     msgstr "Minimalny port źródłowy [0]"
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:4217
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:4283
     msgid "Maximum source port [0]"
     msgstr "Maksymalny port źródłowy [0]"
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:4218
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:4284
     msgid "Destination port [8472]"
     msgstr "Port docelowy [8472]"
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:4221
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:4287
     msgid "User ID [none]"
     msgstr "Identyfikator użytkownika [none]"
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:4222
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:4288
     msgid "Group ID [none]"
     msgstr "Identyfikator grupy [none]"
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:4223
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:4289
     msgid "Enable PI [no]"
     msgstr "Włączenie PI [no]"
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:4225
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:4291
     msgid "Enable VNET header [no]"
     msgstr "Włączenie nagłówka VNET [no]"
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:4227
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:4293
     msgid "Enable multi queue [no]"
     msgstr "Włączenie wielokrotnej kolejki [no]"
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:4230
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:4296
     msgid "Local endpoint [none]"
     msgstr "Lokalny punkt końcowy [none]"
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:4233
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:4300
     msgid "IPv4 address (IP[/plen]) [none]"
     msgstr "Adres IPv4 (IP[/plen]) [none]"
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:4234
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:4302
     msgid "IPv4 gateway [none]"
     msgstr "Brama IPv4 [none]"
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:4235
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:4303
     msgid "IPv6 address (IP[/plen]) [none]"
     msgstr "Adres IPv6 (IP[/plen]) [none]"
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:4236
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:4305
     msgid "IPv6 gateway [none]"
     msgstr "Brama IPv6 [none]"
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:4360
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:4440
     #, c-format
     msgid "Error: value for '%s' is missing."
     msgstr "Błąd: brak wartości dla „%s”."
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:4405
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:4485
     msgid "Error: . argument is missing."
     msgstr "Błąd: brak parametru .."
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:4428
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:4508
     #, c-format
     msgid "Error: invalid or not allowed setting '%s': %s."
     msgstr "Błąd: nieprawidłowe lub niedozwolone ustawienie „%s”: %s."
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:4452
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:4532
     #, c-format
     msgid "Error: '%s' is ambiguous (%s.%s or %s.%s)."
     msgstr "Błąd: „%s” jest niejednoznaczne (%s.%s lub %s.%s)."
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:4466
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:4546
     #, c-format
     msgid "Error: invalid . '%s'."
     msgstr "Błąd: nieprawidłowe . „%s”."
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:4507 ../clients/cli/connections.c:8004
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:4587 ../clients/cli/connections.c:8094
     #, c-format
     msgid "Error: Failed to add '%s' connection: %s"
     msgstr "Błąd: dodanie połączenia „%s” się nie powiodło: %s"
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:4512
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:4592
     #, c-format
     msgid "Connection '%s' (%s) successfully added.\n"
     msgstr "Pomyślnie dodano połączenie „%s” (%s).\n"
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:4628
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:4710
     #, c-format
     msgid ""
     "You can specify this option more than once. Press  when you're done.\n"
    @@ -2280,7 +2283,7 @@ msgstr ""
     "ukończeniu.\n"
     
     #. Ask for optional arguments.
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:4666
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:4748
     #, c-format
     msgid "There is %d optional setting for %s.\n"
     msgid_plural "There are %d optional settings for %s.\n"
    @@ -2288,7 +2291,7 @@ msgstr[0] "Istnieje %d opcjonalne ustawienie dla %s.\n"
     msgstr[1] "Istnieją %d opcjonalne ustawienia dla %s.\n"
     msgstr[2] "Istnieje %d opcjonalnych ustawień dla %s.\n"
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:4669
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:4751
     #, c-format
     msgid "Do you want to provide it? %s"
     msgid_plural "Do you want to provide them? %s"
    @@ -2296,110 +2299,110 @@ msgstr[0] "Podać go? %s"
     msgstr[1] "Podać je? %s"
     msgstr[2] "Podać je? %s"
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:4683
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:4765
     msgid "Wired Ethernet"
     msgstr "Przewodowy Ethernet"
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:4685 ../src/devices/nm-device-infiniband.c:180
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:4767 ../src/devices/nm-device-infiniband.c:180
     msgid "InfiniBand connection"
     msgstr "Połączenie InfiniBand"
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:4687
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:4769
     msgid "Wi-Fi connection"
     msgstr "Połączenie Wi-Fi"
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:4689
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:4771
     msgid "WiMAX connection"
     msgstr "Połączenie WiMAX"
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:4691
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:4773
     msgid "PPPoE"
     msgstr "PPPoE"
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:4693
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:4775
     msgid "CDMA mobile broadband connection"
     msgstr "Połączenie komórkowe CDMA"
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:4695
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:4777
     msgid "GSM mobile broadband connection"
     msgstr "Połączenie komórkowe GSM"
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:4697
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:4779
     msgid "bluetooth connection"
     msgstr "Połączenie Bluetooth"
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:4699 ../src/devices/nm-device-vlan.c:458
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:4781 ../src/devices/nm-device-vlan.c:458
     msgid "VLAN connection"
     msgstr "Połączenie VLAN"
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:4701
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:4783
     msgid "Bond device"
     msgstr "Urządzenie wiązania"
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:4703
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:4785
     msgid "Team device"
     msgstr "Urządzenie zespołowe"
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:4705
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:4787
     msgid "Team port"
     msgstr "Port zespołu"
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:4707
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:4789
     msgid "Bridge device"
     msgstr "Urządzenie mostka"
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:4709
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:4791
     msgid "Bridge port"
     msgstr "Port mostka"
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:4711 ../src/nm-manager.c:3717
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:4793 ../src/nm-manager.c:3709
     msgid "VPN connection"
     msgstr "Połączenie VPN"
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:4713
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:4795
     msgid "OLPC Mesh connection"
     msgstr "Połączenie kratowe OLPC"
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:4715 ../src/devices/adsl/nm-device-adsl.c:133
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:4797 ../src/devices/adsl/nm-device-adsl.c:133
     msgid "ADSL connection"
     msgstr "Połączenie ADSL"
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:4717
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:4799
     msgid "macvlan connection"
     msgstr "Połączenie MACVLAN"
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:4719 ../src/devices/nm-device-vxlan.c:380
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:4801 ../src/devices/nm-device-vxlan.c:380
     msgid "VXLAN connection"
     msgstr "Połączenie VXLAN"
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:4721
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:4803
     msgid "Tun device"
     msgstr "Urządzenie TUN"
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:4723
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:4805
     msgid "IPv4 protocol"
     msgstr "Protokół IPv4"
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:4725
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:4807
     msgid "IPv6 protocol"
     msgstr "Protokół IPv6"
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:4808 ../clients/cli/utils.c:124
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:4890 ../clients/cli/utils.c:122
     #, c-format
     msgid "Error: value for '%s' argument is required."
     msgstr "Błąd: wartość dla parametru „%s” jest wymagana."
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:4814
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:4896
     #, c-format
     msgid "Error: 'save': %s."
     msgstr "Błąd: „save”: %s."
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:4883
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:4965
     #, c-format
     msgid "Error: '%s' argument is required."
     msgstr "Błąd: parametr „%s” jest wymagany."
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:5849
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:5931
     #, c-format
     msgid "['%s' setting values]\n"
     msgstr "[wartości ustawienia „%s”]\n"
    @@ -2407,7 +2410,7 @@ msgstr "[wartości ustawienia „%s”]\n"
     #. TRANSLATORS: do not translate command names and keywords before ::
     #. *              However, you should translate terms enclosed in <>.
     #.
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:5931
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:6013
     #, c-format
     msgid ""
     "---[ Main menu ]---\n"
    @@ -2444,7 +2447,7 @@ msgstr ""
     "nmcli             :: konfiguracja nmcli\n"
     "quit                                           :: kończy działanie nmcli\n"
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:5958
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:6040
     #, c-format
     msgid ""
     "goto [.] |   :: enter setting/property for editing\n"
    @@ -2465,7 +2468,7 @@ msgstr ""
     "           nmcli connection> goto secondaries\n"
     "           nmcli> goto ipv4.addresses\n"
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:5965
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:6047
     #, c-format
     msgid ""
     "remove [.]  :: remove setting or reset property value\n"
    @@ -2486,7 +2489,7 @@ msgstr ""
     "Przykłady: nmcli> remove wifi-sec\n"
     "           nmcli> remove eth.mtu\n"
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:5972
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:6054
     #, c-format
     msgid ""
     "set [. ]  :: set property value\n"
    @@ -2501,7 +2504,7 @@ msgstr ""
     "\n"
     "Przykład: nmcli> set con.id Moje połączenie\n"
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:5977
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:6059
     #, c-format
     msgid ""
     "describe [.]  :: describe property\n"
    @@ -2514,7 +2517,7 @@ msgstr ""
     "Wyświetla opis właściwości. Wszystkie ustawienia i właściwości usługi NM\n"
     "można znaleźć na stronie podręcznika nm-settings(5).\n"
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:5982
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:6064
     #, c-format
     msgid ""
     "print [all]  :: print setting or connection values\n"
    @@ -2529,7 +2532,7 @@ msgstr ""
     "\n"
     "Przykład: nmcli ipv4> print all\n"
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:5987
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:6069
     #, c-format
     msgid ""
     "verify [all | fix]  :: verify setting or connection validity\n"
    @@ -2553,7 +2556,7 @@ msgstr ""
     "           nmcli> verify fix\n"
     "           nmcli bond> verify\n"
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:5996
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:6078
     #, c-format
     msgid ""
     "save [persistent|temporary]  :: save the connection\n"
    @@ -2579,7 +2582,7 @@ msgstr ""
     "między ponownymi uruchomieniami. Aby w pełni usunąć trwałe połączenie,\n"
     "należy usunąć profil połączenia.\n"
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:6007
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:6089
     #, c-format
     msgid ""
     "activate [] [/|]  :: activate the connection\n"
    @@ -2601,7 +2604,7 @@ msgstr ""
     "                     poprzedzić znakiem /, kiedy nie podano\n"
     "                     )\n"
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:6014 ../clients/cli/connections.c:6173
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:6096 ../clients/cli/connections.c:6255
     #, c-format
     msgid ""
     "back  :: go to upper menu level\n"
    @@ -2610,7 +2613,7 @@ msgstr ""
     "back  :: przechodzi do menu wyższego poziomu\n"
     "\n"
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:6017
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:6099
     #, c-format
     msgid ""
     "help/? []  :: help for the nmcli commands\n"
    @@ -2619,7 +2622,7 @@ msgstr ""
     "help/? []  :: pomoc dla poleceń nmcli\n"
     "\n"
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:6020
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:6102
     #, c-format
     msgid ""
     "nmcli [ ]  :: nmcli configuration\n"
    @@ -2646,7 +2649,7 @@ msgstr ""
     "           nmcli> nmcli save-confirmation no\n"
     "           nmcli> nmcli prompt-color 3\n"
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:6042 ../clients/cli/connections.c:6179
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:6124 ../clients/cli/connections.c:6261
     #, c-format
     msgid ""
     "quit  :: exit nmcli\n"
    @@ -2659,8 +2662,8 @@ msgstr ""
     "To polecenie kończy działanie nmcli. Jeśli modyfikowane połączenie nie jest "
     "zapisane, użytkownik zostanie poproszony o potwierdzenie działania.\n"
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:6047 ../clients/cli/connections.c:6184
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:6608 ../clients/cli/connections.c:7555
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:6129 ../clients/cli/connections.c:6266
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:6690 ../clients/cli/connections.c:7645
     #, c-format
     msgid "Unknown command: '%s'\n"
     msgstr "Nieznane polecenie: „%s”\n"
    @@ -2668,7 +2671,7 @@ msgstr "Nieznane polecenie: „%s”\n"
     #. TRANSLATORS: do not translate command names and keywords before ::
     #. *              However, you should translate terms enclosed in <>.
     #.
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:6113
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:6195
     #, c-format
     msgid ""
     "---[ Property menu ]---\n"
    @@ -2695,7 +2698,7 @@ msgstr ""
     "help/?   []           :: wyświetla tę pomoc lub opis polecenia\n"
     "quit                             :: kończy działanie nmcli\n"
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:6138
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:6220
     #, c-format
     msgid ""
     "set []  :: set new value\n"
    @@ -2706,7 +2709,7 @@ msgstr ""
     "\n"
     "To polecenie ustawia podaną  tej właściwości\n"
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:6142
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:6224
     #, c-format
     msgid ""
     "add []  :: append new value to the property\n"
    @@ -2721,7 +2724,7 @@ msgstr ""
     "jest typu kontener. W przypadku właściwości zawierających jedną wartość "
     "zastępuje tę wartość (podobnie jak „set”).\n"
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:6148
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:6230
     #, c-format
     msgid ""
     "change  :: change current value\n"
    @@ -2732,7 +2735,7 @@ msgstr ""
     "\n"
     "Wyświetla bieżącą wartość i umożliwia jej modyfikację.\n"
     
    -#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:6152
    +#: ../clients/cli/connections.c:6234
     #, c-format
     msgid ""
     "remove [||